Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 24, 2016

 

Registration No. 333-             

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Novan, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware   2834   20-4427682

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

4222 Emperor Boulevard, Suite 200

Durham, North Carolina 27703

(919) 485-8080

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Nathan Stasko, Ph.D.

President and Chief Executive Officer

Novan, Inc.

4222 Emperor Boulevard, Suite 200

Durham, North Carolina 27703

(919) 485-8080

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Charles K. Ruck

Wesley C. Holmes

Latham & Watkins LLP

885 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Telephone: (212) 906-1200

 

Divakar Gupta

Brent B. Siler

Cooley LLP

1114 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10036

Telephone: (212) 479-6000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of Securities To Be Registered  

Proposed Maximum

Aggregate Offering Price(1)

   Amount of
Registration Fee(2)

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

  $60,000,000    $6,042

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

 

Subject to Completion.    Dated August 24, 2016

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

             Shares

 

 

LOGO

Common Stock

This is the initial public offering of our common stock. We are offering          shares of our common stock.

We expect the public offering price to be between $         and $         per share. Currently, no public market exists for the shares. We have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “NOVN”.

We are an “emerging growth company” under the applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

Our business and investment in our common stock involves risks that are described in the “ Risk Factors ” section beginning on page 11 of this prospectus .

 

 

 

    Per Share     Total  

Initial public offering price

  $                   $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

  $        $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to Novan, Inc.

  $        $     

 

(1) We refer you to “Underwriting” beginning on page 153 for additional information regarding total underwriter compensation.

The underwriters may also exercise their option to purchase up to an additional              shares from us, at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, for 30 days after the date of this prospectus to cover overallotments.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on or about                     , 2016.

 

 

Piper Jaffray

 

 

 

JMP Securities   Wedbush PacGrow

 

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2016.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

    1   

RISK FACTORS

    11   

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    48   

MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

    49   

USE OF PROCEEDS

    50   

DIVIDEND POLICY

    51   

CAPITALIZATION

    52   

DILUTION

    54   

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

    57   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    59   

BUSINESS

    76   

MANAGEMENT

    123   

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

    128   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

    141   

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

    145   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

    147   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

    150   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

    152   

UNDERWRITING

    156   

LEGAL MATTERS

    163   

EXPERTS

    163   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

    163   

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    F-1   

 

 

We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares of common stock offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus or in any applicable free writing prospectus is current only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

TRADEMARKS

Novan ® is a registered trademark of our company in the United States. We have pending trademark applications for Nitricil, Micronox and Pura-T in the United States. This prospectus also includes trademarks, trade names and service marks that are the property of other organizations. Solely for convenience, our trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus appear without any “™” or “ ® ” symbol, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of any applicable licensor, to these trademarks and trade names.

INVESTORS OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES

Neither we nor any of the underwriters have taken any action that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons who have come into possession of this prospectus in a jurisdiction outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and may not contain all the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks of investing in our common stock discussed under the heading “Risk Factors,” and our financial statements and related notes included at the end of this prospectus before making an investment decision.

References to “Novan,” “the Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” are to Novan, Inc.

Overview

We are a late-stage pharmaceutical company focused on redefining the standard of care in dermatology through the development and commercialization of innovative therapies using our nitric oxide platform. Nitric oxide plays a vital role in the natural immune system response against microbial pathogens and is a critical regulator of inflammation. Our ability to harness nitric oxide and its multiple mechanisms of action has enabled us to create a platform with the potential to generate differentiated, first-in-class product candidates. The two key components of our nitric oxide platform are our proprietary Nitricil technology, which drives the creation of new chemical entities, or NCEs, and our topical formulation science, both of which we use to modulate, or “tune,” our product candidates for specific indications. We are using our platform to transform a useful, naturally occurring molecule into a therapeutic pipeline for a host of skin diseases.

We are rapidly advancing programs in five dermatological conditions with significant unmet medical need. These are some of the most prevalent diseases in dermatology and together represent a large market opportunity with a patient population surpassing 150 million Americans and 1.5 billion individuals globally.

Our lead product candidate is SB204, a cosmetically elegant topical gel that targets multiple mechanisms of action for the treatment of acne vulgaris, the most common skin disease in the United States. We commenced two identically designed Phase 3 pivotal clinical trials in the first quarter of 2016 and expect to report top-line results from these pivotal trials in the first quarter of 2017. Assuming successful completion of a long-term safety study in the second half of 2017, we are targeting submission of a new drug application, or NDA, for SB204 by year-end 2017. Our other product candidates include SB206, SB208 and SB414, which are targeted toward the treatment of either a specific microorganism or inflammatory components of a disease pathology. SB206 is a first-in-class, topical anti-viral gel in Phase 2 clinical development for the treatment of viral skin infections such as external genital and perianal warts caused by human papillomavirus, or HPV. We initiated our Phase 2 clinical trial for SB206 in 2015, and we expect to announce top-line results in the second half of 2016. SB208 is a topical broad-spectrum anti-fungal product candidate for the treatment of fungal infections of the skin and nails. We commenced Phase 2 clinical development of SB208 for the treatment of infections caused by dermatophytes such as Trichophyton rubrum , or T. rubrum , in July 2016. SB414, a topical cream in preclinical development for the treatment of inflammatory skin diseases such as psoriasis and atopic dermatitis, rounds out our current pipeline.

We believe that our ability to conveniently deploy nitric oxide on demand in topical formulations allows us the potential to significantly improve patient outcomes in a variety of skin diseases and positions us to be a commercially successful leader in the dermatology market.

 



 

1


Table of Contents

Our Dermatology-Focused Nitric Oxide Platform

Nitric oxide is one of the most researched molecules in human physiology and has been extensively studied in many areas of medicine, including in microbial diseases and in the modulation of inflammation. As a fundamental component in host immune response against invading organisms, cells of the immune system naturally generate nitric oxide using the enzyme nitric oxide synthase and the amino acid precursor L-arginine. Nitric oxide is released in a targeted manner to kill microbial pathogens, including bacteria, fungi and viruses. Nitric oxide and its metabolites drive cell death within bacteria and fungi by targeting metal centers or amino acids on proteins critical to sustaining microbial viability. In virally infected cells, nitric oxide inhibits viral replication by binding directly to key enzymes or by inducing apoptosis, or programmed cell death, in these cells where tumor suppressors have been degraded or disabled. Beyond nitric oxide’s essential role in pathogen control, a large number of cells produce and respond to nitric oxide for several other immunoregulatory functions. The anti-inflammatory and immunosuppressive effects of nitric oxide occur in part through the inhibition of T cell proliferation and leukocyte recruitment.

However, the scarcity of nitric oxide-based therapeutic products is due to the challenges associated with controlling the release of a gas, the poor stability and low storage capacity of nitric oxide-loaded molecules, the inability to target specific tissues and the toxicity of several small molecules used previously as backbones to store nitric oxide. We believe the following key components of our nitric oxide platform fuel the creation of differentiated product candidates and address each of these limitations:

(1)     Our Nitricil technology enables us to engineer tunable NCEs that allow for the stable chemical storage of large amounts of nitric oxide in solid form by loading it on an inert macromolecule, or polymer. The advantages of our proprietary Nitricil technology include tunability, stability, high storage capacity, targeted delivery and what we believe is an attractive safety profile. Our ability to select from several nitric oxide-loaded starting materials has driven our library of over 200 Nitricil compositions, each of which possesses a unique nitric oxide release profile.

(2)     Our formulation science enables us to further tune the release of nitric oxide when applied to the skin by using proprietary combinations of inactive ingredients. This additional level of control enables us to use one NCE for multiple indications by altering the nitric oxide pharmacology with the composition of the topical formulation. This component of our nitric oxide platform creates an additional barrier to entry, which we believe may create a prolonged period of market exclusivity for each of our product candidates. Additionally, our formulation science allows us to customize the drug delivery method for the relevant anatomical location of a skin disease while considering physician and patient preferences for aesthetically pleasing and convenient products.

We have chosen to focus on dermatology because nitric oxide’s multiple mechanisms of action converge in the largest organ of the body, the skin. All of the major cell types that comprise the three layers of the skin are capable of producing nitric oxide at different rates, and these cells play an important part in organizing the skin’s unique ability to repair itself and maintain barrier function. Our platform allows us the ability to tune the release profile of nitric oxide and trigger its wide range of beneficial effects when host systems fail or are overwhelmed by invading microorganisms.

We believe that our nitric oxide platform is well suited to disrupt the large and growing dermatology market, reported to be $28 billion in the United States in 2014, according to IMS Health, Inc., or IMS. Despite the size of this market, innovation in medical dermatology has been largely stagnant for decades. For example, the widespread use of antibiotics and retinoids to treat acne vulgaris has been unchanged for over 30 years and, in our view, has failed to balance efficacy, tolerability and growing

 



 

2


Table of Contents

concerns over antibiotic resistance in a single product. We believe our nitric oxide platform will address the limitations of the current treatment landscape and therefore position us to redefine the standard of care in dermatology.

Our Product Candidates

SB204 for the Treatment of Acne Vulgaris (Phase 3)  — We are developing our lead product candidate, SB204, as a once-daily, fast-acting, topical first-line monotherapy for the treatment of acne vulgaris. In the first quarter of 2016, we commenced two identically designed Phase 3 pivotal clinical trials of SB204 in which we expect to enroll a total of 2,600 patients with acne vulgaris, and we expect top-line results in the first quarter of 2017. Acne vulgaris is the most common skin disease in the United States, affecting approximately 40 to 50 million Americans annually, according to the American Academy of Dermatology. We believe the current treatment landscape significantly underserves patient needs due to the difficulty of balancing efficacy, systemic safety and cutaneous tolerability. Prior to initiating our Phase 3 trials, our 630-patient clinical program for SB204 included one first-in-human trial, six Phase 1 clinical trials and two Phase 2 clinical trials involving patients suffering from acne vulgaris, in each of which SB204 was well tolerated. In each of our Phase 2 clinical trials, we observed statistically significant reductions in both inflammatory and non-inflammatory lesion counts after 12 weeks of treatment. We designed the protocol for our Phase 3 clinical trials based on feedback we received from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, during our end-of-Phase 2 meeting in September 2015. Assuming successful completion of our Phase 3 clinical trials and our long-term safety study, we are targeting submission of our NDA for SB204 to the FDA by the end of 2017.

SB206, a Topical Anti-viral for the Treatment of External Genital and Perianal Warts (Phase 2)  — Our second most advanced product candidate, SB206, represents a new approach to the treatment of HPV skin infections. In our preclinical studies, we observed complete inhibition of papilloma growth in vivo and inhibition of HPV viral replication in vitro . We have initially chosen to evaluate the anti-viral mechanism of action in a Phase 2 randomized, double-blind, vehicle-controlled clinical trial in 120 patients with genital warts caused by HPV and expect top-line results in the second half of 2016. All warts, including genital warts, are caused by HPV. We believe that SB206 has the potential to provide substantial improvements over currently approved topical therapies for warts, including shorter treatment duration, improved efficacy due to the direct anti-viral effect of nitric oxide, better local tolerability and decreased incidence of wart recurrence.

SB208, a Topical Anti-fungal for the Treatment of Onychomycosis (Phase 2)  — We are developing SB208 as a topical anti-fungal for the treatment of fungal infections of the skin and nails. We commenced Phase 2 clinical development of SB208 for the treatment of infections caused by dermatophytes such as T. rubrum in July 2016. T. rubrum is a key pathogen in the development of athlete’s foot and onychomycosis. We believe SB208 will deliver high concentrations of nitric oxide that rapidly penetrate targeted tissues to potentially improve upon current efficacy rates observed with topical therapies while maintaining an attractive safety profile.

SB414, a Topical Anti-inflammatory for the Treatment of Inflammatory Skin Diseases (Preclinical)  — Our pipeline also includes SB414, a topical cream product candidate, for which we are currently conducting preclinical studies for the treatment of inflammatory skin diseases, like psoriasis and atopic dermatitis. SB414 utilizes a slower nitric oxide-releasing cream formulation for which we have observed potent inflammatory cytokine inhibition in preclinical models. We plan to commence toxicology studies for SB414 in 2016 in support of the submission of an investigational new drug application, or IND, to the FDA, and are targeting initiation of clinical development in the second half of 2017.

 



 

3


Table of Contents

Our Strategy

Our strategy is to develop and commercialize novel nitric oxide-based therapies that redefine the standard of care in dermatology. We are focused on creating topical dermatological therapies in indications with underserved patient populations and well-defined clinical and regulatory development pathways. In order to pursue our strategy, we plan to:

 

  n   Complete development of our Phase 3 product candidate, SB204, and achieve regulatory approval in the United States.

 

  n   Achieve proof-of-concept for our other clinical-stage product candidates, SB206 and SB208, and advance them into late-stage development.

 

  n   Expand our existing pipeline by efficiently developing SB414 and other topical nitric oxide-based product candidates for new dermatological indications.

 

  n   Establish our own sales and marketing organization to commercialize our products in the United States.

We maintain exclusive, worldwide commercial rights for all product candidates currently in our pipeline. Our intent is to build a dermatology-focused sales organization, with approximately 75 representatives in the field, to sell our product candidates that receive regulatory approval in the United States. Our sales force will initially target high-volume prescribing dermatologists and other healthcare providers. Our commercialization strategy will leverage our NCEs with differentiated mechanisms of action to enhance reimbursement potential and facilitate broad patient access. We are also evaluating strategic partnerships to commercialize our dermatology products in select international markets.

We believe that our management team’s significant experience in nitric oxide science, drug development and commercialization of dermatological products positions us to execute on our vision to be a commercially successful leader in the field of dermatology.

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware before making a decision to invest in our common stock. These risks are discussed more fully in the section titled “Risk Factors” and include, among others:

 

  n   We specialize in nitric oxide-based product candidates and our current intellectual property rights are limited to the field of dermatology. We may not be successful in redeploying our resources if our nitric oxide platform in dermatology fails to meet our expectations.

 

  n   Clinical drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome, and results of earlier studies and trials may not be predictive of future trial results.

 

  n   Our product candidates may pose safety issues, cause adverse events, have side effects or have other properties that could delay or prevent their regulatory approval, limit the commercial profile of an approved label or result in significant negative consequences following marketing approval, if any.

 

  n   Even if we obtain marketing approval for any product candidates, the products may become subject to unfavorable third-party coverage or reimbursement policies.

 

  n   Our product candidates, if approved, will face significant competition, and our failure to effectively compete may prevent us from achieving significant market penetration.

 



 

4


Table of Contents
  n   We rely or intend to rely on third parties to conduct some of our preclinical and all of our clinical trials and to manufacture our clinical drug supplies and any approved product candidate. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines, we may be unable to obtain regulatory approval for any of our product candidates or our commercialization efforts may be stopped, delayed or made less profitable.

 

  n   If we are unable to obtain and maintain patent protection for our product candidates, or if the scope of the patent protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize technology and products similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our technology and product candidates may be impaired.

 

  n   We will need substantial additional funding and as of June 30, 2016, we had an accumulated deficit of $92.5 million. If we are unable to raise capital when needed, we would be forced to delay, reduce, terminate or eliminate our product development programs, or our commercialization efforts.

 

  n   As a result of our operating losses and negative cash flows from operations, the report of our independent registered public accounting firm on our December 31, 2015 financial statements included an explanatory paragraph indicating that there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These include:

 

  n   reduced obligations with respect to financial data, including presenting only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of selected financial data in the registration statement on Form S-1 of which this prospectus is a part;

 

  n   reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements;

 

  n   an exception from compliance with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; and

 

  n   exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and the requirement to obtain stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue, we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some or all of the available exemptions. We have taken advantage of certain reduced reporting requirements in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of

 



 

5


Table of Contents

1933, or Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this election and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging companies.

Corporate Information

Novan, Inc. was incorporated in Delaware in 2006. On December 16, 2015, we formed KNOW Bio, LLC as a wholly owned subsidiary for the purpose of giving effect to the separation of non-dermatological assets from our company. On December 30, 2015, we distributed all of the outstanding member interests of KNOW Bio pro rata to our stockholders. Our principal executive offices are located at 4222 Emperor Boulevard, Suite 200, Durham, NC 27703. Our telephone number is (919) 485-8080. Our corporate website is www.novan.com. The information contained on or that can be accessed through our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus or in deciding to purchase our common stock.

 



 

6


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Issuer

Novan, Inc.

 

Common stock offered by us

            shares (or              shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares)

 

Common stock to be outstanding
immediately after this offering

        shares (or          shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares)

 

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional
shares

         shares

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that our net proceeds from our issuance and sale of              shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $         million (or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

  We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with existing cash, as follows: (i) approximately $         to fund the development of SB204 through NDA submission; (ii) approximately $         to fund platform expansion with Phase 2 trials for SB206 and SB208; and (iii) the balance to fund internal research and development expenses associated with existing product candidates, including SB414, and future product candidates, and for working capital and general corporate purposes.

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” in this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

 

Proposed NASDAQ Global Market Symbol

“NOVN”

 

Dividend Policy

We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support operations and to finance the growth and development of our business. Our future ability to pay cash dividends on our capital stock may be limited by the terms of any future debt or preferred securities or future credit facility.

 



 

7


Table of Contents

 

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 2,707,628 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2016 and 10,760,961 additional shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock and our non-voting common stock, which will occur automatically upon the closing of this offering, and excludes:

 

  n   734,496 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2016, having a weighted average exercise price of $7.68 per share; and

 

  n   1,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Incentive Award Plan, or 2016 Plan, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes or gives effect to:

 

  n   the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 10,531,698 shares of common stock, which will occur upon the closing of this offering;

 

  n   the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our non-voting common stock into an aggregate of 229,263 shares of common stock, which will occur upon the closing of this offering;

 

  n   no exercise of outstanding options after June 30, 2016;

 

  n   the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation; and

 

  n   no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares to cover overallotments, if any.

 



 

8


Table of Contents

Summary Financial Data

The following tables set forth a summary of our historical financial data as of, and for the periods ended on, the dates indicated. The statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016, and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 2016, are derived from our unaudited interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated interim financial statements on the same basis as the audited financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair statement of the financial information set forth in those statements. You should read this data together with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2016, or any other period.

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
    2014      2015     2015     2016  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Statement of operations data:

        

Government research contracts and grants revenue

  $ 112       $      $      $   
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

    6,770         16,569        6,698        22,373   

General and administrative

    5,170         9,265        3,409        6,834   
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    11,940         25,834        10,107        29,207   
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

    (11,828      (25,834     (10,107     (29,207
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

        

Interest income

    58         48        2        34   

Interest expense

    (701      (1     (1       

Change in fair value of warrant liability

    (641                      

Other income (expense), net

    9         1        (1     9   
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

    (1,275      48               43   
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

    (13,103      (25,786     (10,107     (29,164

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    1,715         (2,274     711          
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

  $ (11,388    $ (28,060   $ (10,818   $ (29,164
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) per share, basic and diluted:

        

Continuing operations

  $ (4.96    $ (9.47   $ (3.75   $ (9.93

Discontinued operations

    0.65         (0.83     (0.27       
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted (1)

  $ (4.31    $ (10.30   $ (4.02   $ (9.93
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted (1)

    2,643,912         2,722,943        2,692,909        2,936,483   
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma loss per share, basic and diluted:

        

Continuing operations (unaudited)

     $ (2.23     $ (2.17

Discontinued operations (unaudited)

       (0.20         
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)  (2)

     $ (2.43     $ (2.17
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)  (2)

       11,550,492          13,410,313   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 



 

9


Table of Contents

 

(1) See note 1 in the notes to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate the historical basic and diluted net loss per share.
(2) The unaudited pro forma weighted average common shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share (basic and diluted) has been prepared to give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into 10,531,698 shares of common stock.

 

    As of June 30, 2016  
    Actual      Pro Forma(1)      Pro Forma
As Adjusted(2)(3)
 
           (in thousands)         

Balance sheet data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 19,602       $ 19,602      

Total assets

  $ 32,734       $ 32,734      

Total liabilities

  $ 16,768       $ 16,768      

Accumulated deficit

  $ (92,498    $ (92,498   

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

  $ (88,832    $ 15,966      

 

(1) The pro forma balance sheet data gives effect to (a) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 10,531,698 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering.
(2) In addition to the pro forma adjustments set forth in footnote 1, the pro forma as adjusted data gives further effect to the sale by us of          shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(3) The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and will depend on the actual initial public offering price, number of shares offered and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by $         million, assuming the number of shares we are offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share remains the same.

 



 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. These risks include, but are not limited to, those described below, each of which may be relevant to an investment decision. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our financial statements and related notes, before investing in our common stock. The realization of any of these risks could have a significant adverse effect on our reputation, business, including our financial condition, results of operations and growth, which we refer to collectively in this section as our business, and ability to accomplish our strategic objectives. In that event, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to the Development, Regulatory Approval and Commercialization of our Current and Future Product Candidates

Drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process with uncertain outcomes, and results from earlier studies and trials may not be predictive of future trial results.

Clinical testing is expensive and can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. Failure or delay can occur at any time during the clinical trial process. Success in preclinical testing and early clinical trials does not ensure that later clinical trials will be successful. A number of companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have suffered significant setbacks in clinical trials, even after promising results in earlier preclinical studies or clinical trials. These setbacks have been caused by, among other things, preclinical findings made while clinical trials were underway and safety or efficacy observations made in clinical trials, including previously unreported adverse events. The results of preclinical studies and early clinical trials of our product candidates may not be predictive of the results of later-stage clinical trials. Product candidates in later stages of clinical trials may fail to show the required safety profile or meet the efficacy endpoints despite having progressed through preclinical studies and initial clinical trials. Notwithstanding any potential promising results in earlier testing, we cannot be certain that we will not face similar setbacks. Even if our clinical trials are completed, the results may not be sufficient to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates.

We have completed Phase 2 studies of SB204 and initiated our Phase 3 trials in the first quarter of 2016. We are also currently conducting Phase 2 trials of SB206 and SB208. We may experience delays in completing and initiating these ongoing and planned trials and we cannot be certain that the trials or any other future clinical trials for our product candidates will begin on time, need to be redesigned, enroll an adequate number of patients on time or be completed on schedule, if at all. Clinical trials can be delayed or terminated for a variety of reasons, including delays or failures related to:

 

  n   the FDA disagreeing as to the design or implementation of our clinical trials;

 

  n   reaching agreement on acceptable terms with prospective contract research organizations, or CROs, and clinical trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;

 

  n   obtaining institutional review board, or IRB, approval at each site;

 

  n   the safety profiles of our product candidates;

 

  n   recruiting suitable patients to participate in a trial;

 

  n   having patients complete a trial or return for post-treatment follow-up;

 

  n   clinical sites deviating from trial protocol;

 

  n   addressing patient safety concerns that arise during the course of a trial;

 

11


Table of Contents
  n   adding a sufficient number of clinical trial sites; or

 

  n   manufacturing sufficient quantities of product candidate for use in clinical trials.

We could also encounter delays if a clinical trial is suspended or terminated by us, by the IRBs of the institutions in which such trials are being conducted, by the Data Safety Monitoring Board, or DSMB, for such trial or by the FDA or other regulatory authorities. Such authorities may suspend or terminate a clinical trial due to a number of factors, including failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols, inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial site by the FDA or other regulatory authorities resulting in the imposition of a clinical hold, unforeseen safety issues or adverse events, failure to demonstrate a benefit from using a drug, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial.

If we experience delays in the completion, or termination, of any clinical trial of our product candidates, the commercial prospects of our product candidates may be harmed, and our ability to generate product revenues from any of these product candidates will be delayed or not realized at all. Any delays in completing our clinical trials will increase our costs, slow down our product candidate development and approval process and jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate revenues. Any of these occurrences may significantly harm our business, financial condition and prospects. In addition, many of the factors that cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of our product candidates.

In addition, we are conducting preclinical studies for SB414. We plan to commence toxicology studies in 2016 in support of an IND submission, and we expect to initiate clinical development in the second half of 2017. Our preclinical studies may not prove successful in demonstrating proof-of concept, or may show adverse toxicological findings, and even if successful may not necessarily predict that subsequent clinical trials will show the requisite safety and efficacy of our product candidates.

We have never conducted a Phase 3 clinical trial before, and may be unable to successfully do so for any of our product candidates.

The conduct of a Phase 3 clinical trial is a complex process that differs from clinical trials conducted in earlier phases. While some of our employees have conducted Phase 3 clinical trials in the past while employed at different companies, we, as a company, have not conducted a Phase 3 clinical trial before, and as a result, may require more time and incur greater costs than we anticipated. We commenced two identically designed Phase 3 pivotal clinical trials of our lead product candidate, SB204, for the treatment of acne vulgaris in the first quarter of 2016. Failure to complete, or delays experienced in, our clinical trials, or failure to commence any planned clinical trials would prevent us from, or delay us in, obtaining regulatory approval of and commercializing our product candidates.

If we encounter difficulties enrolling patients in our clinical trials, our clinical development activities could be delayed or otherwise adversely affected.

The timely completion of clinical trials in accordance with their protocols depends on, among other things, our ability to enroll a sufficient number of patients who remain in the trial until its conclusion. We may experience difficulties in patient enrollment in our clinical trials for a variety of reasons. The enrollment of patients depends on many factors, including:

 

  n   the patient eligibility criteria defined in the protocol;

 

  n   the size of the patient population required for analysis of the trial’s primary endpoints;

 

12


Table of Contents
  n   the proximity of patients to trial sites;

 

  n   the design of the trial;

 

  n   our ability to recruit clinical trial investigators with the appropriate competencies and experience;

 

  n   clinicians’ and patients’ perceptions as to the potential advantages of the product candidate being studied in relation to other available therapies, including any new drugs that may be approved for the indications we are investigating;

 

  n   our ability to obtain patient consents; and

 

  n   the risk that patients enrolled in clinical trials will drop out of the trials before completion.

In addition, our clinical trials will compete for the recruitment of patients with other clinical trials for product candidates that are in the same therapeutic areas as our product candidates, and this competition will reduce the number and types of patients available to us, because some patients who might have opted to enroll in our trials may instead opt to enroll in a trial being conducted by one of our competitors.

Delays in patient enrollment may result in increased costs, which would adversely impact our statement of operations and cash flows, or may affect the timing or outcome of the planned clinical trials, which could prevent completion of these trials and adversely affect our ability to advance the development of our product candidates and hurt our competitive position.

We may expend our limited resources to pursue a particular product candidate or indication and fail to capitalize on product candidates or indications that may be more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.

Because we have limited financial and managerial resources, we intend to focus on developing product candidates for specific indications that we identify as most likely to succeed, in terms of their potential both to gain regulatory approval and to achieve commercialization. As a result, we may forego or delay pursuit of opportunities with other product candidates or in other indications with greater commercial potential.

Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities. Our spending on current and future research and development programs and product candidates for specific indications may not yield any commercially viable product candidates. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential or target market for a particular product candidate, we may relinquish valuable rights to that product candidate through collaboration, licensing or other royalty arrangements in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights to the product candidate.

Our product candidates may pose safety issues, cause adverse events or have other properties that could delay or prevent their regulatory approval, limit the commercial profile of an approved label, or result in significant negative consequences following marketing approval, if any.

We, any partner with whom we may collaborate in the future or the FDA may suspend, delay, require modifications to or terminate our clinical trials at any time, for various reasons, including the discovery of serious or unexpected toxicities or other safety issues experienced by trial participants.

In addition, adverse events caused by our product candidates could cause us or regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials and could result in a more restrictive label or the delay

 

13


Table of Contents

or denial of regulatory approval by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Results of our clinical trials could reveal a high and unacceptable severity and prevalence of adverse events or unexpected characteristics. To date, patients treated with our product candidates have experienced drug-related cutaneous tolerability observations, including dryness, scaling, burning, erythema, itching, pain or irritation, and adverse events, including irritation and contact dermatitis.

If safety issues or unacceptable adverse events arise in the development of our product candidates, we, the FDA, the IRBs at the institutions in which our trials are conducted, or the DSMB could suspend or terminate our clinical trials or the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities could order us to cease clinical trials or deny approval of our product candidates for any or all targeted indications. Treatment-related adverse events could also affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled patients to complete the trial or result in potential product liability claims. In addition, these adverse events may not be appropriately recognized or managed by the treating medical staff.

Any of the foregoing events could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of the particular product candidate, if approved, and may result in the loss of significant revenues to us, which would materially and adversely affect our results of operations and business.

The regulatory approval processes of the FDA are lengthy, time-consuming and inherently unpredictable, and if we are ultimately unable to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, our business will be substantially harmed.

The time required to obtain approval by the FDA is unpredictable but typically takes many years following the commencement of clinical trials and depends upon numerous factors, including the substantial discretion of the regulatory authorities. In addition, approval policies, regulations, or the type and amount of clinical data necessary to gain approval may change during the course of a product candidate’s clinical development and may vary among jurisdictions. We have not obtained regulatory approval for any product candidate and it is possible that none of our existing product candidates or any product candidates we may seek to develop in the future will ever obtain regulatory approval. Neither we nor any future collaborator is permitted to market any of our product candidates in the United States until we receive regulatory approval of an NDA from the FDA.

Prior to obtaining approval to commercialize a product candidate in the United States or abroad, we or our collaborators must demonstrate with substantial evidence from well-controlled clinical trials, and to the satisfaction of the FDA, that such product candidates are safe and effective for their intended uses. Results from preclinical studies and clinical trials can be interpreted in different ways. Even if we believe the preclinical or clinical data for our product candidates are promising, such data may not be sufficient to support approval by the FDA and other regulatory authorities. The FDA may also require us to conduct additional preclinical studies or clinical trials for our product candidates either prior to or post-approval, or it may object to elements of our clinical development program.

The FDA can delay, limit or deny approval of our product candidates or require us to conduct additional preclinical or clinical testing or abandon a program for many reasons, including:

 

  n   the FDA’s disagreement with the design or implementation of our clinical trials;

 

  n   negative or ambiguous results from our clinical trials or results that may not meet the level of statistical significance required by the FDA for approval;

 

  n   serious and unexpected drug-related adverse events experienced by participants in our clinical trials or by individuals using drugs similar to our product candidates;

 

  n   our inability to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA that our product candidates are safe and effective for the proposed indication;

 

14


Table of Contents
  n   the FDA’s disagreement with the interpretation of data from preclinical studies or clinical trials;

 

  n   our inability to demonstrate that the clinical and other benefits of our product candidates outweigh any safety or other perceived risks;

 

  n   the FDA’s requirement for additional preclinical studies or clinical trials;

 

  n   the FDA’s disagreement regarding the formulation, labeling or the specifications of our product candidates;

 

  n   the FDA’s agency’s failure to approve the manufacturing processes or facilities of third-party manufacturers with which we contract; or

 

  n   the potential for approval policies or regulations of the FDA to significantly change in a manner rendering our clinical data insufficient for approval.

Of the large number of drugs in development, only a small percentage successfully complete the FDA approval process and become commercialized. The lengthy approval process as well as the unpredictability of outcomes from future clinical trials may result in our failing to obtain regulatory approval to market our product candidates.

Even if we eventually complete clinical testing and receive approval of an NDA or foreign marketing application for our product candidates, the FDA may grant approval contingent on the performance of costly additional clinical trials, including Phase 4 clinical trials, or the implementation of a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS, which may be required to ensure safe use of the drug after approval. The FDA also may approve a product candidate for a more limited indication or patient population than we originally requested, and the FDA may not approve the labeling that we believe is necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of a product candidate. Any delay in obtaining, or inability to obtain, applicable regulatory approval would delay or prevent commercialization of that product candidate.

Regulatory approval of our product candidates by foreign regulatory authorities may be delayed or denied. We may be subject to pricing controls imposed by foreign governments and regulatory authorities.

We may seek regulatory approval of our product candidates from foreign regulatory authorities in the future. Such regulatory authorities may impose additional regulations and guidelines that differ in form and substance from those imposed by their counterparts in the United States and with which we are more familiar. Accordingly, the regulatory approval of our product candidates in those foreign jurisdictions could be delayed, limited or denied altogether. This could limit the scope of or prevent the commercialization of our products in the future and adversely affect our financial performance.

Further, in some countries, the pricing of pharmaceutical prescriptions is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a product candidate. In addition, there can be considerable pressure by governments and other stakeholders on prices and reimbursement levels, including as part of cost containment measures. Political, economic and regulatory developments may further complicate pricing negotiations, and pricing negotiations may continue after coverage and reimbursement have been obtained. Reference pricing used by various countries and parallel distribution or arbitrage between low-priced and high-priced countries can further reduce prices. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of our product candidate to other available therapies, which is time-consuming and costly. If coverage and reimbursement of our product candidates are unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our business could be harmed.

 

15


Table of Contents

Even if our current product candidates or any future product candidates obtain regulatory approval, they may fail to achieve the broad degree of physician and patient adoption and use necessary for commercial success.

The commercial success of any of our current or future product candidates, if approved, will depend significantly on the broad adoption and use of the resulting product by physicians and patients for approved indications. Our product candidates may not be commercially successful. The degree and rate of physician and patient adoption of our current or future product candidates, if approved, will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

  n   the clinical indications for which the product is approved and patient demand for approved products that treat those indications;

 

  n   the effectiveness of our product as compared to other available therapies;

 

  n   the availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement from managed care plans and other healthcare payors for any of our product candidates that may be approved;

 

  n   the cost of treatment with our product candidates in relation to alternative treatments and willingness to pay for the product, if approved, on the part of patients;

 

  n   acceptance by physicians, major operators of clinics and patients of the product as a safe and effective treatment;

 

  n   physician and patient willingness to adopt a new therapy over other available therapies to treat approved indications;

 

  n   overcoming any biases physicians or patients may have toward particular therapies for the treatment of approved indications;

 

  n   patient satisfaction with the results and administration of our product candidates and overall treatment experience;

 

  n   the willingness of patients to pay for certain of our product candidates relative to other discretionary items, especially during economically challenging times;

 

  n   the revenue and profitability that our product candidates may offer a physician as compared to alternative therapies;

 

  n   the prevalence and severity of adverse events;

 

  n   limitations or warnings contained in the FDA-approved labeling for our product candidates;

 

  n   any FDA requirement to undertake a REMS;

 

  n   the effectiveness of our sales, marketing and distribution efforts;

 

  n   adverse publicity about our product candidates or favorable publicity about competitive products; and

 

  n   potential product liability claims.

If any of our current or future product candidates are approved for use but fail to achieve the broad degree of physician and patient adoption necessary for commercial success, our operating results and financial condition will be adversely affected, which may delay, prevent or limit our ability to generate revenue and continue our business.

 

16


Table of Contents

Even if we make a submission under a special protocol assessment, or SPA, from the FDA, there is no guarantee that we will obtain agreement from the FDA on the SPA. Even if we do obtain the FDA’s agreement, an SPA would not guarantee approval of any of our product candidates or any other particular outcome from regulatory review.

We currently do not have an SPA in place with respect to any of our product candidates. We have previously made such a submission for an SPA to the FDA in connection with the design of our Phase 3 clinical trials for SB204. We received feedback from the FDA on our Phase 3 trial design that we believed was sufficient to move forward on the Phase 3 development program without further pursuing an SPA. We recognize that the feedback obtained in connection with the SPA discussions does not constitute a formal SPA or a binding declaration from the FDA that it agrees with the Phase 3 clinical trials’ design, clinical endpoints or statistical analysis plan. We may, in the future, decide to make a submission for an SPA for any of our current or future product candidates.

The FDA’s SPA process is designed to facilitate the FDA’s review and approval of drugs by allowing the FDA to evaluate the proposed design and size of clinical trials that are intended to form the primary basis for determining a drug product’s efficacy. Upon specific request by a clinical trial sponsor, the FDA will evaluate the protocol and respond to a sponsor’s questions regarding, among other things, primary efficacy endpoints, trial conduct and data analysis, within 45 days of receipt of the request. The FDA ultimately assesses whether the protocol design and planned analysis of the trial are acceptable to support regulatory approval of the product candidate with respect to the effectiveness of the indication studied. All agreements and disagreements between the FDA and the sponsor regarding an SPA must be clearly documented in an SPA letter or the minutes of a meeting between the sponsor and the FDA.

Even if the FDA agrees to the SPA, an SPA agreement does not guarantee approval of a product candidate. Even if the FDA agrees to the design, execution, and analysis proposed in protocols reviewed under the SPA process, the FDA may revoke or alter its agreement in certain circumstances. In particular, an SPA agreement is not binding on the FDA if public health concerns emerge that were unrecognized at the time of the SPA agreement, other new scientific concerns regarding product safety or efficacy arise, the sponsor company fails to comply with the agreed upon trial protocols, or the relevant data, assumptions or information provided by the sponsor in a request for the SPA change or are found to be false or omit relevant facts. In addition, even after an SPA agreement is finalized, the SPA agreement may be modified, and such modification will be deemed binding on the FDA review division, except under the circumstances described above, if the FDA and the sponsor agree in writing to modify the protocol and such modification is intended to improve the study. The FDA retains significant latitude and discretion in interpreting the terms of the SPA agreement and the data and results from any study that is the subject of the SPA agreement.

Moreover, if the FDA revokes or alters its agreement under the SPA, or interprets the data collected from the clinical trial differently than we do, the FDA may not deem the data sufficient to support an application for regulatory approval.

Our product candidates may cause side effects which could delay or prevent their commercialization.

If any of our product candidates receives marketing approval, and we or other companies developing other nitric oxide-based therapies, including KNOW Bio, LLC, which has the right to develop our current nitric oxide-based technology in non-dermatological indications, later identify undesirable side effects caused by such products, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:

 

  n   regulatory authorities may withdraw their approval of the product;

 

  n   we may be required to recall a product or change the way such product is administered to patients;

 

17


Table of Contents
  n   additional restrictions may be imposed on the marketing of the particular product or the manufacturing processes for the product or any component thereof;

 

  n   regulatory authorities may require the addition of labeling statements, such as a ‘‘black box’’ warning or a contraindication;

 

  n   we may be required to implement a REMS or create a Medication Guide outlining the risks of such adverse events for distribution to patients;

 

  n   we could be sued and held liable for harm caused to patients;

 

  n   the product may become less competitive; and

 

  n   our reputation may suffer.

We expect to educate and train medical personnel so they know how to use our product candidates to understand their potential side effect profiles. Inadequate training in recognizing or managing the potential side effects of our product candidates could result in patient injury.

If we are unable to establish sales, marketing and distribution capabilities for our product candidates or any future product candidate that receives regulatory approval, we may not be successful in commercializing those product candidates, if approved.

We do not currently have a sales, marketing or distribution infrastructure in place. To achieve commercial success for any product candidate for which we may obtain marketing approval, we will need to establish a sales, marketing and distribution framework. In the future, we expect to build a focused sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure to market any of our product candidates in the United States. There are risks involved with establishing our own sales, marketing and distribution capabilities. For example, recruiting and training a sales force is expensive and time-consuming and could delay market uptake. If the commercial launch of a product candidate for which we recruit a sales force and establish marketing capabilities is delayed or does not occur for any reason, we would have prematurely or unnecessarily incurred these commercialization expenses. This may be costly, and our investment would be lost if we cannot retain or reposition our sales and marketing personnel.

Factors that may inhibit our efforts to commercialize our products on our own include:

 

  n   our inability to recruit, train and retain adequate numbers of effective sales and marketing personnel;

 

  n   the inability of sales personnel to obtain access to physicians or persuade adequate numbers of physicians to prescribe any future products;

 

  n   the lack of complementary products to be offered by sales personnel, which may put us at a competitive disadvantage relative to companies with more extensive product lines; and

 

  n   unforeseen costs and expenses associated with creating an independent sales and marketing organization.

If we are unable to establish our own sales, marketing and distribution capabilities and enter into arrangements with third parties to perform these services, this could, in turn, decrease our revenue and our profitability. In addition, we may not be successful in entering into arrangements with third parties to sell, market and distribute our product candidates or may be unable to do so on terms that are favorable to us. We may not have adequate control over such third parties, and any of them may fail to devote the necessary resources and attention to sell and market our products effectively. If we do not establish sales, marketing and distribution capabilities successfully, either on our own or in collaboration with third parties, we will not be successful in commercializing our product candidates.

 

18


Table of Contents

Additionally, we are currently evaluating strategic partnerships to commercialize our dermatology products in select international markets. We may not be sufficiently familiar or have the requisite resources to penetrate international markets where some of our competitors have already achieved broad recognition and have established commercialization strategies in place. Moreover, we may not succeed in targeting healthcare providers, including physicians, outside the dermatology prescribing base, who may not be familiar with our product candidates.

Our product candidates, if approved, will face significant competition and our failure to effectively compete may prevent us from achieving significant market penetration.

The pharmaceutical industry is characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on developing proprietary therapeutics. Numerous companies are engaged in the development, patenting, manufacturing and marketing of healthcare products competitive with those that we are developing. We face competition from a number of sources, such as pharmaceutical companies, generic drug companies, biotechnology companies and academic and research institutions, many of which have greater financial resources, marketing capabilities, sales forces, manufacturing capabilities, research and development capabilities, clinical trial expertise, intellectual property portfolios, experience in obtaining patents and regulatory approvals for product candidates and other resources than we do. Some of the companies that offer competing products also have a broad range of other product offerings, large direct sales forces and long-term customer relationships with our target physicians, which could inhibit our market penetration efforts. In addition, certain of our product candidates, if approved, may compete with other dermatological products, including over-the-counter treatments, for a share of some patients’ discretionary budgets and for physicians’ attention within their clinical practices.

Many pharmaceutical companies currently offer products, and continue to develop additional alternative product candidates and technologies, for indications similar to those targeted by our product candidates, including Galderma S.A., Allergan, Inc. and Valeant Pharmaceuticals International, Inc. The markets for dermatological therapies are competitive and are characterized by significant technological development and new product introduction. We anticipate that, if we obtain regulatory approval of our product candidates, we will face significant competition from other approved therapies. If approved, our product candidates may also compete with unregulated, unapproved and off-label treatments. To compete successfully in this market, we will have to demonstrate that the relative cost, safety and efficacy of our approved products, if any, provide an attractive alternative to existing and other new therapies. Such competition could lead to reduced market share for our product candidates and contribute to downward pressure on the pricing of our product candidates.

Due to less stringent regulatory requirements in certain foreign countries, there are many more dermatological products and procedures available for use in those international markets than are approved for use in the United States. In certain international markets, there are also fewer limitations on the claims that our competitors can make about the effectiveness of their products and the manner in which they can market them. As a result, we expect to face more competition in these markets than in the United States.

Even if we obtain marketing approval for any product candidates, the products may become subject to unfavorable third-party coverage or reimbursement policies, which would harm our business.

The success of our product candidates, if approved, depends on the availability of adequate coverage and reimbursement from government authorities and third-party payors, such as private health insurers and health maintenance organizations. Patients who are provided medical treatment for their conditions generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the costs associated with their treatment. Adequate coverage and reimbursement from governmental healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and commercial payors is critical to product acceptance.

 

19


Table of Contents

Government authorities and third-party payors, such as private health insurers and health maintenance organizations, decide which drugs and treatments they will cover and the amount of reimbursement that will be provided. Coverage decisions may depend on clinical and economic standards that disfavor new products when more established or lower cost therapeutic alternatives are already available or subsequently become available. Third-party payors may refuse to include a particular branded product in their formularies, or lists of medications for which third-party payors provide coverage and reimbursement, or otherwise restrict patient access through formulary controls or otherwise to a branded product when a less costly generic equivalent or other alternative is available. Coverage may be more limited than the purposes for which a product is approved by the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside the United States.

Assuming that we obtain coverage for a given product, the resulting reimbursement rates might not be adequate to cover our costs, including research, development, manufacture, sale and distribution, or achieve or sustain profitability, or may require co-payments that patients find unacceptably high. Patients are unlikely to use our products unless coverage is provided and reimbursement is adequate to cover a significant portion of the cost of our product candidates. Patients are unlikely to use our products unless coverage is provided and reimbursement is adequate to cover a significant portion of the cost of our product candidates. Increasingly, third-party payors are requiring that pharmaceutical companies provide them with predetermined discounts from list prices and are challenging the prices charged for products. There is significant uncertainty related to insurance coverage and reimbursement of newly approved products. It is difficult to predict at this time what third-party payors will decide with respect to the coverage and reimbursement for our product candidates

In the United States, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for products exists among third-party payors. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for a product can differ significantly from payor to payor. As a result, obtaining and maintaining coverage and reimbursement for a product from a government or other third-party payor is a time-consuming and costly process that could require us to provide supporting scientific, clinical and cost-effectiveness data for the use of our products to each payor separately, with no assurance that adequate coverage and reimbursement will be applied consistently or obtained in the first instance.

Governmental and third-party payors in the United States and abroad are developing increasingly sophisticated methods of controlling healthcare costs. Further, we believe that future coverage and reimbursement will likely be subject to increased restrictions both in the United States and in international markets. Third-party coverage and reimbursement for our product candidates for which we may receive regulatory approval may not be available, limited, or adequate in either the United States or international markets.

We may face product liability exposure, and if successful claims are brought against us, we may incur substantial liability if our insurance coverage for those claims is inadequate.

We face an inherent risk of product liability as a result of the clinical testing of our product candidates and will face an even greater risk if we commercialize any products. This risk exists even if a product is approved for commercial sale by the FDA and manufactured in facilities licensed and regulated by the FDA or an applicable foreign regulatory authority. Our product candidates are designed to affect important bodily functions and processes. Any adverse events, manufacturing defects, misuse or abuse associated with our product candidates could result in injury to a patient or even death. We cannot offer any assurance that we will not face product liability suits in the future, nor can we assure you that our insurance coverage will be sufficient to cover our liability under any such cases.

In addition, a liability claim may be brought against us even if our product candidates merely appear to have caused an injury. Product liability claims may be brought against us by consumers,

 

20


Table of Contents

healthcare providers, pharmaceutical companies or others selling or otherwise coming into contact with our product candidates, among others. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims we will incur substantial liabilities and reputational harm. In addition, regardless of merit or eventual outcome, product liability claims may result in:

 

  n   withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

 

 

  n   decreased enrollment rates of clinical trial participants;

 

  n   termination of clinical trial sites or entire trial programs;

 

  n   the inability to commercialize our product candidates;

 

  n   decreased demand for our product candidates;

 

  n   impairment of our business reputation;

 

  n   product recall or withdrawal from the market or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions;

 

  n   substantial costs of any related litigation or similar disputes;

 

  n   distraction of management’s attention and other resources from our primary business;

 

  n   substantial monetary awards to patients or other claimants against us that may not be covered by insurance; or

 

  n   loss of revenue.

We have obtained product liability insurance coverage, with an aggregate limit of $5.0 million, for clinical trials. Large judgments have been awarded in class action or individual lawsuits based on drugs that had unanticipated adverse events. Our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to cover all of our product liability related expenses or losses and may not cover us for any expenses or losses we may suffer. Moreover, insurance coverage is becoming increasingly expensive, and, in the future, we may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost, in sufficient amounts or upon adequate terms to protect us against losses due to product liability. We will need to increase our product liability coverage if any of our product candidates receive regulatory approval, which will be costly, and we may be unable to obtain this increased product liability insurance on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. A successful product liability claim or series of claims brought against us could cause our stock price to decline and, if judgments exceed our insurance coverage, could decrease our cash, negatively impact our statement of operations and could harm our financial condition.

If and when we market our product candidates, our relationships with healthcare providers, customers and third-party payors, as well as our general business operations, may be subject to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, and failure to comply with such regulations could expose us to penalties including criminal sanctions, civil penalties, exclusion from government healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm and diminished profits and future earnings.

Healthcare providers, customers and third-party payors will play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any product candidates for which we may obtain marketing approval. Our future arrangements with third-party payors, healthcare providers and customers and our general operations may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we market, sell and distribute any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. Restrictions under applicable federal and state healthcare laws and regulations may include the following:

 

  n  

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons and entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or

 

21


Table of Contents
 

indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward, or in return for, either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation.

 

  n   the federal false claims and civil monetary penalties laws, including the civil False Claims Act, which impose criminal and civil penalties, including through civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities for knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or knowingly making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government; in addition, the government may assert that a claim including items and services resulting from a violation of the U.S. federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false of fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act;

 

  n   the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which imposes criminal and civil liability for, among other things, executing or attempting to execute a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters. Similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation;

 

  n   HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and their implementing regulations, which also imposes obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, on certain types of people and entities with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

 

  n   the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, which requires manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) to report annually to the government information related to certain payments or other ‘‘transfers of value’’ made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, and requires applicable manufacturers to report annually to the government ownership and investment interests held by the physicians described above and their immediate family members and payments or other ‘‘transfers of value’’ to such physician owners; and

 

  n   analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers; state laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government; state laws that require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures; and state and foreign laws governing the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Efforts to ensure that our internal operations and business arrangements with third parties comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws

 

22


Table of Contents

and regulations. The risk of our being found in violation of these laws is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations. Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and safe harbors available under such laws, it is possible that some of our business activities, including our relationships with physicians and other healthcare providers, some of whom will recommend, purchase or prescribe our products, could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws.

If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental laws and regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, imprisonment, exclusion of products from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, disgorgement, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. If any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business is found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs, which would adversely impact our statement of operations and cash flows.

Risks Related to Manufacturing and our Reliance on Third Parties

We rely on third parties to conduct some of our preclinical studies and all of our clinical trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines, we may be unable to obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize any of our product candidates.

We currently do not have the ability to independently conduct preclinical studies that comply with the regulatory requirements known as good laboratory practice, or GLP, requirements. We also do not currently have the ability to independently conduct any clinical trials. The FDA and regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions require us to comply with regulations and standards, commonly referred to as good clinical practice, or GCP, requirements for conducting, monitoring, recording and reporting the results of clinical trials, in order to ensure that the data and results are scientifically credible and accurate and that the trial subjects are adequately informed of the potential risks of participating in clinical trials. We rely on medical institutions, clinical investigators, contract laboratories and other third parties, such as contract research organizations, or CROs, to conduct GLP-compliant preclinical studies and GCP-compliant clinical trials on our product candidates properly and on time. While we will have agreements governing their activities, we control only certain aspects of their activities and have limited influence over their actual performance. The third parties with whom we contract for execution of our GLP preclinical studies and our GCP clinical trials play a significant role in the conduct of these studies and trials and the subsequent collection and analysis of data. These third parties are not our employees and, except for restrictions imposed by our contracts with such third parties, we have limited ability to control the amount or timing of resources that they devote to our programs. Although we rely on these third parties to conduct our GLP-compliant preclinical studies and GCP-compliant clinical trials, we remain responsible for ensuring that each of our GLP preclinical studies and clinical trials is conducted in accordance with its investigational plan and protocol and applicable laws and regulations, and our reliance on the CROs does not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities. In addition, if any of our CROs terminate their involvement with us for any reason, we may not be able to enter into similar arrangements with alternative CROs within a short period of time, or do so on commercially reasonable terms.

Many of the third parties with whom we contract may also have relationships with other commercial entities, including our competitors, for whom they may also be conducting clinical trials or other drug development activities that could harm our competitive position. In addition, since the number of

 

23


Table of Contents

qualified clinical investigators is limited, we expect to conduct some of our clinical trials at the same clinical trial sites that some of our competitors use, which will reduce the number of patients who are available for our clinical trials in such clinical trial site. If the third parties conducting our GLP preclinical studies or our clinical trials do not perform their contractual duties or obligations, experience work stoppages, do not meet expected deadlines, terminate their agreements with us or need to be replaced, or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to their failure to adhere to our clinical trial protocols or to GCPs, or for any other reason, we may need to enter into new arrangements with alternative third parties. This could be difficult, costly or impossible, and our preclinical studies or clinical trials may need to be extended, delayed, terminated or repeated. As a result we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval in a timely fashion, or at all, for the applicable product candidate, our financial results and the commercial prospects for our product candidates would be harmed, our costs could increase, and our ability to generate revenues could be delayed.

In addition, principal investigators for our clinical trials may serve as scientific advisors or consultants to us from time to time and may receive cash or equity compensation in connection with such services. If these relationships and any related compensation result in perceived or actual conflicts of interest, or the FDA concludes that the financial relationship may have affected the interpretation of the trial, the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site may be questioned and the utility of the clinical trial itself may be jeopardized, which could result in the delay or rejection by the FDA of any NDA we submit. Any such delay or rejection could prevent us from commercializing our future product candidates.

We rely on third parties to manufacture our clinical drug supplies and we intend to rely on third parties to produce commercial supplies of any approved product candidate, and our commercialization of any of our product candidates could be stopped, delayed or made less profitable if those third parties fail to obtain approval of the FDA or comparable regulatory authorities, fail to provide us with sufficient quantities of drug product or fail to do so at acceptable quality levels or prices.

We do not currently have nor do we plan to acquire the infrastructure or capability internally to completely manufacture our clinical drug supplies for use in the conduct of our clinical trials, and we lack the resources and the capability to manufacture any of our product candidates on a clinical or commercial scale. While we currently manufacture the active drug substance in our own facilities, we rely on third parties to manufacture the finished drug product. The facilities used by our contract manufacturers to manufacture our product candidates must be approved by the FDA pursuant to inspections that will be conducted after we submit our NDA to the FDA. We do not control the manufacturing process of, and are completely dependent on, our contract manufacturing partners for compliance with the regulatory requirements, known as current good manufacturing practice, or cGMP, requirements for manufacture of drug products. If our contract manufacturers cannot successfully manufacture material that conforms to our specifications and the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA or others, they will not be able to secure or maintain regulatory approval for their manufacturing facilities. In addition, we have no control over the ability of our contract manufacturers to maintain adequate quality control, quality assurance and qualified personnel. If the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority does not approve these facilities for the manufacture of our product candidates or if it withdraws any such approval in the future, we may need to find alternative manufacturing facilities, which would significantly impact our ability to develop, obtain regulatory approval for or market our product candidates, if approved.

We rely on third-party manufacturers to purchase from third-party suppliers the materials necessary to produce our product candidates for our clinical trials. There are a limited number of suppliers for raw materials, including nitric oxide, that we use to manufacture our drugs and there may be a need to assess alternate suppliers to prevent a possible disruption of the manufacture of the materials, importantly nitric oxide, necessary to produce our product candidates for our clinical trials, and if approved, ultimately for commercial sale. We do not have any control over the process or timing of the

 

24


Table of Contents

acquisition of these raw materials by our manufacturers. Moreover, we currently do not have any agreements for the commercial production of these raw materials, including nitric oxide. Although we generally do not begin a clinical trial unless we believe we have a sufficient supply of a product candidate to complete the clinical trial, any significant delay in the supply of a product candidate, or the raw material components thereof, for an ongoing clinical trial due to the need to replace a third-party manufacturer could considerably delay completion of our clinical trials, product testing and potential regulatory approval of our product candidates. If our manufacturers or we are unable to purchase these raw materials, including nitric oxide after regulatory approval has been obtained for our product candidates, the commercial launch of our product candidates would be delayed or there would be a shortage in supply, which would impair our ability to generate revenues from the sale of our product candidates.

We expect to continue to depend on third-party contract manufacturers for the foreseeable future. We have not entered into long-term agreements with our current contract manufacturers or with any alternate suppliers, and though we intend to do so prior to commercial launch in order to ensure that we maintain adequate supplies of finished drug product, we may be unable to enter into such an agreement or do so on commercially reasonable terms. We currently obtain our supplies of finished drug product through individual purchase orders.

Our employees, independent contractors, principal investigators, CROs, consultants, commercial partners and vendors may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements, which could expose us to liability and hurt our reputation.

We are exposed to the risk that our employees, independent contractors, principal investigators, CROs, consultants, commercial partners and vendors may engage in fraudulent conduct or other illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless or negligent conduct or disclosure of unauthorized activities to us that violates: (i) FDA laws and regulations, including those laws that require the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to the FDA, (ii) manufacturing standards, (iii) federal and state data privacy, security, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws, or (iv) laws that require the true, complete and accurate reporting of financial information or data. Activities subject to these laws also involve the improper use or misrepresentation of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, creating fraudulent data in our preclinical studies or clinical trials or illegal misappropriation of drug product, which could result in regulatory sanctions and cause serious harm to our reputation. It is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by employees and other third parties, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. Additionally, we are subject to the risk that a person or government could allege such fraud or other misconduct, even if none occurred. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business and financial results, including, without limitation, the imposition of significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and curtailment of our operations.

Risks Related to Our Operations

Our business involves the use of hazardous materials and we and our third-party suppliers and manufacturers must comply with environmental laws and regulations, which can be expensive and restrict how we do business.

The manufacturing activities of our third-party suppliers and manufacturers involve the controlled storage, use and disposal of hazardous materials owned by us, including the components of our

 

25


Table of Contents

product candidates such as nitric oxide and other hazardous compounds. We and our manufacturers and suppliers are subject to laws and regulations governing the use, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of these hazardous materials. In some cases, these hazardous materials and various wastes resulting from their use are stored at our suppliers’ or manufacturers’ facilities pending use and disposal. We and our suppliers and manufacturers cannot completely eliminate the risk of contamination, which could cause an interruption of our commercialization efforts, research and development efforts and business operations, injury to our service providers and others and environmental damage resulting in costly clean-up and liabilities under applicable laws and regulations governing the use, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and specified waste products. Although we believe that the safety procedures utilized by our third-party suppliers and manufacturers for handling and disposing of these materials generally comply with the standards prescribed by these laws and regulations, we cannot guarantee that this is the case or eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials. In such an event, we may be held liable for any resulting damages and such liability could exceed our financial resources.

We specialize solely in developing nitric oxide-based dermatology therapeutics, and if we do not successfully achieve regulatory approval for any of our product candidates or successfully commercialize them, we may not be able to continue as a business.

All of our clinical development efforts to date have focused on the development of nitric oxide-based topical therapies. There can be no assurance that the intended or anticipated results from the use of nitric oxide-based therapies will be reaped, and that we will successfully bring our product candidates to market. Because all of our current product candidates are based on nitric oxide and our Nitricil technology, the failure of our Nitricil technology to be safe or efficacious generally will have adverse implications for our entire product candidate pipeline. If, for any reason, our intended use of nitric oxide does not materialize, we may not be able to redeploy our resources to alternative components or raw materials, efficiently or at all.

New stockholders in this offering will not have an interest in the non-dermatological assets transferred to KNOW Bio, LLC in connection with the Separation Transaction.

In December 2015, we formed KNOW Bio, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of our company, or KNOW Bio, for the purpose of giving effect to the legal separation of non-dermatological assets, mainly consisting of intellectual property rights, from our company. We made a cash contribution to KNOW Bio to provide it with working capital, and we distributed all of the outstanding member interests of KNOW Bio pro rata to our stockholders. We refer to the foregoing transactions collectively as the Separation Transaction. As a result of the Separation Transaction, new stockholders in this offering will not have an interest in the non-dermatological assets that were separated from our company. An investment in our common stock is not an investment in KNOW Bio.

We expect to experience significant growth which may adversely disrupt our operations.

As of June 30, 2016, we had 62 full-time employees and one part-time employee. As our development progresses, we expect to experience significant growth in the number of our employees and the scope of our operations, particularly in the area of product development and, if any of our product candidates receives marketing approval, sales, marketing and distribution. To manage our anticipated future growth, we must continue to implement and improve our managerial, operational and financial systems, expand our facilities and continue to recruit and train additional qualified personnel. Due to our limited financial resources and the limited experience of our management team in managing a company with such anticipated growth, we may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations or recruit and train additional qualified personnel. The expansion of our operations may lead to significant costs and may divert our management and business development resources. Any inability to manage growth could delay the execution of our business plans or disrupt our operations.

 

26


Table of Contents

Our business and operations would suffer in the event of computer system failures, cyber-attacks or deficiencies in our cyber-security.

Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems, and those of third parties on which we rely, are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, malware, natural disasters, terrorism, war, telecommunication and electrical failures, cyber-attacks or cyber-intrusions over the Internet, attachments to emails, persons inside our organization, or persons with access to systems inside our organization. The risk of a security breach or disruption, particularly through cyber-attacks or cyber intrusion, including by computer hackers, foreign governments, and cyber terrorists, has generally increased as the number, intensity and sophistication of attempted attacks and intrusions from around the world have increased. If such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our product development programs. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from completed or ongoing or planned clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. To the extent that any disruption or security breach was to result in a loss of or damage to our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur material legal claims and liability, and damage to our reputation, and the further development of our product candidates could be delayed.

Risks Related to Government Regulation

Even if we receive regulatory approval of our product candidates, we will be subject to ongoing regulatory obligations and continued regulatory review, which may result in significant additional expense, and we may be subject to penalties, if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements or experience unanticipated problems with our product candidates.

Any regulatory approvals that we receive for our product candidates may be subject to limitations on the approved indicated uses for which the product may be marketed or the conditions of approval, or contain requirements for potentially costly post-market testing and surveillance to monitor the safety and efficacy of the product candidate. The FDA may also require a REMS as a condition of approval of our product candidates, which could include requirements for a medication guide, physician communication plans or additional elements to ensure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. In addition, if the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority approves our product candidates, the manufacturing processes, labeling, packaging, distribution, adverse event reporting, storage, advertising, promotion, import, export and recordkeeping for our product candidates will be subject to extensive and ongoing regulatory requirements. These requirements include submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, registration, as well as continued compliance with cGMPs and GCP requirements for any clinical trials that we conduct post-approval. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with our product candidates, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with our third-party manufacturers or manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in, among other things:

 

  n   restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of our product candidates, withdrawal of the product from the market, or voluntary or mandatory product recalls;

 

  n   fines, warning letters or holds on clinical trials;

 

  n   refusal by the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications filed by us or suspension or revocation of approvals;

 

  n   product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of our product candidates; and

 

  n   injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

 

27


Table of Contents

The FDA’s and other regulatory authorities’ policies may change and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action, either in the United States or abroad. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability.

Recently enacted and future legislation may increase the difficulty and cost for us to obtain marketing approval of and commercialize our product candidates and affect the prices we may obtain.

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been, and we expect there will continue to be, a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could prevent or delay marketing approval of our product candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities and affect our ability to profitably sell any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval.

For example, in the United States, in 2010, President Obama signed into law the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, or collectively the ACA, a sweeping law intended to broaden access to health insurance, reduce or constrain the growth of healthcare spending, enhance remedies against fraud and abuse, add new transparency requirements for the healthcare and health insurance industries, impose new taxes and fees on the health industry and impose additional health policy reforms. Among the provisions of the ACA of importance to our potential product candidates are the following:

 

  n   an annual, nondeductible fee payable by any entity that manufactures or imports specified branded prescription drugs and biologic agents;

 

  n   an increase in the statutory minimum rebates a manufacturer must pay under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program;

 

  n   a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected;

 

  n   a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer 50% point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries under their coverage gap period, as a condition for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D;

 

  n   extension of manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability to individuals enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations;

 

  n   expansion of eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs;

 

  n   expansion of the entities eligible for discounts under the Public Health Service pharmaceutical pricing program;

 

  n   a new requirement to annually report drug samples that manufacturers and distributors provide to physicians; and

 

  n   a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research.

There have been judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA, and we expect there will be additional challenges and amendments to the ACA in the future. At this time, the full effect that the ACA would have on our business remains unclear.

 

28


Table of Contents

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the U.S. since the ACA was enacted. These changes included aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect in April 2013 and, due to the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015, will remain in effect through 2025 unless additional action is taken by Congress. In January 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several types of providers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. These new laws may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding. In addition, recently there has been heightened governmental scrutiny over the manner in which manufacturers set prices for their commercial products.

We expect that the ACA, as well as other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding, more rigorous coverage criteria, new payment methodologies and in additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved product. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability, or commercialize our product candidates, if approved.

Legislative and regulatory proposals have been made to expand post-approval requirements and restrict sales and promotional activities for pharmaceutical products. We cannot be sure whether additional legislative changes will be enacted, or whether the FDA regulations, guidance or interpretations will be changed, or what the impact of such changes on the marketing approvals of our product candidates, if any, may be. In addition, increased scrutiny by the U.S. Congress of the FDA’s approval process may significantly delay or prevent marketing approval, as well as subject us to more stringent product labeling and post-marketing testing and other requirements.

We are subject to governmental economic sanctions and export and import controls that could impair our ability to compete in international markets or subject us to liability if we are not in compliance with applicable laws.

As a U.S. company, we are subject to U.S. import and export controls and economic sanctions laws and regulations, and we are required to import and export our product candidates, technology and services in compliance with those laws and regulations, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, the International Traffic in Arms Regulations, and economic embargo and trade sanction programs administered by the Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control.

U.S. economic sanctions and export control laws and regulations prohibit the shipment of certain products and services to countries, governments and persons targeted by U.S. sanctions. While we are currently taking precautions to prevent doing any business, directly or indirectly, with countries, governments and persons targeted by U.S. sanctions and to ensure that our product candidates, if approved, are not exported or used by countries, governments and persons targeted by U.S. sanctions, such measures may be circumvented.

Furthermore, if we export our product candidates, if approved, the exports may require authorizations, including a license, a license exception or other appropriate government authorization. Complying with export control and sanctions regulations for a particular sale may be time-consuming and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. Failure to comply with export control and sanctions regulations for a particular sale may expose us to government investigations and penalties.

If we are found to be in violation of U.S. sanctions or import or export control laws, it could result in civil and criminal, monetary and non-monetary penalties, including possible incarceration for those individuals responsible for the violations, the loss of export or import privileges and reputational harm.

 

29


Table of Contents

We are subject to anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws with respect to our operations and non-compliance with such laws can subject us to criminal or civil liability and harm our business.

We are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or the FCPA, the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, the USA PATRIOT Act and possibly other anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in countries in which we may conduct activities. Anti-corruption laws are interpreted broadly and prohibit companies and their employees and third-party intermediaries from authorizing, offering or providing, directly or indirectly, improper payments or benefits to recipients in the public or private sector. As we commercialize our product candidates and eventually commence international sales and business, we may engage with collaborators and third-party intermediaries to sell our products abroad and to obtain necessary permits, licenses and other regulatory approvals. We or our third-party intermediaries may have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or state-owned or affiliated entities. We may be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of these third-party intermediaries, our employees, representatives, contractors, partners and agents, even if we do not explicitly authorize such activities.

Noncompliance with anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws could subject us to whistleblower complaints, investigations, sanctions, settlements, prosecution, other enforcement actions, disgorgement of profits, significant fines, damages, other civil and criminal penalties or injunctions, suspension or debarment from contracting with certain persons, the loss of export privileges, reputational harm, adverse media coverage and other collateral consequences. Responding to any action will likely result in a materially significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and significant defense costs and other professional fees.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If we are unable to obtain and maintain patent protection for our product candidates, or if the scope of the patent protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize technology and products similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our technology and product candidates may be impaired.

We rely upon a combination of patents, trade secret protection, and confidentiality agreements to protect the intellectual property related to our product candidates. Our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent protection in the United States and other countries with respect to our product candidates. We seek to protect our proprietary position by filing patent applications in the United States and abroad related to our product candidates.

The patent prosecution process is expensive and time-consuming, however, and we may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our technology platform or product candidates before it is too late to obtain patent protection. We may not have the right to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications, or to maintain the rights to patents licensed to or from third parties. In particular, certain patents and patent applications covering our core technology platform are exclusively licensed from the University of North Carolina, or UNC, and under our license agreement with UNC, we rely on UNC to prosecute and maintain such patents and applications. Therefore, these patents and applications, and any other patents and applications that we may license from or to third parties, may not be prosecuted and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business.

If the patent applications we hold or have in-licensed with respect to our product candidates fail to issue, if their breadth or strength of protection is threatened, or if they fail to provide meaningful

 

30


Table of Contents

exclusivity for our current or any future product candidates, it could have a materially adverse effect on our business. Even if our owned and licensed patent applications issue as patents, they may not issue in a form that will provide us with any meaningful protection, prevent competitors from competing with us or otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. Our competitors may be able to circumvent our owned and licensed patents by developing similar or alternative technologies or products in a non-infringing manner.

The patent position of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies generally is highly uncertain, involves complex legal and factual questions and has in recent years been the subject of much litigation. In addition, the laws of foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States or vice versa. For example, European patent law restricts the patentability of methods of treatment of the human body more than United States law does. Publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing, or in some cases not at all. Therefore, we cannot know with certainty whether we were the first to make the inventions claimed in our owned and licensed patents or pending patent applications, or that we were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our patent rights are highly uncertain. Our pending and future patent applications may not result in patents being issued that protect our technology or products, in whole or in part, or which effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive technologies and products. Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of our owned and licensed patents or narrow the scope of our patent protection while patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents.

Recent patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents. On September 16, 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the Leahy-Smith Act, was signed into law. The Leahy-Smith Act includes a number of significant changes to United States patent law. These include provisions that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted and may also affect patent litigation. The United States Patent Office recently developed new regulations and procedures to govern administration of the Leahy-Smith Act, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the Leahy-Smith Act, and in particular, the first to file provisions, only became effective on March 16, 2013. Accordingly, it is not clear what, if any, impact the Leahy-Smith Act will have on the operation of our business. However, the Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have an adverse effect on our business and financial condition. For example, the first to file system under the Leahy-Smith Act may incentivize companies like us in the biopharmaceutical industry to file patent applications as soon as possible, and filing applications as soon as possible runs the risk that the application will not have the supporting data to claim the broadest protection possible in the United States.

Moreover, we may be subject to a third-party preissuance submission of prior art to the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, or become involved in opposition, derivation, reexamination, inter partes review, post-grant review or interference proceedings challenging our patent rights or the patent rights of others. An adverse determination in any such submission, proceeding or litigation could reduce the scope of, or invalidate, our patent rights, allow third parties to commercialize our technology or products and compete directly with us, without payment to us, or result in our inability to manufacture or commercialize products without infringing third-party patent rights. In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our owned and licensed patents and patent applications is threatened, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to license, develop or commercialize current or future product candidates.

 

31


Table of Contents

In addition, the issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, and our owned and licensed patents may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. Such challenges may result in loss of exclusivity or freedom to operate or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable, in whole or in part, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and products, or limit the duration of the patent protection of our technology and products. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. As a result, our patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours.

Finally, certain of our activities and our licensors’ activities have been funded, and may in the future be funded, by the U.S. federal government. When new technologies are developed with U.S. federal government funding, the government obtains certain rights in any resulting patents, including a nonexclusive license authorizing the government to use the invention for non-commercial purposes. These rights may permit the government to disclose our confidential information to third parties and to exercise “march-in” rights to use or allow third parties to use our patented technology. The government can exercise its march-in rights if it determines that action is necessary because we fail to achieve practical application of the U.S. government-funded technology, because action is necessary to alleviate health or safety needs, to meet requirements of federal regulations or to give preference to U.S. industry. In addition, U.S. government-funded inventions must be reported to the government, U.S. government funding must be disclosed in any resulting patent applications, and our rights in such inventions may be subject to certain requirements to manufacture products in the United States.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees on any issued patent are due to be paid to the USPTO and other foreign patent agencies in several stages over the lifetime of the patent. The USPTO and various foreign national or international patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. While an inadvertent lapse can in many cases be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Non-compliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of patent rights include, but are not limited to, failure to timely file national and regional stage patent applications based on our international patent application, failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. If we or our licensors fail to maintain the patents and patent applications covering our technology platform or product candidates, our competitors might be able to enter the market, which would have an adverse effect on our business.

Changes in U.S. patent laws could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products.

The United States has recently enacted and implemented wide-ranging patent reform legislation. The U.S. Supreme Court has ruled on several patent cases in recent years, either narrowing the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakening the rights of patent owners in certain situations. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents, once obtained. Depending on actions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts, and the USPTO, the laws

 

32


Table of Contents

and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce patents that we have licensed or that we might obtain in the future.

We may be involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our owned and licensed patents, which could be expensive, time-consuming and unsuccessful. Further, our issued patents could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged in court.

If we were to initiate legal proceedings against a third-party to enforce a patent directed to our product candidates, or one of our future product candidates, the defendant could counterclaim that our patent is invalid or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness, non-enablement or insufficient written description. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the USPTO or made a misleading statement during prosecution. Third parties may also raise similar claims before the USPTO, even outside the context of litigation. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art of which we and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on our product candidates. Such a loss of patent protection would harm our business.

Interference proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by us or declared by the USPTO may be necessary to determine the priority of inventions with respect to our owned and licensed patents or patent applications. An unfavorable outcome could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation.

Most of our competitors are larger than we are and have substantially greater resources than we do. They are, therefore, likely to be able to sustain the costs of complex patent or other intellectual property rights litigation longer than we could. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property. Litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of management resources, which could harm our business. In addition, the uncertainties associated with litigation could compromise our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our clinical trials, continue our internal research programs, or in-license needed technology or other product candidates. There could also be public announcements of the results of the hearing, motions, or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive those results to be negative, it could cause the price of shares of our common stock to decline.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world, which could impair our business.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on our product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States can be less extensive than those in the United States. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our invention in such countries. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not

 

33


Table of Contents

obtained patent protection to develop their own products and may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement rights are not as strong as those in the United States. These products may compete with our product candidates and our owned and licensed patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of some countries do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our owned and licensed patents generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our owned and licensed patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate, and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful.

Many countries, including European Union countries, India, Japan and China, have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled under specified circumstances to grant licenses to third parties. In those countries, we may have limited remedies if patents are infringed or if we are compelled to grant a license to a third party, which could materially diminish the value of those patents. This could limit our potential revenue opportunities. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.

We may not be able to obtain licenses to third-party intellectual property. Third parties may initiate legal proceedings alleging infringement of their intellectual property rights.

A third party may hold intellectual property, including patent rights that are important or necessary to the development or commercialization of our product candidates. However, we may not be able to obtain such licenses on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. In addition, our existing licenses may be terminated or may not be renewed, which could hurt our business.

In addition, our commercial success depends upon our ability to develop, manufacture, market and sell our product candidates and use our proprietary technologies without infringing the proprietary rights of third parties. There is considerable intellectual property litigation in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries. We may become party to, or threatened with, future adversarial proceedings or litigation regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our products and technology, including interference or derivation proceedings before the USPTO. Numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications owned by third parties exist in the fields in which we are developing our product candidates. As the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries expand and more patents are issued, and as we gain greater visibility and market exposure as a public company, the risk increases that our product candidates or other business activities may be subject to claims of infringement of the patent and other proprietary rights of third parties. Third parties may assert infringement claims against us based on existing patents or patents that may be granted in the future. We have conducted searches for information in support of patent protection and otherwise evaluating the patent landscape for nitric oxide releasing materials and products, and, based on these searches and evaluations to date, we do not believe that there are valid patents which contain granted claims that could be asserted with respect to our nitric oxide-based product candidates.

Parties making claims against us may obtain injunctive or other equitable relief, which could effectively block our ability to further develop and commercialize one or more of our product candidates or force us to cease some of our business operations. Defense of these claims, regardless of their

 

34


Table of Contents

merit, would involve substantial litigation expense and would be a substantial diversion of employee resources from our business. If we are found to infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights, we could be required to redesign our infringing products or obtain a license from such third party to continue developing and marketing our products and technology. However, we may not be able to obtain any required license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, it could be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us. Moreover, we could be forced, including by court order, to cease commercializing the infringing technology or product. In addition, we could be found liable for monetary damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees if we are found to have willfully infringed a patent. Claims that we have misappropriated the confidential information or trade secrets of third parties could have a similar negative impact on our business.

We may be subject to claims by third parties asserting that we or our employees have misappropriated their intellectual property, or claiming ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.

Many of our employees were previously employed at other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies or universities. Although we try to ensure that our employees do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that these employees or we have used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such employee’s former employer. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims.

In addition, while it is our policy to require our employees and contractors who may be involved in the development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who in fact develops intellectual property that we regard as our own. Our and their assignment agreements may not be self-executing or may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property.

If we fail in prosecuting or defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in prosecuting or defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

If we fail to comply with our obligations under any license, collaboration or other agreements, it could have a material adverse effect on our commercialization efforts for our product candidates.

Our current license with UNC imposes, and any future licenses we enter into may impose, various development, commercialization, milestone, royalty, diligence, sublicensing, insurance, patent prosecution and enforcement, and other obligations on us. If we breach any of these obligations, or use the intellectual property licensed to us in an unauthorized manner, we may be required to pay damages and the licensor may have the right to terminate the license, which could result in us being unable to develop, manufacture and sell products that are covered by the licensed technology or enable a competitor to gain access to the licensed technology.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

In addition to seeking patents for our product candidates, we also rely on trade secrets, including unpatented know-how, technology and other proprietary information, to maintain our competitive position.

 

35


Table of Contents

We seek to protect our trade secrets, in part, by entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to them, such as our employees (including through specific provisions in employment contracts), corporate collaborators, outside scientific collaborators, contract manufacturers, consultants, advisors and other third parties. We also enter into confidentiality and invention or patent assignment agreements with our employees and consultants. Despite these efforts, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent them, or those to whom they communicate it, from using that technology or information to compete with us. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to or independently developed by a competitor, our competitive position would be materially impaired.

Our reliance on third parties requires us to share our trade secrets, which increases the possibility that a competitor will discover them or that our trade secrets will be misappropriated or disclosed.

Because we expect to rely on third parties to manufacture SB204 and any future product candidates, we must, at times, share trade secrets with them. These agreements typically limit the rights of the third parties to use or disclose our confidential information, including our trade secrets. Despite the contractual provisions employed when working with third parties, the need to share trade secrets and other confidential information increases the risk that such trade secrets become known by our competitors, are inadvertently incorporated into the technology of others, or are disclosed or used in violation of these agreements. Given that our proprietary position is based, in part, on our know-how and trade secrets, a competitor’s discovery of our trade secrets or other unauthorized use or disclosure would impair our competitive position and may adversely impact our business.

Any trademarks we have obtained or may obtain may be infringed or successfully challenged, materially harming to our business.

We expect to rely on trademarks as one means to distinguish any of our product candidates that are approved for marketing from the products of our competitors. Once we select new trademarks and apply to register them, our trademark applications may not be approved. Third parties may oppose or attempt to cancel our trademark applications or trademarks, or otherwise challenge our use of the trademarks. In the event that our trademarks are successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our products, which could result in loss of brand recognition and could require us to devote resources to advertising and marketing new brands. Further, our competitors may infringe our trademarks, including with respect to our Nitricil technology and we may not have adequate resources to enforce our trademarks.

Outside of the United States we cannot be certain that any country’s patent or trademark office will not implement new rules that could seriously affect how we draft, file, prosecute and maintain patents, trademarks and patent and trademark applications .

We cannot be certain that the patent or trademark offices of countries outside the United States will not implement new rules that increase costs for drafting, filing, prosecuting and maintaining patents, trademarks and patent and trademark applications or that any such new rules will not restrict our ability to file for patent protection. For example, we may elect not to seek patent protection in some jurisdictions or for some product candidates in order to save costs. We may be forced to abandon or return the rights to specific patents due to a lack of financial resources.

 

36


Table of Contents

Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential threats to our competitive advantage.

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations, and may not adequately protect our business, or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage, for reasons including but not limited to the following:

 

  n   others may be able to make formulations or compositions that are the same as or similar to certain of our product candidates but that are not covered by the claims of the patents that we own or license;

 

  n   others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies without infringing our trade secret or similar rights;

 

  n   issued patents that we own or license may not provide us with any competitive advantages, or may be held invalid or unenforceable as a result of legal challenges;

 

  n   our competitors might conduct research and development activities in the United States and other countries that provide a safe harbor from patent infringement claims for certain research and development activities, as well as in countries where we do not have patent rights, and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets; and

 

  n   we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable.

Risks Related to our Financial Results

We have incurred significant losses since our inception. We expect to incur losses for at least the next several years and may never achieve or maintain profitability.

Since inception, we have incurred significant operating losses. Our net loss was $11.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, $28.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and $29.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016. As of June 30, 2016, we had an accumulated deficit of $92.5 million. As a result of our operating losses and negative cash flows from operations, the report of our independent registered public accounting firm on our December 31, 2015 financial statements included an explanatory paragraph indicating that there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through private placements of our common and preferred stock, convertible debt financings, government contracts, and government and other third-party grants. We have devoted substantially all of our efforts to research and development, including clinical trials. We have not completed development of any product candidates. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for at least the next several years. We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially if and as we:

 

  n   conduct the Phase 3 clinical trials of SB204 for the treatment of acne vulgaris;

 

  n   initiate clinical trials of our additional product candidates;

 

  n   seek regulatory approvals for our product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials;

 

  n   qualify contract manufacturing organizations for the manufacture of drug product for the commercial launch of our product candidates;

 

  n   establish a sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure to commercialize products for which we may obtain regulatory approval;

 

  n   maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio;

 

  n   continue our research and development efforts;

 

37


Table of Contents
  n   hire additional clinical, quality control, scientific and management personnel;

 

  n   add operational, financial and management information systems and personnel, including personnel to support our product development and planned commercialization efforts; and

 

  n   incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses in operating as a public company.

To become and remain profitable, we must develop and eventually commercialize a product or products with significant market potential. This development and commercialization will require us to be successful in a range of challenging activities, including successfully completing clinical trials of our product candidates, obtaining regulatory approval for these product candidates, and marketing and selling those products for which we may obtain regulatory approval. We are only in the preliminary stages of some of these activities. We may never succeed in these activities and may never generate revenues that are significant or large enough to achieve profitability.

Even if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to become and remain profitable would decrease the value of the company and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, maintain our research and development efforts or continue our operations. A decline in the value of our company could also cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

Our ability to utilize our net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards may be limited.

As of December 31, 2015, we had NOL carryforwards available to reduce future taxable income, if any, for federal and state income tax purposes of $48.1 million and $50.6 million, respectively. If not utilized, the federal and state NOL carryforwards will begin expiring in 2028 and 2023 for federal and state tax purposes, respectively. Our ability to utilize NOL carryforward amounts to reduce taxable income in future years may be limited for various reasons, including if future taxable income is insufficient to recognize the full benefit of such NOL carryforward amounts prior to their expiration. Additionally, our ability to fully utilize these U.S. tax assets can also be adversely affected by “ownership changes” within the meaning of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, in a three-year period. Any ownership change is generally defined as a greater than 50% increase in equity ownership by “5% stockholders,” as that term is defined for purposes of Section 382 of the Code in any three year period. We may experience ownership changes in connection with this offering or otherwise in the future as a result of shifts in our stock ownership. As a result, if we earn net taxable income, our ability to use our pre-change NOL carryforwards to offset U.S. federal taxable income may be subject to limitations, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability to us. In addition, at the state level, there may be periods during which the use of NOL carryforwards is suspended or otherwise limited, which could accelerate or permanently increase state taxes owed.

We will need substantial additional funding. If we are unable to raise capital when needed, we would be forced to delay, reduce, terminate or eliminate our product development programs, or our commercialization efforts.

We expect our expenses to increase in connection with our ongoing activities, including conducting our Phase 3 clinical trials of SB204 and additional clinical trials of SB206, and seeking regulatory approval for our product candidates. In addition, if we obtain regulatory approval of any of our product candidates, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses for product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution. Furthermore, upon the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. Accordingly, we will need to obtain substantial additional funding in connection with our continuing operations. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on attractive terms, we would be forced to delay, reduce, terminate or eliminate our product development programs, or our commercialization efforts.

 

38


Table of Contents

As of June 30, 2016, we had cash and cash equivalents of $19.6 million and working capital of $10.9 million. We expect that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements into 2017, including funding the Phase 3 clinical trials of SB204, the ongoing Phase 2 clinical trial of SB206 and first Phase 2 clinical trial study for SB208.

We will need to obtain significant financing, in addition to the net proceeds of this offering, prior to the commercialization of SB204 to fund any commercialization efforts in anticipation of regulatory approval of SB204.

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

  n   clinical trials for SB204, SB206 and SB208;

 

  n   the scope, progress, results and costs of preclinical development, laboratory testing and clinical trials for our other product candidates;

 

  n   costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of our product candidates;

 

  n   costs of commercialization activities, including product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution, for any of our product candidates for which we receive regulatory approval;

 

  n   revenue, if any, received from commercial sales of our product candidates, should any of our product candidates be approved by the FDA or a similar regulatory authority outside the United States;

 

  n   costs of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining and enforcing our intellectual property rights and defending intellectual property-related claims;

 

  n   the extent to which we acquire or invest in other businesses, products and technologies;

 

  n   our ability to obtain government or other third-party funding for the development of our product candidates; and

 

  n   our ability to establish collaborations on favorable terms, if at all, particularly arrangements to develop, market and distribute our product candidates outside North America.

Conducting preclinical testing and clinical trials is a time-consuming, expensive and uncertain process that takes years to complete, and we may never generate the necessary data or results required to obtain regulatory approval and achieve product sales. In addition, our product candidates, if approved, may not achieve commercial success. Our commercial revenues, if any, will be derived from sales of products that we do not expect to be commercially available for several years, if at all. Accordingly, we will need to continue to rely on additional financing to achieve our business objectives. Additional financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our existing stockholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or product candidates.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenues, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, government contracts, government and other third-party grants or other third-party funding, marketing and distribution arrangements and other collaborations, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements. We will require substantial funding in addition to the net proceeds of this offering to complete the planned leasing, fund our commercialization efforts and fund our operating expenses and other activities. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences

 

39


Table of Contents

that adversely affect your rights as a stockholder. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends.

We currently intend to collaborate with third parties for the development and commercialization of our product candidates. If we raise additional funds through government or other third-party funding, marketing and distribution arrangements or other collaborations, strategic alliances or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams, research programs or product candidates or to grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us.

The report of our independent registered public accounting firm on our 2015 consolidated financial statements contains an explanatory paragraph regarding going concern, and we will need additional financing to execute our business plan, to fund our operations and to continue as a going concern.

Since inception, we have experienced recurring operating losses and negative cash flows and we expect to continue to generate operating losses and consume significant cash resources in the foreseeable future. These conditions raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern without additional financing. As a result, our independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph in its report on our 2015 consolidated financial statements with respect to this uncertainty. Substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern may materially and adversely affect the price per share of our common stock and we may have a more difficult time obtaining financing.

We have prepared our consolidated financial statements on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business. Our 2015 consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

We have a limited operating history and no history of commercializing drugs, which may make it difficult for you to evaluate the success of our business to date and to assess our future viability.

We commenced operations in 2006, and our operations to date have been largely focused on raising capital and developing SB204 and SB206 for the treatments of acne vulgaris and HPV, respectively. We have not yet demonstrated our ability to successfully complete later-stage clinical trials, obtain regulatory approvals, manufacture a drug on a commercial scale, or arrange for a third-party to do so on our behalf, or conduct sales and marketing activities necessary for successful commercialization. Consequently, any predictions you make about our future success or viability may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a longer operating history or a history of successfully developing and commercializing drugs.

We may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other known or unknown factors in achieving our business objectives. We will need to transition at some point from a company with a development focus to a company capable of supporting commercial activities. We may not be successful in such a transition.

We may be adversely affected by natural disasters and other catastrophic events, and by man-made problems such as terrorism, that could disrupt our business operations and our business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not adequately protect us from a serious disaster.

Our corporate headquarters are located in Durham, North Carolina, near major hurricane and tornado zones. If a disaster, power outage or other event occurred that prevented us from using all or a

 

40


Table of Contents

significant portion of our headquarters, that damaged critical infrastructure, such as enterprise financial systems, manufacturing resource planning or enterprise quality systems, or that otherwise disrupted operations, it may be difficult or, in certain cases, impossible for us to continue our business for a substantial period of time. Our manufacturers’ and suppliers’ facilities are located in multiple locations, where other natural disasters or similar events, such as blizzards, tornadoes, fires, explosions or large-scale accidents or power outages, could severely disrupt their operations. In addition, acts of terrorism and other geo-political unrest could cause disruptions in our business or the businesses of our collaborators, manufacturers or the economy as a whole. All of the aforementioned risks may be further increased if we do not implement a disaster recovery plan or our collaborators’ or manufacturers’ disaster recovery plans prove to be inadequate. Any of the above could result in delays in the regulatory approval, manufacture, distribution or commercialization of our product candidates.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering

After this offering, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders, if they choose to act together, will continue to have the ability to control all matters submitted to stockholders for approval.

Upon the closing of this offering, our executive officers, directors and stockholders who owned more than 5% of our outstanding common stock before this offering and their respective affiliates will, in the aggregate, hold shares representing approximately     % of our outstanding voting common stock. As a result, if these stockholders were to choose to act together, they would be able to control or significantly influence all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, as well as our management and affairs. For example, these persons, if they choose to act together, would control or significantly influence the election of directors and approval of any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. This concentration of ownership control may:

 

  n   delay, defer or prevent a change in control;

 

  n   entrench our management and the board of directors; or

 

  n   impede a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us that other stockholders may desire.

The significant concentration of stock ownership may negatively impact the price of our common stock due to investors’ perception that conflicts of interest may exist or arise.

If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution of your investment.

The initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our net tangible book value per share after this offering. To the extent shares subsequently are issued under outstanding stock options, you will incur further dilution. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $          per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $          per share, representing the difference between our pro forma net tangible book value per share, after giving effect to this offering, and the assumed initial public offering price. In addition, purchasers of common stock in this offering will have contributed approximately     % of the aggregate price paid by all purchasers of our stock but will own only approximately     % of our common stock outstanding after this offering. For further information on this calculation, see “Dilution.”

 

41


Table of Contents

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of our company that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock. In addition, because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors. Among other things, these provisions include those establishing:

 

  n   a classified board of directors with three-year staggered terms, which may delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors;

 

  n   no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;

 

  n   the exclusive right of our board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from filling vacancies on our board of directors;

 

  n   the ability of our board of directors to authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock and to determine the terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquirer;

 

  n   the ability of our board of directors to alter our amended and restated bylaws without obtaining stockholder approval;

 

  n   the required approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors to adopt, amend or repeal our amended and restated bylaws or repeal the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation regarding the election and removal of directors;

 

  n   a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;

 

  n   the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the chief executive officer, the chairman, the president or the board of directors, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors;

 

  n   advance notice procedures that stockholders must comply with in order to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us; and

 

  n   the requirement that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware be the sole and exclusive forum for derivative actions and other corporate claims unless we consent to an alternative forum in writing, which may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers or other employees and discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims.

 

42


Table of Contents

Moreover, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which prohibits a person who owns in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner.

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters. Although we have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Market, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. If an active market for our common stock does not develop, it may be difficult for you to sell shares you purchase in this offering at or above the initial public offering price or at all. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair market value of your shares. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration.

The price of our common stock may be volatile and fluctuate significantly, which could result in substantial losses for purchasers of our common stock in this offering.

Our stock price is likely to be volatile. The stock market in general has experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, you may not be able to sell your common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including:

 

  n   actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition and operating results;

 

  n   actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors;

 

  n   competition from existing products or new products that may emerge;

 

  n   development of new technologies that may address our markets and may make our technology less attractive;

 

  n   changes in physician, hospital or healthcare provider practices that may make our product candidates less attractive;

 

  n   announcements by us, our partners or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, collaborations or capital commitments;

 

  n   developments or disputes concerning proprietary rights, including patents, litigation matters and our ability to obtain patent protection for our technologies;

 

  n   the recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

  n   failure to meet or exceed financial estimates and projections of the investment community or that we provide to the public;

 

  n   actual or anticipated changes in estimates as to financial results, development timelines or recommendations by securities analysts;

 

  n   variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;

 

  n   changes to reimbursement levels by commercial third-party payors and government payors, including Medicare, and negative announcements relating to reimbursement levels;

 

  n   general economic, industry and market conditions; and

 

  n   the other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section.

 

43


Table of Contents

In addition, the stock market in general and emerging growth companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. A certain degree of stock price volatility can be attributed to being a newly public company. These broad market and industry fluctuations may negatively impact the price or liquidity of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock. Our use of these proceeds may differ substantially from our current plans. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could result in financial losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business and cause the price of our common stock to decline. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

Future sales of shares by existing stockholders could cause our stock price to decline.

If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intent to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the 180-day contractual lock-up and other legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our common stock could decline significantly and could decline below the initial public offering price. Upon the completion of this offering, we will have             outstanding shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of outstanding options. Of these shares,          shares of common stock, plus any shares sold pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be immediately freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market.

After the lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering expire, an additional             shares will be eligible for sale in the public market. In addition, upon issuance, the 734,496 shares subject to outstanding options under our stock option plans will become eligible for sale in the public market in the future, subject to certain legal and contractual limitations.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and may remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (1) the end of the fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the end of the second fiscal quarter, (2) the end of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of $1.0 billion or more during such fiscal year, (3) the date on which we issue more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt in a three-year period or (4) December 31, 2021, the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include:

 

  n   being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure;

 

  n   not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

44


Table of Contents
  n   not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

 

  n   reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and

 

  n   exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We have taken advantage of reduced reporting requirements in this prospectus. In particular, in this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be reduced or more volatile. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of these accounting standards until they would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives and corporate governance practices.

As a public company, and particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of The NASDAQ Global Market and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, which in turn could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors.

We are evaluating these rules and regulations, and cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. These rules and regulations are often subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices.

Our management team has limited experience managing a public company.

Most members of our management team have limited experience managing a publicly traded company, interacting with public company investors and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. Our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage our transition to being a public company subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws and the continuous scrutiny of securities

 

45


Table of Contents

analysts and investors. These new obligations and constituents will require significant attention from our senior management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding our stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no or few securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price for our stock would be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if any of the analysts who cover us issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding us, our business model, our intellectual property or our stock performance, or if our regulatory clearance timelines, clinical trial results or operating results fail to meet the expectations of analysts, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be your sole source of gain.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. Any future debt agreements may preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

We could be subject to securities class action litigation.

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. If we face such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources.

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis could be impaired which could adversely impact the market price of our stock.

After the closing of this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations of the stock market on which our common stock is listed. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. Commencing with our fiscal year ending December 31, 2017, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our Form 10-K filing for that year, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. This will require that we incur substantial additional professional fees and internal costs to expand our accounting and finance functions and that we expend significant management efforts.

Prior to this offering, we have never been required to test our internal control within a specified period, and, as a result, we may experience difficulty in meeting these reporting requirements in a timely manner.

We may identify weaknesses in our system of internal financial and accounting controls and procedures that could result in a material misstatement of our financial statements. Our internal control

 

46


Table of Contents

over financial reporting will not prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud will be detected.

If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we are unable to maintain proper and effective internal controls, we may not be able to produce timely and accurate financial statements. If that were to happen, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the stock exchange on which our common stock is listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

 

47


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements concerning our business, operations and financial performance and condition, as well as our plans, objectives and expectations for our business operations and financial performance and condition. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections of this prospectus entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business” but are also contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Any statements contained herein that are not statements of historical facts may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “aim,” “anticipate,” “assume,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “could,” “due,” “estimate,” “expect,” “goal,” “intend,” “may,” “objective,” “plan,” “positioned,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “seek,” “should,” “target,” “will,” “would” and other similar expressions that are predictions of or indicate future events and future trends, or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words. In addition, statements such as “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. The forward-looking statements and opinions contained in this prospectus are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus and, while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These forward-looking statements include statements about:

 

  n   our plans to develop and commercialize our product candidates;

 

  n   the timing of initiation of our planned clinical trials;

 

  n   the timing of the availability of data from our clinical trials;

 

  n   the timing of our planned NDA filing for SB204 and our IND filings for other programs;

 

  n   the clinical utility, potential benefits and market acceptance of our product candidates;

 

  n   our commercialization, marketing and manufacturing capabilities and strategy;

 

  n   our intellectual property position; and

 

  n   our estimates regarding future revenue, expenses, capital requirements and needs for additional financing.

Forward-looking statements are based on management’s current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about our business and the industry in which we operate, and management’s beliefs and assumptions are not guarantees of future performance or development and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that are in some cases beyond our control. As a result, any or all of our forward-looking statements in this prospectus may turn out to be inaccurate. Furthermore, if the forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, collaborations, joint ventures or investments that we may make or enter into. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified time frame, or at all. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, among other things, those described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Potential investors are urged to consider these factors carefully in evaluating these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update or revise these forward-looking statements for any reason, even if new information becomes available in the future. You should, however, review the factors and risks and other information we describe in the reports we will file from time to time with the SEC after the date of this prospectus.

 

48


Table of Contents

MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

This prospectus contains estimates, projections and other information concerning our industry, our business and the markets for our products, including data regarding the estimated size of those markets, the perceptions and preferences of patients and physicians regarding certain drug therapies and other patient data, as well as market research, estimates and forecasts prepared by our management. We obtained the industry, market and other data throughout this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research, as well as from industry publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third-parties, including governmental agencies.

Information that is based on estimates, forecasts, projections, market research or similar methodologies is inherently subject to assumptions, limitations and uncertainties. Actual events or circumstances may differ materially from events and circumstances that are assumed in this information, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such data.

 

49


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $         million, or $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from the offering by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase or decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price per share remains the same, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We currently expect to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with existing cash, as follows:

(i) approximately $         to fund the development of SB204 through NDA submission;

(ii) approximately $         to fund platform expansion with Phase 2 trials for SB206 and SB208; and

(iii) the balance to fund internal research and development expenses associated with SB414 and future product candidates and for working capital and general corporate purposes.

Our expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business condition. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds from this offering or the actual amounts that we will spend on the uses set forth above. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures and extent of clinical development will depend on numerous factors, including the rate of adoption of our products, the progress, cost and results of product development and clinical research and trials, the expenses we incur in our sales and marketing efforts, the scope of research and development efforts and other factors described under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus, as well as the amount of cash used in our operations. We may find it necessary or advisable to use the net proceeds from this offering for other purposes, and our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds.

Pending the uses described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-and intermediate-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

 

50


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

On December 16, 2015, we formed a wholly-owned entity, KNOW Bio, LLC, and contributed certain non-dermatological assets, as well as exclusive licenses and sublicenses to develop and commercialize products for non-dermatological indications, $0.1 million of equipment and $5.2 million in cash for additional funding. Our board of directors declared a dividend and distributed 100% of this entity’s equity interest to our Stockholders of record as of December 29, 2015. The $5.2 million of cash included in the transaction was recorded as a cash dividend, as further explained in Note 2 to our financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

We have never declared or paid any other cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings, if any, to support operations and to finance the growth and development of our business. Our future ability to pay cash dividends on our capital stock may be limited by the terms of any future debt or preferred securities or future credit facility. Investors should not purchase our common stock with the expectation of receiving cash dividends.

 

51


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2016:

 

  n   on an actual basis;

 

  n   on a pro forma basis to reflect: (a) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 10,531,698 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering, (b) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our non-voting common stock into 229,263 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering, and (c) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

  n   on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to the issuance and sale of          shares of common stock offered in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this information together with the information set forth under the headings “Selected Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements included at the end of this prospectus.

 

    As of June 30, 2016  
    Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
          (in thousands)        

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 19,602      $ 19,602      $               
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

  $ 104,798      $ -      $     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

     

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 22,000,000 shares authorized, 2,707,628 issued and outstanding, actual;          shares authorized, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted;          shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;          shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

    0        1     

Non-voting common stock, $0.0001 par value; 229,263 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    0            

Preferred stock, par value $0.0001 par value per share; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual,          shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

               
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

    3,821        108,618     

Treasury stock at cost; 11,400 shares

    (155     (155  

Accumulated deficit

    (92,498     (92,498  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

    (88,832     15,966     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

  $ 15,966      $ 15,966      $               
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

52


Table of Contents

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization on a pro forma as adjusted basis by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase or decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization on a pro forma adjusted basis by approximately $         million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price per share remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The number of shares of our common stock shown as outstanding on an actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted basis in the discussion and tables above is based on 2,707,628 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2016 and excludes:

 

  n   734,496 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of June 30, 2016, having a weighted average exercise price of $7.68 per share; and

 

  n   1,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2016 Plan, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

53


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the assumed initial public offering price per share of our common stock share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

As of June 30, 2016, we had a historical net tangible book value (deficit) of ($88.8) million, or ($30.25) per share of common stock. Our historical net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets less our total liabilities and preferred stock, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2016, including our non-voting common stock.

As of June 30, 2016, our pro forma net tangible book value would have been $16.0 million, or $1.19 per share, based on shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2016. Our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2016, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of this offering.

After giving further effect to the sale of              shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2016 would have been $         million, or $         per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $         per share to new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering. We determine dilution by subtracting the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the initial public offering price per share paid by new investors.

The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

    $     

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of June 30, 2016

  $ (30.25  

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to conversion of preferred stock

    31.44     
 

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2016

    1.19     

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering

   
 

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

   
   

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering

    $             
   

 

 

 

The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and will depend on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $          per share and the dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $          per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or

 

54


Table of Contents

decrease the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share by $          and $                 , respectively, and increase or decrease the dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering by $          and $                 , respectively, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in this offering in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value would increase to $          per share, representing an immediate increase to existing stockholders of $          per share and an immediate dilution to new investors participating in this offering of $          per share.

The table below summarizes, as of June 30, 2016, on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the number of shares of our common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid to us by our existing stockholders and to be paid by new investors participating in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $          per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

    Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
    Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

                      $                                     $                

New investors

           
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

              $                 
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $          per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease total consideration paid by new investors by $          million and, in the case of an increase, would increase the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by          percentage points and, in the case of a decrease, would decrease the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by          percentage points, assuming the number of shares we are offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus would increase or decrease total consideration paid by new investors by $          million and, in the case of an increase, would increase the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by          percentage points and, in the case of a decrease, would decrease the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by          percentage points, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price per share remains the same, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The number of shares of our common stock reflected in the discussion and tables above is based on 2,936,891 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2016, including non-voting common stock, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 10,531,698 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering, and excludes:

 

  n   734,496 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of June 30, 2016, having a weighted average exercise price of $7.68 per share; and

 

  n   1,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2016 Plan, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

55


Table of Contents

Furthermore, we may choose to raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that any of our options or warrants described above are exercised, new options are issued and exercised under our equity incentive plans or we issue additional shares of common stock or other equity or convertible debt securities in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

 

56


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the following selected consolidated financial data together with our audited and unaudited financial statements, the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The selected financial data included in this section are not intended to replace the financial statements and the related notes included at the end of this prospectus. We have derived the selected statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, from our audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016, and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 2016, are derived from our unaudited consolidated interim financial statements included at the end of this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated interim financial statements on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair statement of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2016, or any other period.

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2014     2015     2015     2016  
   

(in thousands except share and per share data)

 

Statement of operations data:

       

Government research contracts and grants revenue

  $ 112      $      $      $   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

       

Research and development

    6,770        16,569        6,698        22,373   

General and administrative

    5,170        9,265        3,409        6,834   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    11,940        25,834        10,107        29,207   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

    (11,828     (25,834     (10,107     (29,207
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

       

Interest income

    58        48        2        34   

Interest expense

    (701     (1     (1       

Change in fair value of warrant liability

    (641                     

Other income (expense), net

    9        1        (1     9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

    (1,275     48               43   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

    (13,103     (25,786     (10,107     (29,164

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    1,715        (2,274     (711       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

  $ (11,388   $ (28,060   $ (10,818   $ (29,164
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) per share, basic and diluted:

       

Continuing operations

  $ (4.96   $ (9.47   $ (3.75   $ (9.93

Discontinued operations

    0.65        (0.83     (0.27       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted (1)

  $ (4.31   $ (10.30   $ (4.02   $ (9.93
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted  (1)

    2,643,912        2,722,943        2,692,909        2,936,483   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma loss per share, basic and diluted:

       

Continuing operations (unaudited)

    $ (2.23     $ (2.17

Discontinued operations (unaudited)

      (0.20         
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)  (2)

    $ (2.43     $ (2.17
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)  (2)

      11,550,492          13,410,313   
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

57


Table of Contents

 

(1) See note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate the historical basic and diluted net loss per share.
(2) The unaudited pro forma weighted average common shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share (basic and diluted) has been prepared to give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into 10,531,698 shares of common stock.

 

     As of
June 30, 2016
 
    
     (in thousands)  

Balance sheet data:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 19,602   

Total assets

     32,734   

Total liabilities

     16,768   

Accumulated deficit

     (92,498

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (88,832

 

58


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, including those factors set forth in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus, our actual results could differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

We are a late-stage pharmaceutical company focused on redefining the standard of care in dermatology through the development and commercialization of innovative therapies using our nitric oxide platform. Nitric oxide plays a vital role in the natural immune system response against microbial pathogens and is a critical regulator of inflammation. Our ability to harness nitric oxide and its multiple mechanisms of action has enabled us to create a platform with the potential to generate differentiated first-in-class product candidates. The two key components of our nitric oxide platform are our proprietary Nitricil technology, which drives the creation of NCEs, and our topical formulation science, both of which we use to tune our product candidates for specific indications. We are using our platform to transform a useful, naturally occurring molecule into a therapeutic pipeline for a host of skin diseases.

We are rapidly advancing programs in five dermatological conditions with significant unmet medical need. These are some of the most prevalent diseases in dermatology and together represent a large market opportunity with a patient population surpassing 150 million Americans and 1.5 billion individuals globally.

Our lead product candidate is SB204, a cosmetically elegant topical gel that targets multiple mechanisms of action for the treatment of acne vulgaris, the most common skin disease in the United States. We commenced two identically designed Phase 3 pivotal clinical trials in the first quarter of 2016 and expect to report top-line results from these pivotal trials in the first quarter of 2017. Assuming successful completion of a long-term safety study in the second half of 2017, we are targeting submission of an NDA for SB204 by year-end 2017. Our other product candidates include SB206, SB208 and SB414, which are targeted toward the treatment of either a specific microorganism or inflammatory components of a disease pathology. SB206 is a first-in-class, topical anti-viral gel in Phase 2 clinical development for the treatment of viral skin infections such as external genital and perianal warts caused by HPV. We initiated our Phase 2 clinical trial for SB206 in 2015, and we expect to announce top-line results in the second half of 2016. SB208 is a topical broad-spectrum anti-fungal product candidate for the treatment of fungal infections of the skin and nails. We commenced Phase 2 clinical testing of SB208 for the treatment of infections caused by dermatophytes such as T. rubrum in July 2016. SB414, a topical cream in preclinical development for the treatment of inflammatory skin diseases such as psoriasis and atopic dermatitis, rounds out our current pipeline.

We believe that our ability to conveniently deploy nitric oxide on demand in topical formulations allows us the potential to significantly improve patient outcomes in a variety of skin diseases and positions us to be a commercially successful leader in dermatology.

Since our inception in 2006, we have devoted substantially all of our efforts to developing our product candidates, including conducting preclinical and clinical trials and providing general and administrative support for these operations. We have not generated any revenue from product sales and, to date, have funded our operations primarily through private placements of our convertible preferred stock, convertible

 

59


Table of Contents

notes and government research contracts and grants. From inception through June 30, 2016, we have raised total equity and debt proceeds of $103.9 million to fund our operations, of which $99.7 million was from the sale of preferred stock, and $3.5 million and $0.7 million were from the issuance of debt and common stock, respectively. In addition, we have received $11.8 million from government research contracts and grants during that period.

We have never generated revenue from product sales and have incurred net losses in each year since inception. As of June 30, 2016, we had an accumulated deficit of $92.5 million. We incurred net losses of $11.4 million and $28.1 million in the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and net losses of $10.8 million and $29.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016, respectively. We do not expect to generate revenue from product sales unless and until we obtain regulatory approval from the FDA for SB204 or another one of our product candidates and, in any case, not earlier than the end of 2018. If we obtain regulatory approval for SB204, or any of our other product candidates, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution. In addition, we expect that our expenses will increase substantially as we continue clinical trials and preclinical studies for, and research and development of, our other product candidates and maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio. As a result, we will need substantial additional funding to support our operating activities. Adequate funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. We currently anticipate that we will seek to fund our operations through public or private equity or debt financings or other sources, such as potential collaboration agreements. Our failure to obtain sufficient funds on acceptable terms as and when needed could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. As further discussed in our audited financial statements and related footnotes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, these matters raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

Separation Transaction

On December 16, 2015, our board of directors approved the formation of KNOW Bio, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary, or KNOW Bio, formed for the purpose of giving effect to the legal separation of certain non-core assets from our company. These non-core assets are non-dermatological assets consisting mainly of intellectual property rights, which were valued at $1.8 million as of December 30, 2015. On December 30, 2015, we made a cash contribution of $5.2 million to KNOW Bio in order to provide it with working capital, and we distributed all of the outstanding member interests of KNOW Bio pro rata to our stockholders. These stockholders were not required to pay any cash or other consideration for the equity interests of KNOW Bio and were not required to surrender or exchange shares of our stock in order to receive the member interests. We refer to the foregoing transactions collectively as the Separation Transaction.

As a result of the Separation Transaction, new stockholders in this offering will not have an interest in the non-dermatological assets we owned prior to the Separation Transaction. Immediately following the distribution of its member interests on December 30, 2015, KNOW Bio became an independent, privately held company. We have no obligation or intention to provide further funding to KNOW Bio. The cash included in the Separation Transaction was recorded as a dividend distribution. The historical financial position and results of operations for the activities attributed to KNOW Bio have been reflected in our consolidated statements of operations, retrospectively, as discontinued operations. Additionally, the related assets and liabilities associated with the discontinued operations in the December 31, 2014 consolidated balance sheet and liabilities outstanding as of December 31, 2015 not assumed by KNOW Bio as part of the distribution are classified as discontinued operations. See “Note 2 – Discontinued Operations” to our consolidated financial statements included in this registration statement.

 

60


Table of Contents

Components of our Results of Operations

Government Contracts and Grants Revenue

To date, we have not generated revenue from the sale of any products. All of our revenue has been derived from government research contracts and grants, which relates to the research and development of our nitric oxide platform. We have recognized $0.1 million in revenue from January 1, 2014 through June 30, 2016 from these sources. Revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; (2) delivery of the products or services has occurred; (3) the selling price is fixed or determinable; and (4) collectability is reasonably assured.

We currently do not expect to derive substantial additional revenue from government contracts and grants and we do not expect to generate any revenue from any product candidates that we develop unless and until we obtain regulatory approval and commercialize our products or enter into other potentially revenue-generating collaborative agreements with third parties.

Research and Development Expenses

Since our inception, we have focused our resources on our research and development activities, including conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials, manufacturing development efforts and activities related to regulatory filings for our product candidates. Research and development expenses, including those paid to third parties for which there is no alternative use, are expensed as they are incurred. Research and development expenses include:

 

  n   external research and development expenses incurred under agreements with contract research organizations, or CROs, investigative sites and consultants to conduct our clinical trials and preclinical and non-clinical studies;

 

  n   costs to acquire, develop and manufacture supplies for clinical trials and preclinical studies, including fees paid to contract manufacturing organizations, or CMOs;

 

  n   legal and other professional fees related to compliance with FDA requirements;

 

  n   licensing fees and milestone payments incurred under license agreements;

 

  n   salaries and related costs, including stock-based compensation and travel expenses, for personnel in our research and development functions; and

 

  n   facilities, depreciation and other allocated expenses, which include direct and allocated expenses for rent, maintenance of facilities, equipment and other supplies.

From inception through June 30, 2016, we have incurred approximately $64.2 million in research and development expenses to develop, expand or otherwise improve our nitric oxide platform. The table below sets forth our external research and development expenses incurred for current product candidates, expenses incurred under government contracts and grants and unallocated internal research and development expenses for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016. Government contracts and grants expenses include salaries and overhead attributable to those contracts and grants. All other research and development salaries and related costs are included in unallocated internal research and development expenses.

 

61


Table of Contents
    Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
    2014     2015     2015     2016  
   

(in thousands)

 
External:                        

SB204

  $ 4,208      $ 8,569      $ 3,790      $ 15,701   

SB206

    162        2,141        1,083        1,784   

Other programs

    113        975        116        1,119   

Government contracts and grants

    81        —          —          —     

Unallocated internal research and development expenses

    2,206        4,884        1,709        3,769   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total research and development expenses

  $   6,770      $ 16,569      $   6,698      $   22,373   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We expect that for the foreseeable future, the substantial majority of our research and development efforts will be focused on our clinical programs, SB204, SB206 and SB208. For SB204, we initiated Phase 3 clinical trials in the first quarter of 2016. For SB206, we are currently conducting a Phase 2 clinical trial and expect data from this trial in the second half of 2016. If this trial is successful, we intend to advance clinical development with either an additional Phase 2 trial or by initiating a Phase 3 clinical program for SB206 in the second half of 2017. For SB208, we initiated a Phase 2 clinical development program in July 2016. We are currently conducting preclinical studies with SB414. We plan to commence toxicology studies for SB414 in the second half of 2016 followed by initiation of clinical development in the second half of 2017. Historical costs associated with our SB208 and SB414 programs are included in “Other Programs” in the table above.

We expect our research and development expenses to increase substantially in the future as we continue development of our product candidates. In particular, we expect to incur substantial research and development expenses in the second half of 2016 as we continue to conduct our SB204 Phase 3 clinical trials and as we initiate and conduct our SB208 Phase 2 clinical development program.

The successful development of our product candidates is highly uncertain. At this time, we cannot reasonably estimate the nature, timing or costs required to complete the remaining development of SB204, SB206, SB208 or any future product candidates. This is due to the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with the development of product candidates. See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of the risks and uncertainties associated with our research and development projects.

General and Administrative Expenses

Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and related costs, including stock-based compensation and travel expenses, for personnel in our executive, finance, corporate development and other administrative functions. Other general and administrative expenses include depreciation and facility-related costs, legal costs of pursuing patent protection of our intellectual property, and professional services fees for auditing, tax and general legal services.

We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase substantially in the future as we expand our operating activities and prepare for potential commercialization of our product candidates, increase our headcount and support our operations as a public company, including increased expenses related to legal, accounting, regulatory and tax-related services associated with maintaining compliance with exchange listing and SEC requirements, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance premiums and investor relations activities.

Other Income (Expense)

Other income and expense consists primarily of interest earned on cash and cash equivalents, income deemed to be earned upon the expiration of preferred stock warrants, interest incurred on our convertible note and re-measurement gain or loss associated with the change in the fair value of our preferred stock warrant liability.

 

62


Table of Contents

We estimate the fair value of our warrant liability using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. We base the estimates in the Black-Scholes option pricing model, in part, on subjective assumptions, including stock price volatility, risk-free interest rate, dividend yield and the fair value of the preferred stock underlying the warrants. The re-measurement gain or loss associated with the changes in the fair value of our preferred stock warrant liability in each reporting period is recognized as a component of other income (expense).

Results of Operations

Comparison of Six Months Ended June 30, 2015 and 2016

The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods indicated:

 

    Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Increase
(Decrease)
    % Increase
(Decrease)
 
    2015     2016      
    (in thousands, except percentages)  

Operating expenses:

       

Research and development

  $ 6,698      $ 22,373      $ 15,675        234

General and administrative

   
3,409
  
    6,834        3,425        100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

    10,107        29,207        19,100        189
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating loss

    (10,107     (29,207     (19,100     189
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Other income:

       

Interest income

    2        34        32        *   

Interest expense

    (1            1        *   

Other income (expense), net

 

 

 

 

(1

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

  

 

 

 

 

10

 

  

   

 

*

 

  

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other income

           43        43        *   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loss from continuing operations

    (10,107     (29,164     (19,057     189

Loss from discontinued operations

    (711            711        (100 %) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss

  $ (10,818   $ (29,164   $ (18,346     170
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

* Not meaningful

Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses increased by $15.7 million from $6.7 million during the six months ended June 30, 2015 to $22.4 million during the six months ended June 30, 2016. The increase in research and development expenses was due to increases of $11.9 million in the SB204 program, $0.7 million in the SB206 program, $1.0 million in other external programs and $2.1 million in other unallocated internal research and development expenses. During the six months ended June 30, 2016, we commenced the Phase 3 clinical trials for SB204, conducted the Phase 2 clinical trial for SB206 and expanded preclinical research and development for our other programs. The increase in our other unallocated internal research and development expenses was primarily the result of increased personnel and related costs.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses increased by $3.4 million from $3.4 million during the six months ended June 30, 2015 to $6.8 million during the six months ended June 30, 2016. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to the increase of personnel and related costs to support the growth of our research and development activities and to perform various other administrative functions as well as increased market research, consulting, legal and accounting costs.

 

63


Table of Contents

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods indicated:

 

    Years Ended
December 31,
    Increase
(Decrease)
    % Increase
(Decrease)
 
    2014     2015      
    (in thousands, except percentages)  

Government contracts and grants revenue

  $ 112      $      $ (112     (100 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating expenses:

       

Research and development

    6,770        16,569        9,799        145  % 

General and administrative

    5,170        9,265        4,095        79  % 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

    11,940        25,834        13,894        116  % 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating loss

    (11,828     (25,834     (14,006     (118 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Other income (expense):

       

Interest income

    58        48        (10     (17 )% 

Interest expense

    (701     (1     700        100  % 

Change in fair value of warrant liability

    (641            641        100  % 

Other income, net

    9        1        (8  

 

 

 

(89

 

)% 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other income (expense)

    (1,275     48        1,323        *   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loss from continuing operations

    (13,103     (25,786     (12,683     97  % 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    1,715        (2,274     (3,989     *   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss

  $ (11,388   $ (28,060   $ (16,672     146  % 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

* Not meaningful

Government contracts and grants revenue

Government research contracts and grants revenue decreased from $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $0 for the year ended December 31, 2015 as a result of completing a contract with a government agency in the first half of 2014.

Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses increased by $9.8 million from $6.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 to $16.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in research and development expenses was primarily due to increases of $4.4 million in the SB204 program, $1.9 million in the SB206 program, $0.9 million in other external programs and $2.7 million in other unallocated internal research and development expenses. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in research and development expense for government research contracts and grants of $0.1 million. During the year ended December 31, 2015, we were conducting and completed the Phase 2 clinical trial for SB204, commenced the Phase 2 clinical trial for SB206 and expanded preclinical research and development for our other programs. The increase in our other unallocated internal research and development expenses was the result of increased personnel and related costs, including stock-based compensation, attributable to increased personnel for clinical programs, formulation process development and analytical support.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses increased by $4.1 million from $5.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 to $9.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to the increase of personnel and related costs, including stock-based compensation, to support the growth of our research and development activities and to perform various other administrative functions as well as increased market research, consulting, legal and accounting costs.

 

64


Table of Contents

Other income (expense)

Other income (expense) increased from expense of $(1.3) million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to income of $48,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015, due primarily to the following factors. Interest expense decreased from $0.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 to $1,000 during the year ended December 31, 2015, as a result of the conversion of our convertible notes to shares of Mezzanine A preferred stock during the year ended December 31, 2014. Other expense resulting from the change in fair value of our warrant liability decreased from $(0.6) million during the year ended December 31, 2014 to $0 during the year ended December 31, 2015.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since our inception through June 30, 2016, we have financed our operations primarily with $103.9 million in net proceeds from the issuance and sale of equity securities and convertible debt securities. In addition, we have generated revenues of $11.8 million from government research contracts and other grants. As of June 30, 2016, we had $19.6 million of cash and cash equivalents. Our cash and cash equivalents are held in a variety of interest-bearing instruments, including money market accounts. Cash in excess of immediate requirements is invested with a view toward liquidity and capital preservation, and we seek to minimize the potential effects of concentration and degrees of risk.

Cash Flows

The following table sets forth our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
    2014     2015     2015     2016  
   

(in thousands)

 

Net cash provided by (used in):

       

Continuing operating activities

  $ (10,401   $ (20,765   $ (8,501   $ (22,061

Continuing investing activities

    (772     (1,751     (760     (2,409

Continuing financing activities

    16,063        62,351        34,268        (1,359

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents –discontinued operations

    1,792        (1,566     (491     (257
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  $ 6,682      $ 38,269      $ 24,516      $ (26,086
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Used in Continuing Operating Activities

During the year ended December 31, 2014, net cash used in operating activities was $10.4 million and consisted primarily of a net loss of $11.4 million, which was the result of cash used in our research and development activities with adjustments for income from discontinued operations of $1.7 million, non-cash amounts related primarily to depreciation expense of $0.4 million, interest expense of $0.7 million, the change in fair value of warrant liability of $0.6 million, stock-based compensation expense of $0.2 million and $0.8 million in changes in assets and liabilities.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, net cash used in operating activities was $20.8 million and consisted primarily of a net loss of $28.1 million, which was the result of cash used in our research and development activities, with adjustments for loss from discontinued operations of $2.3 million, non-cash amounts related primarily to depreciation expense of $0.6 million, stock-based compensation expense of $2.0 million, a $0.6 million increase in prepaid expenses related to CRO pre-funding payments and a $3.0 million increase in accrued liabilities, primarily related to higher research and development accruals.

During the six months ended June 30, 2015, net cash used in operating activities was $8.5 million and consisted primarily of a net loss of $10.8 million, which was the result of cash used in our research

 

65


Table of Contents

and development activities with adjustments for loss from discontinued operations of $0.7 million, non-cash amounts related primarily to depreciation expense of $0.3 million, stock-based compensation expense of $0.5 million and $0.8 million in changes in assets and liabilities.

During the six months ended June 30, 2016, net cash used in operating activities was $22.1 million and consisted primarily of a net loss of $29.2 million, which was the result of cash used in our research and development activities, with adjustments for non-cash amounts related primarily to depreciation expense of $0.4 million, stock-based compensation expense of $0.5 million, and $6.2 million in changes in assets and liabilities. The favorable net change in assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $5.1 million increase in accrued outside research and development services during the period. The increase in these services was related to our increased development program activities, including the commencement and conduct of our SB204 Phase 3 clinical trials and the conduct of our SB206 Phase 2 clinical trial.

Net Cash Used in Continuing Investing Activities

During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, net cash used in investing activities was $0.8 million and $1.8 million, respectively. Net cash used in investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2014 represented purchases of property and equipment. Net cash used in investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2015 represented purchases of property and equipment of $1.3 million and $0.5 million restricted to secure a letter of credit.

During the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016, net cash used in investing activities was $0.8 million and $2.4 million, respectively. Net cash used in investing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2015, represented purchases of property and equipment. Net cash used in investing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2016, represented purchases of property and equipment of $2.3 million and the purchase of intangible assets of $0.1 million.

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Continuing Financing Activities

During the year ended December 31, 2014, net cash provided by financing activities was $16.1 million, consisting of proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock of $12.0 million, proceeds from the issuance of convertible notes of $3.5 million and proceeds from the exercise of preferred stock warrants of $0.6 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, net cash provided by financing activities was $62.4 million, consisting of $67.1 million from proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock and $0.5 million from the issuance of common stock in connection with the exercise of stock options, offset in part by the $5.2 million of cash distributed as part of the Separation Transaction.

During the six months ended June 30, 2015, net cash provided by financing activities was $34.3 million, consisting primarily of proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock.

During the six months ended June 30, 2016, net cash used in financing activities was $1.4 million, consisting primarily of payments related to this public offering.

Capital Requirements

To date, we have not generated any revenue from product sales. We do not know when, or if, we will generate any revenue from product sales. We do not expect to generate revenue from product sales unless and until we obtain regulatory approval of and commercialize one of our current or future product candidates. We anticipate that we will continue to generate losses for the foreseeable future, and we expect the losses to increase as we continue the development of, and seek regulatory approvals for, our product candidates, and begin to commercialize any approved products. We are subject to all of the risks incident in the development of new pharmaceutical products, and we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown factors that may adversely affect our business. Upon the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company.

 

66


Table of Contents

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with the proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements for at least the next 15 months. Our primary use of cash is to fund our operating expenses, which consist principally of research and development expenditures. As of June 30, 2016, we had an accumulated deficit of $92.5 million and there was substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern if we did not secure additional financing. We anticipate that we will need substantial additional funding in connection with our continuing operations.

We have based our projections of operating capital requirements on assumptions that may prove to be incorrect and we may use all of our available capital resources sooner than we expect. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with research, development and commercialization of pharmaceutical products, we are unable to estimate the exact amount of our operating capital requirements. Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to:

 

  n   the initiation, progress, timing, costs and results of preclinical studies and clinical trials for our product candidates, including clinical trials for SB204, SB206 and SB208;

 

  n   the initiation, progress, timing, costs and results of preclinical studies relating to other potential applications of our nitric oxide platform;

 

  n   the number and characteristics of product candidates that we pursue;

 

  n   our success in scaling our manufacturing process;

 

  n   the outcome, timing and costs of seeking regulatory approvals;

 

  n   the terms and timing of any future collaborations, licensing, consulting or other arrangements that we may establish;

 

  n   the amount and timing of any payments we may be required to make, or that we may receive, in connection with the licensing, filing, prosecution, defense and enforcement of any patents or other intellectual property rights;

 

  n   the costs of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining and protecting our intellectual property rights;

 

  n   defending against intellectual property related claims;

 

  n   the extent to which we in-license or acquire other products and technologies; and

 

  n   subject to receipt of marketing approval, revenue received from commercial sales of our product candidates.

We expect capital expenditures to be approximately $3.5 million in the remainder of 2016. These anticipated expenditures reflect our plan to invest in information technology systems, equipment and leasehold improvement costs for our planned corporate headquarters and manufacturing facility in Durham, North Carolina.

Contractual Obligations and Contingent Liabilities

The following summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2015:

 

    Total      Less than
1 year
     1 - 3
years
     3 - 5
years
     More than
5 years
 
    (in thousands)  

Operating leases(1)

  $ 196       $ 196       $  –       $  –       $  –   

Facility financing obligations(2)

    12,508         592         2,238         2,375         7,303   

Research and development contract obligations(3)

    110         110                           
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total obligations

  $ 12,814       $ 898       $ 2,238       $ 2,375       $ 7,303   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

67


Table of Contents

 

(1) Represents a non-cancelable operating lease agreement for facilities which expires in August 2016.
(2) Facility financing obligations consist of our obligations for the facility leased in Durham, North Carolina that is accounted for as a build-to-suit lease.
(3) Represents minimum annual license fees payable under our license agreements. We are a party to various license agreements with universities and other third parties, as well as patent assignment agreements, under which we have obtained rights to patents, patent applications and know-how. Under these agreements, in addition to minimum annual license fees, we have agreed to pay the other parties milestone payments upon the achievement of specified clinical, regulatory and commercialization events and royalties based on future sales of products. We have not included these payments in the table as we cannot estimate if, when or in what amounts such payments will become due under these agreements.

We entered into a lease agreement in August 2015 for a facility totaling approximately 51,350 square feet in Durham, North Carolina and intend to relocate our corporate headquarters to this facility in the second half of 2016. The term of the lease commenced April 1, 2016 and terminates June 2026. The total estimated lease payments for this facility over the term of the lease are approximately $12.5 million. In addition, we are obligated to pay the landlord for facility leasehold improvements to the extent their cost exceeds the amount the landlord has agreed to contribute to the project. Construction commenced in April 2016 and we paid the landlord $1.2 million for estimated excess facility leasehold improvement costs. Through June 2016, construction costs have not exceeded the amount the landlord has agreed to contribute.

We enter into contracts in the normal course of business with clinical research organizations for clinical trials and clinical supply manufacturing and with vendors for preclinical research studies, research supplies and other services and products for operating purposes. These contracts generally provide for termination on notice, and therefore we believe that our non-cancelable obligations under these agreements are not material.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined under Securities and Exchange Commission rules.

Net Operating Loss and Research and Development Tax Credit Carryforwards

As of December 31, 2015, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $48.1 million and $50.6 million, respectively. The net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2028 and 2023 for federal and state tax purposes, respectively. We had charitable contribution carryforwards of approximately $0.2 million available to offset future federal taxable income, which will expire in 2017. We have research and development tax credits of approximately $2.2 million to offset future federal taxes. These credits begin to expire in 2028.

We record a valuation allowance to offset any net deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that we will not recognize some or all of the deferred tax assets. We have had a history of net losses since inception, and, as a result, we have established a 100% valuation allowance of $20.7 million for our net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2015. If circumstances change and we determine that we will be able to realize some or all of these net deferred tax assets in the future, we will record an adjustment to the valuation allowance.

The Tax Reform Act of 1986 contains provisions which limit the ability to utilize the net operating loss carryforwards in the case of certain events including significant changes in ownership interests. If our net operating loss carryforwards are limited, and we have taxable income which exceeds the permissible yearly net operating loss carryforwards, we would incur a federal income tax liability even though net operating loss carryforwards would be available in future years.

Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (JOBS Act)

In April 2012, the JOBS Act was signed into law. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for an “emerging growth company.” As an

 

68


Table of Contents

“emerging growth company,” we are electing not to take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act for the implementation of new or revised accounting standards, and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth public companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision not to take advantage of the extended transition period is irrevocable. We have chosen to rely on the other exemptions and reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, as an “emerging growth company” we are not required to, among other things, (i) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Act, (iii) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis) and (iv) disclose certain executive compensation-related items, such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the chief executive officer’s compensation to median employee compensation. We may remain an emerging growth company until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a “large accelerated filer,” our annual gross revenue equals or exceeds $1.0 billion or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Accounting Pronouncements Adopted

In April 2014, the United States Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2014-08, Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity. This new standard raises the threshold for a disposal to qualify as a discontinued operation and requires new disclosures of both discontinued operations and certain other disposals that do not meet the definition of a discontinued operation. We adopted this standard for the year ended December 31, 2015.

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-12, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period, which requires us to assess share-based awards with performance targets that could be achieved after the requisite service period for potential treatment as performance conditions. Under the ASU, compensation expense is to be recognized when the performance target is deemed probable and should represent the compensation expense attributable to the periods for which service has already been rendered. If the performance target is reached prior to achievement of the service period, the remaining unrecognized compensation cost should be recognized over the remaining service period. The ASU is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2015 with early adoption permitted. This standard is effective for us as of January 1, 2016. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on its financial statements.

In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-16, Determining Whether the Host Contract in a Hybrid Financial Instrument Issued in the Form of a Share Is More Akin to Debt or to Equity. The guidance requires an entity to determine the nature of the host contract by considering all stated and implied substantive terms and features of the hybrid financial instrument, weighing each term and feature on the basis of the relevant facts and circumstances (commonly referred to as the whole-instrument approach). ASU 2014-16 applies to all entities and is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods thereafter. This standard is effective for us as of January 1, 2016. Adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

 

69


Table of Contents

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-2, Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis, which provides clarification regarding the guidance surrounding consolidation of certain legal entities. This guidance is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2015. This standard is effective for us as of January 1, 2016. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

Accounting Pronouncements Being Evaluated

In May 2014, the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board issued a converged standard on the recognition of revenue from contracts with customers. The converged standard has been codified within Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers within the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. The objective of the new standard is to establish a single comprehensive revenue recognition model that is designed to create greater comparability of financial statements across industries and jurisdictions. Under the new standard, companies will recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in amounts that reflect the consideration to which a company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new standard also will require expanded disclosures on revenue recognition and changes in assets and liabilities that result from contracts with customers. In July 2015, the FASB delayed the effective date of the new standard by one year. Early adoption as of January 1, 2017 is permitted. In March, April and May of 2016, the FASB issued additional ASUs to amend Topic 606 and to provide expanded or clarifying guidance associated with the application of certain principles within the revenue recognition model, including the areas of principle and agent, identification of performance obligations, licensing, and other improvements and practical expedients will adopt the new standard by January 1, 2018, as required. We are currently evaluating the impact of this new standard on our financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern, or ASU 2014-15, which provides accounting guidance related to the evaluation of an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. ASU 2014-15 establishes management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern in connection with preparing financial statements for each annual and interim reporting period. The update also gives guidance to disclose information about relevant conditions and events when there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. This guidance is effective for annual and interim periods ending after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. We are evaluating the guidance under ASU 2014-15 and will present the required disclosures in our financial statements at the time of adoption as necessary.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes. The new guidance requires that deferred tax assets and liabilities be classified as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position. The new standard is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of this new ASU but do not expect the adoption of this standard to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-2, Leases. This guidance revises the accounting related to leases by requiring lessees to recognize a lease liability and a right-of-use asset for all leases. The new lease guidance also simplifies the accounting for sale and leaseback transactions. This ASU is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018 and early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this ASU on our financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. The FASB issued ASU 2016-09 to simplify several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income

 

70


Table of Contents

tax consequences. This ASU is effective for annual and interim periods ending after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this ASU on our financial statements.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

There were no changes in or disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosures.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Our primary exposure to market risk is limited to our cash and cash equivalents, all of which have maturities of less than three months. The primary objectives of our investment activities are the preservation of principal, maintenance of liquidity for the purpose of funding operations and maximizing total return. The related interest income sensitivity is affected by changes in the general level of short-term U.S. interest rates. We place our cash and cash equivalents with high-credit quality financial institutions. Our investment policy prohibits us from holding corporate bonds, auction rate securities, asset-backed securities, municipal obligations, structured investment vehicles, extendable commercial paper or collateralized debt/loan obligations.

As of June 30, 2016, we had cash and cash equivalents of $19.6 million. We believe that an immediate one percentage point increase in interest rates would not materially affect the fair value of these instruments. We do not believe that our cash and cash equivalents have significant risk of default or illiquidity and do not expect our operating results or cash flows to be affected significantly by a sudden change in market interest rates. While we believe our cash and cash equivalents do not contain excessive risk, we cannot provide absolute assurance that in the future our investments will not be subject to adverse changes in fair value. In addition, we maintain significant amounts of cash and cash equivalents at one or more financial institutions that are in excess of federally insured limits.

Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. These items are monitored and analyzed by us for changes in facts and circumstances, and material changes in these estimates could occur in the future. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Changes in estimates are reflected in reported results for the period in which they become known. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in the notes to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe that the following accounting policies are critical to the process of making significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of our financial statements and understanding and evaluating our reported financial results.

Revenue Recognition

Our revenue generally consists of research related revenue under contracts and grants with Federal government agencies. Revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; (2) delivery of the products or services has occurred; (3) the selling price is fixed or determinable; and (4) collectability is reasonably assured.

 

71


Table of Contents

Under the terms of the contracts and grants awarded, we are entitled to receive reimbursement of our allowable direct expenses, allocated overhead, general and administrative expenses and payment of other specified amounts. Revenues from development and support activities under federal research grants are recorded in the period in which the related costs are incurred for cost reimbursement grants. Revenue is recognized when earned and expenses are recognized when incurred.

Any of the funding sources may request reimbursement for expenses or return of funds, or both, as a result of noncompliance by us with the terms of the grants. No reimbursement of expenses or return of funds for noncompliance has been requested or made since inception of the contract and grants.

Accrued Research and Development Expenses

As part of the process of preparing financial statements, we are required to estimate accrued expenses. This process involves reviewing open contracts and purchase orders, communicating with applicable vendor personnel to identify services that have been performed on our behalf and estimating the level of service performed and the associated cost incurred for the service when we have not yet been invoiced or otherwise notified of actual cost. The majority of our service providers invoice us monthly in arrears for services performed. We make estimates of our accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date in our financial statements based on facts and circumstances known to us. We periodically confirm the accuracy of our estimates with the service providers and make adjustments if necessary. Examples of estimated accrued expenses include fees paid to CROs in connection with clinical trials, fees paid to investigative sites in connection with clinical trials, professional service fees and unpaid salaries, wages and benefits.

We accrue our expenses related to clinical trials based on our estimates of the services received and efforts expended pursuant to contracts with multiple research institutions and CROs that conduct and manage clinical trials on our behalf. The financial terms of these agreements are subject to negotiation, vary from contract to contract and may result in uneven payment flows. Payments under some of these contracts depend on factors such as the successful enrollment of patients and the completion of clinical trial milestones. In accruing service fees, we estimate the time period over which services will be performed and the level of effort to be expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from our estimate, we will adjust the accrual accordingly. If we do not identify costs that we have begun to incur or if we underestimate or overestimate the level of services performed or the costs of these services, our actual expenses could differ from our estimates. We do not anticipate the future settlement of existing accruals to differ materially from our estimates.

Common Stock Valuation and Stock-Based Compensation

We record the fair value of stock options, restricted stock awards and other stock-based compensation issued to employees and non-employees as of the grant date as stock-based compensation expense. We typically recognize compensation expense over the requisite service period, which is typically the vesting period. We recorded noncash stock-based compensation expense from continuing operations for employee and nonemployee stock option grants of $0.2 million and $2.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $0.5 million and $0.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

We estimate the fair value of our stock-based awards to employees and non-employees using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including (a) the expected volatility of our stock, (b) the expected term of the award, (c) the risk-free interest rate and (d) expected dividends. Due to the lack of a public market for the trading of our common stock and a lack of company-specific historical and implied volatility data, we have based our estimate of expected volatility on the historical volatility of a group of similar companies that are

 

72


Table of Contents

publicly traded. In connection with the Separation Transaction, we considered if our peer companies required adjustment to more closely align with our dermatological focus and determined that no adjustment was necessary. Our peer companies utilized have similar clinical-stage research and development activities coupled with recent clinical successes in the dermatological space. We also considered characteristics such as industry, stage of life cycle, financial leverage, enterprise value, risk profiles and position within the industry, and with historical share price information sufficient to meet the expected life of the stock-based awards. We compute the historical volatility data using the daily closing prices for the selected companies’ shares during the equivalent period of the calculated expected term of our stock-based awards. We will continue to apply this process until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own stock price becomes available.

We have estimated the expected term of our employee stock options using the “simplified” method, whereby, the expected life equals the average of the vesting term and the original contractual term of the option. The risk free interest rate is based on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities similar to the expected term of granted stock-based awards. We have never declared or paid any cash dividends to common stockholders and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we use an expected dividend yield of zero.

We are also required to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant, and to revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from estimates. We use historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and record stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest. To the extent that actual forfeitures differ from our estimates, the difference is recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period the estimates were revised. Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements is based on awards that are ultimately expected to vest.

In determining the fair value of stock options granted, the following weighted average assumptions were used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model for awards granted in the periods indicated:

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2014     2015     2015     2016  

Estimated dividend yield

    0.00%        0.00%        0.00%        0.00%   

Expected volatility

    102.77%        65.96% - 102.77%        65.96 - 102.77%        71.16%   

Risk-free interest rate

    1.88%        1.48 - 1.81%        1.65%        1.33%   

Expected life of options (in years)

    6.00        5.1 - 5.9        5.75        5.73   

Weighted-average fair value per share

  $ 6.59 - $7.06        $6.83        $3.96        $9.79   

Determination of the Fair Value of Stock-Based Compensation Grants

There are significant assumptions and estimates required in determining the fair value of our common stock. Due to the absence of an active market for our common stock, the fair value of our common stock was determined in good faith by our board of directors, with the assistance and upon the recommendation of management, based on a number of objective and subjective factors consistent with the methodologies outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, referred to as the AICPA Practice Aid, including:

 

  n   contemporaneous valuations of our shares of common stock;

 

  n   the prices of each of our series of preferred stock sold by us to outside investors in arm’s length transactions, and the rights, preferences and privileges of each of these series of preferred stock relative to our common stock;

 

73


Table of Contents
  n   our consolidated results of operations, financial position and the status of our research and development efforts;

 

  n   the composition of our management team and board of directors;

 

  n   the material risks related to our business;

 

  n   the market performance of publicly traded companies in the life sciences and biotechnology sectors;

 

  n   the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the holders of our shares of common stock, such as a sale of the company or an initial public offering, given prevailing market conditions;

 

  n   the lack of marketability of our common stock; and

 

  n   external market conditions affecting the life sciences and biotechnology industry sectors.

Although it is reasonable to expect that the completion of our initial public offering will increase the value of our common stock as a result of increased liquidity and marketability and the elimination of the liquidation preferences of our convertible preferred stock, the amount of additional value cannot be measured with precision or certainty. If we had made different assumptions than those described below, the fair value of the underlying common stock and amount of our stock-based compensation expense, net loss and net loss per share amounts would have differed. Following the closing of our initial public offering, the fair value per share of our common stock for purposes of determining stock-based compensation will be the closing price of our common stock as reported on the applicable grant date.

The following table summarizes the grant dates, number of underlying shares and related fair value of stock options granted to employees from January 1, 2014 through June 30, 2016.

 

Date of grant

  Number of
Shares Granted
     Fair Value
Estimate per
Common Share
 

March 14, 2014

    88,500       $ 7.00   

July 30, 2014

    48,000       $ 7.47   

December 30, 2014

    117,300       $ 7.47   

January 1, 2015

    90,000       $ 7.47   

March 12, 2015

    24,000       $ 6.68   

May 1, 2015

    33,000       $ 6.68   

July 8, 2015

    10,500       $ 9.00   

July 30, 2015

    22,500       $ 9.00   

August 28, 2015

    36,191       $ 9.00   

October 21, 2015

    165,000       $ 12.00   

November 17, 2015

    3,000       $ 12.00   

December 2, 2015…

    21,600       $ 12.00   

December 14, 2015

    34,500       $ 12.00   

February 29, 2016

    225,000       $ 15.00   

In valuing our common stock, our board of directors determined the equity value of our business using a combination of the “Last Money In” approach and Market-Based, or Comps, approach. The “Last Money In” approach considered our prior financing rounds, which can provide meaningful indications to determine our enterprise value. The Comps approach considered our enterprise value through an analysis of recent sales and offerings of comparable companies. Consideration was given to the financial condition and operating performance of our company relative to those of private and publicly-traded companies operating in the same or similar lines of business, potentially subject to corresponding economic, environmental and political factors and considered to be reasonable investment alternatives.

 

74


Table of Contents

For valuations through June 30, 2016, the option pricing method, or OPM, treats common stock and preferred stock as call options on an equity value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preference of the preferred stock. Therefore, common stock has value only if funds available for distribution to stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preference at the time of a liquidity event such as a merger, sale or initial public offering, assuming the enterprise has funds to make a liquidation preference meaningful and collectible by stockholders. The common stock, including applicable conversion of convertible preferred stock, is modeled to be a call option with a claim on enterprise value at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the preferred stock liquidation preference is satisfied.

The valuation of our common stock included contemporaneous valuation analyses to determine the then current fair value of our common stock as of December 31, 2013, December 31, 2014, June 30, 2015, September 30, 2015, December 31, 2015 and February 26, 2016. In performing these valuation analyses, key assumptions reflected in the OPM calculations included the anticipated timing of a potential liquidity event, the estimated volatility of our common stock, and the discount for lack of marketability of our common stock. The Market-Based or “Comps” approach considered our enterprise value through an analysis of enterprise values of comparable companies and through applying revenue multiples to our government contract and grant revenues. During 2014, we issued shares of our Mezzanine A preferred stock, which provided indications of enterprise value as of December 31, 2014 and introduced additional liquidation preference. The valuation results as of December 31, 2014 reflect our declining government contracts and grants revenue and increased liquidation preference attributable to our Mezzanine A preferred stock.

Warrant Liability

As of December 31, 2014, all of the warrants to purchase shares of our Series 3 preferred stock had been exercised or expired. Because our Series 3 preferred stock is subject to redemption under circumstances outside of our control, the outstanding shares of this series of preferred stock are presented as temporary equity. Consequently, the warrants to purchase shares of Series 3 convertible preferred stock are accounted for as liabilities and adjusted to fair value at the end of each reporting period. The fair value of the warrants classified as liabilities is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The estimates in Black-Scholes option pricing model are based, in part, on subjective assumptions, including stock price volatility, term of the warrants, risk-free interest rate, dividend yield and fair value of the Series 3 convertible preferred stock underlying the warrants. The gain or loss associated with the change in the fair value of the preferred stock warrant liability from the prior period is recognized as a component of other income (expense).

 

75


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a late-stage pharmaceutical company focused on redefining the standard of care in dermatology through the development and commercialization of innovative therapies using our nitric oxide platform. Nitric oxide plays a vital role in the natural immune system response against microbial pathogens and is a critical regulator of inflammation. Our ability to harness nitric oxide and its multiple mechanisms of action has enabled us to create a platform with the potential to generate differentiated, first-in-class product candidates. The two key components of our nitric oxide platform are our proprietary Nitricil technology, which drives the creation of new chemical entities, or NCEs, and our topical formulation science, both of which we use to modulate, or “tune,” our product candidates for specific indications. We are using our platform to transform a useful, naturally occurring molecule into a therapeutic pipeline for a host of skin diseases.

We are rapidly advancing programs in five dermatological conditions with significant unmet medical need. These are some of the most prevalent diseases in dermatology, and together represent a large market opportunity with an underserved patient population surpassing 150 million Americans and 1.5 billion individuals globally.

Our lead product candidate is SB204, a cosmetically elegant topical gel that targets multiple mechanisms of action for the treatment of acne vulgaris, the most common skin disease in the United States. We commenced two identically designed Phase 3 pivotal clinical trials in the first quarter of 2016 and expect to report top-line results from these pivotal trials in the first quarter of 2017. Assuming successful completion of a long-term safety study in the second half of 2017, we are targeting submission of a new drug application, or NDA, for SB204 by year-end 2017. Our other product candidates include SB206, SB208 and SB414, which are targeted toward the treatment of either a specific microorganism or inflammatory components of a disease pathology. SB206 is a first-in-class, topical anti-viral gel in Phase 2 clinical development for the treatment of viral skin infections such as external genital and perianal warts, caused by human papillomavirus, or HPV. We initiated our Phase 2 clinical trial for SB206 in the second quarter of 2015, and we expect to announce top-line results in the second half of 2016. SB208 is a topical broad-spectrum anti-fungal product candidate for the treatment of fungal infections of the skin and nails. We commenced Phase 2 clinical testing of SB208 for the treatment of infections caused by dermatophytes such as T. rubrum in July 2016. SB414, a topical cream in preclinical development for the treatment of inflammatory skin diseases such as psoriasis and atopic dermatitis, rounds out the current pipeline.

We believe that our ability to conveniently deploy nitric oxide on demand in topical formulations allows us the potential to significantly improve patient outcomes in a variety of skin diseases and positions us to be a commercially successful leader in the dermatology market.

Nitric oxide is one of the most researched molecules in human physiology and has been extensively studied in many areas of medicine including in microbial diseases and in the modulation of inflammation. As a fundamental component in host immune response against invading organisms, cells of the immune system naturally generate nitric oxide using the enzyme nitric oxide synthase, or NOS, and the amino acid precursor L-arginine. Nitric oxide is released in a targeted manner to kill microbial pathogens, including bacteria, fungi and viruses. Nitric oxide and its metabolites drive cell death within bacteria and fungi by targeting metal centers or amino acids on proteins critical to sustaining microbial viability. In virally infected cells, nitric oxide inhibits viral replication by binding directly to key enzymes or by inducing apoptosis, or programmed cell death, in these cells where tumor suppressors have been degraded or disabled. Beyond nitric oxide’s essential role in pathogen control, a large number of cells produce and respond to nitric oxide for several other immunoregulatory functions. The anti-inflammatory and immunosuppressive effects of nitric oxide occur in part through the inhibition of T cell proliferation and leukocyte recruitment.

 

76


Table of Contents

However, the scarcity of nitric oxide-based therapeutic products is due to the challenges associated with controlling the release of a gas, the poor stability and low storage capacity of nitric oxide-loaded molecules, the inability to target specific tissues and the toxicity of several small molecules used as backbones to store nitric oxide. We believe the following key components of our nitric oxide platform fuel the creation of differentiated product candidates and address each of these limitations:

(1) Our Nitricil technology enables us to engineer tunable NCEs that allow for the stable chemical storage of large amounts of nitric oxide in solid form by loading it on an inert macromolecule, or polymer. The advantages of our proprietary Nitricil technology include tunability, stability, high storage capacity, targeted delivery and what we believe is an attractive safety profile. Our ability to select from several nitric oxide-loaded starting materials has driven our library of over 200 Nitricil compositions, each of which possesses a unique nitric oxide release profile.

(2) Our formulation science enables us to further tune the release of nitric oxide when applied to the skin by using proprietary combinations of inactive ingredients. This additional level of control enables us to use one NCE for multiple indications by altering the nitric oxide pharmacology with the composition of the topical formulation. This component of our nitric oxide platform creates an additional barrier to entry, which we believe positions us to prolong the period of market exclusivity for each of our product candidates. Additionally, our formulation science allows us to customize the drug delivery method for the relevant anatomical location of a skin disease while considering physician and patient preferences for aesthetically pleasing and convenient products.

We are developing our lead product candidate, SB204, as a once-daily, fast-acting, topical first-line monotherapy for the treatment of acne vulgaris. In the first quarter of 2016, we commenced two identically designed Phase 3 pivotal clinical trials of SB204 in a total of 2,600 patients with acne vulgaris. Acne vulgaris is the most common skin disease in the United States, affecting approximately 40 to 50 million Americans annually, according to the American Academy of Dermatology. Despite this, we believe the current treatment landscape significantly underserves patient needs, due to the difficulty of balancing efficacy, systemic safety and cutaneous tolerability. Prior to initiating our Phase 3 trials, our 630-patient clinical program for SB204 included one first-in-human trial, six Phase 1 clinical trials and two Phase 2 clinical trials involving patients suffering from acne vulgaris, in each of which SB204 was well tolerated. In each of our Phase 2 clinical trials, we observed statistically significant reductions in both inflammatory and non-inflammatory lesion counts after 12 weeks of treatment. We designed the protocol for our Phase 3 clinical trials based on feedback we received from the FDA during our end-of-Phase 2 meeting in September 2015. Assuming successful completion of our Phase 3 clinical trials and our long-term safety study, we will target submission of our NDA for SB204 to the FDA by the end of 2017.

Our second most advanced product candidate, SB206, represents a new approach to the treatment of HPV skin infections. In our preclinical studies, we observed complete inhibition of papilloma virus growth in vivo and inhibition of HPV viral replication in vitro . We have initially chosen to evaluate the anti-viral potential of nitric oxide in a Phase 2 randomized, double-blind, vehicle-controlled clinical trial in 120 patients with genital warts caused by HPV. All warts, including genital warts, are caused by HPV, and we estimate that the population suffering with warts exceeds 3 million people in the United States. We believe that SB206 has the potential to provide substantial improvements over currently approved topical therapies for warts, including shorter treatment duration, improved efficacy due to the direct anti-viral effect of nitric oxide, better local tolerability and decreased incidence of wart recurrence.

We are developing SB208 as a topical anti-fungal for the treatment of fungal infections of the skin and nails. In July 2016, we commenced Phase 2 clinical development of SB208 for the treatment of infections caused by dermatophytes such as T. rubrum , including tinea pedis, or Athlete’s Foot, and

 

77


Table of Contents

onychomycosis. Onychomycosis is a chronic fungal infection of the nails that we estimate affects over 40 million people in the United States. We believe SB208 has the potential to elevate the standard of care in fungal infections such as athlete’s foot and onychomycosis by delivering high concentrations of nitric oxide to rapidly penetrate targeted tissues and potentially improve upon current efficacy rates observed with topical therapies while maintaining an attractive safety profile.

Our pipeline also includes SB414, a topical cream product candidate, for which we are currently conducting preclinical studies for the treatment of inflammatory skin diseases such as psoriasis and atopic dermatitis. SB414 utilizes a slower nitric oxide-releasing cream formulation for which we have observed potent inflammatory cytokine inhibition in preclinical models. We plan to commence toxicology studies for SB414 in 2016 in support of the submission of an IND to the FDA, and are targeting initiation of clinical development of our anti-inflammatory program in the second half of 2017.

We maintain exclusive, worldwide commercial rights for all product candidates currently in our pipeline. Our intent is to build a dermatology-focused sales organization, with approximately 75 representatives in the field, to sell our product candidates that receive regulatory approval in the United States. Our sales force will initially target high-volume prescribing dermatologists and other healthcare providers. Our commercialization strategy will leverage our NCEs with differentiated mechanisms of action to enhance reimbursement potential and facilitate broad patient access. We are also evaluating strategic partnerships to commercialize our dermatology products in select international markets. We believe that our management team’s significant experience in nitric oxide science, drug development and commercialization of dermatological products positions us to execute on our vision to be a commercially successful leader in the field of dermatology.

Our Dermatology-Focused Nitric Oxide Platform

Why Nitric Oxide?

Nitric oxide, or NO, is a two-atom molecule that is produced naturally by the human body. Since the Nobel Prize-winning discovery in 1998 that nitric oxide is responsible for regulating blood flow, or vasodilation, the effects of nitric oxide have been extensively studied in many areas of physiology, including in microbial diseases and in the modulation of inflammation.

As a fundamental component in host defense against invading organisms, cells of the immune system naturally generate nitric oxide using the enzyme nitric oxide synthase, or NOS, and the amino acid precursor L-arginine. Nitric oxide is released in a targeted manner to kill microbial pathogens, including bacteria, fungi and viruses. Nitric oxide and its metabolites drive cell death within bacteria and fungi by targeting metal centers or amino acids on proteins critical to sustaining microbial viability. In virally infected cells, nitric oxide inhibits viral replication by binding directly to free sulfurs or metals that are a part of key enzymes that can induce apoptosis, or programmed cell death, in cells where tumor suppressors have been degraded or disabled.

We believe that nitric oxide has significant potential as a novel antimicrobial agent due to its multiple mechanisms of action and its ability as a gas to diffuse freely through cell membranes unlike many other pharmaceutical agents. Importantly, the pharmacologic activity of nitric oxide is such that its production is localized at or near the site of infection. Because nitric oxide is a key component of the immune system’s natural response to invading organisms, we believe that it may provide an ideal therapeutic solution for degrading and killing microorganisms without the development of antimicrobial resistance.

Beyond nitric oxide’s essential role in pathogen control, a large number of cells produce and respond to nitric oxide for several other immunoregulatory functions. According to an article published in Nature Immunology in 2001, nitric oxide exerts its anti-inflammatory and immunosuppressive effects

 

78


Table of Contents

in part through the inhibition of T cell proliferation and leukocyte recruitment. The modulation of signaling cascades, transcription factors like NF- LOGO B, and enzymes that process cytokine precursors are all mechanisms by which nitric oxide exerts its anti-inflammatory effects. Additionally, macrophage production of nitric oxide has been reported to suppress T helper type 1 cell responses and lead to the induction of a new class of nitric oxide-derived regulatory T cells, reported in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences in 2007 to inhibit the pro-inflammatory Th17 differentiation and function.

Figure 1 summarizes how nitric oxide is released as a critical regulator in human immune response. A physiological stimulant signals the production of NOS via NF- LOGO B activation, which then leads to transcription and translation of the active NOS enzyme. NOS transforms the essential amino acid, L-arginine, into L-citrulline and liberates one gaseous nitric oxide molecule in the process, which is then free to diffuse outside of the cell and exert its vital regulatory functions in the body.

Figure 1:

 

 

LOGO

Limitations of Other Nitric Oxide-Based Approaches

Despite its therapeutic potential, there is currently only one FDA-approved use of nitric oxide, which is for the treatment of pulmonary hypertension in neonatal infants with nitric oxide gas. However, the delivery of nitric oxide from a gas tank is inconvenient and limits practical applications. The scarcity of nitric oxide-based products is due to the historical challenges associated with developing safe and effective approaches for the chemical storage and controlled release of a gas for therapeutic applications. Synthetic approaches for creating molecules that store nitric oxide in solid form have significant limitations that have prevented the translation of these laboratory chemistries into commercially viable products. Some of these key limitations include:

 

  n   Lack of tunability  — Therapeutic delivery of nitric oxide to patients at safe and effective levels requires the ability to control the release rate to selectively modulate a specific disease pathology. Other chemical approaches release or donate nitric oxide either too fast or too slow, rendering them potentially unsafe or therapeutically ineffective.

 

  n   Unfavorable stability profile  — Most nitric oxide-loaded molecules in development decompose too rapidly, prematurely releasing nitric oxide and impairing shelf life stability. Based on the chemistries involved, slight increases in temperature, exposure to ambient humidity or irradiation with light all significantly diminish nitric oxide potency.

 

  n  

Low storage capacity  — Other small molecule strategies only permit the loading, or storage, of one or two units of nitric oxide per unit of drug, leaving them with an inability to deliver

 

79


Table of Contents
 

sufficient therapeutic quantities of nitric oxide to the desired site. Conversely, macromolecular scaffolds to date have had limited storage sites to bind nitric oxide as a percentage of total weight.

 

  n   Lack of targeting  — Other nitric oxide-based approaches are primarily small molecule-based and are limited in their ability to be delivered to or target specific tissues, and the organ destination or systemic half-life is dictated by the molecule to which nitric oxide was attached.

 

  n   Backbone toxicity  — Several small molecules developed in laboratory settings used to store nitric oxide have never been translated into clinical use due to the carcinogenic potential of nitrosamines or risk of cyanide poisoning from sodium nitroprusside.

Advantages of Our Nitric Oxide Platform

We believe that our platform harnesses the potential of nitric oxide in a manner that leads to the creation of differentiated product candidates that address all these limitations by (1) engineering tunable NCEs using our Nitricil technology and (2) using our formulation science to customize the drug delivery method for the anatomical location of a skin disease.

As a result, we believe that we are able to unlock the therapeutic potential of nitric oxide in numerous dermatological indications. We have chosen to focus on dermatology because nitric oxide’s multiple mechanisms of action converge in the largest organ of the body, the skin. All of the major cell types that comprise the three layers of the skin, including keratinocytes, fibroblasts, melanocytes and endothelial cells, are capable of producing nitric oxide at different rates, and these cells play an important part in organizing the skin’s unique ability to repair itself and maintain barrier function. Our ability to tune its release profile allows us to deploy nitric oxide into its wide range of pharmacological effects when host systems fail or are overwhelmed by invading microorganisms.

We believe that our nitric oxide platform is well suited to disrupt the large and growing dermatology market, reported to be $28 billion in the United States in 2014, according to IMS. Despite the size of this market, innovation in medical dermatology has been largely stagnant for decades. For example, the widespread use of antibiotics and retinoids to treat acne vulgaris has been unchanged for over 30 years and, in our view, has failed to balance efficacy, tolerability and growing concerns over antibiotic resistance in a single product. As a result, we believe our nitric oxide platform is ideally suited to address the limitations of the current treatment landscape and therefore positions us to redefine the standard of care in dermatology.

The two key components of our nitric oxide platform are described below in further detail.

(1) Our Nitricil Technology

Our innovative Nitricil technology allows for the chemical storage of large amounts of nitric oxide in solid form by loading it on a polysiloxane macromolecule. The macromolecule is a polymer comprised of two monomers, one that forms the scaffold and the other that stores nitric oxide by converting amines to diazeniumdiolate nitric oxide donors. The resulting salts of nitric oxide in solid form are stable under ambient conditions, but can liberate nitric oxide in aqueous physiological environments. Upon application to the body, Nitricil compounds release the gaseous nitric oxide with release rates further controlled by local pH. Details on the synthesis and characterization of Nitricil have been published in peer reviewed journals by Novan co-founder, Dr. Mark Schoenfisch.

Our ability to select from eight unique nitric oxide loaded monomers and two discrete scaffold monomers, to alter the polymerization ratio between the two monomers, and to vary the counterion has led to our current library of over 200 different Nitricil compositions, each of which possesses a unique nitric oxide release profile. We use our Nitricil technology to generate new NCEs tailored to address the pharmacological needs of specific skin diseases.

 

80


Table of Contents

The macromolecular delivery vehicles created by our Nitricil technology are designed to address the limitations associated with the delivery of nitric oxide. The key advantages of our Nitricil technology include:

 

  n   Tunability  — We employ a synthetic approach that allows us the ability to engineer NCEs, each with unique nitric oxide release properties, through the alteration of the macromolecule size, hydrophobicity, buffer capacity and the targeted local chemical environment.

 

  n   Favorable stability profile — The ability to keep nitric oxide covalently bound as a salt on the macromolecule enables drug stability and therefore prolonged storage until administration to the patient.

 

  n   High storage capacity — Our proprietary selection of monomeric starting materials allows us to avoid dependence on external polymer chemistry that is not rationally designed to load nitric oxide. This customized approach for the assembly of Nitricil macromolecules enables us to store a large percentage of nitric oxide by weight, and at the storage level we believe is necessary to deliver therapeutic quantities of nitric oxide.

 

  n   Ability to be targeted — The macromolecular scaffold overcomes the challenges of site-specific delivery through control over particle size, electrostatic potential and surface functionality, all tailored to bind to a specific tissue target. For example, we have the ability to build our macromolecular scaffold to a desired size, ranging from small nanometer sized particles up to micron sized particles required to localize the delivery to the skin and prevent systemic exposure.

 

  n   Attractive safety profile — We use an inert and biocompatible macromolecular scaffold that does not interact adversely with the body following the release of nitric oxide.

 

81


Table of Contents

Figure 2 below illustrates our chemical flexibility to combine NO-loaded monomers with scaffold monomers to create NCEs with diverse nitric oxide release properties:

Figure 2:

 

 

LOGO

NVN1000 rapidly releases the large concentrations of nitric oxide needed to replicate the burst created by immune cells. NVN1000-based product candidates are aimed at deploying the antibacterial, antiviral and antifungal activity of nitric oxide and are currently in development for the treatment of acne vulgaris (SB204), HPV-associated genital warts (SB206) and onychomycosis (SB208). NVN4000, on the opposite end of the spectrum, is a slow-releasing NCE which may have applications for indications where a more sustained concentration of nitric oxide is required.

(2) Our Formulation Science

The topical formulations of dermatology products have a significant impact on product performance and synthesizing a stable NCE is only half of the process required to unlock drugable nitric oxide. The nitric oxide must remain stable when compounded into the final product, and classical approaches in formulation science may be incompatible with our Nitricil compounds. Our Nitricil-based NCEs are very sensitive to small changes in formulation. As a result, we select a customized set of ingredients based on their known safety profile, chemical compatibility, lack of irritation potential and the desired cosmetic properties, while allowing for the controlled release of nitric oxide when administered to the patient. This fine tuning of nitric oxide release rate using a proprietary combination of inactive ingredients creates a unique nitric oxide release profile for each indication of interest. In our discussions with the FDA, the agency has indicated its understanding of the importance of release rate on pharmacology and as a critical quality attribute of our potential products.

 

82


Table of Contents

Historically, the prescribing behavior of dermatologists has been significantly influenced by formulation type. Cosmetically elegant formulations are desired in acne vulgaris care to maintain patient compliance while ointment formulations are known to drive penetration of the active ingredients deeper into the plaques of psoriasis. Hard-to-treat locations of the body, such as the top of the head, are more accessible with sprays and foams. Creams provide both moisturizing and barrier-repair components useful for cracked, drying or irritated skin like that found with atopic dermatitis. Therefore, we plan to utilize dermatologist and patient preferences for certain topical formulations to create differentiated nitric oxide therapies. In addition to tailoring the product formulation, we are able to adjust the dose to target specific diseases and plan to package our product candidates in indication-specific containers.

As shown in Figure 3 below, our Nitricil technology and formulation science are used in combination to effectively transform a useful, naturally occurring molecule into a therapeutic pipeline of product candidates.

Figure 3:

Our Nitric Oxide Platform

LOGO

Our goal with each product candidate is to balance the need for safe, effective and convenient delivery of nitric oxide with physician and patient preferences for formulation aesthetics. Furthermore, we believe our nitric oxide platform allows us to leverage our knowledge of the analytical methodologies, process development, scale-up manufacturing and tracking of nitric oxide metabolites in vivo , and a safety profile that translates across multiple Nitricil based NCEs to reduce future development expenses and timelines across our entire product candidate pipeline.

Our Strategy

Our strategy is to develop and commercialize novel nitric oxide-based therapies that redefine the standard of care in dermatology. We are focused on creating topical, dermatological therapies in indications with underserved patient populations and well-defined clinical and regulatory development pathways. In order to pursue our strategy, we plan to:

 

  n  

Complete development of our late-stage product candidate, SB204 and submit for regulatory approval in the United States . In the first quarter of 2016, we initiated two identically designed Phase 3 pivotal clinical trials for our lead product candidate, SB204 to treat

 

83


Table of Contents
 

acne vulgaris, and we expect to report top-line results in the first quarter of 2017. These trials are designed to further evaluate the safety and efficacy of SB204 in 2,600 patients with acne vulgaris. Assuming successful completion of our Phase 3 pivotal clinical trials and our long-term safety study, we will target submitting our NDA to the FDA for SB204 by the end of 2017.

 

  n   Achieve proof-of-concept for our other product candidates and advance them into late-stage development . We are expanding our platform through the initiation of Phase 2 proof-of-concept trials to evaluate the therapeutic potential of nitric oxide as an anti-viral and anti-fungal agent. In 2015, we commenced a Phase 2 clinical trial with SB206 to evaluate tolerability, safety and efficacy in patients with external genital and perianal warts, and we expect top-line results in the second half of 2016. Depending on the results of our Phase 2 trial, we will evaluate moving forward with an end-of-Phase 2 meeting with the FDA and potential initiation of our Phase 3 development for the anti-viral gel in the second half of 2017. As part of our ongoing efforts targeting microbial skin infections, we initiated our Phase 2 clinical program with SB208 in the July 2016. The Phase 2 program will include the ongoing clinical trial designed to assess tolerability, safety and anti-fungal activity of SB208 in patients with Athlete’s Foot infected with dermatophytes such as T. rubrum and a second dose-ranging clinical trial of SB208 in patients with onychomycosis, a T. rubrum infection of the nails. We also have a dermatological inflammatory disease program, within which we are currently conducting preclinical studies in both psoriasis and atopic dermatitis. We plan to commence toxicology studies to support for both of these indications in the second half of 2016, and we expect to initiate clinical development under a new IND in our anti-inflammatory program in the second half of 2017.

 

  n   Expand our existing pipeline by efficiently developing topical nitric oxide-based product candidates for new dermatological indications . We believe that the breadth of our nitric oxide platform will enable us, independently or with strategic collaborators, to develop and commercialize future nitric oxide-based product candidates for the treatment of several additional anti-microbial and anti-inflammatory dermatological indications beyond our current focus. Also, we believe that our technology may be further applied to the field of medical aesthetics. Finally, we believe that our focus on topical dermatological applications for nitric oxide enables efficiently developed product candidates that potentially have lower development costs, reduced risk of side effects and a faster time to market than systemically administered therapies.

 

  n   Establish our own sales and marketing organization to commercialize our products in the United States . Our intent is to build a dermatology-focused sales organization, with approximately 75 representatives in the field to sell our product candidates that receive regulatory approval in the United States. Our sales force will initially target high-volume prescribing dermatologists and other healthcare providers. Our commercialization strategy will also leverage our NCEs with new mechanisms of action to enhance reimbursement potential and facilitate broad patient access. We have begun to execute on this strategy by hiring key executives with a strong track record in commercializing dermatology products. Additionally, we continue to evaluate strategic partnerships to commercialize our dermatology products in select international markets.

 

84


Table of Contents

Our Product Candidates

We have conducted and plan to conduct the clinical development of our product candidates under one or more INDs filed with the FDA. We are the sponsor of a single IND that became effective in September 2012, which covers the NVN1000 NCE and product candidates SB204, SB206 and SB208. Assuming successful completion of our planned toxicology studies for SB414, we expect to submit an IND covering the slower releasing cream product candidate and initiate clinical development of SB414 in the second half of 2017. The status of our development programs is summarized in Table 1.

Table 1:

LOGO

SB204 for the Treatment of Acne Vulgaris

We are developing SB204 as a once-daily, fast-acting, topical first-line monotherapy for the treatment of acne vulgaris. SB204 contains the NVN1000 active pharmaceutical ingredient. We commenced two identically designed Phase 3 pivotal clinical trials of SB204 for the treatment of acne vulgaris in the first quarter of 2016. We believe that acne vulgaris, in addition to being the most common skin disease in the United States, continues to be characterized by unmet medical needs, given the tradeoff between efficacy and safety and the growing concern with anti-bacterial resistance with existing therapies. To date, SB204 has been well-tolerated and has shown evidence of efficacy in both inflammatory and non-inflammatory lesion types.

We have completed two Phase 2 clinical trials in patients with acne vulgaris, in each of which we observed statistically significant reductions in both inflammatory and non-inflammatory lesion counts after 12 weeks of treatment with SB204. In our 630-patient SB204 clinical development program, topical application of SB204 was well-tolerated with no significant safety concerns identified. In a maximal-use pharmacokinetic study that we conducted in adult patients with acne vulgaris, we observed no detectable systemic exposure from SB204 following its topical application.

The protocol for our two Phase 3 pivotal clinical trials is based on feedback from our end-of-Phase 2 meeting with the FDA in September 2015. Assuming successful completion of our Phase 3 pivotal clinical trials and our long-term safety study, we will target submission of our NDA to the FDA for SB204 by the end of 2017.

Acne Vulgaris Disease Overview

Acne vulgaris is the most common skin disease in the United States. According to The American Academy of Dermatology, approximately 40 to 50 million Americans have acne vulgaris. The disease ranges in severity from mild to severe cystic acne vulgaris and causes both physical and psychological effects, including permanent scarring, anxiety, depression and poor self-esteem. Even in cases of mild acne vulgaris, the social stigma associated with the disease frequently results in significant emotional distress and other psychological issues. Due to the frequency of recurrence or relapse and necessary treatment over a prolonged number of years, the American Academy of Dermatologists considers acne vulgaris to be a chronic inflammatory disease.

 

85


Table of Contents

Acne vulgaris is caused by genetic and environmental factors and results from the complex interplay of four major pathogenic factors:

 

  n   overproduction of oils, or sebum, by the sebaceous gland;

 

  n   abnormal keratinization in the follicle, narrowing the pores;

 

  n   colonization by the anaerobic, lipophilic bacterium Propionibacterium acnes , or P. acnes ; and

 

  n   release of pro-inflammatory mediators into the skin.

There are two types of acne lesions, inflammatory and non-inflammatory. The effective treatment of acne vulgaris often requires resolution of both types of lesions. Acne lesions begin when excess sebum production, a pro-inflammatory cascade, or both, result in abnormal proliferation of the cells of the epidermis to clog a follicle, forming a microscopic lesion known as a microcomedo. Non-inflammatory lesions occur when a microcomedo progresses to an open or closed comedone, commonly referred to as a “blackhead” or “whitehead,” respectively.

Inflammatory lesions occur when P. acnes proliferates in the anaerobic, lipid-rich environment of the microcomedo. P. acnes is central to the disease pathology because its endotoxins stimulate pro-inflammatory mediators like toll-like receptors and other inflammatory pathways. These inflammatory lesions are red and painful, and are manifested as papules, pustules or cysts.

Current Treatment Landscape

For more than 30 years, the prescription treatment landscape for acne vulgaris has been predominately served by topical retinoids for the treatment of the non-inflammatory component of the disease and antibiotics for the treatment of the inflammatory component of the disease. Table 2 below describes the prescription treatment landscape for acne adapted from a recent review in Expert Opinion of Emerging Drugs in 2015.

Table 2:

 

LOGO

Topical retinoids, such as tretinoin, adapalene and tazarotene, target the abnormal proliferation of cells to stop the narrowing of the follicle and also inhibit the pro-inflammatory cascade that initiates lesion formation. Retinoids often show efficacy over prolonged treatment durations, but can lead to undesirable dryness, irritation and scaling.

 

86


Table of Contents

Antibiotics, topical and systemic, have long been the mainstay of dermatologists to manage the inflammatory lesion component of the disease due to the link between P. acnes and inflammation. However, the widespread use and extended treatment periods of antibiotics for over 30 years has led to the emergence of the antibiotic resistance of P. acnes and, in turn, the virtual discontinuation of some drugs such as erythromycin from clinical use. Recent attention from the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, or CDC, and the World Health Organization, or WHO, on the use of antibiotics and microbial resistance highlights the increasing need to curtail the overuse of antibiotics. According to a 2014 article in Dermatology Times, dermatologists represent 1% or less of the U.S. physician population but prescribe almost 5% of the antibiotic prescriptions. Despite the onset of antibiotic resistance, the topical antibiotic clindamycin and clindamycin combination products continue to be prescribed to manage the inflammatory component of the disease. As shown in Table 3 below, according to IMS, approximately seven million units of products containing clindamycin, monotherapies and combination products combined, were dispensed in the United States in 2015.

As disease severity increases, oral antibiotics are employed to supplement topical antibiotics in the management of inflammatory lesions, but often demonstrate limited efficacy against the non-inflammatory lesion component of the disease, which continues to be managed with topical retinoids. For example, Solodyn, a branded oral minocycline, achieved sales of over $700 million in 2011, according to IMS, notwithstanding its narrowly defined indication for inflammatory lesions of moderate to severe acne vulgaris. In addition, the prescribing information for Solodyn specifically states that it did not demonstrate any effect on non-inflammatory acne vulgaris lesions. Oral antibiotics are also associated with systemic side effects, including gastrointestinal tract irritation, photosensitivity of skin, headache, dizziness, anemia, bone and joint pain, and nausea.

The most effective therapies for acne vulgaris are those that can address more than one of the major causes of acne vulgaris pathogenesis. This has led to the development of fixed-dose combination products that combine antibiotics, retinoids or the over-the-counter agent benzoyl peroxide, or BPO, to create new branded medicines. Approved topical combination products have demonstrated modest improvements in clinical efficacy over monotherapies but also combine the tolerability issues and side effects associated with each active ingredient in the combination drug. These combination products highlight the limited innovation in acne care products over the last 30 years. Product manufacturers have successfully negotiated with managed care providers to ensure patient access to these branded products in a heavily genericized market, despite these products constituting the combination of two generically available agents. For example, Epiduo, the branded topical combination of benzoyl peroxide and adapalene, had U.S. sales volume of over one million units in 2015, amounting to $470 million in sales, according to IMS.

The oral retinoid isotretinoin, also known as Accutane, is the only drug claiming to affect all four pathogenic factors associated with acne vulgaris. However, the strong efficacy profile of isotretinoin is compromised by its severe side effect profile, given that the drug is a known teratogen that can cause birth defects and has also been linked to depression, psychosis and, in extreme circumstances, suicide. Therefore, its use has been reserved for the most severe form of the disease, and in 2009, the manufacturer of Accutane withdrew the branded product from the market.

As a result of the limited ability of single agent antibiotics and retinoids to act significantly on both the non-inflammatory and inflammatory components of acne vulgaris, physicians have adopted a poly-pharmacy approach to treatment by prescribing several treatment modalities for the management of the disease.

 

87


Table of Contents

Table 3 below highlights the limitations with various once-daily treatment approaches and illustrates the tradeoff dermatologists and patients make when electing a course of prescription therapy, and, with the addition of prescription data, highlights the size of the United States prescription acne market in 2015 at approximately 24 million units of products dispensed for the treatment of acne, according to IMS.

Table 3:

 

LOGO

1 IMS, 2015

Our Nitric Oxide-Based Solution for the Treatment of Acne Vulgaris

We believe that SB204 has the potential to address the limitations of the current treatment landscape by potentially offering an efficacious topical monotherapy for both lesion types with a favorable safety profile. In our preclinical studies, nitric oxide was effective in rapidly killing P. acnes . Moreover, after many lifecycles exposed to our drug, the bacteria did not develop resistance to our drug. The antimicrobial activity of nitric oxide is due to the multiple nitrosative species generated upon exposure to nitric oxide that lead to bacterial damage.

Nitric oxide is also an endogenous component of the innate immune response. According to a 2015 report in the Journal of Investigative Dermatology , nitric oxide inhibits P. acnes -stimulated inflammatory cytokine release in peripheral blood mononuclear cells and cultured human keratinocyte cells through inhibition of caspase-1. Caspase-1 is known to activate pro-inflammatory cytokines, including IL-1ß, a cytokine known to induce keratinocyte proliferation and lead to the narrowing of the follicle at the beginning of an acne vulgaris lesion.

 

88


Table of Contents

We believe that SB204 is a first-in-class immunomodulatory agent and has the following potential advantages over other topical therapies currently used for the treatment of acne vulgaris:

 

  n   activity against both lesion types from a single NCE with dual mechanisms of action;

 

  n   a superior safety profile due to the lack of systemic exposure;

 

  n   favorable skin tolerability profile;

 

  n   elimination of patient, parental and societal concerns arising from antibiotic resistance;

 

  n   improved patient compliance due to the non-bleaching, non-staining and non-irritating properties of the formulation;

 

  n   first-in-class NCE with no generically equivalent substitutes;

 

  n   a more rapid onset of action due to the ability to target more than one mechanism of the disease; and

 

  n   a convenient, once-daily dosing schedule with no limitations on sunlight exposure.

In a survey conducted by a third party and commissioned by us, over 400 dermatologists, non-dermatologist physicians, nurse practitioners and physician assistants were asked to rank on a scale of 1 to 7 a number of approved acne products with which they had real-world experience with respect to both efficacy and tolerability. Using the same scale, the respondents were also asked to rank a hypothetical product with characteristics similar to those we have observed in our clinical trials of SB204. Survey respondents ranked the theoretical product as being more efficacious than antibiotic combination products and more tolerable than BPO/retinoid combination products.

We believe that SB204 has the potential to redefine the standard of care in acne vulgaris, and if approved will be the first NCE specifically developed for the treatment of acne vulgaris in more than 20 years.

SB204 Clinical Development Program

To date, the SB204 clinical development program includes one completed first-in-human trial, six completed Phase 1 clinical trials and two completed Phase 2 clinical trials involving patients suffering from acne vulgaris. In both Phase 2 clinical trials, we observed reduction in lesion counts as early as week four and sustained through 12 weeks of treatment, with separation from vehicle comparable to that observed for currently available combination products. Vehicle control in our clinical trials consists of the same topical gel formulation used in our product candidate without the active ingredient.

As shown in Figure 4 below, the combined results of our Phase 2a and Phase 2b clinical trials showed a dose-dependent response against inflammatory lesions. These data were important in selecting SB204 4% once-daily as the minimum effective dose among those doses studied. The net percent reduction over vehicle on inflammatory lesions plateaued at 40 milligrams of NVN1000 per day, approximately a 22% greater reduction than was observed for vehicle-treated patients and nearly double the reduction observed with 20 milligrams per day. No additional reduction was observed at 80 milligrams per day in either Phase 2 study. Elevated doses beyond those evaluated in the Phase 2 trials, including 160 milligrams of NVN1000 per day or SB204 8% BID, were not evaluated for efficacy in order to preserve the favorable tolerability profile of SB204.

 

89


Table of Contents

Figure 4:

 

LOGO

 

a NI-AC201 Phase 2a study for the treatment of acne vulgaris, 153 patients

b NI-AC202 Phase 2b study for the treatment of acne vulgaris, 213 patients

The topical application of SB204 in over 400 individuals with acne vulgaris has been well-tolerated, with no safety concerns identified. In a completed maximal-use pharmacokinetic study, we observed no detectable systemic exposure to the drug itself and no difference in biomarkers for nitric oxide exposure between patients treated twice-daily with an 8% concentration of SB204, or SB204 8%, or vehicle. The analysis of electrocardiograph data on patients treated with the therapeutic dose SB204, 4%, or with three times the therapeutic dose of SB204, 12%, showed no clinically significant effects on heart rate or any other cardiovascular assessments. The adverse events, or AE, profile has been similar in SB204- and vehicle-treated patients for the entire development program and no treatment-related serious AEs have been reported. Asymptomatic, transient erythema has been observed in some patients treated with SB204, but was resolved within minutes following its application. To date, we have not observed any clinically significant changes in laboratory results, including methemoglobin.

Phase 3 Clinical Program

Based on the results from our development program to date, we initiated two identically designed Phase 3 pivotal clinical trials in the first quarter of 2016 with SB204 4% once-daily. We have completed an end-of-Phase 2 meeting with the FDA and submitted the protocols for the Phase 3 program under a special protocol assessment, or SPA, for review by the FDA. We have reached agreement with the FDA on the primary endpoints for our Phase 3 clinical trials, but do not intend to pursue a full formal SPA agreement with the FDA. We have also completed the non-clinical studies and chemistry, manufacturing and controls, or CMC, activities required to support initiation of the following clinical trials:

 

  n   NI-AC301 and NI-AC302: two multi-center, randomized, double-blind vehicle-controlled Phase 3 clinical trials assessing the safety and efficacy of SB204 4% dosed once-daily in patients with acne vulgaris over 12 weeks. Each of these trials will consist of approximately 1,300 patients.

 

  n   NI-AC303: a long-term multi-center, open-label safety trial assessing the safety of treatment with a SB204 4% once-daily for up to 40 weeks, in eligible patients who have completed 12 weeks of treatment in the NI-AC301 or NI-AC302 trials.

Trials NI-AC301 and NI-AC302 are being conducted in patients above the age of nine suffering from acne vulgaris. Patients who satisfy the inclusion criteria will be randomized in a ratio of 1:1 to a treatment with SB204 4% once-daily or vehicle. Investigational drug will be delivered from a dual

 

90


Table of Contents

chamber pump dispenser consistent with both of our Phase 2 clinical trials. The pump dispenses product from two chambers, containing active gel in one chamber and a buffered hydrogel in the other, or the corresponding vehicle gel in one chamber and a buffered hydrogel in the other, which will be mixed together in the palm for approximately five seconds by the patient and applied to the entire face once-daily after washing. We intend to use this dispensing method in our commercial product, if approved. Cutaneous tolerability assessments include evaluation of facial erythema, scaling, dryness, itching and burning or stinging. Other safety assessments include reportable adverse events, physical exams, blood pressure, pulse rate and urine pregnancy tests. Patients will return for post-baseline evaluation after weeks two, four, eight and 12 or prior to an early termination, or ET.

The co-primary efficacy endpoints in our Phase 3 clinical trials are:

 

  n   the absolute change in inflammatory lesion counts from baseline to week 12 or ET;

 

  n   the absolute change in non-inflammatory lesion counts from baseline to week 12 or ET; and

 

  n   the proportion of success according to the dichotomized investigator global assessment, or IGA. A patient will be considered a success if the IGA at week 12/ET is either “clear”, with a score of 0, or “almost clear”, with a score of 1, and is at least two grades below the baseline score.

The IGA is a widely used method of measuring the severity of acne vulgaris that involves a subjective assessment of lesion severity by the investigator on a five-point scale ranging from 0, or “clear”, to 4, or “severe”. In a dichotomized assessment, each patient is characterized either as a success or as a failure.

The secondary efficacy endpoints are:

 

  n   the percent change in inflammatory lesion count from baseline to week 12 or ET;

 

  n   the percent change in non-inflammatory lesion count from baseline to week 12 or ET;

 

  n   the median time to improvement as assessed by a 35% reduction from baseline in inflammatory lesion counts; and

 

  n   the median time to a minimum two-grade improvement in IGA score.

We expect to report top-line results from the two Phase 3 trials in the first quarter of 2017 and from NI-AC303, the long-term safety study, in the second half of 2017.

Additional planned clinical work, which is consistent with other dermatology product development programs, in support of a future NDA submission for SB204 includes:

 

  n   a pediatric pharmacokinetic study in adolescents ages 9 to 17 suffering from acne vulgaris, which we plan to initiate in 2016 and complete prior to an NDA submission; and

 

  n   Phase 1 clinical trial dermal safety studies required to screen all dermatological drugs in healthy volunteers, which we plan to complete prior to an NDA submission.

NI-AC202: A Phase 2, Multi-Center, Randomized, Evaluator-Blinded, Vehicle-Controlled Clinical Trial Comparing the Efficacy, Tolerability, and Safety of SB204 and Vehicle Once or Twice-Daily in the Treatment of Acne Vulgaris

In a Phase 2 multi-center, double-blind, clinical trial, 213 patients between the ages of 12 and 40 with moderate to severe acne vulgaris were enrolled and treated over 12 weeks with SB204 2% twice-daily, or BID, SB204 4% twice-daily, SB204 4% once-daily, or vehicle once or twice-daily. The patients enrolled in the study were randomized in a 2:2:2:1:1 ratio, yielding approximately 50 patients per SB204 dose group. More than 92% of the patients in each SB204 dose group completed the study, and approximately 79% of the patients in the vehicle group completed the study. The clinical trial was

 

91


Table of Contents

conducted across 20 sites throughout the United States. The primary endpoints were absolute change in the number of each of inflammatory and non-inflammatory lesions and the proportion of success at the end of treatment, according to the IGA score, with success being defined as achieving IGA score of 0 or 1, and an improvement of at least two grades in the IGA score from baseline.

Our three goals for this Phase 2 clinical trial were to 1) evaluate the efficacy of once versus twice-daily dosing regimens to establish the dosing frequency for Phase 3 trials; 2) conduct a time-to-event analysis to strengthen the statistical analysis on the fast-acting nature of the efficacy observed in a previous Phase 2 trial; and 3) obtain an estimate of effect size on IGA score to inform the power calculation for the Phase 3 pivotal trials.

All statistical analyses and data shown for our SB204 program are on the intent-to-treat, or ITT, population. Randomized clinical trials analyzed by the ITT approach provide unbiased comparisons among the treatment groups. In an ITT population, none of the patients are excluded and the patients are analyzed according to the randomization scheme. In other words, for the purposes of ITT analysis, everyone who is randomized in the trial is considered to be part of the trial regardless of whether he or she is dosed at all or completes the trial per protocol for the recommended duration of treatment. Discontinuations were treated statistically with the last observation carry forward methodology for each of the SB204 Phase 2 program data sets shown below. P-value is a conventional statistical method for measuring the statistical significance of clinical results. A p-value of less than 0.050 is generally considered to represent statistical significance, meaning that there is a less than five percent likelihood that the observed results occurred by chance. Unless otherwise specified, the p-values shown herein represent a comparison of each active group to the pooled vehicle treatment groups, once-daily and twice-daily combined together for analysis.

At baseline across all treatment groups, the mean inflammatory lesion count was 27, the mean non-inflammatory lesion count was 38, and the majority of patients had an IGA score of “moderate”, or 3. The absolute change from baseline in the number of non-inflammatory lesions was -14.1, or 37%, for SB204 4% once-daily and -7.6, or 17%, for pooled vehicle, with a p-value of 0.032. As shown in Figure 5 below, the absolute change from baseline in the number of inflammatory lesions was -11.3, or 42%, for SB204 4% once-daily and -5.8, or 19%, for pooled vehicle, with a p-value of 0.004. The SB204 4% once-daily treatment group was the only treatment arm that showed a statistically significant separation from vehicle on both lesion types.

Figure 5:

 

                Non-inflammatory Lesions

 

 

            Inflammatory Lesions

 

LOGO  

LOGO

 

 

92


Table of Contents

Percent reduction in lesion counts from baseline at week 12 was statistically significantly different compared to vehicle for both non-inflammatory and inflammatory lesions for all SB204 dose groups. Percent change from baseline at week 12 in the number of non-inflammatory lesions was 34% for SB204 2% twice-daily, 37% for SB204 4% once-daily, 33% for SB204 4% twice-daily and 17% for pooled vehicle, with a p-value for each dose group of 0.05 or less. Percent change from baseline at week 12 in the number of inflammatory lesions was 42% for SB204 2% twice-daily, 42% for SB204 4% once-daily, 42% for SB204 4% twice-daily and 19% for pooled vehicle, with a p-value for each dose group of 0.05 or less.

The percent change in lesion counts over time from baseline to week 12 is shown below in Figure 6, illustrating the similarity of each treatment group and the separation from vehicle on both lesion types following treatment with any of the tested doses of SB204.

Figure 6:

 

        Non-inflammatory Lesions

 

 

                         Inflammatory Lesions

 

LOGO

 

The dichotomized IGA success rate, defined as achieving an IGA score of 0 or 1 and at least a two-grade improvement in the IGA score, was 7.4% for the vehicle once-daily and 6.9% for the vehicle twice-daily resulting in combined 7.1% for the pooled vehicle arm, compared to 15.1% for the SB204 2% twice-daily arm, 11.5% for the SB204 4% once-daily arm, and 13.7% for the SB204 4% twice-daily arm, as shown in Figure 7 below. The number of IGA successes varied between six and eight patients for each of the SB204 dose groups.

Figure 7:

 

LOGO

 

 

93


Table of Contents

Given the similarity in inflammatory lesion reduction observed for all SB204 treated groups and the known correlation between inflammatory lesion reduction and IGA success, we pooled each of the active treatment groups to get a better estimate of the standard deviation for the future Phase 3 clinical trials endpoint. We used a 7.1% success rate for vehicle-treated patients and a 13.5% pooled success rate for SB204 treated patients to estimate the sample size required to power the Phase 3 pivotal clinical trials with a 95% confidence interval. The 650 patients per arm in each of the 2 pivotal trials is also sufficient to power the other co-primary endpoints. Additionally, sensitivity analyses were performed to assess the appropriateness of the Phase 3 sample size using the multiple imputation statistical analysis planned for the Phase 3 pivotal trials as well as with the per-protocol population reduction in both lesion types that excludes patients that discontinued during treatment.

We believe that our dose selection of SB204 4% once-daily for our Phase 3 clinical trials is further supported by our secondary efficacy analyses which included a Kaplan-Meier analysis for median time to improvement as assessed by the reduction from baseline in inflammatory lesion counts. With an efficacy threshold of a 35% reduction in the number of inflammatory lesions, we observed a time-to-median reduction of 4.1 weeks with the SB204 4% once-daily treatment compared to 11.6 weeks for vehicle, with a p-value of 0.014. As shown in Figure 8 below, the SB204 4% once-daily treatment was the fastest acting of all treatment groups at this efficacy threshold, and consistently demonstrated the highest percentage of successes by week 2 across all efficacy thresholds tested (data not shown).

Figure 8:

 

 

LOGO

We also assessed cutaneous tolerability by recording the erythema, scaling, dryness, itching and burning or stinging on a four-point scale from 0 to 3 at baseline and at each visit. These measurements are either measured by the physician or reported by the patient. Overall, the active and vehicle treatments were well tolerated. The cutaneous tolerability data for SB204 4% administered once-daily is shown in comparison to vehicle-treated patients in Table 4 below. The table reflects the percentage of patients in each category. Acne patients are often experiencing many of these local intolerabilities at baseline, before ever initiating treatment with study drug. As shown below, none of the scores at the end of treatment were markedly elevated compared to baseline incidence for the SB204 or vehicle treatment groups, illustrating the favorable tolerability profile of SB204. More than 95% of patients had scores of “mild” or “no” intolerability for each of the scoring criteria at Week 12.

 

94


Table of Contents

Table 4:

 

 

LOGO

 

1   Physician observations
2   Patient reported

The aggregate scores of 1, for “mild”, 2, for “moderate”, or 3, for “severe,” on dryness, itching or burning/stinging at most time points throughout the conduct of the study were observed as being a few percentage points higher in patients treated with SB204 4% twice-daily than patients treated once-daily with the same dose, further supporting our selection of the 4% once-daily regimen for the Phase 3 program. The sum of the maximum severities observed at any time point during treatment is shown below in Figure 9 for each SB204 treatment group and the pooled vehicle group both before and during treatment. The maximum incidence of a patient showing any mild, moderate or severe score at any of the assessment time points during treatment with SB204 4% once-daily for each of the tolerability categories was 39.2% erythema, 19.2% scaling, 21.2% dryness, 11.8% itching and 19.2% burning/stinging. For comparison, topical retinoid products have maximum severities of approximately 40% for erythema, 45-60% for scaling and burning/stinging and 60% for dryness (information for itching not publicly available).

Figure 9:

 

LOGO

 

95


Table of Contents

NI-AC201: A Multi-Center, Randomized, Evaluator-Blinded, Vehicle-Controlled, Parallel Group, 3-arm Study Comparing the Efficacy, Tolerability, and Safety of Two Concentrations of SB204 and Vehicle Twice-Daily in the Treatment of Acne Vulgaris

We conducted a Phase 2 clinical trial to evaluate safety, tolerability and efficacy of twice-daily administration of SB204 1%, SB204 4% and vehicle. A total of 153 male and female patients between the ages of 12 and 40 with mild, moderate or severe acne vulgaris, as measured on the IGA scale, were enrolled in the study and treated twice-daily over a period of 12 weeks. The study was conducted across four sites throughout Latin America. The primary endpoint was the absolute change in the number of non-inflammatory lesions at the end of treatment. Secondary endpoints included the absolute change in the number of inflammatory lesions at the end of treatment.

At baseline, the mean inflammatory lesion count was 29, the mean non-inflammatory lesion count was 50, and the majority of patients had an IGA score of 3, or moderate. As shown in Figure 10 below, the absolute change from baseline in the number of non-inflammatory lesion counts was -0.3 for vehicle, -12.1 for SB204 1% twice-daily, with a p-value of 0.022, and -11.0 for SB204 4% twice-daily, with a p-value of 0.031. The absolute change from baseline in the number of inflammatory lesion counts was -9.3 for vehicle, -13.7 for SB204 1% twice-daily, which was not statistically significant, and -15.5 for SB204 4% twice-daily, with a p-value of 0.018. In a post-hoc analysis, SB204 4% twice-daily produced statistically significant reductions in both lesion types as early as week 4.

Figure 10:

 

            Non-inflammatory Lesions

 

                Inflammatory Lesions

LOGO   LOGO

The percent reduction in non-inflammatory and inflammatory lesion counts over time for both SB204 dose groups as compared to vehicle is shown below in Figure 11.

 

96


Table of Contents

Figure 11:

 

        Non-Inflammatory Lesion Counts

 

  

          Inflammatory Lesion Counts

 

 

 

LOGO

There were no statistically significant differences in the dichotomized IGA ‘success’ rate, defined as achieving an IGA score of 0 or 1 and a minimum two-grade improvement in the IGA score between baseline and Week 12 between the vehicle and SB204 1% or SB204 4% treatment groups. In the SB204 treatment groups, there was a decrease from baseline in the number of patients with “moderate” or “severe” IGA scores. At the end of treatment, 58% of the 4% SB204 twice-daily treatment group experienced “moderate” or “severe” IGA scores compared to 92% at baseline.

Overall, the active and vehicle treatments were well-tolerated. We observed no serious AEs. The rates of AEs, changes in vital signs and methemoglobin levels were observed to be similar in each of the SB204-treated groups and vehicle-treated group. Two patients were reported to have contact dermatitis, one of whom was treated with vehicle and the other of whom was treated with SB204 4% twice-daily, while another patient was reported to have contact urticaria and treated with SB204 4% twice-daily.

NI-AC104: A Thorough ECG Clinical Trial in Subjects with Acne Vulgaris Treated With SB204

All NCEs submitted to the FDA for approval are required to conduct a cardiovascular safety study to measure the effect of the drug on the QT interval, a measure of the time between the start of the Q wave and the end of the T wave in the heart’s electrical cycle. In further support of our SB204 program, we executed a four-period cross-over trial in the fourth quarter of 2015 to examine the effect of SB204 on the QT interval in 48 adult patients with acne vulgaris. Patients were randomized and each received topical treatment to approximately 17% of their body surface area. The four treatment arms were: SB204 4% once-daily; SB204 12% once-daily; vehicle; and moxifloxacin. Moxifloxacin, which is known to promote the lengthening of the QT interval, was included as an active control arm. Electrocardiograph, or ECG, recordings and blood samples to assess pharmacokinetics were obtained at multiple time points after each treatment. The primary endpoint was to define the ECG effect of SB204 at therapeutic and supratherapeutic dose concentrations as measured by the difference between the time-matched baseline-adjusted QTcF interval for the groups receiving SB204 and vehicle. The secondary endpoint was a categorical analysis of the QTc interval to determine number and percentage of time points and patients by dose group with absolute QT/QTc greater than 450, 480 and 500 ms.

The results showed no systemic absorption of SB204 and no tolerability or safety concerns. The analysis of ECG data on patients treated with either the proposed therapeutic dose or three times the therapeutic dose of SB204 showed no clinically significant effects on heart rate, QT interval or any other cardiovascular assessments. We submitted the results from this trial to the FDA prior to the start of the Phase 3 pivotal clinical trials in the first quarter of 2016.

 

 

97


Table of Contents

NI-AC101: A Phase 1, Single-center, Double-Blind, Randomized, Cross-over Pharmacokinetic, Safety and Tolerability Trial of SB204 8%, or Vehicle

We conducted a maximal-use pharmacokinetic trial in 18 patients with acne vulgaris and observed no detectable exposure to the NVN1000 NCE and no difference in plasma levels of nitrate in patients treated with SB204 8% or vehicle. The total daily dose selected for evaluation of pharmocokinetics in this trial was four times higher than SB204 4% once-daily, the dose we have selected for the Phase 3 pivotal clinical trials and commercial use for the treatment of acne vulgaris, if approved. The formulation used in NI-AC101 is the same formulation being used in the Phase 3 clinical trials.

In this trial, the 18 patients with moderate to severe acne vulgaris were randomized, and in the first treatment period administered either SB204 8% or vehicle, applied topically, twice-daily to the maximal-use surface area, consisting of 17% of their body surface area, including on the face, chest, back and upper shoulders. Patients received a low nitrate diet during the five-day treatment period. After a nine-day washout period, dosing was re-initiated with the opposite regimen (active or vehicle) for a second treatment period. Serial plasma samples were obtained at day one and day five for each patient for both treatment periods. The primary endpoint was the pharmacokinetic assessment of nitrate and silicon in the plasma of patients treated with SB204. Secondary endpoints included safety assessments based on physical exams, electrocardiogram tests, serum chemistry, hematology, urinalysis and an assessment of cutaneous tolerability. Eighteen patients completed the first treatment period, but one patient did not return for the second treatment period due to family emergency. Seventeen patients entered the second treatment period, but one patient discontinued due to contact dermatitis on the fifth day of treatment with SB204 8%.

Upon topical application of SB204, the NVN1000 NCE releases nitric oxide from the polysiloxane macromolecule. The assessment of systemic exposure was determined by evaluating the primary pharmacokinetic profiles of metabolites from both the NVN1000 NCE and nitric oxide.

NVN1000 exposure was assessed by measuring plasma concentrations of hMAP3, a product from the hydrolysis of NVN1000. The results showed no measurable systemic exposure to NVN1000 and all plasma hMAP3 values were below the lower limit of quantitation. Nitric oxide exposure was assessed separately by measuring plasma nitrate concentrations. Nitrate forms following the rapid oxidation of nitric oxide under physiological conditions. The mean plasma nitrate concentration-time profiles for SB204 8% and vehicle on days one and five are shown in Figure 12 below. Our analysis showed no change in systemic nitrate levels. These results showed that background systemic levels of nitrate were not affected by administration of SB204 8%.

 

98


Table of Contents

Figure 12:

 

 

                    Plasma Nitrate Concentrations Over Time

 

                  Plasma Nitrate AUCs on Days 1 and 5
LOGO

Based on these data, we have characterized the pharmacokinetic profile of hMAP3 and nitrate following topical treatment with SB204 8% under maximal use conditions in patients with moderate to severe acne vulgaris, and we did not observe any systemic exposure.

NI-AC006: A Phase 1, Multiple-Dose, Evaluator-Blind, Randomized, Parallel-Group Clinical Trial Evaluating the Safety and Cutaneous Tolerability of SB204 in Healthy Volunteers

We conducted a Phase 1 evaluator-blind trial evaluating the safety and cutaneous tolerability of SB204 in 30 healthy adult patients. Patients with elevated P. acnes counts on the face were enrolled and randomized in the ratio of 2:1 for SB204 4% twice-daily or vehicle twice-daily for 14 days. The primary endpoint was to evaluate cutaneous tolerability with additional endpoints exploring the safety of the drug as well as an assessment of the change in  P. acnes   counts following treatment.

A total of 29 patients completed treatment. Both SB204 4% and vehicle were well-tolerated. We observed a greater than 90% reduction of  P. acnes   in two out of 20 patients when treated with SB204 compared to zero out of ten vehicle-treated patients exhibiting such a marked response. Overall, we observed a mean reduction of 69% in P. acnes counts in patients treated with SB204 4% compared to a 49% reduction in vehicle-treated patients. This decrease in P. acnes was statistically significant with a p-value of 0.029. This magnitude of response is consistent with reductions of P. acnes following treatment with topical clindamycin monotherapy reported in a review published in the American Journal of Clinical Dermatology in 2001. In the studies reviewed in that report, the percentage reduction in P. acnes achieved after one week of treatment with topical clindamycin gel, lotion and solution was 30%, 56% and 62%, respectively.

Preclinical Safety

We have completed over 30 preclinical studies with NVN1000 to assess pharmacology, pharmacokinetics, biodistribution and toxicology. In our pharmacokinetic evaluations of NVN1000, we evaluated administration by dermal, intravenous, intra-muscular and oral routes on mice, rats, rabbits and miniature swine. We observed from the resulting toxicokinetic data from miniature swine that systemic absorption of NVN1000 after dermal administration at supra-therapeutic doses was minimal.

 

99


Table of Contents

We have conducted several preclinical toxicology studies to evaluate the local safety and tolerability of NVN1000, both the active pharmaceutical ingredient by itself and formulated as SB204, following dermal administration. Dermal toxicology studies involving repeat doses of SB204 have included 4-week and 13-week dermal toxicology studies in miniature swine and a 13-week dermal toxicology study in both rats and mice. In the case of both the miniature swine and mice, we did not observe any significant toxicological effects from doses of NVN1000 up to 28-fold higher in concentration compared to our expected clinical doses and applied on more than 3-fold larger surface area. The most relevant and persistent finding has been transient dermal erythema that is concentration-dependent and believed to be a consequence of a vascular dilation “flushing” effect. During the chronic, 39-week repeat dose dermal toxicology study conducted with SB204 in miniature swine we observed no systemic toxicity and minimal to moderate findings as a function of dose at the skin dose-site. Microscopic observations of thickening of epithelium and inflammatory cell infiltration were observed, which are consistent with an irritant contact dermatitis, presumably due to the high pH of the test article at the SB204 8% BID dose. The findings were considered to be non-adverse upon pathological review and led to a NOAEL, or no observable adverse effect level, of SB204 8% BID. No effect on acute dermal irritation or skin sensitization was observed in additional safety studies in rabbits and guinea pigs. As expected, due to its alcohol-based formulation, NVN1000 gel was found to be an ocular irritant.

We observed NVN1000 to be positive for genotoxicity in a standard in vitro assay in bacteria, negative in a chromosome aberration test in cultured human peripheral blood lymphocytes and negative in three in vivo mutagenicity assays. Additionally, in SEG I and II reproductive toxicology studies conducted in rats and rabbits, the oral administration of NVN1000 resulted in supratherapeutic levels of nitrate and hMAP3 showed minimal effects on fertility or fetal development.

SB206, a Topical Anti-viral for the Treatment of External Genital and Perianal Warts

We are developing SB206 as a nitric oxide-releasing topical anti-viral gel for the treatment of viral skin infections, such as warts caused by HPV. All warts, including genital warts, are caused by HPV, and we believe that SB206 is well-positioned to address several wart indications. We have initially chosen to evaluate SB206’s anti-viral mechanism of action in an ongoing, randomized, double blind, vehicle-controlled Phase 2 clinical trial in 120 patients with genital warts caused by HPV. We expect to report top-line results for our Phase 2 clinical trial in the second half of 2016. In our preclinical studies, we observed complete inhibition of papilloma virus growth in vivo and inhibition of HPV viral replication in vitro . Specific preclinical observations included:

 

  n   dose responsive pharmacological effects against papilloma virus infections;

 

  n   evidence of direct anti-viral activity via inhibition of viral replication.

Pending results of the ongoing Phase 2 clinical trial, we intend to continue further clinical development with SB206. If the Phase 2 clinical trial suggests one or more advantages over currently marketed topical agents, we will seek regulatory input via an end-of-Phase 2 meeting with the FDA and proceed to Phase 3 development in the second half of 2017. Our preliminary analysis indicates that the Phase 3 clinical development program for the genital and perianal wart indication will require substantially fewer patients to be enrolled compared to the current acne vulgaris Phase 3 clinical development program because we believe the SB204 program will have generated substantial clinical safety data required for the first FDA approval of the NVN1000 NCE. The FDA has published a guideline entitled “ The extent of population exposure to assess clinical safety: For drugs intended for longterm treatment of non-life-threatening condition ,” which was prepared by the International Conference on Harmonisation of the Technical Requirements for Registration of Pharmaceuticals for Human Use. The guideline recommends that 1,500 individuals be exposed to an investigational new drug, including short-term exposure. At the completion of our SB204 development program, we anticipate having more than 1,500 patients dosed with the NVN1000 active ingredient across a range

 

100


Table of Contents

of concentrations and what we believe will be a large safety data set to utilize for a second indication with this active ingredient. We plan to solicit FDA feedback on this approach as part of the SB206 development program and have had no correspondence with the FDA on the SB206 Phase 3 program to date.

Human Papillomavirus Disease Overview

HPV refers to a large family of double-stranded DNA viruses that induce hyperproliferative lesions of either cutaneous or mucosal surfaces. HPV affects nearly 80 million Americans, and an estimated 14 million people become infected with the virus each year, according to the CDC. There are over 100 subtypes of the virus, characterized as low risk or high risk based on their oncogenic potential. Several HPV vaccines have successfully been developed that target certain cancer-causing subtypes for the prevention of cervical neoplasias and cervical cancer, but these vaccines do not cover the range of HPV subtypes that cause the multitude of skin lesions. The virus is typically transmitted through direct skin-to-skin contact through disruptions in the normal epithelial barrier of the skin. Examples of skin warts caused by HPV that could potentially be addressable with our nitric oxide platform include:

 

  n   genital and perianal warts, collectively typically classified as genital warts;

 

  n   common warts on the hands, elbows and knees;

 

  n   flat warts found on the face and forehead in children;

 

  n   plantar warts found on the soles of the feet; and

 

  n   subungual and periungual warts that appear under and around the fingernails or toenails.

Genital and Perianal Warts

Genital warts, which include both genital and perianal warts, are among the world’s most common sexually transmitted diseases. Genital warts are usually flesh-colored growths, or lesions, that can be raised, flat or cauliflower-shaped. In males, they can appear on the surface of the penis, scrotum, thigh or groin, or in and around the anus. In females, warts can grow inside the vagina or on the cervix, making them hard to see. Genital warts carry a substantial psychosocial burden due to the shame and embarrassment related to having a sexually transmitted disease, as well as the inconvenience and discomfort of current treatment modalities.

Current Treatment Landscape

Currently, there are no FDA-approved treatments with an anti-viral mechanism of action for the treatment of genital warts. The Gardasil HPV vaccine, which is primarily indicated for the prevention of cervical neoplasias and cervical cancer, is also indicated for the prevention of genital warts caused by HPV subtypes 6 and 11. The adoption rates of eligible adolescent males and females in the United States remains approximately 50%, according to the CDC, and this product cannot be used to treat genital warts. Current treatment strategies for HPV-induced skin lesions target removing the hyperproliferative growth instead of eliminating the underlying viral infection. These treatments are currently administered either as topical therapies or locally destructive, or ablative, procedures.

Topical therapies consist of three classes of drugs that are most often prescribed for genital warts—imiquimod, marketed as Aldara and Zyclara, podofilox, marketed as Condylox, and sinecatechins, marketed as Veregen. Developing treatments for warts caused by HPV has historically been problematic due to the inability of drugs to penetrate the heavily keratinized wart. Thus, the available topical therapies are slow-acting, which drives a large number of patients toward painful ablative or surgical removal of the warts. The modest efficacy of topical products along with inconvenient dosing schedules and local application site inflammatory reactions lead to poor compliance and inadequate patient outcomes. As an example, the manufacturer of Zyclara reports only a 27% to 29% incidence of complete clearance of warts present at baseline after 16 weeks.

 

101


Table of Contents

Ablative procedures effect local tissue destruction at the site of the wart and include cryotherapy, lasers, electrodessication and curettage. Patients commonly experience pain during the procedure and may also suffer from persistent hypopigmentation or hyperpigmentation. Rarely, treatment can result in disabling chronic pain syndromes, including vulvodynia and hyperesthesia of the treatment site, or, in the case of perianal warts, painful defecation or fistulas.

According to the CDC’s Sexually Transmitted Disease Control Guidelines issued in 2015, there is no definitive evidence that any of the available treatments are superior to any other and no single treatment is ideal for all patients. Both topical and ablative therapies are associated with high recurrence rates because the cells surrounding the damaged tissue still remain infected with HPV DNA and over a period of time take over the host cells to proliferate and grow new warts. Treatments for genital warts remain largely ineffective in achieving long-term wart eradication, with average recurrence rates ranging from 30% to 70% within the first 6 months, according to Expert Review of Dermatology .

Our Nitric Oxide-Based Solution for the Treatment of Genital and Perianal Warts

We are developing a topical nitric oxide-releasing gel therapy for the treatment of viral skin infections, the first indication of which will be in genital and perianal warts. Nitric oxide has been reported to inhibit the replication of a variety of viruses, such as DNA viruses, RNA viruses and retroviruses, and therefore we believe it may inhibit HPV viral replication to promote viral clearance and to prevent further spread of the virus. In preclinical studies, we observed that a faster burst of nitric oxide is more effective at inhibiting the growth of warts than slow, sustained release. This led to our selection of the NVN1000 NCE for further development. We believe the release profile of nitric oxide generated from NVN1000 promotes greater skin penetration and may enhance the probability of eliminating HPV-induced genital warts. The nitric oxide gas released from NVN1000 can diffuse through the calloused skin layers and overcomes the historical inability of drugs to penetrate the heavily keratinized wart.

SB206 utilizes the same NCE as SB204, but the nitric oxide release profile has been modulated via the chemical properties of the topical formulation to promote a faster release rate and delivery of elevated doses of nitric oxide to the skin. We believe that SB206 could potentially deliver the following advantages over other topical therapies currently used for genital warts:

 

  n   higher level of efficacy than existing topical therapies, with a greater clearance of warts;

 

  n   lower rates of genital wart recurrence based on the antiviral mechanism of action;

 

  n   a shortened duration of therapy;

 

  n   a convenient dosing schedule that helps patients better adhere to therapy; and

 

  n   easy application to affected areas.

NI-WA201: An Ongoing Phase 2, Multi-Center, Double-Blind, Randomized, Vehicle-Controlled, Ascending Dose Study Assessing Tolerability, Safety, and Efficacy of Topical NVN1000 in Subjects with External Genital Warts and Perianal Warts

In this randomized, double-blind, vehicle-controlled clinical trial, we are evaluating the safety and efficacy of SB206 in patients with external genital warts and perianal warts. We anticipate enrolling approximately 120 patients in this trial. We are exploring dose and dosing frequency of SB206 in four ascending dose cohorts. Patients are being randomized in a 3:1 ratio to either SB206 or vehicle and treated for up to 12 weeks with doses including SB206 4% twice-daily, 4% once-daily, 8% once-daily, and the highest dose planned to be evaluated, 12% once-daily. Patients eligible for this clinical trial are males or females who are 18 to 50 years of age with 2 to 20 warts on the genital or perianal area.

 

102


Table of Contents

The primary endpoint for this clinical trial is the proportion of patients who are completely clear of warts that were present at baseline at or before week 12. Secondary endpoints include percent reduction in baseline wart count at each visit and the tolerability of SB206 as determined by investigator scores on a four-point grading scale for erythema, edema, erosions or ulcers and burning or stinging. This clinical trial was initiated in the second quarter of 2015, and top-line results from the complete study are expected in the second half of 2016.

Cohort 1, SB206 4% twice-daily, and Cohort 2, SB206 4% once-daily, are complete. An interim analysis was conducted to assess the appropriateness of the doses in the final two cohorts and to provide evidence to inform the design of future studies.

Local tolerability scores of severe among all tolerability evaluations were more frequent in patients treated with SB206 4% twice-daily when compared to those observed for SB206 4% once-daily and for vehicle. The most frequently reported treatment-emergent adverse events were application site reactions, which were highest in patients treated with SB206 4% twice-daily.

Based on the tolerability and local application site adverse event profile, twice-daily dosing was discontinued and Cohorts 3 and 4 are being dosed once-daily at two-fold and three-fold higher concentrations of NVN1000, respectively. To date, no patients have been discontinued for tolerability concerns in these cohorts.

In the interim analysis, 5 out of 24, or 21%, of the patients achieved complete clearance of all warts by week 12 when treated with SB206 4% once-daily, compared to only 1 out of 8, or 13%, of the patients achieving complete clearance with vehicle once-daily. Based on the small number of patients in the vehicle arm at the time of this analysis, no definitive conclusions can be drawn regarding the magnitude of efficacy or relationship between active and vehicle treatments. Statistical conclusions on efficacy of SB206 in this trial can only be drawn when the full data set is available based on the distribution of patient numbers across active- and vehicle-treated groups. By design, the majority of the patients in this trial were preserved for enrollment at the highest doses, where enhanced anti-viral activity was observed in preclinical animal models.

Preclinical Pharmacology Studies

In a cottontail rabbit papillomavirus, or CRPV, model, we evaluated several nitric oxide-releasing drug candidates to determine the effect of release rate on the inhibition of papilloma formation. Two weeks following viral inoculation, topical treatment was initiated with daily treatment occurring five times per week for five weeks. Using this model, we observed that the modulation of nitric oxide dose and release rate both influence anti-viral activity. Lower concentrations of drug and formulations with slower nitric oxide release rates showed limited efficacy, leading to our selection of SB206 as the lead candidate. As shown in Figure 13 below, in an in vivo CRPV study, we observed a dose responsive inhibition of both wild type and E8 mutant papilloma growth following daily topical treatment of SB206 gel, five doses per week for five weeks compared to imiquimod as a positive control. We observed complete inhibition of the E8 mutant CRPV papillomas with SB206 at the highest dose compared to 26% inhibition for imiquimod. Biopsies from animals treated with SB206 10% lacked any evidence of viral infection. We also observed that histological assessment of inflammation and quantitative cytokine gene expression were similar across all dose groups, suggesting immune activation was not a significant component of the anti-viral activity observed with SB206 treatment.

 

103


Table of Contents

Figure 13:

 

            Wild Type Papilloma Growth

 

                E8 Mutant Papilloma Growth

LOGO   LOGO

The anti-viral activity of the NVN1000 used in SB206 was then measured in organotypic cultures of primary human keratinocytes infected with HPV-18. We observed dose responsive inhibition of viral replication as determined by quantitative polymerase chain reaction analysis following the exposure of HPV-18 infected raft cultures for one hour per day for six days. As shown in Figure 14 below, NVN1000 at 0.75, 1.0, and 1.5 mg/mL inhibited viral copy number by 25%, 62% and 85%, respectively. No significant cytotoxicity was observed at any dose in human keratinocyte cultures. In follow-on preclinical studies in the raft culture model, we observed direct anti-viral activity of nitric oxide against high risk HPV, fundamentally decreasing viral protein expression.

Figure 14:

HPV-18 Viral Replication in Human Raft Cultures

 

LOGO

SB208, a Topical Anti-fungal for the Treatment of Onychomycosis

We are developing SB208 as a topical anti-fungal gel utilizing the NVN1000 NCE for the treatment of fungal infections, such as athlete’s foot and onychomycosis. NVN1000 has been observed in vitro to release nitric oxide that rapidly diffuses through human nails and directly kills fungal species, as opposed to only inhibiting the growth of the fungus. NVN1000 has demonstrated broad-spectrum activity in vitro against Trichophyton mentagrophytes , or T. mentagrophytes , and Candida albicans , or C. albicans , in addition to T. rubrum . We recently initiated our Phase 2 program in the second half of 2016 with a six-week clinical trial designed to assess tolerability, safety and anti-fungal activity of three doses of SB208 in patients with athlete’s foot infected with dermatophytes such as T. rubrum to narrow

 

104


Table of Contents

the dose range prior to beginning work in onychomycosis. Approximately 170 patients will be randomized 1:1:1:1 to three active and one vehicle treatment arms, applying either SB208 Gel (2%, 4% or 16%) or vehicle once daily for two weeks, followed by a four-week post-treatment observation. Endpoints will include assessments of mycological cure, clinical cure and therapeutic cure, which includes both clinical cure and mycological cure. We expect to report top-line results from the six-week Phase 2 trial in the first half of 2017. The results of the ongoing Phase 2 trial will position us to conduct a second 52-week Phase 2 trial in patients with onychomycosis. We believe the safety data generated in our other NVN1000 trials supports our ability to proceed directly to late-stage development with SB208, consistent with our approach and regulatory strategy with SB206.

Onychomycosis Disease Overview

Onychomycosis is a chronic fungal infection of the nails, and we estimate that it affects more than 40 million people in the United States. The prevalence of disease increases with age, and more than 50% of patients are 70 years or older. The dermatophytes T. rubrum , and T. mentagrophytes , are causative agents for the majority of infections and often result in a painful thickening, deformation and discoloration of the nail and sometimes splitting, separation of the nail plate from the nail bed and an inability of the nail to perform its natural protective function. Because the fungi that cause onychomycosis are present in many common locations such as floors, the soil, socks and shoes, the nail can become re-infected and additional courses of treatment are frequently required after successful treatment.

Onychomycosis is particularly dangerous in diabetic patients. In a 2015 report in Podiatry Management , the risk of diabetic patients contracting onychomycosis was reported to be 2.77 times greater than that of non-diabetic individuals. This enhanced susceptibility is further compounded by the fact that onychomycosis is now considered an important predictor of diabetic foot infection, with a three-fold higher risk of gangrene or foot ulcers in diabetic patients. The combination of morbidity now linked to onychomycosis in diabetic patients, the growing diabetic population, the diminished ability of diabetic patients to fight infection due to elevated blood glucose levels and restrictions on diabetic patients taking oral therapeutic drugs due to concomitant medications create a serious need for topical interventions for the diabetic population.

There are currently five commonly used classes of chemicals for the treatment of onychomycosis: allylamines, azoles, morpholines, dihydropyrimidinones and the newly approved oxaboroles. Despite new therapeutic options approved in recent years, approximately 60% to 70% of patients fail to achieve complete cures with oral therapies.

Treatments are segmented into two approaches, either oral therapies, such as terbinafine, or topical products, such as Jublia, an azole, and Kerydin, an oxaborole. Worldwide sales of the branded terbinafine product Lamisil, the most prescribed systemic drug for onychomycosis, were $1.2 billion in 2004 and $978 million in 2006, when it became generically available. A 12 week course of oral therapy was historically the only method of treatment, but the potential for liver failure and interactions between drugs, particularly for an aging patient population with common comorbidities, created the demand for safer and more effective treatment options.

Given the significant safety issues associated with oral therapy, topical therapies are now increasingly used due to their better safety profile. However, topical therapies administered for 48 weeks are associated with significantly more modest efficacy profiles, including complete cure rates of less than 20%. The lack of safe oral therapies has driven physicians to prescribe these topical therapies despite their limited effectiveness. For example, Jublia, a topical therapy, had sales of $106 million in the third quarter of 2015, in only the second full year of its launch. In addition, the incidence of anti-fungal resistance is increasing. We believe that there is an unmet need in the treatment landscape for onychomycosis for a novel therapeutic solution that improves efficacy without compromising safety.

We are aware of certain drugs in development, including reformulations of terbinafine, topical luliconazole and orally administered VT-1161.

 

105


Table of Contents

Our Nitric Oxide-Based Solution for the Treatment of Onychomycosis

We believe SB208 has the potential to redefine the standard of care in onychomycosis by improving upon current efficacy rates observed with topical therapies while maintaining an attractive safety profile. According to reports in the Journal of Applied Microbiology and the Journal of American Academy of Dermatology , nitric oxide has been effective in vitro against the dermatophytes T. rubrum and T. mentagrophytes , and has shown evidence of clinical efficacy against tinea pedis , or athlete’s foot, which is also routinely caused by T. rubrum and T. mentagrophytes . We believe that a significant barrier to translating anti-fungal efficacy into a successful onychomycosis treatment is the difficulty in achieving adequate penetration of the drug through the nail plate to reach the nail bed and treat the fungal infection. For example, in the two clinical trials cited in Jublia’s prescribing information, only 17.8% and 15.2% of patients, respectively, treated with Jublia achieved complete cure as defined by clear nail growth, the absence of detectable fungus and negative fungal cultures.

In contrast to azoles or other antifungals, when applied topically, nitric oxide as a gas quickly diffuses across the nail bed reaching the underlying nail bed tissues that harbor the fungal infection. Additionally, the dense keratin fibers of the nail are rich in cysteine residues that can react with nitric oxide to generate nitrosothiols, which serve as secondary reservoirs for nitric oxide within the nail bed to amplify the antifungal activity.

We believe the potential advantages of a topical nitric oxide-based onychomycosis product include:

 

  n   improved efficacy beyond that observed with current topical therapies over a similar treatment duration;

 

  n   shorter treatment durations, potentially fewer than 48 weeks of treatment, with an efficacy profile comparable to topical therapies due to the rapid penetration of nitric oxide through the nail plate;

 

  n   lower recurrence rates due to the broad spectrum and direct fungicidal activity of nitric oxide; and

 

  n   a better safety profile than that observed with current oral therapies.

Preclinical Pharmacology Studies

We have observed in vitro that nitric oxide exhibits rapid fungicidal activity . NVN1000, the NCE used in SB208, was added to T. rubrum cultures and evaluated for fungicidal effects at increasing concentrations. As early as four hours after the addition of NVN1000, we observed a greater than 1.0-log, or 90%, reduction in fungal growth in all concentrations of NVN1000. At 24 hours after exposure, we observed greater than 4-log, or 99.99%, reduction in bacterial counts, with 2, 4, and 8 mg/mL NVN1000.

We further evaluated multiple nitric oxide-releasing formulations, including gel, cream and lacquer-based compositions in a preclinical model designed to measure fungal kill through the human nail plate using ChubTur cells. This model was utilized previously in the drug development of Kerydin, as reported in the Journal of Drugs in Dermatology in 2015, and Jublia, as reported in the Journal of Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy in 2014. Organism viability on the underside of the nail following topical treatment was measured using an adenosine triphosphate assay. As shown in Figure 15 below, three candidate formulations were screened for antifungal efficacy in T. rubrum infected human nails with Jublia as a positive control. Following a single application, all three formulations decreased fungal viability as much or more than Jublia. NVN1000 incorporated into experimental formulations at a concentration of 16% resulted in variable percent reductions up to 99%, compared to untreated infected control nails, illustrating our ability to tune the drug’s activity by adjusting the formulation. We optimized the SB208 gel formulation based on our observations in this preclinical study and repeated the infected human nail assay with multiple applications of both a low dose, SB208 1.6%, and a high dose, SB208 16%, of NVN1000. As shown in Figure 15, the onset of antifungal activity was rapid and dose dependent, increasing to approximately 99% killed after once daily applications for seven days in both treatment groups.

 

106


Table of Contents

Figure 15:

LOGO

Inflammatory Skin Disease Program

SB414 is our cream-based product candidate that contains our NVN4000 NCE and is currently in preclinical studies for the topical treatment of inflammatory skin diseases such as psoriasis or atopic dermatitis. While the healthcare market has seen an increase in the introduction of systemic therapies, including biologics, to treat severe psoriasis, and there is at least one near-term biologic in development for atopic dermatitis, systemic therapies are only indicated for patients with moderate-to-severe disease. According to a study published in the International Journal of Pharmacy and Life Science , these patients with moderate-to-severe disease comprise only 20% of the afflicted population. Our intent is to develop SB414 and potentially future product candidates for patients with mild-to-moderate inflammatory skin diseases who are not eligible for systemic therapy and who have limited topical treatment choices. We plan to initiate toxicology studies for SB414 in the second half of 2016 in support of an IND submission to the FDA, followed by initiation of clinical development in one or both indications of psoriasis and atopic dermatitis in the second half of 2017.

Current Treatment Landscape

Topical corticosteroids are the predominant therapies used for both mild-to-moderate psoriasis and mild-to-moderate atopic dermatitis, with the latter also being treated with other topical immunomodulators. However, treatment-related side effects associated with corticosteroid use, such as local application-site reactions, including skin atrophy with prolonged use, and profound effects on hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis function, which can lead to growth retardation in adolescents and an increased risk for diabetes, underscoring the need for novel therapies to treat this disease. Non-steroidal topical therapies used in the treatment of atopic dermatitis also include topical calcineurin inhibitors, but boxed warnings for rare malignancies and other side effects have limited their use. These treatments attempt to reduce inflammation and itchiness associated with atopic dermatitis and maintain the protective integrity of the skin, but no topical treatments indicated for atopic dermatitis specifically address the contribution of Staphylococcus aureus , or S. aureus , colonization and microbiome imbalance to the disease.

 

107


Table of Contents

Our Nitric Oxide-Based Solution for Inflammatory Skin Diseases

We believe that the use of a topical nitric oxide product has the potential to significantly improve outcomes in patients with inflammatory skin diseases, using new mechanisms of action and will have an improved safety profile over currently approved topical therapies. The ointment and cream-based product candidates have slower nitric oxide release profiles needed to deliver sustained concentrations of nitric oxide in order to exert its immunomodulatory effects in chronic inflammatory diseases. Our initial efforts in inflammatory skin diseases are focused on psoriasis and atopic dermatitis. According to a study published in the American Journal of Pathology , psoriatic patients have an overexpression of the enzyme arginase that degrades L-arginine and thus eliminates the production of sufficient levels of nitric oxide needed to clear the skin. We believe higher levels of topically applied nitric oxide can restore the normal healing process and break the unending cycle of keratinocyte proliferation that would otherwise lead to thick scaly plaque. Additionally, we believe nitric oxide potentially suppresses inflammatory cytokines that would otherwise go unchecked and continue to propagate chronic inflammation. Moreover, we believe that our anti-inflammatory product candidate will have a favorable safety profile, due to nitric oxide’s natural physiological role and based on the clinical safety data we have gathered across our nitric oxide platform.

Preclinical Evidence for Psoriasis

As shown in Figure 16 below, application of a topical NVN1000 ointment in an IL-23-induced psoriasis mouse model showed statistically significant reductions of pro-inflammatory cytokines when compared to vehicle. Dexamethasone, a corticosteroid, was used as a positive control. IL-23 stimulates Th17 cells to produce the cytokine IL-17 which in turn signals keratinocytes to release IL-1ß and IL-6 among other cytokines. Decreases in the levels of the pro-inflammatory cytokines IL-1ß and IL-6 suggest that topical treatment with nitric oxide may function as an IL-17 inhibitor. Furthermore, IL-17 normally stimulates keratinocytes to produce more IL-23 and continue the inflammatory loop important for prolonging the psoriatic lesion. We believe the statistically significant reduction of IL-23p40 we observed with topical nitric oxide compared to vehicle further illustrates nitric oxide’s potential to dampen the inflammatory loop associated with chronic psoriasis inflammation.

Figure 16:

LOGO

* p <0.05

 

108


Table of Contents

Preclinical Evidence for Atopic Dermatitis

Atopic dermatitis has a complex disease etiology, including impaired skin barrier function and innate immune defects that contribute to a predisposition for colonization or infection with microbes, most significantly Staphylococcus aureus. More than 90% of atopic dermatitis patients have skin that is colonized with S. aureus , which may play a role in the skin aggravation that takes place. The density of S. aureus colonization has been correlated with both the severity of atopic dermatitis lesions and the degree of cutaneous inflammation. In preclinical studies, NVN1000 has demonstrated broad spectrum anti-microbial activity in vitro , including activity against Staphylococcus and Streptococcus species . In in vivo preclinical studies, NVN1000 has demonstrated dose-responsive reductions in the microbial burden of an atopic dermatitis isolate of methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus in a disrupted epidermal barrier porcine model, with the highest-tested dose yielding a 99.9% reduction.

Additionally, we have observed statistically significant, dose-responsive topical anti-inflammatory activity in a series of in vivo studies using an oxazolone-induced delayed-type hypersensitivity BALB/c mouse model. This model is frequently utilized as a preliminary model to assess anti-inflammatory activity. The allergic contact dermatitis induced by oxazolone results in an immune response that aims to model the chronic phase of atopic dermatitis. As shown in Figure 17 below, topical administration of the slow releasing SB414 cream, showed a 66% decrease in inflammatory swelling and compares favorably to reductions observed for the corticosteroid dexamethasone.

Figure 17:

                Anti-inflammatory Efficacy in an

                Oxazolone-Induced Mouse Model

 

LOGO

Competition

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on proprietary products. We consider our primary potential competition to be existing providers and drug developers of therapeutics to treat acne vulgaris, genital warts, onychomycosis, psoriasis and atopic dermatitis. Any product candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with these existing therapies as well as new therapies that may become available in the future. Our success will be based in part on our ability to identify, develop and manage a portfolio of product candidates that are safer and more effective than competing products.

Acne Vulgaris

If approved by the FDA for the treatment of acne vulgaris, we anticipate that SB204 would compete with branded and generic oral and topical antimicrobials, oral and topical retinoids, oral contraceptives, other prescription skin cleansers and over-the-counter treatments. We may compete

 

109


Table of Contents

with branded therapeutics, including Epiduo and Epiduo Forte, marketed by Galderma Laboratories, L.P., Aczone, marketed by Allergan plc. and Onexton, marketed by Valeant Pharmaceuticals International, Inc. There are also product candidates under development that could potentially be used to treat acne vulgaris and compete with SB204. For example, we are aware of DRM01, a topical acetyl-CoA carboxylase inhibitor product candidate being developed by Dermira Inc., FMX01, a minocycline foam product candidate being developed by Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd., Winlevi, a novel-topical anti-androgen candidate being developed by Cassiopea SpA, and sarecycline, a tetracycline derivative being developed by Allergan for the treatment of acne vulgaris.

Genital Warts

With respect to SB206 for the treatment of HPV-induced skin lesions, we would primarily face potential competition from Aldara, marketed by The 3M Company, Zyclara, marketed by Valeant Pharmaceuticals International, Inc., Condylox, marketed by Actavis plc, and Veregen, marketed by Fougera Pharmaceuticals, Inc., as well as their generic equivalents. There are also product candidates under development that could potentially be used to treat HPV-associated genital warts and potentially compete with SB206. CB-06-02, a tellurium-based compound is being developed by Cassiopea SPA. BTA074 is a direct-acting antiviral for the treatment of HPV 6 and 11 infections that is being developed by Biota Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and additional reformulations of generically available imiquimod are also under development.

Onychomycosis

With respect to SB208 for the treatment of onychomycosis, we would face potential competition from Lamisil, an oral therapeutic marketed by Novartis Pharmaceuticals Corporation, Jublia, a topical therapeutic marketed by Valeant, and Kerydin, a topical therapeutic marketed by Anacor Pharmaceuticals, Inc., as well as generically available oral antifungals equivalents. There are also product candidates under development that could potentially be used to treat onychomycosis and compete with SB208. For example, we are aware of various terbinafine reformulations in clinical development, including HTU-520 being developed by Hisamitsu Pharmaceutical Co., Inc. and P-3058 being developed by Polichem SA, as well as VT-1161, an oral antifungal under development by Viamet Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Psoriasis and Atopic Dermatitis

With respect to SB414 for the topical treatment of mild-to-moderate psoriasis, we would face potential competition from companies that market corticosteroids, vitamin D analogues, combinations thereof and calcineurin inhibitors. There are also topical product candidates under development that could potentially be used to treat psoriasis and compete with SB414, including CED 90100, WBI1001, INCB018424, LAS 41004, AN2728 and PH10.

With respect to SB414 for the treatment of atopic dermatitis, we would face potential competition from companies that market branded and generic corticosteroids or the topical calcineurin inhibitors, Elidel, which is being marketed by Valeant, and Protopic, which is expected to be marketed by Leo Pharma. Product candidates under development that could potentially be used to treat atopic dermatitis and compete with SB414 include crisaborole, which is being developed by Anacor Pharmaceuticals, Inc., dupilumab, which is being developed by Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc., VTP-38543, which is being developed by Vitae Pharmaceuticals, tralokinumab, which is being developed by Medimmune, GSK2894512, which is being developed by GlaxoSmithKline, and ZPL-389, which is being developed by Ziarco.

Intellectual Property

Our success depends in large part upon our ability to obtain and maintain proprietary protection for our products and technologies and to operate without infringing the proprietary rights of others. We seek to avoid the latter by monitoring patents and publications that may affect our business, and to the

 

110


Table of Contents

extent we identify such developments, evaluating and taking appropriate courses of action. With respect to the former, our policy is to protect our proprietary position by, among other methods, filing for patent applications on inventions that are important to the development and conduct of our business with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, and its foreign counterparts. We also use other forms of protection, such as trademark, copyright, and trade secret protection, to protect our intellectual property, particularly where we do not believe patent protection is appropriate or obtainable.

Patents

As of June 30, 2016, we own or have an exclusive license to 15 patents issued in the U.S. and 33 patents issued in foreign jurisdictions, and 24 pending patent applications filed in the U.S. and 56 pending non-U.S. patent applications (including applications filed in foreign jurisdictions and international or Patent Cooperation Treaty, or PCT, applications that have not yet entered national phase).

Patent coverage lasts for varying periods according to the date of filing of the patent application or the date of grant or issuance of the patent and the legal term of patents in various countries where patent protection is obtained. Generally, patents issued for regularly filed applications in the United States are granted a term of 20 years from the earliest filing date of a non-provisional patent application. In addition, in certain instances, the term of a patent can be extended to recapture a portion of the USPTO delay in issuing the patent or may be shortened if a patent is terminally disclaimed over another patent that expires earlier. The term of a patent may also be eligible for patent term extension to recapture a portion of the term effectively lost as a result of the FDA regulatory review period. However, as to the FDA component, the extension term cannot be longer than five years and the total patent term including the restoration period must not exceed 14 years following FDA approval. The duration of foreign patents varies in accordance with provisions of applicable local law, but typically is also 20 years from the earliest filing date of a non-provisional patent application. However, the actual protection afforded by a patent varies on a product by product basis from country to country and depends upon many factors, including the type of patent, the scope of its coverage, the availability of regulatory-related extensions, the availability of legal remedies in a particular country and the validity and enforceability of the patent.

Nitricil

We exclusively license from the University of North Carolina, or UNC, issued patents and pending applications directed to our library of Nitricil compounds, including patents issued in the U.S., Japan and Australia with claims intended to cover NVN1000, the NCE for our SB204, SB206 and SB208 product candidates, and NVN4000, the NCE for our pipeline candidate SB414. Additionally, one such issued patent in the U.S. has claims specifically directed to the composition of matter of NVN1000 and one such issued patent in the U.S. has claims specifically directed to the composition of matter of NVN4000. These patents and pending applications, if issued, are projected to expire in 2026 without taking into account any patent term extensions that may be available to us. Additionally, NVN1000 has been classified as an NCE, and patent term extensions may be available to extend the life of a U.S. patent that covers NVN1000 beyond 2026. We also own patents issued in the U.S., China, Germany, Spain, France, Great Britain, Ireland, Italy, and Switzerland directed to methods of manufacturing Nitricil compounds. These patents are projected to expire in 2032.

SB204, SB206 and SB208

We own one patent issued in the U.S. and pending applications filed in the U.S. and in foreign jurisdictions, including Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Europe, Japan, South Korea and Mexico directed to methods of reducing sebum production using nitric oxide-releasing macromolecules, including, in certain embodiments, through the use of Nitricil compounds. We also own one issued U.S. patent and pending applications filed in the U.S., Brazil, Europe, and Japan directed to the alcohol gel

 

111


Table of Contents

component of SB204 and SB206 and pending applications filed in the U.S., Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Europe and Japan directed to the SB204 and SB206 two-component formulations. We own two pending PCT applications directed to the use of nitric oxide-releasing compounds, including, in certain embodiments, Nitricil compounds, for the treatment of viral skin infections.

Altogether, our issued U.S. and foreign patents and pending U.S. and foreign patent applications, if issued, for our lead product candidates, SB204, SB206 and SB208 are projected to expire between 2026 and 2037, without taking into account any patent term extensions that may be available to us.

Other Patents

In addition to the patents and pending applications we own or have an exclusive license related to Nitricil and our product candidates, we also own or have exclusive licenses to issued patents and pending applications in the U.S. and in foreign jurisdictions covering other nitric oxide-based therapeutics and methods of use in dermatological indications.

Trade Secrets

We rely upon trade secrets and know-how and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect our proprietary information, in part, by requiring our employees, consultants, contractors and other advisors to execute nondisclosure and assignment of invention agreements upon commencement of their respective employment or engagement. These agreements are designed to protect our proprietary information and, in the case of the invention assignment agreements, to grant us ownership of technologies that are developed through a relationship with a third party. These agreements may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. In addition, our trade secrets may otherwise become known or be independently discovered by competitors. To the extent that our commercial partners, collaborators, employees and consultants use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in related or resulting know-how and inventions.

Trademarks

Novan ® is a registered trademark of our company in the United States. We have pending trademark applications for Nitricil, Micronox and Pura-T in the United States.

UNC License Agreement

We acquired exclusive rights to our library of Nitricil compounds pursuant to license agreements with UNC entered into in July 2007 and October 2009, which were subsequently amended, restated and consolidated in June 2012. Under the consolidated license agreement with UNC, we are granted an exclusive, worldwide license, with the ability to sublicense, under the licensed UNC patents, including those directed to Nitricil compounds, to develop and commercialize products utilizing the licensed technology. As partial consideration for the consolidated license agreement, we issued 229,263 shares of our common stock to UNC and paid an upfront cash payment of $5,000 to UNC. Additionally, under the consolidated license agreement, we are obligated to pay UNC a running royalty percentage in the low single digits on net sales of licensed products and are obligated to pay up to $425,000 to UNC in regulatory and commercial milestones on a licensed product by licensed product basis.

Under the consolidated license agreement, UNC controls prosecution activities with respect to licensed patents owned solely by UNC, we control prosecution activities with respect to licensed patents jointly owned by us and UNC and we are obligated to reimburse UNC for reasonable prosecution and maintenance costs. Pursuant to the consolidated license agreement, we have the first right to defend against third-party claims of patent infringement with respect to the licensed products and to enforce the licensed patents against third-party infringers.

 

112


Table of Contents

Unless earlier terminated, the consolidated license agreement remains in effect on a country by country and licensed product by licensed product basis until the expiration of the last to expire issued patent covering such licensed product in the applicable country, and upon such expiration, we receive a perpetual, unrestricted, fully-paid and royalty free right to develop and commercialize such licensed products. As of June 30, 2016, the last to expire issued patent licensed to us under the consolidated license agreement is projected to expire in 2033. UNC may terminate the agreement or render the license granted thereunder non-exclusive for our material breach of the agreement that remains uncured after 90 days of receipt of written notice thereof from UNC, and may also terminate the agreement upon providing written notice for our bankruptcy or insolvency-related events within 30 days of the occurrence of such events. We may terminate the agreement at any time for convenience upon providing written notice of not less than 30 days to UNC.

We amended the consolidated license agreement in November 2012 (as amended, the “UNC License Agreement”) to expand the scope of licensed patents to cover additional nitric oxide technologies in consideration for an upfront cash payment. We plan also to obtain similar amendments to the consolidated license agreement to expand the scope of licensed patents to cover future additional nitric oxide technologies in consideration for an upfront cash payment or as improvements on licensed technology.

Separation Transaction

In connection with the December 2015 separation of our non-dermatology assets to KNOW Bio, we granted to KNOW Bio, through two separate agreements, exclusive licenses, with the right to sublicense, to certain U.S. and foreign patents and patent applications controlled by us as of the execution date of the agreement, and, under one of the agreements, patents and patent applications which may become controlled by us during the three years immediately following the execution date of such agreement, directed towards nitric oxide-releasing compositions and methods of manufacturing thereof, including methods of manufacturing Nitricil compounds, and other nitric oxide-based therapeutics. Under the exclusive license, KNOW Bio has the right to develop and commercialize products utilizing the licensed technology (excluding products containing certain particles, including NVN1000 and NVN4000) in all fields of use except generally for the diagnosis, treatment, prevention, and palliation of diseases, conditions, or disorders of the skin, nails, hair or scalp in humans or animals, and all cosmetic uses for the skin, nails, hair or scalp, other than (i) for wound care through formulations of therapeutic product specifically designed to treat chronic wounds, thermal burns, radiation injury, accidental injury, surgical sites or scars, and (ii) therapeutic uses for treating cancer, excluding basal cell carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma, precancerous conditions of the skin, actinic keratosis, actinic cheilitis, cutaneous horn, Bowen disease, radiation dermatosis, and dysplastic nevi (the “KNOW Bio Field”).

Under one of these exclusive license agreements, KNOW Bio granted to us an exclusive license, with the right to sublicense, under any patents and patent applications which may become controlled by KNOW Bio during the three years immediately following the execution date of such agreement and directed towards nitric oxide-releasing compositions and methods of manufacturing thereof, including methods of manufacturing Nitricil compounds, and other nitric oxide-based therapeutics, but not towards medical devices, for use in the diagnosis, treatment, prevention, and palliation of diseases, conditions, or disorders of the skin, nails, hair or scalp in humans or animals, and all cosmetic uses for the skin, nails, hair or scalp, other than (i) for wound care through formulations of therapeutic product specifically designed to treat chronic wounds, thermal burns, radiation injury, accidental injury, surgical sites or scars, and (ii) therapeutic uses for treating cancer, excluding basal cell carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma, precancerous conditions of the skin, actinic keratosis, actinic cheilitis, cutaneous horn, Bowen disease, radiation dermatosis, and dysplastic nevi, including but not limited to SB204, SB206, SB208, SB414 and our other presently-contemplated pipeline candidates (the “Retained Dermatology Field”). KNOW Bio granted us a right of first negotiation to obtain a license under any patents and

 

113


Table of Contents

patent applications generated by KNOW Bio during the first three years following the execution date of the agreement and directed towards medical devices to develop and commercialize licensed products in the Retained Dermatology Field. Additionally, Novan and KNOW Bio also agreed that neither party will commercialize any products in the other’s field of use during the first three years following the execution date of such agreement.

Additionally, we granted to KNOW Bio exclusive sublicenses, with the ability to further sublicense, under certain of the U.S. and foreign patents and patent applications exclusively licensed to us from UNC and another third party directed towards nitric oxide-releasing compositions, including certain Nitricil compounds, to develop and commercialize products utilizing the licensed technology in the KNOW Bio Field. Under the exclusive sublicense to the UNC patents and applications, KNOW Bio is subject to the terms and conditions under the UNC License Agreement, including milestone and diligence payment obligations.

Under the exclusive license agreements and sublicense agreements, we retain all rights under our owned and exclusively licensed patents and patent applications with respect to development and commercialization of products for use in the Retained Dermatology Field. The exclusive license agreements and sublicense agreements will continue for so long as there is a valid patent claim under the respective agreement, unless earlier terminated, and upon expiration continues as a perpetual non-exclusive license. Under each agreement, Novan and KNOW Bio have the right to terminate the agreement by subsequent written notice for the other party’s material breach which remains uncured within 30 days of receipt of notice thereof. Novan also has the right to terminate each such agreement immediately upon written notice if KNOW Bio, its affiliates or sublicensees challenge the validity of any patent licensed in such agreement. KNOW Bio has the right to terminate each such agreement, with notice, for any reason upon ninety days advance written notice to us.

For additional information about the Separation Transaction and its impact on this offering, please see the sections titled “Risk Factors – New Stockholders in this offering will not have an interest in the nondermatological assets transferred to KNOW Bio, LLC in connection with the Separation Transaction,” “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions – Separation Transaction,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Separation Transaction”.

Government Regulation

The FDA and comparable regulatory authorities in state and local jurisdictions and in other countries impose substantial and burdensome requirements upon companies involved in the clinical development, manufacture, marketing and distribution of drugs, such as those we are developing. These agencies and other federal, state and local entities regulate, among other things, the research and development, testing, manufacture, quality control, safety, effectiveness, labeling, storage, record keeping, approval, advertising and promotion, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, sampling and export and import of our product candidates.

U.S. Government Regulation

In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and its implementing regulations. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with applicable federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations requires the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or after approval, may subject an applicant to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, such as the FDA’s refusal to approve pending NDAs, withdrawal of an approval, imposition of a clinical hold, issuance of warning letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement or civil or criminal penalties.

 

114


Table of Contents

The process required by the FDA before a drug may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:

 

  n   completion of preclinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies in compliance with the FDA’s GLP regulations;

 

  n   submission to the FDA of an IND which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

 

  n   approval by an independent institutional review board, or IRB, at each clinical site before each trial may be initiated;

 

  n   performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with good clinical practice, or GCP, requirements to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug product for each indication;

 

  n   submission to the FDA of an NDA;

 

  n   satisfactory completion of an FDA advisory committee review, if applicable;

 

  n   satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the product is produced to assess compliance with current good manufacturing practice, or cGMP, requirements and to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the drug’s identity, strength, quality and purity; and

 

  n   FDA review and approval of the NDA.

Preclinical Studies

Preclinical studies include laboratory evaluation of product chemistry, toxicity and formulation, as well as animal studies to assess potential safety and efficacy. An IND sponsor must submit the results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information, analytical data and any available clinical data or literature, among other things, to the FDA as part of an IND. Some preclinical testing may continue even after the IND is submitted. An IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless before that time the FDA raises concerns or questions related to one or more proposed clinical trials and places the clinical trial on a clinical hold. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin. As a result, submission of an IND may not result in the FDA allowing clinical trials to commence.

Clinical Trials

Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational new drug to human patients under the supervision of qualified investigators in accordance with GCP requirements, which include the requirement that all research patients provide their informed consent in writing for their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the trial, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. A protocol for each clinical trial and any subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. In addition, an Institutional Review Board, or IRB, at each institution participating in the clinical trial must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial before it commences at that institution. Information about certain clinical trials must be submitted within specific timeframes to the National Institutes of Health, or NIH, for public dissemination on their www.clinicaltrials.gov website.

Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases, which may overlap or be combined:

 

  n  

Phase 1 clinical trial: The drug is initially introduced into healthy human patients or patients with the target disease or condition and tested for safety, dosage tolerance, absorption,

 

115


Table of Contents
 

metabolism, distribution, excretion and, if possible, to gain an early indication of its effectiveness.

 

  n   Phase 2 clinical trial: The drug is administered to a limited patient population to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to preliminarily evaluate the efficacy of the product for specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage.

 

  n   Phase 3 clinical trials: The drug is administered to an expanded patient population, generally at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites, in well-controlled clinical trials to generate enough data to statistically evaluate the efficacy and safety of the product for approval, to establish the overall risk-benefit profile of the product and to provide adequate information for the labeling of the product.

Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials must be submitted at least annually to the FDA, and more frequently if serious adverse events occur. Each of Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials may not be completed successfully within any specified period, or at all. Furthermore, the FDA or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the drug has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients.

Special Protocol Assessment

The SPA process is designed to facilitate the FDA’s review and approval of drugs by allowing the FDA to evaluate the proposed design and size of Phase 3 clinical trials that are intended to form the primary basis for determining a drug’s efficacy. Upon specific request by a clinical trial sponsor, the FDA will evaluate the protocol and respond to a sponsor’s questions regarding, among other things, primary efficacy endpoints, trial conduct and data analysis, within 45 days of receipt of the request.

The FDA ultimately assesses whether the protocol design and planned analysis of the trial are acceptable to support regulatory approval of the product candidate with respect to effectiveness of the indication studied. All agreements and disagreements between the FDA and the sponsor regarding an SPA must be clearly documented in an SPA letter or the minutes of a meeting between the sponsor and the FDA.

Even if the FDA agrees to the design, execution and analyses proposed in protocols reviewed under the SPA process, the FDA may revoke or alter its agreement under the following circumstances:

 

  n   public health concerns emerge that were unrecognized at the time of the protocol assessment, or the director of the review division determines that a substantial scientific issue essential to determining safety or efficacy has been identified after testing has begun;

 

  n   a sponsor fails to follow a protocol that was agreed upon with the FDA;

 

  n   the relevant data, assumptions, or information provided by the sponsor in a request for SPA change, are found to be false statements or misstatements, or are found to omit relevant facts; or

A documented SPA may be modified, and such modification will be deemed binding on the FDA review division, except under the circumstances described above, if FDA and the sponsor agree in writing to modify the protocol and such modification is intended to improve the study.

Marketing Approval

Assuming successful completion of the required clinical testing, the results of the preclinical studies and clinical trials, together with detailed information relating to the product’s chemistry, manufacture,

 

116


Table of Contents

controls and proposed labeling, among other things, are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA requesting approval to market the product for one or more indications. In most cases, the submission of an NDA is subject to a substantial application user fee. Under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, guidelines that are currently in effect, the FDA has a goal of ten months from the date of “filing” of a standard NDA for a new molecular entity to review and act on the submission. This review typically takes twelve months from the date the NDA is submitted to FDA because the FDA has approximately two months to make a “filing” decision.

In addition, under the Pediatric Research Equity Act of 2003, or PREA, as amended and reauthorized, certain NDAs or supplements to an NDA must contain data that are adequate to assess the safety and effectiveness of the drug for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations, and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. The FDA may, on its own initiative or at the request of the applicant, grant deferrals for submission of some or all pediatric data until after approval of the product for use in adults, or full or partial waivers from the pediatric data requirements.

The FDA also may require submission of a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS, plan to ensure that the benefits of the drug outweigh its risks. The REMS plan could include medication guides, physician communication plans, assessment plans, or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries, or other risk minimization tools.

The FDA conducts a preliminary review of all NDAs within the first 60 days after submission, before accepting them for filing, to determine whether they are sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. The FDA may request additional information rather than accept an NDA for filing. In this event, the application must be resubmitted with the additional information. The resubmitted application is also subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth substantive review. The FDA reviews an NDA to determine, among other things, whether the drug is safe and effective and whether the facility in which it is manufactured, processed, packaged or held meets standards designed to assure the product’s continued safety, quality and purity.

The FDA may refer an application for a novel drug to an advisory committee. An advisory committee is a panel of independent experts, including clinicians and other scientific experts, that reviews, evaluates and provides a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions.

Before approving an NDA, the FDA typically will inspect the facility or facilities where the product is manufactured. The FDA will not approve an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving an NDA, the FDA may inspect one or more clinical trial sites to assure compliance with GCP requirements.

After evaluating the NDA and all related information, including the advisory committee recommendation, if any, and inspection reports regarding the manufacturing facilities and clinical trial sites, the FDA may issue an approval letter, or, in some cases, a complete response letter. A complete response letter generally contains a statement of specific conditions that must be met in order to secure final approval of the NDA and may require additional clinical or preclinical testing in order for FDA to reconsider the application. Even with submission of this additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval. If and when those conditions have been met to the FDA’s satisfaction, the FDA will typically issue an approval letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with specific prescribing information for specific indications.

 

117


Table of Contents

Even if the FDA approves a product, it may limit the approved indications for use of the product, require that contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling, require that post-approval studies, including Phase 4 clinical trials, be conducted to further assess a drug’s safety after approval, require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the product after commercialization, or impose other conditions, including distribution and use restrictions or other risk management mechanisms under a REMS, which can materially affect the potential market and profitability of the product. The FDA may prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of post-marketing studies or surveillance programs. After approval, some types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, manufacturing changes, and additional labeling claims, are subject to further testing requirements and FDA review and approval.

Special FDA Expedited Review and Approval Programs

The FDA has various programs, including fast track designation, accelerated approval, priority review, and breakthrough therapy designation, which are intended to expedite or simplify the process for the development and FDA review of drugs that are intended for the treatment of serious or life threatening diseases or conditions and demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs. The purpose of these programs is to provide important new drugs to patients earlier than under standard FDA review procedures.

To be eligible for a fast track designation, the FDA must determine, based on the request of a sponsor, that a product is intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and demonstrates the potential to address an unmet medical need. The FDA will determine that a product will fill an unmet medical need if it will provide a therapy where none exists or provide a therapy that may be potentially superior to existing therapy based on efficacy or safety factors. The FDA may review sections of the NDA for a fast track product on a rolling basis before the complete application is submitted, if the sponsor provides a schedule for the submission of the sections of the NDA, the FDA agrees to accept sections of the NDA and determines that the schedule is acceptable, and the sponsor pays any required user fees upon submission of the first section of the NDA.

The FDA may give a priority review designation to drugs that offer major advances in treatment, or provide a treatment where no adequate therapy exists. A priority review means that the goal for the FDA to review an application is six months, rather than the standard review of ten months under current PDUFA guidelines. Under the new PDUFA agreement, these six and ten month review periods are measured from the “filing” date rather than the receipt date for NDAs for new molecular entities, which typically adds approximately two months to the timeline for review and decision from the date of submission. Most products that are eligible for fast track designation are also likely to be considered appropriate to receive a priority review.

In addition, products studied for their safety and effectiveness in treating serious or life-threatening illnesses and that provide meaningful therapeutic benefit over existing treatments may be eligible for accelerated approval and may be approved on the basis of adequate and well-controlled clinical trials establishing that the drug product has an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit, or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality, that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments. As a condition of approval, the FDA may require a sponsor of a drug receiving accelerated approval to perform post-marketing studies to verify and describe the predicted effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical endpoint, and the drug may be subject to accelerated withdrawal procedures.

Moreover, under the provisions of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, or FDASIA, passed in July 2012, a sponsor can request designation of a product candidate as a

 

118


Table of Contents

“breakthrough therapy.” A breakthrough therapy is defined as a drug that is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. Drugs designated as breakthrough therapies are also eligible for accelerated approval. The FDA must take certain actions, such as holding timely meetings and providing advice, intended to expedite the development and review of an application for approval of a breakthrough therapy.

Even if a product qualifies for one or more of these programs, the FDA may later decide that the product no longer meets the conditions for qualification or decide that the time period for FDA review or approval will not be shortened. We may explore some of these opportunities for our product candidates as appropriate.

Post-Approval Requirements

Drugs manufactured or distributed pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, requirements relating to recordkeeping, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, advertising and promotion and reporting of adverse experiences with the product. After approval, most changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications or other labeling claims are subject to prior FDA review and approval. There also are continuing, annual user fee requirements for any marketed products and the establishments at which such products are manufactured, as well as new application fees for supplemental applications with clinical data.

The FDA may impose a number of post-approval requirements as a condition of approval of an NDA. For example, the FDA may require post-marketing testing, including Phase 4 clinical trials, and surveillance to further assess and monitor the product’s safety and effectiveness after commercialization.

In addition, drug manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs are required to register their establishments with the FDA and state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and these state agencies for compliance with cGMP requirements. Changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated and often require prior FDA approval before being implemented. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMP requirements and impose reporting and documentation requirements upon the sponsor and any third-party manufacturers that the sponsor may decide to use. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money, and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance.

Once an approval is granted, the FDA may withdraw the approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in mandatory revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market studies or clinical trials to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

 

  n   restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;

 

  n   fines, warning letters or holds on post-approval clinical trials;

 

119


Table of Contents
  n   refusal of the FDA to approve pending NDAs or supplements to approved NDAs, or suspension or revocation of product approvals;

 

  n   product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; or

 

  n   injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The FDA strictly regulates marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of products that are placed on the market. Drugs may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability.

Coverage and Reimbursement

Sales of our product candidates, if approved, will depend, in part, on the extent to which such products will be covered by third-party payors, such as government healthcare programs, commercial insurance and managed healthcare organizations. These third-party payors are increasingly limiting coverage or reducing reimbursements for medical products and services. In addition, the U.S. government, state legislatures and foreign governments have continued implementing cost-containment programs, including price controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products. Adoption of price controls and cost-containment measures, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could further limit our net revenue and results. Decreases in third-party reimbursement for our product candidates or a decision by a third-party payor to not cover our product candidates could reduce physician usage of our products candidates, once approved, and have a material adverse effect on our sales, results of operations and financial condition.

Healthcare Laws and Regulations

We are currently or will in the future be subject to healthcare regulation and enforcement by the federal government and the states and foreign governments in which we will conduct our business once our product candidates are approved. Failure to comply with these laws, where applicable, can result in the imposition of significant civil or criminal penalties. The healthcare laws and regulations that may affect our ability to operate include the following:

 

  n   The federal Anti-Kickback Statute makes it illegal for any person or entity to knowingly and willfully, directly or indirectly, solicit, receive, offer, or pay any remuneration that is in exchange for or to induce the referral of business, including the purchase, order, recommendation, lease of any good, facility, item or service for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program, such as Medicare or Medicaid. The term “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value.

 

  n   Federal false claims and false statement laws, including the federal civil False Claims Act, prohibits, among other things, any person or entity from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, for payment to, or approval by, federal programs, including Medicare and Medicaid, claims for items or services, including drugs, that are false or fraudulent.

 

  n   HIPAA created additional federal criminal statutes that prohibit among other actions, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors or making any false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services.

 

  n  

HIPAA, as amended by HITECH, and their implementing regulations, imposes obligations on certain types of people and entities regarding the electronic exchange of information in common healthcare transactions, as well as standards relating to the privacy and security of

 

120


Table of Contents
 

individually identifiable health information. In addition, certain state laws govern the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, some of which are more stringent than HIPAA and many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts.

 

  n   The federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program, with specific exceptions, to report annually to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, information related to payments or other transfers of value made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members.

Also, many states have similar laws and regulations, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws that may be broader in scope and may apply regardless of payor, in addition to items and services reimbursed under Medicaid and other state programs. Additionally, to the extent that our product is sold in a foreign country, we may be subject to similar foreign laws.

Healthcare Reform

The United States and some foreign jurisdictions are considering or have enacted a number of legislative and regulatory proposals to change the healthcare system in ways that could affect our ability to sell our products profitably. By way of example, in March 2010, the ACA was signed into law, which intended to broaden access to health insurance, reduce or constrain the growth of healthcare spending, enhance remedies against fraud and abuse, add transparency requirements for the healthcare and health insurance industries, impose taxes and fees on the health industry and impose additional health policy reforms. Among the provisions of the ACA of importance to our potential drug candidates are:

 

  n   an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports specified branded prescription drugs and biologic agents, apportioned among these entities according to their market share in certain government healthcare programs;

 

  n   an increase in the statutory minimum rebates a manufacturer must pay under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program to 23.1% and 13.0% of the average manufacturer price for branded and generic drugs, respectively;

 

  n   a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected;

 

  n   extension of a manufacturer’s Medicaid rebate liability to covered drugs dispensed to individuals who are enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations;

 

  n   expansion of eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs by, among other things, allowing states to offer Medicaid coverage to certain individuals with income at or below 133% of the federal poverty level, thereby potentially increasing a manufacturer’s Medicaid rebate liability;

 

  n   a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer 50% point-of-sale discounts to negotiated prices of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period, as a condition for a manufacturer’s outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D;

 

  n   expansion of the entities eligible for discounts under the Public Health Service pharmaceutical pricing program;

 

  n   a new requirement to annually report drug samples that manufacturers and distributors provide to physicians; and

 

121


Table of Contents
  n   a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research.

There have been judicial and Congressional challenges to ACA and there may be additional challenges and amendments to ACA in the future. We expect that the ACA, as well as other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and lower reimbursement, and in additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved product. Moreover, recently there has been heightened governmental scrutiny over the manner in which manufacturers set prices for their commercial products. We cannot predict what healthcare reform initiatives may be adopted in the future.

Manufacturing

We currently manufacture our Nitricil NCEs at our facility in Durham, North Carolina for all product candidates in our preclinical studies and clinical trials. We believe that our manufacturing capabilities are unique in the pharmaceutical industry and represent a core competency for our Nitricil technology. We currently contract with a contract manufacturing organization, or CMO, to manufacture SB204, including compounding and primary packaging, for the Phase 3 clinical trials initiated in the first quarter of 2016. We expect to qualify other CMOs for the manufacture of drug product for the potential commercialization of SB204, if approved by the FDA, as well as in connection with later-stage trials and commercialization of our other product candidates.

We manufacture our investigational materials in accordance with current good manufacturing practices, or cGMP, required by the FDA, International Committee on Harmonization and other regulatory bodies. Our facilities have been audited for cGMP and Good Laboratory Practice compliance. In addition, our NCE manufacturing processes and operating conditions have been evaluated and tested by qualified vendors to ensure a safe operating environment. These tests include raw materials and product handling, process chemistry, air quality and waste disposal and containment.

Facilities

We currently operate out of two facilities. Our corporate headquarters is in Durham, North Carolina, where we lease 7,220 square-feet for corporate offices, under a lease expiring in 2016. In an adjacent building in Durham, we lease a 12,147 square foot facility for pharmaceutical development and manufacturing, under a lease expiring in 2016.

In addition, we have leased an existing 51,350 square foot facility located in Durham, North Carolina, with an expected occupancy in the second half of 2016, under a lease expiring in 2026. The building will house large scale NCE manufacturing, laboratories and associated office space to support our nitric oxide technology, and will replace our existing facilities.

We also plan to establish a second facility for production manufacturing to mitigate the risk of producing the Nitricil technology in a single facility. We will also evaluate the potential for transferring our NCE manufacturing process to a CMO for commercial production. All drug product commercial manufacturing is expected to be performed through qualified CMOs.

Employees

As of June 30, 2016 we had 63 employees, including 29 dedicated to the API development and manufacturing capability, seven in clinical and non-clinical development, six in regulatory and pharmaceutical development and 21 in general and administrative functions. None of our employees is subject to a collective bargaining agreement or represented by a labor or trade union. We believe that our relations with our employees are good.

Legal Proceedings

We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings. We may at times be involved in litigation and other legal claims in the ordinary course of business.

 

122


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth the name and position of each of our executive officers and directors and his or her age as of August 15, 2016:

 

Name

      Age       

Position(s)

Nathan Stasko

  36   

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Richard Peterson

  48   

Chief Financial Officer

Brian Johnson

  50   

Chief Commercial Officer

M. Joyce Rico

  62   

Chief Medical Officer

Jeff N. Hunter

  59   

Vice President of Technical Operations

Robert A. Ingram

  73   

Chairman of the Board of Directors

W. Kent Geer

  62   

Director

Robert J. Keegan

  69   

Director

G. Kelly Martin

  57   

Director

Sean Murphy

  64   

Director

John Palmour

  55   

Director

Nathan Stasko is one of our co-founders and has served as our President, Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors since 2006. We believe that Dr. Stasko’s extensive experience in chemistry, life sciences and technology qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Richard Peterson has served as our Chief Financial Officer since September 2015. Prior to joining Novan, Mr. Peterson was the Chief Financial Officer of Medicis Pharmaceutical Corporation from 2008 to 2012 and from 1995 to 2012, he served as Senior Vice President. He currently serves as a member of the board of directors of Universal Insurance Holdings, Incorporated.

Brian Johnson has served as our Chief Commercial Officer since September 2015. Prior to joining Novan, Mr. Johnson worked at Galderma Laboratories, L.P. from 2003 to 2014, and most recently served as Vice President of Prescription Marketing and Chief Digital Officer. He also currently serves as principal and sole advisor of Two Hearts Group, LLC, a consulting company focused on drug development companies.

M. Joyce Rico has served as our Chief Medical Officer since 2012. Prior to joining Novan, Dr. Rico served as Vice-President, Medical Affairs at Fujisawa Astellas, a Japanese pharmaceutical company, from 2000 to 2012.

Jeff N. Hunter has served as our Vice President of Technical Operations since 2006. Mr. Hunter is the brother of Neal Hunter, the former Chairman of our board of directors.

Robert A. Ingram is the Chairman of our board of directors and has served as a member of our board of directors since 2011. Since 2007, he has been a General Partner at Hatteras Venture Advisors III, LLC, a venture capital firm. Mr. Ingram currently serves on the board of directors of Valeant Pharmaceuticals International, Cree, Inc., Edwards Lifesciences Corporation, Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and PhaseBio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. We believe that Mr. Ingram’s significant experience and leadership in the pharmaceutical industry qualifies him to serve as Chairman of our board of directors.

W. Kent Geer has served as a member of our board of directors since 2015. Mr. Geer was an audit partner with Ernst & Young LLP from 1989 to 2011. Beginning in 2012, Mr. Geer served as the Chairman of the board of directors of PowerSecure International, Inc. until the successful sale of the company in May 2016. We believe that Mr. Geer’s significant experience and leadership in the biotechnology, pharmaceutical, technology and financial industries qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

 

123


Table of Contents

Robert J. Keegan has served as a member of our board of directors since 2016. Mr. Keegan held the roles of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the board of directors of Goodyear Tire and Rubber Co. from 2000 to 2010. Most recently, he was an operating partner of the San Francisco-based private equity firm Friedman, Fleischer & Lowe. From 1972 to 2000, Mr. Keegan held various marketing, financial and managerial posts at Eastman Kodak, except for a two-year period from 1995 to 1997 when he worked as an Executive Vice President of the Avery Dennison Corporation. Mr. Keegan is Chairman of the Board of Loparex, Inc., serves on the boards of the Xerox Corporation. We believe that Mr. Keegan’s broad business experience, executive leadership expertise and extensive knowledge of financial and operational matters qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

G. Kelly Martin has served as a member of our board of directors since 2015. Since August 2015, Mr. Martin has served as the Chief Executive Officer of Malin Corporation PLC, a biotechnology company. Previously, he served as Chief Executive Officer of Elan Corporation PLC, a biotechnology company, from February 2003 to December 2013, and he founded Brandon Point Industries, a life sciences company, in January 2014, where he currently serves as director. Mr. Martin also currently serves on the board of directors of Viamet Pharmaceuticals Holdings, LLC. We believe that Mr. Martin’s extensive experience and leadership in the biotechnology and financial industries qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Sean Murphy has served as a member of our board of directors since 2015. Since 2011, Mr. Murphy has been a senior advisor at Evercore Partners, an investment banking advisory firm. Mr. Murphy also currently serves on the board of directors of Malin Corporation PLC and Immucor Inc. We believe that Mr. Murphy’s extensive experience and leadership in the life sciences and financial industries qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

John Palmour has served as a member of our board of directors since 2010. Since 1987, Dr. Palmour has worked at Cree, Inc., a company he co-founded and for which he currently serves as a Vice President and the Chief Technology Officer, Power & Radio Frequency. We believe that Dr. Palmour’s significant experience and leadership in the technology field and the advancement of innovation to broad-scale product commercialization qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Board Composition

The primary responsibilities of our board of directors are to provide oversight, strategic guidance, counseling and direction to our management. Our board of directors meets on a regular basis and additionally as required. Our board of directors currently consists of seven directors. The members of our board of directors were elected in compliance with the provisions of our certificate of incorporation and a voting agreement among certain of our stockholders. The voting agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors.

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will go into effect upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered, three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Effective upon the closing of this offering, our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

  n   the Class I directors will be             and             and their terms will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders following this offering;

 

124


Table of Contents
  n   the Class II directors will be             and             , and their terms will expire at our second annual meeting of stockholders following this offering; and

 

  n   the Class III directors will be             ,             and             , and their terms will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders following this offering.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will go into effect upon the closing of this offering will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control of our company. Our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding voting stock entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Director Independence

Upon the completion of this offering, we anticipate that our common stock will be listed on The NASDAQ Global Market. Under the listing requirements and rules of The NASDAQ Global Market, independent directors must compose a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within 12 months after its initial public offering. In addition, the rules of The NASDAQ Global Market require that, subject to specified exceptions and phase in periods following its initial public offering, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and governance committee be independent. Under the rules of The NASDAQ Global Market, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

Audit committee members must also satisfy independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, or Rule 10A-3. To be considered to be independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of a company’s audit committee, the company’s board of directors or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that each of Robert A. Ingram, G. Kelly Martin, Sean Murphy, Kent Geer, Robert J. Keegan and John Palmour does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the listing requirements and rules of The NASDAQ Global Market. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with us and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

Our board of directors also determined that Kent Geer, Robert J. Keegan and John Palmour, each of the three members of our audit committee, upon the completion of this offering, satisfy the independence standards for the audit committee established by applicable SEC rules and the listing standards of The NASDAQ Global Market and Rule 10A-3.

 

125


Table of Contents

Our board of directors has determined that Robert J. Keegan, Kent Geer and Kelly Martin, the three members of our compensation committee, upon the completion of this offering, will be “outside directors” as that term is defined in Section 162(m) of the Code and the treasury regulations issued thereunder, or Section 162(m).

Each member of the nominating and corporate governance committee is independent within the meaning of the applicable The NASDAQ Global Market listing standards, is a non-employee director and is free from any relationship that would interfere with the exercise of his or her independent judgment.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors may establish other committees to facilitate the management of our business. The composition and functions of each committee are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Kent Geer, Robert J. Keegan and John Palmour. The chair of our audit committee is Kent Geer, who our board of directors has determined is an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined by the SEC rules implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and possesses financial sophistication, as defined under the listing standards of The NASDAQ Global Market. Our board of directors has also determined that each member of our audit committee can read and understand fundamental financial statements in accordance with applicable requirements. In arriving at these determinations, the board of directors has examined each audit committee member’s scope of experience and the nature of their experience in the corporate finance sector.

The responsibilities of our audit committee include:

 

  n   appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our registered public accounting firm;

 

  n   overseeing the work of our registered public accounting firm, including through the receipt and consideration of reports from such firm;

 

  n   reviewing and discussing with management and the registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;

 

  n   monitoring our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures and code of business conduct and ethics;

 

  n   discussing our risk management policies;

 

  n   reviewing and approving or ratifying any related person transactions; and

 

  n   preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of Robert J. Keegan, Kent Geer and Kelly Martin. The chair of our compensation committee is Robert J. Keegan.

The responsibilities of our compensation committee include:

 

  n   reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, the compensation of our chief executive officer and our other executive officers;

 

126


Table of Contents
  n   reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our directors;

 

  n   selecting independent compensation consultants and advisers and assessing whether there are any conflicts of interest with any of the committees compensation advisers; and

 

  n   reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, incentive compensation and equity plans.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of              and             . The chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee is             .

The responsibilities of our nominating and corporate governance committee include:

 

  n   identifying individuals qualified to become members of our board;

 

  n   recommending to our board the persons to be nominated for election as directors and for appointment to each of the board’s committees;

 

  n   reviewing and making recommendations to our board with respect to management succession planning;

 

  n   developing and recommending to our board corporate governance principles; and

 

  n   overseeing a periodic evaluation of our board.

Role of the Board in Risk Oversight

The audit committee of our board is primarily responsible for overseeing our risk management processes on behalf of our board. Going forward, we expect that the audit committee will receive reports from management on at least a quarterly basis regarding our assessment of risks. In addition, the audit committee reports regularly to our board, which also considers our risk profile. The audit committee and our board focus on the most significant risks we face and our general risk management strategies. While our board oversees our risk management, management is responsible for day-to-day risk management team processes.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Upon completion of this offering, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available under the Corporate Governance section of our website at www.Novan.com. In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or the listing standards of The NASDAQ Global Market concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee has ever been an officer or employee of the Company. None of our executive officers serves, or has served during the last fiscal year, as a member of the board of directors, compensation committee or other board committee performing equivalent functions of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as one of our directors or on our compensation committee.

 

127


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our executive officers who are named in the “Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2015” below. In 2015, our “named executive officers” and their positions were as follows:

 

  n   Nathan Stasko, Ph.D., President, Chief Executive Officer ;

 

  n   Richard Peterson, Chief Financial Officer ; and

 

  n   Brian Johnson, Chief Commercial Officer .

This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt following the completion of this offering may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.

Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2015

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

Name and Principal

Position

  Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Option
Awards
($)(1)
     All Other
Compensation
($)
    Total
($)
 

Nathan Stasko, Ph.D.

    340,000        174,000 (4)              5,518 (7)      519,518   

President, Chief Executive Officer

          

Richard Peterson

    91,582 (2)      56,920 (5)      708,125         7,447 (8)      864,074   

Chief Financial Officer

          

Brian Johnson

    95,200 (3)      54,137 (6)      589,580         5,617 (9)      744,534   

Chief Commercial Officer

          

 

(1) Amounts reflect the grant-date Black-Scholes value of the stock options granted during 2015 computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, rather than the amounts paid to or realized by the named individual. We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate the value of all stock awards and option awards made to executive officers under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
(2) Mr. Peterson has served as our Chief Financial Officer since September 28, 2015. The amount reflects his salary from his commencement date through December 31, 2015.
(3) Mr. Johnson has served as our Chief Commercial Officer since September 16, 2015. The amount reflects his salary from his commencement date through December 31, 2015.
(4) Amount reflects discretionary annual bonuses of $4,000 and $170,000 for the 2015 calendar year, paid on September 11, 2015 and on February 1, 2016, respectively.
(5) Amount reflects a one time, lump sum cash signing bonus of $25,000, paid on October 30, 2015 and a discretionary annual bonus of $31,920 for the 2015 calendar year, paid on February 1, 2016.
(6) Amount reflects a one time, lump sum cash signing bonus of $35,000, paid on October 30, 2015 and a discretionary annual bonus of $19,137 for the 2015 calendar year, paid on February 1, 2016.
(7) Amount includes $5,300 of matching contributions made under our 401(k) plan and $218 for executive life insurance.
(8) Amount includes $7,447 for temporary housing and travel expenses.
(9) Amount includes (i) $816 of matching contributions made under our 401(k) plan, and (ii) $4,801 for temporary housing and travel expenses.

 

128


Table of Contents

Narrative to Summary Compensation Table

Annual Base Salaries

The named executive officers receive a base salary to compensate them for services rendered to us. The base salary payable to each named executive officer is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role and responsibilities. None of our named executive officers is currently party to an employment agreement or other agreement or arrangement that provides for automatic or scheduled increases in base salary. In 2015, we paid an annual base salary of $340,000 to Dr. Stasko, $350,400 to Mr. Peterson (pro-rated for his period of employment), and $326,400 to Mr. Johnson (pro-rated for his period of employment). See “—Arrangements with our Named Executive Officer” for changes made to executive officer salaries in 2016.

Annual Bonuses

In addition to base salaries, our executive officers were eligible to receive discretionary cash bonuses based on company and individual performance during the 2015 fiscal year. On February 1, 2016, we paid discretionary bonuses of $170,000 to Dr. Stasko, $31,920 to Mr. Peterson, and $19,137 to Mr. Johnson with respect to the 2015 calendar year.

Pursuant to the employment agreements entered into with each named executive officer, with respect to the 2016 fiscal year and each fiscal year thereafter, Dr. Stasko will be eligible to receive an annual bonus with a target amount equal to 60% of his base salary, Mr. Peterson will be eligible to receive an annual bonus with a target amount equal to 45% of his base salary, and Mr. Johnson will be eligible to receive an annual bonus with a target amount equal to 35% of his base salary, in each case as determined under the terms and conditions of our Senior Executive Annual Incentive Plan or another bonus plan established by Novan. See “Executive Annual Incentive Plan.” In addition, Mr. Johnson will be entitled to receive a one-time, $50,000 cash bonus for assisting with the preparation of an S-1 filing and our subsequent IPO payable upon the successful consummation of such IPO.

Equity Compensation

We currently sponsor the Novan, Inc. 2008 Stock Plan, or the 2008 Plan, pursuant to which approximately 50 of our employees, including our named executive officers, have received stock option awards. For additional information about the outstanding stock options held by our named executive officers pursuant to the 2008 Plan, please see the “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End” table below.

On April 13, 2016, we adopted the Novan, Inc. 2016 Incentive Award Plan, referred to below as the 2016 Plan, in order to facilitate the grant of cash and equity incentives to our directors, employees, including our named executive officers, and consultants and certain of our affiliates and to enable us and certain of our affiliates to obtain and retain services of these individuals, which is essential to our long-term success. The 2016 Plan is effective on the day prior to the effective date of this offering, subject to approval of such 2016 Plan by our stockholders and following the adoption of the 2016 Plan, no further awards will be made under the 2008 Plan. For additional information about the 2008 Plan and the 2016 Plan, see “Equity Compensation Plans” below.

Other Elements of Compensation

Retirement Plans

We currently maintain the Novan, Inc. 401(k) Plan, a defined contribution retirement savings plan, or the 401(k) Plan, for the benefit of our employees, including our named executive officers, who

 

129


Table of Contents

satisfy certain eligibility requirements. Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan on the same terms as other full-time employees. The Code allows eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation, within prescribed limits, on a pre-tax basis through contributions to the 401(k) Plan. Through December 31, 2015, we matched contributions made by participants in the 401(k) Plan up to 2% of the employee’s base salary. Beginning in 2016, we increased our matching contributions for all participants up to 3% of the employee’s base salary. These matching contributions are fully vested as of one year following the date on which they are made. We believe that providing a vehicle for tax-deferred retirement savings though our 401(k) Plan, and making matching contributions, adds to the overall desirability of our executive compensation package and further incentivizes our employees, including our named executive officers, in accordance with our compensation policies.

Employee Benefits and Perquisites

Health/Welfare Plans. All of our full-time employees, including our named executive officers, are eligible to participate in our health and welfare plans, including:

 

  n   medical, dental and vision benefits;

 

  n   medical and dependent care flexible spending accounts;

 

  n   short-term and long-term disability insurance; and

 

  n   life insurance.

Perquisites. In addition to the health and welfare benefits described above, our named executive officers participate in a company-paid executive life insurance plan. We generally do not provide any other perquisites to our named executive officers. However, in connection with their commencement of employment and relocation, Mr. Peterson is entitled to receive reimbursement of temporary housing expenses up to $2,500 per month for the first nine months of employment (i.e., through June 2016) as well as reimbursement of other moving and relocation expenses up to $25,000, and Mr. Johnson is entitled to receive reimbursement of temporary housing expenses up to $2,500 per month for the first twelve months of employment (i.e., through September 2016) as well as reimbursement of other moving and relocation expenses up to $35,000. In the event of either such named executive officer’s voluntary departure from the Company within the first twelve months of employment, he will be required to repay such relocation reimbursements.

We believe the perquisites described above are necessary and appropriate to provide a competitive compensation package to our named executive officers.

No Tax Gross-Ups

We do not make gross-up payments to cover our named executive officers’ personal income taxes that may pertain to any of the compensation or perquisites paid or provided by us.

Equity Compensation

Our equity award program is the primary vehicle for offering long-term incentives to our executives. We believe that equity awards provide our executives with a strong link to our long-term performance, create an ownership culture and help to align the interests of our executives and our stockholders. To date, we have used stock option grants for this purpose because we believe they are an effective means by which to align the long-term interests of our executive officers with those of our stockholders. The use of options also can provide tax and other advantages to our executive officers relative to other forms of equity compensation. We believe that our equity awards are an important retention tool for our executive officers, as well as for our other employees.

We award stock options broadly to our employees, including to our non-executive employees. Grants to our executives and other employees are made at the discretion of our board or President and

 

130


Table of Contents

are not made at any specific time period during a fiscal year. All of our named executive officers have received stock option grants under our 2008 Plan, which is described below. Our board intends to adopt a new equity incentive plan described under “—Equity Compensation Plans” below, effective upon the closing of this offering, and has determined not to grant any additional awards under our 2008 Plan after the effectiveness of such plan. Our new 2016 Plan will afford our compensation committee continued flexibility in making a wide variety of equity awards.

Initial option grants to our executive officers are generally set forth in their employment agreements. These initial grants are the product of negotiation with the executive officer, but we generally seek to establish equity ownership levels that we believe are commensurate with the equity stakes held by executive officers serving in similar roles at comparable biopharmaceutical companies. In addition, from time to time in connection with corporate finance transactions and at other times as our compensation committee and board deem appropriate, we provide subsequent option grants to those executive officers determined to be performing well.

The majority of the stock option grants we have made to our executive officers vest over three years. However, from time to time, our board has approved grants with different and sometimes shorter vesting provisions. Our historical practice has been to provide for 100% acceleration of vesting of outstanding stock options in the event of a change of control. Additional information regarding the effect of accelerated vesting upon a change in control with respect to our named executive officers is discussed below under “—Arrangements with our Named Executive Officer.”

The following table sets forth certain information regarding equity awards granted to our named executive officers that remain outstanding as of December 31, 2015.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

 

Name

  Grant
Date
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
     Option
Exercise
Price

($)
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Nathan Stasko

    12/29/14         36,000         18,000         0.93         11/30/24   

Richard Peterson

    10/21/15         30,000         60,000         10.21         09/27/25   

Brian Johnson

    10/21/15         9,998         50,002         10.21         09/15/25   

Arrangements with our Named Executive Officers

We have entered into employment agreements with our named executive officers which set forth certain terms and conditions of their employment, including base salary and employee benefits.

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Nathan Stasko

Dr. Stasko serves as our President and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to an amended and restated employment agreement, dated as of April 13, 2016, or the Stasko Employment Agreement, pursuant to which, he receives an annual base salary of $360,000 and is eligible to receive a discretionary annual bonus with a target bonus equal to 60% of his base salary, annual stock option awards, as well as performance-based equity awards as determined by the board. The Stasko Employment Agreement also provides Dr. Stasko with eligibility to participate in standard benefit plans as well as an executive life insurance plan and reimbursement of reasonable business expenses.

 

131


Table of Contents

In the event of Dr. Stasko’s “separation from service” by us without “cause” or by Dr. Stasko for “good reason,” each as defined in the Stasko Employment Agreement, then in addition to any accrued amounts and subject to Dr. Stasko timely delivering an effective release of claims in our favor, Dr. Stasko will be entitled to receive (i) payment of an amount equal to 12 months of his base salary, paid in installments over 12 months in accordance with standard payroll practices, and (ii) reimbursement of Dr. Stasko’s applicable COBRA premiums for up to 12 months after the separation date. Upon separation from service by Dr. Stasko other than for good reason or due to death or disability, or by us for cause, Dr. Stasko will not be entitled to any additional compensation beyond any accrued amounts.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Stasko Employment Agreement further provides that, in the event such separation from service of Dr. Stasko by us without cause or by Dr. Stasko for good reason within 6 months after the occurrence of a “change in control” as defined in the Stasko Employment Agreement, all of Dr. Stasko’s unvested stock options will vest and become immediately exercisable and any restricted stock granted to Dr. Stasko will be released from our repurchase rights.

Employment Agreement with Richard Peterson

Mr. Peterson serves as our Chief Financial Officer pursuant to an Employment Agreement with us dated as of April 13, 2016, or the Peterson Employment Agreement, pursuant to which he receives an annual base salary of $350,400 and is eligible to receive a discretionary annual bonus with a target bonus equal to 45% of his base salary, and is eligible to participate in standard benefit plans as well as an executive life insurance plan and reimbursement of reasonable business expenses. In addition, under the terms of the Peterson Employment Agreement, Mr. Peterson is entitled to a relocation allowance of up to $25,000, and reimbursement for the costs of up to nine round trip tickets to and from Phoenix, Arizona to Research Triangle Park, and reimbursement of up to $2,500 per month for temporary housing expenses for nine months following the commencement of his employment on September 28, 2015, which we collectively refer to as the Peterson Relocation Benefits.

The Peterson Employment Agreement provides that, in the event of Mr. Peterson’s “separation from service” by us without “cause” or by Mr. Peterson for “good reason,” each as defined in the Peterson Employment Agreement, then in addition to any accrued amounts and subject to Mr. Peterson timely delivering an effective release of claims in our favor, Mr. Peterson will be entitled to receive (i) payment in an amount equal to the sum of (x) 12 months of his base salary and (y) a pro-rata portion of his target annual bonus for the year of such separation from service (calculated at 100% achievement of Mr. Peterson’s annual objectives) and based on the percentage of the calendar year actually worked by Mr. Peterson, paid in installments over 12 months in accordance with our standard payroll practices, (ii) vesting of any stock options that would have vested in the vesting year of such separation from service, and (iii) reimbursement of Mr. Peterson’s applicable COBRA premiums for up to 18 months after the separation date or, at our election, to avoid any penalty or excise tax being imposed on us, a lump sum payment in lieu thereof. The Peterson Employment Agreement further provides that, notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event such separation from service by us without cause or by Mr. Peterson for good reason occurs within six months after a “change in control,” as defined in the Peterson Employment Agreement, Mr. Peterson’s cash severance (described in (i) above) will include the full-year target bonus, instead of a pro-rata portion thereof, and Mr. Peterson will be entitled to accelerated vesting of all unvested stock options held by Mr. Peterson on the separation date. Upon separation from service by Mr. Peterson other than for good reason or due to death or disability, or by us for cause, Mr. Peterson will not be entitled to any additional compensation beyond any accrued amounts.

Employment Agreement with Brian Johnson

Mr. Johnson serves as our Chief Commercial Officer pursuant to an Employment Agreement with us dated as of April 13, 2016, or the Johnson Employment Agreement, pursuant to which he will receive an annual base salary of $326,400 and is eligible to receive a discretionary annual bonus with

 

132


Table of Contents

a target bonus equal to 35% of his base salary and is eligible to participate in standard benefit plans as well as an executive life insurance plan and reimbursement of reasonable business expenses. The Johnson Employment Agreement provides Mr. Johnson with the right to receive a one-time lump sum bonus, or the IPO bonus, payable within 30 days of the closing of this offering, of $50,000. In addition, under the terms of the Johnson Employment Agreement, Mr. Johnson is entitled to a relocation allowance of up to $35,000, reimbursement for the costs of up to 12 round trip tickets to and from Dallas/Fort Worth, Texas to Research Triangle Park and reimbursement of up to $2,500 per month for temporary housing expenses for 12 months following commencement of his employment on September 16, 2015, which we collectively refer to as the Johnson Relocation Benefits.

The Johnson Employment Agreement provides that, in the event of Mr. Johnson’s “separation from service” by us without “cause” or by Mr. Johnson for “good reason,” each as defined in the Johnson Employment Agreement, then in addition to any accrued amounts and subject to Mr. Johnson timely delivering an effective release of clams in our favor, Mr. Johnson will be entitled to receive (i) payment in an amount equal to 12 months of his base salary, paid in installments over 12 months in accordance with our standard payroll practices, (ii) vesting of any stock options that would have vested in the vesting year of such separation from service and (iii) reimbursement of Mr. Johnson’s applicable COBRA premiums for up to 18 months after the separation date or, at our election, to avoid any penalty or excise tax being imposed on us, a lump sum payment in lieu thereof. The Johnson Employment Agreement provides that, notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event such separation from service by us without cause or by Mr. Johnson for good reason occurs within six months after a “change in control,” as defined in the Johnson Employment Agreement, Mr. Johnson will be entitled to accelerated vesting of all unvested stock options held by Mr. Johnson on the separation date. Upon separation from service by Mr. Johnson other than for good reason or due to death or disability, or by us for cause, Mr. Johnson will not be entitled to any additional compensation beyond any accrued amounts.

Director Compensation

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our non-employee directors for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

Name

  Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
    Option Awards
(1)
    All Other
Compensation
    Total  

F. Neal Hunter(2)

  $ 62,500      $ 206,141             $ 268,641   

W. Kent Geer

           94,216               94,216   

Robert Ingram

                           

G. Kelly Martin

                           

Sean Murphy

                           

John Palmour

                           

Mark Schoenfisch(2)

                $ 87,500 (3)    $ 87,500   

 

(1) Amounts reflect the grant-date Black-Scholes value of stock awards and stock options granted during 2015 computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, rather than the amounts paid to or realized by the named individual. We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate the value of all stock awards and option awards made to our directors in the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
(2) Resigned from our board of directors in February 2016.
(3) Amount reflects aggregate consideration for consulting services provided in calendar year 2015. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Consulting Agreement” for a description of this agreement.

 

133


Table of Contents

The table below shows the aggregate numbers of option awards (exercisable and unexercisable) held as of December 31, 2015 by each non-employee director who was serving as of December 31, 2015. No director held any other equity awards.

 

Name

  Options Outstanding at Fiscal
Year End
     Unvested Restricted Shares
Outstanding at Fiscal Year End
 

F. Neal Hunter

    36,191           

W. Kent Geer

    18,300           

Robert Ingram

    36,000           

G. Kelly Martin

              

Sean Murphy

              

John Palmour

              

Mark Schoenfisch

              

On April 13, 2016, we approved the Novan, Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy, or the Director Compensation Policy, for our non-employee directors that consists of annual retainer fees and equity awards that will be paid or made automatically and without further action by our Board. Pursuant to the Director Compensation Policy, subject to continued service on our Board each non-employee director will receive an annual cash retainer of $35,000 and each non-employee director serving as a committee chair will receive an additional annual retainer between $10,000 and $15,000, each non-employee director serving as a committee member will receive an additional annual retainer between $5,000 and $7,500, and the non-employee chairman of our Board will receive an additional annual retainer of $25,000. The Director Compensation Policy also provides each non-employee director with an annual equity award, subject to continued service on the Board, with a grant date fair value of $100,000 (and each non-employee director who is initially elected or appointed on any date other than the date of the annual meeting will receive a pro-rated portion of such annual equity award for the year of such election or appointment). Additionally, each non-employee director who serves on the Board as of the pricing date of this offering, and will continue to serve as a director following the pricing date, will be automatically granted an option to purchase the number of shares of common stock that have an aggregate fair value of $100,000 on the pricing date. Each director equity award will vest and become exercisable in four equal quarterly installments, such that each such award shall be fully vested and exercisable on the first anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the director’s continued service on the Board through each applicable vesting date.

Equity Compensation Plans

2008 Stock Plan

We currently sponsor the Novan, Inc. 2008 Stock Plan in order to incentivize our employees, managers, officers, consultants, advisors and directors. The 2008 Plan permits the grant of stock options, stock bonuses and stock purchase rights; however, to date, only stock options and restricted stock have been granted under the 2008 Plan.

When initially adopted, an aggregate of 200,000 shares were reserved for issuance under the 2008 Plan. The 2008 Plan has been amended to increase the total number of shares available for issuance under the 2008 Plan to 1,700,000. As of December 31, 2015, options to purchase 549,896 shares of our common stock, at a weighted average exercise price per share of $5.22, were outstanding under the 2008 Plan. As of December 31, 2015, 487,076 shares of our common stock remained available for future issuance under the 2008 Plan.

Administration . Our board administers the 2008 Plan and the stock rights granted under it. Under our 2008 Plan, the board has the authority to determine and amend the terms of stock rights, including recipients, the exercise, purchase or strike price of stock rights, if any, the number of shares subject to

 

134


Table of Contents

each stock award, the vesting schedule applicable to the stock rights, together with any vesting acceleration, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise or settlement of the stock rights and the terms of the grant agreements for use under the 2008 Plan.

Under the 2008 Plan, subject to approval of our stockholders if required by applicable laws or the listing requirements of any stock exchange on which our common stock is then traded, our board has the authority to institute a program by which outstanding stock options can be surrendered in exchange for stock options with a lower exercise price.

Acquisitions . The 2008 Plan provides that in the event of our consolidation with or acquisition by another entity in a merger, sale or a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, our board will make appropriate provision for the continuation of stock rights by either assumption of such stock rights or by substitution with an equivalent award. If the board doesn’t make such appropriate provision, unless otherwise provided by the board in its sole discretion, stock rights will become vested and fully and immediately exercisable and all forfeiture restrictions will be waived following which all stock rights not exercised at the time of closing of the acquisition will terminate notwithstanding any provision in the 2008 Plan to the contrary.

Transferability . Stock rights granted under the 2008 Plan are generally not transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

Plan Amendment or Termination . Our Board has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2008 Plan, although certain material amendments require the approval of our stockholders, and amendments that would impair the rights of any participant require the consent of that participant.

We expect that on and after the completion of this offering and following the effectiveness of the 2016 Incentive Award Plan, as described below, no further grants will be made under the 2008 Plan.

2016 Incentive Award Plan

On April 13, 2016 we adopted the Novan, Inc. 2016 Incentive Award Plan, or the 2016 Plan, subject to approval by our stockholders, under which we may grant cash and equity-based incentive awards to eligible service providers in order to attract, motivate and retain the talent for which we compete. The material terms of the 2016 Plan, are summarized below.

Eligibility and Administration. Our employees, consultants and directors, and employees, consultants and directors of our subsidiaries will be eligible to receive awards under the 2016 Plan. Following our initial public offering, the 2016 Plan will be administered by our board with respect to awards to non-employee directors and by our compensation committee with respect to other participants, each of which may delegate its duties and responsibilities to committees of our directors or officers (referred to collectively as the plan administrator below), subject to certain limitations that may be imposed under Section 162(m) of the Code, Section 16 of the Exchange Act, or stock exchange rules, as applicable. The plan administrator will have the authority to make all determinations and interpretations under, prescribe all forms for use with, and adopt rules for the administration of, the 2016 Plan, subject to its express terms and conditions. The plan administrator will also set the terms and conditions of all awards under the 2016 Plan, including any vesting and vesting acceleration conditions.

Limitation on Awards and Shares Available. An aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of our common stock will initially be available for issuance under awards granted pursuant to the 2016 Plan, which shares may be authorized but unissued shares, or shares purchased in the open market. If an award under the 2016 Plan is forfeited, expires or is settled for cash, any shares subject to such award may,

 

135


Table of Contents

to the extent of such forfeiture, expiration or cash settlement, be used again for new grants under the 2016 Plan. However, the following shares may not be used again for grant under the 2016 Plan: (1) shares tendered or withheld to satisfy grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligations associated with an award; (2) shares subject to a stock appreciation right, or SAR, that are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of the SAR on its exercise; and (3) shares purchased on the open market with the cash proceeds from the exercise of options.

Awards granted under the 2016 Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, awards authorized or outstanding under a qualifying equity plan maintained by an entity with which we enter into a merger or similar corporate transaction will not reduce the shares available for grant under the 2016 Plan, except as may be required by applicable tax rules. The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be subject to one or more awards granted to any person pursuant to the 2016 Plan during any calendar year will be 300,000 and the maximum amount that may be paid under a cash award pursuant to the 2016 Plan to any one participant during any calendar year period will be $2,000,000. The sum of the grant date fair value of equity-based awards and the amount of any cash-based awards granted to a non-employee director during any calendar year shall not exceed $500,000.

Awards. The 2016 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, including incentive stock options, or ISOs, and nonqualified stock options, or NSOs, restricted stock, dividend equivalents, stock payments, restricted stock units, or RSUs, performance shares, other incentive awards, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, and cash awards. No determination has been made as to the types or amounts of awards that will be granted to specific individuals pursuant to the 2016 Plan. Certain awards under the 2016 Plan may constitute or provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Code, which may impose additional requirements on the terms and conditions of such awards. All awards under the 2016 Plan will be set forth in award agreements, which will detail all terms and conditions of the awards, including any applicable vesting and payment terms and post-termination exercise limitations. Awards other than cash awards generally will be settled in shares of our common stock, but the plan administrator may provide for cash settlement of any award. A brief description of each award type follows.

 

  n   Stock Options . Stock options provide for the purchase of shares of our common stock in the future at an exercise price set on the grant date. ISOs, by contrast to NSOs, may provide tax deferral beyond exercise and favorable capital gains tax treatment to their holders if certain holding period and other requirements of the Code are satisfied. The exercise price of a stock option may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (or 110% in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders), except with respect to certain substitute options granted in connection with a corporate transaction. The term of a stock option may not be longer than ten years (or five years in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders). Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to stock options and may include continued service, performance or other conditions.

 

  n   SARs. SARs entitle their holder, upon exercise, to receive from us an amount equal to the appreciation of the shares subject to the award between the grant date and the exercise date. The exercise price of a SAR may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (except with respect to certain substitute SARs granted in connection with a corporate transaction) and the term of a SAR may not be longer than ten years. Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to SARs and may include continued service, performance or other conditions.

 

  n  

Restricted Stock, RSUs and Performance Shares . Restricted stock is an award of nontransferable shares of our common stock that remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met, and which may be subject to a purchase price. RSUs are contractual

 

136


Table of Contents
 

promises to deliver shares of our common stock in the future, which may also remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met. Delivery of the shares underlying RSUs may be deferred under the terms of the award or at the election of the participant, if the plan administrator permits such a deferral. Performance shares are contractual rights to receive a range of shares of our common stock in the future based on the attainment of specified performance goals, in addition to other conditions which may apply to these awards. Conditions applicable to restricted stock, RSUs and performance shares may be based on continuing service, the attainment of performance goals or such other conditions as the plan administrator may determine.

 

  n   Stock Payments, Other Incentive Awards and Cash Awards . Stock payments are awards of fully vested shares of our common stock that may, but need not, be made in lieu of base salary, bonus, fees or other cash compensation otherwise payable to any individual who is eligible to receive awards. Other incentive awards are awards other than those enumerated in this summary that are denominated in, linked to or derived from shares of our common stock or value metrics related to our shares, and may remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met. Cash awards are cash incentive bonuses subject to performance goals.

 

  n   Dividend Equivalents . Dividend equivalents represent the right to receive the equivalent value of dividends paid on shares of our common stock and may be granted alone or in tandem with awards other than stock options or SARs. Dividend equivalents are credited as of dividend record dates during the period between the date an award is granted and the date such award vests, is exercised, is distributed or expires, as determined by the plan administrator. Dividend equivalents may not be paid on awards granted under the 2016 Plan unless and until such awards have vested.

Performance Awards. Performance awards include any of the foregoing awards that are granted subject to vesting or payment based on the attainment of specified performance goals. The plan administrator will determine whether performance awards are intended to constitute “qualified performance-based compensation,” or QPBC, within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, in which case the applicable performance criteria will be selected from the list below in accordance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code.

Section 162(m) of the Code imposes a $1,000,000 cap on the compensation deduction that a public company may take in respect of compensation paid to our “covered employees” (which should include our Chief Executive Officer and our next three most highly compensated employees other than our Chief Financial Officer), but excludes from the calculation of amounts subject to this limitation any amounts that constitute QPBC. Under current tax law, we do not expect Section 162(m) of the Code to apply to certain awards under the 2016 Plan until the earliest to occur of (1) our annual stockholders’ meeting at which members of our board are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which occurred the first registration of our equity securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act; (2) a material modification of the 2016 Plan; (3) an exhaustion of the share supply under the 2016 Plan; or (4) the expiration of the 2016 Plan. However, QPBC performance criteria may be used with respect to performance awards that are not intended to constitute QPBC. In addition, the company may issue awards that are not intended to constitute QPBC even if such awards might be non-deductible as a result of Section 162(m) of the Code.

In order to constitute QPBC under Section 162(m) of the Code, in addition to certain other requirements, the relevant amounts must be payable only upon the attainment of pre-established, objective performance goals set by our compensation committee and linked to stockholder-approved performance criteria. For purposes of the 2016 Plan, one or more of the following performance criteria will be used in setting performance goals applicable to QPBC, and may be used in setting performance goals applicable to other performance awards: (i) net earnings or losses (either before or after one or

 

137


Table of Contents

more of the following: (A) interest, (B) taxes, (C) depreciation, (D) amortization and (E) non-cash equity-based compensation expense); (ii) gross or net sales or revenue or sales or revenue growth; (iii) net income (either before or after taxes); (iv) adjusted net income; (v) operating earnings or profit (either before or after taxes); (vi) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); (vii) return on assets or net assets; (viii) return on capital (or invested capital) and cost of capital; (ix) return on stockholders’ equity; (x) total stockholder return; (xi) return on sales; (xii) gross or net profit or operating margin; (xiii) costs, reductions in costs and cost control measures; (xiv) funds from operations or funds available for distributions; (xv) expenses; (xvi) working capital; (xvii) earnings or loss per share; (xviii) adjusted earnings or loss per share; (xix) price per share or dividends per share (or appreciation in and/or maintenance of such price or dividends); (xx) economic value added models or similar metrics; (xxi) regulatory achievements or compliance (including, without limitation, regulatory body approval for commercialization of a product); (xxii) implementation, completion or attainment of critical projects, processes or objectives relating to research, development, regulatory, commercial, or strategic milestones or developments; (xxiii) sales, unit volume or market share; (xxiv) licensing revenue; (xxv) brand recognition/acceptance, (xxvi) inventory turns or cycle time, (xxvii) strategic initiatives (including, without limitation, with respect to market penetration and spending efficiency, geographic business expansion, manufacturing, commercialization, production and productivity, customer satisfaction and growth, employee satisfaction, recruitment and maintenance of personnel, human resources management, supervision of litigation and other legal matters, information technology, strategic partnerships and transactions (including acquisitions, dispositions, joint ventures, in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property, and establishment of relationships with commercial entities with respect to the marketing, distribution and sale of Company products, and factoring transactions, research and development and related activity, financial or other capital raising transactions, operating efficiency, and asset quality); (xxviii) financial ratios (including, without limitation, those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage); and (xxix) compound annual growth rate, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms for us or any operating unit of our company or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease or as compared to results of a peer group or to market performance indicators or indices. The 2016 Plan also permits the plan administrator to provide for objectively determinable adjustments to the applicable performance criteria in setting performance goals for QPBC awards.

Certain Transactions. The plan administrator has broad discretion to take action under the 2016 Plan, as well as to make adjustments to the terms and conditions of existing and future awards, to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits and facilitate necessary or desirable changes in the event of certain transactions and events affecting our common stock, such as stock dividends, stock splits, mergers, acquisitions, consolidations and other corporate transactions. The plan administrator may make equitable adjustments with respect to: (i) the aggregate number and kind of shares that may be issued under the 2016 Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations on the maximum number and kind of shares which may be issued under the 2016 Plan, and adjustments of the award limit); (ii) the number and kind of shares (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding awards; (iii) the terms and conditions of any outstanding awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria if any, to reflect certain changes in our capital structure with respect thereto); (iv) the grant or exercise price per share for any outstanding awards under the 2016 Plan; and (v) the number and kind of shares (or other securities or property) for which automatic grants are subsequently to be made to new and continuing non-employee directors. In addition, in the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions with our stockholders known as “equity restructurings,” the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the 2016 Plan and outstanding awards. In the event of a change in control of our company (as defined in the 2016 Plan), to the extent that the surviving entity declines to continue, convert, assume or replace outstanding awards, then all such awards will become fully vested and exercisable in connection with the transaction. Upon or in anticipation of a change in control, the plan administrator may cause any outstanding awards to terminate at a specified time in the future and give the participant the right to

 

138


Table of Contents

exercise such awards during a period of time determined by the plan administrator in its sole discretion. Individual award agreements may provide for additional accelerated vesting and payment provisions.

Foreign Participants, Claw-Back Provisions, Transferability, and Participant Payments. The plan administrator may modify award terms, establish subplans or adjust other terms and conditions of awards, subject to the share limits described above, in order to facilitate grants of awards subject to the laws or stock exchange rules of countries outside of the United States. All awards will be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by us to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy or in the applicable award agreement. With limited exceptions for estate planning, domestic relations orders, certain beneficiary designations and the laws of descent and distribution, awards under the 2016 Plan are generally non-transferable prior to vesting, and are exercisable only by the participant. With regard to tax withholding, exercise price and purchase price obligations arising in connection with awards under the 2016 Plan, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, accept cash or check, shares of our common stock that meet specified conditions, a “market sell order” or such other consideration as it deems suitable.

2016 Plan Amendment and Termination. Our board may amend or terminate the 2016 Plan at any time; however, except in connection with certain changes in our capital structure, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment that increases the number of shares available under the 2016 Plan or the limit on the number of shares that may be granted or the amount that may be paid to a person in cash during a calendar year, “reprices” any stock option or SAR, or cancels any stock option or SAR in exchange for cash or another award when the option or SAR price per share exceeds the fair market value of the underlying shares. No award may be granted pursuant to the 2016 Plan after the tenth anniversary of the date on which our board adopts the 2016 Plan.

Senior Executive Annual Incentive Plan

On April 13, 2016, our board adopted the Novan, Inc. Senior Executive Annual Incentive Plan, or the Executive Annual Plan subject to approval of our stockholders. Upon completion of this offering, annual award opportunities for certain key employees, including our named executive officers, will be granted under the Executive Annual Plan. The following summary describes the material terms of the Executive Annual Plan.

Administration . The Executive Annual Plan will be administered by the compensation committee of our board, or the Compensation Committee.

Eligibility . Executive officers and other key employees of the company and its affiliates will be selected from time to time by the Compensation Committee to participate in the Executive Annual Plan.

Awards . Award opportunities under the Executive Annual Plan will be granted by the Compensation Committee prior to, or within a specified period of time following the beginning of, the fiscal year of the Company (or other performance period selected by the Compensation Committee). The Compensation Committee will establish the performance criteria applicable to the award, the amount or amounts payable if the performance criteria are achieved, and such other terms as the Compensation Committee deems appropriate. The Executive Annual Plan permits the grant of awards that are intended to qualify as exempt performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code as well as awards that are not intended to so qualify.

Performance Criteria . Awards under the Executive Annual Plan will be made based on, and subject to achieving, “performance criteria” established by the Compensation Committee. Performance criteria for awards intended to qualify as performance-based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code are limited to the objectively determinable measures of performance relating to any or any

 

139


Table of Contents

combination of the following (i) net earnings or losses (either before or after one or more of the following: (A) interest, (B) taxes, (C) depreciation, (D) amortization and (E) non-cash equity-based compensation expense); (ii) gross or net sales or revenue or sales or revenue growth; (iii) net income (either before or after taxes); (iv) adjusted net income; (v) operating earnings or profit (either before or after taxes); (vi) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); (vii) return on assets or net assets; (viii) return on capital (or invested capital) and cost of capital; (ix) return on stockholders’ equity; (x) total stockholder return; (xi) return on sales; (xii) gross or net profit or operating margin; (xiii) costs, reductions in costs and cost control measures; (xiv) funds from operations or funds available for distributions; (xv) expenses; (xvi) working capital; (xvii) earnings or loss per share; (xviii) adjusted earnings or loss per share; (xix) price per share or dividends per share (or appreciation in and/or maintenance of such price or dividends); (xx) economic value added models or similar metrics; (xxi) regulatory achievements or compliance (including, without limitation, regulatory body approval for commercialization of a product); (xxii) implementation, completion or attainment of critical projects, processes or objectives relating to research, development, regulatory, commercial, or strategic milestones or developments; (xxiii) sales, unit volume or market share; (xxiv) licensing revenue; (xxv) brand recognition/acceptance, (xxvi) inventory turns or cycle time, (xxvii) strategic initiatives (including, without limitation, with respect to market penetration and spending efficiency, geographic business expansion, manufacturing, commercialization, production and productivity, customer satisfaction and growth, employee satisfaction, recruitment and maintenance of personnel, human resources management, supervision of litigation and other legal matters, information technology, strategic partnerships and transactions (including acquisitions, dispositions, joint ventures, in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property, and establishment of relationships with commercial entities with respect to the marketing, distribution and sale of Company products, and factoring transactions, research and development and related activity, financial or other capital raising transactions, operating efficiency, and asset quality); (xviii) financial ratios (including, without limitation, those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage); and (xxix) compound annual growth rate, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease or as compared to results of a peer group or to market performance indicators or indices.

To the extent consistent with the requirements of Section 162(m), the Compensation Committee may establish that, in the case of any award intended to qualify as exempt performance-based compensation under Section 162(m), that one or more of the performance criteria applicable to such award be adjusted in an objectively determinable manner to reflect events occurring during the performance period of such award that affect the applicable performance criteria.

The Compensation Committee may provide that any bonuses paid under the Executive Annual Plan will be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by us to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy.

Payment . A participant will be entitled to payment under an award only if all conditions to payment have been satisfied under the award. Following the close of the performance period, the Compensation Committee will determine (and, to the extent required by Section 162(m), certify) as to whether and to what extent the applicable performance criteria have been satisfied. The Compensation Committee will then determine the actual payment, if any, under each award.

Amendment and Termination . The Compensation Committee may amend or terminate the Executive Annual Plan at any time, provided that any amendment will be approved by the Company’s stockholders if required by Section 162(m) of the Code. The Executive Annual Plan will expire on the earliest to occur of 1) a material modification of the plan; 2) our annual stockholders meeting at which members of our board are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which occurred the first registration of our equity securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act; or 3) such other date as required by Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

140


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following includes a summary of transactions since January 1, 2014 to which we have been a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or, to our knowledge, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than equity and other compensation, termination, change in control and other arrangements, which are described in “Executive Compensation.” We also describe below certain other transactions with our directors, executive officers and stockholders.

Promissory Note and Preferred Stock Financings

Convertible Promissory Note Financing

In February 2014, we sold to investors in private placements an aggregate of $3,502,125 of convertible promissory notes, or the 2014 Notes, including $100,000 to Neal Hunter, the former chairman of our board and a greater than 5% stockholder, and $200,000 to John Palmour, a member of our board of directors. The 2014 Notes accrued interest at a rate of 8% per annum and were due and payable on the earlier of August 24, 2015 or the occurrence of a liquidating event. In the event of a qualified financing, at our sole election, the entire principal balance and a minimum of one year of accrued interest converted into shares of Mezzanine A preferred stock at 90% of the per share price of the Mezzanine A preferred stock issued.

Mezzanine A Preferred Stock Financing

On August 14, 2014, we entered into a Mezzanine A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement to issue up to 1,853,253 shares of Mezzanine A preferred stock to investors at a price of $13.71 per share, and we entered into a First Amendment to the Mezzanine A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement on March 27, 2015 to issue up to 3,677,622 shares of Mezzanine A preferred stock to investors at a price of $13.71 per share. On August 14, 2014 and August 28, 2014, we sold an aggregate of 118,161 shares of Mezzanine A preferred stock to Neal Hunter. On August 26, 2014 and January 16, 2015, we sold an aggregate of 53,972 and 7,294 shares of Mezzanine A preferred stock to John Palmour and W. Kent Geer, respectively, both members of our board of directors. On March 27, 2015, we sold 2,188,183 shares of Mezzanine A preferred stock to Malin Life Sciences Holding Limited, a greater than 5% stockholder. Each share of Mezzanine A preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock upon the closing of this offering.

In August 2014, in connection with the Mezzanine A preferred stock issuance, a qualified financing, we elected to convert principal and interest under our 2014 Notes totaling $3,781,706 into 306,484 shares of Mezzanine A preferred stock.

Mezzanine B Preferred Stock Financing

On December 1, 2015, we entered into a Mezzanine B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement to issue up to 2,269,289 shares of Mezzanine B preferred stock to investors at a price of $26.44 per share. On December 18, 2015, we sold 11,347 shares of Mezzanine B preferred stock to Mr. Palmour. Each share of Mezzanine B preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock upon the closing of this offering.

Stock Option Grants to Executive Officers and Directors

We have granted stock options to our executive officers and certain of our directors as more fully described in “Executive Compensation.”

 

141


Table of Contents

The Separation Transaction

On December 30, 2015, we completed a separation transaction of our non-dermatological assets, as more fully described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—The Separation Transaction” and “Business - Intellectual Property.” In order to effectuate the transaction, we distributed all of the outstanding member interests of KNOW Bio, formed for the purpose of giving effect to the transaction, pro rata to our stockholders.

Consulting Agreement

In January 2008, as amended on November 2, 2010, January 30, 2015 and March 1, 2015, we entered into a consulting agreement with Dr. Mark Schoenfisch, our co-founder and a former director, pursuant to which we agreed to pay Dr. Schoenfisch annual compensation from January 2008 through March 1, 2015 and thereafter quarterly compensation for his services to our company. The total compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 was $25,000 and $87,500, respectively. The consulting agreement was terminated on February 1, 2016 in connection with the Separation Transaction. For more information regarding the compensation paid to Dr. Schoenfisch, see “Executive and Director Compensation — Director Compensation”.

Seventh Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement

In connection with the Mezzanine B Preferred Stock Financing, on December 1, 2015, we entered into the Seventh Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement with the holders of all our then-outstanding shares of preferred stock including certain of our executive officers, directors, and greater than 5% stockholders. The agreement provides that these holders will have the right to include their shares of stock within the scope of any registration rights granted to any investor or equity holder of the Company pursuant to a future agreement.

Stock Repurchase

In April 2016, we entered into a Stock Sale and Purchase Agreement with Nathan Stasko, Ph.D., our President and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to which we paid $155,268 to repurchase 11,400 shares of our voting common stock.

Employment Agreements

We plan to enter into employment agreements with our named executive officers. For more information regarding the agreements with our named executive officers, see “Executive Compensation—Arrangements with our Named Executive Officers.”

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, each of which will be effective upon the closing of this offering, will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law, which prohibits our amended and restated certificate of incorporation from limiting the liability of our directors for the following:

 

  n   any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

  n   acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  n   unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

 

  n   any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

142


Table of Contents

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that if Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. This limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under the federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that we shall have the power to indemnify our employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by law. Our amended and restated bylaws also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in this capacity, regardless of whether we would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. We have obtained directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, in addition to indemnification provided for in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws. These agreements, among other things, provide for indemnification of our directors and executive officers for expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by this person in any action or proceeding arising out of this person’s services as a director or executive officer or at our request. We believe that these provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers.

The above description of the indemnification provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws and our indemnification agreements is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to these documents, each of which is filed as an exhibit to this registration statement to which this prospectus forms a part.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Our board of directors has adopted a written related person transaction policy, to be effective upon the closing of this offering, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 in any fiscal year and a related person had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including without limitation, purchases of goods or

 

143


Table of Contents

services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our audit committee is tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described in this section occurred prior to the adoption of this policy.

 

144


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table presents information as to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 30, 2016, for:

 

  n   each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

  n   each named executive officer;

 

  n   each of our director nominees; and

 

  n   all executive officers and directors as a group.

The number of shares beneficially owned by each stockholder is determined under rules issued by the SEC. Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which the individual or entity has sole or shared voting power or investment power. Applicable percentage ownership is based on 2,707,628 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2016, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock and non-voting common stock into common stock. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by an individual or entity and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options held by such person that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2016 are considered outstanding, although these shares are not considered outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the individuals and entities named below is c/o Novan, Inc., 4222 Emperor Boulevard, Suite 200, Durham, NC 27703. Each of the stockholders listed has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by the stockholder unless noted otherwise, subject to community property laws where applicable.

 

           Percentage of Shares
Beneficially Owned
 

Name and Address of Shares

Beneficially Owned

  Number of Shares Beneficially
Owned Before and After the Offering
     Before the
Offering
    After the
Offering
 

5% Stockholders:

      

Malin Life Sciences Holdings Limited(1)

    2,188,183         16.25  

F. Neal Hunter(2)

    1,862,486         13.83  

Mark Schoenfisch(3)

    1,000,000         7.42  

Directors and Named Executive Officers:

      

Nathan Stasko, Ph.D(4)

    1,048,600         7.79  

Richard Peterson(5)

    35,000         *     

Brian Johnson(6)

    24,998         *     

Robert Ingram(7)

    177,333         1.32  

W. Kent Geer(8)

    19,293         *     

Robert J. Keegan(9)

    75,643         *     

G. Kelly Martin

    0         *     

Sean Murphy

    0         *     

John Palmour(10)

    619,734         4.60  

All directors and named executive
officers as a group (9 persons)(11)

    2,000,601         14.86  

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent.
(1)

Based on 2,188,183 shares of Mezzanine A preferred stock. Malin Life Sciences Holdings Limited is a wholly owned subsidiary of Malin Corporation plc. Malin Corporation plc may be deemed to beneficially own the shares and may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over these shares. The mailing address of Malin Life Sciences Holdings Limited is 2 Harbour Square, Crofton Road, Dun Laoghaire, Co., Dublin, Ireland.

 

145


Table of Contents
(2) Based on (i) 118,161 shares of Mezzanine A preferred stock, (ii) 104,440 shares of Series 4 preferred stock, (iii) 178,663 shares of Series 3 preferred stock, (iv) 455,169 shares of Series 2 preferred stock, (v) 395,926 shares of Series 1 preferred stock, (vi) 286,968 shares of Series 1 preferred stock held by T.D.H. One, LLC, (vii) 286,968 shares of Series 1 preferred stock held by T.D.H. Two, LLC, and (viii) options to purchase 36,191 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2016. Mr. Hunter is the manager and majority equity holder of T.D.H. One, LLC and T.D.H. Two, LLC and has voting and investment power over such shares of preferred stock held by T.D.H. One, LLC and T.D.H. Two, LLC.
(3) Based on (i) 50,000 shares of common stock and (ii) 950,000 shares of common stock held by The Schoenfisch Living Trust, with Dr. Schoenfisch as trustee.
(4) Based on 988,600 shares of common stock and options to purchase 60,000 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2016.
(5) Based on options to purchase 35,000 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2016.
(6) Based on 15,000 shares of common stock and options to purchase 9,998 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2016.
(7) Based on (i) 33,333 shares of Series 4 preferred stock and (ii) 144,000 shares of common stock, of which 108,000 shares are held in three irrevocable trust agreements between Mr. Ingram and Santo J. Costa, as trustee, for the benefit of relatives of Mr. Ingram.
(8) Based on (i) 7,294 shares of Mezzanine A preferred stock, (ii) 5,700 shares of common stock and (iii) options to purchase 6,299 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2016.
(9) Based on 75,643 shares of Mezzanine B Preferred Stock held by Robert J. Keegan Trust, with Mr. Keegan as trustee.
(10) Based on (i) 11,347 shares of Mezzanine B preferred stock, (ii) 53,972 shares of Mezzanine A preferred stock, (iii) 183,334 shares of Series 4 preferred stock, (iv) 41,231 shares of Series 3 preferred stock, (v) 329,850 shares of Series 3 preferred stock held by Palmour 2012 Irrevocable Children’s Trust, with Mr. Palmour as trustee.
(11) Based on 1,889,304 shares held of record by our current named executive officers and directors and (ii) options to purchase 111,297 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2016.

 

146


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Capital Structure

The following description of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering. Copies of these documents will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of our common stock and preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

General

Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of              shares, all with a par value of $          per share,

of which:

 

  n                shares are designated as common stock; and

 

  n                shares are designated as preferred stock.

Common stock

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and do not have cumulative voting rights. An election of directors by our stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote on the election. Holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately any dividends as may be declared by our board of directors, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately our net assets available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. Our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares offered by us in this offering will be, when issued and paid for, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

Under the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors is authorized to direct us to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval. Our board of directors has the discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, of each series of preferred stock.

The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, future financings and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third-party to acquire, or could discourage a third-party from seeking to acquire, a majority of our

 

147


Table of Contents

outstanding voting stock. Upon the closing of this offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and we have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Stock Options

As of June 30, 2016, options to purchase 734,496 shares of our common stock, at a weighted average exercise price per share of $7.68, were outstanding under the 2008 Plan. See “Executive Compensation— Equity Compensation Plans”

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, our stockholders holding a majority of the voting power of our shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon the closing of this offering will provide that all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and not by consent in writing. A special meeting of stockholders may be called only by a majority of our board of directors, the chair of our board of directors, our president or our chief executive officer.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will further provide that, immediately after this offering, the affirmative vote of holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of voting stock, voting as a single class, will be required to amend certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation, including provisions relating to the size of the board, removal of directors, special meetings, actions by written consent and cumulative voting. The affirmative vote of holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of voting stock, voting as a single class, will be required to amend or repeal our bylaws, although our bylaws may be amended by a simple majority vote of our board of directors.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will further provide that our board of directors is divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with each class serving staggered terms.

Finally, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for:(i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of us; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees or agents to us or our stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws; or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with any action, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action.

The foregoing provisions will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of our company by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change the control of our company.

 

148


Table of Contents

These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of our Company. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy rights. However, these provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control of our Company or our management. As a consequence, these provisions also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which prohibits persons deemed to be “interested stockholders” from engaging in a “business combination” with a publicly held Delaware corporation for three years following the date these persons become interested stockholders unless the business combination is, or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder was, approved in a prescribed manner or another prescribed exception applies. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the board of directors.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification

See the section of this prospectus entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification.”

Listing

We have applied to have our common stock listed on The NASDAQ Global Market under the trading symbol “NOVN”.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the closing of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be              .

 

149


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and a liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options, or the anticipation of these sales, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through sales of equity securities.

As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2016, and after giving effect to the conversion of our outstanding preferred stock into an aggregate of              shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering and the conversion of our non-voting common stock into an aggregate of             shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering,              shares of common stock will be outstanding, or              shares of common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full. All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable unless purchased by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be “restricted securities” as that term is defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

As a result of the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, the shares of common stock that will be deemed restricted securities after this offering will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

  n   no shares will be available for sale until 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain limited exceptions provided for in the lock-up agreements; and

 

  n                shares, plus any shares purchased by our affiliates in this offering, will be eligible for sale beginning more than 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject, in the case of shares held by our affiliates, to the volume limitations under Rule 144.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell those securities provided (1) that such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale and (2) that we have been subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale and are current in filing our periodic reports. Additionally, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, and who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days before the sale, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares immediately upon the closing of this offering without regard to whether current public information about us is available. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of common stock for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of (a) 1% of the number of

 

150


Table of Contents

shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares of our common stock immediately after this offering, based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2016, and (b) the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a Notice of Proposed Sale of Securities pursuant to Rule 144 with respect to the sale. Such sales by affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale and notice provisions of Rule 144 and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement, the restrictions regarding volume of such shares and restrictions regarding the availability of public information about us. Any of our employees, executive officers or directors, consultants or advisors, other than our affiliates who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares. However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and will become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Lock-Up Agreements

In connection with this offering, our officers and directors, substantially all of our stockholders, and option holders, have each entered into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters of this offering that restricts the sale of shares of our common stock by those parties for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Piper Jaffray & Co., on behalf of the underwriters. Piper Jaffray & Co. may, in its sole discretion, choose to release any or all of the shares of our common stock subject to these lock-up agreements at any time prior to the expiration of the lock-up period without notice. For more information, see “Underwriting.”

Equity Plans

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options and common stock issued or issuable under our stock plans. We expect to file the registration statement covering shares offered pursuant to our stock plans shortly after the date of this prospectus, permitting the resale of such shares by nonaffiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act and the sale by affiliates in the public market, subject to compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144 and expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreements described above.

 

151


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), in each case in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

 

  n   U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

  n   persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

  n   persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

 

  n   banks, insurance companies, and other financial institutions;

 

  n   brokers, dealers or traders in securities;

 

  n   “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

  n   partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);

 

  n   tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

 

  n   persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

  n   persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation; and

 

  n   tax-qualified retirement plans.

If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

 

152


Table of Contents

Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a “U.S. person” nor an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

 

  n   an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

  n   a corporation created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

  n   an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

  n   a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or (2) has a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions

As described in the section entitled “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under “—Sale or Other Taxable Disposition.”

Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) certifying qualification for the lower treaty rate). A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

If dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), the Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the Non-U.S. Holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States.

Any such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected dividends, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

 

153


Table of Contents

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition

A Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

 

  n   the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such gain is attributable);

 

  n   the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

 

  n   our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest (“USRPI”) by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation (“USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items.

Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we currently are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends, however, on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our non-U.S. real property interests and our other business assets, there can be no assurance we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, and such Non-U.S. Holder owned, actually and constructively, 5% or less of our common stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period.

Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of dividends on our common stock will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a United States person and the holder either certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any dividends on our common stock paid to the Non-U.S. Holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting, if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above and does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person, or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds of a disposition of our common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

 

154


Table of Contents

Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts

Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or “FATCA”) on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code), unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States-owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock, and will apply to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of such stock on or after January 1, 2019.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.

 

155


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We and the underwriters for the offering named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares of common stock being offered. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase from us the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below. Piper Jaffray & Co. is the representative of the underwriters.

 

Underwriter

  Number of
Shares
 

Piper Jaffray & Co.

 

JMP Securities LLC

 

Wedbush Securities Inc.

 
 

 

 

 

Total

 
 

 

 

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters are subject to certain conditions precedent and that the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares of common stock sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased, other than those shares covered by the overallotment option described below. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel and other conditions specified in the underwriting agreement. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

We have granted to the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional              shares of common stock at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, in this offering of common stock. This option is exercisable for a period of 30 days. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering overallotments, if any, made in connection with the sale of common stock offered hereby. To the extent that the underwriters exercise this option, the underwriters will purchase additional shares from us in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above.

Discounts and Commissions

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds, before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option.

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering of common stock, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $         and are payable by us. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses as set forth in the underwriting agreement, including legal fees incurred in the qualification of this offering with the Financial Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, in an amount of up to $35,000, which amount is deemed to be underwriting compensation by FINRA.

 

156


Table of Contents
    Total  
    Per Share      Without
Overallotment
     With
Overallotment
 

Initial public offering price

  $                $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions

       
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Proceeds, before expenses, to Novan

  $         $         $     
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The underwriters may offer the shares of common stock to securities dealers at the public offering price less a concession not in excess of $          per share. If all of the shares are not sold at the public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and other selling terms. Sales of shares of common stock made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of certain of the underwriters. Certain of the underwriters may sell shares to the public through one or more of their affiliates as selling agents.

Discretionary Accounts

The underwriters do not intend to confirm sales of the shares of common stock to any accounts over which they have discretionary authority.

Market Information

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representative of the underwriters. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in these negotiations include:

 

  n   the history of, and prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;

 

  n   our past and present financial information;

 

  n   an assessment of our management; its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;

 

  n   the present state of our development; and

 

  n   the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop, or if such a market develops, may not be sustained. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

We have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “NOVN”.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

In connection with this offering of common stock, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, overallotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, penalty bids and purchases to cover positions created by short sales.

 

  n   Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase shares of common stock so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum, and are engaged in for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while the offering is in progress.

 

157


Table of Contents
  n   Overallotment transactions involve sales by the underwriters of shares of common stock in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase. This creates a syndicate short position which may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the overallotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the overallotment option. The underwriters may close out any short position by exercising their overallotment option or purchasing shares in the open market.

 

  n   Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared with the price at which they may purchase shares through exercise of the overallotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by exercise of the overallotment option and, therefore, have a naked short position, the position can be closed out only by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that after pricing there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

  n   Penalty bids permit the representative to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by that syndicate member is purchased in stabilizing or syndicate covering transactions to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock in the open market may be higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of these transactions. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of shares of our common stock. These transactions may be effected on The NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Lock-Up Agreements

Pursuant to certain “lock-up” agreements, we and our executive officers, directors and substantially all of our stockholders and option holders, have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of or announce the intention to otherwise dispose of, or enter into any swap, hedge or similar agreement or arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of, directly or indirectly, or make any demand or request or exercise any right with respect to the registration of, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any common stock without the prior written consent of Piper Jaffray & Co., for a period of 180 days after the date of the underwriting agreement.

This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition. The lock-up agreements include customary exceptions.

Piper Jaffray & Co., in its sole discretion, may release our common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time. When determining

 

158


Table of Contents

whether or not to release our common stock and other securities from lock-up agreements, Piper Jaffray & Co. will consider, among other factors, the holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time of the request. In the event of such a release or waiver for one of our directors or officers, Piper Jaffray & Co. shall provide us with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of such release or waiver, and we will announce the impending release or waiver by issuing a press release at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representative may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on these websites is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter, and should not be relied upon by investors.

Other Relationships

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, various investment banking, commercial banking and other financial services for us and our affiliates for which they have received, and may in the future receive, customary fees.

Selling Restrictions

No action has been taken in any jurisdiction except the United States that would permit a public offering of our common stock, or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus or any other material relating to us or our common stock in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither this prospectus nor any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the shares may be distributed or published, in or from any country or jurisdiction except in compliance with any applicable rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.

Canada

The securities may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations . Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

 

159


Table of Contents

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

United Kingdom

Each of the underwriters has, separately and not jointly, represented and agreed that:

 

  n   it has not made or will not make an offer of the securities to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of section 102B of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as amended), or the FSMA, except to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities or otherwise in circumstances which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to the Prospectus Rules of the Financial Services Authority, or FSA;

 

  n   it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) to persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in which section 21 of FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

  n   it has complied with and will comply with all applicable provisions of FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the securities in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Switzerland

The securities will not be offered, directly or indirectly, to the public in Switzerland and this prospectus does not constitute a public offering prospectus as that term is understood pursuant to article 652a or 1156 of the Swiss Federal Code of Obligations.

Israel

In the State of Israel, this prospectus shall not be regarded as an offer to the public to purchase shares of common stock under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 – 1968, which requires a prospectus to be published and authorized by the Israel Securities Authority, if it complies with certain provisions of Section 15 of the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 – 1968, including, inter alia , if:(i) the offer is made, distributed or directed to not more than 35 investors, subject to certain conditions (the “Addressed Investors”); or (ii) the offer is made, distributed or directed to certain qualified investors defined in the First Addendum of the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 – 1968, subject to certain conditions (the “Qualified Investors”). The Qualified Investors shall not be taken into account in the count of the Addressed Investors and may be offered to purchase securities in addition to the 35 Addressed Investors. The company has not and will not take any action that would require it to publish a prospectus in accordance with and subject to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 – 1968. We have not and will not distribute this prospectus or make, distribute or direct an offer to subscribe for our common stock to any person within the State of Israel, other than to Qualified Investors and up to 35 Addressed Investors.

Qualified Investors may have to submit written evidence that they meet the definitions set out in of the First Addendum to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 – 1968. In particular, we may request, as a condition to be offered common stock, that Qualified Investors will each represent, warrant and certify to us or to anyone acting on our behalf:(i) that it is an investor falling within one of the categories listed in the First Addendum to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 – 1968; (ii) which of the categories listed in the First Addendum to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 – 1968 regarding Qualified Investors is applicable to it; (iii) that it will abide by all provisions set forth in the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 – 1968

 

160


Table of Contents

and the regulations promulgated thereunder in connection with the offer to be issued common stock; (iv) that the shares of common stock that it will be issued are, subject to exemptions available under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 – 1968:(a) for its own account; (b) for investment purposes only; and (c) not issued with a view to resale within the State of Israel, other than in accordance with the provisions of the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 – 1968; and (v) that it is willing to provide further evidence of its Qualified Investor status. Addressed Investors may have to submit written evidence in respect of their identity and may have to sign and submit a declaration containing, inter alia , the Addressed Investor’s name, address and passport number or Israeli identification number.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area, or the EEA, which has implemented the European Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), an offer of our shares may not be made to the public in a Relevant Member State other than:

 

  n   to any legal entity which is a qualified investor, as defined in the European Prospectus Directive;

 

  n   to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the European Prospectus Directive), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant dealer or dealers nominated by us for any such offer; or

 

  n   in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the European Prospectus Directive;

provided that no such offer of our shares shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the European Prospectus Directive or supplement prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the European Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this description, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the expression may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the European Prospectus Directive in that member state, and the expression “European Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments hereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State. The expression 2010 PD Amending Directive means Directive 2010/73/EU.

We have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of securities through any financial intermediary on our behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters and their respective affiliates, with a view to the final placement of the securities as contemplated in this document. Accordingly, no purchaser of the shares, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of shares on our behalf or on behalf of the underwriters.

Hong Kong

The contents of this document have not been reviewed or approved by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong. This document does not constitute an offer or invitation to the public in Hong Kong to acquire shares. Accordingly, unless permitted by the securities laws of Hong Kong, no person may issue or have in its possession for the purposes of issue, this document or any advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong other than in relation to shares which are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to

 

161


Table of Contents

“professional investors” (as such term is defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) (“SFO”) and the subsidiary legislation made thereunder); or in circumstances which do not result in this document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong) (“CO”); or which do not constitute an offer or an invitation to the public for the purposes of the SFO or the CO. The offer of the shares is personal to the person to whom this document has been delivered, and a subscription for shares will only be accepted from such person. No person to whom a copy of this document is issued may issue, circulate or distribute this document in Hong Kong, or make or give a copy of this document to any other person. You are advised to exercise caution in relation to the offer. If you are in any doubt about any of the contents of this document, you should obtain independent professional advice.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor pursuant to Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (“SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased pursuant to an offer made in reliance on Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

  (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor;

shares, debentures and units of shares, and debentures of that corporation, or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except:

 

  (1) to an institutional investor or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA (in the case of that corporation) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA (in the case of that trust);

 

  (2) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; or

 

  (3) where the transfer is by operation of law.

 

162


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the issuance of our common stock offered in this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York. Cooley LLP, New York, New York, is acting as counsel for the underwriters in connection with this offering. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for us by Smith, Anderson, Blount, Dorsett, Mitchell & Jernigan, L.L.P.

EXPERTS

The financial statements as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2015 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report (which contains an explanatory paragraph relating to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to the financial statements) of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information with respect to Novan, Inc. and the shares of our common stock offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract, agreement or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. A copy of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC, located at 100 F Street N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from such offices or by written request to the SEC upon the payment of the fees prescribed by the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800- SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. You may access the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part at the SEC’s internet website: is www.sec.gov.

We maintain a website at www.novan.com. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained on our website, and you should not consider the contents of our website in making an investment decision with respect to our common stock.

You may also request a copy of these filings, at no cost to you, by writing or telephoning us at the following address:

Novan, Inc.

4222 Emperor Boulevard, Suite 200

Durham, NC 27703

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

(919) 485-8080

 

163


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

    F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

    F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

    F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

    F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-8   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Novan, Inc.:

In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets and the related statements of operations and comprehensive loss, of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Novan, Inc. at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2015 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has suffered losses from operations and has an accumulated deficit that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regards to these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not contain any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Raleigh, North Carolina

March 9, 2016

 

F-2


Table of Contents

NOVAN, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per-share amounts)

 

    As of
December 31,
     June 30,
2016
     Pro forma
as of
June 30,
2016
 
    2014      2015        
                  (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

ASSETS

          

Current assets:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 7,419       $ 45,688       $ 19,602       $ 19,602   

Deferred offering costs

            309         2,022         2,022   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    331         936         897         897   

Current assets of discontinued operations

    244                           
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

    7,994         46,933         22,521         22,521   

Restricted cash

            539         540         540   

Intangible assets

                    75         75   

Property and equipment, net

    1,918         2,344         9,598         9,598   

Long-term assets of discontinued operations

    15                           
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 9,927       $ 49,816         $32,734         $32,734   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

          

Current liabilities:

          

Accounts payable

  $ 947       $ 1,626       $ 1,476       $ 1,476   

Accrued compensation

    278         1,047         1,486         1,486   

Accrued outside research and development services

    251         1,088         6,222         6,222   

Accrued legal and professional fees

    3         512         944         944   

Other accrued expenses

    133         534         1,487         1,487   

Deferred rent

    55         25         7         7   

Capital lease obligation, current portion

    6         6         6         6   

Current liabilities of discontinued operations

    94         257                   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    1,767         5,095         11,628         11,628   

Capital lease obligation, net of current portion

    10         4         1         1   

Facility financing obligation

                    5,139         5,139   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    1,777         5,099         16,768         16,768   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 3, 4 and 6)

          

Mezzanine B convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, no shares designated, issued or outstanding at December 31, 2014; 5,000,000 shares designated and 1,242,069 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and June 30, 2016 (unaudited); liquidation preference of $32,840 as of December 31, 2015 and June 30, 2016 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2016 pro forma (unaudited)

            32,840         32,840           

Mezzanine A convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 1,853,253 shares designated and 1,178,802 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014; 3,677,622 shares designated, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and June 30, 2016 (unaudited); liquidation preference of $16,161 and $50,420 as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2016 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2016 pro forma (unaudited)

    16,161         50,420         50,420           

Series 4 convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,833,333 shares designated, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2016 (unaudited); liquidation preference of $11,000 as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2016 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2016 pro forma (unaudited)

    11,000         11,000         11,000           

 

F-3


Table of Contents
    As of
December 31,
2014
    As of
December 31,
2015
    June 30,
2016
    Pro forma
as of
June 30,
2016
 
                (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Series 3 convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,349,382 shares designated as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2016 (unaudited); 1,322,570 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2016 (unaudited); liquidation preference of $7,538 as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2016 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2016 pro forma (unaudited)

    7,538        7,538        7,538          

Series 2 convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,226,242 shares designated, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2016 (unaudited); liquidation preference of $2,000 as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2016 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2016 pro forma (unaudited)

    2,000        2,000        2,000          

Series 1 convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,229,862 shares designated, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2016 (unaudited); aggregate liquidation preference of $1,000 as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2016 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2016 pro forma (unaudited)

    1,000        1,000        1,000          

Stockholders’ deficit:

       

Voting common stock $0.0001 par value; 15,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2014; 22,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2015 and June 30, 2016 (unaudited); 2,453,766, 2,683,028 and 2,719,028 shares issued as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2016 (unaudited); 2,453,766, 2,683,028 and 2,707,628 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2016 (unaudited); 22,000,000 shares authorized and 13,468,589 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2016 pro forma (unaudited)

    0        0        0        1   

Non-voting common stock $0.0001 par value; 229,263 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2016 (unaudited); no shares authorized issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2016 pro forma (unaudited)

    0        0        0          

Additional paid-in-capital

    400        3,253        3,821        108,618   

Treasury Stock at cost, 0 shares at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and 11,400 shares at June 30, 2016 (unaudited) and June 30, 2016 pro forma (unaudited)

                  (155     (155

Accumulated deficit

    (29,949     (63,334     (92,498     (92,498
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    (29,549     (60,081     (88,832     15,966   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

  $ 9,927      $ 49,816      $ 32,734      $ 32,734   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-4


Table of Contents

NOVAN, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2014     2015     2015     2016  
                (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Government research contracts and grants revenue

  $ 112      $      $      $   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

       

Research and development

    6,770        16,569        6,698        22,373   

General and administrative

    5,170        9,265        3,409        6,834   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    11,940        25,834        10,107        29,207   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

    (11,828     (25,834     (10,107     (29,207
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

       

Interest income

    58        48        2        34   

Interest expense

    (701     (1     (1       

Change in fair value of warrant liability

    (641                     

Other income (expense), net

    9        1        (1     9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

    (1,275     48        0        43   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

    (13,103     (25,786     (10,107     (29,164

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    1,715        (2,274     (711       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

  $ (11,388   $ (28,060   $ (10,818   $ (29,164
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) per share, basic and diluted:

       

Continuing operations

  $ (4.96   $ (9.47   $ (3.75   $ (9.93

Discontinued operations

    0.65        (0.83     (0.27       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted (1)

  $ (4.31   $ (10.30   $ (4.02   $ (9.93
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

    2,643,912        2,722,943        2,692,909        2,936,483   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma loss per share, basic and diluted:

       

Continuing operations (unaudited)

    $ (2.23     $ (2.17

Discontinued operations (unaudited)

      (0.20         
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

    $ (2.43     $ (2.17
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited)

      11,550,492          13,410,313   
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-5


Table of Contents

NOVAN, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

    Convertible Preferred Stock     Common Stock     Additional
Paid in
Capital
    Treasury
Stock
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total  
    Mezzanine B     Mezzanine A     Series 4     Series 3     Series 2     Series 1     Voting     Non-voting          
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount          

Balance as of December 31, 2013

         $             $        1,833,333      $ 11,000        1,226,935      $ 6,135        1,226,242      $ 2,000        1,229,862      $ 1,000        2,372,833      $        229,263      $      $ 176             $ (18,561   $ (18,385

Share-based compensation

                                                                                                                    177                      177   

Exercise of stock options

                                                                                        80,933                             47                      47   

Exercise of Series 3 preferred stock warrants

                                              95,635        1,403                                                                                       

Beneficial conversion of notes payable

                         420                                                                                                                   

Conversion of notes payable

                  306,484        3,782                                                                                                                   

Issuance of Mezzanine A preferred stock

                  872,318        11,959                                                                                                                   

Net loss

                                                                                                                                  (11,388     (11,388
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2014

                  1,178,802        16,161        1,833,333        11,000        1,322,570        7,538        1,226,242        2,000        1,229,862        1,000        2,453,766               229,263               400               (29,949     (29,549

Share-based compensation

                                                                                                                    2,385                      2,385   

Exercise of stock options

                                                                                        229,262                             468                      468   

Issuance of Mezzanine A preferred stock

                  2,498,820        34,259                                                                                                                   

Issuance of Mezzanine B preferred stock

    1,242,069        32,840                                                                                                                                 

Distribution of KNOW Bio, LLC

                                                                                                                                  (5,325     (5,325

Net loss

                                                                                                                                  (28,060     (28,060
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2015

    1,242,069      $ 32,840        3,677,622      $ 50,420        1,833,333      $ 11,000        1,322,570      $ 7,538        1,226,242      $ 2,000        1,229,862      $ 1,000        2,683,028      $        229,263      $      $ 3,253      $        (63,334     (60,081

Share-based compensation (unaudited)

                                                                                                                    534                      534   

Exercise of stock options (unaudited)

                                                                                        36,000                             34                      34   

Common stock repurchase (unaudited)

                                                                                                                           (155            (155

Net loss (unaudited)

                                                                                        (11,400                                        (29,164     (29,164
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2016 (unaudited)

    1,242,069      $ 32,840        3,677,622      $ 50,420        1,833,333      $ 11,000        1,322,570      $ 7,538        1,226,242      $ 2,000        1,229,862      $ 1,000        2,707,628      $        229,263      $      $ 3,821      $ (155   $ (92,498   $ (88,832
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-6


Table of Contents

NOVAN, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

    Year Ended December 31,        Six Months Ended June 30,   
        2014                    2015                   2015                  2016      

Cash flow from operating activities:

       

Net loss

  $ (11,388   $ (28,060   $ (10,818   $ (29,164

(Income) loss from discontinued operations

    (1,715     2,274        711          

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

       

Depreciation and amortization

    462        631        289        388   

Share-based compensation

    177        1,974        479        534   

Non-cash interest income

    (58                     

Non-cash interest expense

    700                        

Increase in fair value of warrant liability

    641                        

Loss (gain) on disposal of property and equipment

           8               (2

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

       

Contracts and grants receivable

    519                        

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (278     (604     69        39   

Accounts payable

    338        825        439        (289

Accrued compensation

    61        769        138        439   

Accrued outside research and development services

    251        837        143        5,133   

Accrued legal and professional fees

    3        200        49        (98

Accrued expenses

    (92     411        14        977   

Other

    (22     (30     (14     (18
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in continuing operating activities

    (10,401     (20,765     (8,501     (22,061
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operating activities

    1,798        (1,427     (423     (257
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

    (8,603     (22,192     (8,924     (22,318
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flow from investing activities:

       

Purchases of property and equipment

    (772     (1,212     (760     (2,333

Purchase of intangible asset

                         (75

Cash restricted to secure letter of credit

           (539            (1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in continuing investing activities

    (772     (1,751     (760     (2,409
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in discontinued investing activities

    (6     (139     (68       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (778     (1,890     (828     (2,409
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flow from financing activities:

       

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

    11,959        67,099        34,259          

Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes

    3,502                        

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

    57        458        12        34   

Proceeds from exercise of preferred stock warrants

    550                        

Purchase of treasury stock

                         (155

Dividend distribution

           (5,200              

Payments on capital lease obligation

    (5     (6     (3     (3

Payments on facility financing obligation

                         (52

Payments related to public offering

                         (1,183
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    16,063        62,351        34,268        (1,359
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    6,682        38,269        24,516        (26,086

Cash and cash equivalents as of beginning of period

    737        7,419        7,419        45,688   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents as of end of period

  $ 7,419      $ 45,688      $ 31,935      $ 19,602   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

       

Cash paid for interest

  $ 2      $ 1      $ 1      $ 0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

       

Purchases of equipment with accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $ 240      $ 92      $ 194      $ 334   

Conversion of notes payable and unpaid interest into preferred stock

  $ 3,782      $      $      $   

Exercise of preferred stock warrants

  $ 853      $      $      $   

Distribution of KNOW Bio, LLC equipment

  $      $ 125      $      $   

Non-cash addition to construction in progress related to build-to-suit lease and facility financing obligation

  $      $      $      $ 5,191   

Non-cash addition to deferred offering costs

  $      $ 309      $      $ 839   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-7


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1: Organization and Significant Accounting Policies

Business Description and Basis of Presentation

Novan, Inc., together with its subsidiaries (the “Company”), is a North Carolina based clinical-stage drug development company focused on the development and commercialization of innovative nitric oxide-based therapies in dermatology. Novan, Inc. was incorporated in January 2006 under the state laws of Delaware and its subsidiaries were organized in May 2015 under the state laws of North Carolina. In December 2015, KNOW Bio, LLC (“KNOW Bio”) was organized under the state laws of North Carolina.

On December 30, 2015, the Company completed the distribution of 100% of the outstanding member interests of KNOW Bio to Novan’s stockholders (the “Distribution”), pursuant to which KNOW Bio became an independent privately held company. Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2015, KNOW Bio’s financial results for periods prior to the Distribution have been reflected in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations, retrospectively, as discontinued operations. Additionally, the related assets and liabilities associated with the discontinued operations in the December 31, 2014 consolidated balance sheet and liabilities outstanding as of December 31, 2015 not assumed by KNOW Bio as part of the distribution are classified as discontinued operations. See Note 2 – Discontinued Operations for additional information.

The Company’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the settlement of liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business. As of June 30, 2016, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $92,497,826. The Company has reported a net loss in all fiscal periods since inception and expects to incur substantial losses in the future to conduct research and development and pre-commercialization activities. These factors raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. The accompanying consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result from uncertainty related to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

The Company needs to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings or generate revenues from collaborative partners prior to the commercialization of the Company’s product candidates. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing or generate revenues from collaborative partners, on terms acceptable to the Company, on a timely basis or at all. The failure of the Company to obtain sufficient funds on acceptable terms when needed could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations and financial condition. Additionally, there is no assurance that the Company can achieve its development milestones, or that its intellectual property rights will not be challenged.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements of Novan, Inc. and its subsidiaries have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).

Basis of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect the operations of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1: Organization and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Reclassifications

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation. These changes had no effect on previously reported net loss.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Statements

The accompanying consolidated interim balance sheet as of June 30, 2016, the statements of operations and comprehensive loss and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016, the statement of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and the related footnote disclosures are unaudited. These unaudited consolidated interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for the fair statement of the Company’s financial position as of June 30, 2016 and its results of operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016. The results for the six months ended June 30, 2016 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full fiscal year or any future period. All references to June 30 in these footnotes are unaudited.

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information

The unaudited pro forma financial information has been prepared assuming immediately upon the closing of the Company’s initial public offering (“IPO”) the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock and non-voting common stock into shares of common stock. The unaudited pro forma financial information does not assume any proceeds from the proposed IPO.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid instruments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include deposits and money market accounts.

Restricted Cash

The Company included in noncurrent assets restricted cash of $539,229 and $539,906 as of December 31, 2015 and June 30, 2016 (unaudited), respectively, which consisted of funds maintained in a separate deposit account to secure a letter of credit for the benefit of the lessor of facility space leased by the Company.

Contracts and Grants Receivable

Contracts and grants receivable, included in current assets of discontinued operations, were carried net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. All receivables or portions thereof that were deemed to be uncollectible or that require excessive collection costs are written off to the allowance for doubtful accounts when it is probable that the receivable is unrecoverable. The Company actively reviewed and evaluated its contracts and grants receivable, but no allowance for doubtful accounts had been considered necessary as of December 31, 2014 and 2015. Actual results could differ from the estimates that were used.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1: Organization and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with high-credit quality financial institutions and these deposits may at times be in excess of insured limits.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets represent the cost to obtain and register the Company’s internet domain. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized and are assessed for impairment at least annually.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives as follows:

 

Computer equipment

    3 years   

Office equipment

    3 years   

Furniture and fixtures

    5 years   

Laboratory equipment

    7 years   

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the life of the lease or the useful life of the improvements. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Improvements and betterments that add new functionality or extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized.

Intellectual Property

The Company believes intellectual property is critical to its business. The Company’s policy is to file patent applications to protect technology, inventions and improvements that are considered important to its business. Patent positions, including those of the Company, are uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions for which important legal principles are largely unresolved. Due to the uncertainty of future value to be realized from the expenses incurred in developing the Company’s intellectual property, the cost of filing, prosecuting, and maintaining internally developed patents are expensed as general and administrative costs as incurred.

Leases

The Company leases office space and certain equipment under non-cancelable lease agreements. The leases are reviewed for classification as operating or capital leases. For operating leases, rent is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease period. For capital leases, the Company records the leased asset with a corresponding liability. Payments are recorded as reductions to the liability with an appropriate interest charge recorded based on the then-outstanding remaining liability.

The Company considers the nature of the renovations and the Company’s involvement during the construction period of newly leased office space to determine if it is considered to be the owner of the construction project during the construction period. If the Company determines that it is the owner of the construction project, it is required to capitalize the fair value of the building as well as the construction costs incurred, including capitalized interest, on its consolidated balance sheet along with a corresponding financing liability (“build-to-suit accounting”). Upon occupancy for build-to-suit leases, the Company assesses whether the circumstances qualify for sales recognition under the sale-leaseback accounting guidance. If the lease meets the sale-leaseback criteria, the Company will remove the asset and related financial obligation from the balance sheet and evaluate the lease for

 

F-10


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1: Organization and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

treatment as a capital or operating lease. If upon completion of construction, the project does not meet the sale-leaseback criteria, the leased property will be treated as a capital lease for financial reporting purposes.

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized for an amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. There were no impairments of long-lived assets during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 or during the six months ended June 30, 2016 (unaudited).

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs, consisting of legal, accounting, filing and other fees related to the IPO, are capitalized. The deferred offering costs will be offset against proceeds from the IPO upon the effectiveness of the IPO. In the event the IPO is terminated, all capitalized deferred offering costs would be expensed. As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2016 (unaudited), $0, $308,945 and $2,022,290 of deferred offering costs were capitalized, respectively.

Revenue Recognition

The Company’s revenue consists of research revenue earned under contracts and grants with Federal government agencies, which relates to the research and development of its nitric oxide platform. Revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria are met:(1) persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; (2) delivery of the products or services has occurred; (3) the selling price is fixed or determinable; and (4) collectability is reasonably assured. As a result of the Distribution, the majority of the Company’s revenues are classified as discontinued operations. See Note 2 – Discontinued Operations for additional information.

Government research contracts and grants revenue . Under the terms of the contracts and grants awarded, the Company is entitled to receive reimbursement of its allowable direct expenses, allocated overhead, general and administrative expenses and payment of other specified amounts. Revenues from development and support activities under government research contracts and grants are recorded in the period in which the related costs are incurred for cost reimbursement grants. Revenue is recognized when earned and expenses are recognized when incurred as research and development expense.

Any of the funding sources may request reimbursement for expenses or return of funds, or both, as a result of noncompliance by the Company with the terms of the grants. No reimbursement of expenses or return of funds for noncompliance has been requested or made since inception of the contracts and grants.

During 2013, the Company received a contract from Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority (“BARDA”) with a total value of $7,868,915 over a contract performance period from August 2013 through August 2015. Total contract value includes direct, indirect, and allocable overhead costs plus a fixed percentage fee. Revenue recognized under this contract was $2,989,157 and $229,305, during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. Revenue

 

F-11


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1: Organization and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

recognized under this contract was $189,155 and $0 during the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited), respectively. Total revenue recognized and cash received during the contract performance period was $4,301,758.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses include all direct and indirect development costs incurred for the development of the Company’s drug candidates. These expenses include salaries and related costs, including stock-based compensation and travel costs, for research and development personnel, consulting fees, product development, preclinical studies, clinical trial costs, licensing fees and milestone payments under license agreements and other fees and costs related to the development of the drug candidates. The cost of tangible and intangible assets that are acquired for use on a particular research and development project, have no alternative future uses, and are not required to be capitalized in accordance with the Company’s capitalization policy, are expensed as research and development costs as incurred.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying values of cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2016 (unaudited) approximated their fair values due to the short-term nature of these items.

The Company has categorized its financial instruments, based on the priority of the inputs used to value the investments, into a three-level fair value hierarchy. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1), and lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). If the inputs used to measure the investments fall within different levels of the hierarchy, the categorization is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement of the investment. Financial instruments recorded in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet are categorized based on the inputs to valuation techniques as follows:

 

Level 1     Observable inputs that reflect unadjusted quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
Level 2    

Observable inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly in the marketplace for identical or similar assets and liabilities.

Level 3     Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market data, where values are derived from techniques in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable.

Due to the lack of market quotes relating to our preferred stock warrants, the fair value of the preferred stock warrants was determined using the Black-Scholes model, which is based on Level 3 inputs. For the year ended December 31, 2014, inputs used in the Black-Scholes model are presented below.

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
2014
 

Estimated dividend yield

    0.00

Expected volatility

    75.86% - 100

Risk-free interest rate

    0.02% - 0.13

Expected term (years)

    0.17 to 0.92   

Fair value of preferred stock

  $ 6.00 to $13.71   

Exercise price

  $ 6.00   

 

F-12


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1: Organization and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Due to limited historical data, the Company estimates stock price volatility based on the actual volatility of comparable publicly traded companies over the expected life of the warrant.

The warrants expired in November 2014; as such, there was no preferred stock warrant liability at December 31, 2014 and 2015 or June 30, 2016 (unaudited). The changes in the balances of Level 3 liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2014 were as follows:

 

    Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)  
    Beginning
Balance
    Revaluations
Included In
Earnings
     Exercises      Expirations      Ending
Balance
 

Warrant liability—December 31, 2014

  $ 270,59   $ 640,586       $ (853,404    $ (57,781    $             –   

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2016, there were no transfers between Levels 1, 2 and 3 liabilities.

Share-Based Compensation

Employees . The Company applies the fair value method of accounting for share-based compensation, which requires all such compensation to employees, including the grant of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement of operations based on its fair value at the measurement date (generally the grant date). The expense associated with share-based compensation is recognized on a straight-line basis over the service period of each award.

Non-employees . For share-based compensation granted to non-employees the measurement date is generally considered to be the date when all services have been rendered or the date that options are fully vested.

During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company recorded employee share-based compensation expense from continuing operations of $167,828 and $1,974,266, respectively, and $9,381 and $0 in non-employee share-based compensation expense from continuing operations, respectively. During the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited), the Company recorded employee share-based compensation expense from continuing operations of $479,387 and $533,960, respectively. Total share-based compensation expense included in the consolidated statements of operations is as follows:

 

    Year Ended December 31,      Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2014       2015               2015                      2016          
                  (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

Research and development

  $ 98,007       $ 540,615       $ 279,117       $ 179,077   

General and administrative

    79,202         1,433,651         200,270         354,883   

Discontinued operations

    —           410,537         89,005         —     
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  $ 177,209       $ 2,384,803       $ 568,392       $ 533,960   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair value of each option grant is estimated using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model on the weighted average grant date using assumptions as follows:

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2014     2015           2015                 2016        
                (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Estimated dividend yield

    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00

Expected volatility

    102.77     65.96 - 102.77     65.96 - 102.77     71.16

Risk-free interest rate

    1.88     1.48 - 1.81     1.65     1.33

Expected life of options (in years)

    6.00        5.1 - 5.9        5.75        5.73   

Weighted-average fair value per share

  $ 6.59 - 7.06      $ 6.83      $ 3.96      $ 9.79   

 

F-13


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1: Organization and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Due to limited historical data, the Company estimates stock price volatility based on the actual volatility of comparable publicly traded companies over the expected life of the option. In evaluating similarity, the Company considered factors such as industry, stage of life cycle, financial leverage, size and risk profile.

The Company does not have sufficient history of exercise of stock options to estimate the expected term of employee stock options and thus continues to calculate expected life based on the mid-point between the vesting date and the contractual term, which is in accordance with the simplified method. The expected term for share-based compensation granted to non-employees is the contractual life. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve during the expected life of the option.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. In estimating future tax consequences, all expected future events are considered other than enactment of changes in the tax law or rates.

The Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position.

The Company’s policy for recording interest and penalties is to record them as a component of interest expense and general and administrative expenses. As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2016 (unaudited), the Company accrued no interest related to uncertain tax positions.

Tax years that remain subject to examination by federal and state tax jurisdictions date back to the year ended December 31, 2008. The Company has not been informed by any tax authorities for any jurisdiction that any of its tax years are under examination.

The determination of recording or releasing a tax valuation allowance is made, in part, pursuant to an assessment performed by management regarding the likelihood that the Company will generate future taxable income against which benefits of its deferred tax assets may or may not be realized. This assessment requires management to exercise judgment and make estimates with respect to its ability to generate taxable income in future periods.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

The carrying value of redeemable convertible preferred stock is increased so that the carrying amount is at least equal to the liquidation value. These increases are affected through charges against additional paid-in capital, to the extent it is available, or the accumulated deficit.

Warrant Liability

Warrants to purchase the Company’s convertible preferred stock are classified as liabilities and are recorded at their estimated fair value. In each reporting period, any change in fair value of the warrants is recorded as expense in the case of an increase in fair value and income in the case of a decrease in fair value.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1: Organization and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited), comprehensive loss was equal to net loss.

Net Loss and Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share

Basic net loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss by the weighted average shares outstanding during the period, without consideration for common stock equivalents. Diluted net loss per share is calculated by adjusting weighted average shares outstanding for the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents outstanding for the period. For purposes of the diluted net loss per share calculation, preferred stock, stock options, and warrants are considered to be common stock equivalents but have been excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share, as their effect would be anti-dilutive for all periods presented. Therefore, basic and diluted net loss per share was the same for all periods presented. The calculations for the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share assume the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock as if the conversions had occurred at the beginning of the period or the date of issuance, if later.

Segment Information

The Company has determined that it operates in one segment. The Company uses its nitric oxide- based technology to develop product candidates.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

Accounting Pronouncements Adopted

In April 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-08, Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity. This new standard raises the threshold for a disposal to qualify as a discontinued operation and requires new disclosures of both discontinued operations and certain other disposals that do not meet the definition of a discontinued operation. The Company adopted this standard for the year ended December 31, 2015.

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-12, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period, which requires us to assess share-based awards with performance targets that could be achieved after the requisite service period for potential treatment as performance conditions. Under the ASU, compensation expense is to be recognized when the performance target is deemed probable and should represent the compensation expense attributable to the periods for which service has already been rendered. If the performance target is reached prior to achievement of the service period, the remaining unrecognized compensation cost should be recognized over the remaining service period. The ASU is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2015 with early adoption permitted. This standard is effective for the Company as of January 1, 2016. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on its financial statements.

In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-16, Determining Whether the Host Contract in a Hybrid Financial Instrument Issued in the Form of a Share Is More Akin to Debt or to Equity. The guidance requires an entity to determine the nature of the host contract by considering all stated and

 

F-15


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1: Organization and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

implied substantive terms and features of the hybrid financial instrument, weighing each term and feature on the basis of the relevant facts and circumstances (commonly referred to as the whole-instrument approach). ASU 2014-16 applies to all entities and is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods thereafter. This ASU was effective for the Company as of January 1, 2016. Adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on its financial statements.

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-2: Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis, which provides clarification regarding the guidance surrounding consolidation of certain legal entities. This guidance is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2015. This standard is effective for the Company as of January 1, 2016. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on its financial statements.

Accounting Pronouncements Being Evaluated

In May 2014, the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board issued a converged standard on the recognition of revenue from contracts with customers. The converged standard has been codified within Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers of the FASB Accounting Standard Codification (ASC). The objective of the new standard is to establish a single comprehensive revenue recognition model that is designed to create greater comparability of financial statements across industries and jurisdictions. Under the new standard, companies will recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in amounts that reflect the consideration to which a company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new standard also will require expanded disclosures on revenue recognition and changes in assets and liabilities that result from contracts with customers. In July 2015, the FASB delayed the effective date of the new standard by one year. Early adoption as of January 1, 2017 is permitted. In March, April and May of 2016, the FASB issued additional ASUs to amend Topic 606 and to provide expanded or clarifying guidance associated with the application of certain principles within the revenue recognition model, including the areas of principle and agent, identification of performance obligations, licensing, and other improvements and practical expedients. The Company will adopt the new standard by January 1, 2018, as required. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this new standard on its financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern, which provides accounting guidance related to the evaluation of an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. ASU 2014-15 establishes management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern in connection with preparing financial statements for each annual and interim reporting period. The update also gives guidance to disclose information about relevant conditions and events when there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. This guidance is effective for annual and interim periods ending after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating the guidance under ASU 2014-15 and will present the required disclosures in its financial statements at the time of adoption as necessary.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes. The new guidance requires that deferred tax assets and liabilities be classified as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position. The new standard is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this new ASU on its financial statements but does not expect the adoption of this standard to have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1: Organization and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-2, Leases. This guidance revises the accounting related to leases by requiring lessees to recognize a lease liability and a right-of-use asset for all leases. The new lease guidance also simplifies the accounting for sale and leaseback transactions. This ASU is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018 and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this ASU on the Company’s financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. The FASB issued ASU 2016-09 to simplify several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences. This ASU is effective for annual and interim periods ending after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this ASU on the Company’s financial statements.

Note 2: Discontinued Operations

On December 14, 2015, the Board of Directors of Novan Inc. approved the separation of its non-dermatological assets and rights from Novan, Inc. through the Distribution. To consummate the Distribution, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a pro rata dividend of KNOW Bio member units to Novan’s stockholders of record as of the close of business on December 29, 2015 (the “Record Date”). Each Novan stockholder received one member unit of KNOW Bio, LLC for every share of Novan preferred or common stock held at the close of business on the Record Date. The Distribution occurred on December 30, 2015 (the “Distribution Date”). Immediately following the Distribution, KNOW Bio, LLC became an independent, privately-held company and the Company does not own an equity interest in KNOW Bio and has no significant influence by contract or other means. The results of KNOW Bio have been classified as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations for all periods presented. Additionally, the related assets and liabilities associated with the discontinued operations in the prior year consolidated balance sheet and liabilities outstanding as of December 31, 2015 not assumed by KNOW Bio as part of the Distribution are classified as discontinued operations.

At the Distribution Date, KNOW Bio had cash of $5,200,000 and equipment of $125,145. The cash included in the Distribution was recorded as a dividend distribution. Certain intellectual property rights were licensed to KNOW Bio as further described in Note 4 – Technology Agreement.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 2: Discontinued Operations (continued)

 

The financial results of KNOW Bio through the Distribution are presented as income (loss) from discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations. The following table presents the financial results of KNOW Bio:

 

    Year Ended December 31,            Six Months
Ended
June 30,
 
    2014             2015            2015  
                               (unaudited)  

Federal research contract and grant revenue

  $ 2,989,157          $ 229,305         $ 189,155   

Other contract and grant revenue

    52,464                        
 

 

 

       

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total revenue

    3,041,621            229,305           189,155   
 

 

 

       

 

 

      

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

            

Research and development

    1,318,622            1,826,636           823,692   

General and administrative

    8,474            677,102           76,941   
 

 

 

       

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    1,327,096            2,503,738           900,633   
 

 

 

       

 

 

      

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

  $ 1,714,525          $ (2,274,433      $ (711,478
 

 

 

       

 

 

      

 

 

 

The following table presents the aggregate carrying amount of the classes of assets and liabilities of discontinued operations of KNOW Bio.

 

    December 31,  
    2014      2015  

Carrying amounts of assets included as part of discontinued operations:

    

Contracts and grants receivable

  $ 244,281       $   

Property and equipment, net

    15,047           
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets classified as discontinued operations in the consolidated balance sheets

  $ 259,328       $   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying amounts of liabilities included as part of discontinued operations:

    

Accounts payable

  $ 64,541       $ 133,595   

Accrued payroll

    19,250         123,809   

Accrued vacation

    9,846           

Other accrued expenses

    67           
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities classified as discontinued operations in the consolidated balance sheets

  $ 93,704       $ 257,404   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 3: Research and Development Licenses

The Company has entered into various licensing agreements with universities and other research institutions under which the Company receives the rights, and in some cases substantially all of the rights, of the inventors, assignee or co-assignee to produce and market technology protected by certain patents and patent applications. The Company is generally required to make milestone payments based on development milestones and will be required to make royalty payments based on a percentage of future sales of covered products or a percentage of sublicensing revenue. Costs to acquire rights under license agreements and pre-commercialization milestone payments are classified

 

F-18


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3: Research and Development Licenses (continued)

 

as research and development expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. As future royalty payments are directly related to future revenues (either sales or sublicensing), future commitments cannot be determined. No accrual for future payments under these agreements has been recorded, as the Company cannot estimate if, when or in what amount payments may become due.

The Company is generally required by the various licensing agreements to reimburse the licensor for certain legal and other patent related costs. These costs are expensed as incurred and are classified as general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

UNC License Agreement

The UNC License Agreement requires the Company to pay UNC up to $425,000 in regulatory and commercial milestones on a licensed product by licensed product basis. Additionally, the Company is obligated to pay to UNC a running royalty percentage in the low single digits on net sales of licensed products. No milestone or royalty payments were required during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2016 (unaudited). As a part of the UNC Agreement, the Company is required to reimburse UNC for certain patent prosecution and maintenance costs. The Company reimbursed UNC $61,954 and $75,668 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $39,780 and $28,423 for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited), respectively. Unless earlier terminated, the UNC Agreement remains in effect on a country by country and licensed product by licensed product basis until the expiration of the last to expire issued patent covering such licensed product in the applicable country. The projected date of expiration of the last to expire of the patents issued under the UNC Agreement is 2033.

In connection with the UNC Agreement, the Company issued 139,038 shares of non-voting common stock to UNC and paid an upfront cash payment of $5,000 to UNC. During 2009, an additional 90,225 shares of non-voting common stock were issued to UNC in relation to the anti-dilution provision contained in the UNC Agreement. As of June 30, 2016 (unaudited), UNC owns 100% of the Company’s non-voting common stock, or approximately 1.6 percent of the Company’s equity on a fully-diluted basis after considering the potential conversion of preferred stock into common stock.

University of Akron Research Foundation

In March 2010, the Company entered into a license agreement (as subsequently amended, the “UARF Agreement”) with the University of Akron Research Foundation (“UARF”) whereby UARF granted to the Company an exclusive worldwide license, with the right to sublicense, under certain patents and patent applications owned or controlled by UARF, to develop and commercialize licensed products in exchange for three upfront payments of $10,000 each. The UARF Agreement requires the Company to make low single-digit royalty payments on percentages of net sales of licensed products and pay $50,000 upon successful commercialization of each product developed using the patent rights granted under the license. No milestone or royalty payments were required during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2016 (unaudited). As a part of the UARF Agreement, the Company is required to reimburse UARF for certain patent prosecution and maintenance costs. The Company reimbursed UARF for $3,785 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $0 for the six months ended June 30, 2016 (unaudited).

Additionally, in May 2012, the Company entered into a separate agreement with UARF (“UARF Nonexclusive License”) whereby the Company received a non-exclusive license to certain patents

 

F-19


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3: Research and Development Licenses (continued)

 

applications owned or controlled by UARF in exchange for initial payments of $10,000 to be paid on the anniversary dates of the UARF Nonexclusive License effective date for the shorter of (1) until four such payments have been made or (2) until a valid claim within the licensed patent applications is issued. The Company recorded license payments of $10,000 to UARF in each of the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and $10,000 during the six months ended June 30, 2015 (unaudited). There were no license payments required during the six months ended June 30, 2016 (unaudited). The Company is also obligated to pay a low single digit percentage running royalty on net sales of licensed products, subject to a minimum annual royalty upon issuance of such a valid claim. No royalty payments were required during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2016 (unaudited).

Public Health Services

In November 2010, the Company entered into a license agreement (“PHS Agreement”) with the Public Health Services (“PHS”) whereby PHS granted a non-exclusive worldwide license, with the ability to sublicense, under certain patents and patent applications owned or controlled by PHS to develop and commercialize licensed products in the licensed field of wound healing and biomedical device coatings. As part of the PHS Agreement, the Company was required to pay an upfront licensing fee of $5,000, and reimburse PHS for certain patent prosecution and maintenance costs of approximately $10,000. During 2011, the Company made the required payments totaling $15,000. The PHS Agreement also requires the Company to make low single-digit percentage running royalty payments on net sales of licensed products and certain regulatory milestone payments on a licensed product by licensed product basis. No payments to PHS were required during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2016 (unaudited).

Hospital for Special Surgery

In July 2010, the Company entered into a license agreement (“HSS Agreement”) with the Hospital for Special Surgery (“HSS”) whereby HSS granted to the Company an exclusive worldwide license, including the right to sublicense, under a patent owned or controlled by HHS, to develop and commercialized licensed products . As part of the HSS Agreement, the Company was required to pay a licensing fee of $15,000, reimburse HSS for certain patent prosecution and maintenance costs, and make certain regulatory milestone payments and low single-digit percentage running royalty payments on net sales of licensed products. The $15,000 licensing fee was paid during 2010. No milestone or royalty payments to HSS were required during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2016 (unaudited).

Strakan International S.A.R.L.

In August 2014, the Company executed a License and Data Purchase Agreement (“Strakan Agreement”) with Strakan International S.A.R.L. (“Strakan”), a licensee of the University of Aberdeen. 

Through this agreement, the Company has an exclusive worldwide license, with the right to grant sublicenses, under certain patents and patent applications controlled by Strakan, to develop and commercialize licensed products. The Strakan Agreement also includes provisions requiring the Company to make certain initial payments totaling $300,000 through February 2016. These initial payments made by the Company to Strakan totaled $50,000 and $150,000 during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $50,000 and $100,000 during the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited), respectively. The Strakan Agreement also requires the Company

 

F-20


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3: Research and Development Licenses (continued)

 

to make single-digit percentage running royalty payments on net sales of licensed products. No royalty payments to Strakan were required during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2016 (unaudited). Additionally, the Company has reimbursed Strakan for patent prosecution and maintenance costs, totaling $0 and $36,124 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015, respectively, and $0 and $39,254 for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited), respectively.

KIPAX AB

In December 2014, the Company entered into a non-binding term sheet (“KIPAX Term Sheet”) with KIPAX AB for the purchase of certain patents and patent applications owned by KIPAX AB. As part of the KIPAX Term Sheet, the Company is required to pay $100,000 upon execution of the definitive purchase agreement (“KIPAX Agreement”) pursuant to the KIPAX Term Sheet. The Company executed the KIPAX Agreement and paid to KIPAX AB the upfront payment of $100,000 during late 2015. As part of the KIPAX Agreement, the Company is additionally required to pay up to $175,000 in milestone payments upon reaching prescribed development, regulatory and commercial milestones. No milestone payments were required or made during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2016 (unaudited).

Note 4: Technology Agreement

In connection with the Distribution, the Company granted to KNOW Bio, through two separate agreements, exclusive licenses, with the right to sublicense, to certain U.S. and foreign patents and patent applications controlled by the Company as of the execution date of the agreement, and, under one of the agreements, patents and patent applications which may become controlled by the Company during the three years immediately following the execution date of such agreement, directed towards nitric oxide-releasing compositions and methods of manufacturing thereof, including methods of manufacturing, and other nitric oxide-based therapeutics.

Additionally, the Company granted to KNOW Bio exclusive sublicenses, with the ability to further sublicense, under certain of the U.S. and foreign patents and patent applications exclusively licensed to the Company from UNC and another third party directed towards nitric oxide-releasing compositions, to develop and commercialize products utilizing the licensed technology. Under the exclusive sublicense to the UNC patents and applications, KNOW Bio is subject to the terms and conditions under the UNC License Agreement, including milestone and diligence payment obligations. There were no milestone or royalty payments required during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2016 (unaudited).

The exclusive license agreements and sublicense agreements will continue for so long as there is a valid patent claim under the respective agreement, unless earlier terminated, and upon expiration continues as a perpetual non-exclusive license. KNOW Bio has the right to terminate each such agreement, with notice, for any reason upon ninety days advance written notice to the Company.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 5: Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment consisted of the following:

 

    December 31,     June 30,  
    2014     2015     2016  
                (unaudited)  

Computer equipment

  $ 162,586      $ 283,081      $ 421,022   

Furniture and fixtures

    74,635        88,518        108,715   

Laboratory equipment

    2,150,619        2,995,980        3,972,238   

Office equipment

    35,761        35,761        35,761   

Leasehold improvements

    631,093        691,515        789,578   

Construction in progress (1)

                  6,402,556   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    3,054,694        4,094,855        11,729,870   

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (1,136,368     (1,750,757     (2,131,825
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 1,918,326      $ 2,344,098      $ 9,598,045   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The Company capitalizes construction in progress and records corresponding liabilities when it is considered the owner, for accounting purposes, during the construction period. See Note 1 for the Company’s accounting policy relating to build-to-suit leases. Also see Note 6 for further discussion of this capitalized construction in progress project.

Depreciation expense was $462,086 and $630,849 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $286,467 and $388,097 for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited), respectively.

Note 6: Commitments and Contingencies

Lease Obligations

Operating Leases

The Company leases facilities under non-cancelable operating leases with various expiration dates through August 2016.

Build-to-Suit Lease

In August 2015, the Company entered into a lease agreement for approximately 51,000 rentable square feet of additional facility space commencing in April 2016. As a result of the nature of and the involvement in the renovations during the construction period of the leased space, the Company is the “deemed owner”, for accounting purposes only, of the construction project and is required to capitalize the fair value of the building as well as the construction costs incurred by either the landlord or the Company on its consolidated balance sheet pursuant to FASB ASC 840, Leases , and the accounting policy described in Note 1, the Company has recorded an asset related to the building and construction costs within property and equipment of $6,402,556 as of June 30, 2016 (unaudited), which includes capitalized interest expense totaling $73,896. The facility lease obligation on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet is $0 as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and $5,138,535 as of June 30, 2016 (unaudited). During the six months ended June 30, 2016, construction costs financed by the landlord totaled $5,190,669 and the Company made financing obligation principle payments to the landlord totaling $52,134.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 6: Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

 

The project remained in the construction phase as of June 30, 2016. Upon completion of the construction, the Company will evaluate whether or not the “sale-leaseback” criteria for de-recognition of the construction project assets and liabilities will have been met.

 

    Capital Lease
Obligations
    Operating
Leases
     Build-to-Suit
Lease
 

2016

  $ 6,696      $ 196,182       $ 591,675   

2017

    3,906                1,102,613   

2018

                   1,135,734   

2019

                   1,169,881   

2020

                   1,205,056   

Thereafter

                   7,303,254   
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

    10,602      $ 196,182       $ 12,508,213   
   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amounts representing interest

    (772     
 

 

 

      

Present value of net minimum payments

    9,830        

Current maturities

    (6,041     
 

 

 

      

Long-term payment obligations

  $ 3,789        
 

 

 

      

Rent expense for operating leases totaled $305,392 and $337,122 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively and $164,954 and $208,768 for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited), respectively.

The cost and accumulated amortization of equipment under capital leases as of December 31, 2015 is as follows:

 

Cost

  $ 26,745   

Less: Accumulated amortization

    (20,734
 

 

 

 
  $ 6,011   
 

 

 

 

Contingencies

From time to time, the Company may have certain contingent liabilities that arise in the ordinary course of business activities. The Company accrues a liability for such matters when it is probable that future expenditures will be made and such expenditures can be reasonably estimated. The Company is not subject to any current pending legal matters or claims.

Indemnification

In the ordinary course of business, the Company has entered into contractual arrangements under which it has agreed to provide indemnification of varying scope and terms to business partners and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, losses arising out of the Company’s breach of such agreements and out of intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. In these circumstances, payment may be conditional on the other party making a claim pursuant to the procedures specified in the particular contract.

The Company’s obligations under these agreements may be limited in terms of time or amount, and in some instances, the Company may have recourse against third parties for certain payments. The terms of such obligations vary.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 6: Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

 

It is not possible to make a reasonable estimate of the maximum potential amount of future payments under these or similar agreements due to the conditional nature of the Company’s obligations and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. No material indemnification liabilities were identified or accrued in the accompanying financial statements.

Note 7: Convertible Debt

In February 2014, the Company entered into convertible note purchase agreements totaling $3,502,125 with various investors, including $2,835,625 with existing preferred stockholders and $300,000 with Board members. Principal and interest was due on the earlier of August 24, 2015 or the occurrence of a liquidating event. The notes accrued interest at 8% annually. In the event of a qualified financing, at the sole election of the Company, the entire principal balance and a minimum of one year of accrued interest converted into shares of Mezzanine A Preferred Stock at 90% of the per share price of the Mezzanine A Preferred Stock issued. In connection with the Mezzanine A Preferred Stock issuance, a qualified financing, the Company elected in August 2014 to convert principal and interest totaling $3,781,706 into 306,484 shares of Mezzanine A Preferred Stock. The Company recognized $279,581 of interest expense related to the convertible notes during the year ended December 31, 2014. The Company recognized $420,190 in interest expense upon the conversion of the notes into shares of Mezzanine A Preferred Stock.

Note 8: Stockholders’ Equity

Capital Structure

Authorized Shares . The Company is authorized to issue 36,729,263 shares of capital stock, of which 22,000,000 shares have been designated as $0.0001 par value common stock, 229,263 shares as $0.0001 par value non-voting common stock, and 14,500,000 shares as $0.0001 par value convertible preferred stock. The authorized shares of convertible preferred stock have been designated as follows: 1,229,862 as Series 1 Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series 1”), 1,226,242 as Series 2 Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series 2”), 1,349,382 as Series 3 Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series 3”), 1,833,333 as Series 4 Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series 4”), 3,677,622 as Mezzanine A Convertible Preferred Stock (“Mezzanine A”) and 5,000,000 as Mezzanine B Convertible Preferred Stock (“Mezzanine B”).

Significant Features of Series 1, Series 2, Series 3, Series 4, Mezzanine A and Mezzanine B Convertible Preferred Stock

Voting. The holders of Series 1, Series 2, Series 3, Series 4, Mezzanine A and Mezzanine B are entitled to vote equally with the shares of common stock.

Dividends . Holders of preferred shares are entitled to dividends if and when declared by the Board of Directors. As of June 30, 2016 (unaudited), other than the Distribution (see Note 1), no dividends had been declared.

Conversion. Each share of Series 1, Series 2, Series 3, Series 4, Mezzanine A and Mezzanine B shall be convertible at the option of the holder at any time after the date of issuance into such a number of common shares as is determined by dividing the original issue price by the conversion price in effect at the time of the conversion. The conversion prices are subject to adjustment for subdivisions, dividends, combinations, reclassifications, merger, sale, etc.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 8: Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

Automatic Conversion . Each share of Series 1, Series 2, Series 3, Series 4, Mezzanine A and Mezzanine B shall automatically be converted into common stock at the then effective conversion price upon the completion of an initial public offering involving the sale of the Company’s common stock with proceeds in excess of $40,000,000, or the consent of the majority of the holders of preferred shares.

Consent Rights . Without consent of the holders of a majority of Series 1, Series 2, Series 3, Series 4, Mezzanine A and Mezzanine B shares, the Company will not take certain actions, including liquidation, dissolution, recapitalization or reorganization; increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of preferred or common stock; authorize or issue shares of capital stock with preferences or priorities over the existing shares of preferred stock; or effect any amendment to the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company which would have an adverse effect on the holders of Series 1, Series 2, Series 3, Series 4, Mezzanine A and Mezzanine B.

Liquidation Preference . Upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, holders of the Mezzanine B shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of the assets to holders of Mezzanine A, Series 4, Series 3, Series 2, Series 1, or common stock, an amount equal to the greater of the original purchase price or the per share amount on an as converted basis. After such distribution to the holders of Mezzanine B, the holders of Mezzanine A shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of the assets to holders of Series 4, Series 3, Series 2, Series 1, or common stock, an amount equal to the greater of the original purchase price or the per share amount on an as converted basis. After such distribution to the holders of Mezzanine A, the holders of the Series 4 shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of the assets to holders of Series 3, Series 2, Series 1, or common stock, an amount equal to the greater of the original purchase price or the per share amount on an as converted basis. After such distribution to the holders of Series 4, the holders of Series 3 shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of the assets to holders of Series 2, Series 1, or common stock, an amount equal to the greater of the original purchase price or the per share amount on an as converted basis. After such distribution to the holders of Series 3, the holders of Series 2 shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of the assets to holders of Series 1 or common stock, an amount equal to the greater of the original purchase price or the per share amount on an as converted basis. After such distribution to the holders of Mezzanine B, Mezzanine A, Series 4, Series 3, and Series 2, the holders of Series 1 shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of the assets to holders of common stock, an amount equal to the greater of the original purchase price or the per share amount on an as converted basis. Any assets remaining after such preferential distributions shall be distributed to holders of common stock.

Anti-Dilution . Series 1, Series 2, Series 3, Series 4, Mezzanine A and Mezzanine B have a weighted average anti-dilution provision which protects against stock splits, stock dividends, and recapitalizations.

Preferred Stock Warrants . In 2010 and 2011, in conjunction with the issuance of the Series 3 convertible preferred shares, the Company issued 149,931 warrants which were exercisable for an equal number of shares of Series 3 at a price of $6.00. The fair value of the warrants outstanding increased in 2014 resulting in a re-measurement loss in other expense of $640,586. During the year ended December 31, 2014, warrant holders exercised 114,946 warrants for an aggregate price of $549,995. Warrants exercised during 2014 include 23,322 warrants exercised through cashless exercise for 4,011 shares of Series 3. The liquidation value of Series 3 convertible preferred shares issued during 2014 was $478,175. In addition, 7,497 warrants expired unexercised. The Company recognized $57,781 of interest income during the year ended December 31, 2014 related to the expiration of these unexercised warrants. There were no warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2016 (unaudited).

 

F-25


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 8: Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

Stock Repurchase

During the six months ended June 30, 2016 (unaudited), the Company repurchased 11,400 shares of common stock for an aggregate price of $155,268 from a member of the Company’s Board of Directors. The repurchase of these shares is recorded as treasury stock on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2016 (unaudited).

Significant Features of Non-Voting Common Stock

Each share of non-voting common stock shall automatically be converted into one share of common stock, as adjusted for any dividends and stock-splits, upon the closing of a qualified public offering of the Company’s common stock. As of December 31, 2015 and June 30, 2016 (unaudited), other than the Distribution, there are no previously declared dividends or stock-splits.

Note 9: Stock Option Plan

During 2008, the Company adopted the 2008 Stock Plan (the “Plan”). As amended, a total of 1,700,000 shares of voting common stock have been reserved for issuance under the Plan. As of June 30, 2016 (unaudited), 266,476 shares are available for future stock option grants. Eligible plan participants include employees, directors, and consultants. The Plan permits the granting of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, and other stock-based awards.

Options to purchase the Company’s common stock may be granted at a price not less than the fair value in the case of both NSOs and ISOs. The fair value and vesting terms of options issued are determined by the Board of Directors, provided that such price for stock options shall not be less than the estimated fair value of the Company’s stock on the date of the grant. The Company’s stock options vest based on terms in the stock option agreements, generally at a rate of one-third for each anniversary of the vesting commencement date for three years. Stock options have a maximum term of ten years.

In December 2015, the Board of Directors approved the acceleration of each option holder’s unvested options through the next annual anniversary of the grant’s vesting commencement date provided that the option holder consents to the option acceleration in writing. As of December 31, 2015, 190,991 options were vested pursuant to this option acceleration and the Company recognized $1,312,000 of additional compensation expense.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 9: Stock Option Plan (continued)

 

Stock option activity for the periods indicated is as follows:

 

    Shares
Available
for Grant
    Shares
Subject to
Outstanding
Options
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Share
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (in
years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2013

    95,667        251,500      $ 0.52         

Additional shares reserved under plan

    500,000                  

Options granted

    (253,800     253,800        0.93         

Options forfeited

    20,500        (20,500     0.59         

Options exercised

           (80,933     0.59         
 

 

 

   

 

 

         

Options outstanding at December 31, 2014

    362,367        403,867        0.76         

Additional shares reserved under plan

    500,000                  

Options granted

    (440,291     440,291        7.12         

Options forfeited

    65,000        (65,000     3.08         

Options exercised

           (229,262     2.04         
 

 

 

   

 

 

         

Options outstanding at December 31, 2015

    487,076        549,896        5.22         

Options granted (unaudited)

    (225,000     225,000        12.67         

Options forfeited (unaudited)

    4,400        (4,400     10.21         

Options exercised (unaudited)

    —          (36,000     0.93         
 

 

 

   

 

 

         

Options outstanding as of June 30, 2016 (unaudited)

    266,476        734,496        7.68         8.74       $ 2,813,255   
 

 

 

   

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2014

      335,406        0.73         8.39       $ 1,995,666   

Exercisable as of December 31, 2014

      111,400        0.45         6.44       $ 694,022   

Vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2015

      516,876        5.13         8.80       $ 5,101,566   

Exercisable as of December 31, 2015

      279,392        3.56         8.38       $ 3,196,244   

Vested and expected to vest as of June 30, 2016 (unaudited)

      677,359        7.53         8.70       $ 2,681,350   

Exercisable as of June 30, 2016 (unaudited)

      278,888        4.70         8.03       $ 1,796,306   

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 was $512,748 and $1,654,549, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited) was $298,145 and $506,520, respectively.

As of December 31, 2015, there was $1,648,863 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share based compensation arrangements, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.3 years. As of June 30, 2016 (unaudited), there was $3,030,269 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share based compensation arrangements, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.2 years.

Note 10: Income Taxes

There was no income tax benefit recognized for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2016 (unaudited) due to the Company’s history of net losses

 

F-27


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 10: Income Taxes (continued)

 

combined with an inability to confirm recovery of the tax benefits from the Company’s losses and other net deferred tax assets. The Company has established a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty surrounding the realization of such assets. The reasons for the difference between actual income tax benefit for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, and the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to losses before income tax benefit are as follows:

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2014     2015  

Income tax benefit at federal statutory rate

  $ (3,871,991   $ (9,540,351

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

    (375,811     (740,780

Non-deductible expenses

    547,214        608,003   

Distribution of intellectual property rights

           657,322   

Research and development tax credits

    (477,960     (767,344

Other

    (17,285     282,667   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
    (4,195,833     (9,500,483

Change in valuation allowance

    4,195,833        9,500,483   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax provision

  $      $   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows:

 

    As of December 31,  
    2014     2015  

Current:

   

Deferred tax assets:

   

Deferred rent

  $ 20,408      $ 9,101   

Accrued compensation

    18,557        16,315   

Accrued liabilities

           83,056   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

    38,965        108,472   

Less valuation allowance

    (38,965     (108,472
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current deferred tax asset

  $      $   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncurrent:

   

Deferred tax assets:

   

Tax loss carryforwards

  $ 9,729,667      $ 17,691,546   

Contribution carryforward

    32,886        51,705   

Intangible assets

    210,401        351,171   

Share-based compensation

    22,354        303,901   

Tax credits

    1,219,517        2,237,420   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

    11,214,825        20,635,743   

Less valuation allowance

    (11,171,100     (20,602,076
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax assets

    43,725        33,667   

Deferred tax liabilities:

   

Fixed assets

    (43,725     (33,667
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net noncurrent deferred tax asset (liability)

  $      $   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 10: Income Taxes (continued)

 

As of December 31, 2015, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $48,107,054 and $50,573,804, respectively. The net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2028 and 2023 for federal and state tax purposes, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had charitable contribution carryforwards of approximately $152,000 available to offset future federal taxable income which will begin to expire in 2017. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had government research and development tax credits of approximately $2,237,000 to offset future federal taxes which begin to expire in 2028.

The Tax Reform Act of 1986 contains provisions which limit the ability to utilize the net operating loss carryforwards in the case of certain events including significant changes in ownership interests. If the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards are limited, and the Company has taxable income which exceeds the permissible yearly net operating loss carryforwards, the Company would incur a federal income tax liability even though net operating loss carryforwards would be available in future years.

Note 11: Retirement Plan

The Company maintains a defined contribution savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. This plan covers all employees who meet minimum age requirements and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pre-tax basis. The Company makes a discretionary matching contribution, up to 2% of gross wages during 2014 and 2015 and up to 3% of gross wages during 2016. The Company contributed $59,677 and $99,849, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, and $37,453 and $88,485 for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited), respectively.

Note 12: Related Party Transactions

During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company paid a director $25,000 and $87,500, respectively, in conjunction with a research and development consulting agreement. During the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited), the Company paid the director $12,500 and $0, respectively, in conjunction with the consulting agreement. These costs are expensed as incurred and are classified as research and development expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Board members held 2,468,015 and 2,486,656 preferred shares as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. Board members held 2,108,000 and 2,113,700 shares of the Company’s voting common stock as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. Board members held 2,475,309 and 736,004 preferred shares as of June 30, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited), respectively. Board members held 2,108,000 and 1,138,300 shares of the Company’s voting common stock as of June 30, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited), respectively.

Note 13: Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through March 9, 2016, the date on which the audited consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, and subsequently through

 

F-29


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 13: Subsequent Events (continued)

 

June 30, 2016 and August 24, 2016. Events occurring subsequent to March 9, 2016 but on or before June 30, 2016 have been accounted for and disclosed within the accompanying unaudited financial statements and related footnotes. The Company has concluded that no subsequent events have occurred after June 30, 2016 that require disclosure.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

 

            Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

Piper Jaffray

 

JMP Securities   Wedbush PacGrow

                    , 2016

Through and including                 , 2016 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligations to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the registrant in connection with the sale of common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee and the NASDAQ listing fee.

 

Item

  Amount to
be paid
 

SEC registration fee

  $             *   

FINRA filing fee

                *   

Listing fee

                *   

Printing and engraving expenses

                *   

Legal fees and expenses

                *   

Accounting fees and expenses

                *   

Blue Sky, qualification fees and expenses

                *   

Transfer Agent fees and expenses

                *   

Miscellaneous expenses

                *   
 

 

 

 

Total

  $             *   
 

 

 

 

 

* To be filed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of its directors to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his or her duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Upon completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that none of our directors shall be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability, except to the extent that the DGCL prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty.

Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or a person serving at the request of the corporation for another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he or she was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, ending or completed action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Upon completion of this offering, our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we will indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of us) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or, while a director or officer, is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (all such persons being referred to as an “Indemnitee”), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement, liabilities, losses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Our amended and restated bylaws that will be effective upon the closing of the offering provide that we will indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of us to procure a judgment in our favor by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or, while a director or officer, is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, and any appeal therefrom, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to us, unless a court determines that, despite such adjudication but in view of all of the circumstances, he or she is entitled to indemnification of such expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, he or she will be indemnified by us against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith. If we do not assume the defense, expenses must be advanced to an Indemnitee under certain circumstances.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and officers for some expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her service as one of our directors or officers, or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request. The indemnification agreements also provide for procedures that will apply in the event that a director or executive officer makes a claim for indemnification and establish certain presumptions that are favorable to the director or executive officer.

We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our corporation arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, against certain liabilities arising in connection with such offering.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have

 

II-2


Table of Contents

been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. Please read “Item 17. Undertakings” for more information on the SEC’s position regarding such indemnification provisions.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Set forth below is information regarding shares of our common stock and shares of our preferred stock issued and stock options granted by us within the past three years that were not registered under the Securities Act. Also included is the consideration received by us for such shares and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the Securities and Exchange Commission, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

(a) Issuance of Preferred Stock

 

  n   On August 14, 2014, we entered into a Mezzanine A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement to issue up to 1,853,253 shares of Mezzanine A preferred stock to certain accredited investors at a price of $13.71 per share, and we entered into a First Amendment to the Mezzanine A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement on March 27, 2015 to issue up to 3,677,622 shares of Mezzanine A redeemable preferred stock to accredited investors at a price of $13.71 per share. On August 14, 2014, at the first closing under the Mezzanine A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, we issued 344,063 shares of Mezzanine A preferred stock to certain accredited investors. On March 27, 2015, at the second closing under the Mezzanine A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, we issued 3,333,559 shares of Mezzanine A preferred stock to certain accredited investors.

 

  n   On December 1, 2015, we entered into a Mezzanine B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement to issue up to 2,269,289 shares of Mezzanine B preferred stock to accredited investors at a price of $26.44 per share. On December 1, 2015, at the first closing under the Mezzanine B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, we issued 870,042 shares of Mezzanine B preferred stock to certain accredited investors. On December 18, 2015, at the second closing under the Mezzanine B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, we issued 372,027 shares of Mezzanine B preferred stock to certain accredited investors.

No underwriters were involved in the foregoing transactions. All sales of securities described above were made in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements provided by Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act (or Regulation D promulgated thereunder) for transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required. All purchasers of shares of preferred stock described above represented to us in connection with their purchase that they were accredited investors and were acquiring the shares for their own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof and that they could bear the risks of the investment and could hold the securities for an indefinite period of time. The purchasers received written disclosures that the securities had not been registered under the Securities Act and that any resale must be made pursuant to a registration statement or an available exemption from such registration. All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.

(b) Grant of Stock Options

Since January 1, 2013, through the date of the prospectus that is a part of this registration statement we have granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of          shares of our common stock at exercise prices ranging from $          to $         , to employees, directors and consultants pursuant to our 2008 Plan.

No underwriters were involved in the foregoing issuances of securities. The issuances of these securities were exempt either pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, as a

 

II-3


Table of Contents

transaction pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan, or pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act (or Regulation D promulgated thereunder), as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required. All recipients either received adequate information about us or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information.

All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act. All certificates representing the issued shares of capital stock described in this Item 15 included appropriate legends setting forth that the securities have not been registered and the applicable restrictions on transfer.

(c) Convertible Promissory Note Financing

In February 2014, we sold to investors in private placements an aggregate of $3,502,125 of

convertible promissory notes, or the 2014 Notes, including $100,000 to Neal Hunter, the former

chairman of our board and a greater than 5% stockholder, and $200,000 to John Palmour, a member

of our board of directors. On August 29, 2014, the entire principal balance of 2014 Notes converted into 306,484 shares of Mezzanine A preferred stock at 90% of the per share price of the Mezzanine A preferred stock issued.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

  (a) Exhibits . See the Exhibit Index attached to this registration statement, which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

  (b) Financial Statement Schedules . Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the Financial Statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification by the Registrant for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

II-4


Table of Contents
  (2) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Durham, state of North Carolina, on this 24th day of August, 2016.

 

    Novan, Inc.
Date: August 24, 2016   By:  

/s/ Nathan Stasko

    Name: Nathan Stasko
    Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned officers and directors of Novan, Inc., hereby severally constitute and appoint Nathan Stasko and Richard Peterson, and each of them singly (with full power to each of them to act alone), our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution in each of them for him and in his name, place and stead, and in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement (or any other registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities held on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Nathan Stasko

Nathan Stasko

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   August 24, 2016

/s/ Richard Peterson

Richard Peterson

   Chief Financial Officer (Principal Accounting Officer and Principal Financial Officer)   August 24, 2016

/s/ Robert Ingram

Robert Ingram

   Director   August 24, 2016

/s/ W. Kent Geer

W. Kent Geer

   Director   August 24, 2016

/s/ Robert J. Keegan

Robert J. Keegan

   Director   August 24, 2016

/s/ G. Kelly Martin

G. Kelly Martin

   Director   August 24, 2016


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Sean Murphy

Sean Murphy

   Director   August 24, 2016

/s/ John Palmour

John Palmour

   Director   August 24, 2016


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1*    Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (currently in effect)
  3.2    Bylaws of the Registrant (currently in effect)
  3.3*    Form of Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to become effective upon closing of this offering
  3.4*    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to become effective upon closing of this offering
  4.1*    Specimen Common Stock Certificate evidencing the shares of common stock
  5.1*    Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP
10.1#    Form of Director and Executive Officer Indemnification Agreement
10.2#    2008 Stock Plan, as amended, and form of option agreements thereunder
10.3#    2016 Incentive Award Plan
10.4#    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated April 13, 2016, by and between the Registrant and Nathan Stasko.
10.5#    Employment Agreement, dated April 13, 2016, by and between the Registrant and Richard Peterson.
10.6#    Employment Agreement, dated April 13, 2016, by and between the Registrant and Brian Johnson.
10.7†    Amended, Restated and Consolidated License Agreement between The University of North Carolina and the Company, dated as of June 27, 2012, and as amended on November 30, 2012.
10.8†    UNC Sublicense Agreement, dated December 29, 2015, by and between the Registrant and KNOW Bio, LLC.
10.9†    Novan Patent and Know-How License Agreement, dated December 29, 2015, by and between the Registrant and KNOW Bio, LLC.
10.10    Lease, dated as of December 21st, 2010, by and between the Registrant and Crown Royal Associates, LLC, as amended on August 27, 2013 and August 27, 2015.
10.11    Lease, dated as of August 17, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Durham Hopson Road, LLC, as amended on January 6, 2015.
10.12    Stock Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated April 13, 2016, by and between the Registrant and Stasko Living Trust.
23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
23.2*    Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on signature page of the Registration Statement)

 

* To be filed by amendment.
Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
# Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

Exhibit 3.2

BYLAWS

OF

NOVAN, INC.

I. CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1 Registered Office

The registered office of the corporation shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware. The name of the registered agent of the corporation at such location is Incorporating Services, Ltd.

1.2 Other Offices

The board of directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

II. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 Place of Meetings

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the board of directors. The board of directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead by held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

If authorized by the board of directors in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the board of directors may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication, participate in a meeting of stockholders be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (i) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, (ii) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (iii) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the corporation.


2.2 Annual Meeting

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the board of directors. In the absence of such designation, the annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on the third Monday in April in each year at 1:00 p.m. However, if such day falls on a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same time and place on the next succeeding full business day. At the meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

2.3 Special Meeting

Special meetings of the stockholders may be called, at any time for any purpose or purposes, by the board of directors or by such person or persons as may be authorized by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or by such person or persons duly designated by the board of directors whose powers and authority, as expressly provided in a resolution of the board of directors, include the power to call such meetings, but such special meetings may not be called by any other person or persons.

2.4 Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings

(a) All notices of meetings with stockholders shall be in writing and shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 2.5 of these bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place, if any, date, and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

(b) Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation shall also be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (i) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent, and (ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, the inadvertent failure to recognize such revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

2.5 Manner of Giving Notice; Affidavit of Notice

(a) Written notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his, her or its address as it appears on the records of the corporation. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

2


(b) Notice given pursuant to subsection 2.4(b) of this section shall be deemed given: (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of such posting and the giving of such separate notice; and (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder. An affidavit of the secretary, an assistant secretary or the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

(c) Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the corporation, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice permitted under this subsection 2.5, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice. This section 2.5 shall not apply to any notice given to stockholders under sections 164 (notice of sale of shares of stockholder who failed to pay an installment or call on stock not fully paid), 296 (notice of disputed claims relating to insolvent corporations), 311 (notice of meeting of stockholders to revoke dissolution of corporation), 312 (notice of meeting of stockholders of corporation whose certificate of incorporation has been renewed or revived) and 324 (notice when stock has been attached as required for sale upon execution process) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

2.6 Quorum

The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

2.7 Adjourned Meeting; Notice

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business

 

3


that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

2.8 Voting

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to the provisions of Sections 217 and 218 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock and to voting trusts and other voting agreements).

Except as otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

2.9 Waiver of Notice

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver or any waiver by electronic transmission of notice unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

2.10 Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required by this chapter to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a corporation, or any action that may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

A facsimile, email or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder, proxyholder, or other person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such facsimile, email or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (a) that the facsimile, email or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder, proxyholder, or other authorized person or persons, and (b) the date on which such stockholder, proxyholder or other authorized person or persons transmitted such facsimile, email or electronic transmission. The date on which such facsimile, email or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed.

 

4


Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. If the action that is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the General Corporation Law of Delaware if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written notice and written consent have been given as provided in Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

2.11 Record Date for Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date that shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.

If the board of directors does not so fix a record date:

(a) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

(b) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the board of directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed; and

(c) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

2.12 Proxies

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him by a written proxy, signed by the stockholder and filed with the secretary of the

 

5


corporation, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be deemed signed if the stockholder’s name is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, typewriting, telegraphic transmission or otherwise) by the stockholder or the stockholder’s attorney-in-fact. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212(e) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

2.13 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of a corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

2.14 Stockholder Proposals

Effective upon the Corporation’s initial public offering of stock under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, any stockholder wishing to bring any other business before a meeting of stockholders, including, but not limited to, the nomination of persons for election as directors, must provide notice to the corporation not more than ninety (90) and not less than fifty (50) days before the meeting in writing by registered mail, return receipt requested, of the business to be presented by the stockholders at the stockholders’ meeting. Any such notice shall set forth the following as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting: (a) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and, if such business includes a proposal to amend the bylaws of the corporation, the language of the proposed amendment; (b) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business; (c) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are beneficially owned by such stockholder; (d) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business; and (e) any material interest of the stockholder in such business. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.14, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including, but not limited to, the

 

6


Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, with respect to the matters set forth in this section 2.14. In the absence of such notice to the corporation meeting the above requirements, a stockholder shall not be entitled to present any business at any meeting of stockholders.

III. DIRECTORS

3.1 Powers

Subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and any limitations in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the stockholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the board of directors.

3.2 Number of Directors

The number of directors constituting the board of directors shall be not more than nine (9) but not less than two (2), and may be fixed or changed, within this minimum and maximum, by the stockholders or the board of directors. The number of directors constituting the initial board of directors shall be fixed at two (2).

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

3.3 Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors

Except as provided in Sections 3.4 and 3.18 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, wherein other qualifications for directors may be prescribed. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. Each director shall be a natural person.

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

3.4 Resignation and Vacancies

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or electronic transmission to the corporation. When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this section in the filling of other vacancies.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws:

 

7


(a) vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

(b) whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), then the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten (10) percent of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware as far as applicable.

3.5 Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone

The board of directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.6 First Meetings

The first meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix

 

8


the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected board of directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the board of directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

3.7 Regular Meetings

Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.

3.8 Special Meetings; Notice

Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairman of the board, the president, the secretary or any director.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered either personally or by mail, telex, facsimile, telephone or electronic transmission to each director, addressed to each director at such director’s address and/or phone number and/or electronic transmission address as it is shown on the records of the corporation. If the notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is delivered personally or by telex, facsimile, telephone or electronic transmission, it shall be delivered by telephone or transmitted at least forty-eight (48) hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice given personally or by telephone may be communicated either to the director or to a person at the office of the director who the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the director. The notice need not specify the purpose or the place of the meeting, if the meeting is to be held at the principal executive office of the corporation. Notice may be delivered by any person entitled to call a special meeting or by an agent of such person.

3.9 Quorum

At all meetings of the board of directors, a majority of the authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the board of directors, except as otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

3.10 Waiver Of Notice

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to

 

9


notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors, or meeting of a committee of directors, need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

3.11 Adjourned Meeting; Notice

If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

3.12 Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.

3.13 Fees and Compensation of Directors

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

3.14 Approval of Loans to Officers

The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the board of directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in this section contained shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

3.15 Removal of Directors

Unless otherwise restricted by statute, by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors; provided, that, whenever the holders of any class or classes or stock, or series thereof, are entitled to elect

 

10


one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, removal of any directors elected by such class or classes of stock, or series thereof, shall be by the holders of a majority of the shares or such class or classes or stock, or series of stock, then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

3.16 Chairman of the Board of Directors

The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairman of the board of directors. The Chairman of the board shall, if such a person is elected, preside at the meetings of the board of directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, or as may be prescribed by these bylaws.

IV. COMMITTEES

4.1 Committees of Directors

The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, with each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors or in the bylaws of the corporation, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by this chapter to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaws of the corporation.

4.2 Committee Minutes

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

4.3 Meetings and Action of Committees

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and be held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Article III of these bylaws, Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone), Section 3.7 (regular meetings), Section 3.8 (special meetings and

 

11


notice), Section 3.9 (quorum), Section 3.10 (waiver of notice), Section 3.11 (adjourned meeting and notice), and Section 3.12 (board action by written consent without a meeting), with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the board of directors and its members; provided, however, that the time of regular meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the board of directors and that notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The board of directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

V. OFFICERS

5.1 Officers

The officers of the corporation shall be a chief executive officer, a president, one or more vice presidents, a secretary, and a treasurer. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairman of the board, one or more assistant vice presidents, assistant secretaries, assistant treasurers, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

5.2 Election of Officers

The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.3 of these bylaws, shall be chosen by the board of directors, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

5.3 Subordinate Officers

The board of directors may appoint, or empower the president to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

5.4 Removal and Resignation of Officers

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board or by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board of directors.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

 

12


5.5 Vacancies in Offices

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors.

5.6 Chairman of the Board

The chairman of the board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at meetings of the board of directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the board of directors or as may be prescribed by these bylaws. If there is no chief executive officer, then the chairman of the board shall also be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 5.7 of these bylaws. The chairman of the board of directors shall be chosen by the board of directors.

5.7 Chief Executive Officer

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the board of directors to the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer of the corporation shall, subject to the control of the board of directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and the officers of the corporation. The chief executive officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence or nonexistence of a chairman of the board, at all meetings of the board of directors. The chief executive officer shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of chief executive officer of a corporation and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws.

5.8 President

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the board of directors to the chairman of the board or the chief executive officer, if there be such officers, the president shall, subject to the control of the board of directors, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and the officers of the corporation. In the absence or nonexistence of the chief executive officer, he shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence or nonexistence of a chairman of the board and chief executive officer, at all meetings of the board of directors. He shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of president of a corporation and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws. The board of directors may provide in their discretion that the offices of president and chief executive officer may be held by the same person.

5.9 Vice Presidents

In the absence or disability of the chief executive officer and president, the vice presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the board of directors or, if not ranked, a vice president designated by the board of directors, shall perform all the duties of the president and

 

13


when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the president. The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them by the board of directors, these bylaws, the president or the chairman of the board.

5.10 Secretary

The secretary or an agent of the corporation shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or such other place as the board of directors may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, committees of directors, and stockholders. The minutes shall show the time and place of each meeting, whether regular or special (and, if special, how authorized and the notice given), the names of those present at directors’ meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at stockholders’ meetings, and the proceedings thereof.

The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the board of directors, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of all stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates evidencing such shares, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the board of directors required to be given by law or by these bylaws. The secretary shall keep the seal of the corporation, if one be adopted, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or by these bylaws.

5.11 Treasurer

The treasurer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital, retained earnings, and shares. The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any director.

The treasurer shall deposit all money and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositaries as may be designated by the board of directors. The treasurer shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, shall render to the president and directors, whenever they request it, an account of all of his or her transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws.

 

14


5.12 Assistant Secretary

The assistant secretary, or, if there is more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the stockholders or board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors or the stockholders may from time to time prescribe.

5.13 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations

The chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the board of directors or the chief executive officer, president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

5.14 Authority and Duties of Officers

In addition to the foregoing authority and duties, all officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or the stockholders.

VI. INDEMNITY

6.1 Indemnification of Directors and Officers

The corporation shall, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, indemnify each of its directors and officers against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation. For purposes of this Section 6.1, a director or officer of the corporation includes any person (a) who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, (b) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, manager, member, partner, trustee, or other agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (c) who was a director or officer of a corporation that was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation. Such indemnification shall be a contract right and shall include the right to receive payment of any expenses incurred by the indemnitee in connection with any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, consistent with the provisions of applicable law as then in effect. The right of indemnification provided in this Section 6.1 shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may otherwise be entitled, and the provisions of this Section 6.1 shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of any person entitled to indemnity under this Section 6.1 and shall be applicable to proceedings

 

15


commenced or continuing after the adoption of this Section 6.1, whether arising from acts or omissions occurring before or after such adoption. In furtherance, but not in limitation of the foregoing provisions, the following procedures, presumptions and remedies shall apply with respect to advancement of expenses and the right to indemnification under this Section 6.1.

(a) Advancement of Expenses . All reasonable expenses incurred by or on behalf of the indemnitee in connection with any proceeding shall be advanced to the indemnitee by the corporation within 20 days after the receipt by the corporation of a statement or statements from the indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such proceeding, unless, prior to the expiration of such 20-day period, the board of directors shall unanimously (except for the vote, if applicable, of the indemnitee) determine that the indemnitee has no reasonable likelihood of being entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 6.1. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the expenses incurred by the indemnitee and, if required by law at the time of such advance, shall include or be accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of the indemnitee to repay the amounts advanced if it should ultimately be determined that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such expenses pursuant to this Section 6.1.

(b) Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification.

(i) To obtain indemnification under this Section 6.1, an indemnitee shall submit to the Secretary of the corporation a written request, including such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the indemnitee and reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the indemnitee is entitled to indemnification (the “Supporting Documentation”). The determination of the indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be made not later than 60 days after receipt by the corporation of the written request for indemnification together with the Supporting Documentation. The Secretary of the corporation shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the board of directors in writing that the indemnitee has requested indemnification, whereupon the corporation shall provide such indemnification, including without limitation advancement of expenses, so long as the indemnitee is legally entitled thereto in accordance with applicable law.

(ii) The indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Section 6.1 shall be determined in one of the following ways: (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined), even though less than a quorum of the board of directors; (B) by a committee of such Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the board of directors; (C) by a written opinion of Independent Counsel (as hereinafter defined) if (x) a Change of Control (as hereinafter defined) shall have occurred and the indemnitee so requests or (y) a quorum of the board of directors consisting of Disinterested Directors is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, a majority of such Disinterested Directors so directs; (D) by the stockholders of the corporation (but only if a majority of the Disinterested Directors, if they constitute a quorum of the board of directors, presents the issue of entitlement to indemnification to the stockholders for their determination); or (E) as provided in paragraph (c) below.

 

16


(iii) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to paragraph (b)(ii) above, a majority of the Disinterested Directors shall select the Independent Counsel, but only an Independent Counsel to which the indemnitee does not reasonably object; provided, however, that if a Change of Control shall have occurred, the indemnitee shall select such Independent Counsel, but only an Independent Counsel to which the board of directors does not reasonably object.

(iv) The only basis upon which a finding that indemnification may not be made is that such indemnification is prohibited by law.

(c) Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 6.1, if a Change of Control shall have occurred, the indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification under this Section 6.1 upon submission of a request for Indemnification together with the Supporting Documentation in accordance with paragraph (b)(i), and thereafter the corporation shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in reaching a contrary determination. In any event, if the person or persons empowered under paragraph (b)(ii) above to determine entitlement to indemnification shall not have been appointed or shall not have made a determination within 60 days after receipt by the corporation of the request therefor together with the Supporting Documentation, the indemnitee shall be deemed to be entitled to indemnification and the indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification unless (A) the indemnitee misrepresented or failed to disclose a material fact in making the request for indemnification or in the Supporting Documentation or (B) such indemnification is prohibited by law. The termination of any proceeding described in this Section 6.1, or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, adversely affect the right of the indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that the indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner that the indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation or, with respect to any criminal proceeding, that the indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that the indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(d) Remedies of Indemnitee.

(i) In the event that a determination is made pursuant to paragraph (b)(ii) that the indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Section 6.1: (A) the indemnitee shall be entitled to seek an adjudication of his or her entitlement to such indemnification either, at the indemnitee’s sole option, in (x) an appropriate court of the State of Delaware or any other court of competent jurisdiction, or (y) an arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association; (B) any such judicial proceeding or arbitration shall be de novo and the indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of such adverse determination; and (C) in any such judicial proceeding or arbitration the corporation shall have the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Section 6.1.

(ii) If a determination shall have been made or is deemed to have been made, pursuant to paragraph (b)(ii) or (iii), that the indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the corporation shall be obligated to pay the amounts constituting such indemnification within five days after such determination has been made or is deemed to have been made and shall be conclusively bound by such determination unless (A) the indemnitee misrepresented or failed to

 

17


disclose a material fact in making the request for indemnification or in the Supporting Documentation, or (B) such indemnification is prohibited by law. In the event that: (X) advancement of expenses is not timely made pursuant to paragraph (a); or (Y) payment of indemnification is not made within five days after a determination of entitlement to indemnification has been made or deemed to have been made pursuant to paragraph (b)(ii) or (iii), the indemnitee shall be entitled to seek judicial enforcement of the corporation’s obligation to pay to the indemnitee such advancement of expenses or indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the corporation may bring an action, in an appropriate court in the State of Delaware or any other court of competent jurisdiction, contesting the right of the indemnitee to receive indemnification hereunder due to the occurrence of an event described in subclause (A) or (B) of this clause (ii) (a “Disqualifying Event”); provided, however, that in any such action the corporation shall have the burden of proving the occurrence of such Disqualifying Event.

(iii) The corporation shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceedings or arbitration commenced pursuant to this paragraph (d) that the procedures and presumptions of this Section 6.1 are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the corporation is bound by all the provisions of this Section 6.1.

(iv) In the event that the indemnitee, pursuant to this paragraph (d), seeks a judicial adjudication of or an award in arbitration to enforce his or her rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Section 6.1, the indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the corporation, and shall be indemnified by the corporation against, any expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the indemnitee if the indemnitee prevails in such judicial adjudication or arbitration. If it shall be determined in such judicial adjudication or arbitration that the indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not all of the indemnification or advancement of expenses sought, the expenses incurred by the indemnitee in connection with such judicial adjudication shall be prorated accordingly.

(e) Definitions . For purposes of this Section 6.1:

(i) “Change in Control” means a change in control of the corporation of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”), whether or not the corporation is then subject to such reporting requirement; provided that, without limitation, such a change in control shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the corporation representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the corporation’s then outstanding securities without the prior approval of at least a majority of the members of the board of directors in office immediately prior to such acquisition; (ii) the corporation is a party to a merger, consolidation, sale of assets or other reorganization, or a proxy contest, as a consequence of which members of the board of directors in office immediately prior to such transaction or event constitute less than a majority of the board of directors thereafter; or (iii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the board of directors (including for this purpose any new director whose election or nomination for election by the corporation’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of such period) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the board of directors.

 

18


(ii) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the corporation who is not a party to the proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by the indemnitee.

(iii) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm or a member of a law firm that neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (A) the corporation or the indemnitee in any matter material to either such party or (B) any other party to the proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification under this Section 6.1. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing under such persons relevant jurisdiction of practice, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the corporation or the indemnitee in an action to determine the indemnitee’s rights under this Section 6.1.

(f) Invalidity; Severability; Interpretation . If any provision or provisions of this Section 6.1 shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Section 6.1 (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraph of this Section 6.1 containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Section 6.1 (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraph of this Section 6.1 containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid; illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable. Reference herein to laws, regulations or agencies shall be deemed to include all amendments thereof, substitutions therefor and successors thereto.

6.2 Indemnification of Others

The corporation shall have the power, to the extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, to indemnify each of its officers, employees and agents (other than directors and officers) against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation. For purposes of this Section 6.2, an officer, employee or agent of the corporation (other than a director or officer) includes any person (a) who is or was an officer, employee or agent of the corporation, (b) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as an a director, officer, manager, member, partner, trustee, employee or other agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (c) who was an officer, employee or agent of a corporation that was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

 

19


6.3 Insurance

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, manager, member, partner, trustee, employee or other agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

VII. RECORDS AND REPORTS

7.1 Maintenance and Inspection of Records

The corporation shall, either at its principal executive office or at such place or places as designated by the board of directors, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these bylaws as amended to date, accounting books, and other records.

Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal place of business.

Any records maintained by a corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account, and minute books, may be kept on, or by means of, or be in the form of, any information storage device or method, provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time. Any corporation shall so convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect such records pursuant to any provision of the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the General Corporation Law of Delaware. When records are kept in such manner, a clearly legible paper from or by means of the information storage device or method shall be admissible in evidence, and accepted for all other purposes, to the same extent as an original paper record of the same information would have been, provided the paper form accurately portrays the record.

7.2 Inspection by Directors

Any director shall have the right to examine the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his or her position as a director. The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with the exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether a director is entitled to the inspection sought. The Court may summarily order the corporation to permit the director to inspect any and all books and records, the stock ledger, and the stock list and to make copies or extracts therefrom. The Court may, in its discretion, prescribe any limitations or conditions with reference to the inspection, or award such other and further relief as the Court may deem just and proper.

 

20


7.3 Annual Statement to Stockholders

The board of directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.

VIII. GENERAL MATTERS

8.1 Checks

From time to time, the board of directors shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.

8.2 Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments

The board of directors, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

8.3 Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares

The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the board of directors of the corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the board of directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairman or vice-chairman of the board of directors, or the president or vice president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of such corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

21


The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, and upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

8.4 Special Designation on Certificates

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

8.5 Lost Certificates

Except as provided in this Section 8.5, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his or her legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

8.6 Construction; Definitions

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the Delaware General Corporation Law shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

 

22


8.7 Dividends

The directors of the corporation, subject to any rights or restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock pursuant to the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock.

The directors of the corporation may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

8.8 Fiscal Year

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors and may be changed by the board of directors.

8.9 Seal

The corporation may adopt a corporate seal which may be altered as desired, and may use the same by causing it or a facsimile thereof, to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

8.10 Transfer of Stock

Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction in its books.

8.11 Stock Transfer Agreements and Restrictions

The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the General Corporation Law of Delaware. The Corporation shall be entitled to impose such restrictions on the transfer of shares as may be necessary for the purpose of electing or maintaining Subchapter S status under the Internal Revenue Code or for the purpose of securing or maintaining any other tax advantage to the Corporation.

 

23


8.12 Electronic Transmission

For purposes of these bylaws, “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

IX. AMENDMENTS

The original or other bylaws of the corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that the corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

X. DISSOLUTION

If it should be deemed advisable in the judgment of the board of directors of the corporation that the corporation should be dissolved, the board, after the adoption of a resolution to that effect by a majority of the whole board at any meeting called for that purpose, shall cause notice to be mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote thereon of the adoption of the resolution and of a meeting of stockholders to take action upon the resolution.

At the meeting a vote shall be taken for and against the proposed dissolution. If a majority of the outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to vote thereon votes for the proposed dissolution, then a certificate stating that the dissolution has been authorized in accordance with the provisions of Section 275 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and setting forth the names and residences of the directors and officers shall be executed, acknowledged, and filed and shall become effective in accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Upon such certificate’s becoming effective in accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, the corporation shall be dissolved.

Whenever all the stockholders entitled to vote on a dissolution consent in writing, either in person or by duly authorized attorney, to a dissolution, no meeting of directors or stockholders shall be necessary. The consent shall be filed and shall become effective in accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Upon such consent’s becoming effective in accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, the corporation shall be dissolved. If the consent is signed by an attorney, then the original power of attorney or a photocopy thereof shall be attached to and filed with the consent. The consent filed with the Secretary of State shall have attached to it the affidavit of the secretary or some other officer of the corporation stating that the consent has been signed by or on behalf of all the stockholders entitled to vote on a dissolution; in addition, there shall be attached to the consent a certification by the secretary or some other officer of the corporation setting forth the names and residences of the directors and officers of the corporation.

 

24


XI. CUSTODIAN

11.1 Appointment of a Custodian in Certain Cases

The Court of Chancery, upon application of any stockholder, may appoint one or more persons to be custodians and, if the corporation is insolvent, to be receivers, of and for the corporation when:

(a) at any meeting held for the election of directors the stockholders are so divided that they have failed to elect successors to directors whose terms have expired or would have expired upon qualification of their successors; or

(b) the business of the corporation is suffering or is threatened with irreparable injury because the directors are so divided respecting the management of the affairs of the corporation that the required vote for action by the board of directors cannot be obtained and the stockholders are unable to terminate this division; or

(c) the corporation has abandoned its business and has failed within a reasonable time to take steps to dissolve, liquidate or distribute its assets.

11.2 Duties of Custodian

The custodian shall have all the powers and title of a receiver appointed under Section 291 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, but the authority of the custodian shall be to continue the business of the corporation and not to liquidate its affairs and distribute its assets, except when the Court of Chancery otherwise orders and except in cases arising under Sections 226(a)(3) or 352(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

25


CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION OF BYLAWS

OF

NOVAN, INC.

Certificate of Adoption by Board of Directors

The undersigned hereby certifies that he is a duly elected, qualified, and acting officer of Novan, Inc., and that the foregoing bylaws, comprising twenty-five (25) pages, were adopted as the bylaws of the corporation effective April 24, 2006, by the board of directors of the corporation pursuant to action of the board of directors by unanimous written consent, and were recorded in the minutes thereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his or her hand and affixed the corporate seal this 24 th day of April 2006.

 

/s/ Mark H. Schoenfisch

Mark H. Schoenfisch, Ph.D, Secretary

Exhibit 10.1

N OVAN , I NC .

I NDEMNIFICATION A GREEMENT

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of             , 2016 between Novan, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [Name] (“Indemnitee”).

WITNESSETH THAT:

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve corporations as [directors] [officers] or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The By-laws of the Company require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”). The By-laws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the By-laws of the Company and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; [and]

 

 

1


WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Company’s By-laws and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified; [and]

[WHEREAS, Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by [NAME] which Indemnitee and [NAME] intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgement and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve on the Board;]

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitee’s agreement to serve as an [officer] [director] from and after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Indemnity of Indemnitee . The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

(a) Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section l(a) if, by reason of his Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(a), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses (as hereinafter defined), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him, or on his behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b) if, by reason of his Corporate Status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(b), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee, or on the Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided, however, if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall determine that such indemnification may be made.

 

2


(c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

(d) Indemnification of Appointing Stockholder . If (i) Indemnitee is or was affiliated with one or more venture capital funds that has invested in the Company (an “Appointing Stockholder”), and (ii) the Appointing Stockholder is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding relating to or arising by reason of Appointing Stockholder’s position as a stockholder of, or lender to, the Company, or Appointing Stockholder’s appointment of or affiliation with Indemnitee or any other director, including without limitation any alleged misappropriation of a Company asset or corporate opportunity, any claim of misappropriation or infringement of intellectual property relating to the Company, any alleged false or misleading statement or omission made by the Company (or on its behalf) or its employees or agents, or any allegation of inappropriate control or influence over the Company or its Board members, officers, equity holders or debt holders, then the Appointing Stockholder will be entitled to indemnification hereunder for Expenses to the same extent as Indemnitee, and the terms of this Agreement as they relate to procedures for indemnification of Indemnitee and advancement of Expenses shall apply to any such indemnification of Appointing Stockholder.

The rights provided to the Appointing Stockholder under this Section 2 shall (i) be suspended during any period during which the Appointing Stockholder does not have a representative on the Company’s Board and (ii) terminate on an initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock; provided, however, that in the event of any such suspension or termination, the Appointing Stockholder’s rights to indemnification will not be suspended or terminated with respect to any Proceeding based in whole or in part on facts and circumstances occurring at any time prior to such suspension or termination regardless of whether the Proceeding arises before or after such suspension or termination. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Appointing Stockholder is an express third party beneficiary of the terms of this Section 1(d).

2. Additional Indemnity . In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 1 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful.

 

3


3. Contribution .

(a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and 2 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

(b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction or events from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the transaction or events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which applicable law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

(c) The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

(d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in

 

4


light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

3. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness, or is made (or asked) to respond to discovery requests, in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

4. Advancement of Expenses . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 4 shall be unsecured and interest free.

5. Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification . It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the DGCL and public policy of the State of Delaware. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure of Indemnitee to provide such a request to the Company, or to provide such a request in a timely fashion, shall not relieve the Company of any liability that it may have to Indemnitee unless, and to the extent that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of the Company.

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 5(a) hereof, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election of the Board: (1) by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there are no disinterested directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee, or (4) if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Company. For purposes hereof, disinterested directors are those members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

5


(c) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 5(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 5(c) . The Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board. Indemnitee may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 12 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 5(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Indemnitee to the Company’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 5(b) hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 5(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 5(c) , regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

(d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(e) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined), including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer,

 

6


agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 5(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(f) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 5 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such sixty (60)-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 5(f) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 5(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

(g) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board or stockholder of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(h) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

7


(i) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

6. Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 5(b) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 6(a) . The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 5(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 6 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 5(b) .

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 5(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 6 , absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s misstatement not materially misleading in connection with the application for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 6 , seeks a judicial adjudication of his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on his behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 12 of this Agreement) actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery.

 

8


(e) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 6 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

7. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Primacy of Indemnification; Subrogation .

(a) The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-laws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors of the Company, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the DGCL, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt

 

9


notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) [The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by [ • ] and certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and, (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 7(c).]

(d) [Except as provided in paragraph (c) above,] in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee (other than against the Fund Indemnitors), who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(e) [Except as provided in paragraph (c) above,] the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

(f) [Except as provided in paragraph (c) above,] the Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

 

 

10


8. Exception to Right of Indemnification . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision[, provided, that the foregoing shall not affect the rights of Indemnitee or the Fund Indemnitors set forth in Section 7(c) above]; or

(b) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or

(c) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

9. Duration of Agreement . All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer or director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section 6 hereof) by reason of his Corporate Status, whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

10. Security . To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

11. Enforcement .

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company.

 

11


(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

(c) The Company shall not seek from a court, or agree to, a “bar order” which would have the effect of prohibiting or limiting the Indemnitee’s rights to receive advancement of expenses under this Agreement.

12. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the express written request of the Company.

(b) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(c) “Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the express written request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(d) “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding, or responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(e) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights

 

12


under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(f) “Proceeding” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, by reason of any action taken by him or of any inaction on his part while acting in his or her Corporate Status; in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement to enforce his rights under this Agreement.

13. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. Further, the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof as to either Indemitee or Appointing Stockholder shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any provision hereof as to the other. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee and Appointing Stockholder indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.

14. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

15. Notice By Indemnitee . Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

16. Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent:

 

13


(a) To Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee signature hereto.

(b) To the Company at:

Novan, Inc.

4222 Emperor Boulevard, Suite 200

Durham, NC 27703

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

17. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g. , www.docusign.com) or any other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

18. Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

19. Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction . This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, irrevocably The Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 19801, in the case of the Company, and [            ], in the case of the Indemnitee as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Indemnification Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.

 

NOVAN, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

INDEMNITEE
Name:  

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

Indemnification Agreement

Exhibit 10.2

NOVAN, INC.

2008 STOCK PLAN

1. Purpose . This 2008 Stock Plan (the “Plan” ) is intended to provide incentives:

(a) to employees of Novan, Inc. (the “Company” ), or its parent (if any) or any of its present or future subsidiaries (collectively, “Related Corporations ), by providing them with opportunities to purchase Common Stock (as defined below) of the Company pursuant to options granted hereunder that qualify as “incentive stock options” ( “ISOs” ) under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor statute (the “Code” );

(b) to employees, directors and consultants of the Company and Related Corporations by providing them with opportunities to purchase Common Stock (as defined below) of the Company pursuant to options granted hereunder that do not quality as ISOs (Nonstatutory Stock Options, or “NSOs” );

(c) to employees, directors, and consultants of the Company and Related Corporations by providing them with bonus awards of Common Stock (as defined below) of the Company ( “Stock Bonuses” ); and

(d) to employees, directors, and consultants of the Company and Related Corporations by providing them with opportunities to make direct purchases of Common Stock (as defined below) of the Company ( “Purchase Rights” ).

Both ISOs and NSOs are referred to hereafter individually as “Options” , and Options, Stock Bonuses, and Purchase Rights are referred to hereafter collectively as “Stock Rights” . As used herein, the terms “parent” and “subsidiary” mean “parent corporation” and “subsidiary corporation”, respectively, as those terms are defined in Section 424 of the Code.

2. Administration of the Plan .

(a) The Plan shall be administered by (i) the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board” ) or (ii) a committee consisting of directors or other persons appointed by the Board (the “Committee” ). The appointment of the members of, and the delegation of powers to, the Committee by the Board shall be consistent with applicable federal laws and regulations (including, without limitation, the Code, Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act” ), or any successor rule thereto ( “Rule 16b-3” ), and any applicable state law (collectively, the Applicable Laws” ). Once appointed, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time, the Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies, however caused, and remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by the Applicable Laws.


(b) Subject to ratification of the grant or authorization of each Stock Right by the Board (if so required by an Applicable Law), and subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee, if so appointed, shall have the authority, in its discretion, to:

(i) determine the employees of the Company and Related Corporations (from among the class of employees eligible under Section 3 to receive ISOs) to whom ISOs may be granted, and to determine (from among the classes of individuals and entities eligible under Section 3 to receive NSOs, Stock Bonuses and Purchase Rights) to whom NSOs, Stock Bonuses and Purchase Rights may be granted;

(ii) determine the time or times at which Options, Stock Bonuses, or Purchase Rights may be granted (which may be based on performance criteria);

(iii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock subject to any Stock Right granted by the Committee;

(iv) determine the option price of shares subject to each Option, which price shall not be less than the minimum price specified in Section 6 hereof, as appropriate, and the purchase price of shares subject to each Purchase Right and to determine the form of consideration to be paid to the Company for exercise of such Option or purchase of shares with respect to a Purchase Right;

(v) determine whether each Option granted shall be an ISO or NSO;

(vi) determine (subject to Section 7) the time or times when each Option shall become exercisable and the duration of the exercise period;

(vii) determine whether restrictions such as repurchase options are to be imposed on shares subject to Options, Stock Bonuses and Purchase Rights and the nature of such restrictions, if any;

(viii) approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

(ix) determine the fair market value of a Stock Right or the Common Stock underlying a Stock Right;

(x) accelerate vesting on any Stock Right or to waive any forfeiture restrictions, or to waive any other limitation or restriction with respect to a Stock Right;

(xi) subject to approval of the stockholders of the Company required by Applicable Laws or the listing requirements of any securities exchange on which the Common Stock may then be traded, reduce the exercise price of any Stock Right if the fair market value of the Common Stock covered by such Stock Right shall have declined since the date the Stock Right was granted;


(xii) subject to approval of the stockholders of the Company required by Applicable Laws or the listing requirements of any securities exchange on which the Common Stock may then be traded, institute a program whereby outstanding Options can be surrendered in exchange for Options with a lower exercise price;

(xiii) modify or amend each Stock Right (subject to Section 8(d) of the Plan) including the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Stock Rights longer than is otherwise provided for by terms of the Plan or the Stock Right;

(xv) construe and interpret the Plan and Stock Rights granted hereunder and prescribe and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan; and

(xvi) make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

If the Committee determines to issue a NSO, it shall take whatever actions it deems necessary, under Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder, to ensure that such Option is not treated as an ISO. The interpretation and construction by the Committee of any provisions of the Plan or of any Stock Right granted under it shall be final unless otherwise determined by the Board. The Committee may from time to time adopt such rules and regulations for carrying out the Plan as it may deem best. No member of the Board or the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Stock Right granted under it.

(c) The Committee may select one of its members as its chairman, and shall hold meetings at such times and places as it may determine. Acts by a majority of the Committee, approved in person at a meeting or in writing, shall be the valid acts of the Committee. All references in this Plan to the Committee shall mean the Board if no Committee has been appointed. From time to time the Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies however caused, or remove all members thereof and thereafter directly administer the Plan.

(d) Those provisions of the Plan that make express reference to Rule 16b-3 shall apply to the Company only at such time as the Company’s Common Stock is registered under the Exchange Act, and then only to such persons as are required to file reports under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act (a “Reporting Person” ).

(e) To the extent that Stock Rights are to be qualified as “performance-based” compensation within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Plan shall be administered by a committee consisting of two or more “outside directors” as determined under Section 162(m) of the Code.


3. Eligible Employees and Others .

(a) Eligibility. ISOs may be granted to any employee of the Company or any Related Corporation. Those officers of the Company who are not employees may not be granted ISOs under the Plan. NSOs, Stock Bonuses and Purchase Rights may be granted to any director, employee, or consultant of the Company or any Related Corporation. Granting of any Stock Right to any individual or entity shall neither entitle that individual or entity to, nor disqualify him or her from, participation in any other grant of Stock Rights.

(b) Special Rule for Grant of Stock Rights to Reporting Persons . The selection of a director or an officer who is a Reporting Person (as the terms “director” and “officer” are defined for purposes of Rule 16b-3) as a recipient of a Stock Right, the timing of the Stock Right grant, the exercise price, if any, of the Stock Right and the number of shares subject to the Stock Right shall be determined either (i) by the Board, or (ii) by a committee of the Board that is composed solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors having full authority to act in the matter. For the purposes of the Plan, a director shall be deemed to be a “Non-Employee Director” only if such person is defined as such under Rule 16b-3(b)(3), as interpreted from time to time.

(c) Annual Limitation for Employees . To the extent the Company is subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, no employee shall be eligible to be granted Stock Rights covering more than One Hundred Fifty Thousand (150,000) shares of Common Stock during any calendar year.

4. Stock . The stock subject to Stock Rights shall be authorized but unissued shares of the Common Stock of the Company, par value $.0001 per share (the “Common Stock” ), or such shares of the Company’s capital stock into which such class of shares may be converted pursuant to any reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or the like, or shares of Common Stock reacquired by the Company in any manner. The aggregate number of shares that may be issued pursuant to the Plan is Two Hundred Thousand (200,000) shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment as provided herein), of which not more than Two Hundred Thousand (200,000) shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment as set forth herein) may be issued as ISO’s. Any such shares may be issued as ISOs, NSOs, or Stock Bonuses, or to persons or entities making purchases pursuant to Purchase Rights, so long as the number of shares so issued does not exceed such aggregate number, as adjusted. If any Option granted under the Plan shall expire or terminate for any reason without having been exercised in full or shall cease for any reason to be exercisable in whole or in part, or if the Company shall reacquire any shares issued pursuant to Stock Rights, the unpurchased shares subject to such Options and any shares so reacquired by the Company shall again be available for grants of Stock Rights under the Plan.

5. Granting of Stock Rights . Stock Rights may be granted under the Plan at any time after the Effective Date, as set forth in Section 16, and prior to 10 years thereafter. The date of grant of a Stock Right under the Plan will be the date specified by the Board or Committee at the time it grants the Stock Right; provided, however, that such date shall not be prior to the date on which the Board or Committee acts. The Board or Committee shall have the right, with the consent of the optionee, to convert an ISO granted under the Plan to an NSO pursuant to Section 17.


6. Minimum Price; ISO Limitations .

(a) The price per share specified in the agreement relating to each NSO, Stock Bonus or Purchase Right granted under the Plan shall be established by the Board or Committee, taking into account any noncash consideration to be received by the Company from the recipient of Stock Rights.

(b) The exercise price per share specified in the agreement relating to each ISO granted under the Plan shall not be less than the fair market value per share of Common Stock on the date of such grant. In the case of an ISO to be granted to an employee owning stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Related Corporation, the price per share specified in the agreement relating to such ISO shall not be less than 110% of the fair market value per share of Common Stock on the date of the grant.

(c) To the extent that the aggregate fair market value (determined at the time an ISO is granted) of Common Stock for which ISOs granted to any employee are exercisable for the first time by such employee during any calendar year (under all stock option plans of the Company and any Related Corporation) exceeds $100,000; or such higher value as permitted under Code Section 422 at the time of determination, such Options will be treated as NSOs, provided that this Section shall have no force or effect to the extent that its inclusion in the Plan is not necessary for Options issued as ISOs to qualify as ISOs pursuant to Section 422 of the Code. The rule of this Section 6(c) shall be applied by taking Options in the order in which they were granted.

(d) If, at the time a Stock Right is granted under the Plan, the Company’s Common Stock is publicly traded, “fair market value” shall be determined as of the last business day for which the prices or quotes discussed in this sentence are available prior to the time such a Stock Right is granted and shall mean:

(i) if the Common Stock is then traded on a national securities exchange; or on the Nasdaq National Market (the “NASDAQ/NMS” ) or the Nasdaq SmallCap Market, the closing sale price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported as quoted on such exchange or market); or

(ii) the closing bid price or average of bid prices last quoted on that date by an established quotation service, if the Common Stock is not reported on National Securities Exchange, the NASDAQ/NMS or the Nasdaq SmallCap Market.

However, if the Common Stock is not publicly traded at the time a Stock Right is granted under the Plan, “fair market value” shall be deemed to be the fair value of the Common Stock as determined by the Board or Committee after taking into consideration all factors that it deems appropriate.


7. Option Duration . Subject to earlier termination as provided in Sections 9 and 10, each Option shall expire on the date specified by the Board or Committee, but not more than:

(a) 10 years from the date of grant in the case of NSOs;

(b) 10 years from the date of grant in the case of ISOs generally; and

(c) 5 years from the date of grant in the case of ISOs granted to an employee owning stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Related Corporation.

Subject to earlier termination as provided in Sections 9 and 10, the term of each ISO shall be the term set forth in the original instrument granting such ISO, except with respect to any part of such ISO that is converted into an NSO pursuant to Section 17.

8. Exercise of Options . Subject to the provisions of Section 9 through Section 12 of the Plan, each Option granted under the Plan shall be exercisable as follows:

(a) the Option shall either be fully exercisable on the date of grant or shall become exercisable thereafter in such installments as the Board or Committee may specify;

(b) once an installment becomes exercisable it shall remain exercisable until expiration or termination of the Option, unless otherwise specified by the Board or Committee;

(c) each Option or installment may be exercised at any time or from time to time, in whole or in part, for up to the total number of shares with respect to which it is then exercisable; and

(d) the Board or Committee shall have the right to accelerate the date of exercise of any installment of any Option, provided that the Board or Committee shall not accelerate the exercise date of any installment of any ISO granted to any employee (and not previously converted into an NSO pursuant to Section 17) without the prior consent of such employee if such acceleration would violate the annual vesting limitation contained in Section 422 of the Code, as described in Section 6(c).

9. Termination of Employment . If a grantee ceases to be employed by the Company and all Related Corporations other than by reason of death or disability as defined in Section 10, or by reason of a termination “For Cause” as defined in this Section 9, unless otherwise specified in the instrument granting such Stock Right, the grantee shall have the continued right to exercise any Stock Right held by him or her, to the extent of the number of shares with respect to which he or she could have exercised it on the date of termination until the Stock Right’s specified expiration date; provided, however, in the event the grantee exercises any ISO after the date that is three months following the date of termination of employment, such ISO will automatically be converted into an NSO subject to the terms of the Plan. Employment shall be


considered as continuing uninterrupted during any bona fide leave of absence (such as those attributable to illness, military obligations or governmental service) provided that the period of such leave does not exceed 90 days or, if longer, any period during which such grantee’s right to reemployment with the Company is guaranteed by statute or by contract. ISOs granted under the Plan shall not be affected by any change of employment within or among the Company and Related Corporations, so long as the optionee continues to be an employee of the Company or any Related Corporation.

For purposes of this Plan, a change in status from employee to a consultant, or from a consultant to employee, will not constitute a termination of employment, provided that a change in status from an employee to consultant may cause an ISO to become an NSO under the Code. In the event of a termination “For Cause,” the right of a grantee to exercise a Stock Right shall terminate as of the date of termination. For purposes of this Plan, For Cause shall mean the termination of a grantee’s status as an employee, a director or consultant (as applicable) for any of the following reasons, as determined by the Committee in this sole discretion; provided, that, with respect to an employee that is party to an agreement with the Company where a termination for cause is defined in such agreement, the definition in such agreement shall govern the determination under this Section 9:

(i) A grantee who is a consultant and who commits a material breach of any consulting, noncompetition, confidentiality or similar agreement with the Company or a subsidiary, as determined under such agreement;

(ii) A grantee who is an employee or a consultant and who is convicted (including a trial, plea of guilty or plea of nolo contendere) for committing an act of fraud, embezzlement, theft, or other act constituting a felony;

(iii) A grantee who is an employee or a consultant and who willfully engages in gross misconduct or willfully violates a Company or a subsidiary policy in any material respect; or

(iv) A grantee who is a Company employee and who commits a material breach of any noncompetition, confidentiality or similar agreement with the Company or a subsidiary, as determined under such agreement.

NOTHING IN THE PLAN SHALL BE DEEMED TO GIVE ANY GRANTEE OF ANY STOCK RIGHT THE RIGHT TO BE RETAINED IN EMPLOYMENT OR OTHER SERVICE BY THE COMPANY OR ANY RELATED CORPORATION FOR ANY PERIOD OF TIME OR TO AFFECT THE AT-WILL NATURE OF ANY EMPLOYEE’S EMPLOYMENT.

10. Death; Disability .

(a) If a grantee ceases to be employed by the Company and all Related Corporations by reason of death, or if a grantee dies within three months of the date his or her employment or other affiliation with the Company has been terminated, any Stock Right held by him or her may be exercised to the extent of the number of shares with respect to which he or she could have exercised said Stock Right on the date of death, by his or her estate, personal


representative or beneficiary who has acquired the Stock Right by will or by the laws of descent and distribution (the “Successor Grantee” ), unless otherwise specified in the instrument granting such Stock Right, prior to the earlier of (i) one year after the date of termination or (ii) the Stock Right’s specified expiration date, provided, however, that a Successor Grantee shall be entitled to ISO treatment under Section 421 of the Code only if the deceased optionee would have been entitled to like treatment had he or she exercised such Option on the date of his or her death provided further in the event the Successor Grantee exercises an ISO after the date that is one year following the date of termination by reason of death, such ISO will automatically be converted into a NSO subject to the terms of the Plan.

(b) If a grantee ceases to be employed by the Company and all Related Corporations by reason of disability, he or she shall continue to have the right to exercise any Stock Right held by him or her on the date of termination until, unless otherwise specified in the instrument granting such Stock Right, the earlier of (i) one year after the date of termination or (ii) the Stock Right’s specified expiration date, provided, however, in the event the grantee exercises an ISO after the date that is one year following the date of termination by reason of disability, such ISO will automatically be converted into a NSO subject to the terms of the Plan. For the purposes of the Plan, the term “disability” shall mean “permanent and total disability” as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

(c) The provisions of subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 10 regarding the exercise period of a Stock Right may be waived, extended or further limited, in the discretion of the Board or Committee, in an instrument granting a Stock Right that is not an ISO.

11. Transferability and Assignability of Stock Rights . No ISO, NSO or Purchase Right granted under this Plan shall be assignable or otherwise transferable by the optionee except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. An ISO, NSO or Purchase Right may be exercised during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee.

12. Terms and Conditions of Stock Rights . Stock Rights shall be evidenced by instruments (which need not be identical) in such forms as the Board or Committee may from time to time approve. Such instruments shall conform to the terms and conditions set forth herein and may contain such other provisions as the Board or Committee deems advisable that are not inconsistent with the Plan, including restrictions (or other conditions deemed by the Board or Committee to be in the best interests of the Company) applicable to the exercise of Options or to shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options. In granting any NSO, the Board or Committee may specify that such NSO shall be subject to the restrictions set forth herein with respect to ISOs, or to such other termination and cancellation provisions as the Board or Committee may determine. The Board or Committee may from time to time confer authority and responsibility on one or more of its own members and/or one or more officers of the Company to execute and deliver such instruments. The proper officers of the Company are authorized and directed to take any and all action necessary or advisable from time to time to carry out the terms of such instruments.

13. Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of any of the following events, the rights of a recipient of a Stock Right granted hereunder shall be adjusted as hereinafter provided, unless otherwise provided in the written agreement between the recipient and the Company relating to such Stock Right.


(a) If the shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided or combined into a greater or smaller number of shares or if the Company shall issue shares of Common Stock as a stock dividend on its outstanding Common Stock, the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon the exercise of outstanding Stock Rights shall be appropriately increased or decreased proportionately, and appropriate adjustments shall be made in the purchase price (if any) per share to reflect such subdivision, combination or stock dividend.

(b) If the Company is to be consolidated with or acquired by another entity in a merger, sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise (an “Acquisition” ), unless otherwise provided by the Board or Committee, in its sole discretion, the Board or Committee or the board of directors of any entity assuming the obligations of the Company hereunder (the “Successor Board” ) shall, as to outstanding Stock Rights, make appropriate provision for the continuation of such Stock Rights by either assumption of such Stock Rights or by substitution of such Stock Rights with an equivalent award. If the Board, the Committee, or the Successor Board does not make appropriate provisions for the continuation of such Stock Rights by either assumption or substitution, unless otherwise provided by the Board or Committee in its sole discretion, Stock Rights shall become vested and fully and immediately exercisable and all forfeiture restrictions shall be waived and all Stock Rights not exercised at the time of the closing of such Acquisition shall terminate notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 9 hereof.

(c) In the event of a transaction, including without limitation, a recapitalization or reorganization of the Company, a separation or spin-off of a subsidiary, business unit, or division of the Company, or other similar transaction (other than a transaction described in subsection (b) above) pursuant to which securities of the Company or of another corporation are issued with respect to the outstanding shares of Common Stock, an optionee or grantee upon exercising a Stock Right shall be entitled to receive for the purchase price paid upon such exercise the securities he or she would have received if he or she had exercised the Stock Right immediately prior to such recapitalization or reorganization.

(d) In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, each Stock Right will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action or at such other time and subject to such other conditions as shall be determined by the Board or Committee.

(e) Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares subject to Stock Right. No adjustments shall be made for dividends paid in cash or in property other than Common Stock of the Company.

(f) No fractional shares shall be issued under the Plan and any optionee who would otherwise be entitled to receive a fraction of a share upon exercise of a Stock Right shall receive from the Company cash in lieu of such fractional shares in an amount equal to the fair market value of such fractional shares, as determined in the sole discretion of the Board or Committee.


(g) Upon the happening of any of the foregoing events described in subsections (a), (b) or (c) above, the class and aggregate number of shares set forth in Section 4 hereof that are subject to Stock Rights that previously have been or subsequently may be granted under the Plan shall also be appropriately adjusted to reflect the events described. The Board or Committee or the Successor Board shall determine the specific adjustments to be made under this Section 13 and, subject to Section 2, its determination shall be conclusive.

14. Means of Exercising Stock Rights . Except as otherwise provided in this Plan or the instrument evidencing the Stock Right, a Stock Right (or any part or installment thereof) shall be exercised by giving written notice to the Company at its principal office address to the attention of its President. Such notice shall identify the Stock Right being exercised and specify the number of shares as to which such Stock Right is being exercised, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price therefor, if any, payable as follows (a) in United States dollars in cash or by check, (b) at the discretion of the Board or Committee, through the delivery of already-owned shares of Common Stock having a fair market value equal as of the date of the exercise to the cash exercise price of the Stock Right and, in the case of such already–owned shares of Common Stock, having been owned by the participant for more than six months from the date of surrender, or (c) at the discretion of the Board or Committee, except as prohibited under 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, by delivery of the grantee’s personal recourse note bearing interest payable not less than annually at a market rate that is no less than 100% of the lowest applicable Federal rate, as defined in Section 1274(d) of the Code, or (d) at the discretion of the Board or Committee, through the surrender of shares of Common Stock then issuable upon exercise of the Stock Right having a fair market value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate price of the Stock Right, (e) at the discretion of the Board of Committee, delivery of a notice that the grantee has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to shares of Common Stock then issuable upon exercise of the Stock Right and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the Stock Right Exercise Price, provided that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of the sale or (f) at the discretion of the Board or Committee, by any combination of (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) or such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of shares to the extent permitted by applicable law or the Plan. If the Board or Committee exercises its discretion to permit payment of the exercise price of an ISO by means of the methods set forth in clauses (b), (c) (d), (e) or (f) of the preceding sentence, such discretion shall be exercised in writing at the time of the grant of the ISO in question and such exercise shall also be governed by any terms set forth in the written agreement evidencing the grant of the Stock Right. The holder of a Stock Right shall not have the rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares covered by the Stock Right until the date of issuance of a stock certificate for such shares. Except as expressly provided above in Section 13 with respect to changes in capitalization and stock dividends, no adjustment shall be made for dividends or similar rights for which the record date is before the date such stock certificate is issued.


15. Surrender of Stock Rights for Cash or Stock . The Board or Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion and subject to such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, accept the surrender by an optionee or grantee of a Stock Right granted to him under the Plan and authorize payment in consideration therefor of an amount equal to the difference between the purchase price payable for the shares of Common Stock under the instrument granting the Option and the fair market value of the shares subject to the Stock Right (determined as of the date of such surrender of the Stock Right). Such payment shall be made in shares of Common Stock valued at fair market value on the date of such surrender, or in cash, or partly in such shares of Common Stock and partly in cash as the Board or Committee shall determine. The surrender shall be permitted only if the Board or Committee determines that such surrender is consistent with the purpose set forth in Section 1, and only to the extent that the Stock Right is exercisable under Section 8 on the date of surrender. In no event shall an optionee or grantee surrender his Stock Right under this Section if the fair market value of the shares on the date of such surrender is less than the purchase price payable for the shares of Common Stock subject to the Stock Right. Any ISO surrendered pursuant to the provisions of this Section 15 shall be deemed to have been converted into a NSO immediately prior to such surrender.

16. Term and Amendment of Plan . This Plan was adopted by the Board on January 30, 2008 (the “Effective Date”), subject (with respect to the validation of ISOs granted under the Plan) to approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Company. The Plan will be approved by the stockholders of the Company within one year of the Effective Date. The Plan shall expire 10 years after the Effective Date (except as to Stock Rights outstanding on that date). Subject to the provisions of Section 5 above, Stock Rights may be granted under the Plan prior to the date of stockholder approval of the Plan. The Board may terminate or amend the Plan in any respect at any time, except that without the approval of the stockholders obtained within 12 months before or after the Board adopts a resolution authorizing any of the following actions:

(a) the total number of shares that may be issued under the Plan may not be increased (except by adjustment pursuant to Section 13);

(b) the provisions of Section 3 regarding eligibility for grants of ISOs may not be modified;

(c) the provisions of Section 6(b) regarding the exercise price at which shares may be offered pursuant to ISOs may not be modified (except by adjustment pursuant to Section 13); and

(d) the expiration date of the Plan may not be extended.

Except as provided in Section 13(b) and the fifth sentence of this Section 16, in no event may action of the Board or stockholders adversely alter or impair the rights of a grantee, without his or her consent, under any Stock Right previously granted.


17. Conversion of ISOs into NSOs; Termination of ISOs . The Board or Committee, with the consent of any optionee, may in its discretion take such actions as may be necessary to convert an optionee’s ISOs (or any installments or portions of installments thereof) that have not been exercised on the date of conversion into NSOs at any time prior to the expiration of such ISOs. These actions may include, but not be limited to, accelerating the exercisability, extending the exercise period or reducing the exercise price of the appropriate installments of optionee’s Options. At the time of such conversion, the Board or Committee (with the consent of the optionee) may impose these conditions on the exercise of the resulting NSOs as the Board or Committee in its discretion may determine, provided that the conditions shall not be inconsistent with the Plan. Nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to give any optionee the right to have such optionee’s ISOs converted into NSOs, and no conversion shall occur until and unless the Board or Committee takes appropriate action. The Board or Committee, with the consent of the optionee, may also terminate any portion of any ISO that has not been exercised at the time of termination.

18. Governmental Regulation . The Company’s obligation to sell and deliver shares of the Common Stock under the Plan is subject to the approval of any governmental authority required in connection with the authorization, issuance or sale of such shares.

19. Withholding of Additional Income Taxes .

(a) Upon the exercise of an NSO, or the grant of a Stock Bonus or Purchase Right for less than the fair market value of the Common Stock, the making of a Disqualifying Disposition (as defined in Section 20), the vesting of restricted Common Stock acquired on the exercise of a Stock Right hereunder or the surrender of an Option pursuant to Section 15, the Company, in accordance with Section 3402(a) of the Code and any applicable state statute or regulation, may require the optionee, Stock Bonus recipient or purchaser to pay to the Company additional withholding taxes in respect of the amount that is considered compensation includable in such person’s gross income. With respect to (a) the exercise of an Option, (b) the grant of a Stock Bonus, (c) the grant of a Purchase Right of Common Stock for less than its fair market value, (d) the vesting of restricted Common Stock acquired by exercising a Stock Right, or (e) the acceptance of a surrender of an Option, the Committee in its discretion may condition such event on the payment by the optionee, Stock Bonus recipient or purchaser of any such additional withholding taxes.

(b) At the sole and absolute discretion of the Committee, the holder of Stock Rights may pay all or any part of the total estimated federal and state income tax liability arising out of the exercise or receipt of such Stock Rights, the making of a Disqualifying Disposition, or the vesting of restricted Common Stock acquired on the exercise of a Stock Right hereunder (each of the foregoing, a “Tax Event” ) by tendering already-owned shares of Common Stock or (except in the case of a Disqualifying Disposition) by directing the Company to withhold shares of Common Stock otherwise to be transferred to the holder of such Stock Rights as a result of the exercise or receipt thereof in an amount equal to the estimated federal and state income tax liability arising out of such event, provided that no more shares may be withheld than are necessary to satisfy the holder’s actual minimum withholding obligation with respect to the exercise of Stock Rights. In such event, the holder of Stock Rights must, however, notify the Committee of his or her desire to pay all or any part of the total estimated federal and state income tax liability arising out of a Tax Event by tendering already-owned shares of Common Stock or having shares of Common Stock withheld prior to the date that the amount of federal or state income tax to be withheld is to be determined. For purposes of this Section 19(b), shares of Common Stock shall be valued at their fair market value on the date that the amount of the tax withholdings is to be determined.


20. Notice to Company of Disqualifying Disposition . Each employee who receives an ISO must agree to notify the Company in writing immediately after the employee makes a Disqualifying Disposition (as defined below) of any Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an ISO. A “Disqualifying Disposition” is any disposition (including any sale) of such Common Stock before either (a) two years after the date the employee was granted the ISO, or (b) one year after the date the employee acquired Common Stock by exercising the ISO. If the employee has died before such stock is sold, these holding period requirements do not apply and no Disqualifying Disposition can occur thereafter.

21. Governing Law; Construction . The validity and construction of the Plan and the instruments evidencing Stock Rights shall be governed by the laws of the State of North Carolina. In construing this Plan, the singular shall include the plural and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, unless the context otherwise requires.

22. Lock-up Agreement . Each recipient of securities hereunder agrees, in connection with the first registration with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of the public sale of the Company’s Common Stock, not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as the Company or the underwriters, as the case may be, shall specify. Each such recipient agrees that the Company may instruct its transfer agent to place stop-transfer notations in its records to enforce this Section 22. Each such recipient agrees to execute a form of agreement reflecting the foregoing restrictions as requested by the underwriters managing such offering.


FIRST AMENDMENT

TO NOVAN, INC.

2008 STOCK OPTION PLAN

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT to the Novan, Inc. 2008 Stock Option Plan is dated as of November 3, 2010.

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors (the “Board” ) of Novan, Inc. (the “Company” ) previously adopted, and the stockholders of the Company previously approved, the Novan, Inc. 2008 Stock Option Plan (referred to herein as the “Plan” ); and

WHEREAS, the Board deems it to be in the best interests of the Company to amend the Plan in order to increase the number of shares of its Common Stock reserved for issuance thereunder from 200,000 shares to 450,000 shares;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan shall be amended as follows:

1. Section 4 of the Plan shall be deleted in its entirety and the following substituted in lieu thereof:

4. Stock . The stock subject to Stock Rights shall be authorized but unissued shares of the Common Stock of the Company, par value $.0001 per share (the “Common Stock” ), or such shares of the Company’s capital stock into which such class of shares may be converted pursuant to any reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or the like, or shares of Common Stock reacquired by the Company in any manner. The aggregate number of shares that may be issued pursuant to the Plan is Four Hundred Fifty Thousand (450,000) shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment as provided herein), of which not more than Four Hundred Fifty Thousand (450,000) shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment as set forth herein) may be issued as ISOs. Any such shares may be issued as ISOs, NSOs, or Stock Bonuses, or to persons or entities making purchases pursuant to Purchase Rights, so long as the number of shares so issued does not exceed such aggregate number, as adjusted. If any Option granted under the Plan shall expire or terminate for any reason without having been exercised in full or shall cease for any reason to be exercisable in whole or in part, or if the Company shall reacquire any shares issued pursuant to Stock Rights, the unpurchased shares subject to such Options and any shares so reacquired by the Company shall again be available for grants of Stock Rights under the Plan.

2. Except as herein amended, the terms and provisions of the Plan shall remain in full force and effect as originally adopted and approved.

(Next page is signature page)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned hereby certifies that this First Amendment was duly adopted by the Board of Directors and the stockholders of the Company, effective as of the date first above written.

 

NOVAN, INC.
By:  

/s/ Nathan Stasko

  Nathan Stasko, Ph.D.
  President and Chief Executive Officer


Second Amendment to Stock Plan

WHEREAS, the Company has established the Novan, Inc. 2008 Stock Plan, as amended by the First Amendment thereto dated as of November 3, 2010 (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, after due deliberation and consideration, the Board has determined it to be in the best interests of the Company to amend the Plan to increase the number of shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance under the Plan;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Plan, such amendment requires the approval of the stockholders within twelve (12) months after the date of these resolutions;

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the Plan shall be amended to increase the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan by one hundred fifty thousand (150,000) shares (from 450,000 to shares to 600,000 shares in the aggregate) (the “Plan Amendment”);

RESOLVED FURTHER, that the Plan Amendment shall be submitted and recommended to the stockholders of the Company for their approval within 12 months; and

RESOLVED FURTHER, that the Plan Amendment is being approved by the holders of Preferred Stock of the Company contemporaneously with these resolutions, for purposes of Section IV, C, 5 (f) of the Company’s Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (entitled Exclusions for Adjustment for Issuances at Less Than the Conversion Price).

 

/s/ Neal Hunter

Neal Hunter

/s/ John Palmour

John Palmour

/s/ Mark Schoenfisch

Mark Schoenfisch

/s/ Nathan Stasko

Nathan Stasko


THIRD AMENDMENT

TO

NOVAN, INC.

2008 STOCK OPTION PLAN

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT to the Novan, Inc. 2008 Stock Option Plan is dated as of April 30, 2012.

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of Novan, Inc. has adopted and the stockholders of the Corporation have approved the Novan, Inc. 2008 Stock Option Plan and the First Amendment and Second Amendment thereto (the “ Plan ”); and

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors deems it to be in the best interest of the Corporation to amend the Plan in order to increase the maximum number of shares issuable pursuant to options granted under the Plan from 600,000 shares to 700,000 shares.

NOW, THEREFORE , the Plan shall be amended as follows.

 

  1. Section 4 of the Plan shall be deleted in its entirety and the following substituted in lieu thereof;

“4. Stock . The stock subject to Stock Rights shall be authorized but unissued shares of the Common Stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), or such shares of the Company’s capital stock into which such class of shares may be converted pursuant to any reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or the like, or shares of Common Stock reacquired by the Company in any manner. The aggregate number of shares that may be issued pursuant to the Plan is Seven Hundred Thousand (700,000) shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment as set forth herein), of which not more than Seven Hundred Thousand (700,000) shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment as set forth herein) may be issued as ISOs, NSOs, or Stock Bonuses, or to persons or entities making purchases pursuant to Purchase Rights, so long as the number of shares so issued does not exceed such aggregate number, as adjusted. If any Option granted under the Plan shall expire or terminate for any reason without having been exercised in full or shall cease for any reason to be exercisable in whole or in part, or if the Company shall reacquire any shares issued pursuant to Stock Rights, the unpurchased shares subject to such Options and any shares so reacquired by the Company shall again be available for grants of Stock Rights under the Plan.”

2. Except as herein amended, the terms and provisions of the Plan shall remain in full force and effect as originally adopted and approved.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned hereby certifies that this Third Amendment was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation on the 30 day of April, 2012.

 

N OVAN , I NC .
By:   /s/ Nathan Stasko
 

Nathan Stasko, Ph.D.

President and Chief Executive Officer


FOURTH AMENDMENT

TO

NOVAN, INC.

2008 STOCK OPTION PLAN

THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT to the Novan, Inc. 2008 Stock Option Plan is dated as of July 2, 2014.

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of Novan, Inc. has adopted and the stockholders of the Corporation have approved the Novan, Inc. 2008 Stock Option Plan and the First Amendment, Second Amendment and Third Amendment thereto (the “Plan” ); and

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors deems it to be in the best interest of the Corporation to amend the Plan in order to increase the maximum number of shares issuable pursuant to options granted under the Plan from 700,000 shares to 1,200,000 shares.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan shall be amended as follows.

1. Section 4 of the Plan shall be deleted in its entirety and the following substituted in lieu thereof;

“4. Stock . The stock subject to Stock Rights shall be authorized but unissued shares of the Common Stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), or such shares of the Company’s capital stock into which such class of shares may be converted pursuant to any reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or the like, or shares of Common Stock reacquired by the Company in any manner. The aggregate number of shares that may be issued pursuant to the Plan is One Million Two Hundred Thousands (1,200,000) shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment as set forth herein), of which not more than One Million Two Hundred Thousands (1,200,000) shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment as set forth herein) may be issued as ISOs, NSOs, or Stock Bonuses, or to persons or entities making purchases pursuant to Purchase Rights, so long as the number of shares so issued does not exceed such aggregate number, as adjusted. If any Option granted under the Plan shall expire or terminate for any reason without having been exercised in full or shall cease for any reason to be exercisable in whole or in part, or if the Company shall reacquire any shares issued pursuant to Stock Rights, the unpurchased shares subject to such Options and any shares so reacquired by the Company shall again be available for grants of Stock Rights under the Plan.”

2. Except as herein amended, the terms and provisions of the Plan shall remain in full force and effect as originally adopted and approved.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned hereby certifies that this Fourth Amendment was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation on the 2 day of July, 2014.

 

N OVAN , I NC .
By:   /s/ Nathan Stasko
  Nathan Stasko, Ph.D.
  President and Chief Executive Officer


NOVAN, INC.

FORM OF STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . Novan, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Grant (the “Optionee”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase a total number of shares (the “Shares”) of Common Stock (the “Common Stock”) set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”) subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Novan, Inc. 2008 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) adopted by the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Option.

If designated an Incentive Stock Option, this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code, or any successor provision.

2. Exercise of Option . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Grant and with the provisions of Section 8 of the Plan as follows:

(a) Right to Exercise .

(i) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

(ii) In the event of Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of employment, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Sections 6, 7 and 8 below, subject to the limitation contained in subsection 2(a)(iii).

(iii) In no event may this Option be exercised after the date of expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by written notice (in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A ) which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as to the holder’s investment intent with respect to such shares of Common Stock as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Such written notice shall be signed by the Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Secretary of the Company. The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price.

No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise shall comply with all relevant provisions of law and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed. Assuming such compliance,


for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Optionee’s Representations . In the event the Shares purchasable pursuant to the exercise of this Option have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Option is exercised, Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company an Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

4. Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

 

  a. cash;

 

  b. check; or

 

  c. at the discretion of the Board or Committee, any other method permitted by the Plan.

5. Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan and the Shares covered by this Option have been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation. As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by any applicable law or regulation.

6. Termination of Relationship . In the event of termination of Optionee’s employment or consulting relationship with the Company, Optionee may, to the extent otherwise so entitled on the date of such termination (the “Termination Date”), exercise this Option during the Termination Period set out in the Notice of Grant. To the extent that Optionee was not entitled to exercise this Option at the date of such termination, or if Optionee does not exercise this Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

7. Disability of Optionee . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6 above, in the event of termination of Optionee’s consulting or employment relationship or as a result of his total and permanent disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code or any successor provision), Optionee may, but only within twelve (12) months from the date of termination of employment or consulting relationship (but in no event later than the date of expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in Section 10 below), exercise this Option to the extent Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. To the extent that Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of termination, or if Optionee does not exercise such Option (which Optionee was entitled to exercise) within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.


8. Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of Optionee during the term of this Option and, with respect to a Consultant, during such Consultant’s continuing consulting relationship with the Company or within 90 days of termination of Consultant’s relationship with the Company and, with respect to an employee, during such employee’s employment relationship with the Company or within 90 days of termination of such employee’s relationship with the Company, the Option may be exercised, at any time within twelve (12) months following the date of termination (but in no event later than the date of expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in Section 10 below), by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent of the right to exercise that Optionee was entitled to at the date of death.

9. Nontransferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

10. Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant and the Plan, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option. The limitations set out in Section 7 of the Plan regarding Options designated as Incentive Stock Options and Options granted to more than ten percent (10%) stockholders shall apply to this Option.

11. Taxation Upon Exercise of Option . Optionee understands that, upon exercising a Nonstatutory Stock Option, he or she will recognize income for tax purposes in an amount equal to the excess of the then fair market value of the Shares over the exercise price. If the Optionee is an employee, the Company will be required to withhold from Optionee’s compensation, or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income. Additionally, the Optionee may at some point be required to satisfy tax withholding obligations with respect to the disqualifying disposition of an Incentive Stock Option. The Optionee shall satisfy his or her tax withholding obligation arising upon the exercise of this Option by one or some combination of the following methods: (i) by cash payment, or (ii) out of Optionee’s current compensation.

12. Tax Consequences . Set forth below is a brief summary as of the date of this Option of some of the federal and North Carolina tax consequences of exercise of this Option and disposition of the Shares. THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

(a) Exercise of ISO . If this Option qualifies as an ISO, there will be no regular federal income tax liability or North Carolina income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as an item of adjustment to the alternative minimum tax for federal tax purposes in the year of exercise and may subject the Optionee to the alternative minimum tax.


(b) Exercise of Nonstatutory Stock Option . If this Option does not qualify as an ISO, there may be a regular federal income tax liability and a North Carolina income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option. The Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price and the Company will qualify for a deduction in the same amount, subject to the requirement that the compensation be reasonable. If Optionee is an employee, the Company will be required to withhold from Optionee’s compensation or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise.

(c) Disposition of Shares . In the case of an NSO, if Shares are held for at least one year, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal and North Carolina income tax purposes. In the case of an ISO, if Shares transferred pursuant to the Option are held for at least one year after exercise and are disposed of at least two years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will also be treated as long-term capital gain for federal and North Carolina income tax purposes. If Shares purchased under an ISO are disposed of within one-year after exercise or within two years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) in an amount equal to the excess of the lesser of (1) the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise, or (2) the sale price of the Shares over the Exercise Price paid for those shares. The Company will also be allowed a deduction equal to any such amount recognized, subject to the requirement that the compensation be reasonable.

(d) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Optionee herein is an ISO, and if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (1) the date two years after the Date of Grant, or (2) the date one year after the date of exercise, the Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Optionee agrees that Optionee may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by the Optionee from the early disposition by payment in cash or out of the current earnings paid to the Optionee.

13. Company’s SAR Option upon Termination prior to IPO . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2 hereof, in the event that the Company receives a notice from Optionee requesting exercise of the option after or in connection with the termination of such optionee’s employment with the Company at any time prior to the first registration statement for the sale of its Common Stock to the public under the Securities Act, the Company shall have the irrevocable, exclusive right for a period of ninety (90) days from the date of such notice (the “SAR Option”), to cause the option to be surrendered in exchange for payment of an amount (the “SAR Amount”) equal to the difference between the purchase price payable for the Shares hereunder and the fair market value of the shares as of the date of termination of the Optionee’s status as an employee. The “fair market value” shall be deemed to be the fair value of the Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors after taking into consideration all factors that it deems appropriate, including, without limitation, recent sale and offer prices on the


Common Stock in private transactions negotiated at arms’ length, but determined without regard to any restriction on the Shares other than a restriction that, by its terms will never lapse. The SAR Amount shall be paid, at the Company’s option, (i) by delivery of a check in the amount of the SAR Amount, (ii) by cancellation of any amount of the Optionee’s indebtedness to the Company equal to the SAR Amount, or (iii) by a combination of (i) and (ii) so that the combined payment and cancellation of indebtedness equals such SAR Amount.

OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE EXERCISE OF THE COMPANY’S SAR OPTION WILL CONSTITUTE A DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION OF THE OPTION SO THAT THE SAR AMOUNT RECEIVED WILL BE TREATED FOR TAX PURPOSES AS ORDINARY INCOME TO THE OPTIONEE. WITH THIS UNDERSTANDING, OPTIONEE AFFIRMS THE GRANT OF THE SAR OPTION TO THE COMPANY IN CONNECTION WITH OPTIONEE’S RECEIPT OF THE OPTION. OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE OPTION HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING CONSULTANCY OR EMPLOYMENT AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT, NOR IN THE COMPANY’S STOCK OPTION PLAN, WHICH IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, SHALL CONFER UPON OPTIONEE ANY RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO CONTINUATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY BY THE COMPANY, NOR SHALL IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

14. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Optionee or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed Optionee or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.


(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the noncash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 90 days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Optionee’s lifetime or on the Optionee’s death by will or intestacy to the Optionee’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Optionee’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares 90 days after the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act.

15. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by state or federal securities laws:


THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTIONS HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE ISSUER’S STOCK PLAN AND THE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT RELATING TO THESE SHARES, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any Optionee or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

16. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

17. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Company’s Board of Directors or the Committee that administers the Plan, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Board or committee shall be final and binding on the Company and on Optionee.

18. Governing Law; Severability . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina excluding that body of law pertaining to conflicts of law. Should any provision of this Agreement be determined by a court


of law to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

19. Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address as shown below beneath its signature, or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

20. Further Instruments . The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

21. 2008 Stock Plan . Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board or Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option.


EXHIBIT A

NOVAN, INC.

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

Novan, Inc.

 

  

 

  

 

Attention: Secretary

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today, the undersigned (“Optionee”) hereby elects to exercise Optionee’s option to purchase                  shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock (the “Common Stock”) of Novan, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the Company’s 2008 Stock Plan, as amended (the “Plan”) and the Notice of Stock Option Grant, dated                 ,                 , and related Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”). The purchase price for the Shares shall be $                 as required by the Option Agreement. Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full Exercise Price for the Shares.

2. Representations of Optionee . Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions. Optionee represents that Optionee is purchasing the Shares for Optionee’s own account for investment and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, a distribution of any of such Shares.

3. Compliance with Securities Laws . Optionee understands and acknowledges that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, notwithstanding any other provision of the Option Agreement to the contrary, the exercise of any rights to purchase any Shares is expressly conditioned upon compliance with the Securities Act, all applicable state securities laws and all applicable requirements of any stock exchange or over the counter market on which the Company’s Common Stock may be listed or traded at the time of exercise and transfer. Optionee agrees to cooperate with the Company to ensure compliance with such laws.

4. Federal Restrictions on Transfer . Optionee understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and therefore cannot be resold and must be held indefinitely unless they are registered under the Securities Act or unless an exemption from such registration is available and that the certificate(s) representing the Shares may bear a legend to that effect. Optionee understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares and that an exemption may not be available or may not permit Optionee to transfer Shares in the amounts or at the times proposed by Optionee. Specifically, Optionee has been advised that Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permits certain resales of unregistered securities, is not presently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event requires that the Shares be paid for and then be held for at least six months (and in some cases one year) before they may be resold under Rule 144.


5. Rights as Stockholder . Until the stock certificate evidencing such Shares is issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the optioned Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

Optionee shall enjoy rights as a stockholder until such time as Optionee disposes of the Shares or the Company and/or its assignee(s) exercises the Right of First Refusal pursuant to the Option Agreement. Upon such exercise, Optionee shall have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so purchased except the right to receive payment for the Shares so purchased in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and Optionee shall forthwith cause the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so purchased to be surrendered to the Company for transfer or cancellation.

6. Tax Consultation . Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

7. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Notice of Grant/Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Notice of Grant/Option Agreement and any Investment Representation statement executed and delivered to Company by Optionee shall constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and is governed by North Carolina law except for that body of law pertaining to conflict of laws.

 

Submitted by:      Accepted by:
Optionee:      Novan, Inc.

 

     By:   

 

       Name:   

 

       Title:   

 

Address:   

 

     Address:   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

OPTIONEE

     :      

 

  

COMPANY

     :       Novan, Inc.   

SECURITY

     :       Common Stock (the “Common Stock”)   

AMOUNT

     :      

 

   Shares

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, I, the Optionee, represent to the Company the following.

1. Optionee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the securities. Optionee is purchasing the securities for investment for Optionee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

2. Optionee understands that the securities have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Optionee’s investment intent as expressed herein.

3. Optionee further understands that the securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or unless an exemption from registration is available. Moreover, Optionee understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the securities. In addition, Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the securities will be imprinted with a legend that prohibits the transfer of the securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

4. Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, promulgated under the Securities Act, that permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer thereof (or from an affiliate of such issuer) in a nonpublic offering, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.

Subject to any lock-up agreement, in the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold by the Optionee 90 days thereafter, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including: (a) the sale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as that term is defined under the


Exchange Act); and (b) in the case of an affiliate, the availability of certain public information about the Company, and the amount of securities being sold during any three-month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), if applicable.

If the purchase of the securities does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of purchase, then the securities may be resold by the Optionee in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144. For nonaffiliates, resales under Rule 144 will be permitted after the Optionee has held the shares for six months if certain public information about the Company is available, and may be sold freely after the Optionee has held the shares for one year. For affiliates, resales under Rule 144 will be permitted after the Optionee has held the shares for six months if: (a) certain public information about the Company is available; (b) the amount of securities being sold during any three-month period does not exceed specified limitations; and (c) the sale is made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as that term is defined under the Exchange Act) and (d) the affiliate makes a required Form 144 filing.

For purposes of determining when shares are acquired by an Optionee, shares obtained by cashless exercise will be deemed to have been acquired when the Optionee was originally granted the option. Otherwise, the Optionee will be deemed to have acquired the shares upon exercise of the option.

5. Optionee further understands that at the time Optionee wishes to sell the securities there may be no public market upon which to make such a sale, and that, even if such a public market then exists, the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirements of Rules 144 or 701, and that, in such event, Optionee would be precluded from selling the securities under Rules 144 or 701 even if the one-year minimum holding period had been satisfied; however, Optionee may be able to sell the securities pursuant to the exemptions contained in Rule 144(k) if the two-year holding period has been satisfied.

6. Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rules 144, 144(k) or 701 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act or some registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144, 144(k) and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the SEC has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144, 144(k) or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.

 

 

Date:      Signature of Optionee:

 

    

 

Exhibit 10.3

NOVAN, INC.

2016 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

ARTICLE 1.

PURPOSE

The purpose of the Novan, Inc. 2016 Incentive Award Plan (as it may be amended or restated from time to time, the “ Plan ”) is to promote the success and enhance the value of Novan, Inc. the (“ Company ”) by linking the individual interests of the members of the Board, Employees, and Consultants to those of Company stockholders and by providing such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance to generate superior returns to Company stockholders. The Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Company in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of members of the Board, Employees, and Consultants upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of the Company’s operation is largely dependent.

ARTICLE 2.

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

Wherever the following terms are used in the Plan they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The singular pronoun shall include the plural where the context so indicates.

2.1 “ Administrator ” shall mean the entity that conducts the general administration of the Plan as provided in Article 12. With reference to the duties of the Committee under the Plan which have been delegated to one or more persons pursuant to Section 12.6, or as to which the Board has assumed, the term “Administrator” shall refer to such person(s) unless the Committee or the Board has revoked such delegation or the Board has terminated the assumption of such duties.

2.2 “ Applicable Accounting Standards ” shall mean Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States, International Financial Reporting Standards or such other accounting principles or standards as may apply to the Company’s financial statements under United States federal securities laws from time to time.

2.3 “ Applicable Law ” shall mean any applicable law, including without limitation: (a) provisions of the Code, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and any rules or regulations thereunder; (b) corporate, securities, tax or other laws, statutes, rules, requirements or regulations, whether federal, state, local or foreign; and (c) rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded.

2.4 “ Automatic Exercise Date ” shall mean, with respect to an Option or a Stock Appreciation Right, the last business day of the applicable Option Term or Stock Appreciation Right Term that was initially established by the Administrator for such Option or Stock Appreciation Right ( e.g. , the last business day prior to the tenth anniversary of the date of grant of such Option or Stock Appreciation Right if the Option or Stock Appreciation Right initially had a ten-year Option Term or Stock Appreciation Right Term, as applicable).


2.5 “ Award ” shall mean an Option, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Restricted Stock award, a Restricted Stock Unit award, an Other Stock or Cash Based Award or a Dividend Equivalent award, which may be awarded or granted under the Plan.

2.6 “ Award Agreement ” shall mean any written notice, agreement, terms and conditions, contract or other instrument or document evidencing an Award, including through electronic medium, which shall contain such terms and conditions with respect to an Award as the Administrator shall determine consistent with the Plan.

2.7 “ Award Limit ” shall mean with respect to Awards that shall be payable in Shares or in cash, as the case may be, the respective limit set forth in Section 3.2.

2.8 “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.9 “ Change in Control ” shall mean and includes each of the following:

(a) A transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of Common Stock to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission) whereby any “person” or related “group” of “persons” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company’s securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition; provided , however , that the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (i) any acquisition by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (ii) any acquisition by an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) any acquisition which complies with Sections 2.9(c)(i), 2.9(c)(ii) and 2.9(c)(iii); or (iv) in respect of an Award held by a particular Holder, any acquisition by the Holder or any group of persons including the Holder (or any entity controlled by the Holder or any group of persons including the Holder); or

(b) The Incumbent Directors cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board;

(c) The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination, (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:

(i) which results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “ Successor Entity ”)) directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and

 

2


(ii) after which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided , however , that no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this Section 2.9(c)(ii) as beneficially owning 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction; and

(iii) after which at least a majority of the members of the board of directors (or the analogous governing body) of the Successor Entity were Board members at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such transaction; or

(d) The date of the completion of a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change in Control constitutes a payment event with respect to any Award (or any portion of an Award) that provides for the deferral of compensation that is subject to Section 409A, to the extent required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A, the transaction or event described in subsection (a), (b), (c) or (d) with respect to such Award (or portion thereof) shall only constitute a Change in Control for purposes of the payment timing of such Award if such transaction also constitutes a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).

The Administrator shall have full and final authority, which shall be exercised in its sole discretion, to determine conclusively whether a Change in Control has occurred pursuant to the above definition, the date of the occurrence of such Change in Control and any incidental matters relating thereto; provided that any exercise of authority in conjunction with a determination of whether a Change in Control is a “change in control event” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) shall be consistent with such regulation.

2.10 “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, together with the regulations and official guidance promulgated thereunder, whether issued prior or subsequent to the grant of any Award.

2.11 “ Committee ” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board, or another committee or subcommittee of the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board described in Article 12 hereof.

2.12 “ Common Stock ” shall mean the common stock of the Company, par value $            per share.

2.13 “ Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 1.

2.14 “ Consultant ” shall mean any consultant or adviser engaged to provide services to the Company or any Subsidiary who qualifies as a consultant or advisor under the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for registration of shares on a Form S-8 Registration Statement.

 

3


2.15 “ Covered Employee ” shall mean any Employee who is, or could become, a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

2.16 “ Director ” shall mean a member of the Board, as constituted from time to time. 2.17 “Director Limit” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.6.

2.18 “ Dividend Equivalent ” shall mean a right to receive the equivalent value (in cash or Shares) of dividends paid on Shares, awarded under Section 10.2.

2.19 “ DRO ” shall mean a “domestic relations order” as defined by the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, or the rules thereunder.

2.20 “ Effective Date ” shall mean the day prior to the Public Trading Date.

2.21 “ Eligible Individual ” shall mean any person who is an Employee, a Consultant or a Non-Employee Director, as determined by the Administrator.

2.22 “ Employee ” shall mean any officer or other employee (as determined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder) of the Company or of any Subsidiary.

2.23 “ Equity Restructuring ” shall mean a nonreciprocal transaction between the Company and its stockholders, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, rights offering or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, that affects the number or kind of Shares (or other securities of the Company) or the share price of Common Stock (or other securities) and causes a change in the per-share value of the Common Stock underlying outstanding Awards.

2.24 “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

2.25 “ Expiration Date ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 13.1(c).

2.26 “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean, as of any given date, the value of a Share determined as follows:

(a) If the Common Stock is (i) listed on any established securities exchange (such as the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Capital Market, the NASDAQ Global Market and the NASDAQ Global Select Market), (ii) listed on any national market system or (iii) quoted or traded on any automated quotation system, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for a Share as quoted on such exchange or system for such date or, if there is no closing sales price for a Share on the date in question, the closing sales price for a Share on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

4


(b) If the Common Stock is not listed on an established securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system, but the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean of the high bid and low asked prices for such date or, if there are no high bid and low asked prices for a Share on such date, the high bid and low asked prices for a Share on the last preceding date for which such information exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

(c) If the Common Stock is neither listed on an established securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system nor regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be established by the Administrator in good faith.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Award granted after the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement relating to its initial public offering and prior to the Public Trading Date, the Fair Market Value shall mean the initial public offering price of a Share as set forth in the Company’s final prospectus relating to its initial public offering filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

2.27 “ Greater Than 10% Stockholder ” shall mean an individual then owning (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any subsidiary corporation (as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code) or parent corporation thereof (as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code).

2.28 “ Holder ” shall mean a person who has been granted an Award.

2.29 “ Incentive Stock Option ” shall mean an Option that is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option and conforms to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code.

2.30 “ Incumbent Directors ’ shall mean for any period of 12 consecutive months, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board together with any new Director(s) (other than a Director designated by a person who shall have entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Section 2.9(a) or 2.9(c)) whose election or nomination for election to the Board was approved by a vote of at least a majority (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for Director without objection to such nomination) of the Directors then still in office who either were Directors at the beginning of the 12-month period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved. No individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to Directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be an Incumbent Director.

2.31 “ Non-Employee Director ” shall mean a Director of the Company who is not an Employee.

 

5


2.32 “ Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.6.

2.33 “ Non-Qualified Stock Option ” shall mean an Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option or which is designated as an Incentive Stock Option but does not meet the applicable requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

2.34 “ Option ” shall mean a right to purchase Shares at a specified exercise price, granted under Article 6. An Option shall be either a Non-Qualified Stock Option or an Incentive Stock Option; provided , however , that Options granted to Non-Employee Directors and Consultants shall only be Non-Qualified Stock Options.

2.35 “ Option Term ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4.

2.36 “ Organizational Documents ” shall mean, collectively, (a) the Company’s articles of incorporation, certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other similar organizational documents relating to the creation and governance of the Company, and (b) the Committee’s charter or other similar organizational documentation relating to the creation and governance of the Committee.

2.37 “ Other Stock or Cash Based Award ” shall mean a cash payment, cash bonus award, stock payment, stock bonus award, performance award or incentive award that is paid in cash, Shares or a combination of both, awarded under Section 10.1, which may include, without limitation, deferred stock, deferred stock units, retainers, committee fees, and meeting-based fees.

2.38 Performance-Based Compensation ” shall mean any compensation that is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code.

2.39 “ Performance Criteria ” shall mean the criteria (and adjustments) that the Administrator selects for an Award for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal or Performance Goals for a Performance Period, determined as follows:

(a) The Performance Criteria that shall be used to establish Performance Goals are limited to the following: (i) net earnings or losses (either before or after one or more of the following: (A) interest, (B) taxes, (C) depreciation, (D) amortization and (E) non-cash equity-based compensation expense); (ii) gross or net sales or revenue or sales or revenue growth; (iii) net income (either before or after taxes); (iv) adjusted net income; (v) operating earnings or profit (either before or after taxes); (vi) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); (vii) return on assets or net assets; (viii) return on capital (or invested capital) and cost of capital; (ix) return on stockholders’ equity; (x) total stockholder return; (xi) return on sales; (xii) gross or net profit or operating margin; (xiii) costs, reductions in costs and cost control measures; (xiv) funds from operations or funds available for distributions; (xv) expenses; (xvi) working capital; (xvii) earnings or loss per share; (xviii) adjusted earnings or loss per share; (xix) price per share or dividends per share (or appreciation in and/or maintenance of such price or dividends); (xx) economic value added models or similar metrics; (xxi) regulatory achievements or compliance (including, without limitation, regulatory body approval for commercialization of a product); (xxii) implementation, completion or attainment of critical projects, processes or objectives relating to research, development, regulatory, commercial, or strategic milestones or

 

6


developments; (xxiii) sales, unit volume or market share; (xxiv) licensing revenue; (xxv) brand recognition/acceptance, (xxvi) inventory turns or cycle time, (xxvii) strategic initiatives (including, without limitation, with respect to market penetration and spending efficiency, geographic business expansion, manufacturing, commercialization, production and productivity, customer satisfaction and growth, employee satisfaction, recruitment and maintenance of personnel, human resources management, supervision of litigation and other legal matters, information technology, strategic partnerships and transactions (including acquisitions, dispositions, joint ventures, in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property, and establishment of relationships with commercial entities with respect to the marketing, distribution and sale of Company products, and factoring transactions, research and development and related activity, financial or other capital raising transactions, operating efficiency, and asset quality); (xxiii) financial ratios (including, without limitation, those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage); and (xxix) compound annual growth rate, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease or as compared to results of a peer group or to market performance indicators or indices.

(b) The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may provide that one or more objectively determinable adjustments shall be made to one or more of the Performance Goals. Such adjustments may include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: (i) items related to a change in Applicable Accounting Standards; (ii) items relating to financing activities; (iii) expenses for restructuring or productivity initiatives; (iv) other non-operating items; (v) items related to acquisitions; (vi) items attributable to the business operations of any entity acquired by the Company during the Performance Period; (vii) items related to the sale or disposition of a business or segment of a business; (viii) items related to discontinued operations that do not qualify as a segment of a business under Applicable Accounting Standards; (ix) items attributable to any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of stock occurring during the Performance Period; (x) any other items of significant income or expense which are determined to be appropriate adjustments; (xi) items relating to unusual or nonrecurring corporate transactions, events or developments, (xii) items related to amortization of acquired intangible assets; (xiii) items that are outside the scope of the Company’s core, on-going business activities; (xiv) items related to acquired in-process research and development; (xv) items relating to changes in tax laws; (xvi) items relating to major licensing or partnership arrangements; (xvii) items relating to asset impairment charges; (xviii) items relating to gains or losses for litigation, arbitration and contractual settlements; (xix) items attributable to expenses incurred in connection with a reduction in force or early retirement initiative; (xx) items relating to foreign exchange or currency transactions and/or fluctuations; or (xxi) items relating to any other unusual or nonrecurring events or changes in Applicable Law, Applicable Accounting Standards or business conditions. For all Awards intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, such determinations shall be made within the time prescribed by, and otherwise in compliance with, Section 162(m) of the Code.

2.40 “ Performance Goals ” shall mean, for a Performance Period, one or more goals established in writing by the Administrator for the Performance Period based upon one or more Performance Criteria. Depending on the Performance Criteria used to establish such Performance Goals, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of overall Company performance or the performance of a Subsidiary, division, business unit, or an individual. The achievement of each Performance Goal shall be determined, to the extent applicable, with reference to Applicable Accounting Standards.

 

7


2.41 “ Performance Period ” shall mean one or more periods of time, which may be of varying and overlapping durations, as the Administrator may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Holder’s right to, vesting of, and/or the payment in respect of, an Award.

2.42 “ Permitted Transferee ” shall mean, with respect to a Holder, any “family member” of the Holder, as defined in the General Instructions to Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act (or any successor form thereto), after taking into account Applicable Law.

2.43 “ Plan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 1.

2.44 “ Program ” shall mean any program adopted by the Administrator pursuant to the Plan containing the terms and conditions intended to govern a specified type of Award granted under the Plan and pursuant to which such type of Award may be granted under the Plan.

2.45 “ Public Trading Date ” shall mean the first date upon which Common Stock is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on any securities exchange or designated (or approved for designation) upon notice of issuance as a national market security on an interdealer quotation system.

2.46 “ Restricted Stock ” shall mean Common Stock awarded under Article 8 that is subject to certain restrictions and may be subject to risk of forfeiture or repurchase.

2.47 “ Restricted Stock Units ” shall mean the right to receive Shares awarded under Article 9.

2.48 “ Section 409A ” shall mean Section 409A of the Code and the Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including, without limitation, any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date.

2.49 “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 2.50 “Shares” shall mean shares of Common Stock.

2.51 “ Stock Appreciation Right ” shall mean an Award entitling the Holder (or other person entitled to exercise pursuant to the Plan) to exercise all or a specified portion thereof (to the extent then exercisable pursuant to its terms) and to receive from the Company an amount determined by multiplying the difference obtained by subtracting the exercise price per share of such Award from the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of such Award by the number of Shares with respect to which such Award shall have been exercised, subject to any limitations the Administrator may impose.

2.52 “ SAR Term ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4.

 

8


2.53 “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any entity (other than the Company), whether domestic or foreign, in an unbroken chain of entities beginning with the Company if each of the entities other than the last entity in the unbroken chain beneficially owns, at the time of the determination, securities or interests representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of securities or interests in one of the other entities in such chain.

2.54 “ Substitute Award ” shall mean an Award granted under the Plan in connection with a corporate transaction, such as a merger, combination, consolidation or acquisition of property or stock, in any case, upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding equity awards previously granted by a company or other entity; provided , however , that in no event shall the term “Substitute Award” be construed to refer to an award made in connection with the cancellation and repricing of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right.

2.55 “ Termination of Service” shall mean :

(a) As to a Consultant, the time when the engagement of a Holder as a Consultant to the Company or a Subsidiary is terminated for any reason, with or without cause, including, without limitation, by resignation, discharge, death or retirement, but excluding terminations where the Consultant simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service with the Company or any Subsidiary.

(b) As to a Non-Employee Director, the time when a Holder who is a Non-Employee Director ceases to be a Director for any reason, including, without limitation, a termination by resignation, failure to be elected, death or retirement, but excluding terminations where the Holder simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service with the Company or any Subsidiary.

(c) As to an Employee, the time when the employee-employer relationship between a Holder and the Company or any Subsidiary is terminated for any reason, including, without limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, disability or retirement; but excluding terminations where the Holder simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service with the Company or any Subsidiary.

The Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to any Termination of Service, including, without limitation, whether a Termination of Service has occurred, whether a Termination of Service resulted from a discharge for cause and all questions of whether particular leaves of absence constitute a Termination of Service; provided , however , that, with respect to Incentive Stock Options, unless the Administrator otherwise provides in the terms of any Program, Award Agreement or otherwise, or as otherwise required by Applicable Law, a leave of absence, change in status from an employee to an independent contractor or other change in the employee-employer relationship shall constitute a Termination of Service only if, and to the extent that, such leave of absence, change in status or other change interrupts employment for the purposes of Section 422(a)(2) of the Code and the then-applicable regulations and revenue rulings under said Section. For purposes of the Plan, a Holder’s employee-employer relationship or consultancy relations shall be deemed to be terminated in the event that the Subsidiary employing or contracting with such Holder ceases to remain an Subsidiary following any merger, sale of stock or other corporate transaction or event (including, without limitation, a spin-off).

 

9


ARTICLE 3.

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

3.1 Number of Shares .

(a) Subject to Sections 3.1(b) and 13.2, the aggregate number of Shares which may be issued or transferred pursuant to Awards (including, without limitation, Incentive Stock Options) under the Plan is 1,000,000. Any Shares distributed pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Common Stock, treasury Common Stock or Common Stock purchased on the open market.

(b) If any Shares subject to an Award are forfeited or expire, or such Award is settled for cash (in whole or in part), the Shares subject to such Award shall, to the extent of such forfeiture, expiration or cash settlement, again be available for future grants of Awards under the Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the following Shares shall not be added to the Shares authorized for grant under Section 3.1(a) and shall not be available for future grants of Awards: (i) Shares tendered by a Holder or withheld by the Company in payment of the exercise price of an Option; (ii) Shares tendered by the Holder or withheld by the Company to satisfy any tax withholding obligation with respect to an Award; (iii) Shares subject to a Stock Appreciation Right that are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of the Stock Appreciation Right on exercise thereof; and (iv) Shares purchased on the open market with the cash proceeds from the exercise of Options. Any Shares repurchased by the Company under Section 8.4 at the same price paid by the Holder so that such Shares are returned to the Company shall again be available for Awards. The payment of Dividend Equivalents in cash in conjunction with any outstanding Awards shall not be counted against the Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.1(b), no Shares may again be optioned, granted or awarded if such action would cause an Incentive Stock Option to fail to qualify as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code.

(c) Substitute Awards shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan, except as may be required by reason of Section 422 of the Code. Additionally, in the event that a company acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which the Company or any Subsidiary combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by its stockholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan; provided that Awards using such available Shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not employed by or providing services to the Company or its Subsidiaries immediately prior to such acquisition or combination.

 

10


3.2 Limitation on Number of Shares Subject to Awards . Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, and subject to Section 13.2, the maximum aggregate number of Shares with respect to one or more Awards that may be granted to any one person during any calendar year shall be 300,000 and the maximum aggregate amount of cash that may be paid in cash to any one person during any calendar year with respect to one or more Awards payable in cash shall be $2,000,000; provided , however , that the foregoing limitations shall not apply prior to the Public Trading Date and, following the Public Trading Date, the foregoing limitations shall not apply until the earliest of: (a) the first material modification of the Plan (including any increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan in accordance with Section 3.1); (b) the issuance of all of the Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan; (c) the expiration of the Plan; (d) the first meeting of stockholders at which members of the Board are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which occurred the first registration of an equity security of the Company under Section 12 of the Exchange Act; or (e) such other date, if any, on which the “reliance period” described under U.S. Treasury Regulation 1.162-27(f)(2) expires pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. To the extent required by Section 162(m) of the Code, Shares subject to Awards which are canceled shall continue to be counted against the Award Limit.

ARTICLE 4.

GRANTING OF AWARDS

4.1 Participation . The Administrator may, from time to time, select from among all Eligible Individuals, those to whom an Award shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Award, which shall not be inconsistent with the requirements of the Plan. Except for any Non-Employee Director’s right to Awards that may be required pursuant to the Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy as described in Section 4.6, no Eligible Individual or other Person shall have any right to be granted an Award pursuant to the Plan and neither the Company nor the Administrator is obligated to treat Eligible Individuals, Holders or any other persons uniformly. Participation by each Holder in the Plan shall be voluntary and nothing in the Plan or any Program shall be construed as mandating that any Eligible Individual or other Person shall participate in the Plan.

4.2 Award Agreement . Each Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that sets forth the terms, conditions and limitations for such Award as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion (consistent with the requirements of the Plan and any applicable Program). Award Agreements evidencing Awards intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall contain such terms and conditions as may be necessary to meet the applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code. Award Agreements evidencing Incentive Stock Options shall contain such terms and conditions as may be necessary to meet the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code.

4.3 Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Plan, and any Award granted or awarded to any individual who is then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act and any amendments thereto) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

 

11


4.4 At-Will Service . Nothing in the Plan or in any Program or Award Agreement hereunder shall confer upon any Holder any right to continue in the employ of, or as a Director or Consultant for, the Company or any Subsidiary, or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and any Subsidiary, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge any Holder at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, and with or without notice, or to terminate or change all other terms and conditions of employment or engagement, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Holder and the Company or any Subsidiary.

4.5 Foreign Holders . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or applicable Program to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in countries other than the United States in which the Company and its Subsidiaries operate or have Employees, Non-Employee Directors or Consultants, or in order to comply with the requirements of any foreign securities exchange or other Applicable Law, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (a) determine which Subsidiaries shall be covered by the Plan; (b) determine which Eligible Individuals outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (c) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to Eligible Individuals outside the United States to comply with Applicable Law (including, without limitation, applicable foreign laws or listing requirements of any foreign securities exchange); (d) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent such actions may be necessary or advisable; provided , however , that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitation contained in Section 3.1, the Award Limit or the Director Limit; and (e) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that it deems advisable to obtain approval or comply with any necessary local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals or listing requirements of any foreign securities exchange.

4.6 Non-Employee Director Awards .

(a) Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy . The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may provide that Awards granted to Non-Employee Directors shall be granted pursuant to a written nondiscretionary formula established by the Administrator (the “ Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy ”), subject to the limitations of the Plan. The Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy shall set forth the type of Award(s) to be granted to Non-Employee Directors, the number of Shares to be subject to Non-Employee Director Awards, the conditions on which such Awards shall be granted, become exercisable and/or payable and expire, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion. The Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy may be modified by the Administrator from time to time in its sole discretion.

(b) Director Limit . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Plan or in the Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy, the sum of the grant date fair value of equity-based Awards and the amount of any cash-based Awards granted to a Non-Employee Director during any calendar year shall not exceed $500,000 (the “ Director Limit ”).

 

12


ARTICLE 5.

PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS INTENDED TO QUALIFY AS

PERFORMANCE-BASED COMPENSATION

5.1 Purpose . The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, (a) determine whether an Award is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation and (b) at any time after any such determination, alter such intent for any or no reason. If the Administrator, in its sole discretion, decides to grant an Award that is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation (other than an Option or Stock Appreciation Right), then the provisions of this Article 5 shall control over any contrary provision contained in the Plan or any applicable Program; provided that, if after such decision the Administrator alters such intention for any reason, the provisions of this Article 5 shall no longer control over any other provision contained in the Plan or any applicable Program. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may (i) grant Awards to Eligible Individuals that are based on Performance Criteria or Performance Goals or any such other criteria and goals as the Administrator shall establish, but that do not satisfy the requirements of this Article 5 and that are not intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation and (ii) subject any Awards intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation to additional conditions and restrictions unrelated to any Performance Criteria or Performance Goals (including, without limitation, continued employment or service requirements) to the extent such Awards otherwise satisfy the requirements of this Article 5 with respect to the Performance Criteria and Performance Goals applicable thereto. Unless otherwise specified by the Administrator at the time of grant, the Performance Criteria with respect to an Award intended to be Performance-Based Compensation payable to a Covered Employee shall be determined on the basis of Applicable Accounting Standards.

5.2 Procedures with Respect to Performance-Based Awards . To the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, with respect to any Award which is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, no later than 90 days following the commencement of any Performance Period or any designated fiscal period or period of service (or such earlier time as may be required under Section 162(m) of the Code), the Administrator shall, in writing, (a) designate one or more Eligible Individuals, (b) select the Performance Criteria applicable to the Performance Period, (c) establish the Performance Goals, and amounts of such Awards, as applicable, which may be earned for such Performance Period based on the Performance Criteria, and (d) specify the relationship between Performance Criteria and the Performance Goals and the amounts of such Awards, as applicable, to be earned by each Covered Employee for such Performance Period. Following the completion of each Performance Period, the Administrator shall certify in writing whether and the extent to which the applicable Performance Goals have been achieved for such Performance Period. In determining the amount earned under such Awards, the Administrator (i) shall, unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, have the right to reduce or eliminate the amount payable at a given level of performance to take into account additional factors that the Administrator may deem relevant, including the assessment of individual or corporate performance for the Performance Period, but (ii) shall in no event have the right to increase the amount payable for any reason.

 

13


5.3 Payment of Performance-Based Awards . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Program or Award Agreement and only to the extent otherwise permitted by Section 162(m) of the Code, as to an Award that is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, the Holder must be employed by the Company or a Subsidiary throughout the Performance Period. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Program or Award Agreement, a Holder shall be eligible to receive payment pursuant to such Awards for a Performance Period only if and to the extent the Performance Goals for such Performance Period are achieved.

5.4 Additional Limitations . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan and except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, any Award which is granted to an Eligible Individual and is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in Section 162(m) of the Code or any regulations or rulings issued thereunder that are requirements for qualification as Performance-Based Compensation, and the Plan and the applicable Program and Award Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such requirements.

ARTICLE 6.

GRANTING OF OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

6.1 Granting of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights to Eligible Individuals . The Administrator is authorized to grant Options and Stock Appreciation Rights to Eligible Individuals from time to time, in its sole discretion, on such terms and conditions as it may determine, which shall not be inconsistent with the Plan.

6.2 Qualification of Incentive Stock Options . The Administrator may grant Options intended to qualify as Incentive Stock Options only to employees of the Company, any of the Company’s present or future “parent corporations” or “subsidiary corporations” as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Code, respectively, and any other entities the employees of which are eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options under the Code. No person who qualifies as a Greater Than 10% Stockholder may be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless such Incentive Stock Option conforms to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code. To the extent that the aggregate fair market value of stock with respect to which “incentive stock options” (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, but without regard to Section 422(d) of the Code) are exercisable for the first time by a Holder during any calendar year under the Plan, and all other plans of the Company and any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation thereof (as defined in Section 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code, respectively), exceeds $100,000, the Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code. The rule set forth in the immediately preceding sentence shall be applied by taking Options and other “incentive stock options” into account in the order in which they were granted and the fair market value of stock shall be determined as of the time the respective options were granted. Any interpretations and rules under the Plan with respect to Incentive Stock Options shall be consistent with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code. Neither the Company nor the Administrator shall have any liability to a Holder, or any other Person, (a) if an Option (or any part thereof) which is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option fails to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option or (b) for any action or omission by the Company or the Administrator that causes an Option not to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, including without limitation, the conversion of an Incentive Stock Option to a Non-Qualified Stock Option or the grant of an Option intended as an Incentive Stock Option that fails to satisfy the requirements under the Code applicable to an Incentive Stock Option.

 

14


6.3 Option and Stock Appreciation Right Exercise Price . The exercise price per Share subject to each Option and Stock Appreciation Right shall be set by the Administrator, but shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, as applicable, is granted (or, as to Incentive Stock Options, on the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code). In addition, in the case of Incentive Stock Options granted to a Greater Than 10% Stockholder, such price shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Option is granted (or the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right that is a Substitute Award, the exercise price per share of the Shares subject to such Option or Stock Appreciation Right, as applicable, may be less than the Fair Market Value per share on the date of grant; provided that the exercise price of any Substitute Award shall be determined in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 424 and 409A of the Code.

6.4 Option and SAR Term . The term of each Option (the “ Option Term ”) and the term of each Stock Appreciation Right (the “ SAR Term ”) shall be set by the Administrator in its sole discretion; provided , however , that the Option Term or SAR Term, as applicable, shall not be more than (a) ten (10) years from the date the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, as applicable, is granted to an Eligible Individual (other than, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, a Greater Than 10% Stockholder), or (b) five (5) years from the date an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Greater Than 10% Stockholder. Except as limited by the requirements of Section 409A or Section 422 of the Code and regulations and rulings thereunder or the first sentence of this Section 6.4 and without limiting the Company’s rights under Section 11.7, the Administrator may extend the Option Term of any outstanding Option or the SAR Term of any outstanding Stock Appreciation Right, and may extend the time period during which vested Options or Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised, in connection with any Termination of Service of the Holder or otherwise, and may amend, subject to Section 11.7 and 13.1, any other term or condition of such Option or Stock Appreciation Right relating to such Termination of Service of the Holder or otherwise.

6.5 Option and SAR Vesting . The period during which the right to exercise, in whole or in part, an Option or Stock Appreciation Right vests in the Holder shall be set by the Administrator and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator in the Award Agreement, the applicable Program or by action of the Administrator following the grant of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, (a) no portion of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right which is unexercisable at a Holder’s Termination of Service shall thereafter become exercisable and (b) the portion of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right that is unexercisable at a Holder’s Termination of Service shall automatically expire thirty (30) days following the date of a Termination of Service due to death or disability and on the date of any a Termination of Service for any other reason.

 

15


6.6 Substitution of Stock Appreciation Rights; Early Exercise of Options . The Administrator may provide in the applicable Program or Award Agreement evidencing the grant of an Option that the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the right to substitute a Stock Appreciation Right for such Option at any time prior to or upon exercise of such Option; provided that such Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable with respect to the same number of Shares for which such substituted Option would have been exercisable, and shall also have the same exercise price, vesting schedule and remaining term as the substituted Option. The Administrator may provide in the terms of an Award Agreement that the Holder may exercise an Option in whole or in part prior to the full vesting of the Option in exchange for unvested shares of Restricted Stock with respect to any unvested portion of the Option so exercised. Shares of Restricted Stock acquired upon the exercise of any unvested portion of an Option shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine.

ARTICLE 7.

EXERCISE OF OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

7.1 Exercise and Payment . An exercisable Option or Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised in whole or in part. However, an Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall not be exercisable with respect to fractional Shares and the Administrator may require that, by the terms of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, a partial exercise must be with respect to a minimum number of Shares. Payment of the amounts payable with respect to Stock Appreciation Rights pursuant to this Article 7 shall be in cash, Shares (based on its Fair Market Value as of the date the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised), or a combination of both, as determined by the Administrator.

7.2 Manner of Exercise . Except as set forth in Section 7.3, all or a portion of an exercisable Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall be deemed exercised upon delivery of all of the following to the Secretary of the Company, the stock plan administrator of the Company or such other person or entity designated by the Administrator, or his, her or its office, as applicable:

(a) A written or electronic notice complying with the applicable rules established by the Administrator stating that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, or a portion thereof, is exercised. The notice shall be signed or otherwise acknowledged electronically by the Holder or other person then entitled to exercise the Option or Stock Appreciation Right or such portion thereof;

(b) Such representations and documents as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable to effect compliance with Applicable Law;

(c) In the event that the Option shall be exercised pursuant to Section 11.3 by any person or persons other than the Holder, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator; and

(d) Full payment of the exercise price and applicable withholding taxes for the Shares with respect to which the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, or portion thereof, is exercised, in a manner permitted by the Administrator in accordance with Sections 11.1 and 11.2.

 

16


7.3 Expiration of Option Term or SAR Term: Automatic Exercise of In-The-Money Options and Stock Appreciation Rights . Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator in an Award Agreement or otherwise or as otherwise directed by an Option or Stock Appreciation Rights Holder in writing to the Company, each vested and exercisable Option and Stock Appreciation Right outstanding on the Automatic Exercise Date with an exercise price per Share that is less than the Fair Market Value per Share as of such date shall automatically and without further action by the Option or Stock Appreciation Rights Holder or the Company be exercised on the Automatic Exercise Date. In the sole discretion of the Administrator, payment of the exercise price of any such Option shall be made pursuant to Section 11.1(b) or 11.1(c) and the Company or any Subsidiary shall be entitled to deduct or withhold an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes associated with such exercise in accordance with Section 11.2. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, this Section 7.3 shall not apply to an Option or Stock Appreciation Right if the Holder of such Option or Stock Appreciation Right incurs a Termination of Service on or before the Automatic Exercise Date. For the avoidance of doubt, no Option or Stock Appreciation Right with an exercise price per Share that is equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value per Share on the Automatic Exercise Date shall be exercised pursuant to this Section 7.3.

7.4 Notification Regarding Disposition . The Holder shall give the Company prompt written or electronic notice of any disposition of Shares acquired by exercise of an Incentive Stock Option which occurs within (a) two years from the date of granting (including the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code) such Option to such Holder, or (b) one year after the date of transfer of such Shares to such Holder. Such notice shall specify the date of such disposition or other transfer and the amount realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, by the Holder in such disposition or other transfer.

ARTICLE 8.

AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK

8.1 Award of Restricted Stock . The Administrator is authorized to grant Restricted Stock to Eligible Individuals, and shall determine the terms and conditions, including the restrictions applicable to each award of Restricted Stock, which terms and conditions shall not be inconsistent with the Plan or any applicable Program, and may impose such conditions on the issuance of such Restricted Stock as it deems appropriate. The Administrator shall establish the purchase price, if any, and form of payment for Restricted Stock; provided , however , that if a purchase price is charged, such purchase price shall be no less than the par value, if any, of the Shares to be purchased, unless otherwise permitted by Applicable Law. In all cases, legal consideration shall be required for each issuance of Restricted Stock to the extent required by Applicable Law.

8.2 Rights as Stockholders . Subject to Section 8.4, upon issuance of Restricted Stock, the Holder shall have, unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, all the rights of a stockholder with respect to said Shares, subject to the restrictions in the Plan, any applicable Program and/or the applicable Award Agreement, including the right to receive all dividends and other distributions paid or made with respect to the Shares to the extent such dividends and other distributions have a record date that is on or after the date on which the Holder to whom such Shares are granted becomes the record holder of such Restricted Stock; provided , however , that, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, any extraordinary distributions with respect to the

 

17


Shares may be subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 8.3. In addition, with respect to a share of Restricted Stock with performance-based vesting, dividends which are paid prior to vesting shall only be paid out to the Holder to the extent that the performance-based vesting conditions are subsequently satisfied and the share of Restricted Stock vests.

8.3 Restrictions . All shares of Restricted Stock (including any shares received by Holders thereof with respect to shares of Restricted Stock as a result of stock dividends, stock splits or any other form of recapitalization) shall be subject to such restrictions and vesting requirements as the Administrator shall provide in the applicable Program or Award Agreement. By action taken after the Restricted Stock is issued, the Administrator may, on such terms and conditions as it may determine to be appropriate, accelerate the vesting of such Restricted Stock by removing any or all of the restrictions imposed by the terms of the applicable Program or Award Agreement.

8.4 Repurchase or Forfeiture of Restricted Stock . Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, if no price was paid by the Holder for the Restricted Stock, upon a Termination of Service during the applicable restriction period, the Holder’s rights in unvested Restricted Stock then subject to restrictions shall lapse, and such Restricted Stock shall be surrendered to the Company and cancelled without consideration on the date of such Termination of Service. If a price was paid by the Holder for the Restricted Stock, upon a Termination of Service during the applicable restriction period, the Company shall have the right to repurchase from the Holder the unvested Restricted Stock then subject to restrictions at a cash price per share equal to the price paid by the Holder for such Restricted Stock or such other amount as may be specified in the applicable Program or Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may provide that upon certain events, including, without limitation, a Change in Control, the Holder’s death, retirement or disability or any other specified Termination of Service or any other event, the Holder’s rights in unvested Restricted Stock then subject to restrictions shall not lapse, such Restricted Stock shall vest and cease to be forfeitable and, if applicable, the Company shall cease to have a right of repurchase.

8.5 Section 83(b) Election . If a Holder makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed with respect to the Restricted Stock as of the date of transfer of the Restricted Stock rather than as of the date or dates upon which the Holder would otherwise be taxable under Section 83(a) of the Code, the Holder shall be required to deliver a copy of such election to the Company promptly after filing such election with the Internal Revenue Service along with proof of the timely filing thereof with the Internal Revenue Service.

ARTICLE 9.

AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

9.1 Grant of Restricted Stock Units . The Administrator is authorized to grant Awards of Restricted Stock Units to any Eligible Individual selected by the Administrator in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator.

9.2 Term . Except as otherwise provided herein, the term of a Restricted Stock Unit award shall be set by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

18


9.3 Purchase Price . The Administrator shall specify the purchase price, if any, to be paid by the Holder to the Company with respect to any Restricted Stock Unit award; provided , however, that value of the consideration shall not be less than the par value of a Share, unless otherwise permitted by Applicable Law.

9.4 Vesting of Restricted Stock Units . At the time of grant, the Administrator shall specify the date or dates on which the Restricted Stock Units shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable, and may specify such conditions to vesting as it deems appropriate, including, without limitation, vesting based upon the Holder’s duration of service to the Company or any Subsidiary, one or more Performance Criteria, Company performance, individual performance or other specific criteria, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods, as determined by the Administrator.

9.5 Maturity and Payment . At the time of grant, the Administrator shall specify the maturity date applicable to each grant of Restricted Stock Units, which shall be no earlier than the vesting date or dates of the Award and may be determined at the election of the Holder (if permitted by the applicable Award Agreement); provided that, except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, and subject to compliance with Section 409A, in no event shall the maturity date relating to each Restricted Stock Unit occur following the later of (a) the 15 th day of the third month following the end of calendar year in which the applicable portion of the Restricted Stock Unit vests; or (b) the 15 th day of the third month following the end of the Company’s fiscal year in which the applicable portion of the Restricted Stock Unit vests. On the maturity date, the Company shall, in accordance with the applicable Award Agreement and subject to Section 11.4(f), transfer to the Holder one unrestricted, fully transferable Share for each Restricted Stock Unit scheduled to be paid out on such date and not previously forfeited, or in the sole discretion of the Administrator, an amount in cash equal to the Fair Market Value of such Shares on the maturity date or a combination of cash and Common Stock as determined by the Administrator.

9.6 Payment upon Termination of Service . An Award of Restricted Stock Units shall only be payable while the Holder is an Employee, a Consultant or a member of the Board, as applicable; provided , however , that the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may provide (in an Award Agreement or otherwise) that a Restricted Stock Unit award may be paid subsequent to a Termination of Service in certain events, including a Change in Control, the Holder’s death, retirement or disability or any other specified Termination of Service.

ARTICLE 10.

AWARD OF OTHER STOCK OR CASH BASED AWARDS AND DIVIDEND

EQUIVALENTS

10.1 Other Stock or Cash Based Awards . The Administrator is authorized to (a) grant Other Stock or Cash Based Awards, including awards entitling a Holder to receive Shares or cash to be delivered immediately or in the future, to any Eligible Individual and (b) determine whether such Other Stock or Cash Based Awards shall be Performance-Based Compensation. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and any applicable Program, the Administrator shall determine the terms and conditions of each Other Stock or Cash Based Award, including the term of the Award, any exercise or purchase price, performance goals, including the Performance Criteria, transfer

 

19


restrictions, vesting conditions and other terms and conditions applicable thereto, which shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. Other Stock or Cash Based Awards may be paid in cash, Shares, or a combination of cash and Shares, as determined by the Administrator, and may be available as a form of payment in the settlement of other Awards granted under the Plan, as stand-alone payments, as a part of a bonus, deferred bonus, deferred compensation or other arrangement, and/or as payment in lieu of compensation to which an Eligible Individual is otherwise entitled.

10.2 Dividend Equivalents . Dividend Equivalents may be granted by the Administrator, either alone or in tandem with another Award, based on dividends declared on the Common Stock, to be credited as of dividend payment dates during the period between the date the Dividend Equivalents are granted to a Holder and the date such Dividend Equivalents terminate or expire, as determined by the Administrator. Such Dividend Equivalents shall be converted to cash or additional Shares by such formula and at such time and subject to such restrictions and limitations as may be determined by the Administrator. In addition, Dividend Equivalents with respect to an Award with performance-based vesting that are based on dividends paid prior to the vesting of such Award shall only be paid out to the Holder to the extent that the performance-based vesting conditions are subsequently satisfied and the Award vests. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Dividend Equivalents shall be payable with respect to Options or Stock Appreciation Rights.

ARTICLE 11.

ADDITIONAL TERMS OF AWARDS

11.1 Payment . The Administrator shall determine the method or methods by which payments by any Holder with respect to any Awards granted under the Plan shall be made, including, without limitation: (a) cash or check, (b) Shares (including, in the case of payment of the exercise price of an Award, Shares issuable pursuant to the exercise of the Award) held for any minimum period of time as may be established by the Administrator having a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the aggregate payments required, (c) delivery of a written or electronic notice that the Holder has placed a market sell order with a broker acceptable to the Company with respect to Shares then issuable upon exercise or vesting of an Award, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the aggregate payments required; provided that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale, (d) other form of legal consideration acceptable to the Administrator in its sole discretion, or (e) any combination of the above permitted forms of payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Holder who is a Director or an “executive officer” of the Company within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act shall be permitted to make payment with respect to any Awards granted under the Plan, or continue any extension of credit with respect to such payment, with a loan from the Company or a loan arranged by the Company in violation of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act.

11.2 Tax Withholding . The Company or any Subsidiary shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Holder to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including the Holder’s FICA, employment tax or other social security contribution obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event concerning a Holder arising as a result of the Plan or any Award. The Administrator

 

20


may, in its sole discretion and in satisfaction of the foregoing requirement, allow a Holder to satisfy such obligations by any payment means described in Section 11.1 hereof, including without limitation, by allowing such Holder to have the Company or any Subsidiary withhold Shares otherwise issuable under an Award (or allow the surrender of Shares). The number of Shares which may be so withheld or surrendered shall be no greater than the number of Shares which have a fair market value on the date of withholding or repurchase equal to the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income (or such other number as would not result in adverse financial accounting consequences for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries). The Administrator shall determine the fair market value of the Shares, consistent with applicable provisions of the Code, for tax withholding obligations due in connection with a broker-assisted cashless Option or Stock Appreciation Right exercise involving the sale of Shares to pay the Option or Stock Appreciation Right exercise price or any tax withholding obligation.

11.3 Transferability of Awards .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Sections 11.3(b) and 11.3(c):

(i) No Award under the Plan may be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than (A) by will or the laws of descent and distribution or (B) subject to the consent of the Administrator, pursuant to a DRO, unless and until such Award has been exercised or the Shares underlying such Award have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such Shares have lapsed;

(ii) No Award or interest or right therein shall be liable for or otherwise subject to the debts, contracts or engagements of the Holder or the Holder’s successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy) unless and until such Award has been exercised, or the Shares underlying such Award have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such Shares have lapsed, and any attempted disposition of an Award prior to satisfaction of these conditions shall be null and void and of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted by Section 11.3(a)(i); and

(iii) During the lifetime of the Holder, only the Holder may exercise any exercisable portion of an Award granted to such Holder under the Plan, unless it has been disposed of pursuant to a DRO. After the death of the Holder, any exercisable portion of an Award may, prior to the time when such portion becomes unexercisable under the Plan or the applicable Program or Award Agreement, be exercised by the Holder’s personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Holder’s will or under the then-applicable laws of descent and distribution.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 11.3(a), the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit a Holder or a Permitted Transferee of such Holder to transfer an Award other than an Incentive Stock Option (unless such Incentive Stock Option is intended to become a

 

21


Nonqualified Stock Option) to any one or more Permitted Transferees of such Holder, subject to the following terms and conditions: (i) an Award transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall not be assignable or transferable by the Permitted Transferee other than (A) to another Permitted Transferee of the applicable Holder or (B) by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, subject to the consent of the Administrator, pursuant to a DRO; (ii) an Award transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall continue to be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Award as applicable to the original Holder (other than the ability to further transfer the Award to any Person other than another Permitted Transferee of the applicable Holder); and (iii) the Holder (or transferring Permitted Transferee) and the receiving Permitted Transferee shall execute any and all documents requested by the Administrator, including, without limitation documents to (A) confirm the status of the transferee as a Permitted Transferee, (B) satisfy any requirements for an exemption for the transfer under Applicable Law and (C) evidence the transfer. In addition, and further notwithstanding Section 11.3(a), hereof, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit a Holder to transfer Incentive Stock Options to a trust that constitutes a Permitted Transferee if, under Section 671 of the Code and other Applicable Law, the Holder is considered the sole beneficial owner of the Incentive Stock Option while it is held in the trust.

(c) Notwithstanding Section 11.3(a), a Holder may, in the manner determined by the Administrator, designate a beneficiary to exercise the rights of the Holder and to receive any distribution with respect to any Award upon the Holder’s death. A beneficiary, legal guardian, legal representative, or other person claiming any rights pursuant to the Plan is subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Program or Award Agreement applicable to the Holder and any additional restrictions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrator. If the Holder is married or a domestic partner in a domestic partnership qualified under Applicable Law and resides in a community property state, a designation of a person other than the Holder’s spouse or domestic partner, as applicable, as the Holder’s beneficiary with respect to more than 50% of the Holder’s interest in the Award shall not be effective without the prior written or electronic consent of the Holder’s spouse or domestic partner. If no beneficiary has been designated or survives the Holder, payment shall be made to the person entitled thereto pursuant to the Holder’s will or the laws of descent and distribution. Subject to the foregoing, a beneficiary designation may be changed or revoked by a Holder at any time; provided that the change or revocation is delivered in writing to the Administrator prior to the Holder’s death.

11.4 Conditions to Issuance of Shares .

(a) The Administrator shall determine the methods by which Shares shall be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Holders. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates or make any book entries evidencing Shares pursuant to the exercise of any Award, unless and until the Administrator has determined, with advice of counsel, that the issuance of such Shares is in compliance with Applicable Law and the Shares are covered by an effective registration statement or applicable exemption from registration. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Administrator may require that a Holder make such reasonable covenants, agreements and representations as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with Applicable Law.

 

22


(b) All share certificates delivered pursuant to the Plan and all Shares issued pursuant to book entry procedures are subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to comply with Applicable Law. The Administrator may place legends on any share certificate or book entry to reference restrictions applicable to the Shares (including, without limitation, restrictions applicable to Restricted Stock).

(c) The Administrator shall have the right to require any Holder to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement, distribution or exercise of any Award, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the sole discretion of the Administrator.

(d) No fractional Shares shall be issued and the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine whether cash shall be given in lieu of fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares shall be eliminated by rounding down.

(e) The Company, in its sole discretion, may (i) retain physical possession of any stock certificate evidencing Shares until any restrictions thereon shall have lapsed and/or (ii) require that the stock certificates evidencing such Shares be held in custody by a designated escrow agent (which may but need not be the Company) until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed, and that the Holder deliver a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to such Shares.

(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator or required by Applicable Law, the Company shall not deliver to any Holder certificates evidencing Shares issued in connection with any Award and instead such Shares shall be recorded in the books of the Company (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or stock plan administrator).

11.5 Forfeiture and Claw-Back Provisions . All Awards (including any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit actually or constructively received by a Holder upon any receipt or exercise of any Award or upon the receipt or resale of any Shares underlying the Award and any payments of a portion of an incentive-based bonus pool allocated to a Holder) shall be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by the Company, including, without limitation, any claw-back policy adopted to comply with the requirements of Applicable Law, including, without limitation, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder, whether or not such claw-back policy was in place at the time of grant of an Award, to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy and/or in the applicable Award Agreement.

11.6 Prohibition on Repricing . Subject to Section 13.2, the Administrator shall not, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, (a) authorize the amendment of any outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right to reduce its price per Share, or (b) cancel any Option or Stock Appreciation Right in exchange for cash or another Award when the Option or Stock Appreciation Right price per Share exceeds the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares. Furthermore, for purposes of this Section 11.6, except in connection with a corporate transaction involving the Company (including, without limitation, any stock dividend, stock split, extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares), the terms of outstanding Awards may not be amended to

 

23


reduce the exercise price per Share of outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights or cancel outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights in exchange for cash, other Awards or Options or Stock Appreciation Rights with an exercise price per Share that is less than the exercise price per Share of the original Options or Stock Appreciation Rights without the approval of the stockholders of the Company.

11.7 Amendment of Awards . Subject to Applicable Law, the Administrator may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Award, including but not limited to, substituting therefor another Award of the same or a different type, changing the date of exercise or settlement, and converting an Incentive Stock Option to a Non-Qualified Stock Option. The Holder’s consent to such action shall be required unless (a) the Administrator determines that the action, taking into account any related action, would not materially and adversely affect the Holder, or (b) the change is otherwise permitted under the Plan (including, without limitation, under Section 13.2 or 13.10).

11.8 Data Privacy . As a condition of receipt of any Award, each Holder explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this Section 11.8 by and among, as applicable, the Company and its Subsidiaries for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Holder’s participation in the Plan. The Company and its Subsidiaries may hold certain personal information about a Holder, including but not limited to, the Holder’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security or insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title(s), any shares of stock held in the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, details of all Awards, in each case, for the purpose of implementing, managing and administering the Plan and Awards (the “ Data ”). The Company and its Subsidiaries may transfer the Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of a Holder’s participation in the Plan, and the Company and its Subsidiaries may each further transfer the Data to any third parties assisting the Company and its Subsidiaries in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. These recipients may be located in the Holder’s country, or elsewhere, and the Holder’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than the recipients’ country. Through acceptance of an Award, each Holder authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Holder’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or the Holder may elect to deposit any Shares. The Data related to a Holder will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer, and manage the Holder’s participation in the Plan. A Holder may, at any time, view the Data held by the Company with respect to such Holder, request additional information about the storage and processing of the Data with respect to such Holder, recommend any necessary corrections to the Data with respect to the Holder or refuse or withdraw the consents herein in writing, in any case without cost, by contacting his or her local human resources representative. The Company may cancel Holder’s ability to participate in the Plan and, in the Administrator’s discretion, the Holder may forfeit any outstanding Awards if the Holder refuses or withdraws his or her consents as described herein. For more information on the consequences of refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Holders may contact their local human resources representative.

 

24


ARTICLE 12.

ADMINISTRATION

12.1 Administrator . The Committee shall administer the Plan (except as otherwise permitted herein). To the extent necessary to comply with Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, and with respect to Awards that are intended to be Performance-Based Compensation, including Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, then the Committee shall take all action with respect to such Awards, and the individuals taking such action shall consist solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, each of whom is intended to qualify as both a “non-employee director” as defined by Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor rule and an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code. Additionally, to the extent required by Applicable Law, each of the individuals constituting the Committee shall be an “independent director” under the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any action taken by the Committee shall be valid and effective, whether or not members of the Committee at the time of such action are later determined not to have satisfied the requirements for membership set forth in this Section 12.1 or the Organizational Documents. Except as may otherwise be provided in the Organizational Documents or as otherwise required by Applicable Law, (a) appointment of Committee members shall be effective upon acceptance of appointment, (b) Committee members may resign at any time by delivering written or electronic notice to the Board and (c) vacancies in the Committee may only be filled by the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the full Board, acting by a majority of its members in office, shall conduct the general administration of the Plan with respect to Awards granted to Non-Employee Directors and, with respect to such Awards, the terms “Administrator” as used in the Plan shall be deemed to refer to the Board and (ii) the Board or Committee may delegate its authority hereunder to the extent permitted by Section 12.6.

12.2 Duties and Powers of Administrator . It shall be the duty of the Administrator to conduct the general administration of the Plan in accordance with its provisions. The Administrator shall have the power to interpret the Plan, all Programs and Award Agreements, and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and any Program as are not inconsistent with the Plan, to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules and to amend the Plan or any Program or Award Agreement; provided that the rights or obligations of the Holder of the Award that is the subject of any such Program or Award Agreement are not materially and adversely affected by such amendment, unless the consent of the Holder is obtained or such amendment is otherwise permitted under Section 11.5 or Section 13.10. In its sole discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Committee in its capacity as the Administrator under the Plan except with respect to matters which under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act or any successor rule, or Section 162(m) of the Code, or any regulations or rules issued thereunder, or the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded are required to be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.

12.3 Action by the Administrator . Unless otherwise established by the Board, set forth in any Organizational Documents or as required by Applicable Law, a majority of the Administrator shall constitute a quorum and the acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, and acts approved in writing by all members of the

 

25


Administrator in lieu of a meeting, shall be deemed the acts of the Administrator. Each member of the Administrator is entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to that member by any officer or other employee of the Company or any Subsidiary, the Company’s independent certified public accountants, or any executive compensation consultant or other professional retained by the Company to assist in the administration of the Plan.

12.4 Authority of Administrator . Subject to the Organizational Documents, any specific designation in the Plan and Applicable Law, the Administrator has the exclusive power, authority and sole discretion to:

(a) Designate Eligible Individuals to receive Awards;

(b) Determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Eligible Individual (including, without limitation, any Awards granted in tandem with another Award granted pursuant to the Plan);

(c) Determine the number of Awards to be granted and the number of Shares to which an Award will relate;

(d) Determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted pursuant to the Plan, including, but not limited to, the exercise price, grant price, purchase price, any Performance Criteria or performance criteria, any restrictions or limitations on the Award, any schedule for vesting, lapse of forfeiture restrictions or restrictions on the exercisability of an Award, and accelerations or waivers thereof, and any provisions related to non-competition and claw-back and recapture of gain on an Award, based in each case on such considerations as the Administrator in its sole discretion determines;

(e) Determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances an Award may be settled in, or the exercise price of an Award may be paid in cash, Shares, other Awards, or other property, or an Award may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered;

(f) Prescribe the form of each Award Agreement, which need not be identical for each Holder;

(g) Decide all other matters that must be determined in connection with an Award;

(h) Establish, adopt, or revise any Programs, rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;

(i) Interpret the terms of, and any matter arising pursuant to, the Plan, any Program or any Award Agreement;

(j) Make all other decisions and determinations that may be required pursuant to the Plan or as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan; and

 

26


(k) Accelerate wholly or partially the vesting or lapse of restrictions of any Award or portion thereof at any time after the grant of an Award, subject to whatever terms and conditions it selects and Section 13.2.

12.5 Decisions Binding . The Administrator’s interpretation of the Plan, any Awards granted pursuant to the Plan, any Program or any Award Agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Administrator with respect to the Plan are final, binding and conclusive on all Persons.

12.6 Delegation of Authority . The Board or Committee may from time to time delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board or one or more officers of the Company the authority to grant or amend Awards or to take other administrative actions pursuant to this Article 12; provided , however , that in no event shall an officer of the Company be delegated the authority to grant Awards to, or amend Awards held by, the following individuals: (a) individuals who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, (b) Covered Employees with respect to Awards intended to constitute Performance Based Compensation, or (c) officers of the Company (or Directors) to whom authority to grant or amend Awards has been delegated hereunder; provided , further, that any delegation of administrative authority shall only be permitted to the extent it is permissible under any Organizational Documents and Applicable Law (including, without limitation, Section 162(m) of the Code). Any delegation hereunder shall be subject to the restrictions and limits that the Board or Committee specifies at the time of such delegation or that are otherwise included in the applicable Organizational Documents, and the Board or Committee, as applicable, may at any time rescind the authority so delegated or appoint a new delegatee. At all times, the delegatee appointed under this Section 12.6 shall serve in such capacity at the pleasure of the Board or the Committee, as applicable, and the Board or the Committee may abolish any committee at any time and re-vest in itself any previously delegated authority.

ARTICLE 13.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

13.1 Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 13.1(b), the Plan may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Board; provided that, except as provided in Section 11.5 and Section 13.10, no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall, without the consent of the Holder, materially and adversely affect any rights or obligations under any Award theretofore granted or awarded, unless the Award itself otherwise expressly so provides.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 13.1(a), the Board may not, except as provided in Section 13.2, take any of the following actions without approval of the Company’s stockholders given within twelve (12) months before or after such action: (i) increase the limit imposed in Section 3.1 on the maximum number of Shares which may be issued under the Plan or the Award Limit, (ii) reduce the price per share of any outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan or take any action prohibited under Section 11.6, or (iii) cancel any Option or Stock Appreciation Right in exchange for cash or another Award in violation of Section 11.6.

 

27


(c) No Awards may be granted or awarded during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan, and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event may any Award be granted under the Plan after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date on which the Plan was adopted by the Board or (ii) the date the Plan was approved by the Company’s stockholders (such anniversary, the “ Expiration Date ”). Any Awards that are outstanding on the Expiration Date shall remain in force according to the terms of the Plan, the applicable Program and the applicable Award Agreement.

13.2 Changes in Common Stock or Assets of the Company, Acquisition or Liquidation of the Company and Other Corporate Events .

(a) In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the shares of the Company’s stock or the share price of the Company’s stock other than an Equity Restructuring, the Administrator may make equitable adjustments, if any, to reflect such change with respect to: (i) the aggregate number and kind of Shares that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Section 3.1 on the maximum number and kind of Shares which may be issued under the Plan, and adjustments of the Award Limit ); (ii) the number and kind of Shares (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards; (iii) the terms and conditions of any outstanding Awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect thereto); (iv) the grant or exercise price per share for any outstanding Awards under the Plan; and (v) the number and kind of Shares (or other securities or property) for which automatic grants are subsequently to be made to new and continuing Non-Employee Directors pursuant to Section 4.6. Any adjustment affecting an Award intended as Performance-Based Compensation shall be made consistent with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

(b) In the event of any transaction or event described in Section 13.2(a) or any unusual or nonrecurring transactions or events affecting the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, or the financial statements of the Company or any Subsidiary, or of changes in Applicable Law or Applicable Accounting Standards, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, either by the terms of the Award or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or event, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any Award under the Plan, to facilitate such transactions or events or to give effect to such changes in Applicable Law or Applicable Accounting Standards:

(i) To provide for the termination of any such Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or other property with a value equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Holder’s rights (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction or event described in this Section 13.2 the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Holder’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment);

 

28


(ii) To provide that such Award be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by similar options, rights or awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and applicable exercise or purchase price, in all cases, as determined by the Administrator;

(iii) To make adjustments in the number and type of Shares of the Company’s stock (or other securities or property) subject to such Awards, and/or in the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price), and the criteria included in, outstanding Awards and Awards which may be granted in the future;

(iv) To provide that such Award shall be exercisable or payable or fully vested with respect to all Shares covered thereby, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the applicable Program or Award Agreement;

(v) To replace such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator; and/or

(vi) To provide that the Award cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after such event.

(c) In connection with the occurrence of any Equity Restructuring, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Sections 13.2(a) and 13.2(b):

(i) The number and type of securities subject to each outstanding Award and the exercise price or grant price thereof, if applicable, shall be equitably adjusted (and the adjustments provided under this Section 13.2(c)(i) shall be nondiscretionary and shall be final and binding on the affected Holder and the Company); and/or

(ii) The Administrator shall make such equitable adjustments, if any, as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may deem appropriate to reflect such Equity Restructuring with respect to the aggregate number and kind of Shares that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitation in Section 3.1 on the maximum number and kind of Shares which may be issued under the Plan, and adjustments of the Award Limit,).

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in the event of a Change in Control, unless the Administrator elects to (i) terminate an Award in exchange for cash, rights or property, or (ii) cause an Award to become fully exercisable and no longer subject to any forfeiture restrictions prior to the consummation of a Change in Control, pursuant to Section 13.2, (A) such Award (other than any portion subject to performance-based vesting) shall continue in effect or be assumed or an equivalent Award substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation and (B) the portion of such Award subject to performance-based vesting shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Award Agreement and, in the absence of applicable terms and conditions, the Administrator’s discretion. In the event an Award continues in effect or is assumed or an equivalent Award substituted, and a Holder incurs a Termination of Service without “cause” (as such term is defined in the sole discretion of the Administrator, or as set forth in the Award Agreement relating to such Award) upon or within twelve (12) months following the Change in Control, then such Holder shall be fully vested in such continued, assumed or substituted Award. 1

  

 

1   Note to Novan: Consider including so as to prevent successor from assuming unvested options and avoiding having to pay value for them in a Change in Control by terminating employees shortly after the Change in Control.

 

29


(e) In the event that the successor corporation in a Change in Control refuses to assume or substitute for an Award (other than any portion subject to performance-based vesting), the Administrator may cause (i) any or all of such Award (or portion thereof) to terminate in exchange for cash, rights or other property pursuant to Section 13.2(b)(i) or (ii) any or all of such Award (or portion thereof) to become fully exercisable immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction and all forfeiture restrictions on any or all of such Award to lapse. If any such Award is exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a Change in Control, the Administrator shall notify the Holder that such Award shall be fully exercisable for a period of fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, contingent upon the occurrence of the Change in Control, and such Award shall terminate upon the expiration of such period.

(f) For the purposes of this Section 13.2, an Award shall be considered assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided , however , that if such consideration received in the Change in Control was not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Award, for each Share subject to an Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent equal in fair market value to the per-share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control.

(g) The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may include such further provisions and limitations in any Award, agreement or certificate, as it may deem equitable and in the best interests of the Company that are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan.

(h) Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, no adjustment or action described in this Section 13.2 or in any other provision of the Plan shall be authorized to the extent it would (i) with respect to Awards which are granted to Covered Employees and are intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, cause such Awards to fail to so qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, (ii) cause the Plan to violate Section 422(b)(1) of the Code, (iii) result in short-swing profits liability under Section 16 of the Exchange Act or violate the exemptive conditions of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, or (iv) cause an Award to fail to be exempt from or comply with Section 409A.

(i) The existence of the Plan, any Program, any Award Agreement and/or the Awards granted hereunder shall not affect or restrict in any way the right or power of the Company or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger or

 

30


consolidation of the Company, any issue of stock or of options, warrants or rights to purchase stock or of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stocks whose rights are superior to or affect the Common Stock or the rights thereof or which are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

(j) In the event of any pending stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the Shares or the share price of the Common Stock including any Equity Restructuring, for reasons of administrative convenience, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may refuse to permit the exercise of any Award during a period of up to thirty (30) days prior to the consummation of any such transaction.

13.3 Approval of Plan by Stockholders . The Plan shall be submitted for the approval of the Company’s stockholders within twelve (12) months after the date of the Board’s initial adoption of the Plan.

13.4 No Stockholders Rights . Except as otherwise provided herein or in an applicable Program or Award Agreement, a Holder shall have none of the rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares covered by any Award until the Holder becomes the record owner of such Shares.

13.5 Paperless Administration . In the event that the Company establishes, for itself or using the services of a third party, an automated system for the documentation, granting or exercise of Awards, such as a system using an internet website or interactive voice response, then the paperless documentation, granting or exercise of Awards by a Holder may be permitted through the use of such an automated system.

13.6 Effect of Plan upon Other Compensation Plans . The adoption of the Plan shall not affect any other compensation or incentive plans in effect for the Company or any Subsidiary. Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to limit the right of the Company or any Subsidiary: (a) to establish any other forms of incentives or compensation for Employees, Directors or Consultants of the Company or any Subsidiary, or (b) to grant or assume options or other rights or awards otherwise than under the Plan in connection with any proper corporate purpose including without limitation, the grant or assumption of options in connection with the acquisition by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation or otherwise, of the business, stock or assets of any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, firm or association.

13.7 Compliance with Laws . The Plan, the granting and vesting of Awards under the Plan and the issuance and delivery of Shares and the payment of money under the Plan or under Awards granted or awarded hereunder are subject to compliance with all Applicable Law (including but not limited to state, federal and foreign securities law and margin requirements), and to such approvals by any listing, regulatory or governmental authority as may, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be necessary or advisable in connection therewith. Any securities delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such restrictions, and the person acquiring such securities shall, if requested by the Company, provide such assurances and representations to the Company as the Company may deem necessary or desirable to assure compliance with all

 

31


Applicable Law. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may take whatever actions it deems necessary or appropriate to effect compliance with Applicable Law, including, without limitation, placing legends on share certificates and issuing stop-transfer notices to agents and registrars. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Administrator may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate Applicable Law. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to Applicable Law.

13.8 Titles and Headings, References to Sections of the Code or Exchange Act . The titles and headings of the Sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and, in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control. References to sections of the Code or the Exchange Act shall include any amendment or successor thereto.

13.9 Governing Law . The Plan and any Programs and Award Agreements hereunder shall be administered, interpreted and enforced under the internal laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of laws thereof or of any other jurisdiction.

13.10 Section 409A. To the extent that the Administrator determines that any Award granted under the Plan is subject to Section 409A, the Plan, the Program pursuant to which such Award is granted and the Award Agreement evidencing such Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions required by Section 409A. In that regard, to the extent any Award under the Plan or any other compensatory plan or arrangement of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject to Section 409A, and such Award or other amount is payable on account of a Participant’s Termination of Service (or any similarly defined term), then (a) such Award or amount shall only be paid to the extent such Termination of Service qualifies as a “separation from service” as defined in Section 409A, and (b) if such Award or amount is payable to a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A then to the extent required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A, such Award or other compensatory payment shall not be payable prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service, or (ii) the date of the Participant’s death. To the extent applicable, the Plan, the Program and any Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date the Administrator determines that any Award may be subject to Section 409A, the Administrator may (but is not obligated to), without a Holder’s consent, adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Program and Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate to (A) exempt the Award from Section 409A and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Award, or (B) comply with the requirements of Section 409A and thereby avoid the application of any penalty taxes under Section 409A. The Company makes no representations or warranties as to the tax treatment of any Award under Section 409A or otherwise. The Company shall have no obligation under this Section 13.10 or otherwise to take any action (whether or not described herein) to avoid the imposition of taxes, penalties or interest under Section 409A with respect to any Award and shall have no liability to any Holder or any other person if any Award, compensation or other benefits under the Plan are determined to constitute non-compliant, “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to the imposition of taxes, penalties and/or interest under Section 409A.

 

32


13.11 Unfunded Status of Awards . The Plan is intended to be an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Holder pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Program or Award Agreement shall give the Holder any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company or any Subsidiary.

13.12 Indemnification . To the extent permitted under Applicable Law and the Organizational Documents, each member of the Administrator shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such member in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act pursuant to the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her; provided he or she gives the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled pursuant to the Organizational Documents, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

13.13 Relationship to other Benefits . No payment pursuant to the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder.

13.14 Expenses . The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company and its Subsidiaries.

*  *  *  *  *

I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of Novan, Inc. on                  , 2016.

*  *  *  *  *

I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was approved by the stockholders of Novan, Inc. on                  , 2016.

Executed on this             day of             , 2016.

 

 

 

Corporate Secretary

 

33

Exhibit 10.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of April 13, 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Novan, Inc., a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business in Durham County, North Carolina (the “ Company ”), and Nathan Stasko, a citizen and resident of Orange County, North Carolina (“ Employee ”). The Company and Employee are sometimes herein referred to each as a “ Party ” and together as the “ Parties .”

WITNESSETH :

WHEREAS, Employee is currently employed by the Company pursuant to that certain Employment Agreement, dated December 14, 2015 by and between Employee and the Company, (the “ Prior Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to continue to employ Employee, and Employee desires to accept such continued employment with the Company, on the terms described herein; and

WHEREAS, effective as of the Effective Date, the Parties desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement by entering into this Agreement which shall supersede the Prior Agreement in its entirety.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual promises herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, including the employment of Employee by the Company and the compensation received by Employee from the Company from time to time, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows.

1. EMPLOYMENT . The Company hereby agrees to continue to employ Employee, and Employee hereby accepts such continued employment. Employee shall serve as the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. The initial term of employment under this Agreement (the Initial Term ”) shall be for the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the third (3 rd ) anniversary thereof, unless earlier terminated as provided in Section 4. This Agreement shall automatically be extended for successive one-year periods (each, an “ Extension Term ” and, collectively with the Initial Term, the “ Term ”) unless either party gives notice of non-extension to the other no later than 90 days prior to the expiration of the then-applicable Term.

2. DUTIES; EXCLUSIVE SERVICE . During the Term, Employee shall faithfully discharge his responsibilities and perform all duties prescribed to him by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), or other appropriate parties within the Company, as well as any duties as are set forth in the Bylaws of the Company related to Employee’s position. In addition, Employee expressly agrees that his services include but are not limited to attendance at scheduled meetings of the Board, if and as requested by the Board, and all other normal duties associated with the responsibilities of a President and Chief Executive Officer. Employee agrees


to comply with all Company policies, standards and regulations now existing or hereafter promulgated. Employee further agrees to devote all of his working time and attention to the performance of his duties and responsibilities on behalf of the Company and in furtherance of its best interests. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for Employee to, with the consent of the Board, serve on corporate, civic or charitable boards, provided that no such company engages in any business that competes with or represents a conflict with the business of the Company, and provided that such activities do not interfere with the performance of Employee’s duties and responsibilities hereunder, in each case as determined in the sole discretion of the Board.

3. COMPENSATION . Employee’s compensation shall be paid as follows:

a. Base Salary . During the Term, Employee shall receive as compensation a base salary at an annual rate of no less than three hundred sixty thousand Dollars ($360,000.00), as it may be adjusted from time to time (the “ Base Salary ”), less any federal, state and local payroll taxes and other withholdings legally required or properly requested by Employee. The Base Salary shall be payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices and procedures. Employee’s Base Salary shall be subject to annual review by the Board (excluding Employee, if then a Board member).

b. Bonus . For calendar year 2016 and each subsequent calendar year that ends during the Term, Employee will be eligible to receive an annual performance-based cash bonus (the “ Annual Bonus ”). The payment and amount of any Annual Bonus will be determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee thereof (excluding Employee, if then a Board member), in its sole and absolute discretion, pursuant to the Company’s Executive Annual Incentive Plan or another bonus plan established by the Company, and conditioned upon the achievement of mutually agreed upon objectives for Employee and for the Company established at the beginning of each calendar year, with a target Annual Bonus equal to sixty percent (60%) of the Base Salary for achievement of 100% of the performance objectives. Any dispute regarding whether Employee has met the objectives shall be determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee thereof (excluding Employee, if then a Board member) in the exercise of its sole discretion.

c. Equity . For each calendar year during the Term, Employee shall be eligible to receive an annual award of stock options or restricted stock as a merit incentive based on the growth in shareholder value and/or other goals established at the sole discretion of the Board and granted pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s incentive award plan and a written award agreement between the Company and Employee in a form approved by the Board. The amount, type of award, exercise price if applicable and vesting period shall be at the sole discretion of the Board (excluding Employee, if then a Board member). The Parties acknowledge and agree that the annual equity award for the 2016 calendar year was the February 29, 2016 grant to Employee of an option for the purchase of 144,000 shares of the Company’s outstanding voting common stock.

 

2


d. Paid Leave . During the Term, Employee shall be entitled to twenty-four (24) days paid leave time each calendar year, which paid leave time will accrue in accordance with the Company’s then-existing policies, or monthly in the absence of any applicable policies.

e. Benefits . During the Term, Employee shall be entitled to participate in employee benefit plans, programs and arrangements of the Company as are provided generally from time to time to all other similarly situated employees of the Company. All such benefits are subject to the provisions of their respective plan documents in accordance with their terms and are subject to amendment or termination by the Company without Employee’s consent.

f. Business Expenses . During the Term, the Company will reimburse all reasonable expenses incurred by Employee in the performance of his duties to the Company, provided Employee complies with the Company’s policies and procedures for reimbursement or advance of business expenses established by the Company. Employee further agrees to seek the Company’s prior approval for any expenses in excess of two hundred fifty Dollars ($250.00).

g. Term Life Insurance . During the Term, the Company will provide employee with a term life insurance policy providing a death benefit equal to the death benefit of the key man life insurance policy for which the Company is the beneficiary, with a beneficiary to be designated by Employee.

4. EMPLOYMENT AT WILL; TERMINATION . Subject to the provisions of Section 6 below, Employee’s employment with the Company is at-will, and either Party can terminate the employment relationship and/or this Agreement at any time, for any or no cause or reason, and with or without prior notice.

5. EFFECT OF TERMINATION . Upon termination of Employee’s employment hereunder by either Party regardless of the cause or reason, the Company shall pay Employee his accrued, unpaid wages through the Separation Date (as defined below). Such final payment, less any withholdings required by law or properly requested by Employee, shall be made on the next regular payday of the Company following the termination, in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6 of this Agreement, no other payments, benefits or other remuneration shall be due or payable to Employee.

6. SEVERANCE PROVISIONS .

a. Definitions .   For the purposes of this Section 6, the following terms shall be defined as set out below:

i. “ Base Salary ” shall mean Employee’s then current annual Base Salary.

ii. “ Cause ” shall be determined in good faith by the Board (excluding Employee, if then a Board member) and shall mean:

(a) Employee’s conviction of, or plea of no contest to, any crime (whether or not involving the Company) that constitutes a felony in the jurisdiction in which Employee is charged, or that involves moral turpitude;

 

3


(b) Any act of theft, fraud or embezzlement, or any other willful misconduct or materially dishonest behavior by Employee;

(c) Employee’s failure or refusal to perform his reasonably-assigned duties, provided that such failure or refusal is not corrected as promptly as practicable, and in any event within ten (10) calendar days after Employee shall have received written notice from the Company stating the nature of such failure or refusal;

(d) Employee’s willful or material violation of any of his obligations contained in any agreement between Employee and the Company, including but not limited to Confidentiality and Assignment of Inventions Agreement and Non-Competition Agreement executed by Employee on or about October 9, 2009 (the “ Restrictive Covenants Agreements ”) or material violation of any policies in the Company’s Employee Handbook; and/or

(e) Conduct by Employee that constitutes willful gross neglect or willful gross misconduct in carrying out his duties under this Agreement that results or that may result, as determined by the Company, in material harm to the Company, including harm to its reputation.

iii. “ Disability ” shall mean Employee’s inability due to a physical or mental impairment to perform the essential functions of his job, with or without reasonable accommodation, for a period of at least ninety (90) consecutive or non-consecutive days in any twelve (12) month period.

iv. “ Effective Release ” is defined as a general release of claims in favor of the Company in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company’s counsel that is executed after the Separation Date and within any consideration period required by applicable law and that is not revoked by Employee within any legally-prescribed revocation period; provided, however, a release shall not be considered an Effective Release unless, in addition to the foregoing conditions, the release is executed and not revoked, and the legally-prescribed revocation period ends by the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the Separation Date. Failure to provide and have in effect an Effective Release within the 60-day period following the Separation Date shall result in forfeiture of any benefits conditioned upon the existence of an Effective Release.

v. “ Good Reason ” shall mean a material negative change to Employee in the service relationship with the Company as a result of one or more of the following conditions arising without the consent of Employee:

(a) A material diminution in Employee’s Base Salary (other than in connection with an across-the-board reduction in the base salaries of the management-level employees of the Company);

 

4


(b) A material diminution in Employee’s authority, duties or responsibilities;

(c) A material change in the geographic location at which Employee must perform services for the Company; or

(e) Any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach of the terms of this Agreement by the Company.

Notwithstanding the forgoing, “Good Reason” shall not include an event or condition unless (A) Employee notifies the Company within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of one of the adverse events described above, (B) Employee provides the Company with at least thirty (30) days’ written notice of his intent to resign for Good Reason, and (C) the Company fails to correct the adverse event within thirty (30) days of such notice.

vi. “ Separation from Service ” shall mean Employee has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and the regulations and other interpretive guidance thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) from the Company and will not perform any additional services after a certain date for the Company (or a related entity) or that the level of bona fide services (whether performed as an employee or as a contractor) will permanently decrease to no more than 20% of the average level of bona fide services performed by Employee (whether performed as an employee or as a contractor) over the immediately preceding 36-month period (or, if less, the period Employee has rendered service to the Company).

vii. “ Separation Date shall mean the date that Employee has a Separation from Service from the Company.

b. Compensation upon Separation without “Cause” or for “Good Reason.”  Upon Separation from Service by the Company without Cause or by Employee for Good Reason, conditioned upon the existence of an Effective Release and Employee’s continued compliance with the Restrictive Covenants Agreements and the terms thereunder, and subject to Section 9, Employee shall be entitled to, in lieu of any other separation payment or severance benefit:

i. Payment of an amount equal to twelve (12) months of his Base Salary, minus applicable withholdings required by law or authorized by Employee, to be paid in installments pursuant to the Company’s standard payroll practices and procedures, during the period beginning on the Company’s next regular pay day occurring sixty (60) days following the Separation Date and ending on the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Separation Date; and

ii. Conditioned on Employee’s proper and timely election to continue his health insurance benefits under COBRA after the Separation Date, reimbursement of Employee’s applicable COBRA premiums for the lesser of twelve (12) months following the Separation Date or until Employee becomes eligible for insurance benefits from another employer.

 

5


c. Other Separation from Service . Upon Separation from Service by Employee other than for Good Reason or due to Employee’s death or Disability, or by the Company for Cause, Employee shall not be entitled to any additional compensation under this Agreement beyond that earned and accrued as of the Separation Date.

7. CHANGE IN CONTROL . Upon Separation from Service by the Company without Cause or by Employee for Good Reason within six (6) months after the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined below) then, upon such Separation from Service, one hundred percent (100%) of Employee’s unvested stock options shall vest and become immediately exercisable and one hundred percent (100%) of any restricted stock granted to Employee will be released from the Company’s repurchase rights (the “ Change in Control Vesting ”). A “ Change In Control ” shall mean (a) a change in the ownership of the Company within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v); (b) a change in effective control of the Company within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi); or (c) a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the corporation within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Employee is entitled to receive the Change in Control Vesting but has materially violated any provision of this Agreement, the Restrictive Covenants Agreements or any other agreement entered into by Employee and the Company, Employee shall not be entitled to the Change in Control Vesting.

8. SECTION 409A .

a. The parties hereby acknowledge and agree that all benefits or payments provided by the Company to Employee pursuant to this Agreement are intended either to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code, or to be in compliance with Section 409A, and the Agreement shall be interpreted to the greatest extent possible to be so exempt or in compliance and to incorporate the terms and conditions required by Section 409A. If there is an ambiguity in the language of the Agreement, or if Section 409A guidance indicates that a change to the Agreement is required or desirable to achieve exemption or compliance with Section 409A, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company reserves the right (without any obligation to do so or to indemnify Employee for failure to do so) to (i) adopt such amendments to this Agreement and or adopt such other policies and procedures, including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect, that the Company determines to be necessary or appropriate to preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided by this Agreement, to preserve the economic benefits of this Agreement and to avoid less favorable accounting or tax consequences for the Company and/or (ii) take such other actions as the Company determines to be necessary or appropriate to exempt the amounts payable hereunder from Section 409A or to comply with the requirements of Section 409A and thereby avoid the application of penalty taxes thereunder. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted or construed to transfer any liability for failure to comply with the requirements of Section 409A from the Employee or any other individual to the Company or any of its affiliates, employees or agents.

 

6


b. If any severance or other payments that are required by the Agreement are to be paid in a series of installment payments, each individual payment in the series shall be considered a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A. To the extent that any reimbursement of expenses or in-kind benefits constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A, such reimbursement or benefit shall be provided no later than December 31 of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of expenses reimbursed in one year shall not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement in any subsequent year. The amount of any in-kind benefits provided in one year shall not affect the amount of in-kind benefits provided in any other year.

c. If any severance compensation or other benefit provided to Employee pursuant to this Agreement that constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A is considered to be paid on account of “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, and Employee is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A, no payments of any of such severance or other benefit shall made for six (6) months plus one (1) day after the Separation Date (the “ New Payment Date ”). Amounts payable under this Agreement shall be deemed not to be “nonqualified deferral of compensation” subject to Section 409A to the extent provided in the exceptions in Treasury Regulation §§ 1.409A-1(b)(4) (“short-term deferrals”) and (b)(9) (“separation pay plans,” including the exception under subparagraph (iii)) and other applicable provisions of Section 409A. The aggregate of any such payments that would have otherwise been paid during the period between the Separation Date and the New Payment Date shall be paid to Employee in a lump sum on the New Payment Date.

9. EXCESS PARACHUTE PAYMENTS .

a. If any payments or benefits received or to be received by Employee pursuant to this Agreement, including those made in connection with or contingent on a change in ownership or control, (collectively, the “ Company Payments ”) would be deemed to be an “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code (“ Excess Parachute Payment ”), and if the Company has no publicly-traded stock, the Company, with the consent of Employee, will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain “shareholder approval” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(5) of the Code of such payments or benefits in order to exempt such payments or benefits from being considered an Excess Parachute Payment. Employee’s consent to shareholder approval shall include a waiver by Employee of any such payments or benefits that are not approved by the shareholders. If Employee does not consent to subjecting such payments or benefits to shareholder approval, then, at Company’s election, such payments under this Agreement shall either be paid in full or reduced to the extent necessary to avoid being considered an Excess Parachute Payment, based upon Company’s determination, in its sole discretion, as to which alternative results in the better tax consequences for Employee.

b. If the Company has publicly traded stock, then Employee will be entitled to receive either (i) the full amount of the Company Payments, or (ii) a portion of the Company Payments having a value equal to $10 less than three (3) times Employee’s “base amount” (as such term is defined in Section 280G(b)(3)(A) of the Code), whichever of clauses (i) and (ii), after taking into account applicable federal, state, and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, results in the receipt by Employee on an after-tax basis, of

 

7


the greatest portion of the Company Payments. Any determination required under this Section 9 shall be made in writing by the independent public accountant of the Company (the “ Accountants ”), whose determination shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes upon the Company and Employee. For purposes of making any calculation required by this Section 9, the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good-faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. If there is a reduction of the Company Payments pursuant to this Section 9, such reduction shall occur in the following order: (A) any cash severance payable by reference to Employee’s Base Salary or Annual Bonus, (B) any other cash amount payable to Employee, (C) any employee benefit valued as a “parachute payment,” and (D) acceleration of vesting of any outstanding equity award.

10. NOTICES . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing (a) either by actual delivery of the notice into the hands of the Party thereto entitled, by messenger, by fax or by over-night delivery service or (b) by the mailing of the notice in the United States mail, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, all postage pre-paid and addressed to the Party to whom the notice is to be given at the Party’s respective address set forth below, or such other address as the Parties may from time to time designate by written notice as herein provided.

 

If to Employee:    104 Falkner Drive
   Chapel Hill, North Carolina 27517
If to the Company:    Novan, Inc.
   4222 Emperor Boulevard, Suite 200
   Durham, North Carolina 27703
   Fax: (919) 237-9212
   Attn: Chairman of the Board

The notice shall be deemed to be received, if sent per subsection (a), on the date of its actual receipt by the Party entitled thereto and, if sent per subsection (b), on the third day after the date of its mailing.

11. RETURN OF COMPANY PROPERTY . Upon Employee’s Separation from Service from the Company for any reason, Employee shall return to Company all personal property belonging to Company (“ Company Property ”) that is in Employee’s possession or control as of the date of such Separation from Service, including, without limitation, all records, papers, drawings, notebooks, specifications, marketing materials, software, reports, proposals, equipment, or any other device, document or possession, however obtained, whether or not such Company Property contains confidential information belonging to the Company. Such Company Property shall be returned in the same condition as when provided to Employee, reasonable wear and tear excepted.

 

8


12. EMPLOYEE REPRESENTATIONS .

a. Employee represents that his performance of all of the terms of this Agreement does not and will not breach any arrangement to keep in confidence information acquired by Employee in confidence or in trust prior to Employee’s employment by the Company. Employee represents that he has not entered into, and agrees not to enter into, any agreement either oral or written in conflict herewith.

b. Employee understands as part of the consideration for this Agreement and for Employee’s employment or continued employment by the Company, that Employee has not brought and will not bring with Employee to the Company, or use in the performance of Employee’s duties and responsibilities for the Company or otherwise on its behalf, any materials or documents of a former employer or other owner which are generally not available to the public, unless Employee has obtained written authorization from the former employer or other owner for their possession and use and has provided the Company with a copy thereof.

c. Employee understands that during his employment for the Company he is not to breach any obligation of confidentiality that Employee has to a former employer or any other person or entity and agrees to comply with such understanding.

13. INDEMNIFICATION . Employee agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, officers, agents and employees against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in settlement, incurred by any of them in connection with any claim by any of Employee’s prior employers that the termination of Employee’s employment with such employer, Employee’s employment by the Company, or use of any skills and knowledge by the Company is a violation of contract or law or otherwise violates the rights thereof.

14. SEVERABILITY . Employee hereby agrees that each provision herein shall be treated as a separate and independent clause, and the unenforceability of any one clause shall in no way impair the enforceability of any of the other clauses herein.

15. NOTICES . Any notice required to be given hereunder shall be sufficient if in writing and sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, first-class postage prepaid, in the case of Employee, to his address last shown on the Company’s records, and in the case of the Company, to its principal office in the State of North Carolina.

16. WAIVER . Any waiver by the Company of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of such provision or any other provision hereof.

17. AFFILIATES; ASSIGNMENT; BINDING EFFECT . The term “Company” shall also include any of the Company’s subsidiaries, subdivisions or affiliates. The Company shall have the right to assign this Agreement to its successors and assigns, and all covenants and agreements hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by said successors or assigns. Employee may not assign any of his rights or delegate any of his duties under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each of the Parties hereto, and to their respective heirs, representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

 

9


18. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . The terms of this Agreement (together with any other agreements and instruments contemplated hereby or referred to herein) are intended by the Parties hereto to be the final expression of their agreement with respect to the employment of Employee by the Company and may not be contradicted by evidence of any prior or contemporaneous agreement (including, without limitation, the Prior Agreement, any term sheet or offer letter). The Parties hereto further intend that this Agreement shall constitute the complete and exclusive statement of its terms and that no extrinsic evidence whatsoever may be introduced in any judicial, administrative or other legal proceeding to vary the terms of this Agreement. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, will be effective unless in writing and signed by each of the Parties hereto.

19. GOVERNING LAW; VENUE . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina, without regard to that body of law known as choice of law. Any litigation under this Agreement shall be brought by either Party exclusively in Durham County, North Carolina. As such, the Parties irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the courts in Durham County, North Carolina (whether federal or state) for all disputes related to this Agreement.

20. COUNTERPARTS . This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one agreement. Counterparts may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile or electronic mail. The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall have the same force and effect as manually signed originals and shall be binding on the Parties to the same extent as a manually signed original thereof.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

NOVAN, INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert A. Ingram

Name:   Robert A. Ingram
Title:   Chairman of the Board
EMPLOYEE

/s/ Nathan Stasko

Nathan Stasko

 

11

Exhibit 10.5

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of April 13, 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Novan, Inc., a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business in Durham County, North Carolina (the “ Company ”), and Richard Peterson, a citizen and resident of Gilbert, Maricopa County, Arizona (“ Employee ”).

WITNESSETH :

WHEREAS, Employee commenced employment with the Company on September 28, 2015 (the “ Commencement Date ”);

WHEREAS, that certain Offer Letter, dated September 14, 2015 by and between Employee and the Company, (the “ Offer Letter ”), set forth the terms and conditions of Employee’s employment with the Company;

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to continue to employ Employee, and Employee desires to accept such continued employment with the Company, on the terms described herein; and

WHEREAS, effective as of the Effective Date, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement which shall supersede the Offer Letter in its entirety.;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual promises herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, including the employment of Employee by the Company and the compensation received by Employee from the Company from time to time, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows.

1. EMPLOYMENT . The Company hereby agrees to continue to employ Employee, and Employee hereby accepts such continued employment. Employee shall serve as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. The initial term of employment under this Agreement (the “ Initial Term ”) shall be for the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the third (3 rd ) anniversary thereof, unless earlier terminated as provided in Section 4. This Agreement shall automatically be extended for successive one-year periods (each, an “Extension Term” and, collectively with the Initial Term, the “ Term ”) unless either party gives notice of non-extension to the other no later than 90 days prior to the expiration of the then-applicable Term.

2. DUTIES; EXCLUSIVE SERVICE; RELOCATION .

(a) During the Term, Employee shall faithfully discharge his responsibilities and perform all duties prescribed to him by the Chief Executive Officer (the “ CEO ”) of the Company, as well as any duties as are set forth in the Bylaws of the Company related to Employee’s position. In addition, Employee expressly agrees that his services include but are not limited to attendance at scheduled meetings of the Company’s Board of Directors (the

 

1


Board ”), if and as requested by the CEO or the Board, and all other normal duties associated with the responsibilities of a Chief Financial Officer. Employee agrees to comply with all Company policies, standards and regulations now existing or hereafter promulgated. Employee further agrees to devote all of his working time and attention to the performance of his duties and responsibilities on behalf of the Company and in furtherance of its best interests. Employee agrees to immediately resign from the board of any company that engages in any business that competes with or represents a conflict with the business of the Company as determined in the sole discretion of the Board. Employee agrees that he will not serve on more than two outside boards.

(b) Employee agrees to relocate to North Carolina within a reasonable commuting distance to the Company’s facility in Research Triangle Park (“ RTP ”) on or before July 18, 2016 (the “ Relocation Date ”). Prior to the Relocation Date, Employee may work remotely; provided however, Employee shall devote a minimum of fifteen (15) days per month engaged in the following activities: working on the Company’s behalf with the team in RTP; attending conferences, and meeting with vendors, bankers, investors, customers, and other Company employees; attending director meetings with outside companies (with necessary travel time as to each activity included within the fifteen day requirement).

3. COMPENSATION . Employee’s compensation shall be paid as follows:

(a) Base Salary . During the Term, Employee shall receive as compensation a base salary at an annual rate of Three Hundred Fifty Thousand Four Hundred Dollars ($350,400.00) (the “ Base Salary ”), less any federal, state and local payroll taxes and other withholdings legally required or properly requested by Employee. The Base Salary shall be payable semi-monthly in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices and procedures. Employee’s Base Salary shall be subject to annual review by the Company’s President. All full-time employees may be eligible for additional compensation based on performance and may receive additional stock option grants as approved by the Board in its sole discretion.

(b) Annual Bonus . For calendar year 2016 and each subsequent calendar year that ends during the Term, Employee will be eligible to receive an annual performance-based cash bonus, upon achievement of the annual bonus objectives established by the President, CEO and/or Board of Directors or Compensation Committee thereof (the “ Annual Bonus ”) pursuant to the Company’s Executive Annual Incentive Plan or another bonus plan established by the Company, with a target Annual Bonus equal to forty-five percent (45%) of the Base Salary for achievement of 100% of the performance objectives. Employee’s success in achieving the objectives and the amount of the Annual Bonus will be determined by the President, CEO and/or Board in their reasonable discretion. Upon the recommendation of the President and/or CEO, Employee’s annual Bonus may exceed forty-five percent (45%) of the Base Salary.

(c) Paid Leave . Beginning in 2016, Employee shall be entitled to one hundred ninety two (192) hours of paid time off (“ PTO ”) each calendar year during the Term, to be used, accrued and capped in accordance with the Company’s then-existing policies at an accrual rate of eight (8) hours per pay period. Notwithstanding the Company’s PTO policies

 

2


providing otherwise, upon termination of Employee’s employment other than for “Cause” (as hereinafter defined), Employee will receive pay for all PTO accrued and unused as of the termination date. In addition, beginning on the Effective Date, and on each anniversary thereafter, Employee shall be granted forty (40) hours of sick leave (“ Sick Leave ”) that may be used throughout the calendar year. There is no carryover or accrual of Sick Leave from year to year. The Company also observes eight (8) paid holidays per year.

(d) Benefits . During the Term, Employee shall be entitled to participate in employee benefit plans, programs and arrangements of the Company as are provided generally from time to time to all other similarly situated employees of the Company. All such benefits are subject to the provisions of their respective plan documents in accordance with their terms and are subject to amendment or termination by the Company without Employee’s consent.

(e) Business Expenses . During the Term, the Company will reimburse all reasonable expenses incurred by Employee in the performance of his duties to the Company, provided Employee complies with the Company’s policies and procedures for reimbursement or advance of business expenses established by the Company. Employee further agrees to seek the Company’s prior approval for any expenses in excess of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00).

(f) Relocation Allowance . Provided that Employee relocates to the RTP area by the Relocation Date, the Company will provide a relocation allowance to cover the moving and relocation expenses of Employee and his family up to Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00) (the “ Relocation Allowance ”), payable within thirty (30) business days following submission of each request for reimbursement with supporting documentation. Employee will be responsible for the payment of any taxes incurred in connection with his receipt of the Relocation Allowance. In the event Employee terminates employment with the Company within the first twelve (12) months after the Commencement Date, other than for Good Reason (as defined below), or other than as a result of Employee’s death or disability, Employee shall be obligated to repay such portion of the Relocation Allowance previously reimbursed by Company to Employee. If repayment of the Relocation Allowance becomes due to the Company, Employee agrees to repay the full amount due by personal check or by payroll deduction upon the effective date of Employee’s termination of his employment with the Company. Employee further agrees that the Company may deduct all or a portion of this amount from any wages or other monies or other benefits then due to Employee, including wages, vacation pay, bonuses and similar payments, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. Employee further agrees to execute any deduction authorization that may be required by law in order for the Company to make such payroll deduction, if applicable.

(g) Travel and Temporary Housing . The Company will reimburse Employee for the costs of up to nine (9) roundtrips to and from Phoenix, Arizona to the RTP area during the one year transition period following the Commencement Date, provided that appropriate documentation is provided for reimbursement of reasonable travel expenses consistent with the Company’s current travel policy, including airfare, lodging, car rental and meals. Additionally, during the nine (9) month period following the Commencement Date, the Company will incur the costs for temporary housing expenses in the RTP area not to exceed $2,500 per month.

 

3


(h) Life Insurance . During the Term, Company shall pay Employee’s cost, or at Employee’s election reimburse Employee for the cost required, to purchase term life insurance in the face amount of $700,800 to be effective as of the Effective Date or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The term of the policy will be for ten (10) years, with an annual payment term. The Company will pay the premium during the term of the agreement and any period during which Employee is receiving payments following separation from service under Section 6.

(i) Laptop . During the twelve (12) month period following the Commencement Date, the Company will provide Employee with a laptop computer, docking station and extra monitor to support his working remotely during such period.

4. EMPLOYMENT AT WILL; TERMINATION . Subject to the terms of Section 6 of this Agreement, Employee’s employment pursuant to this Agreement shall continue until terminated by either party. Employee’s employment with the Company is at-will, and either party can terminate the employment relationship and/or this Agreement at any time, for any or no cause or reason, and with or without prior notice.

5. EFFECT OF TERMINATION . Upon termination of Employee’s employment hereunder by either party regardless of the cause or reason, the Company shall pay Employee only accrued, unpaid wages through the termination date. Such final payment, less any withholdings required by law or properly requested by Employee, shall be made on the next regular payday of the Company following the termination, in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6 of this Agreement, no other payments, benefits or other remuneration shall be due or payable to Employee.

6. SEVERANCE PROVISIONS .

(a) Definitions . For the purposes of this Section 6, the following terms shall be defined as set out below:

i. “ Base Salary ” shall mean Employee’s then current annual Base Salary.

ii. “ Cause ” shall be determined in good faith by the Board (excluding Employee if then a director) and shall mean:

a. Employee’s conviction of, or plea of no contest to, any crime (whether or not involving the Company) that constitutes a felony in the jurisdiction in which Employee is charged, or that involves moral turpitude;

b. Any act of theft, fraud or embezzlement, or any other willful misconduct or materially dishonest behavior by Employee;

c. Employee’s failure or refusal to perform his reasonably-assigned duties, provided that such failure or refusal is not corrected as promptly as practicable, and in any event within ten (10) calendar days after Employee shall have received written notice from the Company stating the nature of such failure or refusal;

 

4


d. Employee’s willful or material violation of any of his obligations contained in any agreement between Employee and the Company, including but not limited to Confidentiality and Assignment of Inventions Agreement and Non-Competition Agreement executed by Employee or material violation of any policies in the Company’s Employee Handbook; and/or

e. Conduct by Employee that constitutes willful gross neglect or willful gross misconduct in carrying out his duties under this Agreement that results or that may result, as determined by the Company, in material harm to the Company, including harm to its reputation.

iii. A “ Change In Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred upon the consummation of a merger or consolidation in which the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to the merger or consolidation cease to own at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined entity immediately following the merger or consolidation; a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; the acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of beneficial ownership of any capital stock of the Company, if, after such acquisition, such individual, entity or group owns more than fifty percent (50%) of either (A) the then-outstanding common stock of the Company or (B) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote in the election of directors; or during any period of 12 consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Company cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board.

iv. “ Disability ” shall mean Employee’s inability due to a physical or mental impairment to perform the essential functions of his job, with or without reasonable accommodation, for a period of at least ninety (90) consecutive or non-consecutive days in any twelve (12) month period.

v. “ Effective Release ” is defined as a general release of claims in favor of the Company in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company’s counsel that is executed after the Separation Date and within any consideration period required by applicable law and that is not revoked by Employee within any legally-prescribed revocation period; provided, however, a release shall not be considered an Effective Release unless, in addition to the foregoing conditions, the release is executed and not revoked, and the legally-prescribed revocation period ends by the sixtieth (60th) day following the Separation Date. Failure to provide and have in effect an Effective Release within the sixty (60)-day period following the Separation Date shall result in forfeiture of any benefits conditioned upon the existence of an Effective Release.

 

5


vi. “ Good Reason ” shall mean a material negative change to Employee in the service relationship with the Company as a result of one or more of the following conditions arising without the consent of Employee:

a. A material diminution in Employee’s Base Salary (other than in connection with an across-the-board reduction in the base salaries of the management-level employees of the Company) or Annual Bonus eligibility;

b. A material diminution in Employee’s authority, duties or responsibilities;

c. A material diminution in the authority, duties, or responsibilities of the supervisor to whom Employee reports, including a requirement that Employee report to a corporate officer or employee instead of reporting directly to the Company’s President (or Chief Executive Officer of the Company, if one is named);

d. Subject to the relocation expectation as reflected in Section 2(b) of this Agreement, a material change in the geographic location at which Employee must perform services for the Company, not to include regular business travel; or

e. Any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach of the terms of this Agreement by the Company.

Notwithstanding the forgoing, “Good Reason” shall not include an event or condition unless (A) Employee notifies the Company within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of one of the adverse events described above, (B) Employee provides the Company with at least thirty (30) days’ written notice of his intent to resign for Good Reason, and (C) the Company fails to correct the adverse event within thirty (30) days of such notice.

vii. “ Separation from Service ” shall mean Employee has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code (“ Code ”) and the regulations and other interpretative guidance thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) from the Company and will not perform any additional services after a certain date for the Company (or a related entity) or that the level of bona fide services (whether performed as an employee or as a contractor) will permanently decrease to no more than 20% of the average level of bona fide services performed by Employee (whether performed as an employee or as a contractor) over the immediately preceding 36-month period (or, if less, the period Employee has rendered service to the Company).

viii. “ Separation Date shall mean the date that Employee has a Separation from Service from the Company.

(b) Compensation upon Separation without “Cause” or for “Good Reason .” Upon Separation from Service by the Company without Cause or by Employee for Good Reason, conditioned upon the existence of an Effective Release and Employee’s continued

 

6


compliance with the Restrictive Covenants Agreements and the terms thereunder, and subject to Section 8, Employee shall be entitled to, in lieu of any other separation payment or severance benefit:

i. Payment of an amount equal to twelve (12) months of his Base Salary, plus a prorated Annual Bonus (calculated at 100% achievement of Employee’s annual objectives), based on the percentage of the calendar year actually worked by Employee as of the Separation Date, minus applicable withholdings required by law or authorized by Employee, to be paid in installments pursuant to the Company’s standard payroll practices and procedures, during the period beginning on the Company’s next regular pay day occurring sixty (60) days following the Separation Date and ending on the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Separation Date; and

ii. Vesting of the remaining options in the then current vesting year of any and all granted options to purchase Company common stock on the Separation Date, such options requiring exercise within ninety (90) days of the Separation Date and pursuant to the other terms and conditions of the applicable Company incentive award plan and individual award agreement.

iii. Conditioned on Employee’s proper and timely election to continue his health insurance benefits under COBRA after the Separation Date, reimbursement of Employee’s applicable COBRA premiums for the lesser of eighteen (18) months following the Separation Date or until Employee becomes eligible for insurance benefits from another employer; provided, that the Company may discontinue the benefits under this paragraph and make a lump sum payment in lieu thereof to the extent reasonably necessary to avoid any penalty or excise taxes imposed on it in connection with the continued payment of premiums or other amounts by the Company under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, as amended. Such lump sum payment shall be equal to the product of the current COBRA premium paid by the Company times the number of months remaining in the eighteen (18) month period if Employee is not at the time of the lump sum payment eligible for insurance benefits from another employer.

(c) Compensation upon Separation due to Change in Control . Upon Separation from Service by the Company without Cause or by Employee for Good Reason within six (6) months after a Change in Control, and conditioned upon the existence of an Effective Release and Employee’s continued compliance with the Restrictive Covenants Agreements and the terms thereunder, Employee shall be entitled to, in lieu of any other separation payment or severance benefit (including but not limited to the severance benefits provided for in Section 6(b) hereof):

i. Payment of an amount equal to twelve (12) months of his Base Salary, plus Employee’s Annual Bonus, calculated at 100% achievement of Employee’s annual objectives, minus applicable withholdings required by law or authorized by Employee, to be paid in installments pursuant to the Company’s standard payroll practices and procedures, during the period beginning on the Company’s next regular pay day occurring sixty (60) days following the Separation Date and ending on the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Separation Date; and

 

7


ii. Accelerated vesting of the remaining unvested portion of any and all granted options to purchase Company common stock on the Separation Date, such options requiring exercise within ninety (90) days of the Separation Date and pursuant to the other terms and conditions of the Novan Inc. 2008 Stock Plan and Employee’s Notice(s) of Stock Option Grant.

iii. Conditioned on Employee’s proper and timely election to continue his health insurance benefits under COBRA after the Separation Date, reimbursement of Employee’s applicable COBRA premiums for the lesser of eighteen (18) months following the Separation Date or until Employee becomes eligible for insurance benefits from another employer; provided, that the Company may discontinue the benefits under this paragraph and make a lump sum payment in lieu thereof to the extent reasonably necessary to avoid any penalty or excise taxes imposed on it in connection with the continued payment of premiums or other amounts by the Company under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, as amended. Such lump sum payment shall be equal to the product of the current COBRA premium paid by the Company times the number of months remaining in the eighteen (18) month period if Employee is not at the time of the lump sum payment eligible for insurance benefits from another employer.

(d) Other Separation from Service . Notwithstanding any Change in Control, upon Separation from Service by Employee other than for Good Reason or due to Employee’s death or Disability, or by the Company for Cause, Employee shall not be entitled to additional compensation under this Agreement beyond that earned and accrued as of the Separation Date.

7. SECTION 409A .

(a) The parties hereby acknowledge and agree that all benefits or payments provided by the Company to Employee pursuant to this Agreement are intended either to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code, or to be in compliance with Section 409A, and the Agreement shall be interpreted to the greatest extent possible to be so exempt or in compliance and to incorporate the terms and conditions required by Section 409A. If there is an ambiguity in the language of the Agreement, or if Section 409A guidance indicates that a change to the Agreement is required or desirable to achieve exemption or compliance with Section 409A, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company reserves the right (without any obligation to do so or to indemnify Employee for failure to do so) to (i) adopt such amendments to this Agreement and or adopt such other policies and procedures, including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect, that the Company determines to be necessary or appropriate to preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided by this Agreement, to preserve the economic benefits of this Agreement and to avoid less favorable accounting or tax consequences for the Company and/or (ii) take such other actions as the Company determines to be necessary or appropriate to exempt the amounts payable hereunder from Section 409A or to comply with the requirements of Section 409A and thereby avoid the application of penalty taxes thereunder. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted or construed to transfer any liability for failure to comply with the requirements of Section 409A from the Employee or any other individual to the Company or any of its affiliates, employees or agents.

 

8


(b) If any severance or other payments that are required by the Agreement are to be paid in a series of installment payments, each individual payment in the series shall be considered a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A. To the extent that any reimbursement of expenses or in-kind benefits constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A, such reimbursement or benefit shall be provided no later than December 31 of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of expenses reimbursed in one year shall not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement in any subsequent year. The amount of any in-kind benefits provided in one year shall not affect the amount of in-kind benefits provided in any other year.

(c) If any severance compensation or other benefit provided to Employee pursuant to this Agreement that constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A is considered to be paid on account of “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, and Employee is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A, no payments of any of such severance or other benefit shall made for six (6) months plus one (1) day after the Separation Date (the “ New Payment Date ”). Amounts payable under this Agreement shall be deemed not to be “nonqualified deferral of compensation” subject to Section 409A to the extent provided in the exceptions in Treasury Regulation §§ 1.409A-1(b)(4) (“short-term deferrals”) and (b)(9) (“separation pay plans,” including the exception under subparagraph (iii)) and other applicable provisions of Section 409A. The aggregate of any such payments that would have otherwise been paid during the period between the Separation Date and the New Payment Date shall be paid to Employee in a lump sum on the New Payment Date.

8. EXCESS PARACHUTE PAYMENTS .

(a) If any payments or benefits received or to be received by Employee pursuant to this Agreement, including those made in connection with or contingent on a change in ownership or control, (collectively, the “ Company Payments ”) would be deemed to be an “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code (“ Excess Parachute Payment ”), and if the Company has no publicly-traded stock, the Company, with the consent of Employee, will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain “shareholder approval” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(5) of the Code of such payments or benefits in order to exempt such payments or benefits from being considered an Excess Parachute Payment. Employee’s consent to shareholder approval shall include a waiver by Employee of any such payments or benefits that are not approved by the shareholders. If Employee does not consent to subjecting such payments or benefits to shareholder approval, then, at Company’s election, such payments under this Agreement shall either be paid in full or reduced to the extent necessary to avoid being considered an Excess Parachute Payment, based upon Company’s determination, in its sole discretion, as to which alternative results in the better tax consequences for Employee.

(b) If the Company has publicly traded stock, then Employee will be entitled to receive either (i) the full amount of the Company Payments, or (ii) a portion of the Company Payments having a value equal to $10 less than three (3) times Employee’s “base amount” (as

 

9


such term is defined in Section 280G(b)(3)(A) of the Code), whichever of clauses (i) and (ii), after taking into account applicable federal, state, and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, results in the receipt by Employee on an after-tax basis, of the greatest portion of the Company Payments. Any determination required under this Section 8 shall be made in writing by the independent public accountant of the Company (the “ Accountants ”), whose determination shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes upon the Company and Employee. For purposes of making any calculation required by this Section 8, the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good-faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. If there is a reduction of the Company Payments pursuant to this Section 8, such reduction shall occur in the following order: (A) any cash severance payable by reference to Employee’s Base Salary or Annual Bonus, (B) any other cash amount payable to Employee, (C) any employee benefit valued as a “parachute payment,” and (D) acceleration of vesting of any outstanding equity award.

9. NOTICES . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing (a) either by actual delivery of the notice into the hands of the party thereto entitled, by messenger, by fax or by over-night delivery service or (b) by the mailing of the notice in the United States mail, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, all postage pre-paid and addressed to the party to whom the notice is to be given at the party’s respective address set forth below, or such other address as the parties may from time to time designate by written notice as herein provided.

 

If to Employee:    Richard Peterson
   2535 East Park Avenue
   Gilbert, Arizona 85234
If to the Company:    Novan, Inc.
   4222 Emperor Boulevard
   Suite 200
   Durham, NC 27703
   (Fax) (919) 237-9212
   Attn: President and CEO

The notice shall be deemed to be received, if sent per subsection (a), on the date of its actual receipt by the party entitled thereto and, if sent per subsection (b), on the third day after the date of its mailing.

10. RETURN OF COMPANY PROPERTY . Upon Employee’s Separation from Service from the Company for any reason, Employee shall return to Company all personal property belonging to Company (“ Company Property ”) that is in Employee’s possession or control as of the date of such Separation from Service, including, without limitation, all records, papers, drawings, notebooks, specifications, marketing materials, software, reports, proposals, equipment, or any other device, document or possession, however obtained, whether or not such Company Property contains confidential information belonging to the Company. Such Company Property shall be returned in the same condition as when provided to Employee, reasonable wear and tear excepted.

 

10


11. EMPLOYEE REPRESENTATIONS .

(a) Employee represents that his performance of all of the terms of this Agreement does not and will not breach any arrangement to keep in confidence information acquired by Employee in confidence or in trust prior to Employee’s employment by the Company. Employee represents that he has not entered into, and agrees not to enter into, any agreement either oral or written in conflict herewith.

(b) Employee understands as part of the consideration for this Agreement and for Employee’s employment or continued employment by the Company, that Employee has not brought and will not bring with Employee to the Company, or use in the performance of Employee’s duties and responsibilities for the Company or otherwise on its behalf, any materials or documents of a former employer or other owner which are generally not available to the public, unless Employee has obtained written authorization from the former employer or other owner for their possession and use and has provided the Company with a copy thereof.

(c) Employee understands that during his employment for the Company he is not to breach any obligation of confidentiality that Employee has to a former employer or any other person or entity and agrees to comply with such understanding.

12. INDEMNIFICATION . Employee agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, officers, agents and employees against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in settlement, incurred by any of them in connection with any claim by any of Employee’s prior employers that the termination of Employee’s employment with such employer, Employee’s employment by the Company, or use of any skills and knowledge by the Company is a violation of contract or law or otherwise violates the rights thereof.

13. SEVERABILITY . Employee hereby agrees that each provision herein shall be treated as a separate and independent clause, and the unenforceability of any one clause shall in no way impair the enforceability of any of the other clauses herein.

14. WAIVER . Any waiver by the Company of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of such provision or any other provision hereof.

15. AFFILIATES; ASSIGNMENT; BINDING EFFECT . The term “Company” shall also include any of the Company’s subsidiaries, subdivisions or affiliates. The Company shall have the right to assign this Agreement to its successors and assigns, and all covenants and agreements hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by said successors or assigns. Employee may not assign any of his rights or delegate any of his duties under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each of the parties hereto, and to their respective heirs, representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

 

11


16. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . The terms of this Agreement (together with any other agreements and instruments contemplated hereby or referred to herein) are intended by the parties hereto to be the final expression of their agreement with respect to the employment of Employee by the Company and may not be contradicted by evidence of any prior or contemporaneous agreement (including, without limitation, the Prior Offer Letter, any term sheet or offer letter). The parties hereto further intend that this Agreement shall constitute the complete and exclusive statement of its terms and that no extrinsic evidence whatsoever may be introduced in any judicial, administrative or other legal proceeding to vary the terms of this Agreement. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, will be effective unless in writing and signed by each of the parties hereto.

17. GOVERNING LAW; VENUE . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina, without regard to that body of law known as choice of law. Any litigation under this Agreement shall be brought by either party exclusively in Durham County, North Carolina. As such, the parties irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the courts in Durham County, North Carolina (whether federal or state) for all disputes related to this Agreement.

18. COUNTERPARTS . This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one agreement. Counterparts may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile or electronic mail. The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall have the same force and effect as manually signed originals and shall be binding on the parties to the same extent as a manually signed original thereof.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Employment Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

NOVAN, INC.

/s/ Nathan Stasko

Nathan Stasko
President and Chief Executive Officer
EMPLOYEE

/s/ Richard Peterson

Richard Peterson

 

13

Exhibit 10.6

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of April 13, 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Novan, Inc., a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business in Durham County, North Carolina (the “ Company ”), and Brian Johnson, a citizen and resident of Tarrant County, Texas (“ Employee ”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Employee commenced employment with the Company on September 16, 2015 (the “ Commencement Date ”);

WHEREAS, that certain Offer Letter, dated August 18, 2015 by and between Employee and the Company, (the “ Offer Letter ”), set forth the terms and conditions of Employee’s employment with the Company;

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to continue to employ Employee, and Employee desires to accept such continued employment with the Company, on the terms described herein; and

WHEREAS, effective as of the Effective Date, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement which shall supersede the Offer Letter in its entirety.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual promises herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, including the employment of Employee by the Company and the compensation received by Employee from the Company from time to time, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows.

1. EMPLOYMENT . The Company hereby agrees to continue to employ Employee, and Employee hereby accepts such continued employment. Employee shall serve as the Company’s Chief Commercial Officer upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. The initial term of employment under this Agreement (the “ Initial Term ”) shall be for the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the third (3 rd ) anniversary thereof, unless earlier terminated as provided in Section 4. This Agreement shall automatically be extended for successive one-year periods (each, an “Extension Term” and, collectively with the Initial Term, the “ Term ”) unless either party gives notice of non-extension to the other no later than 90 days prior to the expiration of the then-applicable Term.

2. DUTIES; EXCLUSIVE SERVICE; RELOCATION .

(a) During the Term, Employee shall faithfully discharge his responsibilities and perform all duties prescribed to him by the Chief Executive Officer (the “ CEO ”) of the Company, as well as any duties as are set forth in the Bylaws of the Company related to Employee’s position. In addition, Employee expressly agrees that his services include but are not limited to attendance at scheduled meetings of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”), if and as requested by the CEO or the Board, and all other normal duties associated

 

1


with the responsibilities of a Chief Commercial Officer. Employee agrees to comply with all Company policies, standards and regulations now existing or hereafter promulgated. Employee further agrees to devote all of his working time and attention to the performance of his duties and responsibilities on behalf of the Company and in furtherance of its best interests. Employee agrees to immediately resign from the board of any company that engages in any business that competes with or represents a conflict with the business of the Company as determined in the sole discretion of the Board.

(b) Employee agrees to relocate to North Carolina within a reasonable commuting distance to the Company’s facility in Research Triangle Park (“ RTP ”) on or before September 16, 2016 (the “ Relocation Date ”). Prior to the Relocation Date, Employee may work remotely; provided however, Employee shall devote a minimum of ten (10) days per month working in the Company’s RTP facility with the Novan team and/or representing the Company by attending conferences, and meeting with vendors, bankers, investors, customers and other Company employees (with necessary travel time included within the ten (10) day requirement).

3. COMPENSATION . Employee’s compensation shall be paid as follows:

(a) Base Salary . During the Term, Employee shall receive as compensation a base salary at an annual rate of Three Hundred Twenty-Six Thousand Four Hundred Dollars ($326,400.00) (the “ Base Salary ”), less any federal, state and local payroll taxes and other withholdings legally required or properly requested by Employee. The Base Salary shall be payable semi-monthly in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices and procedures. Employee’s Base Salary shall be subject to annual review by the CEO. All full-time employees may be eligible for additional compensation based on performance and may receive additional stock option grants as approved by the Board in its sole discretion.

(b) IPO Bonus . Employee will receive a one time, lump sum cash bonus in the amount of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) for assisting with the preparation of an S-1 filing with the SEC and the subsequent initial public offering (the “ IPO ”) of the Company’s dermatology/skin health business, payable, less any federal, state and local payroll taxes and other withholdings legally required or properly requested by Employee, within thirty (30) days of the closing of the IPO.

(c) Annual Bonus . For calendar year 2016 and each subsequent calendar year that ends during the Term, Employee will be eligible to receive an annual performance-based cash bonus, upon achievement of the annual bonus objectives established by the President/CEO and/or Board of Directors or Compensation Committee thereof (the “ Annual Bonus ”), pursuant to the Company’s Executive Annual Incentive Plan or another bonus plan established by the Company, with a target Annual Bonus equal to thirty-five percent (35%) of the Base Salary for achievement of 100% of the performance objectives. Employee’s success in achieving the objectives and the amount of the Annual Bonus will be determined by the President, CEO and/or Board in their reasonable discretion. Upon the recommendation of the President and/or CEO, Employee’s annual Bonus may exceed thirty-five percent (35%) of the Base Salary.

 

2


(d) Paid Leave . Employee shall be entitled to one hundred ninety two (192) hours of paid time off (“ PTO ”) each calendar year during the Term, to be used accrued and capped in accordance with the Company’s then-existing policies at an accrual rate of eight (8) hours per pay period. Notwithstanding the Company’s PTO policies providing otherwise, upon termination of Employee’s employment other than for “Cause” (as hereinafter defined), Employee will receive pay for all PTO accrued and unused as of the termination date.

(e) Benefits . During the Term, Employee shall be entitled to participate in employee benefit plans, programs and arrangements of the Company as are provided generally from time to time to all other similarly situated employees of the Company. All such benefits are subject to the provisions of their respective plan documents in accordance with their terms and are subject to amendment or termination by the Company without Employee’s consent.

(f) Business Expenses . During the Term, the Company will reimburse all reasonable expenses incurred by Employee in the performance of his duties to the Company, provided Employee complies with the Company’s policies and procedures for reimbursement or advance of business expenses established by the Company. Employee further agrees to seek the Company’s prior approval for any expenses in excess of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00).

(g) Relocation Allowance . Provided that Employee relocates to the RTP area by the Relocation Date, the Company will provide a relocation allowance to cover the moving and relocation expenses of Employee and his family up to Thirty-Five Thousand Dollars ($35,000.00) (the “ Relocation Allowance ”), payable within thirty (30) business days following submission of each request for reimbursement with supporting documentation. Employee will be responsible for the payment of any taxes incurred in connection with his receipt of the Relocation Allowance. In the event Employee terminates employment with the Company within the first twelve (12) months after the Commencement Date, other than for Good Reason (as defined below), or other than as a result of Employee’s death or disability, Employee shall be obligated to repay such portion of the Relocation Allowance previously reimbursed by Company to Employee. If repayment of the Relocation Allowance becomes due to the Company, Employee agrees to repay the full amount due by personal check or by payroll deduction upon the effective date of Employee’s termination of his employment with the Company. Employee further agrees that the Company may deduct all or a portion of this amount from any wages or other monies or other benefits then due to Employee, including wages, vacation pay, bonuses and similar payments, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. Employee further agrees to execute any deduction authorization that may be required by law in order for the Company to make such payroll deduction, if applicable.

(h) Travel and Temporary Housing . The Company will reimburse Employee for the costs of up to twelve (12) roundtrips to and from Dallas/Fort Worth, Texas to the RTP area during the one year transition period following the Commencement Date, provided that appropriate documentation is provided for reimbursement of reasonable travel expenses consistent with the Company’s current travel policy, including airfare, lodging, car rental and meals. Additionally, during the twelve (12) month period following the Commencement Date, the Company will incur the costs for temporary housing expenses in the RTP area not to exceed $2,500 per month.

 

3


(i) Life Insurance . During the Term, Company shall pay Employee’s cost, or at Employee’s election reimburse Employee for the cost required, to purchase term life insurance in the face amount of $652,800 to be effective as of the Effective Date or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The term of the policy will be for ten (10) years, with an annual payment term. The Company will pay the premium during the term of the agreement and any period during which Employee is receiving payments following separation from service under Section 6.

(j) Laptop . During the twelve (12) month period following the Commencement Date, the Company will provide Employee with a laptop computer, docking station and extra monitor to support his working remotely during such period.

4. EMPLOYMENT AT WILL; TERMINATION . Subject to the terms of Section 6 of this Agreement, Employee’s employment pursuant to this Agreement shall continue until terminated by either party. Employee’s employment with the Company is at-will, and either party can terminate the employment relationship and/or this Agreement at any time, for any or no cause or reason, and with or without prior notice.

5. EFFECT OF TERMINATION . Upon termination of Employee’s employment hereunder by either party regardless of the cause or reason, the Company shall pay Employee only accrued, unpaid wages through the termination date. Such final payment, less any withholdings required by law or properly requested by Employee, shall be made on the next regular payday of the Company following the termination, in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6 of this Agreement, no other payments, benefits or other remuneration shall be due or payable to Employee.

6. SEVERANCE PROVISIONS .

(a) Definitions .   For the purposes of this Section 6, the following terms shall be defined as set out below:

i. “ Base Salary ” shall mean Employee’s then current annual Base Salary.

ii. “ Cause ” shall be determined in good faith by the Board and shall mean:

a. Employee’s conviction of, or plea of no contest to, any crime (whether or not involving the Company) that constitutes a felony in the jurisdiction in which Employee is charged, or that involves moral turpitude;

b. Any act of theft, fraud or embezzlement, or any other willful misconduct or materially dishonest behavior by Employee;

 

4


c. Employee’s failure or refusal to perform his reasonably-assigned duties, provided that such failure or refusal is not corrected as promptly as practicable, and in any event within ten (10) calendar days after Employee shall have received written notice from the Company stating the nature of such failure or refusal;

d. Employee’s willful or material violation of any of his obligations contained in any agreement between Employee and the Company, including but not limited to Confidentiality and Assignment of Inventions Agreement and Non-Competition Agreement executed by Employee or material violation of any policies in the Company’s Employee Handbook; and/or

e. Conduct by Employee that constitutes willful gross neglect or willful gross misconduct in carrying out his duties under this Agreement that results or that may result, as determined by the Company, in material harm to the Company, including harm to its reputation.

iii. A “ Change In Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred upon the consummation of a merger or consolidation in which the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to the merger or consolidation cease to own at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined entity immediately following the merger or consolidation; a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; the acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of beneficial ownership of any capital stock of the Company, if, after such acquisition, such individual, entity or group owns more than fifty percent (50%) of either (A) the then-outstanding common stock of the Company or (B) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote in the election of directors; or during any period of 12 consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Company cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board.

iv. “ Disability ” shall mean Employee’s inability due to a physical or mental impairment to perform the essential functions of his job, with or without reasonable accommodation, for a period of at least ninety (90) consecutive or non-consecutive days in any twelve (12) month period.

v. “ Effective Release ” is defined as a general release of claims in favor of the Company in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company’s counsel that is executed after the Separation Date and within any consideration period required by applicable law and that is not revoked by Employee within any legally-prescribed revocation period; provided, however, a release shall not be considered an Effective Release unless, in addition to the foregoing conditions, the release is executed and not revoked, and the legally-prescribed revocation period ends by the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the Separation Date. Failure to provide and have in effect an Effective Release within the sixty (60)-day period following the Separation Date shall result in forfeiture of any benefits conditioned upon the existence of an Effective Release.

 

5


vi. “ Good Reason ” shall mean a material negative change to Employee in the service relationship with the Company as a result of one or more of the following conditions arising without the consent of Employee:

a. A decrease in Employee’s Base Salary of greater than or equal to twenty percent (20%) of the then Base Salary;

b. A material diminution in Employee’s authority, duties or responsibilities;

c. Subject to the relocation expectation as reflected in Section 2(b) of this Agreement, a material change in the geographic location at which Employee must perform services for the Company, not to include regular business travel; or

d. Any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach of the terms of this Agreement by the Company.

Notwithstanding the forgoing, “Good Reason” shall not include an event or condition unless (A) Employee notifies the Company within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of one of the adverse events described above, (B) Employee provides the Company with at least thirty (30) days’ written notice of his intent to resign for Good Reason, and (C) the Company fails to correct the adverse event within thirty (30) days of such notice.

vii. “ Separation from Service ” shall mean Employee has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and the regulations and other interpretive guidance thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) from the Company and will not perform any additional services after a certain date for the Company (or a related entity) or that the level of bona fide services (whether performed as an employee or as a contractor) will permanently decrease to no more than 20% of the average level of bona fide services performed (whether performed as an employee or as a contractor) over the immediately preceding 36-month period (or, if less, the period the employee has rendered service to the Company).

viii. “ Separation Date shall mean the date that Employee has a Separation from Service from the Company.

(b) Compensation upon Separation without “Cause” or for “Good Reason .” Upon Separation from Service by the Company without Cause or by Employee for Good Reason, conditioned upon the existence of an Effective Release and Employee’s continued compliance with the Restrictive Covenants Agreements and the terms thereunder, and subject to Section 8, Employee shall be entitled to, in lieu of any other separation payment or severance benefit:

i. Payment of an amount equal to twelve (12) months of his Base Salary, minus applicable withholdings required by law or authorized by Employee, to be paid in installments pursuant to the Company’s standard payroll practices and procedures, during the period beginning on the Company’s next regular pay day occurring sixty (60) days following the Separation Date and ending on the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Separation Date; and

 

6


ii. Vesting of the remaining options in the then current vesting year of any and all granted options to purchase Company common stock on the Separation Date, such options requiring exercise within ninety (90) days of the Separation Date and pursuant to the other terms and conditions of the applicable Company incentive award plan and individual award agreement.

iii. Conditioned on Employee’s proper and timely election to continue his health insurance benefits under COBRA after the Separation Date, reimbursement of Employee’s applicable COBRA premiums for the lesser of eighteen (18) months following the Separation Date or until Employee becomes eligible for insurance benefits from another employer; provided, that the Company may discontinue the benefits under this paragraph and make a lump sum payment in lieu thereof to the extent reasonably necessary to avoid any penalty or excise taxes imposed on it in connection with the continued payment of premiums or other amounts by the Company under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, as amended. Such lump sum payment shall be equal to the product of the current COBRA premium paid by the Company times the number of months remaining in the eighteen (18) month period if Employee is not at the time of the lump sum payment eligible for insurance benefits from another employer.

(c) Compensation upon Separation due to Change in Control . Upon Separation from Service by the Company without Cause or by Employee for Good Reason within six (6) months after a Change in Control, and conditioned upon the existence of an Effective Release and Employee’s continued compliance with the Restrictive Covenants Agreements and the terms thereunder, Employee shall be entitled to, in lieu of any other separation payment or severance benefit (including but not limited to the severance benefits provided for in Section 6(b) hereof):

i. Payment of an amount equal to twelve (12) months of his Base Salary, minus applicable withholdings required by law or authorized by Employee, to be paid in installments pursuant to the Company’s standard payroll practices and procedures during the period beginning on the Company’s next regular pay day occurring sixty (60) days following the Separation Date and ending on the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Separation Date; and

ii. Accelerated vesting of the remaining unvested portion of any and all granted options to purchase Company common stock on the Separation Date, such options requiring exercise within ninety (90) days of the Separation Date and pursuant to the other terms and conditions of the Novan Inc. 2008 Stock Plan and Employee’s Notice(s) of Stock Option Grant.

 

7


iii. Conditioned on Employee’s proper and timely election to continue his health insurance benefits under COBRA after the Separation Date, reimbursement of Employee’s applicable COBRA premiums for the lesser of eighteen ( 18) months following the Separation Date or until Employee becomes eligible for insurance benefits from another employer; provided, that the Company may discontinue the benefits under this paragraph and make a lump sum payment in lieu thereof to the extent reasonably necessary to avoid any penalty or excise taxes imposed on it in connection with the continued payment of premiums or other amounts by the Company under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, as amended. Such lump sum payment shall be equal to the product of the current COBRA premium paid by the Company times the number of months remaining in the eighteen (18) month period if Employee is not at the time of the lump sum payment eligible for insurance benefits from another employer.

(d) Other Separation from Service . Notwithstanding any Change in Control, upon Separation from Service by Employee other than for Good Reason or due to Employee’s death or Disability, or by the Company for Cause, Employee shall not be entitled to additional compensation under this Agreement beyond that earned and accrued as of the Separation Date.

7. SECTION 409A .

(a) The parties hereby acknowledge and agree that all benefits or payments provided by the Company to Employee pursuant to this Agreement are intended either to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code, or to be in compliance with Section 409A, and the Agreement shall be interpreted to the greatest extent possible to be so exempt or in compliance and to incorporate the terms and conditions required by Section 409A. If there is an ambiguity in the language of the Agreement, or if Section 409A guidance indicates that a change to the Agreement is required or desirable to achieve exemption or compliance with Section 409A, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company reserves the right (without any obligation to do so or to indemnify Employee for failure to do so) to (i) adopt such amendments to this Agreement and or adopt such other policies and procedures, including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect, that the Company determines to be necessary or appropriate to preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided by this Agreement, to preserve the economic benefits of this Agreement and to avoid less favorable accounting or tax consequences for the Company and/or (ii) take such other actions as the Company determines to be necessary or appropriate to exempt the amounts payable hereunder from Section 409A or to comply with the requirements of Section 409A and thereby avoid the application of penalty taxes thereunder. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted or construed to transfer any liability for failure to comply with the requirements of Section 409A from the Employee or any other individual to the Company or any of its affiliates, employees or agents.

(b) If any severance or other payments that are required by the Agreement are to be paid in a series of installment payments, each individual payment in the series shall be considered a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A. To the extent that any reimbursement of expenses or in-kind benefits constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A, such reimbursement or benefit shall be provided no later than December 31 of the

 

8


year following the year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of expenses reimbursed in one year shall not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement in any subsequent year. The amount of any in-kind benefits provided in one year shall not affect the amount of in-kind benefits provided in any other year.

(c) If any severance compensation or other benefit provided to Employee pursuant to this Agreement that constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A is considered to be paid on account of “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, and Employee is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A, no payments of any of such severance or other benefit shall made for six (6) months plus one (1) day after the Separation Date (the “ New Payment Date ”). Amounts payable under this Agreement shall be deemed not to be “nonqualified deferral of compensation” subject to Section 409A to the extent provided in the exceptions in Treasury Regulation §§ 1.409A-1(b)(4) (“short-term deferrals”) and (b)(9) (“separation pay plans,” including the exception under subparagraph (iii)) and other applicable provisions of Section 409A. The aggregate of any such payments that would have otherwise been paid during the period between the Separation Date and the New Payment Date shall be paid to Employee in a lump sum on the New Payment Date.

8. EXCESS PARACHUTE PAYMENTS .

(a) If any payments or benefits received or to be received by Employee pursuant to this Agreement, including those made in connection with or contingent on a change in ownership or control, (collectively, the “ Company Payments ”) would be deemed to be an “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code (“ Excess Parachute Payment ”), and if the Company has no publicly-traded stock, the Company, with the consent of Employee, will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain “shareholder approval” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(5) of the Code of such payments or benefits in order to exempt such payments or benefits from being considered an Excess Parachute Payment. Employee’s consent to shareholder approval shall include a waiver by Employee of any such payments or benefits that are not approved by the shareholders. If Employee does not consent to subjecting such payments or benefits to shareholder approval, then, at Company’s election, such payments under this Agreement shall either be paid in full or reduced to the extent necessary to avoid being considered an Excess Parachute Payment, based upon Company’s determination, in its sole discretion, as to which alternative results in the better tax consequences for Employee.

(b) If the Company has publicly traded stock, then Employee will be entitled to receive either (i) the full amount of the Company Payments, or (ii) a portion of the Company Payments having a value equal to $10 less than three (3) times Employee’s “base amount” (as such term is defined in Section 280G(b)(3)(A) of the Code), whichever of clauses (i) and (ii), after taking into account applicable federal, state, and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, results in the receipt by Employee on an after-tax basis, of the greatest portion of the Company Payments. Any determination required under this Section 8 shall be made in writing by the independent public accountant of the Company (the “ Accountants ”), whose determination shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes upon the Company and Employee. For purposes of making any calculation required by this Section 8, the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes

 

9


and may rely on reasonable, good-faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. If there is a reduction of the Company Payments pursuant to this Section 8, such reduction shall occur in the following order: (A) any cash severance payable by reference to Employee’s Base Salary or Annual Bonus, (B) any other cash amount payable to Employee, (C) any employee benefit valued as a “parachute payment,” and (D) acceleration of vesting of any outstanding equity award.

9. NOTICES . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing (a) either by actual delivery of the notice into the hands of the party thereto entitled, by messenger, by fax or by over-night delivery service or (b) by the mailing of the notice in the United States mail, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, all postage pre-paid and addressed to the party to whom the notice is to be given at the party’s respective address set forth below, or such other address as the parties may from time to time designate by written notice as herein provided.

 

If to Employee:    Brian Johnson
   1616 Bryon Nelson Parkway
   Southlake, Texas 76092
If to the Company:    Novan, Inc.
   4222 Emperor Boulevard
   Suite 200
   Durham, NC 27703
   (Fax) (919) 237-9212
   Attn: Chief Financial Officer

The notice shall be deemed to be received, if sent per subsection (a), on the date of its actual receipt by the party entitled thereto and, if sent per subsection (b), on the third day after the date of its mailing.

10. RETURN OF COMPANY PROPERTY . Upon Employee’s Separation from Service from the Company for any reason, Employee shall return to Company all personal property belonging to Company (“ Company Property ”) that is in Employee’s possession or control as of the date of such Separation from Service, including, without limitation, all records, papers, drawings, notebooks, specifications, marketing materials, software, reports, proposals, equipment, or any other device, document or possession, however obtained, whether or not such Company Property contains confidential information belonging to the Company. Such Company Property shall be returned in the same condition as when provided to Employee, reasonable wear and tear excepted.

11. EMPLOYEE REPRESENTATIONS .

(a) Employee represents that his performance of all of the terms of this Agreement does not and will not breach any arrangement to keep in confidence information acquired by Employee in confidence or in trust prior to Employee’s employment by the Company. Employee represents that he has not entered into, and agrees not to enter into, any agreement either oral or written in conflict herewith.

 

10


(b) Employee understands as part of the consideration for this Agreement and for Employee’s employment or continued employment by the Company, that Employee has not brought and will not bring with Employee to the Company, or use in the performance of Employee’s duties and responsibilities for the Company or otherwise on its behalf, any materials or documents of a former employer or other owner which are generally not available to the public, unless Employee has obtained written authorization from the former employer or other owner for their possession and use and has provided the Company with a copy thereof.

(c) Employee understands that during his employment for the Company he is not to breach any obligation of confidentiality that Employee has to a former employer or any other person or entity and agrees to comply with such understanding.

12. INDEMNIFICATION . Employee agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, officers, agents and employees against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in settlement, incurred by any of them in connection with any claim by any of Employee’s prior employers that the termination of Employee’s employment with such employer, Employee’s employment by the Company, or use of any skills and knowledge by the Company is a violation of contract or law or otherwise violates the rights thereof.

13. SEVERABILITY . Employee hereby agrees that each provision herein shall be treated as a separate and independent clause, and the unenforceability of any one clause shall in no way impair the enforceability of any of the other clauses herein.

14. WAIVER . Any waiver by the Company of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of such provision or any other provision hereof.

15. AFFILIATES; ASSIGNMENT; BINDING EFFECT . The term “Company” shall also include any of the Company’s subsidiaries, subdivisions or affiliates. The Company shall have the right to assign this Agreement to its successors and assigns, and all covenants and agreements hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by said successors or assigns. Employee may not assign any of his rights or delegate any of his duties under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each of the parties hereto, and to their respective heirs, representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

16. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . The terms of this Agreement (together with any other agreements and instruments contemplated hereby or referred to herein) are intended by the parties hereto to be the final expression of their agreement with respect to the employment of Employee by the Company and may not be contradicted by evidence of any prior or contemporaneous agreement (including, without limitation, the Offer Letter, any term sheet or offer letter). The parties hereto further intend that this Agreement shall constitute the complete and exclusive statement of its terms and that no extrinsic evidence whatsoever may be introduced in any judicial, administrative or other legal proceeding to vary the terms of this Agreement. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, will be effective unless in writing and signed by each of the parties hereto.

 

11


17. GOVERNING LAW; VENUE . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina, without regard to that body of law known as choice of law. Any litigation under this Agreement shall be brought by either party exclusively in Durham County, North Carolina. As such, the parties irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the courts in Durham County, North Carolina (whether federal or state) for all disputes related to this Agreement.

18. COUNTERPARTS . This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one agreement. Counterparts may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile or electronic mail. The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall have the same force and effect as manually signed originals and shall be binding on the parties to the same extent as a manually signed original thereof.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Employment Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

NOVAN, INC.

/s/ Nathan Stasko

NATHAN STASKO
President and Chief Executive Officer
EMPLOYEE

/s/ Brian Johnson

BRIAN JOHNSON

 

13

Exhibit 10.7

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

AMENDED, RESTATED AND CONSOLIDATED LICENSE AGREEMENT

This AMENDED, RESTATED AND CONSOLIDATED LICENSE AGREEMENT (this “ LICENSE AGREEMENT ”) is entered into this 27th day of June, 2012 (the “ EFFECTIVE DATE ’’) between The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill having an address at Campus Box 4105, 308 Bynum Hall, Chapel Hill, North Carolina, 27599-4105 (“ UNIVERSITY ”) and Novan, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ LICENSEE ”).

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, UNIVERSITY entered into a first license agreement with LICENSEE effective July 18, 2007, a FIRST AMENDMENT thereto effective September 30, 2008 and a SECOND AMENDMENT thereto effective October 29, 2010 (such license agreement, as amended by the FIRST AMENDMENT and the SECOND AMENDMENT thereto, the “ FIRST AGREEMENT ”); and

WHEREAS, UNIVERSITY entered into a second license agreement with LICENSEE effective October 1, 2009 and a FIRST AMENDMENT thereto effective October 29, 2010 (such license agreement, as amended by the FIRST AMENDMENT thereto, the “ SECOND AGREEMENT ”); and

WHEREAS, UNIVERSITY and LICENSEE wish to amend, restate and consolidate the FIRST AGREEMENT and the SECOND AGREEMENT into a single agreement as provided herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual promises and covenants contained in this LICENSE AGREEMENT and for good and valuable consideration, it is agreed by and between UNIVERSITY and LICENSEE as follows:

ARTICLE 1: DEFINITIONS

In addition to such terms defined elsewhere in this LICENSE AGREEMENT, the following terms shall have the meanings described below.

1.1 “ AFFILIATE ” means (a) any person or entity which owns or controls at least fifty percent (50%) of the equity or voting stock of the LICENSEE, or (b) any person or entity fifty percent (50%) of whose equity or voting stock is owned or controlled by LICENSEE or (c) any person or entity of which at least fifty percent (50%) of the equity or voting stock is owned or controlled by the same person or entity owning or controlling at least fifty percent (50%) of LICENSEE.

1.2 “EXISTING PATENT RIGHTS” means all PATENT RIGHTS claiming INVENTIONS or otherwise existing as of the EFFECTIVE DATE.

 


1.3 “ FIRST COMMERCIAL SALE ” means the first sale of commercial quantities of any LICENSED PRODUCT (as defined below) for human therapeutic use under an approved NDA or BLA (or foreign equivalent thereof) by LICENSEE, an AFFILIATE, or any SUBLICENSEE of either of the foregoing for which the proceeds of such sale qualify as NET SALES (as defined below).

1.4 “ IMPROVEMENT ” means any (i) modification, enhancement, or improvement of an INVENTION or any other invention described in the EXISTING PATENT RIGHTS or (ii) other invention, the manufacture, use, or sale of which modification, enhancement, or improvement would, but for the licenses granted hereunder, infringe one or more claims of the EXISTING PATENT RIGHTS.

1.5 “ INVENTIONS ” means the subject matter of any invention disclosures, patent applications or patents identified in Appendix A . “ UNIVERSITY INVENTIONS ” refers to INVENTIONS that have only inventors, as determined under the Patent Laws of the United States of America, that are obligated to assign their rights in any INVENTIONS to the UNIVERSITY. “ JOINT INVENTIONS ” refers to INVENTIONS that have inventors, as determined under the Patent Laws of the United States of America, that are obligated to assign their rights in any INVENTIONS to the UNIVERSITY and inventors that are obligated to assign their rights in any INVENTIONS to LICENSEE or an AFFILIATE.

1.6 “ LICENSED FIELD ” means all uses and applications.

1.7 “ LICENSED PRODUCTS ” means any method or process, composition, product, or component part thereof claimed in whole or in part by an issued, unexpired, or pending claim contained in the PATENT RIGHTS whose manufacture, intended use, or sale would, but for the license(s) granted in this LICENSE AGREEMENT, infringe on the PATENT RIGHTS in the country of sale.

1.8 “ LICENSED TERRITORY ” means the entire world.

1.9 “ NET SALES ” means the total invoiced sales price received for LICENSED PRODUCTS sold by LICENSEE, its AFFILIATES, and their SUBLICENSEES less (a) sales taxes or other taxes, (b) shipping and insurance charges, (c) actual allowances, rebates, credits, or refunds for returned or defective LICENSED PRODUCTS, (d) trade discounts and quantity discounts, retroactive price reductions, or other allowances actually allowed or granted from the billed amount and taken, (e) rebates, credits, and chargeback payments (or the equivalent thereof) granted to managed health care organizations, wholesalers, or to federal, state/provincial, local and other governments, including their agencies, purchasers, and/or reimbursers, or to trade customers, and (f) any import or export duties, tariffs, or similar charges incurred with respect to the import or export of LICENSED PRODUCTS into or out of any country in the LICENSED TERRITORY. LICENSED PRODUCTS will be considered sold when paid for. Notwithstanding the foregoing, NET SALES shall not include, and shall be deemed zero with respect to, (1) the distribution of reasonable quantities of promotional samples of LICENSED PRODUCTS, (2) LICENSED PRODUCTS provided for clinical trials or research purposes, or charitable or compassionate use purposes, or (3) LICENSED PRODUCTS provided to any AFFILIATE, SUBLICENSEE or other strategic partner under an agreement in which NET SALES by such AFFILIATE, SUBLICENSEE or other strategic partner shall be subject to royalties under Section 3.5 or 3.6.

 


Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that LICENSED PRODUCTS are sold by LICENSEE, an AFFILIATE, or a SUBLICENSEE as part of a combination product or bundled product, or in conjunction with a delivery system, the NET SALES of such product, for the purposes of determining royalty payments due under this LICENSE AGREEMENT, shall be determined by multiplying the NET SALES (as originally defined above) of the combination product by the fraction A/(A+B), where A is the average sale price of the LICENSED PRODUCT when sold separately in finished form and B is the average sale price of the other product(s) or system sold separately in finished form, so that A+B is the average sale price of all of the product(s) and, if applicable, the delivery system together, as the case may be. In the event that such average sale price cannot be determined for both the LICENSED PRODUCT and such other product(s) or system(s) in combination, NET SALES for the purposes of determining royalty payments with respect to such combination or bundled product shall be commercially reasonable and determined by good faith negotiation between UNIVERSITY and LICENSEE.

1.10 “ PATENT RIGHTS ” means any United States, foreign or international patents and/or patent applications claiming the INVENTIONS or any IMPROVEMENTS owned or controlled by UNIVERSITY prior to or during the term of this LICENSE AGREEMENT, which shall include but not be limited to those patents and patent applications listed on Appendix A , attached hereto, as well as any continuations, continuations-in-part (to the extent they are directed to subject matter described in, claimed by, or enabled by the patents or patent applications set forth on Appendix A , any INVENTIONS, or any IMPROVEMENT), divisionals, provisionals, continued prosecution applications, reexaminations, renewals, extensions, request for continued examinations, or reissues thereof, and any foreign counterpart of any of the foregoing.

1.11 “ PHASE I CLINICAL TRIAL” means any human clinical trial, conducted by or on behalf of LICENSEE, an AFFILIATE, or a SUBLICENSEE with respect to a LICENSED PRODUCT, including typically the first phase of clinical trials conducted in relatively small numbers of healthy volunteers or patients with the targeted condition to obtain information on a LICENSED PRODUCT’s safety, tolerability, pharmacological activity, pharmacokinetics, drug metabolism and mechanism of action, as more fully defined in 21 C.F.R. § 312.21(a), as may be amended, and, with respect to any other country or jurisdiction, the equivalent of such a clinical trial in such other country or jurisdiction.

1.12 “ PHASE II CLINICAL TRIAL ” means any well-controlled clinical trial, conducted by or on behalf of LICENSEE, an AFFILIATE, or a SUBLICENSEE with respect to a LICENSED PRODUCT, in human subjects, including clinical trials conducted in patients with the targeted condition, and designed to evaluate clinical activity (including but not limited to, pertinent pharmacodynamic effects or biomarker responses) and safety for a LICENSED PRODUCT for one or more indications, as well as to obtain an indication of the dosage regimen required, as more fully defined in 21 C.F.R. § 312.21(b), as may be amended, and, with respect to any other country or jurisdiction, the material equivalent of such a clinical trial in such other country or jurisdiction.

1.13 “ SUBLICENSEE ” means any third party to whom LICENSEE or any AFFILIATE licenses any of the rights granted under this LICENSE AGREEMENT pursuant to Article 6.

 


1.14 “ SUBLICENSING REVENUE ” means sublicense payments to the extent received by LICENSEE directly and solely, as reasonably determined by LICENSEE, as consideration for the grant of rights to PATENT RIGHTS, including upfront fees or milestone payments but excluding sales-based royalties, sales-based milestone fees, or other payments calculated on the basis of SUBLICENSEES’ sales of LICENSED PRODUCTS, purchases of equity or debt of LICENSEE, payments made in connection with research and development agreements or collaborations, or other payments made by a SUBLICENSEE where LICENSEE is obligated to perform services or to provide goods in connection with such payment shall not be considered sublicense payments for purposes of this LICENSE AGREEMENT.

1.15 “ UNIVERSITY TECHNOLOGY ” means any unpublished research and development information, know-how, and technical data in the possession of UNIVERSITY prior to or following the EFFECTIVE DATE of this LICENSE AGREEMENT which relates to and is necessary for the practice of the INVENTIONS or IMPROVEMENTS and which UNIVERSITY has the right to provide to LICENSEE.

ARTICLE 2: GRANT OF LICENSE

2.1 UNIVERSITY hereby grants to LICENSEE and its AFFILIATES to the extent of the LICENSED TERRITORY a non-exclusive right and license to use UNIVERSITY TECHNOLOGY in the LICENSED FIELD, with the right to sublicense, subject to all the terms and conditions of this LICENSE AGREEMENT. Nothing herein shall constitute a sale of the UNIVERSITY TECHNOLOGY.

2.2 UNIVERSITY hereby grants to LICENSEE and its AFFILIATES to the extent of the LICENSED TERRITORY an exclusive right and license under the PATENT RIGHTS to make, have made, use, offer for sale, sell and import LICENSED PRODUCTS in the LICENSED FIELD, with the right to sublicense, subject to all the terms and conditions of this LICENSE AGREEMENT.

2.3 UNIVERSITY reserves the right to practice under the PATENT RIGHTS, to use UNIVERSITY TECHNOLOGY, and to make, use and provide LICENSED PRODUCTS for, in each and every case, its own internal, not-for-profit research, public service, teaching and educational purposes, without payment of royalties, provided that the exercise of such reserved rights by UNIVERSITY shall not (i) be on behalf of, sponsored with funding received from, or subject to any intellectual property rights granted to any commercial third party nor (ii) include any human use or clinical administration without prior written approval from LICENSEE. Furthermore, UNIVERSITY shall be free to publish UNIVERSITY TECHNOLOGY as it sees fit, provided that (i) UNIVERSITY shall provide LICENSEE with a manuscript of any proposed

 


paper or an abstract of any proposed presentation describing any INVENTIONS, IMPROVEMENTS, or technology claimed or described in the patents and patent applications included in the PATENT RIGHTS at least [***] ([***]) days prior to its submission for publication or presentation and (ii) as reasonably requested by LICENSEE, UNIVERSITY shall instruct its patent counsel to make such patent filings or conduct the prosecution of the patents and patent applications included in the PATENT RIGHTS as appropriate prior to publication or presentation of such material to prevent the loss of any rights granted under this LICENSE AGREEMENT.

2.4 UNIVERSITY may transfer (i) any materials incorporating UNIVERSITY TECHNOLOGY or any of the INVENTIONS or (ii) any materials whose manufacture, use, or practice would infringe any of the PATENT RIGHTS to nonprofit, academic research institutions for their own internal, not-for-profit, research, teaching, and educational purposes upon such institution’s execution of a Material Transfer Agreement with UNIVERSITY in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Appendix B (any such material transfer agreement entered into, a “Material Transfer Agreement”), provided that (1) any such third party’s use of, or research concerning, such materials shall not (a) be on behalf of, sponsored with funding received from, or subject to any intellectual property rights granted to any commercial third party nor (b) include any human use or clinical administration without prior written approval of UNIVERSITY and LICENSEE and (2) the UNIVERSITY shall provide written notification to LICENSEE of any such transfer of materials identifying the party to whom such materials were transferred and the materials transferred.

UNIVERSITY shall promptly notify LICENSEE in writing in the event they receive (i) disclosure of any INVENTION (as defined in the Material Transfer Agreement) or (ii) a copy of any proposed manuscript describing, referencing, or including the results of any use of materials transferred under any Material Transfer Agreement from any third party research institution pursuant to any Material Transfer Agreement, and shall include with such notice to LICENSEE a copy of such disclosure or manuscript.

2.5 Notwithstanding the foregoing, any and all licenses and other rights granted hereunder are limited by and subject to the rights and requirements of the United States Government which arise out of its sponsorship (if any) of the research which led to the conception or reduction to practice’ of the INVENTIONS covered by PATENT RIGHTS. To the extent applicable due to any such sponsorship, the United States Government is entitled, as a right, under the provisions of 35 U.S.C. §§ 200-212 and applicable regulations of Title 37 of the Code of Federal Regulations, to a non-exclusive, nontransferable, irrevocable, paid-up license to practice or have practiced for or on the behalf of the United States Government any of the PATENT RIGHTS throughout the world and LICENSEE agrees to comply and require compliance therewith.

2.6 Nothing herein grants to UNIVERSITY from LICENSEE any right or interest in any JOINT INVENTIONS or any related patent rights owned by LICENSEE, or in any other intellectual property conceived or made by or on behalf of LICENSEE unless set forth in a separate

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


agreement between the Parties. To the extent that a JOINT INVENTION no longer includes any inventors with an obligation to assign their rights to the UNIVERSITY, such JOINT INVENTION and any related PATENT RIGHTS shall no longer be considered owned by the UNIVERSITY but shall be and hereby are automatically and without further action on the part of any inventors, the UNIVERSITY or LICENSEE assigned to and owned exclusively by LICENSEE and no longer shall be subject to the terms of this AGREEMENT. The Parties agree to amend the Patent Rights to reflect such change in ownership.

ARTICLE 3: CONSIDERATION

3.1 As partial consideration for the licenses granted LICENSEE under the FIRST AGREEMENT, LICENSEE has issued directly to The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill Foundation, Inc. (“the Foundation”) on behalf of UNIVERSITY two-hundred twenty nine thousand two hundred and sixty three shares (229,263) of common stock of LICENSEE. LICENSEE’S common stock was issued pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement in a form acceptable to UNIVERSITY.

3.2 As partial consideration for the licenses granted LICENSEE under the SECOND AGREEMENT, LICENSEE has paid UNIVERSITY a license issue fee of five thousand dollars ($5,000).

3.3 At all times, the LICENSEE common stock held by Foundation shall be subject to a shareholders agreement in the form set forth in Appendix C . The Foundation agrees to enter into reasonable or customary agreements required by any future equity investors regarding subjecting their shares of LICENSEE common stock to rights of first refusal and co-sale, such rights to terminate on an initial public offering of Company stock pursuant to a registration statement filed pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

3.4 LICENSEE shall reimburse UNIVERSITY for reasonable, documented costs ([***]) arising out of the patenting of the UNIVERSITY INVENTIONS pursuant to Article 8 of this LICENSE AGREEMENT (“PATENT COSTS”) as described in this Section 3.4. The reimbursement of patenting costs shall be non-refundable and shall not be a credit against any other amounts due hereunder except as may be provided for elsewhere in this LICENSE AGREEMENT. Reimbursement of patenting costs under this LICENSE AGREEMENT shall commence and be due within [***] ([***]) days of billing.

3.5 Beginning on the EFFECTIVE DATE and continuing for the term of this LICENSE AGREEMENT, on a country-by-country and LICENSED PRODUCT-by-LICENSED PRODUCT basis, LICENSEE will pay UNIVERSITY a running royalty of [***] percent ([***]%) of all NET SALES of LICENSED PRODUCTS sold by LICENSEE, its AFFILIATES and SUBLICENSEES of the foregoing. For clarity, the obligation to pay royalties under this Section 3.5 shall be imposed only once (i) with respect to any sale of any LICENSED PRODUCT, and (ii) with respect to any LICENSED PRODUCT, in each case regardless of whether such LICENSED PRODUCT, or the manufacture, use or sale thereof, is covered by more than one claim contained in the PATENT

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


RIGHTS. LICENSEE shall pay to UNIVERSITY said royalties on the NET SALES of LICENSED PRODUCTS concurrently with the making of [***] written reports as provided in Section 4.2 below.

3.6 In respect to sublicenses granted by LICENSEE under Article 6 below, LICENSEE shall pay to UNIVERSITY an amount equal to [***] percent ([***]%) of SUBLICENSING REVENUE received by LICENSEE as consideration for the grant of rights to PATENT RIGHTS. All payments based on SUBLICENSING REVENUE shall be made within [***] days of receipt of the SUBLICENSING REVENUE.

3.7 Should a compulsory license be granted, or be the subject of a possible grant, to a third party under the applicable laws of any country in the LICENSED TERRITORY under the PATENT RIGHTS licensed hereunder, LICENSEE shall notify UNIVERSITY, including any material information concerning such compulsory license, and the running royalty rates payable under Section 3.5 for sales of LICENSED PRODUCTS in such country will be adjusted to equal any lower royalty rate granted to such third party for such country with respect to the sales of such LICENSED PRODUCTS therein (the “COMPULSORY ROYALTY”), provided that during such periods such third parties sell or offer for sale under the compulsory license articles that compete with the LICENSED PRODUCTS then marketed and sold by LICENSEE or its AFFILIATES or SUBLICENSEES in that country.

3.8 LICENSEE shall pay UNIVERSITY the following payments within [***] ([***]) days of LICENSEE, an AFFILIATE, or any SUBLICENSEE of either of the foregoing achieving the indicated milestone for each LICENSED PRODUCT covered by PATENT RIGHTS corresponding to UNIVERSITY INVENTIONS:

 

 

Milestone

   Payment Due   
 

[***]

  

Notwithstanding the conduct of clinical trials, submission of applications for regulatory approval, regulatory approval, sale, or marketing of a particular LICENSED PRODUCT for multiple indications, in multiple dosage or delivery forms, or in multiple bundled or combination products, the milestone fees described above shall only be due and paid once with respect to each LICENSED PRODUCT. Amounts paid UNIVERSITY under Section 3.6 with respect to SUBLICENSE REVENUE paid to LICENSEE by a SUBLICENSEE for the achievement of a milestone substantially similar to any of those established above shall be creditable against, and deducted from, the corresponding payment due UNIVERSITY under this Section 3.8.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


3.9 All fees, royalties, and other payments due to UNIVERSITY under this LICENSE AGREEMENT shall be made in United States Dollars. All royalties owing with respect to NET SALES or sublicensing revenue stated in currencies other than U.S. dollars shall be converted at an exchange rate which is the arithmetic mean of the opening telegraphic transfer selling and buying rate published by the American East Coast edition of the Wall Street Journal on the day preceding the payment.

3.10 In the event royalty payments or fees are not received by UNIVERSITY when due, LICENSEE shall pay to UNIVERSITY interest and charges at the lower of (a) the then-current prime lending rate as published by the American East Coast edition of the Wall Street Journal or (b) the maximum rate of interest allowed by law on the total royalties or fees overdue.

ARTICLE 4: REPORTS AND RECORDS

4.1 UNIVERSITY shall promptly notify LICENSEE in writing of any IMPROVEMENT.

4.2 Following the FIRST COMMERCIAL SALE of a LICENSED PRODUCT or receipt of SUBLICENSE REVENUE, LICENSEE agrees to make [***] written reports to UNIVERSITY within [***] ([***]) days following the end of each [***] during the term of this LICENSE AGREEMENT, stating in each such report, if and as applicable, (i) the number, description, and aggregate selling prices of LICENSED PRODUCTS sold or otherwise disposed of and deductions taken during the such [***] and upon which royalty is payable as provided in Section 3.5 hereof and (ii) the amount of SUBLICENSE REVENUE received. The first such report shall include all such LICENSED PRODUCTS so sold or otherwise disposed of, and all such sublicensing revenue received, prior to the date of such report. Until the FIRST COMMERCIAL SALE of a LICENSED PRODUCT, a report shall be submitted by LICENSEE at the end of each July after the EFFECTIVE DATE of this LICENSE AGREEMENT and will include a written report summarizing LICENSEE’S technical and other efforts made towards such first commercial sale for all LICENSED PRODUCTS under development.

4.3 LICENSEE will keep complete, true and accurate books of account and records, and require AFFILIATES and SUBLICENSEES to do the same, for the purpose of showing the derivation of all amounts payable to UNIVERSITY under this LICENSE AGREEMENT. Such books and records will be kept at LICENSEE’s, AFFILIATE’s or SUBLICENSEE’s principal place(s) of business for at least [***] ([***]) years following the end of the [***] to which they pertain, and will be open at all reasonable times for inspection by an independent certified public accountant reasonably acceptable to LICENSEE, AFFILIATE or SUBLICENSEE acting on behalf of UNIVERSITY for the purpose of verifying LICENSEE’s, AFFILIATES’ or SUBLICENSEE’s royalty statements or LICENSEE’s compliance in other respects with this LICENSE AGREEMENT. The representative will be obliged to treat as confidential all relevant matters but

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


shall be free to disclose all conclusions of any such inspection(s) to UNIVERSITY and support such conclusions with underlying confidential information if challenged by LICENSEE, provided that all such disclosures shall be maintained as confidential by such representative and UNIVERSITY with respect to third parties.

4.4 Inspections made under Section 4.3 shall be at the expense of UNIVERSITY, unless an underpayment to UNIVERSITY exceeding [***]% of the amount properly due UNIVERSITY with respect to the audited period is discovered in the course of any such inspection, whereupon all [***] costs of such inspection shall be paid by LICENSEE. LICENSEE will promptly pay to UNIVERSITY the full amount of any underpayment, together with interest thereon at the lower of (a) the then-current prime lending rate as published by the American East Coast edition of the Wall Street Journal or (b) the maximum rate of interest allowed by law.

ARTICLE 5: DUE DILIGENCE

5.1 LICENSEE shall use its commercially reasonable efforts and due diligence to proceed with the research, development, and commercial exploitation of LICENSED PRODUCTS during the term of this LICENSE AGREEMENT. In making any determination regarding such efforts and diligence, UNIVERSITY shall take into account the normal course of such programs conducted with sound and reasonable business practices and judgment, the [***], and shall take into account [***].

5.2 In particular, LICENSEE will achieve the performance milestones set forth in Appendix D, which is attached hereto, on the time frames indicated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the dates or timelines outlined or established for the achievement of such milestones assume that (i) LICENSEE obtains reasonably sufficient funding to achieve such milestones consistent with such dates or timelines and (ii) LICENSEE’s product candidates do not cause adverse events in clinical trials or encounter regulatory delays for reasons outside of LICENSEE’s reasonable control. LICENSEE and UNIVERSITY shall negotiate in good faith the extension of these dates in the event any matters adversely affect achievement of any stated milestones by the dates or timelines outlined or established therefor. UNIVERSITY’S sole and exclusive remedy with respect to LICENSEE’s breach of this Article 5 or failure to achieve the above-referenced milestones shall be its right to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 7.2.

ARTICLE 6: SUBLICENSING

6.1 LICENSEE may sublicense any or all of the rights licensed hereunder, provided that LICENSEE notifies UNIVERSITY in writing and provides UNIVERSITY with a copy of each sublicense agreement and each amendment thereto within [***] ([***]) days after their execution, provided that LICENSEE may redact any portions of such agreements disclosing SUBLICENSEES’ proprietary information, technology, or research and development plans as reasonably necessary to comply with any confidentiality provisions of such sublicense.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


6.2 LICENSEE shall require that all sublicenses be materially consistent with the terms, conditions and limitations of this LICENSE AGREEMENT. UNIVERSITY agrees that all such sublicenses shall survive termination of this LICENSE AGREEMENT and will automatically be assigned to UNIVERSITY upon such termination in the event this LICENSE AGREEMENT is terminated, to the extent (i) provided for in each such sublicense and (ii) such agreement does not impose any obligations on UNIVERSITY in excess of those imposed on UNIVERSITY herein.

6.3 Upon execution of each sublicense agreement, LICENSEE agrees to be fully responsible for the performance of its SUBLICENSEES hereunder, provided that the activities of any SUBLICENSEE of LICENSEE shall be deemed the acts of LICENSEE for purposes of satisfying LICENSEE’s obligations under Article 5 above.

ARTICLE 7: TERM AND TERMINATION

7.1 The term of this LICENSE AGREEMENT shall begin on the EFFECTIVE DATE and continue until (i) this LICENSE AGREEMENT is terminated as provided herein or (ii) on a country-by-country and LICENSED PRODUCT-by-LICENSED PRODUCT basis, the expiration of the last to expire of the PATENT RIGHTS covering a particular LICENSED PRODUCT in each country in which a patent included in the PATENT RIGHTS and covering such LICENSED PRODUCT may have issued. Upon expiration of this LICENSE AGREEMENT due to the expiration of the last-to-expire of all patents included in the PATENT RIGHTS with respect to a particular country and LICENSED PRODUCT, LICENSEE shall have the perpetual, unrestricted, fully-paid, royalty-free right, with rights of sublicense, to make, use, and sell, lease, or otherwise dispose of such LICENSED PRODUCT in such country.

7.2 It is expressly agreed that, notwithstanding the provisions of any other paragraph of this LICENSE AGREEMENT, if LICENSEE should materially breach a material provision of this LICENSE AGREEMENT and fail to (i) cure any such breach within ninety (90) days of receipt of written notice from UNIVERSITY describing such breach (“BREACH NOTICE”) or (ii) provide written notification to UNIVERSITY that such breach is not curable within such ninety (90) day period, accompanied by a plan to cure such breach, and initiate commercially reasonable efforts to cure such breach consistent with such plan within ninety (90) days of receipt of BREACH NOTICE, then UNIVERSITY will have the right to terminate this LICENSE AGREEMENT or render it nonexclusive immediately upon further written notice to LICENSEE, provided that such further written notice must be given by UNIVERSITY within ten (10) days of the expiration of the ninety (90) period established above. A material breach is a violation of or failure to keep or perform any material covenant, condition, or undertaking of this LICENSE AGREEMENT, including, but not limited to, the failure to deliver to UNIVERSITY any royalty or other payment at the time or times that the same should be due to UNIVERSITY under this LICENSE AGREEMENT, failure to provide reports as specified in Section 4.2, failure to meet or achieve performance milestones in accordance with Section 5.2, and failure to possess and maintain insurance as set forth in Section 11.3. Notwithstanding the foregoing, UNIVERSITY’s right to terminate this LICENSE AGREEMENT or render it nonexclusive for failure to meet or achieve performance milestones in accordance with Section 5.2 shall apply only with respect to the particular PATENT RIGHTS to which such failure relates, and in such case this LICENSE AGREEMENT and the exclusivity of the license set forth herein will remain in full force and effect with respect to all other PATENT RIGHTS.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


7.3 If LICENSEE becomes bankrupt, files a petition for or is the subject of a petition for bankruptcy, or is placed in the hands of a receiver, assignee, or trustee for the benefit of creditors, whether by the voluntary act of LICENSEE or otherwise, then this LICENSE AGREEMENT may be terminated or rendered non-exclusive by UNIVERSITY upon written notice to LICENSEE within thirty (30) days of the occurrence of such events.

7.4 LICENSEE may terminate this LICENSE AGREEMENT at any time upon giving written notice of not less than thirty (30) days to UNIVERSITY. In addition, LICENSEE may terminate this LICENSE AGREEMENT solely with respect to any particular PATENT RIGHTS upon similar written notice, and in such case this LICENSE AGREEMENT will remain in full force and effect with respect to all other PATENT RIGHTS.

7.5 Upon termination of this LICENSE AGREEMENT in whole or in part, LICENSEE shall provide UNIVERSITY with a written inventory of all LICENSED PRODUCTS subject to such termination that are in the process of manufacture by or on behalf of LICENSEE, in use by LICENSEE, or under LICENSEE’S exclusive control. LICENSEE shall have the privilege of completing the manufacture and disposing of any such LICENSED PRODUCTS within a period of [***] following such termination [***]. LICENSEE will also have the right to complete performance of all contracts (i) for the marketing, sale, or manufacture of such LICENSED PRODUCTS, (ii) requiring use of UNIVERSITY TECHNOLOGY, any technology claimed in any terminated PATENT RIGHTS, or such LICENSED PRODUCTS within such [***] period. All such LICENSED PRODUCTS which are not disposed of as provided above shall be delivered to UNIVERSITY or otherwise disposed of in a reasonable manner determined by UNIVERSITY in its sole reasonable discretion at LICENSEE’s sole expense.

7.6 Any termination or cancellation under any provision of this LICENSE AGREEMENT shall not relieve LICENSEE of its obligation to pay any royalty or other fees (including attorney’s fees pursuant to Section 3.4 hereof) due or owing at the time of such termination or cancellation.

ARTICLE 8: PATENT PROSECUTION AND MAINTENANCE

8.1 Subject to the remaining Sections of this Article 8, LICENSEE shall bear the cost of all reasonable, documented patent expenses, [***], associated with the preparation, filing, prosecuting, issuance and maintenance of U.S. Patent applications and U.S. Patents included within the PATENT RIGHTS. Such filings and prosecution corresponding to UNIVERSITY INVENTIONS shall be by counsel of UNIVERSITY’s choosing and shall be in the name of UNIVERSITY. UNIVERSITY shall keep LICENSEE advised as to the prosecution of such applications by forwarding, and directing UNIVERSITY’s patent counsel to forward, to

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


LICENSEE copies of all official correspondence, (including, but not limited to, Applications, Office Actions, responses, etc.) relating thereto. LICENSEE shall have the right to comment and advise UNIVERSITY and its counsel as to the conduct of such prosecution and maintenance, provided, however, that UNIVERSITY shall have the right to make the final decisions for all matters associated with such prosecution and maintenance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, UNIVERSITY shall not abandon prosecution of any patent application or maintenance of any issued patent without first, to the extent reasonably possible, giving LICENSEE notice at least [***] ([***]) days prior to the date on which such patent application or patent will become abandoned, and shall allow LICENSEE to assume prosecution of any such patent application, or maintenance of any such patent, at LICENSEE’s own expense and with counsel of its choosing and with LICENSEE having the final decision for all matters associated with prosecution and maintenance. If LICENSEE assumes prosecution of any such patent application or maintenance of any such patent, LICENSEE’s obligations for payment under Article 3 based upon such patent application or patent shall terminate at the time that LICENSEE assumes prosecution or maintenance of such patent.

8.2 UNIVERSITY shall, [***], keep LICENSEE apprised in writing and in advance of incurring any costs with respect to the filing, prosecution, and or maintenance of any PATENT RIGHTS. By concurrent written notification to UNIVERSITY, LICENSEE may elect not to pay expenses associated with prosecuting or maintaining any U.S. PATENT RIGHTS corresponding to UNIVERSITY INVENTIONS, provided that LICENSEE pays for all reasonable, documented costs incurred up to UNIVERSITY’s receipt of such notification, to the extent LICENSEE was provided reasonable advance notice of such costs (or a reasonably detailed estimate of such costs). Upon such notice with respect to any such PATENT RIGHTS, UNIVERSITY may file, prosecute, and/or maintain such PATENT RIGHTS at its own expense and for its own benefit and any rights or license granted hereunder with respect to such PATENT RIGHTS shall terminate.

8.3 As regards prosecution and maintenance of foreign patent applications corresponding to the U.S. Patent applications corresponding to UNIVERSITY INVENTIONS, LICENSEE shall designate in writing that country or those countries, if any, in which LICENSEE desires such corresponding patent application(s) to be filed. LICENSEE shall pay all reasonable, documented costs [***] associated with the preparation, filing, prosecuting, issuance and maintenance of such designated foreign patent applications and foreign patents pursuant to Section 3.4. All such applications shall be in the UNIVERSITY’s name. UNIVERSITY shall keep LICENSEE advised as to the prosecution of such applications by forwarding, and directing UNIVERSITY’s patent counsel to forward, to LICENSEE copies of all official correspondence, (including, but not limited to, Applications, Office Actions, responses, etc.) relating thereto. LICENSEE shall have the right to comment and advise UNIVERSITY and its counsel as to the conduct of such prosecution and maintenance, provided, however, that UNIVERSITY shall have the right to make the final decisions for all matters associated with such prosecution and maintenance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, UNIVERSITY shall not abandon prosecution of any foreign patent application or maintenance of any issued foreign patent without first, to the extent

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


reasonably possible, giving LICENSEE notice at least [***] ([***]) days prior to the date on which such patent application or patent will become abandoned, and shall allow LICENSEE to assume prosecution of any such patent application, or maintenance of any such patent, at LICENSEE’s own expense and with counsel of its choosing and with LICENSEE having the final decision for all matters associated with prosecution and maintenance. If LICENSEE assumes prosecution of any such foreign patent application or maintenance of any such foreign patent, LICENSEE’s obligations for payment under Article 3 based upon such patent application or patent shall terminate at the time that LICENSEE assumes prosecution or maintenance of such patent.

8.4 By concurrent written notification to UNIVERSITY at least [***] ([***]) days in advance of any filing or response deadline, or fee due date, LICENSEE may elect not to have a patent application filed in any particular foreign country or not to pay expenses associated with prosecuting or maintaining any patent application or patent in any particular foreign country, in each case corresponding to UNIVERSITY INVENTIONS, provided that LICENSEE pays for all reasonable, documented costs incurred up to UNIVERSITY’s receipt of such notification, to the extent LICENSEE was provided reasonable advance notice of such costs (or a reasonably detailed estimate of such costs). Failure to provide written confirmation of LICENSEE’s desire to file such a patent application in any particular country or to pay expenses associated with prosecuting or maintaining any such patent application or patent to UNIVERSITY at least [***] ([***]) days in advance of any filing or response deadline, or fee due date shall be considered by UNIVERSITY to be LICENSEE’s notice that it no longer wishes to support such particular patent(s) or patent application(s). Upon such notice (or failure to provide such confirmation) with respect to such PATENT RIGHTS in any foreign country, UNIVERSITY may file, prosecute, and/or maintain such patent applications or patents at its own expense and for its own benefit, and any rights or license granted hereunder with respect to such PATENT RIGHTS, shall terminate.

8.5 Filings and prosecution corresponding to JOINT INVENTIONS shall be by counsel of LICENSEE’s choosing and shall be in the name of UNIVERSITY and LICENSEE. LICENSEE shall keep UNIVERSITY advised as to the prosecution of such applications by forwarding, and directing LICENSEE’s patent counsel to forward, to UNIVERSITY copies of all official correspondence, (including, but not limited to, Applications, Office Actions, responses, etc.) relating thereto. UNIVERSITY shall provide reasonable assistance to LICENSEE related to the preparation, filing, prosecuting, issuance and maintenance of patent applications and patents corresponding to JOINT INVENTIONS, including, without limitation, providing necessary assignment documents, declarations, power of attorney documents, copies of any supporting data, analysis or reports, and reasonable access to the INVENTORS during normal working hours. UNIVERSITY shall have the right to comment and advise LICENSEE and its counsel as to the conduct of such prosecution and maintenance, provided, however, that LICENSEE shall have the right to make the final decisions for all matters associated with such prosecution and maintenance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, LICENSEE shall not abandon prosecution of any patent application or maintenance of any issued patent corresponding to JOINT INVENTIONS without first, to the extent reasonably possible, giving UNIVERSITY notice at least [***] ([***]) days prior to the date on which such patent application or patent will become abandoned, and shall allow UNIVERSITY

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


to assume prosecution of any such patent application, or maintenance of any such patent, at UNIVERSITY’s own expense and with counsel of its choosing and with UNIVERSITY having the final decision for all matters associated with prosecution and maintenance.

ARTICLE 9: INFRINGEMENT

9.1 If the production, sale, import or use of LICENSED PRODUCTS under this LICENSE AGREEMENT results in any claim for patent infringement against LICENSEE, AFFILIATES, SUBLICENSEEs, or any customer(s) or sublicensee(s) of the foregoing, LICENSEE shall, upon becoming aware of such claim and subject to any applicable confidentiality obligations, promptly notify the UNIVERSITY thereof in writing, setting forth the facts of such claim in reasonable detail. As between the parties to this LICENSE AGREEMENT, LICENSEE shall have the first and primary right [***] at its own expense to defend and control the defense of any such claim, by counsel of its own choice. LICENSEE shall be free to enter into a settlement, consent judgment, or other voluntary disposition of any such actions, provided that any settlement, consent judgment or other voluntary disposition of such actions which (i) [***], (ii) [***], or (iii) [***] must be approved by UNIVERSITY, such approval not being unreasonably withheld. UNIVERSITY shall provide LICENSEE notice of such approval or denial of such approval within [***] ([***]) business days of any request for such approval by LICENSEE, provided that (i) in the event UNIVERSITY wishes to deny such approval, such notice shall include a detailed written description of UNIVERSITY’s reasonable objections to the proposed settlement, consent judgment, or other voluntary disposition, and (ii) UNIVERSITY shall be deemed to have approved of such proposed settlement, consent judgment, or other voluntary disposition in the event it fails to provide such notice within such [***] ([***]) day period in accordance herewith. UNIVERSITY agrees to cooperate with LICENSEE in any reasonable manner deemed by LICENSEE to be necessary in defending any such action. LICENSEE shall reimburse UNIVERSITY for [***] out of pocket expenses incurred in providing such assistance.

9.2 In the event that any PATENT RIGHTS licensed to LICENSEE are infringed by a third party, LICENSEE shall have the first, primary right, but not the obligation, to institute, prosecute and control any action or proceeding with respect to such infringement, by counsel of its choice, including any declaratory judgment action arising from such infringement. Subject to Section 9.5, UNIVERSITY shall reasonably cooperate in any such action or proceeding at LICENSEE’s sole expense, including joining in such action or proceeding. LICENSEE shall be free to enter into a settlement, consent judgment, or other voluntary disposition of such action, provided that any settlement, consent judgment or other voluntary disposition of such actions which (i) [***], (ii) [***], or (iii) [***] must be approved by UNIVERSITY, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. UNIVERSITY shall provide LICENSEE notice of its approval or denial of such approval within [***] ([***]) business days of any request for such approval by LICENSEE, provided that (i) in the event UNIVERSITY wishes to deny such approval, such notice shall include a detailed written description of UNIVERSITY’s reasonable objections to the proposed settlement, consent judgment, or other voluntary disposition, and (ii) UNIVERSITY shall be deemed to have

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


approved of such proposed settlement, consent judgment, or other voluntary disposition in the event it fails to provide such notice within such [***] ([***]) day period in accordance herewith. If LICENSEE recovers monetary damages in the form of lost profits from a third party infringer as a remedy for the infringement of PATENT RIGHTS licensed hereunder, then LICENSEE shall first apply such recovery to the costs and expenses incurred in obtaining or negotiating for such recovery (including but not limited to attorneys’ fees), and pay to UNIVERSITY the [***] . If LICENSEE recovers monetary damages in the form of an ongoing reasonable royalty as a remedy for the infringement of PATENT RIGHTS and/or consideration for an ongoing license with respect to such PATENT RIGHTS, then, after applying such royalty to the recovery of the costs and expenses incurred in obtaining or negotiating for such royalty (including but not limited to attorneys’ fees), the remaining amount of any such royalty shall be [***].

9.3 If, within [***] ([***]) months after receiving notice of any alleged infringement of the PATENT RIGHTS by a third party, LICENSEE (i) shall have been unsuccessful in persuading the alleged infringer to desist, (ii) shall not have brought and shall not be diligently prosecuting an infringement action, and (iii) has not entered into settlement discussions with respect to such infringement, or if LICENSEE shall notify UNIVERSITY in writing, at any time prior thereto, of its intention not to undertake any of the foregoing actions with respect to the alleged infringer, then UNIVERSITY shall have the right, but not the obligation, to prosecute, at its own expense and utilizing counsel of its choice, any infringement of the PATENT RIGHTS, and UNIVERSITY may, at its own expense and control, take steps to defend or enforce any patent within the PATENT RIGHTS and recover, for its own account, any damages, awards or settlements resulting therefrom. LICENSEE and/or its AFFILIATES shall cooperate as reasonably requested by UNIVERSITY, including joining in such actions, at the expense of UNIVERSITY.

9.4 In any challenge to the PATENT RIGHTS brought or declaratory judgment action defended not already addressed by the provisions of this Section 9, LICENSEE shall have the first right, exercisable upon written notice to UNIVERSITY within [***] ([***]) days of receipt of notice of such action, but not the obligation, to defend such action at the sole expense of LICENSEE. UNIVERSITY shall reasonably cooperate in any such defense at LICENSEE’s sole expense, including joining in such actions. If LICENSEE does not so elect, UNIVERSITY may defend but has no obligation to do so.

9.5 Notwithstanding the foregoing, and without limiting LICENSEE’s rights under Section 9.1 or 9.2 above to enter into any settlement, consent judgment, or other voluntary disposition of any legal or equitable action, UNIVERSITY shall be entitled, in its sole discretion and at its own expense, to participate through counsel of its own choosing in any legal action involving INVENTIONS and PATENT RIGHTS. LICENSEE acknowledges that UNIVERSITY may not join in any litigation without the approval of authorized agencies of North Carolina, including the Board of Governors of the University of North Carolina. UNIVERSITY agrees to use its best efforts to obtain such approval promptly in the event that UNIVERSITY is required to be joined in any litigation under this Article 9 to establish standing. Nothing in the foregoing Sections shall be construed in any way which would limit the authority of the Attorney General of North Carolina.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


ARTICLE 10: REPRESENTATIONS

10.1 UNIVERSITY makes no warranties that any patent will issue on UNIVERSITY TECHNOLOGY or INVENTIONS. UNIVERSITY does not warrant the validity or enforceability of any patent included in the PATENT RIGHTS or that practice under such patents shall be free of infringement.

10.2 UNIVERSITY represents and warrants that, to its actual knowledge and belief, as of EFFECTIVE DATE, (i) the entire right, title, and interest in the patent applications or patents comprising UNIVERSITY INVENTIONS included in the PATENT RIGHTS and the entire right, title, and interest of inventors with an obligation to assign to the UNIVERSITY the patent applications or patents comprising JOINT INVENTIONS included in the PATENT RIGHTS have been assigned to it free and clear of all liens, claims and encumbrances of any inventor or any nongovernmental third party, (ii) that UNIVERSITY has all requisite power and authority to grant the licenses contained in this LICENSE AGREEMENT under said PATENT RIGHTS and UNIVERSITY TECHNOLOGY, (iii) UNIVERSITY has not entered into any agreements other than grants from the U.S. Government which provide for the rights described in Section 2.5, with any third party with respect to the PATENT RIGHTS, the technology claimed therein, nor INVENTIONS, (iv) its execution and performance of this LICENSE AGREEMENT will not result in a breach of any other contract to which it is, or will become, a party, and (v) it has not received any notification that the PATENT RIGHTS are invalid or that the exercise by LICENSEE of the rights granted hereunder will infringe on any patent or other proprietary right of any third party.

10.3 EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 10.2, UNIVERSITY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO INVENTIONS, PATENT RIGHTS, PRODUCT(S), AND SERVICE(S) LICENSED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

10.4 EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO BREACHES OF SECTIONS [***], AND 12.1, THE INDEMNIFICATION PROVIDED UNDER SECTION 11, AND CLAIMS FOR PATENT INFRINGEMENT, NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECOVER FROM THE OTHER PARTY ANY INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT.

ARTICLE 11: INDEMNIFICATION

11.1 In exercising its rights under this LICENSE AGREEMENT, LICENSEE shall materially comply with the requirements of any and all applicable laws, regulations, rules and

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


orders of any governmental body having jurisdiction over the exercise of rights under this LICENSE AGREEMENT. LICENSEE further agrees to indemnify and hold UNIVERSITY harmless from and against any costs, expenses, attorney’s fees, citation, fine, penalty and liability of every kind and nature which might be imposed directly against UNIVERSITY by reason of any asserted or established violation of any such laws, order, rules and/or regulations by LICENSEE.

11.2 LICENSEE agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend UNIVERSITY, its officers, employees, and agents against any and all claims, suits, losses, damage, costs, fees, and expenses (“LOSSES”) asserted by third parties, both government and private, resulting from or arising out of the exercise of LICENSEE’s rights under this LICENSE AGREEMENT, provided such LOSSES do not result from the UNIVERSITY’S or its employees’, faculty’s, students’, or other agents or representatives’ gross negligence, intentional misconduct, breach of this Agreement, or failure to comply with any applicable laws, rules, or regulations.

11.3 LICENSEE is required to maintain in force at its sole cost and expense, with reputable insurance companies, insurance coverage in amounts and of types reasonably sufficient to protect against liability under Sections 11.1 and 11.2 above. The UNIVERSITY shall have the right to ascertain [***] that such coverage exists, such right to be exercised in a reasonable manner.

ARTICLE 12: MISCELLANEOUS

12.1 Confidentiality.

(a) LICENSEE shall keep confidential and not disclose any unpublished UNIVERSITY TECHNOLOGY or any patent applications furnished by UNIVERSITY pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.2 to third parties during the term of this LICENSE AGREEMENT or any time thereafter, provided that LICENSEE shall have the right to disclose such information under conditions of confidentiality to prospective investors, acquirors, sublicensees, strategic partners, and investment bankers in connection with its financing, acquisition, licensing, development, commercialization, and stockholder relations activities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, disclosure may be made to third parties of any such UNIVERSITY TECHNOLOGY or document related to or embodying PATENT RIGHTS at any time (a) with the prior written consent of UNIVERSITY, (b) after the same shall have become public through no unauthorized act or omission of LICENSEE, or (c) as required by governmental authority or applicable law or regulation.

(b) UNIVERSITY shall keep confidential and not disclose to any third party any information provided to it by LICENSEE (i) as a result of LICENSEE’s performance under this LICENSE AGREEMENT or (ii) that may relate to the LICENSEE’s research, development, technology(ies), or business. Notwithstanding the foregoing, disclosure may be made to third parties of any such research, development, or technology(ies) at any time (a) with the prior written consent of LICENSEE, (b) after the same shall have become public through no unauthorized act or

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


omission of UNIVERSITY, or (c) as required by governmental authority or applicable law or regulation, provided that UNIVERSITY (1) provides LICENSEE, to the extent practicable, advance written notice of any such disclosure, (2) reasonably assists LICENSEE, as reasonably requested by LICENSEE, in obtaining protective or confidential treatment of such information, and (3) minimizes the extent of any such disclosure.

12.2 Assignability . This LICENSE AGREEMENT is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their successors and assigns. However, this LICENSE AGREEMENT shall be personal to LICENSEE, and it is not assignable by LICENSEE to any other person or entity without the written consent of UNIVERSITY, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) LICENSEE shall be free to assign this LICENSE AGREEMENT without such consent (i) to any AFFILIATE of LICENSEE or (ii) in connection with any sale of substantially all of its assets or business (or portion of its assets or business related to the subject matter hereof), merger, acquisition, consolidation, reorganization, or other similar transaction and (2) in the event lenders to the LICENSEE require a security interest in the LICENSE AGREEMENT as a term of any loans to LICENSEE, UNIVERSITY shall (a) consent to the assignment of this LICENSE AGREEMENT to such lenders or any assignee thereof in conjunction with the exercise of their rights under such security interest and (b) enter into any reasonable form of collateral assignment agreement requested by such lenders in conjunction with their exercise of such rights.

12.3 Waiver. It is agreed that no waiver by either party hereto of any breach or default of any of the covenants or agreements herein set forth shall be deemed a waiver as to any subsequent and/or similar breach or default.

12.4 Use of UNIVERSITY’s Name . The use of the name of UNIVERSITY, or any contraction thereof, in any manner in connection with the exercise of rights under this LICENSE AGREEMENT is expressly prohibited without the prior written consent of UNIVERSITY, provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, LICENSEE shall have the right to identify UNIVERSITY as the licensor and, under conditions of confidentiality, to disclose the terms of this LICENSE AGREEMENT to prospective investors, acquirors, sublicensees, strategic partners, investment bankers, and regulatory authorities, in connection with its financing, regulatory, licensing, development, and stockholder relations activities or that it may deem to be required in any prospectus, offering memorandum, or other document or filing prepared in connection with its compliance obligations under applicable securities law or other applicable law or regulation.

12.5 Independent Contractor Status. Neither party hereto is an agent, joint venture or representative of the other for any purpose. Neither party shall have the right to obligate or bind the other in any manner.

12.6 Notice. Any notice required or permitted to be given to the parties hereto shall be in writing and deemed to have been properly given if delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail to the other party at the appropriate address as set forth below. Other addresses may be designated in writing by the parties during the term of this LICENSE AGREEMENT.

 


UNIVERSITY    LICENSEE
Cathy Innes    President
Director    Novan, Inc.
Office of Technology Development    4222 Emperor Boulevard
[***]   

12.7 Governing Law and Venue . This LICENSE AGREEMENT shall be interpreted and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina. The State and Federal Courts of North Carolina shall have exclusive jurisdiction to hear any legal action arising out of this LICENSE AGREEMENT.

12.8 Complete Agreement . It is understood and agreed between UNIVERSITY and LICENSEE that, from and after the EFFECTIVE DATE, this LICENSE AGREEMENT constitutes the entire agreement, both written and oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes the FIRST AGREEMENT and the SECOND AGREEMENT and any amendments thereto. For clarity, all patent rights, inventions, modifications, enhancements, improvements, information, know-how and technical data that were subject to the FIRST AGREEMENT or the SECOND AGREEMENT prior to the EFFECTIVE DATE are subject to this LICENSE AGREEMENT. This LICENSE AGREEMENT shall not be amended or modified except by a written agreement signed by all parties.

12.9 Severability. In the event that a court of competent jurisdiction holds any provision of this LICENSE AGREEMENT to be invalid, such holding shall have no effect on the remaining provisions of this LICENSE AGREEMENT, and they shall continue in full force and effect.

12.10 Survival of Terms. The provisions of Sections 2.3, 2.4, 2.6, 3.3, 6.2, 7.1, 7.5, 7.6, 8.5, 12.1, 12.2, 12.3, 12.4, 12.5, 12.6, 12.7, 12.8, 12.9, and 12.10 and Articles 1, 4, 9, 10 and 11 shall survive the expiration or termination of this LICENSE AGREEMENT.

12. 11 Export Controls . It is understood that UNIVERSITY is subject to United States laws and regulations controlling the export of technical data, computer software, laboratory prototypes, and other commodities that may require a license from the applicable agency of the United States Government and/or may require written assurances by LICENSEE that it will not export data or commodities to certain foreign countries without prior approval of such agency. UNIVERSITY neither represents that a license is required, nor that, if required, it will be issued.

[Signature page to follow.]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, UNIVERSITY and LICENSEE have executed this LICENSE AGREEMENT on the EFFECTIVE DATE, in duplicate originals, by the duly authorized respective officers. INVENTORS have likewise indicated their acceptance of the terms hereof by signing below.

 

THE UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA AT CHAPEL HILL     NOVAN, INC.
Signature:  

/s/ Catherine Innes

    Signature:  

/s/ Nathan Stasko

(SEAL)     (SEAL)
Catherine Innes     Nathan Stasko
Director     President
Date:  

6/29/12

    Date:  

7/9/12

Acknowledged and Agreed by:

 

/s/ Mark Schoenfisch

Mark Schoenfisch

 


APPENDIX A PATENT RIGHTS

UNIVERSITY INVENTIONS

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


JOINT INVENTIONS

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


APPENDIX B FORM OF MATERIAL TRANSFER AGREEMENT

 


APPENDIX C SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENT

 


APPENDIX D MILESTONES

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED, RESTATED AND CONSOLIDATED LICENSE AGREEMENT

This FIRST AMENDMENT to the AMENDED, RESTATED AND CONSOLIDATED LICENSE AGREEMENT (this “FIRST AMENDMENT”) is entered into this 30th day of November, 2012 (the “EFFECTIVE DATE’’) between The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill having an address at Campus Box 4105, 308 Bynum Hall, Chapel Hill, North Carolina, 27599-4105 (“UNIVERSITY”) and Novan, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware and having an address at 4222 Emperor Blvd, Suite 470, Durham, NC 27703 (“LICENSEE”).

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, UNIVERSITY entered into a first license agreement with LICENSEE effective July 18, 2007, a FIRST AMENDMENT thereto effective September 30, 2008 and a SECOND AMENDMENT thereto effective October 29, 2010 (such license agreement, as amended by the FIRST AMENDMENT and the SECOND AMENDMENT thereto, the “FIRST AGREEMENT”); and

WHEREAS, UNIVERSITY entered into a second license agreement with LICENSEE effective October 1, 2009 and a FIRST AMENDMENT thereto effective October 29, 2010 (such license agreement, as amended by the FIRST AMENDMENT thereto, the “SECOND AGREEMENT”); and

WHEREAS, UNIVERSITY entered into an AMENDED, RESTATED AND CONSOLIDATED LICENSE AGREEMENT effective June 27, 2012 (“THIRD AGREEMENT”) thereby amending, restating and consolidating the FIRST AGREEMENT and the SECOND AGREEMENT into a single agreement; and

WHEREAS, UNIVERSITY and LICENSEE wish to amend the INVENTIONS and PATENT RIGHTS covered by the THIRD AGREEMENT to include inventions owned by UNIVERSITY and closely related to the INVENTIONS currently included under the THIRD AGREEMENT, titled “[ ***] ” UNIVERSITY File: [ *** ] and “[ *** ]”, UNIVERSITY File: [ *** ] (the “ADDED INVENTIONS”); and

WHEREAS, the ADDED INVENTIONS were conceived of by Yuan Lu and Mark Schoenfisch. .

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual promises and covenants contained in this FIRST AMENDMENT and for good and valuable consideration, it is agreed by and between UNIVERSITY and LICENSEE as follows:

2. The term “INVENTIONS” is deemed to include the ADDED INVENTIONS and the items set forth in the attached Appendix A.

3. The term “PATENT RIGHTS” is deemed to include the patent rights set forth in the attached Appendix A.

4. In consideration for amending the INVENTIONS and PATENT RIGHTS to include UNC files: [ *** ] and [ *** ], LICENSEE shall pay UNIVERSITY [ *** ] dollars ($[ *** ]) within [ *** ] ([ *** ]) days of the EFFECTIVE DATE of this FIRST AMENDMENT.

5. Except as expressly amended in this FIRST AMENDMENT, the THIRD AGREEMENT shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with the provisions thereof prior to the effectiveness of this FIRST AMENDMENT.

6. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined have the meanings assigned to them in the THIRD AGREEMENT.

7. This FIRST AMENDMENT shall be interpreted and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina. The State and Federal Courts of North Carolina shall have exclusive jurisdiction to hear any legal action arising out of this FIRST AMENDMENT.

8. This FIRST AMENDMENT may be executed by one or more of the parties to this FIRST AMENDMENT on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile transmission or PDF signature), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

Signature Page to Follow

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, UNIVERSITY and LICENSEE have executed this FIRST AMENDMENT in duplicate originals, by their respective officers hereunto duly authorized, the day and year first above written. The inventors of the ADDED INVENTION have likewise indicated their acceptance of the terms hereof by signing below.

 

THE UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA AT CHAPEL HILL      NOVAN, INC.
By:   

/s/ Jacqueline Quay

     By:  

/s/ Jeff Hunter

Name:    Jacqueline Quay        Jeff Hunter
Title:    Interim Director, OTD        VP of Operations
Date:    12/14/12      Date:   12/28/12

Acknowledged and agreed:

 

INVENTORS

/s/ Yuan Lu            

Yuan Lu

/s/ Mark Schoenfisch            

Mark Schoenfisch

 

 


APPENDIX A PATENT RIGHTS

UNIVERSITY INVENTIONS

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


JOINT INVENTIONS

[*** ]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

Exhibit 10.8

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

Execution Copy

UNC SUBLICENSE AGREEMENT

THIS UNC SUBLICENSE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of December 29, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Novan, Inc. , a Delaware corporation with a principal place of business at 4222 Emperor Boulevard, Suite 200, Durham, NC 27703 (“ Novan ”), and KNOW Bio, LLC , a North Carolina limited liability company with a principal place of business at 627 Davis Drive, Suite 400, Morrisville, NC 27560 (“ Licensee ”). Novan and Licensee may each be referred to as a “ Party ,” and together as the “ Parties .”

RECITALS

WHEREAS, as of the Effective Date, Licensee is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Novan;

WHEREAS, following the Effective Date, Novan is transferring all of the ownership interests in Licensee to the stockholders of Novan on a pro rata basis, and Novan will no longer have any ownership interest in Licensee;

WHEREAS, Novan has licensed certain Patents related to pharmaceutical and medical device applications of nitric oxide pursuant to an Amended, Restated and Consolidated License Agreement, dated June 27, 2012, between The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill (“ UNC ”) and Novan, as amended (the “ UNC Agreement ”), and Licensee is interested in developing and commercializing such Patents in the Licensee Field (each as defined below); and

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, Novan is willing to grant to Licensee a sublicense under the UNC Patents to develop and commercialize, on a worldwide basis, Licensed Products (each as defined below) in the Licensee Field.

NOW, THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. D EFINITIONS . Capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them below or in this Agreement.

1.1 Affiliate ” means: (a) any person or entity which owns or controls at least fifty percent (50%) of the equity or voting stock of a Party; or (b) any person or entity fifty percent (50%) of whose equity or voting stock is owned or controlled by a Party; or (c) any person or entity of which at least fifty percent (50%) of the equity or voting stock is owned or controlled by the same person or entity owning or controlling at least fifty percent (50%) of such Party. For clarity, Novan and Licensee shall not be deemed Affiliates.

 

Confidential Information    1  


Execution Copy

 

1.2 Confidential Information ” means information disclosed (whether in writing, electronically, orally or by observation) by one Party (the “ Disclosing Party ”) to the other Party (the “ Receiving Party ”) unless in each case such information, as shown by competent evidence:

(a) was known to the Receiving Party or to the general public prior to the Disclosing Party’s disclosure, as demonstrated by contemporaneous written records;

(b) became known to the general public, after the Disclosing Party’s disclosure hereunder, other than through a breach of the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement by the Receiving Party or any Person to whom such Receiving Party disclosed such information;

(c) was subsequently disclosed to the Receiving Party by a Person having a legal right to disclose, without any restrictions, such information; or

(d) was developed by the Receiving Party independent of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information.

For clarity, the UNC Technology constitutes Confidential Information of Novan.

1.3 Control ” means, with respect to any Patents, information, know-how or technical data, that a Party or any of its Affiliates has the ability to grant to the other Party access and a license to the foregoing, including on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, as applicable, without violating the terms of any agreement or other arrangement with any Third Party. The term “Controlled” shall be construed accordingly.

1.4 Covered Product ” means any Licensed Product comprising a method or process, composition, product, or component part thereof claimed in whole or in part by an issued, unexpired, or pending claim contained in the UNC Patents whose manufacture, intended use, or sale would, but for the sublicense(s) granted in this Agreement, infringe on the UNC Patents in the country of sale.

1.5 First Commercial Sale ” means the first sale of commercial quantities of any Covered Product for human therapeutic use under an approved NDA or BLA (or foreign equivalent thereof) by Licensee, any of its Affiliates, or any Sublicensee of either of the foregoing for which the proceeds of such sale qualify as Net Sales (as defined below).

1.6 Licensed Product ” means any pharmaceutical products and medical devices covered by any claim of the UNC Patents, other than any products or devices that incorporate or utilize Novan Particles. For clarity, the products existing as of the Effective Date with the internal Novan designations NVN1000 and NVN4000 are not Licensed Products.

1.7 Licensee Field ” means all diagnostic, therapeutic, prophylactic and palliative uses for any disease, condition or indication in humans or animals that is outside of the Novan Retained Field.

 

Confidential Information    2  


Execution Copy

 

1.8 Net Sales ” means the total invoiced sales price received for Covered Products sold by Licensee, its Affiliates, and their Sublicensees less (a) sales taxes or other taxes, (b) shipping and insurance charges, (c) actual allowances, rebates, credits, or refunds for returned or defective Covered Products, (d) trade discounts and quantity discounts, retroactive price reductions, or other allowances actually allowed or granted from the billed amount and taken, (e) rebates, credits, and chargeback payments (or the equivalent thereof) granted to managed health care organizations, wholesalers, or to federal, state/provincial, local and other governments, including their agencies, purchasers, and/or reimbursers, or to trade customers, and (f) any import or export duties, tariffs, or similar charges incurred with respect to the import or export of Covered Products into or out of any country in the Territory. Covered Products will be considered sold when paid for. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Net Sales shall not include, and shall be deemed zero with respect to, (1) the distribution of reasonable quantities of promotional samples of Covered Products, (2) Covered Products provided for clinical trials or research purposes, or charitable or compassionate use purposes, or (3) Covered Products provided to any of Licensee’s Affiliates, Sublicensees or other strategic partners under an agreement in which Net Sales by such Affiliate, Sublicensee or other strategic partner shall be subject to royalties under Section 2.6(b)(i) or Section 2.6(b)(ii). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Covered Products are sold by Licensee, or any of its Affiliates or Sublicensees as part of a combination product or bundled product, or in conjunction with a delivery system, the Net Sales of such product, for the purposes of determining royalty payments due under this Agreement, shall be determined by multiplying the Net Sales (as originally defined above) of the combination product by the fraction A/(A+B), where A is the average sale price of the Covered Product when sold separately in finished form and B is the average sale price of the other product(s) or system sold separately in finished form, so that A+B is the average sale price of all of the product(s) and, if applicable, the delivery system together, as the case may be. In the event that such average sale price cannot be determined for both the Covered Product and such other product(s) or system(s) in combination, Net Sales for the purposes of determining royalty payments with respect to such combination or bundled product shall be commercially reasonable and determined by good faith negotiation between UNC and Licensee.

1.9 Novan Particles ” means any particles that include: (a) [***]; (b) [***]; (c) [***]; or (d) [***].

 

 

Confidential Information    3  
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

1.10 Novan Retained Field ” means: (a) all diagnostic, therapeutic, prophylactic and palliative uses for any disease, condition or disorder of the skin, nails, hair or scalp in humans or animals, including [***], as well as any other dermatological diseases, conditions or disorders (including [***]); and (b) all cosmetic uses for the skin, nails, hair or scalp. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Novan Retained Field does not include: (i) wound ( i.e. , [***]) care by use of pharmaceutical products formulated specifically to treat chronic wounds, thermal burns, radiation injury, accidental injury, surgical sites or scars; or (ii) therapeutic uses for any form of cancer, excluding basal cell carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma and any forms of precancerous skin lesions or precancerous skin conditions, including actinic keratosis, actinic cheilitis, cutaneous horn, Bowen disease, radiation dermatosis, and dysplastic nevi.

1.11 Patents ” means any of the following, whether existing now or in the future anywhere in the world: (a) patents and patent applications; (b) continuations, continuations-in-part, provisionals, divisionals and substitute applications with respect to any such patent application; (c) any patents issued based on or claiming priority to any such patent applications; (d) any reissue, reexamination, renewal, patents of addition, or extension (including any supplemental patent certificate) of any such patents; and (e) any confirmation patent or registration patent or patent of addition based on any such patents.

1.12 Person ” means a natural person, a corporation, a partnership, a trust, a joint venture, a limited liability company, any governmental authority, or any other entity or organization.

1.13 Phase I Clinical Trial ” means any human clinical trial, conducted by or on behalf of Licensee, any of its Affiliates, or a Sublicensee with respect to a Covered Product, including typically the first phase of clinical trials conducted in relatively small numbers of healthy volunteers or patients with the targeted condition to obtain information on a Covered Product’s safety, tolerability, pharmacological activity, pharmacokinetics, drug metabolism and mechanism of action, as more fully defined in 21 C.F.R. § 312.21(a), as may be amended, and, with respect to any other country or jurisdiction, the equivalent of such a clinical trial in such other country or jurisdiction.

1.14 Post Grant Proceeding ” means any and all proceedings before any patent office in the Territory that involves the review, examination, analysis or any combination thereof of any issued Patent, including without limitation post grant review proceedings, inter partes review proceedings, supplemental examinations, patent interference proceedings, opposition proceedings, and reexaminations.

1.15 Prosecute ” and “ Prosecution ” means the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of Patents, including seeking patent extensions and supplementary protection certificate applications pursuant to 35 U.S.C. § 156 or similar statutes, but excluding Post Grant Proceedings. 1.16 PTO ” means, as applicable, the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any other relevant patent office in any country of the Territory other than the United States.

1.17 Sublicensee ” means any Third Party to whom Licensee or any of its Affiliates sublicenses any of the rights granted under this Agreement.

1.18 Sublicensing Revenue ” means sublicense payments to the extent received by Licensee directly and solely, as reasonably determined by Licensee, as consideration for the grant of rights to UNC Patents, including upfront fees or milestone payments but excluding sales-based royalties, sales-based milestone fees, or other payments calculated on the basis of Sublicensees’ sales of Covered Products, purchases of equity or debt of Licensee, payments made in connection with research and development agreements or collaborations, or other payments made by a Sublicensee where Licensee is obligated to perform services or to provide goods in connection with such payment shall not be considered sublicense payments for purposes of this Agreement.

 

 

Confidential Information    4  
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

1.19 Territory ” means the entire world.

1.20 Third Party ” means any entity other than Licensee or Novan or an Affiliate of Novan or Licensee.

1.21 UNC Inventions” means Inventions that have only inventors, as determined under the Patent Laws of the United States of America, that are obligated to assign their rights in any Inventions to UNC. “Inventions” , for purposes of this definition, means the subject matter of UNC Patents.

1.22 UNC Patents ” means, to the extent Controlled by Novan: (a) the Patents in Appendix A ; (b) any other Patents licensed by UNC to Novan under the UNC Agreement after the Effective Date, including in accordance with Section 2.5 of this Agreement (“ Additional UNC Patents ”); and (c) any Patents claiming priority from the foregoing Patents. The Parties will promptly update Appendix B in writing to reflect any additional Patents that become licensed by UNC to Novan under the UNC Agreement after the Effective Date.

1.23 UNC Technology ” means, to the extent Controlled by Novan, any unpublished research and development information, know-how, and technical data in the possession of UNC which relates to and is necessary for the practice of the inventions claimed in the UNC Patents.

2. L ICENSE G RANT

2.1 Exclusive Sublicense under UNC Patents. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Novan hereby grants to Licensee an exclusive (even as to Novan and its Affiliates), sublicensable (through multiple tiers), sublicense in the Territory, under the UNC Patents, to develop, make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale, import and export Covered Products in the Licensee Field.

2.2 Non-Exclusive Sublicense to UNC Technology. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Novan hereby grants to Licensee a non-exclusive, sublicensable (through multiple tiers), sublicense in the Territory, to use the UNC Technology to develop, make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale, import and export Licensed Products in the Licensee Field.

2.3 Sublicenses. All sublicenses granted under Section 2.1 and Section 2.2 of this Agreement must be in writing and must be materially consistent with the terms, conditions and limitations of this Agreement. Licensee promptly shall provide a copy to Novan of any sublicense entered into hereunder. Licensee shall be directly and primarily responsible and liable for any acts or omissions of its sublicensees in relation to any subject matter of this Agreement.

 

Confidential Information    5  


Execution Copy

 

2.4 Retained Rights; No Implied Licenses. Only the licenses expressly granted under this Agreement shall be of legal force and effect. No other licenses shall be created under this Agreement by implication, estoppel or otherwise. For clarity, Novan retains the exclusive rights under the UNC Patents and UNC Technology in the Territory to develop, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell and import any and all products and services in the Novan Retained Field. In addition, Novan retains the right under the UNC Patents and UNC Technology to conduct research and development related to any of the subject matter claimed in the UNC Patents; provided that such research and development is not conducted for the purpose of commercialization of Licensed Products in the Licensee Field. Licensee acknowledges that the sublicenses granted to Licensee under this Article 2 are subject to the retained rights of UNC under the UNC Agreement, including Section 2.3 and Section 2.4 thereof. In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, any and all licenses and other rights granted hereunder are limited by and subject to the rights and requirements of the United States Government which arise out of its sponsorship (if any) of the research which led to the conception or reduction to practice of the inventions covered by UNC Patents. To the extent applicable due to any such sponsorship, the United States Government is entitled, as a right, under the provisions of 35 U.S.C. §§ 200-212 and applicable regulations of Title 37 of the Code of Federal Regulations, to a non-exclusive, nontransferable, irrevocable, paid-up license to practice or have practiced for or on the behalf of the United States Government any of the UNC Patents throughout the world and Licensee agrees to comply and require compliance therewith.

2.5 Additional UNC Patents. In the event that UNC notifies Novan of an Improvement (as defined in the UNC Agreement) that becomes available for license to Novan under the UNC Agreement, Novan will notify Licensee of such Improvement. If Novan includes such Improvement in the license granted to Novan in the UNC Agreement, then the Patents of UNC claiming such Improvement shall be included in the UNC Patents under this Agreement. In the event that Novan does not desire to include such Improvement in the license granted to Novan in the UNC Agreement, Novan shall inform Licensee of such fact together with notification of the existence of such Improvement, and Licensee may, by providing written notice to Novan within [***] ([***]) days of receiving notice from Novan of such Improvement, require that such Improvement be included in the license granted to Novan in the UNC Agreement and the sublicense granted to Licensee under the UNC Patents under Section 2.1, in which case, [***] will be responsible for any and all costs arising from the addition of such Patents of UNC to the UNC Agreement and from the Prosecution of such Patents.

2.6 UNC Agreement.

(a) Licensee acknowledges and agrees that Novan obtained the rights to the UNC Patents and UNC Technology through the UNC Agreement and that Licensee has received a copy thereof. Licensee’s rights and obligations under this Agreement as they relate to the license of the UNC Patents and UNC Technology shall be subject to terms and conditions of the UNC Agreement. Licensee acknowledges that if UNC renders the license granted under the UNC Agreement non-exclusive in accordance with the UNC Agreement with respect to any or all UNC Patents, the statement that the license granted by Novan under Section 2.1 is “exclusive” shall not include exclusivity as to any non-exclusive rights of UNC under such UNC Patents.

 

Confidential Information    6  
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

(b) For so long as Novan is required to make payments under the UNC Agreement, Licensee shall pay the following payments directly to UNC, and shall copy Novan on all remittances:

(i) During the term of this Agreement, on a country-by-country and Covered Product-by-Covered Product basis, Licensee will pay UNC a running royalty of [***] percent ([***]%) of all Net Sales of Covered Products sold by Licensee, any of its Affiliates and Sublicensees. For clarity, the obligation to pay royalties under this Section 2.6(b)(i) shall be imposed only once (i) with respect to any sale of any Covered Product, and (ii) with respect to any Covered Product, in each case regardless of whether such Covered Product, or the manufacture, use or sale thereof, is covered by more than one claim contained in the UNC Patents. Licensee shall pay to UNC said royalties on the Net Sales of Covered Products concurrently with the making of [***] written reports as provided in Section 2.6(f) below;

(ii) In respect to sublicenses granted by Licensee under this Agreement, Licensee shall pay to UNC an amount equal to [***] percent ([***]%) of Sublicensing Revenue received by Licensee as consideration for the grant of rights to UNC Patents. All payments based on Sublicensing Revenue shall be made within [***] ([***]) days of receipt of the Sublicensing Revenue;

(iii) Should a compulsory license be granted, or be the subject of a possible grant, to a Third Party under the applicable laws of any country in the Territory under the UNC Patents licensed hereunder, Licensee shall notify UNC and Novan, including any material information concerning such compulsory license, and the running royalty rates payable under Section 2.6(b)(i) for sales of Covered Products in such country will be adjusted to equal any lower royalty rate granted to such Third Party for such country with respect to the sales of such Covered Products therein (the “ Compulsory Royalty ”), provided that during such periods such Third Parties sell or offer for sale under the compulsory 1icense articles that compete with the Covered Products then marketed and sold by Licensee or its Affiliates or Sublicensees in that country; and

(iv) Licensee shall pay UNC the following payments within [***] ([***]) days of Licensee, any of its Affiliates, or any Sublicensee achieving the indicated milestone for each Covered Product covered by UNC Patents corresponding to UNC Inventions:

 

Milestone    Payment Due

[***]

 

Confidential Information    7  
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

[***]

Notwithstanding the conduct of clinical trials, submission of applications for regulatory approval, regulatory approval, sale, or marketing of a particular Covered Product for multiple indications, in multiple dosage or delivery forms, or in multiple bundled or combination products, the milestone fees described above shall only be due and paid once with respect to each Covered Product. Amounts paid UNC under Section 2.6(b)(ii) with respect to Sublicensing Revenue paid to Licensee by a Sublicensee for the achievement of a milestone substantially similar to any of those established above shall be creditable against, and deducted from, the corresponding payment due UNC under this Section 2.6(b)(iv).

(c) All fees, royalties, and other payments due to UNC under this Agreement shall be made in United States Dollars. All royalties owing with respect to Net Sales or Sublicensing Revenue stated in currencies other than U.S. dollars shall be converted at an exchange rate which is the arithmetic mean of the opening telegraphic transfer selling and buying rate published by the American East Coast edition of the Wall Street Journal on the day preceding the payment.

(d) In the event royalty payments or fees are not received by UNC when due, Licensee shall pay to UNC interest and charges at the lower of (a) the then-current prime lending rate as published by the American East Coast edition of the Wall Street Journal or (b) the maximum rate of interest allowed by law on the total royalties or fees overdue.

(e) Licensee acknowledges and agrees that its payment obligations under this Section 2.6 are subject to the terms and conditions of the UNC Agreement. Without limiting any other provision of this Section 2.6, in the event that Novan is required to make any payment to UNC based on any activity of Licensee or any of its Affiliates or any sublicensees under this Agreement in order to comply with the UNC Agreement, Licensee shall promptly reimburse Novan for such payment made by Novan to UNC upon request by Novan.

(f) Following the First Commercial Sale of a Covered Product or receipt of Sublicensing Revenue, Licensee agrees to make [***] written reports to UNC, and copy Novan on such reports, within [***] ([***]) days following the end of each [***] during the term of this Agreement, stating in each such report, if and as applicable, (i) the number, description, and aggregate selling prices of Covered Products sold or otherwise disposed of and deductions taken during the such [***] and upon which royalty is payable as provided in Section 2.6(b)(i) hereof and (ii) the amount of Sublicensing Revenue received. The first such report shall include all such Covered Product so sold or otherwise disposed of, and all such Sublicensing Revenue received, prior to the date of such report. Until the First Commercial Sale of a Covered Product, a report shall be submitted by Licensee, and a copy thereof delivered to Novan, at the end of each July after the Effective Date and will include a written report summarizing Licensee’s technical and other efforts made towards such first commercial sale for all Covered Products under development.

 

Confidential Information    8  
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

(g) Licensee will keep complete, true and accurate books of account and records, and require its Affiliates and Sublicensees to do the same, for the purpose of showing the derivation of all amounts payable to UNC under this Agreement. Such books and records will be kept at Licensee’s, its Affiliate’s or Sublicensee’s principal place(s) of business for at least [***] ([***]) years following the end of the [***] to which they pertain, and will be open at all reasonable times for inspection by an independent certified public accountant reasonably acceptable to Licensee, its Affiliate or Sublicensee acting on behalf of UNC and/or Novan for the purpose of verifying Licensee’s, its Affiliate’s or Sublicensee’s royalty statements or Licensee’s compliance in other respects with the terms of this Agreement. The representative will be obliged to treat as confidential all relevant matters but shall be free to disclose all conclusions of any such inspection(s) to UNC and Novan and support such conclusions with underlying confidential information if challenged by Licensee, provided that all such disclosures shall be maintained as confidential by such representative and UNC and Novan with respect to Third Parties.

(h) Inspections made under Section 2.6(g) shall be at the expense of UNC or Novan, as applicable, unless an underpayment to UNC exceeding [***]% of the amount properly due UNC with respect to the audited period is discovered in the course of any such inspection, whereupon all [***] costs of such inspection shall be paid by Licensee. Licensee will promptly pay to UNC the full amount of any underpayment, together with interest thereon at the lower of (a) the then-current prime lending rate as published by the American East Coast edition of the Wall Street Journal or (b) the maximum rate of interest allowed by law.

(i) Licensee shall use its commercially reasonable efforts and due diligence to proceed with the research, development, and commercial exploitation of Covered Products during the term of this Agreement. In making any determination regarding such efforts and diligence, Novan shall take into account the normal course of such programs conducted with sound and reasonable business practices and judgment, the [***], and shall take into account [***].

(j) Licensee and Novan acknowledge that Section 6.2 of the UNC Agreement provides that sublicenses thereunder shall survive termination of the UNC Agreement and will be automatically assigned to UNC upon such termination in the event that the UNC Agreement is terminated, to the extent (i) provided for in such sublicense and (ii) such agreement does not impose any obligations on UNC in excess of those imposed on UNC in the UNC Agreement. It is the intent of the Parties that this Agreement survive termination of the UNC Agreement and be assigned to UNC upon such termination in accordance with Section 6.2 of the UNC Agreement.

(k) The use of the name of UNC, or any contraction thereof, by Licensee or any of its Affiliates or sublicensees in any manner in connection with the exercise of rights under this Agreement is expressly prohibited without the prior written consent of UNC, provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Licensee shall have the right to identify UNC as the prime licensor of the UNC Patents and, under conditions of confidentiality, to disclose the terms of this Agreement in accordance with Section 6.3.

 

Confidential Information    9  
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

(l) It is understood that Novan and UNC are subject to United States laws and regulations controlling the export of technical data, computer software, laboratory prototypes, and other commodities that may require a license from the applicable agency of the United States Government and/or may require written assurances by Licensee that it will not export data or commodities to certain foreign countries without prior approval of such agency. Novan and UNC neither represent that a license is not required, nor that, if required, it will be issued.

3. P ATENT P ROSECUTION AND E NFORCEMENT

3.1 Prosecution of UNC Patents.

(a) Prosecution by UNC. The Parties acknowledge that UNC has the right to Prosecute UNC Patents under the UNC Agreement. During such time as UNC is Prosecuting UNC Patents, Novan will keep Licensee reasonably apprised of information it receives from UNC regarding such Prosecution, and will convey comments from Licensee to UNC regarding such Prosecution. In the event that Novan desires not to continue to pay Prosecution costs to UNC with respect to any UNC Patent, Novan shall notify Licensee in advance of ceasing to pay such costs to UNC, and if Licensee requests in writing that Novan continue to pay such costs to UNC, then Novan will continue to do so in accordance with the UNC Agreement, [***].

(b) Prosecution by Novan. In the event that Novan is Prosecuting any UNC Patents pursuant to the UNC Agreement, except as provided for in Section 3.1(c), Novan shall have the exclusive right to Prosecute such UNC Patents, as Novan determines in good faith, [***]. In the event that Novan desires not to continue to Prosecute any of such UNC Patents, Novan shall notify Licensee sufficiently in advance of any deadlines to afford Licensee an opportunity to request that Novan continue the Prosecution of such Patent prior to such Patent lapsing or becoming abandoned. If Licensee requests in writing that Novan continue to Prosecute such UNC Patent, then Novan will continue to do so in accordance with this Section 3.1(b), [***].

(c) Filing of Continuations, Divisionals and National Applications. If Licensee desires to file a continuation, divisional or national Patent application to any of the UNC Patents that UNC and Novan have not filed, Licensee will notify Novan of such desire. If UNC is Prosecuting the applicable UNC Patent at such time, Novan will inform UNC of such desire, and Licensee will reimburse Novan for Prosecution costs paid to UNC in relation to such continuation, divisional or national Patent application. If Novan is Prosecuting the applicable UNC Patent at such time, Novan may elect to Prosecute such Patent requested by Licensee [***]. Novan will notify Licensee of its election whether or not to Prosecute such Patent within [***] ([***]) days of such notice from Licensee. If Novan does not elect to Prosecute such Patent within such [***]

 

Confidential Information    10  
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

([***]) day period, then Licensee may Prosecute such Patent [***]. Licensee shall control the Prosecution of such Patent (whether Prosecuted by Novan or by Licensee) in consultation with Novan; provided, however, that all Prosecution decisions will be subject to Novan’s prior written approval (not to be unreasonably withheld). In no event will Licensee be permitted to undertake any act in the Prosecution of such Patent that may adversely affect the scope, enforceability or patentability of any other UNC Patent, as determined by Novan in good faith. For clarity, any Patent Prosecuted by either Party pursuant to this Section 3.1(c) shall be a UNC Patent and owned solely by UNC and sublicensed under Section 2.1 of this Agreement to Licensee.

(d) Cooperation in Prosecution. The Party exercising the right to Prosecute UNC Patents pursuant to this Section 3.1 will (i) use reasonable efforts to apprise the other Party of any significant developments in the Prosecution of such UNC Patent, and (ii) copy the other Party, or have the other Party copied, on all official correspondence relating to the relevant UNC Patents received from or to be filed with the PTO, within [***] ([***]) days of receipt from the PTO and present a draft of any material proposed response to such correspondence at least [***] ([***]) days prior to filing with the PTO, respectively, including without limitation copies of each patent application, official action, response to official action, declaration, information disclosure statement, terminal disclaimer filing, and request for reexamination. The Party that is not Prosecuting any particular UNC Patent shall cooperate reasonably with the Party that is conducting Prosecution of such UNC Patent. [***] shall satisfy its obligations under this Section 3.1 to fund Prosecution costs incurred by [***] by reimbursing [***] on a [***] basis within [***] ([***]) days of receipt of reasonable documentation of such Prosecution costs incurred by Novan in the prior [***].

(e) Rights of UNC. All rights of Novan and Licensee under this Section 3.1 are expressly subject to the terms of the UNC Agreement. The Parties agree to cooperate reasonably with UNC with respect to matters described in this Section 3.1 to the extent required by the UNC Agreement.

3.2 Post Grant Proceedings.

(a) Third Party Defense. In the event that Novan becomes aware that a Third Party has filed a Post Grant Proceeding with respect to any UNC Patent, Novan will notify Licensee in writing to that effect within [***] ( [***] ) days of becoming aware of such filing. Once such a Post Grant Proceeding has commenced, as between the Parties, Novan shall have the first right to respond to and/or contest such proceeding; provided, however, that if Novan does not take action to respond to and/or contest such proceeding by [***] ([***]) days before the expiration of the time limit, if any, set forth in the applicable laws and regulations for such response or contest, then Licensee shall have the right to respond to and/or contest such proceeding. The Party that responds to and/or contests such Post Grant Proceeding shall provide the other Party: (i) with a copy of any action, communication, letter or other correspondence issued by the PTO or the Third

 

Confidential Information    11  
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

Party within [***] ([***]) days of receipt thereof; (ii) with a copy of any proposed response, amendment, paper or other correspondence to be filed with the PTO no less than [***] ([***]) days prior to filing the same in the PTO, unless otherwise agreed by patent counsel for both Parties; provided that the other Party shall have the right to provide suggestions and recommendations regarding the content of the response, amendment, paper or other correspondence by no later than [***] ([***]) days prior to its filing; and (iii) with a copy of any response, amendment, paper or other correspondence as filed with the PTO no more than [***] ([***]) days after the responding/contesting Party receives confirmation from the PTO that the response, amendment, paper or other correspondence has been filed.

(b) Commencement of Post Grant Proceedings. If either Party desires that Novan commence a Post Grant Proceeding with respect to a UNC Patent, the Party shall notify the other Party of such desire. The Parties shall then consult with each other and consider each other’s input with respect to whether such a Post Grant Proceeding should be commenced. Novan shall have the sole right to commence a Post Grant Proceeding with respect to a UNC Patent. Should such a proceeding be commenced: (i) Novan shall provide Licensee with a copy of any action, communication, letter or other correspondence issued by the PTO within at least [***] ([***]) days of receipt thereof; (ii) Novan shall provide Licensee with a copy of any proposed response, amendment, paper, or other correspondence to be filed with the PTO no less than [***] ([***]) days prior to filing the same in the PTO, unless otherwise agreed by patent counsel for both Parties; provided that Licensee shall have the right to provide suggestions and recommendations regarding the content for the response, amendment, paper or other correspondence by no later than [***] ([***]) days prior to its filing; (iii) Novan shall provide Licensee with a copy of any response, amendment, paper, or other correspondence as filed with the PTO no more than [***] ([***]) days after Novan receives confirmation from the PTO that the response, amendment, paper, or other correspondence has been filed.

(c) Decision-Making Authority; Costs. Novan shall have final decision-making authority with respect to all aspects of Post Grant Proceedings related to the UNC Patents. Each Party shall bear its own costs incurred in connection with any Post Grant Proceeding under this Section 3.2.

(d) Rights of UNC. All rights of Novan and Licensee under this Section 3.2 are expressly subject to the terms of the UNC Agreement. The Parties agree to cooperate reasonably with UNC with respect to matters described in this Section 3.2 to the extent required by the UNC Agreement.

3.3 Enforcement and Defense of UNC Patents.

(a) Notice of Infringement. Each Party shall (i) notify the other Party promptly of any conduct on the part of a Third Party that it deems to be a potential infringement of any UNC Patent or receipt of any notice of a certification filed pursuant

 

Confidential Information    12  
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

to 21 U.S.C. § 355(b)(2)(A) or 355(j)(2)(A)(vii)(IV) or its successor provisions or any similar provision in a country in the Territory other than the United States (“ Paragraph IV Notice ”) claiming that any UNC Patents are invalid or otherwise unenforceable, or that infringement of UNC Patents will not arise from the manufacture, use, import or sale of a product by a Third Party (collectively, “ Infringement ”), and (ii) provide the other Party with such information in its possession regarding the potential Infringement and/or a copy of any Paragraph IV Notices within [***] ([***]) days of receipt thereof.

(b) Enforcement by Novan. Novan will have the right (but not the obligation), at its sole discretion, to take any and all action it deems necessary to stop any Infringement (or respond to any Paragraph IV Notice), including the bringing of an action based on the UNC Patents in the Territory. Novan will exclusively control the prosecution or settlement of any such action; provided that if such Infringement is in the Licensee Field and does not involve Novan Particles, Novan agrees not to settle such action without the prior written approval of Licensee, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Novan will be permitted to bring any such action in the name of Novan only or in the name of both Novan and Licensee. If such Infringement is in the Licensee Field and does not involve Novan Particles, Licensee shall have the right (but not obligation, other than use of its name as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence) to participate in such action in a consultative capacity through its own counsel at its cost. Licensee will provide [***] cooperation and assistance requested by Novan in connection with any action taken by Novan with respect to an Infringement, including by making relevant employees, inventors, documents, materials and information available to Novan.

(c) Enforcement by Licensee in the Licensee Field. In the event of a material Infringement (including a Paragraph IV Notice) in the Licensee Field that does not involve Novan Particles, if Novan does not commence an action based on the UNC Patents within (i) [***] ([***]) days after notice of the Infringement or (ii) [***] ([***]) days before the expiration of the time limit, if any, set forth by applicable law for the filing of such action in response to a Paragraph IV Notice, whichever comes first, and in the case of an Infringement other than one arising by reason of a Paragraph IV Notice, such Infringement otherwise has not been abated, Licensee will have the right (but not the obligation), at its sole discretion and expense, to take any and all action it deems necessary to stop such Infringement (or respond to such Paragraph IV Notice), including the bringing of an action based on the UNC Patents. Licensee will control the prosecution or settlement of any such action in consultation with Novan; provided that Licensee agrees not to settle any such action without the prior written approval of Novan, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and the prior written approval of UNC. Licensee will be permitted to bring such action in the name of Licensee only or in the name of both Licensee and Novan. Novan shall have the right (but not obligation, other than use of its name as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence) to participate in such action in a consultative capacity through its own counsel at its cost. Novan will provide [***] cooperation and assistance requested by Licensee in connection with any action taken by Licensee with respect to an Infringement pursuant to this Section 3.3(c), including by making relevant employees, inventors, documents, materials and information available to Licensee.

 

Confidential Information    13   
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

(d) Invalidity Claims. In the event that an action or claim alleging invalidity, unenforceability or non-infringement of any of the UNC Patents shall be brought or made against Novan or Licensee, Novan, at its sole discretion, shall have the right, but not be obligated, within [***] ([***]) days after the commencement of such action or claim, to take or regain control of the action or defend such claim at its own expense. If Novan shall determine not to exercise this right, then Licensee may take over or remain in control of the action or defense in consultation with Novan; provided that Licensee agrees not to settle any such action or defense without the prior written approval of Novan.

(e) Infringement Costs and Proceeds. Each Party shall bear its own costs incurred in connection with any action initiated or defended under this Section 3.3. Any monetary proceeds, damages and other relief obtained by a Party in connection with such an action (“ Proceeds ”) shall be applied in the following order of priority: (i) first, to reimburse each Party for such costs paid by that Party in connection with such action, and (ii) second, after application of the foregoing clause (i), the Party that initiated or defended the action [***]. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such amounts retained by Licensee in the form of lost profits shall be subject to the royalty payment obligation set forth in Section 2.6(b)(i), and any such amounts retained by Licensee in the form of an ongoing reasonable royalty, and/or consideration for an ongoing sublicense with respect to UNC Patents, shall be treated as Sublicensing Revenue subject to Section 2.6(b)(ii).

(f) Novan Retained Rights. Except as expressly set forth in Section 3.3(c) and Section 3.3(d), Novan retains all rights with respect to enforcement and defense of the UNC Patents.

(g) Rights of UNC. All rights of Novan and Licensee under this Section 3.3 are expressly subject to the terms of the UNC Agreement. Novan will use reasonable efforts to cause UNC to comply with its obligations under Article 9 of the UNC Agreement in connection with any Infringement. The Parties agree to cooperate reasonably with UNC with respect to matters described in this Section 3.3 to the extent required by the UNC Agreement.

3.4 Infringement Actions by Third Parties. If the production, sale, import or use of Licensed Products under this Agreement results in any claim for patent infringement against Licensee, any of its Affiliates, Sublicensees, or any customer(s) or sublicensee(s) of the foregoing, Licensee shall, upon becoming aware of such claim and subject to any applicable confidentiality obligations, promptly notify Novan and UNC thereof in writing, setting forth the facts of such claim in reasonable detail. As between the parties to this Agreement, Licensee shall have the first and primary right [***] at its own expense to defend and control the defense of any such claim, by counsel of its own choice. Licensee shall be free to enter into a settlement, consent judgment, or other voluntary disposition of any such actions, provided that any

 

Confidential Information    14   
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

settlement, consent judgment or other voluntary disposition of such actions which (i) [***], (ii) [***], or (iii) [***] must be approved by Novan and UNC, as applicable, such approval not being unreasonably withheld. Novan agrees to cooperate with Licensee in [***] defending any such action, and Novan will use reasonable efforts to cause UNC to cooperate in a similar manner. Licensee shall reimburse Novan and UNC for [***] out of pocket expenses incurred in providing such assistance. All rights of Novan and Licensee under this Section 3.4 are expressly subject to the terms of the UNC Agreement.

4 . R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES

4 .1 Power and Authority. Each Party represents and warrants to the other Party that: (a) it has the right, power, and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement, and to grant the licenses set forth herein, and that the person signing this Agreement on such Party’s behalf has been duly authorized and empowered to enter into this Agreement; (b) the execution and delivery by such Party of this Agreement and the consummation by such Party of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of such Party and no other corporate proceedings on the part of such Party are necessary to authorize this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; (c) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Party and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by the other Party, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Party, enforceable against such Party in accordance with its terms; (d) the execution, delivery, and performance of and compliance with this Agreement will not, with or without the passage of time or giving of notice, (i) conflict with, or result in any violation of or default or loss of any benefit under, any provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws (or other company governing instruments) of such Party; (ii) conflict with, or result in any violation of or default or loss of any benefit under, any permit, concession, grant, franchise, law, rule or regulation, or any order to which such Party is a party or to which any of its property is subject; (iii) conflict with, or result in a breach or violation of or default or loss of any benefit under, or accelerate the performance required by, the terms of any agreement, contract, indenture or other instrument to which such Party is a party or to which any of its property is subject; or (iv) result in the suspension, revocation, impairment, forfeiture or nonrenewal of any material permit, license, authorization or approval applicable to such Party, its business or operations or any of its assets or properties; and (e) no consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any governmental authority or any other person or entity is required to be obtained or filed by such Party in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

4.2 Disclaimers. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 4.1 ABOVE, THE UNC PATENTS ARE PROVIDED “AS IS”, AND NOVAN DISCLAIMS ALL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE UNC PATENTS, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT

 

Confidential Information    15   
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

LIMITED TO, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, VALIDITY, NON-INFRINGEMENT, NON-INTERFERENCE AND/OR QUIET ENJOYMENT, OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OR TRADE PRACTICES. WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE FOREGOING, NOVAN EXPRESSLY DOES NOT REPRESENT OR WARRANT: (A) THE SAFETY OR USEFULNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE OF THE SUBJECT MATTER IT PROVIDES HEREUNDER; (B) THAT ANY PATENT WILL ISSUE ON ANY UNC PATENT; OR (C) THE VALIDITY OF ANY PATENT INCLUDED IN THE UNC PATENTS.

4.3 UNC Disclaimers. Licensee hereby expressly acknowledges, for the benefit of Novan and UNC, the disclaimers and limitations of liability of UNC set forth in Article 10 of the UNC Agreement.

5. I NDEMNITY ; I NSURANCE ; L IMITATION OF L IABILITY .

(a) In exercising its rights under this Agreement, Licensee shall materially comply with the requirements of any and all applicable laws, regulations, rules and orders of any governmental body having jurisdiction over the exercise of rights under this Agreement. Licensee further agrees to indemnify and hold UNC harmless from and against any costs, expenses, attorney’s fees, citation, fine, penalty and liability of every kind and nature which might be imposed directly against UNC by reason of any asserted or established violation of any such laws, order, rules and/or regulations by Licensee.

(b) Licensee agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend UNC, its and their respective officers, employees, and agents against any and all claims, suits, losses, damage, costs, fees, and expenses (“Losses”) asserted by Third Parties, both government and private, resulting from or arising out of the exercise of Licensee’s rights under this Agreement, provided such Losses do not result from UNC’s or its employees’, faculty’s, students’, or other agents or representatives’ gross negligence, intentional misconduct, breach of this Agreement, or failure to comply with any applicable laws, rules, or regulations.

(c) Licensee is required to maintain in force at its sole cost and expense, with reputable insurance companies, insurance coverage in amounts and of types reasonably sufficient to protect against liability under Sections 5(a) and 5(b) above. Novan and UNC shall have the right to ascertain [***] that such coverage exists, such right to be exercised in a reasonable manner.

(d) NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE OR INDIRECT DAMAGES OR LOSS OF PROFITS ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO ANY BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT, REGARDLESS OF ANY NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, NOTHING IN THIS ARTICLE 5 IS INTENDED TO OR SHALL LIMIT OR RESTRICT LICENSEE’S OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS ARTICLE 5 OR THE DAMAGES AVAILABLE FOR A PARTY’S BREACH OF CONFIDENTIALITY OBLIGATIONS IN ARTICLE 6 OR [***].

 

Confidential Information    16   
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

6. C ONFIDENTIALITY .

6.1 Confidential Information. The Parties agree that, unless the Receiving Party obtains the prior written consent of the Disclosing Party, at all times during the term of this Agreement and for a [***] ([***]) year period following its expiration or earlier termination, the Receiving Party will keep completely confidential, will not publish or otherwise disclose and will not use directly or indirectly for any purpose other than as contemplated by this Agreement any Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party.

6.2 Limited Disclosure Permitted. Each Party may disclose Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party to the extent that such disclosure is:

(a) required by applicable laws, in the opinion of legal counsel to the Receiving Party; provided, however, that the Receiving Party will first have given reasonable notice to the Disclosing Party (if practicable) and given the Disclosing Party a reasonable opportunity to obtain a protective order or confidential treatment requiring that the Confidential Information and documents that are the subject thereof be held in confidence by the recipient or, if disclosed, be used only for purposes required by such law; provided further, however, that if a protective order is not obtained, the Confidential Information so disclosed will be limited to that information that is legally required to be disclosed by applicable laws;

(b) made by Receiving Party to a governmental or regulatory authority as required to conduct clinical trials or obtain or maintain regulatory approval for products or services that are the subject of licenses granted to the Receiving Party under this Agreement;

(c) made by Receiving Party to a Third Party as may be necessary or useful in connection with the manufacture, development and commercialization of any products or services that are the subject of licenses granted to the Receiving Party under this Agreement, in connection with financing activities of the Receiving Party, or in connection with the transfer or sale of all or substantially all of the business of the Receiving Party to which this Agreement relates to a Third Party, whether by merger, sale of stock, sale or transfer of assets or otherwise; provided, however, that: (i) each such Third Party has, in the reasonable determination of the Receiving Party, a need to know such Confidential Information and is bound by an agreement containing confidentiality and non-use obligations no less protective than those set forth in this Agreement in any material respect; (ii) the Receiving Party informs each Third Party receiving Confidential Information of its confidential nature; and (iii) the Receiving Party will be responsible for any breach of this Article 6 by any such Third Parties to the same extent as if the breach were by the Receiving Party;

 

Confidential Information    17  
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

(d) made by a Receiving Party in order to comply with applicable securities law disclosure requirement or any disclosure requirements of any applicable stock market or securities exchange; or

(e) made by Novan pursuant to the UNC Agreement.

6.3 Terms of Agreement. The Parties agree that the material terms of this Agreement shall be considered Confidential Information of both Parties, subject to the special authorized disclosure provisions set forth below in this Section 6.3 (in lieu of the authorized disclosure provisions set forth in Section 6.2, to the extent of any conflict) and without limiting the generality of the definition of Confidential Information set forth in Article 1. If either Party desires to make a public announcement concerning the terms of this Agreement, such Party shall give reasonable prior advance notice of the proposed text of such announcement to the other Party for its prior review and approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. A Party shall not be required to seek the permission of the other Party to repeat or disclose any information as to the terms of this Agreement that has already been publicly disclosed by such Party in accordance with the foregoing or by the other Party, or any similar or comparable information. Either Party may disclose the terms of this Agreement to such Party’s existing investors, lenders, directors and professional advisors and to potential investors, lenders, acquirors or merger partners and their professional advisors who are bound by written or professional obligations of non-disclosure and non-use that are at least as stringent as those contained in this Article 6 or are customary for such purpose. Each Party also may disclose the relevant terms of this Agreement to potential sublicensees who agree to be bound by obligations of non-disclosure and non-use at least as stringent as those contained in this Article 6 in all material respects. Novan may disclose this Agreement to UNC.

6.4 Publications. Novan shall have the right to review and comment on any material proposed for disclosure or publication by Licensee, such as by oral presentation, manuscript or abstract, which includes data generated from the use of the UNC Patents or any Confidential Information of Novan. Before any such material is submitted for publication, Licensee shall deliver a complete copy to Novan at least [***] ([***]) days prior to submitting the material to a publisher or initiating any other disclosure. Novan shall review any such material and give its comments to Licensee within [***] ([***]) days of the delivery of such material to Novan. Licensee shall comply with Novan’s request to delete references to Novan’s Confidential Information in any such material and agrees to delay any submission for publication or other public disclosure for a period of up to an additional [***] ([***]) days for the purpose of preparing and filing appropriate Patent applications.

7. T ERM AND T ERMINATION

7.1 Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Article 7, shall expire upon the

 

Confidential Information    18  
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

expiration of the last-to-expire of the UNC Patents. Upon such expiration (but not the earlier termination of this Agreement), the license granted under Section 2.2 shall continue in perpetuity on a non-exclusive basis in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

7.2 Termination for Breach. Each Party may terminate this Agreement by written notice to the other Party at any time, if the other Party breaches any provision of this Agreement and fails to cure such breach within thirty (30) days of receipt of a written notice thereof from the non-breaching Party.

7.3 Termination for Patent Challenge. Novan may terminate this Agreement by written notice if Licensee or its Affiliate or sublicensee directly, or through assistance granted to a Third Party, commences or participates (except as such participation may be required by applicable law) in any interference, pre- or post-grant opposition or other pre- or post-grant proceeding related to the validity, enforceability and/or patentability of, or challenges the validity or enforceability of, any UNC Patent before any tribunal or patent office.

7.4 Additional Termination by Licensee. Licensee may terminate this Agreement for any reason or no reason without penalty on ninety (90) days written notice to Novan. Such termination shall become effective at the end of such ninety (90) day period.

7.5 Effect of Termination. Upon termination of this Agreement all licenses granted to Licensee and any sublicenses thereunder will cease to be in effect. In addition, upon termination of this Agreement, each Party shall return to the other Party, or destroy, all Confidential Information belonging to the other Party, in each case except as necessary for such Party’s continued enjoyment of any license or right that survives termination of this Agreement.

7.6 Survival. Expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason will not relieve either Party of any obligation or liability accruing prior thereto and will be without prejudice to the rights and remedies of either Party with respect to any antecedent breach of the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of Sections 2.2 (but only in connection with expiration of this Agreement and not its earlier termination), 2.4, 2.6 (to the extent required for Novan to comply with the UNC Agreement), 4.2, 4.3, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7 and 7.8, and Articles 1 (to the extent required to enforce other surviving rights and obligations), 5, 6 and 8, are intended to and shall survive termination or expiration of this Agreement in accordance with the terms of such Articles or Sections.

7.7 Bankruptcy Code. All licenses granted under this Agreement will be deemed licenses of rights to intellectual property for purposes of Section 365(n) of the United States Bankruptcy Code and a licensee under this Agreement will retain and may fully exercise all of its rights and elections under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

7.8 Additional Remedies. The remedies set forth in this Article 7 or elsewhere in this Agreement will be in addition to, and will not be to the exclusion of, any other remedies available to the Parties at law, in equity or under this Agreement.

 

Confidential Information    19  


Execution Copy

 

8. G ENERAL

8.1 Independent Contractors. The Parties are and at all times will be and remain independent contractors as to each other, and at no time will either Party be deemed to be the agent or employee of the other. No joint venture, partnership, agency, or other relationship will be created or implied as a result of this Agreement.

8.2 Governing Law. Any questions, claims, disputes, or litigation concerning or arising from this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of North Carolina without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles of that state or other country. Subject to Section 8.3, all disputes with respect to this Agreement shall be brought and heard exclusively either in the North Carolina state courts located in Durham County, North Carolina, or the federal district court for the Middle District of North Carolina located in Wake County, North Carolina. The Parties each consent to the in personam jurisdiction and venue of such courts exclusively.

8.3 Dispute Resolution.

(a) Organization Resolution . The Parties will try to settle their differences amicably between themselves. In the event of any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to any provision of this Agreement or the performance or alleged non-performance of a Party of its obligations under this Agreement (“ Dispute ”), a Party may notify the other Party in writing of such Dispute. Upon a Party’s receipt of written notice of a Dispute, the Dispute will be referred to the respective representatives of the Parties with authority to resolve the Dispute. If the designated representatives of the Parties are unable to resolve the Dispute within [***] ([***]) days of receipt of the written notice by the other Party, the Dispute will be referred to the Chief Executive Officers of each of the Parties (or any other representative designated by the board of directors of the applicable Party) who will use their good faith efforts to resolve the Dispute within [***] ([***]) days after it was referred to the Chief Executive Officers (or other such representative).

(b) Arbitration. Any Dispute that is not resolved as provided in Section 8.3(a), whether before or after termination of this Agreement, will be resolved by final and binding arbitration. Each Party may refer such Dispute for arbitration by written notice to the other Party. Such Disputes will be finally settled by the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) under its Commercial Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures (the “ Rules ”), or by such other arbitration tribunal or arbitration rules as the Parties may agree upon. Arbitration proceedings will be held in Raleigh, North Carolina, U.S.A, or in another place which is mutually agreeable to the Parties. The arbitration shall be conducted and the award shall be rendered in English. The arbitration will be conducted by three (3) arbitrators agreed to by the Parties within [***] ([***]) days of receipt by respondents of the request for arbitration or, in default of such agreement, according to the Rules’ Expedited Procedures for the Appointment and Qualifications of Arbitrators. [***] selected shall be a lawyer with

 

Confidential Information    20   
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

pharmaceutical and medical device industry legal experience. During the period beginning with the selection of the arbitrators and ending upon the conclusion of the arbitration proceedings, the Parties may conduct such discovery as is permitted under the Rules; provided, however, that the Parties shall be entitled, without any further showing of good cause to the arbitrators, to [***]. In conducting the arbitration, the arbitrators will apply the Rules as they apply to matters of evidence. The decision by the arbitrators shall be final and binding upon the Parties, their successors and permitted assigns and the Parties will comply with such decision in good faith. The award may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Party hereby submits itself to the jurisdiction of the courts of the place where the arbitration is held, but only for the entry of judgment with respect to the decision of the arbitrators hereunder. The fees and expenses of the arbitrators, the fees and expenses of a court reporter, and any expenses for a hearing room, will be [***]. The Parties will otherwise bear [***].

(c) [***] Arbitration for Certain Matters. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 8.3(b), any Disputes related to [***] of this Agreement shall be resolved through binding arbitration administered by the AAA as follows:

(i) Within [***] ([***]) days of receipt by respondent of the request for arbitration, the Parties shall designate in writing a single arbitrator to resolve the dispute. If the Parties cannot agree on an arbitrator within such [***]-day period, or if the arbitrator agreed to by the Parties declines to serve, an arbitrator shall be selected, within [***] ([***]) days after notice from either Party of such inability to agree on an arbitrator willing to serve, by the AAA. The arbitrator shall be a lawyer with pharmaceutical and medical device industry legal experience who is available to serve on the timetable established in this Section 8.3(c), and shall not be an Affiliate, or an employee, consultant, legal advisor, officer, director or stockholder of, or have any conflict of interest with respect to, any Party. Arbitration proceedings will be held in Raleigh, North Carolina, U.S.A, or in another place which is mutually agreeable to the Parties

(ii) The Party submitting a dispute to arbitration shall include with its notice pursuant to Section 8.3(b) a written summary of the disputed issues, not to exceed [***] ([***]) pages per disputed issue, and a proposed ruling on the merits of each such issue. Within [***] ([***]) days thereafter, the other Party shall provide a written response, not to exceed [***] ([***]) pages per disputed issue, as well as such other Party’s proposed ruling on the merits of each disputed issue, to the Party initiating such arbitration and to the arbitrator.

 

Confidential Information    21   
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

(iii) Within [***] ([***]) days after the selection of the arbitrator and in any event within [***] ([***]) days after the notice initiating the arbitration, the arbitrator and the Parties shall meet. During such meeting, the arbitrator shall establish a schedule for discovery. Unless the Parties otherwise agree, the arbitrator shall limit discovery by each Party to [***]. The Parties shall have [***] ([***]) days to respond to written discovery. Depositions shall be scheduled at the mutual convenience of the Parties and the witnesses; provided that all discovery shall be conducted so as to be completed within [***] ([***]) days after the initiation of arbitration.

(iv) The arbitrator shall set a date for a hearing, which shall be no later than [***] ([***]) days after the notice initiating the arbitration pursuant to Section 8.3(b). At the hearing, in accordance with a schedule established by the arbitrator, the Parties shall present evidence with respect to each of the disputed issues.

(v) Within [***] ([***]) days following the close of the hearing, the Parties shall submit post-hearing briefs to the arbitrator. The post-hearing briefing shall not exceed twenty double-spaced pages. Within [***] ([***]) days after the timely submission of post-hearing briefs, the arbitrator shall enter a written award that rules on each disputed issue and that sets forth the grounds for the decision, applying the law of the State of North Carolina. The determination of the arbitrator as to the resolution of any dispute shall be binding and conclusive on all Parties. Either Party may bring an action in any court of competent jurisdiction to enforce a final award entered by the arbitrator. The Parties expressly agree that the state and federal courts located in the State of North Carolina have jurisdiction to confirm the arbitration award and enter judgment thereon. The Parties hereby waive any and all objections and defenses to such jurisdiction regardless of the nature of such objection or defense.

(vi) The (i) [***], (ii) [***] and (iii) [***], shall be borne by the non-prevailing Party or, if neither Party is the prevailing Party as to all disputed issues, by the Parties in inverse proportion to the proportion of the dispute on which they prevailed, respectively, as determined by the arbitrator. Prior to such determination, each Party shall bear its own [***] and [***]; provided that the arbitrator shall, in his or her final award, require the non-prevailing Party (or the Party that prevails on [***]) to reimburse the other Party for the excess share of such costs and expenses borne by such other Party prior to such determination.

 

Confidential Information    22   
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

(vii) Except as modified by this Section 8.3(c), Disputes subject to arbitration hereunder shall be governed by the Rules.

(d) Confidentiality. Except as may be required by applicable law, neither a Party nor the arbitrator(s) may disclose the existence, content or results of any arbitration award without the prior written consent of both Parties, unless to protect or pursue a legal right.

(e) Disputes Not Subject to Arbitration.

(i) IP Disputes. Notwithstanding the Parties’ agreement to arbitrate, unless the Parties agree in writing in any particular case, claims and disputes between the Parties relating to or arising out of, or for which resolution depends in whole or in part on a determination of the interpretation, validity, enforceability or infringement of, Patents or the misappropriation of trade secrets, shall not be subject to arbitration under this Agreement, and the Parties may pursue whatever rights and remedies may be available to them under law or equity, including litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction, with respect to such claims and disputes.

(ii) Emergency Relief. Notwithstanding the Parties’ agreement to arbitrate, the Parties hereby agree that either Party may apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction for specific performance or injunctive relief to enforce or prevent any violation of this Agreement. Without prejudice to such provisional remedies as may be available under the jurisdiction of a court, the arbitral tribunal under this Section 8.3 shall have full authority to grant provisional remedies and to direct the Parties to request that any court modify or vacate any temporary or preliminary relief issued by such court, and to award damages for the failure of any Party to respect the arbitral tribunal’s orders to that effect.

8.4 No Assignment. Neither Party may assign, delegate or otherwise transfer, in whole or in part, any rights or obligations under this Agreement, by operation of law or otherwise, without the other Party’s express prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that a Party may assign or transfer its rights and delegate its obligations under this Agreement without such consent: (a) to the transferee or successor entity to such Party upon the transfer or sale of all or substantially all of the business of such Party to which this Agreement relates to a Third Party, whether by merger, sale of stock, sale or transfer of assets or otherwise; or (b) to an Affiliate, provided that the assigning Party shall remain liable and responsible to the other Party for the performance and observance of all such duties and obligations by such Affiliate for so long as such entity remains an Affiliate of the assigning Party. In the case of any permitted assignment or transfer of or under this Agreement, this Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the transferees, successors and assigns of the Parties hereto. Any attempted assignment, delegation, or transfer in violation of the foregoing will be null and void.

 

Confidential Information    23   


Execution Copy

 

8.5 Compliance with Laws. Each Party will comply with all applicable federal, state, provincial and local laws, rules, and regulations in performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

8.6 Notices. All notices or reports permitted or required under this Agreement will be in writing and will be delivered by personal delivery, telecopier, facsimile transmission, or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and shall be deemed given upon personal delivery, five days after deposit in the mail, or upon acknowledgment of receipt of electronic transmission. Notices shall be sent to the addresses set forth below. Either party may amend its address upon written notice to the other.

 

If to Novan:    If to Licensee:
Novan, Inc.    KNOW Bio, LLC
4222 Emperor Boulevard, Suite 200    627 Davis Drive, Suite 400
Durham, NC 27703    Morrisville, NC 27560
Attn:    Attn:
Fax:    Fax:

8.7 Waivers; Amendment. No waiver of any terms or conditions of this Agreement will be valid or binding on a Party unless such Party makes the waiver in writing. Any such waiver shall constitute a waiver only with respect to the specific matter described therein and shall in no way impair the rights of the Party granting such waiver in any other respect or at any other time. The failure of one Party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, or the failure to require at any time the performance of the other Party of any of the provisions of this Agreement, will in no way be construed to be a present or future waiver of such provisions, nor in any way affect the ability of a Party to enforce each and every provision thereafter. This Agreement may not be altered, amended, modified, or otherwise changed in any way except by a written instrument signed by the authorized representatives of each Party.

8.8 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is found or held to be invalid or unenforceable by any tribunal of competent jurisdiction, then the meaning of such provision will be construed, to the extent feasible, so as to render the provision enforceable, and if no feasible interpretation would save such provision, it will be severed from the remainder of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect.

8.9 Construction. The headings of sections of this Agreement are included solely for convenience of reference and are not to be used to interpret, construe, define, or describe the scope of any aspect of this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the word “including” means “including but not limited to”. Each Party represents that it has had the opportunity to participate in the preparation of this Agreement, and any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting Party will not be followed in connection with the construction or interpretation of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the word “will” shall be equivalent in meaning to the word “shall,” both of which describe an act or forbearance which is mandatory under this Agreement. The word “may” describes an act or forbearance which is optional under this Agreement. Unless otherwise expressly stated to the contrary herein, all remedies are cumulative, and the exercise of any express remedy by either Party does not by itself waive such Party’s right to exercise its other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.

 

Confidential Information    24   


Execution Copy

 

8.10 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including its attached exhibit, constitutes the entire agreement and final understanding of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes any other and all prior or contemporaneous negotiations, representations, understandings, discussions, offers, and agreements between the Parties, whether written or oral, express or implied, relating in any way to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement is intended by the Parties to be a complete and wholly integrated expression of their understanding and agreement.

8.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (by facsimile transmission or in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF) sent by electronic mail), each of which will be considered an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

Signature Page to Follow

 

Confidential Information   

25

  


Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

 

Novan, Inc.       KNOW Bio, LLC
By:   

/s/ Nathan Stasko

      By:   

/s/ Neal Hunter

Name:

   Nathan Stasko, PhD       Name:    Neal Hunter
Title:    President       Title:    Managing Director

 

Confidential Information   

26

  


Execution Copy

 

Appendix A

UNC Patents

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.
Confidential Information    27  


Execution Copy

 

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.
Confidential Information    28  


Execution Copy

 

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.
Confidential Information    29  


Execution Copy

 

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.
Confidential Information   

30

 


Execution Copy

 

Appendix B

Additional UNC Patents

[***]

 

   31  
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.
Confidential Information     

Exhibit 10.9

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

Execution Copy

NOVAN PATENT AND KNOW-HOW LICENSE AGREEMENT

THIS NOVAN PATENT AND KNOW-HOW LICENSE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of December 29, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Novan, Inc. , a Delaware corporation with a principal place of business at 4222 Emperor Boulevard, Suite 200, Durham, NC 27703 (“ Novan ”), and KNOW Bio, LLC , a North Carolina limited liability company with a principal place of business at 627 Davis Drive, Suite 400, Morrisville, NC 27560 (“ Licensee ”). Novan and Licensee may each be referred to as a “ Party ,” and together as the “ Parties .”

RECITALS

WHEREAS, as of the Effective Date, Licensee is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Novan;

WHEREAS, following the Effective Date, Novan is transferring all of the ownership interests in Licensee to the stockholders of Novan on a pro rata basis, and Novan will no longer have any ownership interest in Licensee;

WHEREAS, Novan owns certain Patents and Know-How related to pharmaceutical and medical device applications of nitric oxide, and Licensee is interested in further developing and commercializing such Patents and Know-How in the Licensee Field (each as defined below);

WHEREAS, contemporaneously with this Agreement, Novan and Licensee are, among other things, entering into three separate license agreements, under which Novan is granting to Licensee a license under certain other Patents owned by Novan and sublicenses under certain Patents licensed by Novan from third parties, in each case in the Licensee Field; and

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, Novan is willing to grant to Licensee a license under the Novan Patents and to Novan Know-How to further develop and commercialize, on a worldwide basis, Licensed Products (each as defined below) in the Licensee Field.

NOW, THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. D EFINITIONS . Capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them below or in this Agreement.

1.1 Affiliate ” means, with respect to a Party, any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, such Party. For purposes of this definition only, the term “controlled” (including the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) as used in this context, means the direct or indirect ability or power to direct or


Execution Copy

 

cause the direction of management policies of a Person or otherwise direct the affairs of such Person, whether through ownership of equity, voting securities, beneficial interest, by contract or otherwise. For clarity, Novan and Licensee shall not be deemed Affiliates. In addition, Affiliate shall not include any Acquirer of a Party or of any of its Affiliates, where “ Acquirer ” means, with respect to a Party or its Affiliate, any Third Party that, directly or indirectly, comes to control such Party or such Affiliate, or any Third Party which acquires such Party or such Affiliate, whether by merger or otherwise.

1.2 Confidential Information ” means information disclosed (whether in writing, electronically, orally or by observation) by one Party (the “ Disclosing Party ”) to the other Party (the “ Receiving Party ”) unless in each case such information, as shown by competent evidence:

(a) was known to the Receiving Party or to the general public prior to the Disclosing Party’s disclosure, as demonstrated by contemporaneous written records;

(b) became known to the general public, after the Disclosing Party’s disclosure hereunder, other than through a breach of the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement by the Receiving Party or any Person to whom such Receiving Party disclosed such information;

(c) was subsequently disclosed to the Receiving Party by a Person having a legal right to disclose, without any restrictions, such information; or

(d) was developed by the Receiving Party independent of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information.

For clarity, the Novan Know-How constitutes Confidential Information of Novan, and the Licensee New Nitric Oxide Know-How and New Device IP constitutes Confidential Information of Licensee.

1.3 Control ” means, with respect to any Know-How or Patents, that a Party or any of its Affiliates owns such Know-How or Patents and has the ability to grant to the other Party access and a license to the foregoing, including on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, as applicable, without violating the terms of any agreement or other arrangement with any Third Party. The term “Controlled” shall be construed accordingly.

1.4 Know-How ” means any data, results, technology, business information, technical information and other information of any type whatsoever, in any tangible or intangible form, including, without limitation, know-how, intellectual property, practices, techniques, analytical methods and other methods, processes, inventions, developments, development reports, specifications, formulations, formulae, materials or compositions of matter of any type or kind (patentable or otherwise), software, algorithms, marketing reports, expertise, technology, test data (including pharmacological, biological, chemical, biochemical, toxicological, preclinical and clinical test data), analytical and quality control data, stability data, other study data and procedures, case report forms, data analyses, and information contained in submissions to and information from ethical committees and regulatory authorities. Know-How includes any rights, including trade secrets, copyright, database rights or design rights, protecting such Know-How.

 

Confidential Information    2  


Execution Copy

 

1.5 Licensed Product ” means any pharmaceutical products and medical devices covered by any claim of the Novan Patents or developed utilizing any Novan Know-How, other than any products or devices that incorporate or utilize Novan Particles. For clarity, the products existing as of the Effective Date with the internal Novan designations NVN1000 and NVN4000 are not Licensed Products.

1.6 Licensee Field ” means all diagnostic, therapeutic, prophylactic and palliative uses for any disease, condition or indication in humans or animals that is outside of the Novan Retained Field.

1.7 Licensee New Nitric Oxide Know-How ” means, to the extent Controlled by Licensee or any of its Affiliates, any New Nitric Oxide Know-How that is not New Device IP.

1.8 Licensee New Nitric Oxide Patents ” means, to the extent Controlled by Licensee or any of its Affiliates, any New Nitric Oxide Patents that are not New Device IP.

1.9 New Device IP ” means, to the extent Controlled by Licensee or any of its Affiliates: (a) any Patents that disclose an invention comprising a medical device, and/or a combination of a pharmaceutical product and a medical device, conceived by Licensee or any of its Affiliates during the New Nitric Oxide Period; and (b) any Know-How that (i) comes to be Controlled by Licensee or any of its Affiliates during the New Nitric Oxide Period and (ii) is necessary for the practice of such Patents or otherwise directly relates to a medical device, and/or a combination of a pharmaceutical product and a medical device; but [***].

1.10 New Nitric Oxide Know-How ” means any Know-How that (i) comes to be Controlled by a Party or any of its Affiliates during the New Nitric Oxide Period and (ii) is necessary or useful for the practice of New Nitric Oxide Patents Controlled by such Party or otherwise relates to any nitric oxide-releasing chemistries, materials, formulations, products or devices, or any method of manufacture or use thereof; but [***].

1.11 New Nitric Oxide Patents ” means any Patents Controlled by a Party or any of its Affiliates that (i) disclose an invention conceived by such Party or any of its Affiliates during the New Nitric Oxide Period and (ii) include claims to any nitric oxide-releasing chemistries, materials, formulations, products or devices, or any method of manufacture or use thereof; but [***].

1.12 New Nitric Oxide Period ” means the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the third anniversary of the Effective Date.

 

Confidential Information    3  
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

1.13 Novan Know-How ” means, to the extent Controlled by Novan or any of its Affiliates: (a) all Know-How existing as of the Effective Date that is related to the Novan Patents or the Separately-Licensed Patents; and (b) any New Nitric Oxide Know-How. For clarity, Novan Know-How as of the Effective Date includes all such Know-How generated as part of Novan’s wound care development program, and includes all data from all Novan development and testing utilizing a wound model or relevant to the Licensee Field, in each case prior to the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Novan Know-How does not include the Wound Care Device Data or any Know-How that specifically relates to any products or devices that incorporate or utilize Novan Particles (including the products existing as of the Effective Date with the internal Novan designations NVN1000 and NVN4000) or any method of manufacture or use thereof.

1.14 Novan Particles ” means any particles that include: (a) [***]; (b) [***]; (c) [***]; or (d) [***].

1.15 Novan Patents ” means, to the extent Controlled by Novan or any of its Affiliates: (a) the Patents set forth in Appendix A , and any Patents claiming priority from those Patents; and (b) any New Nitric Oxide Patents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Novan Patents do not include any claims within such Patents that are directed to any products or devices that incorporate or utilize Novan Particles (including the products existing as of the Effective Date with the internal Novan designations NVN1000 and NVN4000) or any method of manufacture or use thereof.

1.16 Novan Retained Field ” means: (a) all diagnostic, therapeutic, prophylactic and palliative uses for any disease, condition or disorder of the skin, nails, hair or scalp in humans or animals, including [***], as well as any other dermatological diseases, conditions or disorders (including [***]); and (b) all cosmetic uses for the skin, nails, hair or scalp. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Novan Retained Field does not include: (i) wound ( i.e. , [***]) care by use of pharmaceutical products formulated specifically to treat chronic wounds, thermal burns, radiation injury, accidental injury, surgical sites or scars; or (ii) therapeutic uses for any form of cancer, excluding basal cell carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma and any forms of precancerous skin lesions or precancerous skin conditions, including actinic keratosis, actinic cheilitis, cutaneous horn, Bowen disease, radiation dermatosis, and dysplastic nevi.

 

Confidential Information    4  
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

1.17 Patents ” means any of the following, whether existing now or in the future anywhere in the world: (a) patents and patent applications; (b) continuations, continuations-in-part, provisionals, divisionals and substitute applications with respect to any such patent application; (c) any patents issued based on or claiming priority to any such patent applications; (d) any reissue, reexamination, renewal, patents of addition, or extension (including any supplemental patent certificate) of any such patents; and (e) any confirmation patent or registration patent or patent of addition based on any such patents.

1.18 Person ” means a natural person, a corporation, a partnership, a trust, a joint venture, a limited liability company, any governmental authority, or any other entity or organization.

1.19 Post Grant Proceeding ” means any and all proceedings before any patent office in the Territory that involves the review, examination, analysis or any combination thereof of any issued Patent, including without limitation post grant review proceedings, inter partes review proceedings, supplemental examinations, patent interference proceedings, opposition proceedings, and reexaminations.

1.20 Prosecute ” and “ Prosecution ” means the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of Patents, including seeking patent extensions and supplementary protection certificate applications pursuant to 35 U.S.C. § 156 or similar statutes, but excluding Post Grant Proceedings.

1.21 PTO ” means, as applicable, the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any other relevant patent office in any country of the Territory other than the United States.

1.22 Separately-Licensed Patents ” means, to the extent Controlled by Novan: (a) the Patents in Appendix B ; (b) any other Patents licensed by UNC to Novan under the UNC Agreement after the Effective Date (“ Additional UNC Patents ”); and (c) any Patents claiming priority from the foregoing Patents. The Parties will promptly update Appendix C in writing to reflect any additional Patents that become licensed by UNC to Novan under the UNC Agreement after the Effective Date.

1.23 Territory ” means all countries of the world, or worldwide.

1.24 Third Party ” means any entity other than Licensee or Novan or an Affiliate of Novan or Licensee.

1.25 UNC Agreement ” means the Amended, Restated and Consolidated License Agreement dated June 27, 2012 between Novan and The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill (“ UNC ”), as in effect from time to time.

1.26 Wound Care Device Data ” means all data assigned by Novan to Licensee pursuant to that certain assignment and assumption agreement of even date herewith, under which Novan assigned to Licensee certain data solely related to the medical device that was under development by Novan for wound care prior to the Effective Date.

 

Confidential Information    5  


Execution Copy

 

2. L ICENSE G RANTS

2.1 Exclusive License under Novan Patents. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Novan agrees to grant and hereby grants to Licensee a fully-paid, royalty-free, exclusive (even as to Novan and its Affiliates), sublicensable (through multiple tiers), license in the Territory, under the Novan Patents, to develop, make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale, import and export Licensed Products in the Licensee Field.

2.2 Non-Exclusive License to Novan Know-How. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Novan agrees to grant and hereby grants to Licensee a fully-paid, royalty-free, non-exclusive, sublicensable (through multiple tiers), license in the Territory, to the Novan Know-How, to develop, make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale, import and export Licensed Products in the Licensee Field.

2.3 Exclusive License under Licensee New Nitric Oxide Patents. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Licensee agrees to grant and hereby grants to Novan a fully-paid, royalty-free, exclusive (even as to Licensee and its Affiliates), sublicensable (through multiple tiers), license in the Territory, under the Licensee New Nitric Oxide Patents, to develop, make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale, import and export products and services in the Novan Retained Field.

2.4 Non-Exclusive License to Licensee New Nitric Oxide Know-How. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Licensee agrees to grant and hereby grants to Novan a fully-paid, royalty-free, non-exclusive, sublicensable (through multiple tiers), license in the Territory, to the Licensee New Nitric Oxide Know-How, to develop, make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale, import and export products and services in the Novan Retained Field.

2.5 Sublicenses. All sublicenses granted under Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 of this Agreement must be in writing and must contain provisions that are not inconsistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Licensee promptly shall provide a copy to Novan of any sublicense entered into hereunder. Licensee shall be directly and primarily responsible and liable for any acts or omissions of its sublicensees in relation to any subject matter of this Agreement.

2.6 Retained Rights; No Implied Licenses. Only the licenses expressly granted under this Agreement shall be of legal force and effect. No other licenses shall be created under this Agreement by implication, estoppel or otherwise. For clarity, (i) Novan retains the exclusive rights under the Novan Patents and Novan Know-How in the Territory to develop, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell and import any and all products and services in the Novan Retained Field, and (ii) Licensee retains the exclusive rights under the Licensee New Nitric Oxide Patents and Licensee New Nitric Oxide Know-How in the Territory to develop, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell and import any and all products and services in the Licensee Field. Novan retains the right under the Novan Patents and Novan Know-How to conduct research and development related to any of the subject matter claimed in the Novan Patents; provided that such research and development is not conducted for the purpose of commercialization of Licensed Products in the Licensee Field. Licensee retains the right under the Licensee New Nitric Oxide Patents and Licensee New Nitric Oxide Know-How to conduct

 

Confidential Information    6  


Execution Copy

 

research and development related to any of the subject matter claimed in the Licensee New Nitric Oxide Patents; provided that such research and development is not conducted for the purpose of commercialization of products and services in the Novan Retained Field. In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, any and all licenses and other rights granted hereunder are limited by and subject to the rights and requirements of the United States Government which arise out of its sponsorship (if any) of the research which led to the conception or reduction to practice of the inventions covered by Novan Patents or Licensee New Nitric Oxide Patents. To the extent applicable due to any such sponsorship, the United States Government is entitled, as a right, under the provisions of 35 U.S.C. §§ 200-212 and applicable regulations of Title 37 of the Code of Federal Regulations, to a non-exclusive, nontransferable, irrevocable, paid-up license to practice or have practiced for or on the behalf of the United States Government any of the Novan Patents or Licensee New Nitric Oxide Patents throughout the world and Licensee and Novan agree to comply and require compliance therewith with respect to the licenses granted to each of them under this Agreement.

2.7 Technology Transfer.

(a) After the Effective Date, Novan agrees to use reasonable efforts to provide promptly to Licensee a copy of all Novan Know-How existing as of the Effective Date and requested by Licensee.

(b) During the New Nitric Oxide Period, Novan shall keep Licensee informed of the status of any New Nitric Oxide Patents and New Nitric Oxide Know-How that would be licensed to Licensee under the licenses granted by Novan in this Article 2 by providing, on each [***] anniversary of the Effective Date during the New Nitric Oxide Period (including on the [***] of the Effective Date), a copy of all such Patents filed by Novan or any of its Affiliates during the preceding [***] period, and a reasonable summary of all such Know-How.

(c) During the New Nitric Oxide Period, Licensee shall keep Novan informed of the status of any Licensee New Nitric Oxide Patents and Licensee New Nitric Oxide Know-How that would be licensed to Novan under the licenses granted by Licensee in this Article 2 by providing, on each [***] anniversary of the Effective Date during the New Nitric Oxide Period (including on the [***] of the Effective Date), a copy of all such Patents filed by Licensee or any of its Affiliates during the preceding [***] period, and a reasonable summary of all such Know-How.

2.8 Right of First Negotiation. Licensee hereby grants to Novan a right of first negotiation during the New Nitric Oxide Period, as set forth below in this Section 2.8, with respect to New Device IP. During the New Nitric Oxide Period, if Licensee or any of its Affiliates [***] to sell, out-license or otherwise grant rights in or to any New Device IP for use in any portion or all of the Novan Retained Field (a “ ROFN Opportunity ”), then Licensee will notify Novan in writing of its intent to pursue such ROFN Opportunity. At the request of Novan, Licensee will [***]

 

Confidential Information    7  
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

[***] and available to Licensee. Within [***] ([***]) days of Novan’s receipt of the written notice, Novan will respond to Licensee in writing regarding Novan’s interest in the ROFN Opportunity. If Novan indicates interest in pursuing the ROFN Opportunity, then the Parties will negotiate in good faith for a period of at least [***] ([***]) days to enter into a definitive agreement regarding such ROFN Opportunity. If, (i) Novan indicates no interest in the ROFN Opportunity or does not respond to Licensee’s notice of the ROFN Opportunity within such [***] ([***]) day period, or (ii) Novan and Licensee do not enter into a definitive agreement within such [***] ([***]) day period, then Licensee will be free to pursue the ROFN Opportunity (including in the [***]) and will be deemed to have discharged its obligations under this Section 2.8 in full with respect to such ROFN Opportunity; provided, however, that if at the end of such [***] ([***]) day period the Parties are actively negotiating the terms of a definitive agreement, then such [***] ([***]) day period may be extended to a mutually acceptable time by the Parties in writing. For clarity, nothing in this Section 2.8 shall be construed as a license or other grant of rights by Novan under any Novan Patents or Novan Know-How, including in the Novan Retained Field.

2.9 Non-Compete During New Nitric Oxide Period.

(a) Novan. During the New Nitric Oxide Period, Novan and its Affiliates shall not, directly or indirectly, manufacture commercial quantities of, or market, sell, promote or otherwise commercialize any nitric oxide-releasing chemistries, materials, formulations, products or devices for use in the Licensee Field.

(b) Licensee. During the New Nitric Oxide Period, Licensee and its Affiliates shall not, directly or indirectly, manufacture commercial quantities of, or market, sell, promote or otherwise commercialize any nitric oxide-releasing chemistries, materials, formulations, products or devices for use in the Novan Retained Field. The foregoing restriction shall not apply to the subject matter of any ROFN Opportunity with respect to which Licensee has discharged its obligations under Section 2.8.

(c) Acquirers. For clarity, the restrictions in Section 2.9(a) and Section 2.9(b) shall not apply to any Acquirer of either Party or of any of its Affiliates.

2.10 Extension of New Nitric Oxide Period.  The Parties acknowledge that the New Nitric Oxide Period may be extended by the Parties if mutually agreed. No extension of the New Nitric Oxide Period shall become effective unless mutually agreed in writing by both Parties.

3. P ATENT P ROSECUTION AND E NFORCEMENT OF N OVAN P ATENTS

3.1 Prosecution of Novan Patents.

(a) Prosecution by Novan. Except as provided for in Section 3.1(b), Novan shall have the exclusive right to Prosecute the Novan Patents, as Novan determines in good faith, [***]. In the event that Novan desires not to continue to Prosecute any of the Novan Patents, Novan shall notify Licensee sufficiently in advance of any deadlines to afford Licensee an opportunity to request that Novan continue the Prosecution of such Patent prior to such Patent lapsing

 

Confidential Information    8  
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

or becoming abandoned. If Licensee requests in writing that Novan continue to Prosecute such Novan Patent, then Novan will continue to do so in accordance with this Section 3.1(a), [***].

(b) Filing of Continuations, Divisionals and National Applications by Licensee. If Licensee desires to file a continuation, divisional or national Patent application to any of the Novan Patents that Novan has not filed, Licensee will notify Novan of such desire, and Novan may elect to Prosecute such Patent [***]. Novan will notify Licensee of its election whether or not to Prosecute such Patent within [***] ([***]) days of such notice from Licensee. If Novan does not elect to Prosecute such Patent within such [***] ([***]) day period, then Licensee may Prosecute such Patent [***]. Licensee shall control the Prosecution of such Patent (whether Prosecuted by Novan or by Licensee) in consultation with Novan; provided, however, that all Prosecution decisions will be subject to Novan’s prior written approval (not to be unreasonably withheld). In no event will Licensee be permitted to undertake any act in the Prosecution of such Patent that may adversely affect the scope, enforceability or patentability of any other Novan Patent, as determined by Novan in good faith. For clarity, any Patent Prosecuted by either Party pursuant to this Section 3.1(b) shall be a Novan Patent and owned solely by Novan and licensed under Section 2.1 of this Agreement to Licensee.

(c) Cooperation in Prosecution. The Party exercising the right to Prosecute Novan Patents pursuant to this Section 3.1 will (i) use reasonable efforts to apprise the other Party of any significant developments in the Prosecution of such Novan Patent, and (ii) copy the other Party, or have the other Party copied, on all official correspondence relating to the relevant Novan Patents received from or to be filed with the PTO, within [***] ([***]) days of receipt from the PTO and present a draft of any material proposed response to such correspondence at least [***] ([***]) days prior to filing with the PTO, respectively, including without limitation copies of each patent application, official action, response to official action, declaration, information disclosure statement, terminal disclaimer filing, and request for reexamination. The Party that is not Prosecuting any particular Novan Patent shall cooperate reasonably with the Party that is conducting Prosecution of such Novan Patent. [***] shall satisfy its obligations under this Section 3.1 to fund Prosecution costs incurred by [***] by reimbursing [***] on a [***] basis within [***] ([***]) days of receipt of reasonable documentation of such Prosecution costs incurred by Novan in the prior [***].

3.2 Post Grant Proceedings.

(a) Third Party Defense. In the event that Novan becomes aware that a Third Party has filed a Post Grant Proceeding with respect to any Novan Patent, Novan will notify Licensee in writing to that effect within [***] ([***]) days of becoming aware of such filing. Once such a Post Grant Proceeding has commenced, Novan shall have the first right to respond to and/or contest such proceeding; provided, however, that if Novan does not take action to respond to and/or contest such proceeding by [***] ([***]) days before the expiration of the time limit, if any, set forth in the applicable laws and regulations for such response or contest, then Licensee shall have the right to respond to

 

Confidential Information    9  
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

and/or contest such proceeding. The Party that responds to and/or contests such Post Grant Proceeding shall provide the other Party: (i) with a copy of any action, communication, letter or other correspondence issued by the PTO or the Third Party within [***] ([***]) days of receipt thereof; (ii) with a copy of any proposed response, amendment, paper or other correspondence to be filed with the PTO no less than [***] ([***]) days prior to filing the same in the PTO, unless otherwise agreed by patent counsel for both Parties; provided that the other Party shall have the right to provide suggestions and recommendations regarding the content of the response, amendment, paper or other correspondence by no later than [***] ([***]) days prior to its filing; and (iii) with a copy of any response, amendment, paper or other correspondence as filed with the PTO no more than [***] ([***]) days after the responding/contesting Party receives confirmation from the PTO that the response, amendment, paper or other correspondence has been filed.

(b) Commencement of Post Grant Proceedings. If either Party desires that Novan commence a Post Grant Proceeding with respect to a Novan Patent, the Party shall notify the other Party of such desire. The Parties shall then consult with each other and consider each other’s input with respect to whether such a Post Grant Proceeding should be commenced. Novan shall have the sole right to commence a Post Grant Proceeding with respect to a Novan Patent. Should such a proceeding be commenced: (i) Novan shall provide Licensee with a copy of any action, communication, letter or other correspondence issued by the PTO within at least [***] ([***]) days of receipt thereof; (ii) Novan shall provide Licensee with a copy of any proposed response, amendment, paper, or other correspondence to be filed with the PTO no less than [***] ([***]) days prior to filing the same in the PTO, unless otherwise agreed by patent counsel for both Parties; provided that Licensee shall have the right to provide suggestions and recommendations regarding the content for the response, amendment, paper or other correspondence by no later than [***] ([***]) days prior to its filing; (iii) Novan shall provide Licensee with a copy of any response, amendment, paper, or other correspondence as filed with the PTO no more than [***] ([***]) days after Novan receives confirmation from the PTO that the response, amendment, paper, or other correspondence has been filed.

(c) Decision-Making Authority; Costs. Novan shall have final decision-making authority with respect to all aspects of Post Grant Proceedings related to the Novan Patents. Each Party shall bear its own costs incurred in connection with any Post Grant Proceeding under this Section 3.2.

3.3 Enforcement and Defense of Novan Patents.

(a) Notice of Infringement. Each Party shall (i) notify the other Party promptly of any conduct on the part of a Third Party that it deems to be a potential infringement of any Novan Patent or receipt of any notice of a certification filed pursuant to 21 U.S.C. § 355(b)(2)(A) or 355(j)(2)(A)(vii)(IV) or its successor provisions or any similar provision in a country in the Territory other than the United States (“ Paragraph IV Notice ”) claiming that any Novan Patents are invalid or otherwise unenforceable, or that infringement of Novan Patents will not arise from the manufacture, use, import or

 

Confidential Information    10  
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

sale of a product by a Third Party (collectively, “ Infringement ”), and (ii) provide the other Party with such information in its possession regarding the potential Infringement and/or a copy of any Paragraph IV Notices within [***] ([***]) days of receipt thereof.

(b) Enforcement by Novan. Novan will have the right (but not the obligation), at its sole discretion, to take any and all action it deems necessary to stop any Infringement (or respond to any Paragraph IV Notice), including the bringing of an action based on the Novan Patents in the Territory. Novan will exclusively control the prosecution or settlement of any such action; provided that if such Infringement is in the Licensee Field and does not involve Novan Particles, Novan agrees not to settle such action without the prior written approval of Licensee, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Novan will be permitted to bring any such action in the name of Novan only or in the name of both Novan and Licensee. If such Infringement is in the Licensee Field and does not involve Novan Particles, Licensee shall have the right (but not obligation, other than use of its name as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence) to participate in such action in a consultative capacity through its own counsel at its cost. Licensee will provide [***] cooperation and assistance requested by Novan in connection with any action taken by Novan with respect to an Infringement, including by making relevant employees, inventors, documents, materials and information available to Novan.

(c) Enforcement by Licensee in the Licensee Field. In the event of a material Infringement (including a Paragraph IV Notice) in the Licensee Field that does not involve Novan Particles, if Novan does not commence an action based on the Novan Patents within (i) [***] ([***]) days after notice of the Infringement or (ii) [***] ([***]) days before the expiration of the time limit, if any, set forth by applicable law for the filing of such action in response to a Paragraph IV Notice, whichever comes first, and in the case of an Infringement other than one arising by reason of a Paragraph IV Notice, such Infringement otherwise has not been abated, Licensee will have the right (but not the obligation), at its sole discretion and expense, to take any and all action it deems necessary to stop such Infringement (or respond to such Paragraph IV Notice), including the bringing of an action based on the Novan Patents. Licensee will control the prosecution or settlement of any such action in consultation with Novan; provided that Licensee agrees not to settle any such action without the prior written approval of Novan, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Licensee will be permitted to bring such action in the name of Licensee only or in the name of both Licensee and Novan. Novan shall have the right (but not obligation, other than use of its name as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence) to participate in such action in a consultative capacity through its own counsel at its cost. Novan will provide [***] cooperation and assistance requested by Licensee in connection with any action taken by Licensee with respect to an Infringement pursuant to this Section 3.3(c), including by making relevant employees, inventors, documents, materials and information available to Licensee.

(d) Invalidity Claims. In the event that an action or claim alleging invalidity, unenforceability or non-infringement of any of the Novan Patents shall be brought or made against Novan or Licensee, Novan, at its sole discretion, shall have the right, but not be obligated, within [***] ([***]) days after the commencement of such action or

 

Confidential Information    11  
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

claim, to take or regain control of the action or defend such claim at its own expense. If Novan shall determine not to exercise this right, then Licensee may take over or remain in control of the action or defense in consultation with Novan; provided that Licensee agrees not to settle any such action or defense without the prior written approval of Novan.

(e) Infringement Costs and Proceeds. Each Party shall bear its own costs incurred in connection with any action initiated or defended under this Section 3.3. Any monetary proceeds, damages and other relief obtained by a Party in connection with such an action (“ Proceeds ”) shall be applied in the following order of priority: (i) first, to reimburse each Party for such costs paid by that Party in connection with such action, and (ii) second, after application of the foregoing clause (i), the Party that initiated or defended the action [***].

(f) Novan Retained Rights. Except as expressly set forth in Section 3.3(c) and Section 3.3(d), Novan retains all rights with respect to enforcement and defense of the Novan Patents.

4. P ATENT P ROSECUTION AND E NFORCEMENT OF L ICENSEE N EW N ITRIC O XIDE P ATENTS

4.1 Prosecution of Licensee New Nitric Oxide Patents.

(a) Prosecution by Licensee. Except as provided for in Section 4.1(b), Licensee shall have the exclusive right to Prosecute the Licensee New Nitric Oxide Patents, as Licensee determines in good faith, [***]. In the event that Licensee desires not to continue to Prosecute any of the Licensee New Nitric Oxide Patents, Licensee shall notify Novan sufficiently in advance of any deadlines to afford Novan an opportunity to request that Licensee continue the Prosecution of such Patent prior to such Patent lapsing or becoming abandoned. If Novan requests in writing that Licensee continue to Prosecute such Licensee New Nitric Oxide Patent, then Licensee will continue to do so in accordance with this Section 4.1(a), [***].

(b) Filing of Continuations, Divisionals and National Applications by Novan. If Novan desires to file a continuation, divisional or national Patent application to any of the Licensee New Nitric Oxide Patents that Licensee has not filed, Novan will notify Licensee of such desire, and Licensee may elect to Prosecute such Patent [***]. Licensee will notify Novan of its election whether or not to Prosecute such Patent within [***] ([***]) days of such notice from Novan. If Licensee does not elect to Prosecute such Patent within such [***] ([***]) day period, then Novan may Prosecute such Patent [***]. Novan shall control the Prosecution of such Patent (whether Prosecuted by Novan or by Licensee) in consultation with Licensee; provided, however, that all Prosecution decisions will be subject to Licensee’s prior written approval (not to be unreasonably withheld). In no event will Novan be permitted to undertake any act in the Prosecution of such Patent that may adversely affect the scope, enforceability or patentability of any other Licensee New Nitric Oxide Patent, as determined by Licensee in good faith. For clarity, any Patent Prosecuted by either Party pursuant to this Section 4.1(b) shall be a Licensee New Nitric Oxide Patent and owned solely by Licensee and licensed under Section 2.3 of this Agreement to Novan.

 

Confidential Information    12  
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

(c) Cooperation in Prosecution. The Party exercising the right to Prosecute Licensee New Nitric Oxide Patents pursuant to this Section 4.1 will (i) use reasonable efforts to apprise the other Party of any significant developments in the Prosecution of such Licensee New Nitric Oxide Patent, and (ii) copy the other Party, or have the other Party copied, on all official correspondence relating to the relevant Licensee New Nitric Oxide Patents received from or to be filed with the PTO, within [***] ([***]) days of receipt from the PTO and present a draft of any material proposed response to such correspondence at least [***] ([***]) days prior to filing with the PTO, respectively, including without limitation copies of each patent application, official action, response to official action, declaration, information disclosure statement, terminal disclaimer filing, and request for reexamination. The Party that is not Prosecuting any particular Licensee New Nitric Oxide Patent shall cooperate reasonably with the Party that is conducting Prosecution of such Licensee New Nitric Oxide Patent. [***] shall satisfy its obligations under this Section 4.1 to fund Prosecution costs incurred by [***] by reimbursing [***] on a [***] basis within [***] ([***]) days of receipt of reasonable documentation of such Prosecution costs incurred by Licensee in the prior [***].

4.2 Post Grant Proceedings.

(a) Third Party Defense. In the event that Licensee becomes aware that a Third Party has filed a Post Grant Proceeding with respect to any Licensee New Nitric Oxide Patent, Licensee will notify Novan in writing to that effect within [***] ([***]) days of becoming aware of such filing. Once such a Post Grant Proceeding has commenced, Licensee shall have the first right to respond to and/or contest such proceeding; provided, however, that if Licensee does not take action to respond to and/or contest such proceeding by [***] ([***]) days before the expiration of the time limit, if any, set forth in the applicable laws and regulations for such response or contest, then Novan shall have the right to respond to and/or contest such proceeding. The Party that responds to and/or contests such Post Grant Proceeding shall provide the other Party: (i) with a copy of any action, communication, letter or other correspondence issued by the PTO or the Third Party within [***] ([***]) days of receipt thereof; (ii) with a copy of any proposed response, amendment, paper or other correspondence to be filed with the PTO no less than [***] ([***]) days prior to filing the same in the PTO, unless otherwise agreed by patent counsel for both Parties; provided that the other Party shall have the right to provide suggestions and recommendations regarding the content of the response, amendment, paper or other correspondence by no later than [***] ([***]) days prior to its filing; and (iii) with a copy of any response, amendment, paper or other correspondence as filed with the PTO no more than [***] ([***]) days after the responding/contesting Party receives confirmation from the PTO that the response, amendment, paper or other correspondence has been filed.

(b) Commencement of Post Grant Proceedings. If either Party desires that Licensee commence a Post Grant Proceeding with respect to a Licensee New Nitric

 

Confidential Information    13  
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

Oxide Patent, the Party shall notify the other Party of such desire. The Parties shall then consult with each other and consider each other’s input with respect to whether such a Post Grant Proceeding should be commenced. Licensee shall have the sole right to commence a Post Grant Proceeding with respect to a Licensee New Nitric Oxide Patent. Should such a proceeding be commenced: (i) Licensee shall provide Novan with a copy of any action, communication, letter or other correspondence issued by the PTO within at least [***] ([***]) days of receipt thereof; (ii) Licensee shall provide Novan with a copy of any proposed response, amendment, paper, or other correspondence to be filed with the PTO no less than [***] ([***]) days prior to filing the same in the PTO, unless otherwise agreed by patent counsel for both Parties; provided that Novan shall have the right to provide suggestions and recommendations regarding the content for the response, amendment, paper or other correspondence by no later than [***] ([***]) days prior to its filing; (iii) Licensee shall provide Novan with a copy of any response, amendment, paper, or other correspondence as filed with the PTO no more than [***] ([***]) days after Licensee receives confirmation from the PTO that the response, amendment, paper, or other correspondence has been filed.

(c) Decision-Making Authority; Costs. Licensee shall have final decision-making authority with respect to all aspects of Post Grant Proceedings related to the Licensee New Nitric Oxide Patents. Each Party shall bear its own costs incurred in connection with any Post Grant Proceeding under this Section 4.2.

4.3 Enforcement and Defense of Licensee New Nitric Oxide Patents.

(a) Notice of Infringement. Each Party shall (i) notify the other Party promptly of any conduct on the part of a Third Party that it deems to be a potential infringement of any Licensee New Nitric Oxide Patent or receipt of any notice of a certification filed pursuant to 21 U.S.C. § 355(b)(2)(A) or 355(j)(2)(A)(vii)(IV) or its successor provisions or any similar provision in a country in the Territory other than the United States (“ Paragraph IV Notice ”) claiming that any Licensee New Nitric Oxide Patents are invalid or otherwise unenforceable, or that infringement of Licensee New Nitric Oxide Patents will not arise from the manufacture, use, import or sale of a product by a Third Party (collectively, “ Infringement ”), and (ii) provide the other Party with such information in its possession regarding the potential Infringement and/or a copy of any Paragraph IV Notices within [***] ([***]) days of receipt thereof.

(b) Enforcement by Licensee. Licensee will have the right (but not the obligation), at its sole discretion, to take any and all action it deems necessary to stop any Infringement (or respond to any Paragraph IV Notice), including the bringing of an action based on the Licensee New Nitric Oxide Patents in the Territory. Licensee will exclusively control the prosecution or settlement of any such action; provided that if such Infringement is in the Novan Retained Field, Licensee agrees not to settle such action without the prior written approval of Novan, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Licensee will be permitted to bring any such action in the name of Licensee only or in the name of both Novan and Licensee. If such Infringement is in the Novan Retained Field, Novan shall have the right (but not obligation, other than use of its name as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence) to participate in such action in a consultative

 

Confidential Information    14  
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

capacity through its own counsel at its cost. Novan will provide [***] cooperation and assistance requested by Licensee in connection with any action taken by Licensee with respect to an Infringement, including by making relevant employees, inventors, documents, materials and information available to Licensee.

(c) Enforcement by Novan in the Novan Retained Field. In the event of a material Infringement (including a Paragraph IV Notice) in the Novan Retained Field, if Licensee does not commence an action based on the Licensee New Nitric Oxide Patents within (i) [***] ([***]) days after notice of the Infringement or (ii) [***] ([***]) days before the expiration of the time limit, if any, set forth by applicable law for the filing of such action in response to a Paragraph IV Notice, whichever comes first, and in the case of an Infringement other than one arising by reason of a Paragraph IV Notice, such Infringement otherwise has not been abated, Novan will have the right (but not the obligation), at its sole discretion and expense, to take any and all action it deems necessary to stop such Infringement (or respond to such Paragraph IV Notice), including the bringing of an action based on the Licensee New Nitric Oxide Patents. Novan will control the prosecution or settlement of any such action in consultation with Licensee; provided that Novan agrees not to settle any such action without the prior written approval of Licensee, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Novan will be permitted to bring such action in the name of Novan only or in the name of both Licensee and Novan. Licensee shall have the right (but not obligation, other than use of its name as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence) to participate in such action in a consultative capacity through its own counsel at its cost. Licensee will provide [***] cooperation and assistance requested by Novan in connection with any action taken by Novan with respect to an Infringement pursuant to this Section 4.3(c), including by making relevant employees, inventors, documents, materials and information available to Novan.

(d) Invalidity Claims. In the event that an action or claim alleging invalidity, unenforceability or non-infringement of any of the Licensee New Nitric Oxide Patents shall be brought or made against Novan or Licensee, Licensee, at its sole discretion, shall have the right, but not be obligated, within [***] ([***]) days after the commencement of such action or claim, to take or regain control of the action or defend such claim at its own expense. If Licensee shall determine not to exercise this right, then Novan may take over or remain in control of the action or defense in consultation with Licensee; provided that Novan agrees not to settle any such action or defense without the prior written approval of Licensee.

(e) Infringement Costs and Proceeds. Each Party shall bear its own costs incurred in connection with any action initiated or defended under this Section 4.3. Any monetary proceeds, damages and other relief obtained by a Party in connection with such an action (“ Proceeds ”) shall be applied in the following order of priority: (i) first, to reimburse each Party for such costs paid by that Party in connection with such action, and (ii) second, after application of the foregoing clause (i), the Party that initiated or defended the action [***].

 

Confidential Information    15  
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

(f) Licensee Retained Rights. Except as expressly set forth in Section 4.3(c) and Section 4.3(d), Licensee retains all rights with respect to enforcement and defense of the Licensee New Nitric Oxide Patents.

5. R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES

5.1 Power and Authority. Each Party represents and warrants to the other Party that: (a) it has the right, power, and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement, and to grant the licenses set forth herein, and that the person signing this Agreement on such Party’s behalf has been duly authorized and empowered to enter into this Agreement; (b) the execution and delivery by such Party of this Agreement and the consummation by such Party of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of such Party and no other corporate proceedings on the part of such Party are necessary to authorize this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; (c) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Party and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by the other Party, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Party, enforceable against such Party in accordance with its terms; (d) the execution, delivery, and performance of and compliance with this Agreement will not, with or without the passage of time or giving of notice, (i) conflict with, or result in any violation of or default or loss of any benefit under, any provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws (or other company governing instruments) of such Party; (ii) conflict with, or result in any violation of or default or loss of any benefit under, any permit, concession, grant, franchise, law, rule or regulation, or any order to which such Party is a party or to which any of its property is subject; (iii) conflict with, or result in a breach or violation of or default or loss of any benefit under, or accelerate the performance required by, the terms of any agreement, contract, indenture or other instrument to which such Party is a party or to which any of its property is subject; or (iv) result in the suspension, revocation, impairment, forfeiture or nonrenewal of any material permit, license, authorization or approval applicable to such Party, its business or operations or any of its assets or properties; and (e) no consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any governmental authority or any other person or entity is required to be obtained or filed by such Party in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

5.2 Disclaimers. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 5.1 ABOVE, THE NOVAN PATENTS, THE NOVAN KNOW-HOW, THE LICENSEE NEW NITRIC OXIDE PATENTS, THE LICENSEE NEW NITRIC OXIDE KNOW-HOW AND THE NEW DEVICE IP ARE PROVIDED “AS IS”, AND EACH PARTY DISCLAIMS ALL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE NOVAN PATENTS, THE NOVAN KNOW-HOW, THE LICENSEE NEW NITRIC OXIDE PATENTS, THE LICENSEE NEW NITRIC OXIDE KNOW-HOW AND THE NEW DEVICE IP, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, VALIDITY, NON-INFRINGEMENT, NON-INTERFERENCE AND/OR QUIET ENJOYMENT, OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OR TRADE PRACTICES. WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE FOREGOING, EACH PARTY EXPRESSLY DOES NOT REPRESENT OR WARRANT: (A) THE SAFETY OR USEFULNESS FOR ANY

 

Confidential Information    16  


Execution Copy

 

PURPOSE OF THE SUBJECT MATTER IT PROVIDES HEREUNDER; (B) THAT ANY PATENT WILL ISSUE ON ANY NOVAN PATENT, LICENSEE NEW NITRIC OXIDE PATENT OR NEW DEVICE IP; OR (C) THE VALIDITY OF ANY PATENT

INCLUDED IN THE NOVAN PATENTS, LICENSEE NEW NITRIC OXIDE PATENTS OR NEW DEVICE IP.

6. L IMITATION OF L IABILITY . NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE OR INDIRECT DAMAGES OR LOSS OF PROFITS ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO ANY BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT, REGARDLESS OF ANY NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, NOTHING IN THIS ARTICLE 6 IS INTENDED TO OR SHALL LIMIT OR RESTRICT THE DAMAGES AVAILABLE FOR A PARTY’S BREACH OF CONFIDENTIALITY OBLIGATIONS IN ARTICLE 7 OR [***].

7. C ONFIDENTIALITY .

7.1 Confidential Information . The Parties agree that, unless the Receiving Party obtains the prior written consent of the Disclosing Party, at all times during the term of this Agreement and for a [***] ([***]) year period following its expiration or earlier termination, the Receiving Party will keep completely confidential, will not publish or otherwise disclose and will not use directly or indirectly for any purpose other than as contemplated by this Agreement any Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party.

7.2 Limited Disclosure Permitted. Each Party may disclose Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party to the extent that such disclosure is:

(a) required by applicable laws, in the opinion of legal counsel to the Receiving Party; provided, however, that the Receiving Party will first have given reasonable notice to the Disclosing Party (if practicable) and given the Disclosing Party a reasonable opportunity to obtain a protective order or confidential treatment requiring that the Confidential Information and documents that are the subject thereof be held in confidence by the recipient or, if disclosed, be used only for purposes required by such law; provided further, however, that if a protective order is not obtained, the Confidential Information so disclosed will be limited to that information that is legally required to be disclosed by applicable laws;

(b) made by Receiving Party to a governmental or regulatory authority as required to conduct clinical trials or obtain or maintain regulatory approval for products or services that are the subject of licenses granted to the Receiving Party under this Agreement;

(c) made by Receiving Party to a Third Party as may be necessary or useful in connection with the manufacture, development and commercialization of any products or services that are the subject of licenses granted to the Receiving Party under this Agreement, in connection with financing activities of the Receiving Party, or in

 

Confidential Information    17  
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

connection with the transfer or sale of all or substantially all of the business of the Receiving Party to which this Agreement relates to a Third Party, whether by merger, sale of stock, sale or transfer of assets or otherwise; provided, however, that: (i) each such Third Party has, in the reasonable determination of the Receiving Party, a need to know such Confidential Information and is bound by an agreement containing confidentiality and non-use obligations no less protective than those set forth in this Agreement in any material respect; (ii) the Receiving Party informs each Third Party receiving Confidential Information of its confidential nature; and (iii) the Receiving Party will be responsible for any breach of this Article 7 by any such Third Parties to the same extent as if the breach were by the Receiving Party; or

(d) made by a Receiving Party in order to comply with applicable securities law disclosure requirement or any disclosure requirements of any applicable stock market or securities exchange.

7.3 Terms of Agreement. The Parties agree that the material terms of this Agreement shall be considered Confidential Information of both Parties, subject to the special authorized disclosure provisions set forth below in this Section 7.3 (in lieu of the authorized disclosure provisions set forth in Section 7.2, to the extent of any conflict) and without limiting the generality of the definition of Confidential Information set forth in Article 1. If either Party desires to make a public announcement concerning the terms of this Agreement, such Party shall give reasonable prior advance notice of the proposed text of such announcement to the other Party for its prior review and approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. A Party shall not be required to seek the permission of the other Party to repeat or disclose any information as to the terms of this Agreement that has already been publicly disclosed by such Party in accordance with the foregoing or by the other Party, or any similar or comparable information. Either Party may disclose the terms of this Agreement to such Party’s existing investors, lenders, directors and professional advisors and to potential investors, lenders, acquirors or merger partners and their professional advisors who are bound by written or professional obligations of non-disclosure and non-use that are at least as stringent as those contained in this Article 7 or are customary for such purpose. Each Party also may disclose the relevant terms of this Agreement to potential sublicensees who agree to be bound by obligations of non-disclosure and non-use at least as stringent as those contained in this Article 7 in all material respects.

7.4 Publications. Novan shall have the right to review and comment on any material proposed for disclosure or publication by Licensee, such as by oral presentation, manuscript or abstract, which includes data generated from the use of the Novan Patents or Novan Know-How or any Confidential Information of Novan. Before any such material is submitted for publication, Licensee shall deliver a complete copy to Novan at least [***] ([***]) days prior to submitting the material to a publisher or initiating any other disclosure. Novan shall review any such material and give its comments to Licensee within [***] ([***]) days of the delivery of such material to Novan. Licensee shall comply with Novan’s request to delete references to Novan’s Confidential Information in any such material and agrees to delay any submission for publication or other public disclosure for a period of up to an additional [***] ([***]) days for the purpose of preparing and filing appropriate Patent applications.

 

Confidential Information    18  
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

8. T ERM AND T ERMINATION

8.1 Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Article 8, shall expire upon the expiration of the last-to-expire of the Novan Patents. Upon such expiration (but not the earlier termination of this Agreement), the license granted under Section 2.2 shall continue in perpetuity on a non-exclusive basis in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

8.2 Termination for Breach. Each Party may terminate this Agreement by written notice to the other Party at any time, if the other Party breaches any provision of this Agreement and fails to cure such breach within thirty (30) days of receipt of a written notice thereof from the non-breaching Party.

8.3 Termination for Patent Challenge. Novan may terminate this Agreement by written notice if Licensee or its Affiliate or sublicensee directly, or through assistance granted to a Third Party, commences or participates (except as such participation may be required by applicable law) in any interference, pre- or post-grant opposition or other pre- or post-grant proceeding related to the validity, enforceability and/or patentability of, or challenges the validity or enforceability of, any Novan Patent before any tribunal or patent office.

8.4 Additional Termination by Licensee. Licensee may terminate this Agreement for any reason or no reason without penalty on ninety (90) days written notice to Novan. Such termination shall become effective at the end of such ninety (90) day period.

8.5 Effect of Termination. Upon termination of this Agreement all licenses granted to Licensee and any sublicenses thereunder will cease to be in effect. In addition, upon termination of this Agreement, each Party shall return to the other Party, or destroy, all Confidential Information belonging to the other Party, in each case except as necessary for such Party’s continued enjoyment of any license or right that survives termination of this Agreement.

8.6 Survival. Expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason will not relieve either Party of any obligation or liability accruing prior thereto and will be without prejudice to the rights and remedies of either Party with respect to any antecedent breach of the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of Sections 2.2 (but only in connection with expiration of this Agreement and not its earlier termination), 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.8, 5.2, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7 and 8.8, and Articles 1 (to the extent required to enforce other surviving rights and obligations), 4, 6, 7 and 9, are intended to and shall survive termination or expiration of this Agreement in accordance with the terms of such Articles or Sections.

8.7 Bankruptcy Code. All licenses granted under this Agreement will be deemed licenses of rights to intellectual property for purposes of Section 365(n) of the United States Bankruptcy Code and a licensee under this Agreement will retain and may fully exercise all of its rights and elections under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

8.8 Additional Remedies. The remedies set forth in this Article 8 or elsewhere in this Agreement will be in addition to, and will not be to the exclusion of, any other remedies available to the Parties at law, in equity or under this Agreement.

 

Confidential Information    19  


Execution Copy

 

9. G ENERAL

9.1 Independent Contractors. The Parties are and at all times will be and remain independent contractors as to each other, and at no time will either Party be deemed to be the agent or employee of the other. No joint venture, partnership, agency, or other relationship will be created or implied as a result of this Agreement.

9.2 Governing Law. Any questions, claims, disputes, or litigation concerning or arising from this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of North Carolina without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles of that state or other country. Subject to Section 9.3, all disputes with respect to this Agreement shall be brought and heard exclusively either in the North Carolina state courts located in Durham County, North Carolina, or the federal district court for the Middle District of North Carolina located in Wake County, North Carolina. The Parties each consent to the in personam jurisdiction and venue of such courts exclusively.

9.3 Dispute Resolution.

(a) Organization Resolution . The Parties will try to settle their differences amicably between themselves. In the event of any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to any provision of this Agreement or the performance or alleged non-performance of a Party of its obligations under this Agreement (“ Dispute ”), a Party may notify the other Party in writing of such Dispute. Upon a Party’s receipt of written notice of a Dispute, the Dispute will be referred to the respective representatives of the Parties with authority to resolve the Dispute. If the designated representatives of the Parties are unable to resolve the Dispute within [***] ([***]) days of receipt of the written notice by the other Party, the Dispute will be referred to the Chief Executive Officers of each of the Parties (or any other representative designated by the board of directors of the applicable Party) who will use their good faith efforts to resolve the Dispute within [***] ([***]) days after it was referred to the Chief Executive Officers (or other such representative).

(b) Arbitration. Any Dispute that is not resolved as provided in Section 9.3(a), whether before or after termination of this Agreement, will be resolved by final and binding arbitration. Each Party may refer such Dispute for arbitration by written notice to the other Party. Such Disputes will be finally settled by the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) under its Commercial Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures (the “ Rules ”), or by such other arbitration tribunal or arbitration rules as the Parties may agree upon. Arbitration proceedings will be held in Raleigh, North Carolina, U.S.A, or in another place which is mutually agreeable to the Parties. The arbitration shall be conducted and the award shall be rendered in English. The arbitration will be conducted by three (3) arbitrators agreed to by the Parties within [***] ([***]) days of receipt by respondents of the request for arbitration or, in default of such agreement, according to the Rules’ Expedited Procedures for the Appointment and Qualifications of Arbitrators. [***] selected shall be a lawyer with pharmaceutical and medical device industry legal experience. During the period beginning with the selection of the arbitrators and ending upon the conclusion of the arbitration proceedings, the Parties may conduct such discovery as is permitted under the

 

Confidential Information    20  
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

Rules; provided, however, that the Parties shall be entitled, without any further showing of good cause to the arbitrators, to [***]. In conducting the arbitration, the arbitrators will apply the Rules as they apply to matters of evidence. The decision by the arbitrators shall be final and binding upon the Parties, their successors and permitted assigns and the Parties will comply with such decision in good faith. The award may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Party hereby submits itself to the jurisdiction of the courts of the place where the arbitration is held, but only for the entry of judgment with respect to the decision of the arbitrators hereunder. The fees and expenses of the arbitrators, the fees and expenses of a court reporter, and any expenses for a hearing room, will be [***]. The Parties will otherwise bear [***].

(c) [***] Arbitration for Certain Matters. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 9.3(b), any Disputes related to [***] of this Agreement shall be resolved through binding arbitration administered by the AAA as follows:

(i) Within [***] ([***]) days of receipt by respondent of the request for arbitration, the Parties shall designate in writing a single arbitrator to resolve the dispute. If the Parties cannot agree on an arbitrator within such [***]-day period, or if the arbitrator agreed to by the Parties declines to serve, an arbitrator shall be selected, within [***] ([***]) days after notice from either Party of such inability to agree on an arbitrator willing to serve, by the AAA. The arbitrator shall be a lawyer with pharmaceutical and medical device industry legal experience who is available to serve on the timetable established in this Section 9.3(c), and shall not be an Affiliate, or an employee, consultant, legal advisor, officer, director or stockholder of, or have any conflict of interest with respect to, any Party. Arbitration proceedings will be held in Raleigh, North Carolina, U.S.A, or in another place which is mutually agreeable to the Parties

(ii) The Party submitting a dispute to arbitration shall include with its notice pursuant to Section 9.3(b) a written summary of the disputed issues, not to exceed [***] ([***]) pages per disputed issue, and a proposed ruling on the merits of each such issue. Within [***] ([***]) days thereafter, the other Party shall provide a written response, not to exceed [***] ([***]) pages per disputed issue, as well as such other Party’s proposed ruling on the merits of each disputed issue, to the Party initiating such arbitration and to the arbitrator.

(iii) Within [***] ([***]) days after the selection of the arbitrator and in any event within [***] ([***]) days after the notice initiating the arbitration, the arbitrator and the Parties shall meet. During such meeting, the arbitrator shall establish a schedule for discovery. Unless the Parties otherwise agree, the arbitrator shall limit discovery by each Party to [***]

 

Confidential Information    21  
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

[***] . The Parties shall have [***] ([***]) days to respond to written discovery. Depositions shall be scheduled at the mutual convenience of the Parties and the witnesses; provided that all discovery shall be conducted so as to be completed within [***] ([***]) days after the initiation of arbitration.

(iv) The arbitrator shall set a date for a hearing, which shall be no later than [***] ([***]) days after the notice initiating the arbitration pursuant to Section 9.3(b). At the hearing, in accordance with a schedule established by the arbitrator, the Parties shall present evidence with respect to each of the disputed issues.

(v) Within [***] ([***]) days following the close of the hearing, the Parties shall submit post-hearing briefs to the arbitrator. The post-hearing briefing shall not exceed twenty double-spaced pages. Within [***] ([***]) days after the timely submission of post-hearing briefs, the arbitrator shall enter a written award that rules on each disputed issue and that sets forth the grounds for the decision, applying the law of the State of North Carolina. The determination of the arbitrator as to the resolution of any dispute shall be binding and conclusive upon all Parties. Either Party may bring an action in any court of competent jurisdiction to enforce a final award entered by the arbitrator. The Parties expressly agree that the state and federal courts located in the State of North Carolina have jurisdiction to confirm the arbitration award and enter judgment thereon. The Parties hereby waive any and all objections and defenses to such jurisdiction regardless of the nature of such objection or defense.

(vi) The (i) [***], (ii) [***] and (iii) [***], shall be borne by the non-prevailing Party or, if neither Party is the prevailing Party as to all disputed issues, by the Parties in inverse proportion to the proportion of the dispute on which they prevailed, respectively, as determined by the arbitrator. Prior to such determination, each Party shall bear its own [***] and [***]; provided that the arbitrator shall, in his or her final award, require the non-prevailing Party (or the Party that prevails on [***]) to reimburse the other Party for the excess share of such costs and expenses borne by such other Party prior to such determination.

(vii) Except as modified by this Section 9.3(c), Disputes subject to arbitration hereunder shall be governed by the Rules.

(d) Confidentiality. Except as may be required by applicable law, neither a Party nor the arbitrator(s) may disclose the existence, content or results of any arbitration award without the prior written consent of both Parties, unless to protect or pursue a legal right.

 

Confidential Information    22  
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

(e) Disputes Not Subject to Arbitration.

(i) IP Disputes. Notwithstanding the Parties’ agreement to arbitrate, unless the Parties agree in writing in any particular case, claims and disputes between the Parties relating to or arising out of, or for which resolution depends in whole or in part on a determination of the interpretation, validity, enforceability or infringement of, Patents or the misappropriation of trade secrets, shall not be subject to arbitration under this Agreement, and the Parties may pursue whatever rights and remedies may be available to them under law or equity, including litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction, with respect to such claims and disputes.

(ii) Emergency Relief. Notwithstanding the Parties’ agreement to arbitrate, the Parties hereby agree that either Party may apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction for specific performance or injunctive relief to enforce or prevent any violation of this Agreement. Without prejudice to such provisional remedies as may be available under the jurisdiction of a court, the arbitral tribunal under this Section 9.3 shall have full authority to grant provisional remedies and to direct the Parties to request that any court modify or vacate any temporary or preliminary relief issued by such court, and to award damages for the failure of any Party to respect the arbitral tribunal’s orders to that effect.

9.4 No Assignment. Neither Party may assign, delegate or otherwise transfer, in whole or in part, any rights or obligations under this Agreement, by operation of law or otherwise, without the other Party’s express prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that a Party may assign or transfer its rights and delegate its obligations under this Agreement without such consent: (a) to the transferee or successor entity to such Party upon the transfer or sale of all or substantially all of the business of such Party to which this Agreement relates to a Third Party, whether by merger, sale of stock, sale or transfer of assets or otherwise; or (b) to an Affiliate, provided that the assigning Party shall remain liable and responsible to the other Party for the performance and observance of all such duties and obligations by such Affiliate for so long as such entity remains an Affiliate of the assigning Party. In the case of any permitted assignment or transfer of or under this Agreement, this Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the transferees, successors and assigns of the Parties hereto. Any attempted assignment, delegation, or transfer in violation of the foregoing will be null and void. In connection with any assignment or transfer of this Agreement by a Party, the Patents and Know-How licensed by such Party to the other Party under this Agreement shall not include any Patents or Know-How Controlled by the transferee, successor or assignee of, or any Acquirer of, such Party (or any Affiliate thereof, excluding Licensee as a result of such transaction) prior to such assignment or transfer or developed outside of any activities under this Agreement.

9.5 Compliance with Laws. Each Party will comply with all applicable federal, state, provincial and local laws, rules, and regulations in performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

Confidential Information    23  


Execution Copy

 

9.6 Notices. All notices or reports permitted or required under this Agreement will be in writing and will be delivered by personal delivery, telecopier, facsimile transmission, or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and shall be deemed given upon personal delivery, five days after deposit in the mail, or upon acknowledgment of receipt of electronic transmission. Notices shall be sent to the addresses set forth below. Either party may amend its address upon written notice to the other.

 

If to Novan:    If to Licensee:
Novan, Inc.    KNOW Bio, LLC
4222 Emperor Boulevard, Suite 200    627 Davis Drive, Suite 400
Durham, NC 27703    Morrisville, NC 27560
Attn: [***]    Attn: [***]

9.7 Waivers; Amendment. No waiver of any terms or conditions of this Agreement will be valid or binding on a Party unless such Party makes the waiver in writing. Any such waiver shall constitute a waiver only with respect to the specific matter described therein and shall in no way impair the rights of the Party granting such waiver in any other respect or at any other time. The failure of one Party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, or the failure to require at any time the performance of the other Party of any of the provisions of this Agreement, will in no way be construed to be a present or future waiver of such provisions, nor in any way affect the ability of a Party to enforce each and every provision thereafter. This Agreement may not be altered, amended, modified, or otherwise changed in any way except by a written instrument signed by the authorized representatives of each Party.

9.8 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is found or held to be invalid or unenforceable by any tribunal of competent jurisdiction, then the meaning of such provision will be construed, to the extent feasible, so as to render the provision enforceable, and if no feasible interpretation would save such provision, it will be severed from the remainder of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect.

9.9 Construction. The headings of sections of this Agreement are included solely for convenience of reference and are not to be used to interpret, construe, define, or describe the scope of any aspect of this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the word “including” means “including but not limited to”. Each Party represents that it has had the opportunity to participate in the preparation of this Agreement, and any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting Party will not be followed in connection with the construction or interpretation of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the word “will” shall be equivalent in meaning to the word “shall,” both of which describe an act or forbearance which is mandatory under this Agreement. The word “may” describes an act or forbearance which is optional under this Agreement. Unless otherwise expressly stated to the contrary herein, all remedies are cumulative, and the exercise of any express remedy by either Party does not by itself waive such Party’s right to exercise its other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.

9.10 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including its attached exhibit, constitutes the entire agreement and final understanding of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes any other and all prior or contemporaneous negotiations, representations, understandings, discussions, offers, and agreements between the Parties, whether written or oral,

 

Confidential Information    24  
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

express or implied, relating in any way to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement is intended by the Parties to be a complete and wholly integrated expression of their understanding and agreement.

9.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (by facsimile transmission or in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF) sent by electronic mail), each of which will be considered an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

Signature Page to Follow

 

Confidential Information    25  


Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

 

Novan, Inc.     KNOW Bio, LLC
By:  

/s/ Nathan Stasko

    By:  

/s/ Neal Hunter

Name:   Nathan Stasko, PhD     Name:   Neal Hunter
Title:   President     Title:   Managing Director

 

Confidential Information    26  


Execution Copy

 

Appendix A

Novan Patents

[***]

 

Confidential Information    27  
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

[***]

 

Confidential Information    30  
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

Appendix B

Separately-Licensed Patents

[***]

 

Confidential Information    31  
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Execution Copy

 

Appendix C

Additional UNC Patents

[***]

 

Confidential Information    36  
[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

Exhibit 10.10

LEASE AGREEMENT

BY AND BETWEEN

CROWN ROYAL ASSOCIATES, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

(AS LANDLORD)

AND

NOVAN, INC.,

a Delaware Corporation

(AS TENANT)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

1.

 

BASIC LEASE TERMS

     1   

2.

 

DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES

     3   

3.

 

TERM; COMMENCEMENT DATE; DELIVERY OF PREMISES

     3   

4.

 

RENT

     5   

5.

 

ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS BY TENANT

     8   

6.

 

USE OF PREMISES

     8   

7.

 

TAXES ON LEASE AND TENANT’S PROPERTY

     11   

8.

 

FIRE AND EXTENDED COVERAGE INSURANCE

     11   

9.

 

LANDLORD’S COVENANT TO REPAIR AND REPLACE

     12   

10.

 

TENANT’S COVENANT TO REPAIR

     13   

11.

 

TRADE FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT

     13   

12.

 

UTILITIES

     13   

13.

 

DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION OF PREMISES

     14   

14.

 

GOVERNMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

     15   

15.

 

MUTUAL WAIVER OF SUBROGATION

     15   

16.

 

SIGNS AND ADVERTISING

     15   

17.

 

INDEMNIFICATION AND LIABILITY INSURANCE

     15   

18.

 

LANDLORD’S RIGHT OF ENTRY

     17   

19.

 

EMINENT DOMAIN

     17   

20.

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

     17   

21.

 

SUBORDINATION

     18   

22.

 

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

     19   

23.

 

TRANSFER OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST

     20   

24.

 

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

     20   


25.

 

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

     21   

26.

 

PROTECTION AGAINST LIENS

     21   

27.

 

MEMORANDUM OF LEASE

     21   

28.

 

LANDLORD’S LIEN

     21   

29.

 

FORCE MAJEURE

     22   

30.

 

REMEDIES CUMULATIVE — NONWAIVER

     22   

31.

 

HOLDING OVER

     22   

32.

 

NOTICES

     22   

33.

 

LEASING COMMISSION

     22   

34.

 

LANDLORD DEFAULT

     23   

35.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

     24   

36.

 

SEVERABILITY

     27   

37.

 

RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER FOR SUITE 460

     27   

38.

 

OPTION TO RENEW

     28   

 

ii


LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (the “Lease”) made and entered into as of the 21 st day of December 2010 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Crown Royal Associates, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, hereinafter called “Landlord,” and Novan, Inc., hereinafter called “Tenant.”

W I T N E S S E T H :

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree for themselves, their successors and assigns, as follows:

1. BASIC LEASE TERMS .

The following terms shall have the following meanings in this Lease:

(a) Premises : Approximately 12,147 rentable square feet of space known as Suite 470 within the Building, outlined in blue on Exhibit “A” hereto.

(b) Building : Royal Center I, located in the Imperial Center Business Park in Durham, North Carolina.

(c) Business Park : Imperial Center Business Park.

(d) Common Areas : All areas of the Building or the Business Park available for the common use or benefit of all tenants primarily or to the public generally, as designated and determined by Landlord from time to time, including without limitation, parking areas, driveways, sidewalks, loading docks, the lobby, common corridors, elevators (if applicable), stairwells, entrances, public restrooms, and other similar areas of the Building, as designated and determined by Landlord from time to time.

(e) Commencement Date : March 1, 2011 (subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 3 of this Lease).

(f) Term; Expiration Date : The “Term” of this Lease shall be a period of five (5) years and six (6) months commencing as of the Commencement Date (or the Adjustment Date, as the case may be) and expiring sixty-six (66) full calendar months thereafter (the “Expiration Date”). If the Term is extended for the Renewal Term described in Section 38 hereof, the Expiration Date shall also be deemed extended to the expiration of the Renewal Term.

(g) Minimum Rent :

 

PERIOD

   RATE      MONTHLY
MINIMUM RENT
     ANNUAL
MINIMUM RENT
 
     (per rentable
square foot)
               

Initial Lease Year

   $ 14.50       $ 14,677.63       $ 176,131.50   

Lease Year 2

   $ 14.90       $ 15,082.53       $ 180,990.30   

Lease Year 3

   $ 15.31       $ 15,497.55       $ 185,970.57   

Lease Year 4

   $ 15.73       $ 15,922.69       $ 191,072.31   


PERIOD

   RATE      MONTHLY
MINIMUM RENT
     ANNUAL
MINIMUM RENT
 
     (per rentable
square foot)
               

Lease Year 5

   $ 16.16       $ 16,357.96       $ 196,295.52   

Partial Lease Year 6 (months 61-66)

   $ 16.60       $ 16,803.35       $ 100,820.10   

(subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2). Notwithstanding the foregoing schedule, Tenant shall receive a rent credit in an amount equal to the first six (6) payments of Minimum Rent required to be paid by Tenant hereunder, such rent credit to be applied to Tenant’s first six (6) payments of Annual Rent due hereunder.

(h) Tenant’s Proportionate Share : A fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of rentable square feet within the Premises and the denominator of which shall be the number of rentable square feet within the Building, currently estimated to be 28.19% (12,147÷43,092), subject to Section 3 below.

(i) Tenant’s Estimated Share of Operating Expenses : For the calendar year beginning January 1, 2011, the amount of Tenant’s estimated proportionate share of all Operating Expenses shall be Thirty-Three Thousand Seven Hundred Sixty-Eight and 66/100 Dollars ($33,768.66), which represents $2.78 per rentable square foot of the Premises per annum, payable in advance in equal monthly installments of Two Thousand Eight Hundred Fourteen and 6/100 Dollars ($2,814.06).

(j) Notice Addresses :

 

Landlord:   

Crown Royal Associates, LLC

c/o Tri Properties, Inc.

4309 Emperor Boulevard, Suite 110

Durham, North Carolina 27703

with a copy to:     

Crown Royal Associates, LLC

18201 Von Karman Avenue

Suite 950

Irvine, California 92612

Tenant:   

Novan, Inc.

4222 Emperor Boulevard, Suite 470

Durham, North Carolina 27703

(k) Security Deposit : See Section 35(f).

(l) Brokers : Tri Properties, Inc. and Cassidy Turley

(m) Guarantor(s) : None

(n) Parking : Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use 2.58 unreserved parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises in the surface parking areas adjacent to the Building, or in areas otherwise designated by Landlord, which constitute a portion of the Common Areas, subject to the provisions of this Lease.

 

2


2. DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES .

Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby accepts and rents from Landlord, the Premises within the Building located in the Business Park; together with the nonexclusive right to use the Common Areas in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Lease. Landlord and Tenant hereby stipulate that the Premises contains the number of square feet specified in Section 1(a) above, except that the square feet of the Premises and the Building are subject to verification from time to time by Landlord’s architect/space planner. In the event that Landlord’s architect/space planner determines that the amounts thereof shall be different from those set forth in this Lease, all amounts, percentages and figures appearing or referred to in this Lease based upon such incorrect amount (including, without limitation, the amount of the Minimum Rent and Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be modified in accordance with such determination. If such determination is made, Landlord will give notice thereof to Tenant. Landlord may deliver to Tenant a Commencement Letter in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit “B” , which Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord within five (5) days after receipt thereof. Failure of Tenant to timely execute and deliver the Commencement Letter shall constitute an acknowledgment by Tenant that the statements included in such notice are true and correct, without exception.

3. TERM; COMMENCEMENT DATE; DELIVERY OF PREMISES .

(a) Term .

This Lease shall be effective as of the Effective Date. Unless otherwise adjusted as hereinbelow provided, the Term shall commence on the Commencement Date and expire on the Expiration Date. In the event the Commencement Date is a day other than the first day of a calendar month, the Term shall be extended and shall expire on that date which is sixty-six (66) full calendar months from the first day of the first full calendar month immediately following the Commencement Date (the “Adjustment Date”). As used herein, the term “Lease Year” shall mean each consecutive twelve-month period of the Term, beginning with the Commencement Date or any anniversary thereof; provided, however, in the event the Commencement Date is a day other than the first day of a calendar month, the first Lease Year shall be that period commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing until the first anniversary of the Adjustment Date and each succeeding Lease Year shall be a twelve-month period beginning with each subsequent anniversary of the Adjustment Date.

(b) Commencement Date .

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Commencement Date shall be deemed to be the earlier of: (a) the date Tenant, or any person occupying any portion of the Premises with Tenant’s permission, commences business operations from the Premises, or (b) the first business day following the date of Landlord’s delivery of the Premises to Tenant upfitted in substantial accordance with Exhibit “C” hereto or the date upon which Landlord would have delivered the Premises to Tenant upfitted in substantial accordance with Exhibit “C” but for delays attributable to Tenant or Tenant’s Invitees (as hereinafter defined). Landlord currently estimates that subject to Force Majeure, and the acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenant’s Invitees, Landlord will be in a position to deliver the Premises upfitted in substantial accordance with the Exhibit “C” on or before March 1, 2011 (the “Target Date”). Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in no event shall Landlord’s completion of the Tenant Improvements be dependent upon, or the Commencement Date delayed because of, the installation of any special equipment or improvements to the Premises to be supplied and installed by Tenant.

 

3


(c) Access License .

Landlord acknowledges that Tenant wishes to be permitted entry into the Premises prior to the Commencement Date in order to place or install fixtures, furniture, and equipment, including certain cabling and wiring necessary for Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises (collectively, the “Work”). Beginning approximately fourteen (14) days prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall be permitted, and Landlord hereby grants to Tenant a limited non-exclusive license (“Access License”) therefor, to enter into the Premises for purposes of performing the Work. The Access License shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease. Tenant shall ensure that Tenant’s performance of the Work does not disturb other tenants or create a nuisance, and shall be solely responsible for all costs associated with the Work. Tenant shall repair any damage to the Building resulting from the Work in a prompt and diligent manner. The performance of the Work shall be at Tenant’s sole risk and expense, and Landlord shall not be liable for any loss, damage, casualty, injury, death, or any other liability resulting from the Work. Tenant shall indemnify and save harmless Landlord from and against any such liability for damages, costs, and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, from injury or death to any person or damage to any property resulting from the Access License. In no event shall the Commencement Date be delayed due to the Work or the Access License.

(d) Delivery of Premises .

Landlord will supervise the design, construction and installation of the initial improvements in the Premises (the “Tenant Improvements”) in substantial accordance with the specifications therefor set forth on that certain drawing attached hereto as Exhibit “C” (the “Plans”), and the following terms and conditions. In connection with any request by Landlord relating to the Tenant Improvements (including, without limitation, the design and construction thereof), Tenant shall adequately respond to (and approve or reasonably disapprove) such request within three (3) business days after notice from Landlord; failure to so respond shall be deemed Tenant’s consent to the matter in question. Additionally, any failure to timely respond shall constitute a tenant delay which would accelerate the Commencement Date, as provided above.

Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant upon substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements. As used, herein the terms “substantially complete” or “substantial completion” shall mean that the Tenant Improvements have been completed (i) in a good and workmanlike manner, (ii) subject only to “punch list” items that do not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises, (iii) in compliance with laws, and (iv) in accordance with the Plans, certified by Landlord’s engineer or architect inspecting the work. With regard to the punch list items referred to in the preceding sentence, Landlord shall reasonably and diligently complete such work following delivery of the Premises to Tenant. If Landlord for any reason whatsoever cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant in accordance with the terms hereof on or before the Target Date as hereinabove specified, including delays attributable to the failure of the existing tenant(s) of the Premises to vacate said Premises in accordance with its lease(s), this Lease shall not be void or voidable nor shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any loss or damages resulting therefrom; but in that event, except to the extent that any such delay is attributable to Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, affiliates, partners, subcontractors, licensees, invitees or subtenants (hereinafter collectively referred to as “Tenant’s Invitees”), the Commencement Date shall be adjusted to be the date when Landlord does in fact deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

4


In connection with the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall, on a one-time basis only, contribute up to a maximum of Five and 50/100 Dollars ($5.50) per rentable square foot of the Premises (the “Tenant Improvement Allowance”) toward the costs of installing the Tenant Improvements. In the event that either prior to the commencement of the installation of the Tenant Improvements or at any time during or following the installation of the Tenant Improvements, the cost of the Tenant Improvements exceeds the Tenant Improvement Allowance, then Tenant shall promptly deliver the necessary funds to defray such excess cost to Landlord no later than fifteen (15) days after Landlord demands same.

Landlord anticipates that certain personal property and equipment, which property is benches and casework, hoods, automatic transfer switch, air compressor, vacuum pump, one phone/data rack, dishwasher and refrigerator in breakroom, lab glass-washer, 75KW generator, fire extinguishers, all existing phone, data and security cabling in the Premises, and the Sonitrol security system (collectively, the “Property”), installed by the current occupant of the Premises will be abandoned therein by such occupant, and Tenant has expressed its desire to use the Property during the Term in connection with its operation from the Premises. Tenant’s use of the Property shall be at Tenant’s sole risk, cost, and expense. Landlord makes no representation or warranty whatsoever concerning the Property, and Tenant shall accept the same in its as-is, where-is, condition and with all faults. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the repair and maintenance of the Property during the Term. At the expiration of this Lease, provided that no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing, Landlord shall transfer to Tenant any interest of Landlord in the Property, and Tenant shall remove the same from the Premises and repair any damages to the Premises resulting therefrom in accordance with this Lease. In the event such interest is not transferred to Tenant as set forth in the preceding sentence due to an Event of Default, upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall remove the Property from the Premises and dispose of same as Landlord shall reasonably direct, and shall repair any damages to the Premises resulting from the Property and its removal in accordance with this Lease.

4. RENT . During the Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in care of Landlord’s agent, Tri Properties, Inc. at the notice address set forth in Section 1(j) herein, without notice, demand, reduction (except as may be applicable pursuant to the Sections of this Lease entitled Damage or Destruction of Premises” and “Eminent Domain”), setoff or any defense, a total rent (the “Annual Rent”) consisting of the sum total of the following rent components set forth in this Section.

(a) Minimum Rent .

Beginning with the Commencement Date and continuing through the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Lease, subject to the terms of this Lease, Tenant shall pay Minimum Rent in accordance with the schedule set forth in Section 1(g) in equal monthly installments each in advance on or before the first day of each month. If the Commencement Date is a date other than the first day of a calendar month, the Minimum Rent shall be prorated daily from such date to the first day of the next calendar month and paid on or before the Commencement Date.

(b) Additional Rent .

[Intentionally Deleted]

(c) Operating and Maintenance Expenses .

 

5


Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share (as set forth in Section 1(h)) of the costs and expenses paid or incurred by Landlord each calendar year in the ownership, management, operation, repair replacement and maintenance of the Premises, Building, Common Areas and the rest of the Business Park (collectively, the “Operating Expenses”). For purposes hereof, Operating Expenses shall include without limitation, all: (i) ad valorem taxes (or any tax hereafter imposed in lieu thereof) levied on the Premises, the Building, the Common Areas or any improvements thereon, and all assessments and reassessments relating to the foregoing, plus any and all real estate taxes and other similar charges on real property or improvements, assessments, reassessments, water and sewer charges, and all other charges assessed, reassessed or levied upon the Building, Business Park and/or appurtenances thereto and the parking or other facilities thereof, or the real property thereunder or attributable thereto or on the rents, issues, profits or income received or derived therefrom which are assessed, reassessed or levied by the United States, the State of North Carolina or any local government authority or agency or any political subdivision thereof, and shall include Landlord’s reasonable legal fees, costs and disbursements incurred in connection with proceedings for reduction of tax expenses or any part thereof, (ii) insurance premiums and policy deductibles paid with respect to the Building, including, without limitation, fire and extended coverage insurance and liability insurance and any other insurance carried by Landlord in connection with the Premises, Building and/or Business Park, (iii) personal property taxes applicable to the Building or the Premises, (iv) any reasonable fees or costs incurred in connection with protesting any tax assessment, (v) all utilities and services, including, without limitation, electricity, gas, heat and air conditioning, standard janitorial service and window cleaning, (vi) building management (including management fees not to exceed four percent (4%) of Minimum Rent), (vii) the cost of grass mowing, shrub care and general landscaping, irrigation systems, maintenance and repair to parking and loading areas (including storage of materials), driveways, sidewalks, exterior lighting, garbage collection and disposal, snow removal, water and sewer, plumbing, signs and other facilities serving or benefiting the Premises or the Building, (viii) the cost of all services rendered by third parties with respect to the Premises, Building and the Common Areas and all costs paid or incurred by Landlord in providing any of the services to be provided by Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease; (ix) costs of all capital improvements (including replacement of the roof), repairs or equipment to the Building which are either required under any governmental law or regulation or which reduce Operating Expenses; provided that the cost of any such capital improvements, repairs or equipment shall be amortized on a straight line basis over a reasonable period of time, with interest (all as reasonably determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as reasonably interpreted by Landlord), (x) Common Area operating, ownership, management, replacement, repair and maintenance costs, and (xi) the Building’s proportionate share of the reasonable costs and expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in the operation, ownership, management, replacement, repair and maintenance of the Business Park, including without limitation, the reasonable costs and expenses associated with the creation, maintenance and operation of Business Park amenities made available for the common use and enjoyment of the tenants of the Business Park from time to time.

(d) Payment of Operating Expenses .

Tenant shall pay to Landlord in advance each month, along with Tenant’s installments of Minimum Rent (and Additional Rent, if applicable) an amount (the “Tenant Contribution”) equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Operating Expenses as hereinabove described for any calendar year (including any applicable partial calendar year). Landlord will make reasonable efforts to provide Tenant with Landlord’s estimate of Tenant’s Contribution for the upcoming calendar year on or before December 15 of each calendar year during the Term hereof. Not more than twice during any calendar year, Landlord may in good faith revise Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Operating Expenses and upon Tenant’s receipt of a revised statement, Tenant shall pay Operating Expenses on the basis of such statement. If Landlord fails to notify Tenant of the revised amount of Tenant’s Contribution by such date, Tenant shall continue to pay the monthly installments of Tenant’s Contribution, if any, last payable by Tenant until notified by Landlord of such new estimated amount. No later than May 1 of each calendar

 

6


year of the Term, Landlord shall endeavor to deliver to Tenant a written statement setting forth the actual amount of Tenant’s Contribution for the preceding calendar year. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish any statement or other invoice for any calendar year shall not preclude Landlord from subsequently enforcing its rights to collect the same. Tenant shall pay the total amount of any balance due shown on such statement within thirty (30) days after its delivery. In the event such annual costs decrease for any such year, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for any overage paid. For the calendar year in which this Lease commences, Tenant’s Contribution shall be prorated from the Commencement Date through December 31 of such year. Further, Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of Tenant’s Contribution for the calendar year in which this Lease expires, prorated from January 1 thereof through the Expiration Date. Upon the Expiration Date, Landlord may elect either (i) to require Tenant to pay any unpaid estimated amount within thirty (30) days after the Expiration Date, which estimate shall be made by Landlord based upon actual and estimated costs for such year, or (ii) to withhold the Security Deposit until the exact amount payable by Tenant is determinable, at which time Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord any deficiencies, or Landlord shall return any excess Security Deposit to Tenant, within thirty (30) days after such determination is made. Even though the Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Operating Expenses for the calendar year in which this Lease terminates Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord an amount as calculated pursuant to the provisions of this subsection (d). In no event shall Tenant’s Contribution increase in any calendar year by more than seven percent (7%) over Tenant’s Contribution in the immediately preceding calendar year due to increases in expenses over which Landlord has reasonable control, as opposed to costs and expenses which Landlord does not have reasonable control (“Uncontrollable Expenses”). Uncontrollable Expenses include taxes, insurance costs, snow removal expenses, stormwater fees and similar governmentally or quasi-governmentally imposed fees, and utility expenses. The provisions of this subsection (d) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, including Landlord’s obligation to refund any overage if applicable.

(e) Documentary Tax .

In the event that any documentary stamp tax, sales tax or any other tax or similar charge (exclusive of any income tax payable by Landlord as a result hereof) becomes applicable to the rental, leasing or letting of the Premises, whether local, state or federal, and is required to be paid due to the execution hereof or otherwise with respect to this Lease or the payments due hereunder, the cost thereof shall be borne by Tenant and shall be paid promptly and prior to same becoming past due. Tenant shall provide Landlord with copies of all paid receipts respecting such tax or charge promptly after payment of same.

(f) Late Payment .

If any monthly installment of Minimum Rent, Additional Rent (if any) or any other sum due and payable pursuant to this Lease remains due and unpaid five (5) days after said amount becomes due, Tenant shall pay as additional rent hereunder a late payment charge equal to five percent (5%) of such past due amount. All unpaid rent and other sums of whatever nature owed by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease shall bear interest from the tenth (10th) day after the due date thereof until paid at the lesser of two percent (2%) per annum above the “prime rate” as published in The Wall Street Journal from time to time (the “Prime Rate”) or the maximum interest rate per annum allowed by law. Acceptance by Landlord of any payment from Tenant hereunder in an amount less than that which is currently due shall in no way affect Landlord’s rights under this Lease and shall in no way constitute an accord and satisfaction.

 

7


5. ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS BY TENANT .

Tenant shall make no alterations, installations, improvements, changes or additions (collectively, “Alterations”) which are structural to the Premises or the Building (or Business Park) (or to the mechanical or other systems or equipment of the Building) and shall make no Alterations of any kind respecting the Premises or the Building which are visible from the exterior of the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, to be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. Any other alterations, shall be made by or on behalf of Tenant only with the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Any Alterations approved by Landlord must be performed in accordance with the terms hereof, using only contractors or mechanics approved by Landlord in writing and upon the approval by Landlord in writing of fully detailed and dimensioned plans and specifications pertaining to the Alterations in question, to be prepared and submitted by Tenant at its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall at its sole cost and expense obtain all necessary approvals and permits pertaining to any Alterations approved by Landlord, Tenant shall cause all Alterations to be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, in conformance with all applicable federal, state, county and municipal laws, rules and regulations, pursuant to a valid building permit, and in conformance with Landlord’s construction rules and regulations. All Alterations, including without limitation all partitions, walls, railings, carpeting, floor and wall coverings and other fixtures (excluding, however, Tenant’s trade fixtures as described in the Section entitled “Trade Fixtures and Equipment” below) made by, for, or at the direction of Tenant shall, when made, become the property of Landlord, at Landlord’s sole election (but without obligation) and shall, unless otherwise specified by Landlord at the time Landlord gives its consent thereto, remain upon the Premises at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, all Alterations undertaken by Tenant shall be consistent with the then-existing quality, color scheme (where appropriate), general aesthetic appearance and tenor of the balance of the Building and, in any event, Landlord may withhold its consent to any proposed Alteration by Tenant unless Tenant agrees to remove said Alteration at the end of the Term and/or restore the Premises to the condition in which it existed prior to the undertaking of the proposed Alteration. Further, all Alterations, including without limitation the Tenant Improvements, whether undertaken by Tenant or Landlord shall be subject to a fee (the “Construction Management Fee”) equal to Five percent (5%) of the total cost of planning and constructing any Alterations. Tenant agrees to pay Landlord the Construction Management Fee within ten (10) days after receipt of Landlord’s invoice therefor.

6. USE OF PREMISES .

(a) Tenant shall use the Premises only for general laboratory, research and development, and manufacturing purposes with ancillary office use and for no other purpose whatsoever. Tenant shall comply with all laws, ordinances, orders, regulations or zoning classifications of any lawful governmental authority, agency or other public or private regulatory authority (including insurance underwriters or rating bureaus) having jurisdiction over the Premises. Tenant shall not do any act or follow any practice relating to the Premises, the Building or the Common Areas which shall constitute a nuisance or detract in any way from the reputation of the Business Park as a first-class real estate development comparable to other comparable buildings in the Raleigh/Durham market taking into account rent and other relevant factors. Tenant’s duties in this regard shall include allowing no noxious or offensive odors, fumes, gases, smoke, dust, steam or vapors, or any loud or disturbing noise or vibrations to originate in or emit from the Premises. In addition, Tenant shall not conduct a sale of any personal property on or about the Premises, the Building or in the Common Areas without the prior written consent of Landlord. Subject to the initial construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant hereby agrees that the Premises shall be taken “As Is”, “With All Faults”, “Without any Representations or Warranties”, and Tenant hereby agrees and warrants that it has investigated and inspected the condition of the Premises and the suitability of same for Tenant’s purposes, and Tenant does hereby waive and disclaim any objection to, cause of action based upon, or

 

8


claim that its obligations hereunder should be reduced or limited because of the condition of the Premises or the Building (or Business Park) or the suitability of same for Tenant’s purposes. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any manager, broker agent nor any employee of Landlord has made any representations or warranty with respect to the or the Building (or Business Park) or with respect to the suitability of the same for the conduct of Tenant’s business and Tenant expressly warrants and represents that Tenant has relied solely on its own investigation and inspection of the Premises and the Building (and Business Park) in its decision to enter into this Lease and let the Premises in the above-described condition. The taking of possession of the Premises by Tenant shall conclusively establish that the Premises and the Building (and Business Park) were at such time in satisfactory condition.

(b) Without limiting the generality of (a) above, and excepting only cleaning materials used by Tenant in its ordinary day to day business operations (but not held for sale, storage or distribution) and customarily used in facilities such as the Building, and then only to the extent used, stored (but not any bulk storage), transported, and disposed of strictly in accordance with all applicable laws, regulations and manufacturer’s recommendations, the Premises shall not be used for the treatment, storage, transportation to or from, use or disposal of toxic or hazardous wastes, materials, or substances, or any other substance that is prohibited, limited or regulated by any governmental or quasi-governmental authority or that, even if not so regulated, could or does pose a hazard to health and safety of the occupants of the Building or surrounding property (collectively “Hazardous Substances”).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for so long as Tenant is able to continuously insure against Landlord’s actual or potential losses stemming from Tenant’s introduction of Hazardous Materials to the Premises or Building as set forth in the following paragraph of this Section, Tenant may utilize, other than radioactive substances, Hazardous Substances in its operation from the Premises, provided that such utilization occurs only after Tenant procures and continuously maintains all required licenses and permits related to such use and such use is and remains in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and manufacturer’s recommendations and the terms and conditions of this paragraph. With regard to pathogens Tenant may utilize pathogens classified in Risk Groups 1 and 2 pursuant to National Institutes of Health (“NIH”) Guidelines and the World Health Organization (“WHO”) Laboratory Biosafety Manual regarding “Classification of Infectious Microorganisms by Risk Group.” provided that Tenant shall comply with all NIH, WHO, and all other applicable governmental and regulatory guidelines, recommendations, and requirements. The introduction of pathogens classified in Risk Groups 3 and 4 to the Premises shall require Landlord’s prior written approval, to be granted or denied in Landlord’s sole and subjective discretion. In all events Tenant shall obtain and provide to Landlord copies of all permits or other certifications in connection with Tenant’s activities. Tenant shall promptly provide to Landlord the results of all Environmental Protection Agency and all other governmental or regulatory authority inspections with regard to the Premises and Tenant’s operation therein, and Tenant shall immediately provide to Landlord, upon the occurrence of any spill or contamination within the Premises that would require Tenant to notify any governmental or regulatory agency, a copy of Tenant’s notice to such agency. In addition, without limitation, Tenant shall be liable for, and shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and its agents, employees, lenders, managers, affiliates, partners and members harmless from, all costs, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with the use, storage, discharge or disposal of any Hazardous Substances by Tenant or Tenant’s Invitees, or any breach of this Section 6. Prior to execution of this Lease (and thereafter, on or before each anniversary of the Commencement Date), Tenant shall complete the Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate attached hereto as Exhibit “E” and deliver a fully executed copy of same to Landlord for its review.

 

9


At all times from and after the date that Tenant first takes occupancy of the Premises and thereafter throughout the Term, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, keep in force insurance in coverages and amounts not less than that set forth below:

 

Coverage    Each Pollution
Condition Limit
     Coverage Aggregate
Limit
    

Self-Insured

Retention

 

A. Pollution Legal Liability

   $ 2,000,000       $ 2,000,000       $ 25,000   

B. On-Site and Off-Site Clean-up Costs

   $ 2,000,000       $ 2,000,000       $ 25,000   

C. Contracting Services Pollution Liability

   $ 0       $ 0       $ 0   

D. Non-Owned Disposal Site

   $ 2,000,000       $ 2,000,000       $ 25,000   

E. In-Bound and Out-Bound Contingent Transportation

   $ 2,000,000       $ 2,000,000       $ 25,000   

Each such policy shall have a policy term of not less than five (5) years. All insurance required of Tenant shall be with company(ies) licensed to do business in North Carolina and as shall from time to time be reasonably acceptable to Landlord (and to any lender having a mortgage interest in the Premises) and naming Landlord and Landlord’s agent as a named insured (and, if requested by Landlord from time to time, naming Landlord’s mortgagee as a named insured). All policies of insurance required to be maintained by Tenant shall be with companies rated A-X or better in the most current issue of Best’s Insurance Reports, have a deductible of Twenty-Five Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($25,000.00) or less, and shall include endorsements for terrorism and pre-existing conditions. Tenant shall first furnish to Landlord copies of policies or certificates of insurance evidencing the required coverage prior to taking occupancy of the Premises and thereafter prior to each policy renewal date. All policies required of Tenant hereunder shall contain a provision whereby the insurer is not allowed to cancel or not renew coverage without first giving sixty (60) days’ written notice to Landlord. If at any time there are changes to the insurance policies obtained by Tenant which would render such policies not in compliance with the terms of this Section without Landlord’s prior written consent, or if a lapse in coverage is anticipated. Landlord may then obtain insurance consistent with the requirements of this Section and recover Landlord’s costs thereby incurred upon demand from Tenant as additional rent. Landlord may request of Tenant’s insurer or of Tenant, and Tenant shall cause to be provided to Landlord, confirmation in a manner satisfactory to Landlord of Tenant’s procurement of insurance as required by this Section on not more than two (2) occasions during any Lease Year; provided, however, Tenant shall cause such confirmation to be provided at any time following an Event of Default upon Landlord’s request.

Upon not later than the date which is fourteen (14) days prior to the Commencement Date, Landlord shall provide to Tenant a customary Phase 1 Environmental Site Assessment concerning the Premises (the “Phase 1”) and the recommendations, if any, provided by the provider of such Phase 1 to perform a Phase 2 Environmental Site Assessment (a “Phase 2”). If such provider recommends a Phase 2, Landlord may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect to obtain a Phase 2. If Landlord does not elect to obtain a Phase 2, then Landlord shall notify Tenant thereof, and Landlord and Tenant shall each be permitted to terminate this Lease by written notice to the other party hereto received by such party within fifteen (15) business days following Landlord’s notice to Tenant that Landlord shall not obtain a Phase 2, whereupon this Lease shall be of no further force or effect. If Landlord obtains a Phase 2 and such Phase 2 reveals that Hazardous Substances requiring remediation are present upon the Premises, and if Landlord notifies Tenant that Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion will not perform such remediation, then Landlord and Tenant shall each be permitted to terminate this Lease upon written notice to the other party hereto received by such party within fifteen (15) business days following Landlord’s notice to Tenant that Landlord shall not perform such remediation, whereupon this Lease shall be of no further force or effect. In the event of termination of this Lease pursuant to this paragraph, all indemnities and other provisions which state that such provision shall survive termination of this Lease shall survive such termination.

 

10


(c) Tenant shall exercise due care in its use and occupancy of the Premises and shall not commit or allow waste to be committed on any portion of the Premises; and at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver the Premises to Landlord in the same condition in which it existed as of the Commencement Date, ordinary wear and tear, alone excepted. Further, at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, remove all telecommunications and computer cabling installed by or on behalf of Tenant or any of Tenant’s Invitees, within the Premises or any other portion of the Building at Landlord’s request. In the event Tenant fails to remove such cabling within ten (10) business days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord may elect to remove same and Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord for all costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the removal of such equipment plus an administration fee equal to ten percent (10%) of such cost. In the event Tenant fails to promptly pay such amounts, Landlord shall be entitled to deduct such amounts from the Security Deposit prior to returning same to Tenant.

(d) Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises shall include the use in common with others entitled thereto of the Common Areas and all other improvements provided by Landlord for the common use of the Building tenants, and any other common facility as may be designated from time to time by the Landlord, subject, however, to the terms and conditions of this Lease and to the Rules and Regulations. Subject to the terms hereof, Tenant and its employees, agents, customers, and invitees shall have the non-exclusive use (in common with other benefiting tenants) to use the Common Areas for purposes intended and the non-exclusive use of the adjacent surface parking areas in accordance with Section 1(n) herein. Tenant shall not at any time interfere with the use of the Common Areas by Landlord, another tenant or any other person entitled to use the same. Landlord reserves the right, from time to time, to alter any of the Common Areas, to exercise control and management of the same, and to establish, modify, change and enforce such reasonable Rules and Regulations as Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion may deem desirable for the management of the Building or the Common Areas.

(e) Tenant shall save Landlord harmless from any claims, liabilities, penalties, fines, costs, expenses or damages resulting from the failure of Tenant to comply with the provisions of this Section 6.

(f) Tenant’s obligations (including, without limitation, indemnity obligations) under this Section 6 shall survive the termination or expiration of this Lease.

7. TAXES ON LEASE AND TENANT’S PROPERTY .

Tenant shall pay any taxes, documentary stamps or assessments of any nature which may be imposed or assessed upon this Lease, Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises or Tenant’s trade fixtures, equipment, machinery, inventory, merchandise or other personal property located on the Premises and owned by or in the custody of Tenant as promptly as all such taxes or assessments may become due and payable without any delinquency.

8. FIRE AND EXTENDED COVERAGE INSURANCE .

Landlord shall maintain, subject to reimbursement by Tenant as provided in Section 4 hereof, fire and casualty special form “all risk” insurance, with extended coverage (including boiler and machinery coverage), covering the Building equal to at least one hundred (100%) of the replacement cost thereof. Additionally, Landlord shall keep in force during the term of this Lease insurance in such amounts and coverages as Landlord deems appropriate from time to time, subject to reimbursement by Tenant as provided in Section 4 hereof, Tenant shall not do or cause to be done or permit on the Premises or in the

 

11


Building anything deemed hazardous on account of fire and Tenant shall not use the Premises, the Common Areas or the Building in any manner which will cause an increase in the premium rate for any insurance in effect on the Building or a part thereof. If, because of anything done, caused to be done permitted or omitted by Tenant or Tenant’s Invitees, the premium rate for any kind of insurance in effect on the Building or any part thereof shall be raised, Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand the amount of any such increase in premium which Landlord shall pay for such insurance and if Landlord shall demand that Tenant remedy the condition which caused any such increase in an insurance premium rate, Tenant shall remedy such condition within five (5) days after receipt of such demand. Tenant shall maintain and pay for all fire and extended coverage insurance on its contents in the Premises, including trade fixtures, equipment, machinery, merchandise or other personal property belonging to or in the custody of Tenant. In addition, at all times during the Term, Tenant shall procure and maintain business income and extra expense coverage in such amounts as will reimburse Tenant for direct or indirect loss or earnings attributable to any loss caused by fire or other casualty or cause including, but not limited to, vandalism, theft and water damage of any type. Tenant shall first furnish to Landlord copies of insurance policies or certificates of insurance evidencing the required coverage prior to the Commencement Date and thereafter prior to each policy renewal date.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Landlord reserves the right for itself, successors and assigns to self-insure against any risk required hereunder to be insured or otherwise assumed by Landlord so long as any such program of self-insurance affords the same coverage of risks and benefits which would be afforded in the event Landlord procured insurance from a third-party insurer.

9. LANDLORD’S COVENANT TO REPAIR AND REPLACE .

(a) During the Term, Landlord shall maintain, as part of Operating Expenses, the Common Areas, and the structural portions of the Building, meaning the foundation, roof (including the roof membrane), exterior walls and subflooring, and shall also maintain, repair, and replace the central plumbing and electrical systems and all other utility systems serving the entire Building up to the respective applicable points of entry of same into the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within thirty (30) days after demand for any costs or expenses relating to the foregoing, required or requested by Tenant or Tenant’s Invitees, or otherwise necessitated by the negligence, misconduct, or acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenant’s Invitees unless such amounts are paid to Landlord pursuant to an insurance policy.

(b) Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or replacements or to perform any maintenance required of Landlord hereunder unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable period of time after written notice from Tenant setting forth the need for such repair(s) or replacement(s) in reasonable detail has been received by Landlord. Except as set forth in the Sections of this Lease entitled “Damage or Destruction of Premises” and “Eminent Domain” there shall be no abatement of rent. There shall be no liability of Landlord by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the making of any repairs, replacements, alterations or improvements to any portion of the Building or the Premises, or to fixtures, appurtenances and equipment therein except to the extent caused directly by Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. To the extent permitted under applicable law, Tenant waives the right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense under any law, statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

 

12


10. TENANT’S COVENANT TO REPAIR .

Tenant shall be responsible for the repair, replacement and maintenance in good order and condition of all parts and components of the Premises (other than those specified for repair, replacement and maintenance by Landlord in Section 9(a) above), including without limitation the plumbing wiring, electrical systems, HVAC system, glass and plate glass, equipment and machinery constituting fixtures, unless such repairs or replacements are required as a result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, or employees, in which event Landlord shall be responsible for repair or replacement. At the end of the Term, Tenant shall return the Premises to Landlord in the same condition in which it existed as of the Commencement Date, excepting only normal wear and tear, and repairs required to be made by Landlord hereunder. Tenant’s duty to maintain the HVAC system shall specifically include the duty to enter into and maintain at Tenant’s sole expense during the entire term of this Lease a contract for the routine and periodic maintenance and regular inspection of such HVAC system the replacement of filters as recommended and the performance of other recommended periodic servicing in accordance with applicable manufacturer’s standards and recommendations. Such contract: (a) shall be with a reputable contractor reasonably satisfactory to Landlord; (b) shall satisfy the requirements for routine and periodic maintenance, if any, necessary to keep all applicable manufacturer’s warranties in full force and effect; and (c) shall provide that in the event this Lease expires or is earlier terminated for any reason whatsoever that said contract shall be immediately terminable by Landlord or Tenant without any cost, expense or other liability on the part of Landlord. Tenant agrees to deliver a copy of the HVAC maintenance contract to Landlord within ten (10) days after the Commencement Date. Landlord represents to Tenant that the HVAC system serving the Premises will be in good working order as of the Commencement Date.

11. TRADE FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT .

Prior to installation, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord notice of all trade fixtures and equipment which it intends to install within the Premises and the installation of same shall be subject to Landlord’s consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Any trade fixtures and equipment installed in the Premises at Tenant’s expense and identified by Tenant in notice to Landlord shall remain Tenant’s personal property and Tenant shall have the right at any time during the Term to remove such trade fixtures and equipment. Upon removal of any trade fixtures or equipment, Tenant shall immediately restore the Premises to substantially the same condition in which it existed when the Premises was delivered to Tenant by Landlord, and ordinary wear and tear alone excepted. Any trade fixtures not removed by Tenant at the expiration or an earlier termination of the Lease shall, at Landlord’s sole election, either (i) become the property of Landlord, in which event Landlord shall be entitled to handle and dispose of same in any manner Landlord deems fit without any liability or obligation to Tenant or any other third party with respect thereto, or (ii) be subject to Landlord’s removing such property from the Premises and storing same, all at Tenant’s expense and without any recourse against Landlord with respect thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the following property shall in no event be deemed to be “trade fixtures” and Tenant shall not remove any such property from the Premises under any circumstances, regardless of whether installed by Landlord or Tenant (except to the extent otherwise designated by Landlord, in its sole and absolute discretion): (a) any air conditioning, air ventilating or heating fixtures or equipment; (b) any lighting fixtures or equipment; (c) any carpeting or other permanent floor coverings; (d) any paneling or other wall coverings; (e) plumbing fixtures and equipment; or (f) permanent shelving.

12. UTILITIES .

Landlord shall have the right from time to time to select the company or companies providing electricity, gas, fuel, local telephone, telecommunication and any other utility services to the Building. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant shall contract directly and timely pay (prior to delinquency) for all electricity, gas, fuel, telephone, telecommunications, water,

 

13


sewer, fire sprinkler charges, and all other utility services used on or from the Premises together with any taxes, penalties, surcharges or similar charges relating to such services. If any electricity or other utility service which is provided by Landlord (in its sole and absolute discretion) to the Premises is not separately metered to the Premises or is not otherwise separately accounted for and billed to Tenant, the cost therefor with respect to the Premises shall be determined by Landlord, in Landlord’s good faith discretion, and Tenant shall pay all costs therefor within twenty (20) days after demand by Landlord (which demand may be made from time to time and at any time). Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained herein, Landlord shall in no case be liable or in any way be responsible for damages or loss to Tenant arising from the failure of, diminution of or interruption in electrical power, natural gas, fuel, sewer, water, or garbage collection services, other utility service or building service of any kind to the Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant shall contract directly with a janitorial service and shall pay for all janitorial services used on or for the Premises. All janitorial services and employees utilized by Tenant shall be subject to Landlord’s prior reasonable consent. Tenant shall have no right whatsoever to use or access space on the Building rooftop or in Building risers, equipment rooms and/or equipment closets.

13. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION OF PREMISES .

If the Premises are damaged by fire or other casualty, but are not rendered untenantable for Tenant’s business, either in whole or in part, Landlord shall cause such damage to be repaired without unreasonable delay and the Annual Rent shall not abate. If by reason of such casualty the Premises are rendered untenantable for Tenant’s business, either in whole or in part, Landlord shall cause the damage to the physical structure of the Building (excluding any tenant improvements or alterations therein) to be repaired or replaced without unreasonable delay, and, in the interim, the Annual Rent shall be proportionately reduced as to such portion of the Premises as is rendered untenantable, however, Tenant must vacate the portion of the Premises deemed untenantable during the period of Landlord’s repairs for such abatement of Annual Rent to be effective. Any such abatement of rent shall not create an extension of the Term. Provided , however , if by reason of such casualty, the Premises are rendered untenantable in some material portion, and Landlord, in its commercially reasonable estimation, determines that the amount of time required to repair the damage using due diligence is in excess of two hundred ten (210) days (as measured from the date of casualty), then Landlord shall provide written notice thereof to Tenant, to be given to Tenant within seventy-five (75) days following the date of such casualty, and either party shall then have the right to terminate this Lease by giving written notice of termination within thirty (30) days after the date of said notice from Landlord. In such event, the Annual Rent shall (i) abate as of the date of such casualty in proportion to the part of the Premises rendered untenantable, and (ii) abate entirely as of the effective date of the termination of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the casualty giving rise to an election to terminate is caused by the negligence, misconduct or acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenant’s Invitees, Tenant shall have no right to terminate this Lease. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section, in the event there should be a casualty loss to the Premises during the last two (2) Lease Years of the Term, Landlord may, at its option, terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the date of the casualty and the Annual Rent shall abate as of the date of such notice. Except as provided herein, Landlord shall have no obligation to rebuild or repair in case of fire or other casualty, and no termination under this Section shall affect any rights of Landlord or Tenant hereunder arising from the prior defaults of the other party. Tenant shall give Landlord immediate notice of any fire or other casualty in the Premises. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section to the contrary, in no event shall Landlord be required to expend more funds in connection with the repair or restoration of the Premises than the amount received by Landlord from the proceeds of any insurance policies maintained by Landlord.

 

14


14. GOVERNMENTAL REQUIREMENTS .

Tenant shall comply with all statutes, ordinances, codes, laws, rules, regulations, orders and directives of any Governmental Agency (defined below) as now or later amended (collectively, “Governmental Requirements”), including, without limitation, Access Laws (defined below) relating to the Premises (including, without limitation, Tenant’s use, occupancy and operation thereof) and all other covenants, conditions and restrictions and other matters of record. For purposes hereof, (a) “Governmental Agency” is defined as the United States of America, the State of North Carolina, any county, city, district, municipality or other governmental subdivision, court or agency or quasi-governmental agency having jurisdiction over the Premises or Building and/or Business Park and any board, agency or authority associated with any such governmental entity, including the fire department having jurisdiction over the Premises, Building and/or Business Park, and (b) “Access Laws” is defined as the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 (including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Building and Facilities) and all other Governmental Requirements relating to the foregoing.

15. MUTUAL WAIVER OF SUBROGATION .

For the purpose of waiver of subrogation, the parties mutually release and waive unto the other all rights to claim damages, costs or expenses for any injury to property caused by a casualty or any other matter whatsoever in, on or about the Premises if the amount of such damage, cost or expense has been paid to such damaged party under the terms of any policy of insurance or would have been paid if the injured party had carried the insurance required of it hereunder. All insurance policies earned with respect to this Lease, if permitted under applicable law, shall contain a provision whereby the insurer waives, prior to loss, all rights of subrogation against either Landlord or Tenant.

16. SIGNS AND ADVERTISING .

Landlord shall install, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, tenant identification signage in accordance with Building standards, at or near the Tenant’s suite entrance to the Premises within the Building and upon the exterior Building parapet. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, maintain such signage in good working order and keep such signage clearly visible during Tenant’s normal business hours. All signage (including, without limitation, size, location, design, content, specifications and color) shall be subject to the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld must conform to all applicable signage criteria and is subject to all governmental requirements and approvals.

In order to, among other things, provide architectural control for the Building and the Business Park, Tenant shall not install any exterior signs, marquees, billboards, outside lighting fixtures and/or other decorations on the Building, the Premises, or the Common Areas. Landlord shall have the right to remove any such sign or other decoration and restore fully the Building, the Premises, or the Common Areas at the cost and the expense of Tenant if any such exterior work is done without Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval Landlord shall be entitled to withhold or deny in its sole and absolute discretion. Tenant shall not permit, allow or cause to be used in, on or about the Premises any sound production devices, mechanical or moving display devices, bright lights, or other advertising media, the effect of which would be visible or audible from the exterior of the Premises.

17. INDEMNIFICATION AND LIABILITY INSURANCE .

Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and Landlord’s partners, members, affiliates, partners, lenders, agents, directors, shareholders, employees and principals (collectively, “Landlord Parties”) harmless from any and all claims, suits, demands, actions, fines, damages, and liabilities, and all costs and expenses thereof (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) (collectively,

 

15


“Claims”) arising or resulting from Tenant’s use of the Premises or the Building (or Business Park) or from the conduct of its business or from any activity, work or thing which may be permitted or suffered by Tenant in or about the Premises or the Building (or Business Park) and shall further indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from and against any and all Claims arising or resulting from any breach or default in the performance of any obligation on Tenant’s part to be performed under this Lease or arising from any negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any of its agents, affiliates, contractors, employees, licensees, subtenants or invitees, patrons, customers or members in or about the Building or Business Park and from any and all costs, attorneys’ fees and costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in the defense of any claim or any action or proceeding brought thereon, including negotiations in connection therewith. The provisions of this Section 17(a) shall survive expiration or termination of this Lease.

At all times during the term of this Lease, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, keep in force the following insurance:

(i) public liability insurance under the terms of a commercial general liability policy (occurrence coverage) in the amount of not less than Three Million and No/100 Dollars ($3,000,000.00) per occurrence including owners and contractors protective coverage, blanket contractual coverage including both oral and written contracts, and personal injury coverage, covering the insuring provisions of this Lease;

(ii) a policy of standard fire, extended coverage and special extended coverage insurance (all risks), including a vandalism and malicious mischief endorsement, sprinkler leakage coverage (if the Premises include sprinklers) in an amount equal to the full replacement value new without deduction for depreciation of all (A) Tenant Improvements, Alterations, fixtures and other improvements in the Premises, including but not limited to all mechanical, plumbing, heating, ventilating, air conditioning, electrical, telecommunication and other equipment, systems and facilities, and (B) trade fixtures, furniture, equipment and other personal property installed by or at the expense of Tenant; and

(iii) Worker’s Compensation coverage as required by law

All insurance required of Tenant shall be with such company(ies) licensed to do business in North Carolina and as shall from time to time be reasonably acceptable to Landlord (and to any lender having a mortgage interest in the Premises) and naming Landlord and Landlord’s agent as an additional insured (and, if requested by Landlord from time to time, naming Landlord’s mortgagee as an additional insured). In the event Tenant employs any contractor to perform any work in the Premises, Tenant shall provide Landlord with insurance certificates naming Landlord and such other parties as Landlord may designate as additional insureds under policies of builders risk and general liability insurance and shall also provide Landlord with evidence of satisfactory workers compensation coverage in accordance with applicable statutory requirements. All policies of insurance required to be maintained by Tenant shall be with companies rated A-X or better in the most current issue of Best’s Insurance Reports and shall have a deductible of Twenty-Five Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($25,000.00) or less. Such insurance shall include, without limitation, personal injury and contractual liability coverage for the performance by Tenant of the indemnity agreements set forth in this Lease. Tenant shall first furnish to Landlord copies of policies or certificates of insurance evidencing the required coverage prior to the Commencement Date and thereafter prior to each policy renewal date. All policies required of Tenant hereunder shall contain a provision whereby the insurer is not allowed to cancel or change materially the coverage without first giving thirty (30) days’ written notice to Landlord.

 

16


18. LANDLORD’S RIGHT OF ENTRY .

Landlord, and those persons authorized by it, shall have the right to enter the Premises at all reasonable times and upon twenty four (24) hours notice to Tenant and if escorted by Tenant’s representative and following Tenant’s reasonable protocol (except in the event of an emergency) for the purposes of making repairs, alterations or improvements as Landlord deems necessary or desirable making connections, installing utilities, providing services to the Premises or for any other tenant, making inspections or showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or prospective tenants, as well as at any time without notice in the event of emergency involving possible injury to property or persons in or around the Premises or the Building. During the last nine (9) months of the Term, Landlord may actively market the Premises and may place in or upon the Premises notices indicating that the Premises is available to be leased.

19. EMINENT DOMAIN .

If any substantial portion of the Premises is taken under the power of eminent domain (including any conveyance made in lieu thereof) or if such taking shall materially impair the normal operation of Tenant’s business, then either party shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving written notice of such termination within thirty (30) days after such taking. If neither party elects to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall repair and restore the Premises to the best possible tenantable condition (but only to the extent of any condemnation proceeds made available to Landlord) and the Annual Rent shall be proportionately and equitably reduced as of the date of the taking. All compensation awarded for any taking (or the proceeds of a private sale in lieu thereof) shall be the property of Landlord whether such award is for compensation for damages to the Landlord’s or Tenant’s interest in the Premises, and Tenant hereby assigns all of its interest in any such award to Landlord; provided, however, Landlord shall not have any interest in any separate award made to Tenant for loss of business, moving expenses or the taking of Tenant’s trade fixtures or equipment if a separate award for such items is made to Tenant and such separate award docs not reduce the award to Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation for the loss of its leasehold estate.

20. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES .

(a) Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events (the “Events of Default, any one an “Event of Default”), Landlord shall have the right to exercise any rights or remedies available in this Lease, at law and in equity. Events of Default shall be:

(i) Tenant’s failure to pay any rent or other sum of money payable hereunder within five (5) days after the same becomes due;

(ii) Tenant’s failure to timely perform any of the terms, covenants or conditions contained in Section 21 (“ Subordination ”) or Section 25 (“ Estoppel Certificates ”) of this Lease;

(iii) Tenant’s failure to perform any other of the terms, covenants or conditions contained in this Lease (which are not addressed in (i) or (ii) above or (iv), (v) or (vi) below) if not remedied within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice thereof, or if such failure cannot be remedied within such period, Tenant does not within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof commence such act or acts as shall be necessary to remedy the default and shall not thereafter diligently prosecute such cure and complete such act or acts within ninety (90) days after written notice thereof;

(iv) Tenant shall become bankrupt or insolvent, or file any debtor proceedings, or file pursuant to any statute a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for reorganization, or file a petition for the appointment of a receiver or trustee for all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets and such petition or appointment shall not have been set aside within sixty (60) days from the date of such petition or appointment, or if Tenant makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or petitions tor or enters into an arrangement;

 

17


(v) Tenant vacates or abandons the Premises for a period of thirty (30) days or more;

(vi) Intentionally deleted; or

(vii) Tenant’s written repudiation or anticipatory breach of this Lease.

(b) In addition to its other rights and remedies, Landlord, upon an Event of Default by Tenant, shall have the immediate right, after any applicable grace period expressed herein, to terminate and cancel this Lease and/or terminate Tenant’s right of possession and reenter and remove all persons and properties from the Premises and dispose of such property as it deems fit, all without being guilty of trespass or being liable for any damages caused thereby. If Landlord reenters the Premises, it may either terminate this Lease or, from time to time without terminating this Lease, terminate Tenant’s right of possession and make such alterations and repairs as may be necessary or appropriate to relet the Premises and relet the Premises upon such terms and conditions as Landlord deems advisable without any responsibility on Landlord whatsoever to account to Tenant for any surplus rents collected. No retaking of possession of the Premises by Landlord shall be deemed as an election to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such intention is given by Landlord to Tenant at the time of reentry; but, notwithstanding any such reentry or reletting without termination, Landlord may at any time thereafter elect to terminate for such previous default. In the event of an elected termination by Landlord, whether before or after reentry, Landlord may recover from Tenant damages, including the costs of recovering the Premises and any costs incurred in reletting the Premises, and Tenant shall remain liable to Landlord for the total Annual Rent (which may at Landlord’s election be accelerated to be due and payable in full as of the Event of Default and recoverable as damages in a lump sum) as would have been payable by Tenant hereunder for the remainder of the term less the rents actually received from any reletting or, at Landlord’s election, less the reasonable rental value of the Premises for the remainder of the term. In determining the Annual Rent which would be payable by Tenant subsequent to default, except with respect to Minimum Rent (which shall be calculated in accordance with Section 1(g) hereof), the Annual Rent for each Lease Year of the unexpired term shall be equal to the Annual Rent payable by Tenant for the last Lease Year prior to the default, subject to any adjustments thereto provided for herein. If any rent owing under this Lease is collected by or through an attorney, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees to the extent allowed by applicable law. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to mitigate its damages.

21. SUBORDINATION .

This Lease is subject and subordinate to all ground or underlying leases, mortgages and deeds of trust which affect the Premises, Building or Business Park, regardless of the timing of same, including, without limitation, all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof; provided, however, if the lessor under any such lease or the holder or holders of any such mortgage or deed of trust shall advise Landlord that they desire or require this Lease to be prior and superior thereto, upon written request of Landlord to Tenant, Tenant agrees to promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all documents or instruments which Landlord or such lessor, holder or holders deem necessary or desirable for purposes thereof. Landlord shall have the right to cause this Lease to be and become and remain subject and subordinate to any and all ground or underlying leases, mortgages or deeds of trust which may hereafter be executed covering the Premises, Building or Business Park, or any renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements or extensions thereof, for the full amount of all advances made or to be made thereunder and without regard to the time or character of such advances, together with interest thereon and subject to all the terms and provisions thereof. The provisions of this Section 21

 

18


shall be self-operative and shall not require the execution of any documents (without limiting Tenant’s obligations hereunder). However, Tenant agrees, within ten (10) days after Landlords written request therefor, to execute, acknowledge and deliver upon request any and all documents or instruments requested by Landlord or necessary or proper to assure the subordination of this Lease to any such mortgages, deed of trust, or leasehold estates. Tenant agrees that in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any mortgage or deed of trust or any deed in lieu thereof, to attorn to the purchaser or any successors thereto upon any such foreclosure sale or deed in lieu thereof as so requested to do so by such purchaser and to recognize such purchaser as the lessor under this Lease; Tenant shall, within five (5) days after request execute such further instruments or assurances as such purchaser may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm such attornment. Tenant agrees to provide copies of any notices of Landlord’s default under this Lease to any mortgagee or deed of trust beneficiary whose address has been provided to Tenant and Tenant shall provide such mortgagee or deed of trust beneficiary a commercially reasonable time after receipt of such notice within which to cure any such default. Tenant waives the provisions of any current or future statute, rule or law which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of the Tenant hereunder in the event of any foreclosure proceeding or sale. Prior to the Commencement Date and after receipt of written request from Tenant, Landlord shall request that its lender provide its customary non-disturbance and attornment agreement to Tenant.

22. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING .

Subject to Permitted Transfers, described below, Tenant shall not assign, sublet, mortgage, hypothecate, pledge or encumber this Lease, the Premises, or any interest in the whole or in any portion thereof, directly or indirectly (each, a “Transfer”), without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. In the event of any Transfer, Tenant shall, (i) remain primarily liable for the performance of all terms of this Lease, (ii) pay all reasonable costs incurred by Landlord in connection with such Transfer, including without limitation, attorneys fees and an administration and processing fee equal to Two Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($2,500.00), and (iii) pay to Landlord the Transfer Premium, as defined below. Landlord’s consent to one Transfer will not waive the requirement of its consent to any subsequent assignment or sublease as required herein. Any attempted Transfer by Tenant in violation of the terms and conditions of this Section 22 shall be null and void. Upon notice to Landlord of a proposed sublease or assignment of all or any portion of the Premises (the “Proposed Space”), Landlord shall have the option, within fifteen (15) days after its receipt of such notice, to terminate this Lease with respect to the Proposed Space, whereupon the parties hereto shall have no further rights or liabilities with respect to the Proposed Space except as otherwise expressly set forth herein. “Transfer Premium” means fifty percent (50%) of all Annual Rent, other rent and other consideration payable in connection with a Transfer in excess of the Annual Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease during the term of the Transfer and if such Transfer is for less than all of the Premises, the Transfer Payment shall be calculated on a rentable square foot basis.

In the event of a proposed assignment of this Lease or subletting of all or a part of the Premises, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, in writing, (i) the name of the proposed assignee or sublessee, (ii) current financial statements available to Tenant disclosing the financial condition of the proposed assignee or subtenant, (iii) the nature of the business of the proposed assignee or sublessee, and its proposed use of the Premises (any assignment or subletting being subject to restrictions on use contained in this Lease, the violation of which by the proposed assignee or sublessee shall constitute absolute grounds for Landlord’s denial of the requested assignment or subletting, such grounds not being the exclusive grounds for denial under clause (iii)) and (iv) the proposed commencement date of the assignment or subletting, together with a copy of the proposed assignment or sublease. Within twenty (20) business days after its receipt of such notice and all other items required hereunder or reasonably required by Landlord to make an informed decision, Landlord shall either approve or disapprove such

 

19


proposed assignment or sublease in writing. If approved, Landlord shall provide a “Master Consent” agreement to tenant which shall be executed by Tenant and its assignee or sublessee. Tenant shall promptly deliver a copy of the fully executed assignment or sublease to Landlord upon its receipt of same.

Subject to the requirements of this Section, but without the necessity of Landlord approval, Tenant may assign this Lease upon ten (10) days advance written notice to Landlord to an entity which controls or is controlled by Tenant or in connection with a merger, consolidation, corporate reorganization, or a sale of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets (each, a “Permitted Transfer”), provided that: (i) the assignee has a net worth greater than or equal to Tenant’s net worth at the time of the proposed assignment or at the time of Tenant’s execution of this Lease, whichever is greater, (ii) that such assignee assumes in writing, for the benefit of Landlord, all terms and conditions of this Lease and agrees to perform all Tenant’s obligations hereunder, (iii) Tenant is not released from its obligations pursuant to this Lease, and (iv) Tenant shall provide a fully executed copy of Landlord’s assignment document to Landlord. Tenant shall deliver the documents referred to in (ii) and (iv) above at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of any such assignment.

Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant further agrees that any assignment or sublease shall be subject to the following additional limitations: (i) in no event may Tenant assign this Lease or sublet all or any portion of the Premises to any governmental or quasi-governmental entity, or an existing Tenant of the Business Park or its subtenant or assignee (unless Landlord consents to such assignment or sublease, in its sole and absolute discretion); (ii) in no event shall the proposed subtenant or assignee be a person or entity with whom Landlord or its agent is negotiating and to or from whom Landlord, or its agent, has given or received any written or oral proposal within the past six (6) months regarding a lease of space in the Business Park; and (iii) Tenant shall not publicly advertise the rate for which Tenant is willing to sublet the Premises; and all public advertisements of the assignment of the Lease or sublet of the Premises, or any portion thereof, shall be subject to prior written approval by Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Said public advertisement shall include, but not be limited to, the placement or display of any signs or lettering on the exterior of the Premises or on the glass or any window or door of the Premises or in the interior of the Premises if it is visible from the exterior.

23. TRANSFER OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST .

If Landlord shall sell, assign or transfer all or any part of its interest in the Premises or in this Lease to a successor in interest which expressly assumes the obligations of Landlord hereunder, then Landlord shall thereupon be released or discharged from all covenants and obligations hereunder, and Tenant shall look solely to such successor in interest for performance of all of Landlord’s obligations and such successor shall be obligated to perform all of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease which accrue after the date of such transfer. Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall in no manner be affected by Landlord’s sale, assignment, or transfer of all or any part of such interest(s) of Landlord, and Tenant shall thereafter attorn and look solely to such successor in interest as the Landlord hereunder.

24. COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT .

Subject to the terms of this Lease, Landlord represents that it has full right and authority to lease the Premises and Tenant shall peacefully and quietly hold and enjoy the Premises for the full Term hereof so long as no Event of Default occurs hereunder.

 

20


25. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES .

Tenant shall, at any time and from time to time, upon not less than ten (10) business days’ prior written notice from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing certifying the following information, (but not limited to the following information in the event further information is requested by Landlord): (i) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease, as modified, is in full force and effect); (ii) the dates to which the rent and other charges are paid in advance, if any; (iii) the amount of Tenant’s security deposit, if any; (iv) acknowledging that there are not, to Tenant’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, and no events or conditions then in existence which, with the passage of time or notice or both, would constitute a default on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults, events or conditions, if any are claimed; and (v) such other information as Landlord may reasonably request. It is expressly understood and agreed that any such statement may be relied upon by any prospective lender, purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the Premises, Building or Business Park. Tenant’s failure to deliver such statement within such time shall constitute an admission by Tenant that all statements contained therein are true and correct. Landlord shall, at any time and from time to time, upon not less than ten (10) business days’ prior written notice from Tenant, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Tenant a statement in writing certifying the following information: (i) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease, as modified, is in full force and effect); (ii) the dates to which the rent and other charges are paid in advance, if any; (iii) the amount of Tenant’s security deposit, if any; (iv) acknowledging that there are not, to Landlord’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Tenant hereunder, and no events or conditions then in existence which, with the passage of time or notice or both, would constitute a default on the part of Tenant hereunder, or specifying such defaults, events or conditions, if any are claimed; and (v) such other information concerning the Lease as Landlord may reasonably agree to certify.

26. PROTECTION AGAINST LIENS .

Tenant shall do all things necessary to prevent the filing or recording of any mechanics’, materialmen’s or other types of liens whatsoever, against all or any part of the Premises, Building or Business Park by reason of any claims made by, against, through or under Tenant. If any such lien is filed or recorded, Tenant shall either cause the same to be discharged of record within thirty (30) days after filing or, if Tenant in its discretion and in good faith determines that such lien should be contested, it shall furnish such security as may be necessary to prevent any foreclosure proceedings against the Premises during the pendency of such contest. If Tenant shall fail to discharge such lien within said time period or fail to furnish such security, then Landlord may at its election, in addition to any other right or remedy available to it, discharge the lien by paying the amount claimed to be due or by procuring the discharge by giving security or in such other manner as may be allowed by law. If Landlord acts to discharge or secure the lien then Tenant shall immediately reimburse Landlord for all sums paid and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by Landlord involving such lien together with interest on the total expenses and costs at an interest rate equal to the Prime Rate plus five percent (5%).

27. MEMORANDUM OF LEASE .

Upon Tenant’s request, Landlord agrees to execute and deliver to Tenant a Memorandum of Lease in the form attached hereto and incorporated herein as Exhibit “G .” The recording of such Memorandum shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

28. LANDLORD’S LIEN . Intentionally deleted.

 

21


29. FORCE MAJEURE .

In the event Landlord or Tenant shall be delayed, hindered or prevented from the performance of any act required hereunder, by reason of governmental restrictions, scarcity of labor or materials, strikes, fire, or any other reasons beyond its reasonable control, the performance of such act shall be excused for the period of delay, and the period for performance of any such act shall be extended as necessary to complete performance after the delay period. However, the provisions of this Section shall in no way be applicable to Tenant’s obligations to pay Annual Rent or any other sums, monies, costs, charges or expenses required by this Lease.

30. REMEDIES CUMULATIVE – NONWAIVER .

Unless otherwise specified in this Lease, no remedy of Landlord or Tenant shall be considered exclusive of any other remedy, but each shall be distinct, separate and cumulative with other available remedies. Each remedy available under this Lease or at law or in equity may be exercised by Landlord or Tenant from time to time as often as the need may arise. No course of dealing between Landlord and Tenant or any delay or omission of Landlord or Tenant in exercising any right arising from the other party’s default shall impair such right or be construed to be a waiver of a default.

31. HOLDING OVER .

If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises or any part thereof after the expiration of the Term, whether with or without Landlord’s acquiescence, Tenant shall be deemed only a tenant at will and there shall be no renewal of this Lease without a written agreement signed by both parties specifying such renewal. The “monthly” rent payable by Tenant during any such tenancy at will period shall be one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the monthly installments of Annual Rent payable during the final Lease Year immediately preceding such expiration. Tenant shall also remain liable for any and all damages, direct and consequential, suffered by Landlord as a result of any holdover without Landlord’s unequivocal written acquiescence. Nothing contained in this Section 31 shall be construed as consent by Landlord to any holding over of the Premises by Tenant, and Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant agrees to compensate for, and indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from all costs, loss, expense or liability, including without limitation, claims made by any succeeding tenant and real estate brokers claims and attorney’s fees and costs.

32. NOTICES .

Any notice allowed or required by this Lease shall be deemed to have been sufficiently served if the same shall be in writing and transmitted via certified or registered United States mail, return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid, via facsimile with proof of transmission or delivered by a nationally recognized overnight courier and addressed to the appropriate party at the address set forth in Section 1(j) hereof. The addresses of Landlord and Tenant and the party, if any, to whose attention a notice or copy of same shall be directed may be changed or added from time to time by either party giving notice to the other in the prescribed manner.

33. LEASING COMMISSION .

Landlord and Tenant represent and warrant each to the other that they have not dealt with any broker(s) or any other person claiming any entitlement to any commission in connection with this transaction except the Broker(s) set forth in Section 1(1) hereof. Tenant agrees to indemnify and save

 

22


Landlord and Landlord’s agents and managers harmless from and against any and all claims, suits, liabilities, costs, judgments and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, for any leasing commissions or other commissions, fees, charges or payments resulting from or arising out of its actions in connection with this Lease. Landlord agrees to indemnify and save Tenant harmless from and against any and all claims, suits, liabilities, costs, judgments and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, for any leasing commissions or other commissions, fees, charges or payments resulting from or arising out of its respective actions in connection with this Lease. Landlord agrees to be responsible for the leasing commission due Broker(s) pursuant to a separate written agreement between Landlord and Tri Properties, Inc., and to hold Tenant harmless respecting same.

34. LANDLORD DEFAULT .

Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease unless Landlord fails to perform obligations required of Landlord within thirty (30) days after written notice is delivered by Tenant to Landlord and to the holder of any mortgages or deeds of trust (collectively, “Lender”) covering the Premises whose name and address shall have theretofore been furnished to Tenant in writing, specifying the obligation which Landlord has failed to perform; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for performance, then Landlord shall not be in default if Landlord or Lender commences performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall look solely to Landlord’s equity in the Building, and not to any other or separate business or non-business assets of Landlord, or any Landlord Parties, for the satisfaction of any claim brought by Tenant against Landlord, and if Landlord shall fail to perform any covenant, term or condition of this Lease upon Landlord’s part to be performed, and as a consequence of such default, Tenant shall recover a money judgment against Landlord, such judgment shall be satisfied only: (i) out of the proceeds of sale received upon levy against Landlord’s equity in the Building, and/or (ii) to the extent not encumbered by a secured creditor, out of the rents or other incomes receivable by Landlord from the Building from and after the date of such judgment. Further, in the event the owner of Landlord’s interest in this Lease is at any time a partnership, joint venture or unincorporated association. Tenant agrees that the members or partners of such partnership, joint venture or unincorporated association shall not be personally or individually liable or responsible for the performance of any of Landlord’s obligations hereunder. Without limiting the foregoing, no personal liability is assumed by any officer, director, owner, member, shareholder, employee, agent, and/or representative of Crown Realty & Development, Inc. and its affiliates, including but not limited to Robert A. Flaxman and/or Jaime Sohacheski (and their family members) (collectively, the “Released Parties”) in connection with this Lease. The parties acknowledge and agree that no claim, cause of action, liability, demand, damage, debt, expense, and/or lien, including but not limited to any involving this Lease, shall be asserted against any of the Released Parties, whether known or unknown at the time of this Lease or at any time in the future, including after expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

With respect to any provisions of this Lease which provide that Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay any consent or approval, Tenant shall not have, and Tenant hereby waives, any claim for money damages; nor shall Tenant claim any money damages by way of setoff, counterclaim or defense, based upon any allegation of unreasonableness by Landlord. Tenant’s sole remedy shall be an action or proceeding to enforce any such provisions, or for specific performance, injunction or declaratory judgment. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Lease, Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances for consequential, special, indirect or punitive damages, including, without limitation, with respect to injury or damage to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including but not limited to, loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, in each case, however occurring.

 

23


35. MISCELLANEOUS .

(a) Rules and Regulations .

Landlord shall have the right from time to time to establish reasonable rules and regulations (the “Rules and Regulations”) for Tenant’s use of the Premises and/or the Building (and Business Park). The Rules and Regulations shall be enforced in a non-discriminatory manner and shall be materially consistent for each occupant of the Building. A copy of Landlord’s current Rules and Regulations respecting the Premises and/or the Building is attached hereto as Exhibit “D” . Tenant shall abide by and actively enforce on all Tenant’s Invitees such regulations including without limitation rules governing parking of vehicles in designated areas and during designated times.

(b) Evidence of Authority .

If requested by either party, the other shall furnish appropriate legal documentation evidencing the valid existence and good standing of such party and the authority of any parties signing this Lease to act for such party.

(c) Nature and Extent of Agreement .

This Lease, together with all exhibits hereto, contains the complete agreement of the parties concerning the subject matter, and there are no oral or written understandings, representations, or agreements pertaining thereto which have not been incorporated herein. This Lease creates only the relationship of landlord and tenant between the parties, and nothing herein shall be construed to create a partnership or agency relationship or impose upon either party any powers, obligations or restrictions not expressed herein. This Lease shall be construed and governed by the laws of the state in which the Premises are located.

(d) Binding Effect .

Subject to Section 22 above, this Lease shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors and assigns. This Lease shall not be binding on Landlord until executed by an authorized signatory of Landlord and delivered to Tenant. No amendment or modification to this Lease shall be binding upon Landlord unless same is in writing and executed by an authorized signatory of Landlord.

(e) Captions and Headings .

The captions and headings in this Lease are for convenience and reference only, and they shall in no way be held to explain, modify, or construe the meaning of the terms of this Lease.

(f) Security Deposit .

Not later that five (5) days after the Effective Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord additional security in the form of an irrevocable, unconditional letter of credit (the “Letter of Credit”) in the amount of $44,032.88 for Landlord’s consideration in entering into this Lease. In the event of an Event of Default by Tenant, the Letter of Credit may be drawn upon to satisfy Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. The Letter of Credit must be acceptable to Landlord as to form, content, and issuing bank, must

 

24


not require any documentation in order to be drawn/valued upon and must contain an explicit waiver by the issuing bank of any statutory, UCP or other rights to delay or defer payment upon demand. The Letter of Credit shall be for a period of six (6) years, or alternatively shall be for six (6) successive periods of one (1) year each with a provision that if a renewal Letter of Credit is not delivered to Landlord no later than sixty (60) days prior to the date of expiry on the Letter of Credit, Landlord may draw upon the Letter of Credit. The Letter of Credit must also provide that the issuing bank, upon any presentation of a draft (at sight) for valuation thereon, shall honor such draft by promptly delivering the amount of the draft, by official bank or cashier’s check to Landlord or, at Landlord’s sole option, by promptly wiring federal funds in the amount of the draft into such account(s) as Landlord may specifically direct in writing. The Letter of Credit must name Landlord, its successors and assigns, as the beneficiary of said Letter of Credit. All costs for the issuance (or reissuance as required by Landlord in the event of Landlord’s sale of the Building) of said Letter of Credit shall be paid by Tenant. In the event of Landlord’s sale of the Building, Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in having the Letter of Credit reissued to the new property owner. In the event that this Lease is assigned, subject to the provisions set forth in Section 22 hereof, Landlord agrees to release Tenant’s Letter of Credit so long as the assignee provides a replacement letter of credit that is acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion.

(g) Right to Relocate .

Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord reserves the right at any time upon at least sixty (60) days advance written notice (the “Relocation Notice”) to relocate Tenant to space substantially equivalent to the Premises (with comparable improvements) in either the Building or other building located in the Business Park (the “Relocation Space”). In such event, Landlord shall reimburse to Tenant Tenant’s reasonable out of pocket moving expenses directly stemming from such relocation. The size, configuration, and upfit of the Relocation Space shall be materially consistent with the Premises. The Minimum Rent, Additional Rent, Tenant’s Proportionate Share, and any other charges based on the square footage of the Premises shall be increased or decreased to reflect the size of the Relocation Space; provided, however, in no event shall the Minimum Rent for the Relocation Space exceed one hundred ten percent (110%) of the then applicable Minimum Rent for the Premises. Tenant’s failure to surrender possession of the Premises and relocate to the Relocation Space in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Relocation Notice shall constitute an immediate and material default under this Lease entitling Landlord, in addition to any other remedies provided herein, to re-enter the Premises and remove all persons and property therefrom in accordance with applicable law. If Landlord relocates the Premises hereunder, this Lease and each and all of its terms, covenants and conditions shall remain in full force and effect and shall be deemed applicable to the Relocation Space and the Relocation Space shall thereafter be deemed to be the “Premises” as though Landlord and Tenant had entered into an express written amendment of this Lease with respect thereto. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to avoid unnecessary disruption to Tenant’s operation during such relocation process.

(h) Representations and Warranties .

The person, persons, and/or entity executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant represents, covenants and warrant to Landlord as of the date Tenant executes and delivers this Lease that: (a) Tenant is duly constituted, in good standing and qualified to do business in the State of North Carolina, (b) Tenant has paid all corporate taxes (if applicable), (c) Tenant will file when due all forms, reports, fees and other documents necessary to comply with applicable laws, and (d) the signatories signing on behalf of Tenant have the requisite authority to bind Tenant pursuant to Tenant’s organizational documents (i.e. partnership agreement, operating agreement or bylaws) or a certified copy of a resolution from Tenant authorizing same.

 

25


(i) Lease Review .

The submission of this Lease to Tenant for review does not constitute a reservation of or option for the Premises, and this Lease shall become effective as a contract only upon execution and delivery by Landlord and Tenant.

(j) Attorneys’ Fees .

In any action to enforce the terms of this Lease, including any suit by Landlord for the recovery of rent or possession of the Premises, the losing party shall pay the successful party a reasonable sum for attorneys’ fees and costs in such suit and such attorneys’ fees and costs (including in-house attorneys’ fees) shall be deemed to have accrued prior to the commencement of such action and shall be paid whether or not such action is prosecuted to judgment. Tenant shall also reimburse Landlord for all costs incurred by Landlord in connection with enforcing its rights under this Lease against Tenant following a bankruptcy by Tenant or otherwise, including without limitation, reasonable legal fees (including in-house attorneys’ fees).

(k) Financial Disclosures .

Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request, but not more frequently than once per Lease Year, and at any time upon an Event of Default, provide true, complete and accurate financial information and documentation (including, without limitation, income statements and balance sheets), certified as being true and correct by an authorized officer of Tenant, prepared in accordance with generally acceptable accounting principles, and otherwise in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and its lender, about itself and any Guarantor to Landlord. Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that the financial statements and other information submitted to Landlord by Tenant prior to the execution hereof are true, complete and accurate, were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis, and accurately reflect Tenant’s net worth as of the date hereof. Landlord covenants and agrees to keep such records confidential; provided, however, Landlord may share the information contained within such records with its legal counsel, accountants and employees, prospective purchasers and lenders, and as may otherwise be required by applicable law.

(l) Survival; Time of the Essence .

Any obligations of Tenant occurring prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease shall survive such expiration or earlier termination, Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease.

(m) OFAC Compliance .

(1) Tenant represents and warrants that to the best of Tenant’s knowledge after reasonable inquiry: (a) Tenant and each person or entity owning an interest in Tenant is (i) not currently identified on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”) and/or on any other similar list maintained by OFAC pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order or regulation (collectively, the “List”), and (ii) not a person or entity with whom a citizen of the United States is prohibited to engage in transactions by any trade embargo, economic sanction, or other prohibition of United States law, regulation, or Executive Order of the President of the United States, (b) none of the funds or other assets of Tenant constitute property of, or are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any Embargoed Person (as hereinafter defined), (c) no Embargoed Person has any interest of any nature whatsoever in Tenant (whether directly or indirectly), (d) none of the funds of Tenant have been derived from any

 

26


unlawful activity with the result that the investment in Tenant is prohibited by law or that the Lease is in violation of law, and (e) Tenant has implemented procedures, and will consistently apply those procedures, to ensure the foregoing representations and warranties remain true and correct at all times. The term “Embargoed Person” means any person, entity or government subject to trade restrictions under U.S. law, including but not limited to, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. §1701 et seq ., The Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 1 et seq ., and any Executive Orders or regulations promulgated thereunder with the result that the investment in Tenant is prohibited by law or Tenant is in violation of law.

(2) Tenant covenants and agrees (a) to comply with all requirements of law relating to money laundering, anti-terrorism, trade embargos and economic sanctions, now or hereafter in effect, (b) to immediately notify Landlord in writing if any of the representations, warranties or covenants set forth in this paragraph or the preceding paragraph are no longer true or have been breached or if Tenant has a reasonable basis to believe that they may no longer be true or have been breached, (c) not to use funds from any “Prohibited Person” (as such term is defined in the September 24, 2001 Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism) to make any payment due to Landlord under the Lease and (d) at the request of Landlord, to provide such information as may be requested by Landlord to determine Tenant’s compliance with the terms hereof.

(3) Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s inclusion on the List at any time during the Lease Term shall be a material default of the Lease. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant shall not permit the Premises or any portion thereof to be used or occupied by any person or entity on the List or by any Embargoed Person (on a permanent, temporary or transient basis), and any such use or occupancy of the Premises by any such person or entity shall be a material default of the Lease.

In connection with this Lease or any proposed Assignment of this Lease or sublease. Tenant shall provide to Landlord the names of the persons holding an ownership interest in Tenant or any proposed assignee or sublessee, as applicable, for purposes of compliance with Presidential Executive Order 13224 (issued September 24, 2001), as amended.

36. SEVERABILITY

If any term or provision of this Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each term and provision of this Lease shall be valid and enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law notwithstanding the invalidity of any other term or provision hereof.

37. RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER FOR SUITE 460

In the event that that certain premises containing approximately 7,009 square feet and known as Suite 460 of the Building, shown outlined in bold on Exhibit “F” hereto, becomes available for lease during the Term, Landlord shall so notify Tenant thereof prior to leasing such space to other parties. Tenant, for a period often (10) business days following receipt of such notice, may elect to lease such adjacent space at Landlord’s then-current rental rates and upon such other terms and conditions as are reasonably agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant. If Tenant does not elect to lease such space prior to the expiration of such ten (10) business day period, or if Landlord and Tenant do not enter into a lease for such space within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s notice to Tenant that such space is available, Landlord may then enter into a lease for such space with other parties.

 

27


38. OPTION TO RENEW

a. Notice and Exercise . Provided no default has occurred under the Lease and Tenant has not assigned the Lease nor sublet all or any portion of the Premises, Tenant is hereby granted the option to extend the Term for one (1) additional period of five (5) Lease Years (the “Renewal Term”) commencing upon the Expiration Date on the same terms and conditions as contained in the Lease (Tenant accepting the Premises in its “AS-IS” condition) and as otherwise provided in this Section. The option shall be exercised only by delivery of written notice (the “Renewal Notice”) to Landlord no later than nine (9) months prior to the Expiration Date. The Minimum Rent for the Premises for the Renewal Term shall be the then fair market rent (“Market Rate”) applicable to the Premises, with increases for each Lease Year of the Renewal Term based upon then-current market conditions, as described below. Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises during the Renewal Term shall be subject to all other terms and conditions of the Lease, expressly including, without limitation, the obligation to pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses and all other amounts due under the Lease.

b. Determination of Market Rate . For purposes of this Section, the term “Market Rate” shall mean the annual amount per rentable square foot that comparable landlords of comparable buildings have accepted in then-current transactions between non-affiliated parties from non-equity tenants of comparable credit-worthiness, for comparable space in the RTP/1-40 submarket of the Durham, North Carolina market, for a comparable use, for a comparable period of time (“Comparable Transactions”). In any determination of Comparable Transactions appropriate consideration shall be given to the annual rental rates per rentable square foot, the standard of measurement by which the rentable square footage is measured, the ratio of rentable square feet to usable square feet, the type of escalation clause implemented, the extent of the tenant’s liability under the lease, abatement provisions reflecting free rent and/or no rent during the period of construction or subsequent to the commencement date as to the space in question, parking considerations, length of the lease term, credit guarantees, size and location of premises being leased, building standard work letter and/or tenant improvement allowances, if any, or any other tenant concessions and other generally applicable conditions of tenancy for such Comparable Transactions.

Landlord shall determine the Market Rate by using its good faith judgment. Landlord shall provide written notice of such amount within thirty (30) days (but in no event later than forty-five (45) days) after Tenant provides notice to Landlord exercising Tenant’s option right which requires a calculation of the Market Rate. Tenant shall have fifteen (15) days (“Tenant’s Review Period”) after receipt of Landlord’s notice of the Market Rate within which to accept such Market Rate or to object thereto in writing. Failure of Tenant to accept or reject in writing such rent within Tenant’s Review Period shall conclusively be deemed its approval of the Market Rate determined by Landlord. In the event Tenant does not accept Landlord’s determination of the Market Rate, Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon such Market Rate using good faith efforts. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement within fifteen (15) days following Tenant’s Review Period (“Outside Agreement Date”), then each party shall, within ten (10) business days following the Outside Agreement Date, choose an appraiser who shall by profession be a real estate appraiser or broker who shall have been active over the five (5) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the leasing of comparable commercial properties in the vicinity of the Premises. If Tenant does not choose an appraiser as set forth in the preceding sentence, such appointment shall be made by Landlord in its reasonable discretion. The appraisers shall jointly determine the Market Rate for the Premises. If within thirty (30) days following appointment of the two (2) appraisers, as described above, the two (2) appraisers are unable to agree upon the Market Rate, a third independent appraiser shall be chosen within ten (10) days thereafter by the

 

28


mutual consent of the first two (2) appraisers or, if such first two (2) appraisers fail to agree upon the appointment of a third appraiser, such appointment shall be made by Landlord in its reasonable discretion. The Market Rate determined by the third appraiser so appointed and chosen shall be given within ten (10) days after the selection of such third appraiser. If three (3) appraisers shall be appointed and the determination of one appraiser is disparate from the median of all three (3) appraisers by more than twice the amount by which the other determinations are disparate from the median, then the determination of such appraiser shall be excluded, the remaining two (2) determinations shall be averaged and such average shall be binding and conclusive on Landlord and Tenant; otherwise the average of all three (3) determinations shall be binding and conclusive on Landlord and Tenant. The fees and expenses of the appraiser to be appointed by Tenant shall be paid by Tenant, the fees and expenses of the appraiser to be appointed by Landlord shall be paid by Landlord, and the fees and expenses of the third appraiser shall be divided equally between Landlord and Tenant. In the event that the Market Rate is not determined prior to the Expiration Date, Tenant shall pay as Minimum Rent during such period of time between the Expiration Date and determination of the Market Rate, a monthly amount equal to the monthly Minimum Rent applicable immediately prior to the Expiration Date multiplied by 110%, together with Tenant’s payment of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses and all other amounts due under the Lease. Immediately after the Market Rate is determined, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to the Lease regarding the Renewal Term and the new Minimum Rent shall be adjusted effective as of the commencement date of the Renewal Term.

[Signatures appear on following page]

 

29


“LANDLORD”
Crown Royal Associates, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

LOGO

 

 

 

Name:  

Robert Flaxman

Its:  

Auth Signor

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Its:  

 

 

“TENANT”
Novan, Inc.
a Delaware corporation
By:  

LOGO

 

 

 

Name:  

Nathan Stasko

Its:

 

President

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Its:  

 

 

30


EXHIBIT “A”

PREMISES

 

LOGO

Royal Center I

Suite 470

4222 Emperor

Boulevard


EXHIBIT “B”

NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES

 

TO:  

 

    DATE:  

 

 

 

     
 

 

     
RE:   Lease dated             , 200    , between                                                                                  (“ Landlord ”), and                                                                                   (“ Tenant ”), concerning Suite                     , located at                                          .

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In accordance with the Lease, Landlord wishes to advise and/or confirm the following:

1. That the Premises have been accepted herewith by the Tenant as being substantially complete in accordance with the Lease and that there is no deficiency in construction.

2. That the Tenant has taken possession of the Premises and acknowledges that under the provisions of the Lease the Term of said Lease shall commence as of                     for a term of                     ending on                     .

3. That in accordance with the Lease, Minimum Rent commenced to accrue on                     .

4. If the Commencement Date of the Lease is other than the first day of the month, the first billing will contain a prorata adjustment. Each billing thereafter shall be for the full amount of the monthly installment as provided for in said Lease.

5. Rent is due and payable in advance on the first day of each and every month during the Term of said Lease. Your rent checks should be made payable to                      at                                         .

6. The exact number of rentable square feet within the Premises is                     square feet.

7. Tenant’s Proportionate Share, as adjusted based upon the exact number of rentable square feel within the Premises is     %.

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:  
TENANT:  

 

  ,
a  

 

By:  

 

 
Its:  

 

 


EXHIBIT “C”

PLANS

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

2


EXHIBIT “D”

RULES AND REGULATIONS

The following rules and regulations have been adopted by the Landlord for the care, protection and benefit of the Building and for the general comfort and welfare of the tenants. These Rules and Regulations shall remain in full force and effect until Tenant is notified in writing by Landlord of any changes and amendments. To the extent any of the Rules and Regulations set forth herein are inconsistent with the provisions of the Lease, the terms and conditions of the Lease shall prevail.

1. The sidewalks, entrances, halls, passages, elevators and stairways shall not be obstructed or used by Tenant for any other purpose than for ingress and egress. All loading and unloading of goods, furniture, fixtures, equipment and supplies shall be done only in areas and through entrances designated for such purposes.

2. Toilet rooms and other plumbing facilities shall not be used for any purpose other than those for which they are constructed and no foreign substance of any kind shall be disposed of therein. All repairs required due to breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from a violation of this provision shall be at Tenant’s sole expense.

3. Tenant shall not do anything in the Premises, or bring or keep anything therein, which shall in any way conflict with any law, ordinance, rule or regulation affecting the occupancy and use of the Premises, which are or may hereafter be enacted or promulgated by any public authority or by the Board of Fire Underwriters.

4. Tenant shall at all times maintain an adequate number of suitable fire extinguishers on the Premises for use in case of local fires, including electrical fires.

5. Tenant shall keep the Premises heated at a temperature sufficiently high to prevent freezing of water in pipes and fixtures.

6. Trucks shall not be allowed to remain overnight in the Common Areas whether loaded, unloaded or otherwise, without Landlord’s prior written consent.

7. All garbage and refuse shall be placed for collection in containers specified by Landlord outside the Premises or Building. Tenant shall pay the cost of removal of any of Tenant’s refuse or rubbish.

8. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, provide for regular pest extermination to the Premises and shall provide Landlord with a copy of such extermination contract.

9. In order to insure proper use and care of the Premises, neither the Tenant nor agent nor employee of Tenant shall:

(a) Allow any furniture, packages or articles of any kind to remain in corridors except for short periods incidental to moving same in or out of Building or to cleaning or rearranging occupancy of leased space.

(b) Mark or defile elevators, toilet rooms, walls, windows, doors or any part of the Building,


(c) Except for “seeing-eye” dogs, keep animals or birds on the Premises.

(d) Deposit waste paper, dirt or other substances in corridors, stairways, elevators, toilets, restrooms, or any other part of the Building not leased by Tenant.

(e) Except for pictures, wall hangings and other customary decorations and items which would not cause permanent damage to the structural elements of the Building, fasten any article, drill holes, drive nails or screws into walls, floors, doors, or partitions or otherwise mar or deface them by paint, papers or otherwise, without Landlord’s prior written consent.

(f) Operate any machinery within the Building except customary warehouse, training and office equipment, such as computers, dictaphones, calculators, electric typewriters, televisions, video cassette recorders and the like. Special equipment or machinery used in the trade or profession of the Tenant may be operated only with Landlord’s prior written consent.

(g) Leave Premises unoccupied without locking all exterior doors and turning off all water outlets.

(h) Burn any trash, refuse, debris or garbage of any kind in or about the Premises or Building.

(i) Attach awnings, air-conditioning units or other fixtures to the outside walls or window sills, or otherwise affix such so as to project from the Premises or Building without Landlord’s prior written consent.

(j) Except for Tenant’s installation of a key card security system, install additional locks or bolts of any kind on any doors or windows of the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent. On the termination of Tenant’s tenancy, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord all keys to the Premises, either furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant.

(k) Install or operate any engine, boiler, machinery, or stove, or use oil or any burning fluid (other than gas) for heating, warming or lighting, or use any lighting other than incandescent or fluorescent electric lights, on the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent. All stoves permitted in the Premises shall be placed and installed according to city ordinances. No articles deemed extra hazardous on account of fire, and no explosives, shall be brought into the Premises.

(1) Use loudspeakers, televisions, radios or other devices in such a manner as to be heard outside the Premises, or make, or permit to be made, any unseeming or disturbing noises, nuisance or other activity objectionable to other tenants.

(m) Use the Premises for the purpose of lodging or sleeping rooms, or for any illegal purposes.

(n) Install any aerial, antenna, satellite dish or other equipment or structure on the roof or exterior walls of the Premises, or on the grounds without, in each instance, the prior written consent of Landlord. Any installation so made without such prior written consent shall be subject to removal without notice at any time, at Tenant’s expense.

 

2


10. Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by Tenant which, in its opinion, shall damage the reputation of the Building or its desirability, and upon written notice from Landlord, Tenant shall discontinue any such advertising.

11. Except for deliveries in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business, Landlord reserves the right to designate the time when and method whereby freight, furniture, safes, goods, merchandise and other articles may be brought into, moved or taken from the Building and the Premises leased by Tenant; and workmen employed, designated or approved by Landlord must be employed by Tenants for repairs, painting, material moving and other similar work that may be done on the Premises.

12. Tenant will reimburse Landlord for the cost of repairing any damage to the Premises or other parts of the Building caused by Tenant or the agents or employees of Tenant, including replacing any glass broken.

13. Tenant shall not install in the Premises any metal safes or permit any concentration of excessive weight in any portion thereof without first having obtained the written permission of Landlord.

14. Landlord reserves the right at all times to exclude newsboys, loiterers, vendors, solicitors and peddlers, from the Building or Common Areas and to require registration, satisfactory identification and credentials from all person seeking access to any part of the Building or Common Areas outside of ordinary business hours. Ordinary business hours shall mean Monday through Friday, 7:30 a.m. to 6:30 p.m. and 8:00 a.m. through 1:00 p.m. on Saturday, except on legal holidays. Landlord shall exercise its best judgment in the execution of such control but shall not be held liable for the granting or refusal of such access. Landlord reserves the right to exclude the general public from the Building after ordinary business hours and on weekends and holidays.

15. The attaching of wires to the outside of the Building is absolutely prohibited, and no wires shall be run or installed in any part of the Building without the Landlord’s permission and direction.

16. Requests for services of janitors or other Building employees must be made to the Landlord. Agents or employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.

17. Signs or any other tenant identification shall be in accordance with building standard signage. No signs of any nature shall be placed in the windows so as to be visible from the exterior of the Building. All signs not approved in writing by Landlord shall be subject to removal without notice.

18. Except as otherwise set forth in the Lease, any improvements or alterations to the Premises by Tenant shall be approved in advance by Landlord and all such work, if approved, shall be done at Tenant’s sole expense under the supervision of Landlord.

19. Tenant shall have a non-exclusive right to use of all driveways and parking areas designated for Tenant and Tenant’s employees, if deemed necessary by Landlord.

20. If additional drapes or window decorations are desired by Tenant, they shall be approved by Landlord and installed at Tenant’s expense under the direction of Landlord. Lining on drapes visible from the exterior shall be of a color approved by Landlord.

21. The possession of weapons, including concealed handguns, is strictly forbidden on the Premises and Building.

 

3


22. Tenant shall not use nor permit the use of the Common Areas by its employees, agents or invitees for the purpose of displaying or selling personal property, automobiles, equipment, furniture, fixtures, merchandise or any other item whether owned by Tenant or its employees, agents or invitees.

23. Landlord reserves the right to rescind, amend, alter or waive any of the foregoing rules and regulations at any time in a reasonable and nondiscriminatory manner, or make such other reasonable and non-discriminatory rules and regulations as, in its sole judgment it deems necessary, desirable or proper for its best interest and for the best interests of the tenants, or as may from time to time be necessary for the safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises, the Building or adjacent areas, and for the preservation of good order therein. Any such rescission, amendment, alteration or waiver of any rules or regulations or creation of any such new rules or regulations shall be effective five (5) days after all tenants have been given written notice thereof. Landlord shall not be responsible to any tenant for the nonobservance or violation by any other tenant of any of these rules and regulations at any time.

 

4


EXHIBIT “E”

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DISCLOSURE CERTIFICATE

Your cooperation in this matter is appreciated. Initially, the information provided by you in this Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate is necessary for the Lessor (identified below) to evaluate and finalize a lease agreement with you as Lessee. After a lease agreement is signed by you and the Lessor (the “Lease Agreement”), on an annual basis in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 of the signed Lease Agreement, you are to provide an update to the information initially provided by you in this certificate. The information contained in the initial Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate and each annual certificate provided by you thereafter will be maintained in confidentiality by Lessor subject to release and disclosure as required by (i) any lenders and owners and their respective environmental consultants, (ii) any prospective purchaser(s) of all or any portion of the property on which the Premises are located, (iii) Lessor to defend itself or its lenders, partners or representatives against any claim or demand, and (iv) any laws, rules, regulations, orders, decrees, or ordinances, including, without limitation, court orders or subpoenas. Any and all capitalized terms used herein, which are not otherwise defined herein, shall have the same meaning ascribed to such term in the signed Lease Agreement. Any questions regarding this certificate should be directed to, and when completed, the certificate should be delivered to:

 

Lessor:

                                          
  

c/o Tri Properties, Inc.

  
  

4309 Emperor Blvd., Suite 110

  
  

Durham, North Carolina

  
  

Attn: Property Manager

  
  

Phone: (919) 941-9616

  

Name of (Prospective) Lessee: Novan, Inc.

Mailing Address: PO Box 110023, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27709

Contact Person, Title and Telephone Number(s): Jeff Hunter, Vice President of Operations, 919-485-8080, ext 23

Contact Person for Hazardous Waste Materials Management and Manifests and Telephone Number(s): Heather Durand, Lab Manager, hdurand@novanonline.com, Current Phone: 919-485-8080 ext. 34

Address of (Prospective) Premises: 4222 Emperor Boulevard, Suite 470, Durham, NC 27703

Length of (Prospective) initial Term: 66 Months

 

1


1. GENERAL INFORMATION:

Describe the initial proposed operations to take place in, on, or about the Premises, including, without limitation, principal products processed, manufactured or assembled, services and activities to be provided or otherwise conducted. Existing Lessees should describe any proposed changes to ongoing operations. (Attached additional sheets if necessary).

Research & development of prospective active pharmaceutical ingredients for drug and/or medical device products.

 

2. USE, STORAGE AND DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

 

  2.1 Will any Hazardous Materials be used ™, generated ™, stored ™ or disposed of ™ in, on or about the Premises? ( Note : Generally all storage will be required to be fully contained). Existing Lessees should describe any Hazardous Materials which continue to be used, generated, stored or disposed of in, or about the Premises.

 

Wastes

  

Yes ™

    

No ™

  
  

 

       

Chemical Products

  

Yes ™

    

No ™

  
  

 

       

Other

  

Yes ™

    

No ™

  
  

 

       

It yes is marked attached all MSDS’s and please explain: (MSDS’s Attached ™). Please see accompanying CD for all MSDS’s. Wastes have no MSDS; Novan will generate chemical and biohazardous waste. Other hazardous materials include BSL-2 (biosafety level 2) microorganisms classified in Risk Groups 1 and 2 pursuant to NIH and WHO guidelines.

 

  2.2 If yes is marked in Section 2.1, attach a list of any Hazardous Materials to be used, generated, stored or disposed of in, on or about the Premises, including the applicable hazard class and an estimate of the quantities of each such Hazardous Materials at any given time; estimated annual throughput; the proposed location(s) and method of storage, including container sizes and types (excluding nominal amounts of ordinary household cleaners and janitorial supplies which are not regulated by any Environmental Laws); and the proposed location(s) and method of disposal for each Hazardous Material, including, the estimated frequency, and the proposed contractors or subcontractors. Existing Lessees should attach a list setting forth the information requested above and such list should include actual data from ongoing operations and the identification of any variations in such information from the prior year’s certificate. This list is attached to this exhibit. Attach a Site Plan indicating all storage areas - (Attached ™).

 

3. STORAGE TANKS AND SUMPS

 

  3.1 Is any above or below ground storage of gasoline, diesel, petroleum, or other Hazardous Materials in tanks or sumps proposed in, on or about the Premises? Existing Lessees should describe any such actual or proposed activities, including any required SPCC Plan.

Yes ™                     No ™

If yes, please explain: N/A

 

2


4. WASTE MANAGEMENT

 

  4.1 Has your company been issued an EPA Hazardous Waste Generator I. D. Number? Existing Lessees should describe any additional identification numbers issued since the previous certificate.

Yes ™                     No ™

Describe RCRA status: Novan is currently identified as a small quantity generator (SQG) of hazardous waste with the EPA. The current EPA ID number is NCR000148874 and the permit is attached.

 

  4.2 Has your company filed a biennial or quarterly report as a hazardous waste generator? Existing Lessees should describe any new reports filed.

Yes ™                     No ™

If yes, attach a copy of the most recent report filed. (Attached ™) .

 

5. WASTEWATER TREATMENT AND DISCHARGE

 

  5.1 Will your company discharge wastewater or other wastes to:

 

NO   storm drain?   NO    sewer?
NO   surface water?   NO    facility treatment plant?
NO   grounds   Yes    no wastewater or other

(i.e., compressor blow-down)

 

wastes discharged

Existing Lessees should indicate any actual discharges. If so, describe the nature of any proposed or actual discharge(s). ( Note : Generally, discharges to storm drains will be prohibited without prior review and approval from Landlord).

N/A

 

6. AIR DISCHARGES

 

  6.1 Do you plan for any air filtration systems or stacks to be used in your company’s operations in, on or about the Premises that will discharge into the air; and will such air emissions be monitored? Existing Lessees should indicate whether or not there are any such air filtration systems or stacks in use in, on or about the Premises which discharge into the air and whether such air emissions are being monitored.

Yes ™                     No ™

If yes, please explain: N/A

 

3


  6.2 Do you propose to operate any of the following types of equipment, or any other equipment requiring an air emissions permit? Existing Lessees should specify any such equipment being operated in, on or about the Premises.

 

NO   

Spray booth(s)

   NO   

Incinerator(s)

NO   

Dip tank(s)

   NO   

Drycleaning

NO   

Drying oven(s)

   NO   

Other (please describe)

      YES   

No Equipment Requiring Air Permits

If yes, please explain: N/A

 

  6.3 Do any of your operations generate an obvious odor:

Yes ™                     No ™

If yes, please explain: N/A

 

7. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DISCLOSURES

 

  7.1 Has your company prepared or will it be required to prepare a Hazardous Materials management plan (“Management Plan”) pursuant to Fire Department or other governmental or regulatory agencies’ requirements. Existing Lessees should indicate whether or not a Management Plan is required and has been prepared.

Yes ™                     No ™

If yes, attach a copy of the Management Plan. Existing Lessees should attach a copy of any required updates to the Management Plan. Attach Hazard Communication Plan .

 

  7.2 (CA Only) Are any of the Hazardous Materials, and in particular chemicals, proposed to be used in your operations in or about the premises regulated under Proposition ‘65? Existing tenants should indicate whether or not there are any new hazardous materials being used which are regulated under Proposition ‘65.

Yes ™                     No ™

If yes, please explain: N/A

 

8. ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS AND COMPLAINTS

 

  8.1

With respect to Hazardous Materials or Environmental Laws, has your company ever been subject to any agency enforcement actions, administrative orders, or consent decrees designated as a PRP or has your company received requests for information, notice or

 

4


  demand letters (cited in, violation of any environmental regulation), or any other inquiries regarding its operations? Existing Lessees should indicate whether or not any such actions, orders or decrees have been, or are in the process of being, undertaken or if any such requests have been received.

Yes ™                     No ™

If yes, describe the actions, orders or decrees and any continuing compliance obligations imposed as a result of these actions, orders or decrees and also describe any requests, notices or demands, and attach a copy of all such documents. Existing Lessees should describe and attach a copy of any new actions, orders, decrees, requests, notices or demands not already delivered to Lessor pursuant to the provisions of Section                      of the signed Lease Agreement.

 

 

 

  8.2 Have there ever been, or are there now pending, any lawsuits against your company regarding any environmental or health and safety concerns?

Yes ™                     No ™

If yes, describe any such lawsuits and attach copies of the complaint(s), cross-complaint(s), pleadings and all other documents related thereto as requested by Lessor. Existing Lessees should describe and attach a copy of any new complaint(s), cross-complaint(s), pleadings and other related documents not already delivered to Lessor pursuant to the provisions of Section                      of the signed Lease Agreement.

 

 

 

  8.3 Have there been any problems or complaints from past or current landlords, adjacent tenants, owners or other neighbors at your company’s current facility with regard to environmental or health and safety or odor concerns? Existing Lessees should indicate whether or not there have been any such problems or complaints from adjacent tenants, owners or other neighbors at, about or near the Premises.

Yes ™                     No ™

If yes, please describe. Existing Lessees should describe any such problems or complaints not already disclosed to lessor under the provisions of the signed lease.

 

 

 

  8.4 Please provide the addresses for each space leased by your Company in the past ten years the name and phone number of each lessor.

 

79 T.W. Alexander Dr. Research Commons Building 4401, Suite 105 Research Triangle Park, NC 27709, Highwoods Properties, Tom Fritsch – 919-875-6664

 

5


9. PERMITS AND LICENSES

 

  9.1 Attach copies of all Hazardous Materials permits and licenses issued to your company with respect to its proposed operations in, on or about the Premises, including, without limitation, any wastewater discharge permits, air emissions permits, and use permits or approvals. Existing Lessees should attach copies of any new permits and licenses as well as any renewals of permits or licenses previously issued.

 

10. STATE AND LOCAL REQUIREMENTS

 

  10.1 (This Section reserved for any requirements unique to a State or Local control agency)

The undersigned hereby acknowledges and agrees that this Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate is being delivered in connection with, and as required by, Lessor in connection with the evaluation and finalization of a Lease Agreement and will be attached thereto as an exhibit. The undersigned further acknowledges and agrees that this Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate is being delivered in accordance with, and as required by, the provisions of Section 6 of the Lease Agreement. The undersigned further acknowledges and agrees that the Lessor and its partners, lenders and representatives may, and will, rely upon the statements, representations, warranties, and certifications made herein and the truthfulness thereof in entering into the Lease Agreement and the continuance thereof throughout the term, and any renewals thereof, of the Lease Agreement. I, Nathan Stasko, acting with full authority to bind the (proposed) Lessee and on behalf of the (proposed) Lessee, certify, represent and warrant that the information contained in this certificate is true and correct.

 

(PROSPECTIVE) Lessee:
By:  

LOGO

 

 

Title

 

President

Date

 

 

6


EXHIBIT “F”

SUITE 460

LOGO

Royal Center I

Suite 460

4222 Emperor Boulevard

Durham, NC


EXHIBIT “G”

FORM MEMORANDUM OF LEASE

Prepared by and return after recording to:

 

STATE OF  

 

COUNTY OF  

 

MEMORANDUM OF LEASE

THIS MEMORANDUM is of that certain unrecorded Lease Agreement dated             , 20     including all Exhibits and Addenda thereto, as amended (“ Lease ”), by and between                                         , a                                          (“ Landlord ”) and                                         ,                                          (“ Tenant ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease, Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant takes and hires from Landlord, the demised premises comprised of approximately              square feet being Suite             , in that certain building known as                      and located at                                          (“ Premises ”) for a term beginning on                              and continuing for a term of                      (    ) years, with a renewal option for an additional period of five (5) years.

The provisions set forth in said unrecorded Lease, together with all the Exhibits and Addenda attached thereto, and any amendments entered into by the parties subsequent to this Memorandum between Landlord and Tenant are hereby incorporated into this Memorandum by reference. This Memorandum is not a complete summary of the Lease, and the provisions contained herein shall not be construed to interpret the terms thereof. In the event of a conflict between this Memorandum and the unrecorded Lease, said Lease shall control. Upon the earlier of the expiration of the stated Lease term including any renewal terms or any earlier termination of the term of the Lease, this Memorandum shall automatically terminate. Landlord shall have the right to record a confirmation of termination date without the need for the joinder of the tenant to confirm the date of termination of the Lease.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Memorandum of Lease on the      day of             , 20    .

 

“LANDLORD”
By:  

 

 

STATE OF  

 

COUNTY OF  

 

I certify that the following person personally appeared before me this day, acknowledging that he or she voluntarily signed the foregoing document for the purpose stated therein and in the capacity indicated:                                         

 

Date:  

 

   
     

 

      Official Signature of Notary
     

 

      Insert name of Notary, printed or typed

 

2


“TENANT”
By:  

 

 

STATE OF  

 

COUNTY OF  

 

I certify that the following person personally appeared before me this day, acknowledging that he or she voluntarily signed the foregoing document for the purpose stated therein and in the capacity indicated:                                         

 

Date:  

 

   
     

 

      Official Signature of Notary
     

 

      Insert name of Notary, printed or typed
(OFFICIAL SEAL)     My Commission Expires:  

 

 

3


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made as of August 27 th , 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between CROWN ROYAL ASSOCIATES, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) and NOVAN, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated December 21, 2010 (the “ Lease ”) for certain premises known as Suite 470 of the Royal Center I building, located at 4222 Emperor Boulevard, in Durham, North Carolina, 27703, which premises contain approximately 12,147 rentable square feet of space (the “ Original Premises ”);

WHEREAS, Landlord wishes to lease to Tenant, and Tenant wishes to lease from Landlord, a portion of certain additional space known as Suite 200 of the Royal Center II building, located at 4222 Emperor Boulevard in Durham, North Carolina, 27703, which premises contain approximately 7,220 rentable square feet (the “ Expansion Premises ”), as shown or described on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein; and

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to include the Expansion Premises as part of the Original Premises on terms as hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

1. Recitals . The foregoing recitals are true and correct and are herein incorporated by this reference.

2. Expansion Premises . Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord, the Expansion Premises. Beginning upon the Expansion Premises Commencement Date (as hereinafter defined) all references in the Lease to the “Premises” shall mean the Original Premises and the Expansion Premises collectively containing 19,367 square feet. Tenant accepts the Expansion Premises in its “AS-IS” condition and neither Landlord nor its agents have made any representations whatsoever with respect to the Expansion Premises.

3. Term . The term of the lease of the Expansion Premises shall begin upon the earlier of: (a) the date Tenant, or any person occupying any portion of the Expansion Premises with Tenant’s permission, commences business operations from the Expansion Premises, or (b) the first business day following the date of Landlord’s delivery of the Expansion Premises to Tenant but for delays attributable to Tenant or Tenant’s Invitees (the “ Expansion Premises Commencement Date ”) and shall expire upon the current Expiration Date. Landlord currently estimates that subject to Force Majeure, and the acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenants Invitees, Landlord will be in a position to deliver the Expansion Premises on or before October 1, 2013 (the “Target Date”).

4. Rent . Effective upon the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay Minimum Rent for the Expansion Premises pursuant to the schedule set forth below.


PERIOD

   RATE      Monthly MINIMUM
RENT
 

Expansion Premises Commencement Date to 2/28/14

   $ 12.00 per r.s.f.       $ 7,220.00   

3/1/14 to 2/28/15

   $ 12.36 per r.s.f.       $ 7,436.60   

3/1/15 to 2/29/16

   $ 12.73 per r.s.f.       $ 7,659.22   

3/1/16 to 8/31/16

   $ 13.11 per r.s.f       $ 7,887.85   

The foregoing rent schedule is not intended to and shall not include Tenant’s payment of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses and all other amounts due under the Lease calculated based upon the square footage of the Premises, all of which shall be determined by Landlord as set forth in the Lease.

Notwithstanding the foregoing schedule, and provided no event of default has occurred, Tenant shall receive a rent credit in an amount equal to the first two (2) payments of monthly Minimum Rent for the Expansion Premises required to be paid by Tenant hereunder (the “ Abated Rent ”), such rent credit to be applied to Tenant’s first two (2) payments of monthly Minimum Rent for the Expansion Premises. The total Abated Rent shall not exceed Fourteen Thousand Four Hundred Forty and 00/100 Dollars ($14,440.00).

5. Building . Upon the Effective Date hereof, Section 1(b) in the Basic Lease Terms of the Lease shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Royal Center I (“Royal Center I”) and Royal Center II (“Royal Center II”), located in the Imperial Center Business Park in Durham, North Carolina. In this Lease, any references to the “Building” shall mean both Royal Center I and Royal Center II.”

6. Tenant’s Proportionate Share : Upon the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Section 1(h) of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

(a) Original Premises : Tenant agrees that Tenant’s Proportionate Share for the Original Premises (as defined herein) shall be a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of rentable square feet within the Original Premises and the denominator of which shall be the number of rentable square feet within Royal Center I, currently estimated to be 28.19% (12,147 ÷

43,092), subject to Section 2 below.”

(b) Expansion Premises : Tenant agrees that Tenant’s Proportionate Share for the Expansion Premises (as defined herein) shall be a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of rentable square feet within the Expansion Premises and the denominator of which shall be the number of rentable square feet within Royal Center II, currently estimated to be 22.20% (7,220 32,514), subject to Section 2 below.”

7. Early Access . Landlord acknowledges that Tenant wishes to be permitted entry into the Expansion Premises two (2) weeks prior to the anticipated Expansion Premises Commencement Date in order to install Tenant’s furniture, fixtures, and/or equipment (the “ Work ”). Promptly following the execution and delivery of this Lease, Tenant shall be permitted, and Landlord hereby grants to Tenant a limited non-exclusive license (“ Access License ”) therefor, to enter into the Expansion Premises for purposes of performing the Work. The Access License shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease. Tenant shall ensure that Tenant’s performance of the Work does not disturb other tenants, create a nuisance and Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs associated with the Work. Tenant shall repair any damage to the Building resulting from the Work in a prompt and diligent manner. The performance

 

2


of the Work shall be at Tenant’s sole risk and expense, and Landlord shall not be liable for any loss, damage, casualty, injury, death, or any other liability resulting from the Work. Tenant shall indemnify and save harmless Landlord from and against any such liability for damages, costs, and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, from injury or death to any person or damage to any property resulting from the Access License. In no event shall the Expansion Premises Commencement Date be delayed due to the Work or the Access License.

8. Broker . Landlord and Tenant represent and warrant each to the other that they have not dealt with any broker(s) or any other person claiming any entitlement to any commission in connection with this transaction except Tri Properties, Inc. (the “ Broker ”). Tenant agrees to indemnify and save Landlord and Landlord’s agents and managers harmless from and against any and all claims, suits, liabilities, costs, judgments and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, for any leasing commissions or other commissions, fees, charges or payments resulting from or arising out of its actions in connection with this Amendment or other premises. Landlord agrees to indemnify and save Tenant harmless from and against any and all claims, suits, liabilities, costs, judgments and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, for any leasing commissions or other commissions, fees, charges or payments resulting from or arising out of its actions in connection with this Amendment or other premises. Landlord agrees to be responsible for the leasing commission due Broker pursuant to a separate written agreement between Landlord and Broker, and to hold Tenant harmless respecting same.

9. Full Force and Effect . The Lease, as modified by this Amendment, shall continue, as modified, in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed as if fully set forth herein. This Amendment shall constitute a present and binding agreement between the parties hereto which shall be effective as of the Effective Date. Upon the Effective Date, any future reference to the Lease shall mean the Lease as amended by this Amendment.

10. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.

11. Authority . Each party represents and warrants that all consents or approvals required of third parties for the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment have been obtained and each party has the right and authority to enter into and perform its covenants contained in this Amendment. Upon request of either party hereto, the other party shall provide evidence of such party’s authority to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to execute and deliver this Amendment.

12. Entire Agreement . This Amendment and the Lease represent the entire agreement between Landlord and the Tenant regarding the subject matter hereof and may not be contradicted by evidence of prior, subsequent or contemporaneous oral agreements of the parties. No amendment or modification hereto shall be valid and binding unless expressed in writing and executed and delivered by both parties hereto.

13. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall comprise by one and the same instrument.

14. Captions . The Section captions of this Amendment have been inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference and in no way define, limit, or describe the scope or intent of this Amendment.

15. Time of the Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Amendment.

[Signatures on Following Page]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of the Effective Date.

 

LANDLORD:
CROWN ROYAL ASSOCIATES, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:   LOGO
 

 

Name:   Robert Flaxman
 

 

Title:   Auth. Signor
 

 

TENANT:

NOVAN, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   LOGO
 

 

Name:   Jeff N. Hunter
 

 

Title:   Vice President of Operations
 

 

 

4


Exhibit A

Expansion Premises

 

LOGO

Royal Center II

4222 Emperor Boulevard

Suite 200

Durham, NC

 

A-1


SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the 27 day of August, 2015, by and between DURHAM ROYAL CENTER, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”) and NOVAN, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

STATEMENT OF PURPOSE

WHEREAS, Landlord’s predecessor in title and Tenant entered into a Lease Agreement dated as of December 21, 2010 as amended by that First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated August 27, 2013 (collectively, the “Lease”) for certain premises containing approximately nineteen thousand three hundred sixty-seven (19,367) rentable square feet of space located at Suite 200 and Suite 470 in the building known as Royal Center I located at 4222 Emperor Boulevard, Durham, North Carolina, as more particularly described in the Lease (the “Premises”). The Premises consists of Suite 470 of containing 12,147 rentable square feet (“Suite 470”) and Suite 200 containing 7,220 rentable square feet (“Suite 200”).

WHEREAS, DURHAM HOPSON ROAD, LLC, an affiliate of Landlord, and Tenant are entering into a new lease for certain premises containing approximately 51,350 rentable square feet located at 4105 Hopson Road, Durham, NC (the “New Lease”).

WHEREAS, in connection with the execution of the New Lease, Landlord and Tenant now desire to grant Tenant the right to terminate the Lease and to otherwise amend the Lease as hereinafter provided.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the statement of purpose, the mutual covenants contained herein and other valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Termination of Lease . Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that the Lease shall be terminated effective as of ten (10) days after the Rent Commencement Date of Phase II as defined under the New Lease (the “Termination Date”) and that thereafter, Tenant shall have no further right to occupy or possess the Premises. On or before the Termination Date, Tenant shall deliver all keys to the Premises and any other means of access to Landlord, and shall surrender the Premises, free of all occupants and subtenancies, in a “broom clean” condition with all of Tenant’s personal property and all debris or trash removed from the Premises and otherwise in compliance with the terms and conditions of the Lease regarding the condition of the Premises as of the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease term unless otherwise agreed in writing by Landlord. Specifically, Tenant must remove any leased furniture, fixtures or equipment located in or about the Premises prior to the Termination Date. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, Tenant agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to remove from the Premises prior to the Termination Date, all cabling and telecommunications equipment installed by Tenant within the walls of the Premises (provided that Tenant shall not be required to remove telecommunications fiber owned and operated by parties other than Tenant, or any fiber connection between Suite 470 and Suite 200), all security and monitoring systems within the walls of the Premises and all of Tenant’s graphics, if any, on the windows of the Premises, and thereafter to restore the Premises to the condition in which it existed prior to the installation of such materials (ordinary wear and tear excepted, but Tenant shall repair any damage including patching any holes and repainting surfaces) unless otherwise agreed in writing by Landlord. Tenant may elect whether to remove the six foot walk in hood in Room 135 from the Premises, but not any associated equipment such as the HVAC and exhaust system, at its sole discretion provided Tenant repairs all damage caused by removal, restores the Premises, caps utility connections, and encloses any holes left by such removal as reasonably directed by


Landlord. Other than as stated herein, Landlord acknowledges and agrees that Tenant shall have no other obligations to remove any other alterations or improvements, or to restore the Premises to its prior condition. Within twenty (20) business days after the Termination Date, as such date may be extended upon written approval by the Landlord, any other personal property or equipment remaining in the Premises as of the Termination Date may be retained or disposed of by Landlord in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion at Tenant’s costs. In the event Tenant fails to vacate the Premises and return same to Landlord on or before the Termination Date in accordance with the terms hereof, Tenant shall be deemed a holdover tenant in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease and shall be liable for any and all damages suffered by Landlord as a result of Tenant’s failure to return the Premises to Landlord as herein required.

2. Extension of the Termination Date . By written notice given to Landlord on or before February 1, 2016, Tenant may elect to extend the Termination Date until August 31, 2017 (the “Extension Period”) for Suite 470 or Suite 200 or for both Suite 470 and Suite 200 (the “Extension Notice”). The Extension Notice shall specify if Tenant is extending the Termination Date for only Suite 470 or Suite 200 or if Tenant is extending for both suites. Minimum Rent for Suite 470 during the Extension Period shall be at an annual rate of $17.06 per rentable square foot and Minimum Rent for Suite 200, if applicable, during the Extension Period shall be at an annual rate of $13.47 per rentable square foot. For clarification purposes, the Renewal Term provided under Section 38 of the Lease is hereby terminated for all purposes.

3. Deposit . The “Deposit” which Tenant posted in accordance with the Lease shall be returned within thirty (30) days after the Termination Date, as such date may be extended.

4. Obligations of Tenant . As a condition to the effectiveness of this Agreement, Tenant agrees to execute the New Lease as of the date hereof in consideration of Landlord’s willingness to execute this Agreement and in the event the New Lease is not fully executed Landlord may terminate this Agreement upon written notice to Tenant.

5. Release . Except as otherwise provided herein, Landlord, for itself and its successors and assigns, does hereby release and discharge Tenant, its employees, agents and officers from all claims, costs, actions and causes of action arising out of or related to the Lease including any and all further obligations and liabilities arising out of or relating to the Lease accruing from and after the Termination Date and provided Tenant complies with the terms of this Agreement Tenant shall not have any further monetary liability or obligations under the Lease from and after the Termination Date other than reconciliation of the Tenant Contribution, if applicable. Tenant, for itself and its successors and assigns, does hereby release and discharge Landlord, its employees, agents, officers and successors and assigns from all claims, costs, actions and causes of action arising out of or related to the Lease.

6. Representations and Warranties of Tenant . Tenant owns the entire leasehold interest granted by the Lease and has not assigned its leasehold interest, subleased the Premises nor granted a security interest in its leasehold interest that is the subject of the Lease and Tenant certifies that there are no tenants or other persons or entities having a right to possession of the Premises or any portion thereof after Tenant vacates the Premises. On or before the Termination Date, Tenant shall satisfy, or obtain releases of, all outstanding liens or financing statements encumbering Tenant’s leasehold interest in the Premises.

7. Broker . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in no event shall any broker receive any compensation or commission relative to this Agreement.


8. Expenses . In the event that Tenant defaults under any of its obligations set forth above, Landlord shall be entitled to employ all rights and remedies available to it for enforcement of such obligations, and Tenant shall be responsible for paying any and all costs and expenses of the Landlord, including reasonable attorneys’ fees in enforcing the obligations of Tenant hereunder.

9. Benefits and Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

10. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original hereof, and all of which shall be considered one and the same instrument.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed pursuant to authority duly given as of the day and year first above written.

 

“LANDLORD”
DURHAM ROYAL CENTER, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

LOGO

Its:   Authorized Signatory
 

 

Date:   8/27/2015
 

 

“TENANT”
NOVAN, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By:  

LOGO

Its:   Vice President of Technical Operations & Secretary
 

 

Date:   8/27/2015
 

 

Exhibit 10.11

LEASE

4105 Hopson Road, Durham, NC

DURHAM HOPSON ROAD, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

as Landlord,

and

NOVAN, INC. ,

a Delaware corporation,

as Tenant.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
1.   PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS      5   
2.   LEASE TERM; OPTION TERM      6   
3.   BASE RENT      8   
4.   ADDITIONAL RENT      9   
5.   USE OF PREMISES      14   
6.   SERVICES AND UTILITIES      19   
7.   REPAIRS      21   
8.   ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS      22   
9.   COVENANT AGAINST LIENS      23   
10.   INSURANCE      23   
11.   DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION      25   
12.   NONWAIVER      26   
13.   CONDEMNATION      26   
14.   ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING      27   
15.   SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES      29   
16.   HOLDING OVER      31   
17.   ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES      31   
18.   SUBORDINATION      31   
19.   DEFAULTS; REMEDIES      32   
20.   COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT      35   
21.   SECURITY DEPOSIT      35   
22.   SUBSTITUTION OF OTHER PREMISES      36   
23.   SIGNS      36   
24.   COMPLIANCE WITH LAW      37   
25.   LATE CHARGES      37   
26.   LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT      38   
27.   ENTRY BY LANDLORD      38   
28.   TENANT PARKING      38   
29.   MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS      39   
EXHIBITS   
A   INTENTIONALLY OMITTED   
B   FORM OF NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES   
C   PREMISES   
D   WORK LETTER   
E   RULES AND REGULATIONS   
F   FORM OF TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE   
G   ENVIRONMENTAL QUESTIONNAIRE   
H   INTENTIONALLY OMITTED   
I   FORM LETTER OF CREDIT   
J   INTENTIONALLY OMITTED   
K   SPECIAL SYSTEMS CONNECTION POINTS   
L   BUILDING UTILITY MATRIX   

 

-i-


Additional Rent

     8   

Advocate Arbitrators

     6   

all risks

     22   

Alterations

     20   

Applicable Laws

     35   

as built

     21   

Bank Prime Loan

     36   

Base Rent

     7   

BMBL

     14   

Brokers

     40   

Builder’s All Risk

     21   

Building

     4   

Building Common Areas,

     5   

Clean-up

     16   

Closure Letter

     17   

Common Areas

     4   

Comparable Buildings

     6   

Comparable Transactions

     6   

Concessions

     6   

Contemplated Effective Date

     27   

Contemplated Transfer Space

     27   

Control

     28   

DHHS

     14   

Direct Expenses

     8   

Environmental Assessment

     16, 29   

Environmental Questionnaire

     13   

Environmental Report

     16   

Estimate

     12   

Estimate Statement

     12   

Estimated Direct Expenses

     12   

Expense Year

     8   

Fair Rental Value

     5   

First Class Life Sciences Projects

     3   

Force Majeure

     39   

Hazardous Materials

     13   

HVAC

     18   

Intention to Transfer Notice

     27   

L/C Security

     33   

Landlord

     1, 37   

Landlord Parties

     22   

Landlord Repair Notice

     23   

Lease

     1   

Lease Commencement Date

     5   

Lease Expiration Date

     5   

Lease Term

     5   

Lease Year

     5   

Lines

     41   

Mail

     39   

Material Service Interruption

     19   

Net Worth

     28   

Neutral Arbitrator

     7   

New Improvements

     22   

Notices

     39   

Operating Expenses

     8   

Option Conditions

     5   

 

-ii-


Option Rent

     5   

Option Term

     5   

Original Tenant

     5   

Outside Agreement Date

     6   

PCBs

     13   

Permitted Assignee

     28   

Permitted Transferee

     28   

Premises

     4   

Project Common Areas

     5   

Project

     4   

Release

     14   

Released

     14   

Releases

     14   

Rent

     7,8   

Service Interruption

     19   

Service Interruption Notice

     19   

Statement

     12   

Subject Space

     25   

Summary

     1   

Tax Expenses

     8, 11   

Tenant

     1, 37   

Tenant’s Subleasing Costs

     26   

Tenant’s Agents

     13   

Tenant’s Share

     8, 11   

Transfer Notice

     25   

Transfer Premium

     25, 26   

Transferee

     25   

Transfers

     25   

Underlying Documents

     9   

 

-iii-


4105 HOPSON ROAD

LEASE

This Lease (the “ Lease ”), dated as of the date set forth in Section 1 of the Summary of Basic Lease Information (the “ Summary ”), below, is made by and between DURHAM HOPSON ROAD, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and NOVAN, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

TERMS OF LEASE    DESCRIPTION
1.   Date:    August 17, 2015
2.  

Premises

( Article 1 ).

  
  2.1   Building:    That certain office building containing approximately 51,350 rentable square feet of space located at 4105 Hopson Road, Durham, NC.
  2.2   Premises:    Approximately 51,350 rentable square feet of space in the Building, as further set forth in Exhibit C to the Lease. Tenant shall initially occupy 10,000 rentable square feet of space in the Premises as further set forth in Exhibit C to the Lease (“ Phase 1 ”) and will later occupy an additional 41,350 rentable square feet of space in the Premises as further set forth in Exhibit C to the Lease (“ Phase 2 ”) as further described in Section 1.1.
3.  

Lease Term

( Article 2 ).

  
  3.1   Length of Term:    Ten (10) years plus the period between the Rent Commencement Date for Phase 1 and the Rent Commencement Date for Phase 2.
  3.2   Lease Commencement Date:    The date of Lease execution.
  3.3   Rent Commencement Date:   

For Phase 1: The date which is the date Landlord delivers Phase 1 to Tenant with the Tenant Improvements therein substantially complete or the earlier date Substantial Completion would have occurred, but for any Tenant Delay. (Such date is estimated to occur April 1, 2016.)

 

For Phase 2: The date which is the date Landlord delivers the Phase 2 to Tenant with the Tenant Improvements therein substantially complete or the earlier date Substantial Completion would have occurred, but for any Tenant Delay. (Such date is estimated to occur July 1, 2016.)

  3.4   Lease Expiration Date:    The day prior to tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date for Phase 2 which is estimated to be June 30, 2026.

 

-1-


4.   Base Rent ( Article 3 ):   

 

Time Period

   Annual or Period
Base Rent
     Monthly
Installment
of Base Rent
     Monthly Base
Rent
per Rentable
Square Foot
 

*4/1/16 - 6/30/16

   $ 52,500.00       $ 17,500.00       $ 21.00   

**7/1/16 - 3/31/17

   $ 808,762.50       $ 89,862.50       $ 21.00   

4/1/17 - 3/31/18

   $ 1,110,700.56       $ 92,558.38       ****$ 21.63   

4/1/18 - 3/31/19

   $ 1,144,077.96       $ 95,339.83       $ 22.28   

4/1/19 - 3/31/20

   $ 1,178,482.56       $ 98,206.88       $ 22.95   

4/1/20 - 3/31/21

   $ 1,213,914.00       $ 101,159.50       $ 23.64   

4/1/21 - 3/31/22

   $ 1,250,372.52       $ 104,197.71       $ 24.35   

4/1/22 - 3/31/23

   $ 1,287,858.00       $ 107,321.50       $ 25.08   

4/1/23 - 3/31/24

   $ 1,326,370.56       $ 110,530.88       $ 25.83   

4/1/24 - 3/31/25

   $ 1,365,909.96       $ 113,825.83       $ 26.60   

4/1/25 - 3/31/26

   $ 1,406,990.04       $ 117,249.17       $ 27.40   

4/1/26 - ***6/30/26

   $ 362,274.24       $ 120,758.08       *****$ 28.22   

 

* The first day of this period shall be Rent Commencement Date for Phase 1 as noted above and this table shall be adjusted accordingly.
** The first day of this period shall be Rent Commencement Date for Phase 2 as noted above and this table shall be adjusted accordingly.
*** The last day of the Term shall be as noted above in Section 3.4 and this table shall be adjusted accordingly.
**** The first increase in Base Rent shall occur on the first anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date for Phase 1 and each subsequent increase shall also occur on such anniversary.
***** In the event the initial Term extends until the twelfth anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date for Phase 1 then Base Rent shall increase by 3% on such date and an additional row shall be added to this table for such period.

 

-2-


5.   Tenant Improvement Allowance:    $107 per rentable square foot of the Premises. Landlord shall construct improvements in the Premises in accordance with the terms of the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit D .
6.   NNN Lease.    In addition to the Base Rent, Tenant shall be responsible to pay Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses in accordance with the terms of Article 4 of the Lease.
7.   Tenant’s Share   
  ( Article 4 ):    100%.
8.   Permitted Use   
  ( Article 5 ):    The Premises shall be used only for general office, research and development, engineering, laboratory, pharmaceutical preparation and manufacturing, storage and/or warehouse uses, including, but not limited to, administrative offices and other lawful uses reasonably related to or incidental to such specified uses, all (i) consistent with first class life sciences projects in the Durham, North Carolina area (“ First Class Life Sciences Projects ”), and (ii) in compliance with, and subject to, applicable laws and the terms of this Lease.
9.   Security Deposit   
  ( Article 21 ):    $539,172.00, provided that the Security Deposit shall be reduced to $431,337.00 once Tenant has satisfied all of the following conditions: (i) Tenant has paid seventy-two (72) months of Rent under the Lease; (ii) Tenant has not been late in the payment of Rent (more than five (5) business days) at any time; (iii) Tenant has not otherwise been in default of any of the terms and conditions of the Lease at any time; (iv) Tenant’s tangible net worth is equal to or greater than what it was on the Lease Commencement Date, and further provided that the Security Deposit shall be further reduced to $269,586.00 once Tenant has satisfied all of the following conditions: (i) Tenant has paid ninety-six (96) months of Rent under the Lease; (ii) Tenant has not been late in the payment of Rent (more than five (5) business days) at any time; (iii) Tenant has not otherwise been in default of any of the terms and conditions of the Lease at any time; (iv) Tenant’s tangible net worth is equal to or greater than what it was on the Lease Commencement Date.
10.   Parking Pass Ratio   
  ( Article 28 ):    Not applicable due to the fact Tenant leases the entire Building, subject to the terms of Article 28 of the Lease. If Tenant ever leases less than the whole Building then Tenant shall only be permitted to use a pro rata portion of the parking spaces for the Building.
11.   Address of Tenant    Novan, Inc.
  ( Section 29.18 ):   

4222 Emperor Blvd., Suite 200

Durham, NC 27703

Attention: Mr. Jeff Hunter

 

-3-


12.   Address of Landlord   
  ( Section 29.18 ):    See Section 29.18 of the Lease.
13.   Broker(s)    None.
  ( Section 29.24 ):   

 

-4-


1. PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS

1.1 Premises, Building, Project and Common Areas .

1.1.1 The Premises . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the premises set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary (the “ Premises ”). The outline of the Premises is set forth in Exhibit C attached hereto and each floor or floors of the Premises has the number of rentable square feet as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary. The parties hereto agree that the lease of the Premises is upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions herein set forth, and Tenant covenants as a material part of the consideration for this Lease to keep and perform each and all of such terms, covenants and conditions by it to be kept and performed and that this Lease is made upon the condition of such performance. The parties hereto hereby acknowledge that the purpose of Exhibit C is to show the approximate location of the Premises in the “Building,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.2 , below, only, and such Exhibit is not meant to constitute an agreement, representation or warranty as to the construction of the Premises, the precise area thereof or the specific location of the “Common Areas,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.3 , below, or the elements thereof or of the access ways to the Premises or the “Project,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.2 , below. Tenant shall accept the Premises in its presently existing “as-is” condition and Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to the improvement of the Premises except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease or in the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit D . Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant with the plumbing, electrical systems, fire sprinkler system, lighting, air conditioning and heating systems and all other building systems serving the Premises in good operating condition and repair. Any failure of Phase 1 to be in such condition on delivery shall be remedied by Landlord at Landlord’s sole cost and expense provided that Tenant notifies Landlord of such failure within ninety (90) days following the Phase 1 Rent Commencement Date. Any failure of Phase 2 to be in such condition on delivery shall be remedied by Landlord at Landlord’s sole cost and expense provided that Tenant notifies Landlord of such failure within ninety (90) days following the Phase 2 Rent Commencement Date. Landlord’s construction of the Tenant Improvements after the Rent Commencement Date shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent payable pursuant to the Lease. Landlord shall have no responsibility or for any reason be liable to Tenant for any direct or indirect injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from such construction work in the Premises, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Tenant’s personal property or improvements resulting from such construction work or Landlord’s actions in connection with such construction work, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such construction work or Landlord’s actions in connection with such construction work. Landlord shall commence construction of the Tenant Improvements promptly following Lease execution and receipt of all necessary permits and after the Termination Date (as defined in Section 38) unless Tenant waives its Termination Right prior to such date, and shall thereafter work diligently to complete such work in as timely a fashion as is commercially reasonable. The Premises shall exclude Common Areas, including without limitation exterior faces of exterior walls, the entry, vestibules and main lobby of the Building, elevator lobbies and common lavatories, the common stairways and stairwells, elevators and elevator wells, boiler room, sprinkler rooms, elevator rooms, mechanical rooms, loading and receiving areas, electric and telephone closets, janitor closets, and pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and appurtenant fixtures and equipment serving exclusively or in common with other parts of the Building.

1.1.2 The Building and The Project . The Premises are a part of the building set forth in Section 2.1 of the Summary (the “ Building ”). The term “ Project ,” as used in this Lease, shall mean (i) the Building and the Common Areas, and (ii) the land (which is improved with landscaping, parking facilities and other improvements) upon which the Building and the Common Areas are located.

1.1.3 Common Areas . Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use in common with other tenants in the Project, and subject to the rules and regulations referred to in Article 5 of this Lease, those portions of the Project which are provided, from time to time, for use in common by Landlord, Tenant and any other tenants of the Project (such areas, together with such other portions of the Project designated by Landlord, in its discretion, including certain areas designated for the exclusive use of certain tenants, or to be shared by Landlord and certain tenants, are

 

-5-


collectively referred to herein as the “ Common Areas ”). The Common Areas shall consist of the “ Project Common Areas ” and the “ Building Common Areas .” The term “ Project Common Areas ,” as used in this Lease, shall mean the portion of the Project designated as such by Landlord or areas within the Project that the occupants of the Building are permitted to utilize pursuant to a recorded declaration and which areas shall be maintained in accordance with the declaration. The term “ Building Common Areas ,” as used in this Lease, shall mean the portions of the Common Areas located within the Building designated as such by Landlord. The manner in which the Common Areas are maintained and operated shall be at the sole discretion of Landlord and the use thereof shall be subject to such rules, regulations and restrictions as Landlord may make from time to time. Landlord reserves the right to close temporarily, make alterations or additions to, or change the location of elements of the Project and the Common Areas, provided that, in connection therewith, Landlord shall perform such closures, alterations, additions or changes in a commercially reasonable manner and, in connection therewith, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any material interference with Tenant’s use of and access to the Premises.

1.2 Stipulation of Rentable Square Feet of Premises . For purposes of this Lease, “rentable square feet” of the Premises shall be deemed as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary.

 

2. LEASE TERM; OPTION TERM

2.1 Lease Term . The terms and provisions of this Lease shall be effective as of the date of this Lease. The term of this Lease (the “ Lease Term ”) shall be as set forth in Section 3.1 of the Summary, shall commence on the date set forth in Section 3.2 of the Summary (the “ Lease Commencement Date ”), and shall terminate on the date set forth in Section 3.4 of the Summary (the “ Lease Expiration Date ”) unless this Lease is sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. For purposes of this Lease, the term “ Lease Year ” shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) month period during the Lease Term. The First Lease Year shall commence on the Rent Commencement Date for Phase 1. At any time during the Lease Term, Landlord may deliver to Tenant a notice in the form as set forth in Exhibit B , attached hereto, as a confirmation only of the information set forth therein, which, if correct, Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord within ten (10) business days of receipt thereof.

2.2 Option Term .

2.2.1 Option Right . Landlord hereby grants to the originally named Tenant herein (“ Original Tenant ”), and its “Permitted Assignees”, as that term is defined in Section 14.8 , below, one (1) option to extend the Lease Term for a period of five (5) years (the “ Option Term ”), which option shall be irrevocably exercised only by written notice delivered by Tenant to Landlord not more than fifteen (15) months nor less than nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term, provided that the following conditions (the “ Option Conditions ”) are satisfied: (i) as of the date of delivery of such notice, Tenant is not in default under this Lease, after the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period; (ii) as of the end of the Lease Term, Tenant is not in default under this Lease, after the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period; (iii) Tenant has not previously been in monetary default under this Lease, after the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period, more than twice in any Lease Year; and (iv) the Lease then remains in full force and effect and Original Tenant or a Permitted Assignee occupies the entire Premises at the time the option to extend is exercised and as of the commencement of the Option Term. Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, exercised in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, waive any of the Option Conditions in which case the option, if otherwise properly exercised by Tenant, shall remain in full force and effect. Upon the proper exercise of such option to extend, and provided that Tenant satisfies all of the Option Conditions (except those, if any, which are waived by Landlord), the Lease Term, as it applies to the Premises, shall be extended for a period of five (5) years. The rights contained in this Section 2.2 shall be personal to Original Tenant and any Permitted Assignees, and may be exercised by Original Tenant or such Permitted Assignees (and not by any assignee, sublessee or other “Transferee,” as that term is defined in Section 14.1 of this Lease, of Tenant’s interest in this Lease).

2.2.2 Option Rent . The annual Rent payable by Tenant during the Option Term (the “ Option Rent ”) shall be equal to the “Fair Rental Value,” as that term is defined below, for the Premises as of the commencement date of the Option Term. The “ Fair Rental Value ,” as used in this Lease, shall be equal to the annual rent per rentable square foot (including additional rent and considering any “base year” or “expense stop” applicable thereto), including all escalations, at which tenants (pursuant to leases consummated within the eleven (11) month period ending 30 days before the Lease Expiration Date), are leasing non-sublease, non-encumbered, non-equity space

 

-6-


which is not significantly greater or smaller in size than the subject space, for a comparable lease term, in an arm’s length transaction, which comparable space is located in the “Comparable Buildings,” as that term is defined in this Section 2.2.2 , below (transactions satisfying the foregoing criteria shall be known as the “ Comparable Transactions ”), taking into consideration the following concessions (the “ Concessions ”): (a) rental abatement concessions, if any, being granted such tenants in connection with such comparable space; (b) tenant improvements or allowances provided or to be provided for such comparable space, and taking into account the value, if any, of the existing improvements in the subject space, such value to be based upon the age, condition, design, quality of finishes and layout of the improvements and the extent to which the same can be utilized by a general office user other than Tenant; and (c) other reasonable monetary concessions being granted such tenants in connection with such comparable space; provided, however, that in calculating the Fair Rental Value, no consideration shall be given to (i) the fact that Landlord is or is not required to pay a real estate brokerage commission in connection with Tenant’s exercise of its right to extend the Lease Term, or the fact that landlords are or are not paying real estate brokerage commissions in connection with such comparable space, and (ii) any period of rental abatement, if any, granted to tenants in comparable transactions in connection with the design, permitting and construction of tenant improvements in such comparable spaces. The Fair Rental Value shall additionally include a determination as to whether, and if so to what extent, Tenant must provide Landlord with financial security, such as a letter of credit or guaranty, for Tenant’s Rent obligations in connection with Tenant’s lease of the Premises during the Option Term. Such determination shall be made by reviewing the extent of financial security then generally being imposed in Comparable Transactions from tenants of comparable financial condition and credit history to the then existing financial condition and credit history of Tenant (with appropriate adjustments to account for differences in the then-existing financial condition of Tenant and such other tenants). The Concessions (A) shall be reflected in the effective rental rate (which effective rental rate shall take into consideration the total dollar value of such Concessions as amortized on a straight-line basis over the applicable term of the Comparable Transaction (in which case such Concessions evidenced in the effective rental rate shall not be granted to Tenant)) payable by Tenant, or (B) at Landlord’s election, all such Concessions shall be granted to Tenant in kind. The term “ Comparable Buildings ” shall mean the Building and those other class A life sciences buildings which are comparable to the Building in terms of age (based upon the date of completion of construction or major renovation of to the building), quality of construction, level of services and amenities, size and appearance, and are located in Durham, North Carolina and the surrounding commercial area.

2.2.3 Determination of Option Rent . In the event Tenant timely and appropriately exercises an option to extend the Lease Term, Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s determination of the Option Rent 30 days prior to the Lease Expiration Date. If Tenant, on or before the date which is ten (10) days following the date upon which Tenant receives Landlord’s determination of the Option Rent, in good faith objects to Landlord’s determination of the Option Rent, then Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon the Option Rent using their best good-faith efforts. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement within ten (10) days following Tenant’s objection to the Option Rent (the “ Outside Agreement Date ”), then each party shall make a separate determination of the Option Rent, as the case may be, within five (5) days, and such determinations shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with Sections 2.2.3.1 through 2.2.3.7 , below. If Tenant fails to object to Landlord’s determination of the Option Rent within the time period set forth herein, then Tenant shall be deemed to have objected to Landlord’s determination of Option Rent.

2.2.3.1 Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint one arbitrator who shall be, at the option of the appointing party, a real estate broker, appraiser or attorney who shall have been active over the five (5) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the leasing or appraisal, as the case may be, of other class A life sciences buildings located in the Durham, North Carolina market area. The determination of the arbitrators shall be limited solely to the issue of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Option Rent is the closest to the actual Option Rent, taking into account the requirements of Section 2.2.2 of this Lease, as determined by the arbitrators. Each such arbitrator shall be appointed within fifteen (15) days after the Outside Agreement Date. Landlord and Tenant may consult with their selected arbitrators prior to appointment and may select an arbitrator who is favorable to their respective positions. The arbitrators so selected by Landlord and Tenant shall be deemed “ Advocate Arbitrators .”

2.2.3.2 The two (2) Advocate Arbitrators so appointed shall be specifically required pursuant to an engagement letter within ten (10) days of the date of the appointment of the last appointed Advocate Arbitrator to agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator (“ Neutral Arbitrator ”) who shall be qualified under the same criteria set forth hereinabove for qualification of the two Advocate Arbitrators, except that neither the Landlord or

 

-7-


Tenant or either parties’ Advocate Arbitrator may, directly or indirectly, consult with the Neutral Arbitrator prior or subsequent to his or her appearance. The Neutral Arbitrator shall be retained via an engagement letter jointly prepared by Landlord’s counsel and Tenant’s counsel.

2.2.3.3 The three arbitrators shall, within thirty (30) days of the appointment of the Neutral Arbitrator, reach a decision as to whether the parties shall use Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Option Rent, and shall notify Landlord and Tenant thereof.

2.2.3.4 The decision of the majority of the three arbitrators shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

2.2.3.5 If either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint an Advocate Arbitrator within fifteen (15) days after the Outside Agreement Date, then either party may petition the presiding judge of the Superior Court of Durham County to appoint such Advocate Arbitrator subject to the criteria in Section 2.2.3.1 of this Lease, or if he or she refuses to act, either party may petition any judge having jurisdiction over the parties to appoint such Advocate Arbitrator.

2.2.3.6 If the two (2) Advocate Arbitrators fail to agree upon and appoint the Neutral Arbitrator, then either party may petition the presiding judge of the Superior Court of Durham County to appoint the Neutral Arbitrator, subject to criteria in Section 2.2.3.1 2 of this Lease, or if he or she refuses to act, either party may petition any judge having jurisdiction over the parties to appoint such arbitrator.

2.2.3.7 The cost of the arbitration shall be paid by Landlord and Tenant equally.

2.2.3.8 In the event that the Option Rent shall not have been determined pursuant to the terms hereof prior to the commencement of the Option Term, Tenant shall be required to pay the Option Rent initially provided by Landlord to Tenant, and upon the final determination of the Option Rent, the payments made by Tenant shall be reconciled with the actual amounts of Option Rent due, and the appropriate party shall make any corresponding payment to the other party.

 

3. BASE RENT

3.1 Tenant shall pay, without prior notice or demand, to Landlord or Landlord’s agent at the management office of the Project, or, at Landlord’s option, at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing, by a check for currency which, at the time of payment, is legal tender for private or public debts in the United States of America, base rent (“ Base Rent ”) as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary, payable in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary in advance on or before the first day of each and every calendar month during the Lease Term, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever. If any Rent payment date (including the Lease Commencement Date) falls on a day of the month other than the first day of such month or if any payment of Rent is for a period which is shorter than one month, the Rent for any fractional month shall accrue on a daily basis for the period from the date such payment is due to the end of such calendar month or to the end of the Lease Term at a rate per day which is equal to 1/365 of the applicable annual Rent. All other payments or adjustments required to be made under the terms of this Lease that require proration on a time basis shall be prorated on the same basis. Base Rent and Additional Rent shall together be denominated “ Rent .” Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent shall not be discharged or otherwise affected by any law or regulation now or hereafter applicable to the Premises, or any other restriction on Tenant’s use, or (except as expressly provided herein) any casualty or taking, or any failure by Landlord to perform any covenant contained herein, or any other occurrence; and Tenant waives all rights now or hereafter existing to terminate or cancel this Lease or quit or surrender the Premises or any part thereof, or to assert any defense in the nature of constructive eviction to any action seeking to recover rent. Tenant’s covenants contained herein are independent and not dependent, and Tenant hereby waives the benefit of any statute or judicial law to the contrary.

 

-8-


4. ADDITIONAL RENT

4.1 General Terms . In addition to paying the Base Rent specified in Article 3 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay “ Tenant’s Share ” of the annual “ Direct Expenses ,” as those terms are defined in Sections 4.2.6 and 4.2.2 of this Lease, respectively. Such payments by Tenant, together with any and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Additional Rent ”, and the Base Rent and the Additional Rent are herein collectively referred to as “ Rent .” All amounts due under this Article 4 as Additional Rent shall be payable for the same periods and in the same manner as the Base Rent. Without limitation on other obligations of Tenant which survive the expiration of the Lease Term, the obligations of Tenant to pay the Additional Rent provided for in this Article 4 shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term.

4.2 Definitions of Key Terms Relating to Additional Rent . As used in this Article 4 , the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth:

4.2.1 Intentionally Omitted.

4.2.2 “ Direct Expenses ” shall mean “ Operating Expenses ” and “ Tax Expenses .”

4.2.3 “ Expense Year ” shall mean each calendar year in which any portion of the Lease Term falls, through and including the calendar year in which the Lease Term expires, provided that Landlord, upon notice to Tenant, may change the Expense Year from time to time to any other twelve (12) consecutive month period, and, in the event of any such change, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses shall be equitably adjusted for any Expense Year involved in any such change.

4.2.4 “ Operating Expenses ” shall mean all expenses, costs and amounts of every kind and nature which Landlord pays or accrues during any Expense Year because of or in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, security, repair, replacement, restoration or operation of the Project, or any portion thereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall specifically include any and all of the following: (i) the cost of supplying all utilities, the cost of operating, repairing, maintaining, and renovating the utility, telephone, mechanical, sanitary, storm drainage, and elevator systems, and the cost of maintenance and service contracts in connection therewith; (ii) the cost of licenses, certificates, permits and inspections and the cost of contesting any governmental enactments which may affect Operating Expenses, and the costs incurred in connection with a governmentally mandated transportation system management program or similar program; (iii) the cost of all insurance carried by Landlord in connection with the Project as reasonably determined by Landlord; (iv) the cost of landscaping, re-lamping, and all supplies, tools, equipment and materials used in the operation, repair and maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof; (v) the cost of parking area operation, repair, restoration, and maintenance; (vi) reasonable fees and other costs, including management and/or incentive fees, consulting fees, legal fees and accounting fees, of all contractors and consultants in connection with the management, operation, maintenance and repair of the Project; (vii) payments under any equipment rental agreements and the fair rental value of any management office space; (viii) subject to item (f), below, wages, salaries and other compensation and benefits, including taxes levied thereon, of all persons engaged in the operation, maintenance and security of the Project; (ix) costs under any instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Project; (x) operation, repair, maintenance and replacement of all systems and equipment and components thereof of the Project; (xi) the cost of janitorial, alarm, security and other services, replacement of wall and floor coverings, ceiling tiles and fixtures in common areas, maintenance and replacement of curbs and walkways, repair to roofs and re-roofing; (xii) amortization (including reasonable interest on the unamortized cost) over such period of time as Landlord shall reasonably determine, of the cost of acquiring or the rental expense of personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the Project, or any portion thereof; (xiii) the cost of capital improvements or other costs incurred in connection with the Project (A) which are certified by a third-party consultant to reduce expenses in the operation or maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof, or to reduce current or future Operating Expenses or to enhance the safety or security of the Project or its occupants, (B) that are required to comply with present or anticipated mandatory conservation programs, (C) which are replacements or modifications of nonstructural items located in the Common Areas required to keep the Common Areas in the same good order or condition as on the Commencement Date, or (D) that are required under any governmental law or regulation that was not in force or effect as of the Commencement Date; provided, however, that any capital expenditure shall be amortized (including reasonable interest on the amortized

 

-9-


cost as reasonably determined by Landlord) over such period of time as Landlord shall reasonably determine; and (xiv) costs, fees, charges or assessments imposed by, or resulting from any mandate imposed on Landlord by, any federal, state or local government for fire and police protection, trash removal, community services, or other services which do not constitute “Tax Expenses” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.5 , below, and (xv) payments under any easement, license, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant, or instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Building, including, without limitation, any covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the property, and reciprocal easement agreements affecting the property, any parking licenses, and any agreements with transit agencies affecting the Property (collectively, “ Underlying Documents ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Lease, Operating Expenses shall not, however, include:

(a) costs, including legal fees, space planners’ fees, advertising and promotional expenses, and brokerage fees incurred in connection with the original construction or development, or original or future leasing of the Project, and costs, including permit, license and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the installation of tenant improvements made for new tenants initially occupying space in the Project after the Lease Commencement Date or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space for tenants or other occupants of the Project (excluding, however, such costs relating to any common areas of the Project);

(b) except as set forth in items (xii), (xiii), and (xiv) above, depreciation, interest and principal payments on mortgages and other debt costs, if any, penalties and interest, and costs of capital improvements (as distinguished from repairs or replacements);

(c) costs for which the Landlord is reimbursed by any tenant or occupant of the Project or by insurance by its carrier or any tenant’s carrier or by anyone else, and electric power costs for which any tenant directly contracts with the local public service company;

(d) any bad debt loss, rent loss, or reserves for bad debts or rent loss;

(e) costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes the Landlord, as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Project (which shall specifically include, but not be limited to, accounting costs associated with the operation of the Project). Costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes the Landlord include costs of partnership accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee (except as the actions of the Tenant may be in issue), costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of the Landlord’s interest in the Project, and costs incurred in connection with any disputes between Landlord and its employees, between Landlord and Project management, or between Landlord and other tenants or occupants;

(f) the wages and benefits of any employee who does not devote substantially all of his or her employed time to the Project unless such wages and benefits are prorated to reflect time spent on operating and managing the Project vis-a-vis time spent on matters unrelated to operating and managing the Project; provided, that in no event shall Operating Expenses for purposes of this Lease include wages and/or benefits attributable to personnel above the level of Project manager;

(g) amount paid as ground rental for the Project by the Landlord;

(h) except for a property management fee to the extent expressly allowed above, overhead and profit increment paid to the Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of the Landlord for services in the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such services rendered by qualified, first-class unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

(i) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by the Landlord, provided that any compensation paid to any concierge at the Project shall be includable as an Operating Expense;

 

-10-


(j) rentals and other related expenses incurred in leasing air conditioning systems, elevators or other equipment which if purchased the cost of which would be excluded from Operating Expenses as a capital improvement, except equipment not affixed to the Project which is used in providing janitorial or similar services and, further excepting from this exclusion such equipment rented or leased to remedy or ameliorate an emergency condition in the Project;

(k) all items and services for which Tenant or any other tenant in the Project reimburses Landlord or which Landlord provides selectively to one or more tenants (other than Tenant) without reimbursement;

(l) any costs expressly excluded from Operating Expenses elsewhere in this Lease;

(m) rent for any office space occupied by Project management personnel to the extent the size or rental rate of such office space exceeds the size or fair market rental value of office space occupied by management personnel of the comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Building, with adjustment where appropriate for the size of the applicable project;

(n) costs arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees, vendors, contractors, or providers of materials or services;

(o) costs incurred to comply with laws relating to the removal of hazardous material (as defined under applicable law) which was in existence in the Building or on the Project prior to the Lease Commencement Date, and was of such a nature that a federal, State or municipal governmental authority, if it had then had knowledge of the presence of such hazardous material, in the state, and under the conditions that it then existed in the Building or on the Project, would have then required the removal of such hazardous material or other remedial or containment action with respect thereto; and costs incurred to remove, remedy, contain, or treat hazardous material, which hazardous material is brought into the Building or onto the Project after the date hereof by Landlord or any other tenant of the Project and is of such a nature, at that time, that a federal, State or municipal governmental authority, if it had then had knowledge of the presence of such hazardous material, in the state, and under the conditions, that it then exists in the Building or on the Project, would have then required the removal of such hazardous material or other remedial or containment action with respect thereto;

(p) costs incurred to comply with laws relating to the removal of Hazardous Materials (other than Hazardous Materials typically found in first class office buildings, such as recyclable materials and typical construction materials, and costs to comply with the Operation and Maintenance Plan described on Exhibit G );

(q) the cost of special services, goods or materials provided to any other tenant of the Project free of charge, and not provided to Tenant;

(r) Landlord’s general overhead expenses not related to the Project;

(s) legal fees, accountants’ fees (other than normal bookkeeping expenses) and other expenses incurred in connection with disputes of tenants or other occupants of the Project or associated with the enforcement of the terms of any leases with tenants or the defense of Landlord’s title to or interest in the Project or any part thereof;

(t) costs incurred due to a violation by Landlord or any other tenant of the Project of the terms and conditions of a lease;

(u) property management fees in excess of the amount expressly permitted above;

(v) any reserve funds;

 

-11-


If Landlord is not furnishing any particular work or service (the cost of which, if performed by Landlord, would be included in Operating Expenses) to a tenant who has undertaken to perform such work or service in lieu of the performance thereof by Landlord, Operating Expenses shall be deemed to be increased by an amount equal to the additional Operating Expenses which would reasonably have been incurred during such period by Landlord if it had at its own expense furnished such work or service to

such tenant. If the Project is not at least one hundred percent (100%) occupied during all or a portion of any Expense Year, Landlord shall make an appropriate adjustment to the components of Operating Expenses for such year to determine the amount of Operating Expenses that would have been incurred had the Project been one hundred percent (100%) occupied; and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been the amount of Operating Expenses for such year.

4.2.5 Taxes .

4.2.5.1 “ Tax Expenses ” shall mean all federal, state, county, or local governmental or municipal taxes, fees, charges or other impositions of every kind and nature, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary (including, without limitation, real estate taxes, general and special assessments, transit taxes, leasehold taxes or taxes based upon the receipt of rent, including gross receipts or sales taxes applicable to the receipt of rent, unless required to be paid by Tenant, personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems and equipment, appurtenances, furniture and other personal property used in connection with the Project, or any portion thereof), which shall be paid or accrued during any Expense Year (without regard to any different fiscal year used by such governmental or municipal authority) because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing and operation of the Project, or any portion thereof.

4.2.5.2 Tax Expenses shall include, without limitation: (i) Any tax on the rent, right to rent or other income from the Project, or any portion thereof, or as against the business of leasing the Project, or any portion thereof; (ii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge in addition to, or in substitution, partially or totally, of any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge previously included within the definition of real property tax; (iii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge allocable to or measured by the area of the Premises or the Rent payable hereunder, including, without limitation, any business or gross income tax or excise tax with respect to the receipt of such rent, or upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operating, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises, or any portion thereof; and (iv) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge, upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party, creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises or the improvements thereon.

4.2.5.3 Any costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees) incurred in attempting to protest, reduce or minimize Tax Expenses shall be included in Tax Expenses in the Expense Year such expenses are incurred for any protest that Tenant requests and for any protest Landlord pursues without Tenant’s consent then only if Landlord is successful in reducing Tax Expenses or avoiding an increase in Tax Expenses. Tax refunds shall be credited against Tax Expenses and refunded to Tenant regardless of when received, based on the Expense Year to which the refund is applicable, provided that in no event shall the amount to be refunded to Tenant for any such Expense Year exceed the total amount paid by Tenant as Additional Rent under this Article 4 for such Expense Year. The foregoing sentence shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. If Tax Expenses for any period during the Lease Term or any extension thereof are increased after payment thereof for any reason, including, without limitation, error or reassessment by applicable governmental or municipal authorities, Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand Tenant’s Share of any such increased Tax Expenses. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.2.5 , there shall be excluded from Tax Expenses (i) all excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, transfer tax or fee, federal and state income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord’s general or net income (as opposed to rents, receipts or income attributable to operations at the Project), (ii) any items included as Operating Expenses, and (iii) any items paid by Tenant under Section 4.5 of this Lease.

4.2.6 “ Tenant’s Share ” shall mean the percentage set forth in Section 7 of the Summary.

4.3 Intentionally omitted .

 

-12-


4.4 Calculation and Payment of Additional Rent . In the event Tenant extends the Lease Term, pursuant to Section 2.2 , above, or otherwise, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in the manner set forth in Section 4.4.1 , below, and as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for each Expense Year.

4.4.1 Statement of Actual Direct Expenses and Payment by Tenant . Landlord shall endeavor to give to Tenant within six (6) months following the end of each Expense Year, a statement (the “ Statement ”) which shall state the Direct Expenses incurred or accrued for such preceding Expense Year, and which shall indicate the amount of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses. Upon receipt of the Statement for each Expense Year commencing or ending during the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Base Rent due, the full amount of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for such Expense Year, less the amounts, if any, paid during such Expense Year as “ Estimated Direct Expenses ,” as that term is defined in Section 4.4.2 , below, and if Tenant paid more as Estimated Direct Expenses than the actual Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses, Tenant shall receive a credit in the amount of Tenant’s overpayment against Rent next due under this Lease. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Statement for any Expense Year shall not prejudice Landlord or Tenant from enforcing its rights under this Article 4 . Even though the Lease Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the Expense Year in which this Lease terminates, Tenant shall pay to Landlord such amount within thirty (30) days, and if Tenant paid more as Estimated Direct Expenses than the actual Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses, Landlord shall, within thirty (30) days, deliver a check payable to Tenant in the amount of the overpayment. The provisions of this Section 4.4.1 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, Tenant shall not be responsible for Tenant’s Share of any Direct Expenses attributable to any Expense Year which are first billed to Tenant more than two (2) calendar years after the earlier of the expiration of the applicable Expense Year or the Lease Expiration Date, provided that in any event Tenant shall be responsible for Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses levied by any governmental authority or by any public utility companies at any time following the Lease Expiration Date which are attributable to any Expense Year (provided that Landlord delivers Tenant a bill for such amounts within two (2) years following Landlord’s receipt of the bill therefor).

4.4.2 Statement of Estimated Direct Expenses . In addition, Landlord shall endeavor to give Tenant a yearly expense estimate statement (the “ Estimate Statement ”) which shall set forth Landlord’s reasonable estimate (the “ Estimate ”) of what the total amount of Direct Expenses for the then-current Expense Year shall be and the estimated Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses (the “ Estimated Direct Expenses ”). The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Estimate Statement for any Expense Year shall not preclude Landlord from enforcing its rights to collect any Estimated Direct Expenses under this Article 4 , nor shall Landlord be prohibited from revising any Estimate Statement or Estimated Direct Expenses theretofore delivered to the extent necessary. Thereafter, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Base Rent due, a fraction of the Estimated Direct Expenses for the then-current Expense Year (reduced by any amounts paid pursuant to the last sentence of this Section 4.4.2 ). Such fraction shall have as its numerator the number of months which have elapsed in such current Expense Year, including the month of such payment, and twelve (12) as its denominator. Until a new Estimate Statement is furnished (which Landlord shall have the right to deliver to Tenant at any time), Tenant shall pay monthly, with the monthly Base Rent installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the total Estimated Direct Expenses set forth in the previous Estimate Statement delivered by Landlord to Tenant.

4.4.3 Audit Right . In the event the controllable Operating Expenses increase by more than five percent (5%) in any given Lease Year (as measured against the actual Operating Expenses for the immediately preceding Lease Year) (controllable Operating Expenses shall not include utilities, insurance, taxes, assessments, snow and ice removal and any other expenses which are set or determined by a governmental entity or other third party or are otherwise beyond Landlord’s reasonable control including minimum wage increases) Tenant may audit Landlord’s records and all information pertaining to Operating Expenses in order to verify the accuracy of Landlord’s determination of the Tenant’s Share provided that:

(i) Tenant must give notice to Landlord of its election to undertake said audit within one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the statement of the actual amount of Tenant’s Share for the preceding calendar year from Landlord;

(ii) Such audit will be conducted only during regular business hours at the office where Landlord maintains records of Operating Expenses and only after Tenant gives Landlord fourteen (14) days’ advance written notice;

 

-13-


(iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of the results of such audit within fifteen (15) days of its receipt by Tenant and no such audit shall be conducted if any other tenant of the Building has conducted an independent audit for the time period Tenant intends to audit and Landlord furnishes to Tenant a copy of such audit;

(iv) No audit shall be conducted at any time that Tenant is in default of any of the terms of this Lease;

(v) No subtenant shall have any right to conduct an audit and no assignee shall conduct an audit for any period during which such assignee was not in possession of the Premises;

(vi) Such audit review by Tenant shall not postpone or alter the liability and obligation of Tenant to pay any amounts due under the terms of this Lease; and

(vii) Such audit shall be conducted by an independent, reputable accounting firm which is not being compensated by Tenant on a contingency fee basis.

Within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of such audit, Tenant must give notice to Landlord of any disputed amounts and identify all items being contested in Landlord’s statement of the Tenant Share. If Landlord and Tenant cannot agree upon any such item as to which Tenant shall have given such notice, the dispute shall be resolved by an audit by a major accounting firm mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant and the cost of said joint audit shall be paid by the non-prevailing party; provided however, Tenant will not be considered the “prevailing party” for purposes of this paragraph unless the accounting firm’s audit reveals an overcharge by Landlord in excess of five percent (5%) of the Tenant Share for the particular calendar year in question.

Any adjustment required as a result of any audit shall be made by adjustment to the Tenant Share so that said adjustment is fully made (or recovered) in equal installments over the twelve (12) month period immediately following the final resolution of said audit.

4.5 Taxes and Other Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible . Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay ten (10) days before delinquency, taxes levied against Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property located in or about the Premises. If any such taxes on Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property or if the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed upon such equipment, furniture, fixtures or any other personal property and if Landlord pays the taxes based upon such increased assessment, which Landlord shall have the right to do regardless of the validity thereof but only under proper protest if requested by Tenant, Tenant shall upon demand repay to Landlord the taxes so levied against Landlord or the proportion of such taxes resulting from such increase in the assessment, as the case may be.

 

5. USE OF PREMISES

5.1 Permitted Use . Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the Permitted Use set forth in Section 8 of the Summary and Tenant shall not use or permit the Premises or the Project to be used for any other purpose or purposes whatsoever without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion.

5.2 Prohibited Uses . Tenant further covenants and agrees that Tenant shall not use, or suffer or permit any person or persons to use, the Premises or any part thereof for any use or purpose contrary to the provisions of the Rules and Regulations set forth in Exhibit E , attached hereto, or in violation of the laws of the United States of America, the State of North Carolina, or the ordinances, regulations or requirements of the local municipal or county

 

-14-


governing body or other lawful authorities having jurisdiction over the Project, including, without limitation, any such laws, ordinances, regulations or requirements relating to hazardous materials or substances, as those terms are defined by applicable laws now or hereafter in effect, or any Underlying Documents. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way damage the reputation of the Project or obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building, or injure or annoy them or use or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, unlawful or objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises. Tenant shall comply with, and Tenant’s rights and obligations under the Lease and Tenant’s use of the Premises shall be subject and subordinate to, all recorded easements, covenants, conditions, and restrictions now or hereafter affecting the Project.

5.3 Intentionally Deleted .

5.4 Hazardous Materials .

5.4.1 Tenant’s Obligations .

5.4.1.1 Prohibitions . As a material inducement to Landlord to enter into this Lease with Tenant, Tenant has fully and accurately completed Landlord’s Pre-Leasing Environmental Exposure Questionnaire (the “ Environmental Questionnaire ”), which is attached as Exhibit G . Tenant hereby represents, warrants and covenants that except for those chemicals or materials, and their respective quantities, specifically listed on the Environmental Questionnaire, neither Tenant nor Tenant’s employees, contractors and subcontractors of any tier, entities with a contractual relationship with Tenant (other than Landlord), or any entity acting as an agent or sub-agent of Tenant (collectively, “ Tenant’s Agents ”) will produce, use, store or generate any “Hazardous Materials,” as that term is defined below, on, under or about the Premises, nor cause or permit any Hazardous Material to be brought upon, placed, stored, manufactured, generated, blended, handled, recycled, used or “Released,” as that term is defined below, on, in, under or about the Premises. If any information provided to Landlord by Tenant on the Environmental Questionnaire, or otherwise relating to information concerning Hazardous Materials is false, incomplete, or misleading in any material respect, the same shall be deemed a default by Tenant under this Lease. Upon Landlord’s request, not more than once a Lease Year, or in the event of any material change in Tenant’s use of Hazardous Materials at the Premises, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an updated Environmental Questionnaire at least once a year. Landlord’s prior written consent shall be required to any Hazardous Materials use for the Premises not described on the initial Environmental Questionnaire, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. Tenant shall not install or permit any underground storage tank on the Premises. In addition, Tenant agrees that it: (i) shall not cause or suffer to occur, the Release of any Hazardous Materials at, upon, under or within the Premises or any contiguous or adjacent premises; and (ii) shall not engage in activities at the Premises that could result in, give rise to, or lead to the imposition of liability upon Tenant or Landlord or the creation of an environmental lien or use restriction upon the Premises. For purposes of this Lease, “ Hazardous Materials ” means all flammable explosives, petroleum and petroleum products, waste oil, radon, radioactive materials, toxic pollutants, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls (“ PCBs ”), medical waste, chemicals known to cause cancer or reproductive toxicity, pollutants, contaminants, hazardous wastes, toxic substances or related materials, including without limitation any chemical, element, compound, mixture, solution, substance, object, waste or any combination thereof, which is or may be hazardous to human health, safety or to the environment due to its radioactivity, ignitability, corrosiveness, reactivity, explosiveness, toxicity, carcinogenicity, infectiousness or other harmful or potentially harmful properties or effects, or defined as, regulated as or included in, the definition of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous wastes,” “hazardous materials,” or “toxic substances” under any Environmental Laws. The term “Hazardous Materials” for purposes of this Lease shall also include any mold, fungus or spores, whether or not the same is defined, listed, or otherwise classified as a “hazardous material” under any Environmental Laws, if such mold, fungus or spores may pose a risk to human health or the environment or negatively impact the value of the Premises. For purposes of this Lease, “ Release ” or “ Released ” or “ Releases ” shall mean any release, deposit, discharge, emission, leaking, spilling, seeping, migrating, injecting, pumping, pouring, emptying, escaping, dumping, disposing, or other movement of Hazardous Materials into the environment.

Any use or storage of Hazardous Materials by Tenant permitted pursuant to this Article 5 shall not exceed Tenant’s proportionate share (measured on a per floor basis) of similarly classed Hazardous Materials. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, in no event shall Tenant or anyone claiming by through or under Tenant perform work at or above the risk category Biosafety Level 2 as established by the Department of Health and Human

 

-15-


Services (“ DHHS ”) and as further described in the DHHS publication Biosafety in Microbiological and Biomedical Laboratories (5 th Edition) (as it may be or may have been further revised, the “ BMBL ”) or such nationally recognized new or replacement standards as Landlord may reasonable designate). Tenant shall comply with all applicable provisions of the standards of the BMBL to the extent applicable to Tenant’s operations in the Premises.

5.4.1.2 Intentionally Deleted .

5.4.1.3 Notices to Landlord . Unless Tenant is required by applicable laws to give earlier notice to Landlord, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing as soon as possible but in no event later than five (5) days after (i) the occurrence of any actual, alleged or threatened Release of any Hazardous Material in, on, under, from, about or in the vicinity of the Premises (whether past or present), regardless of the source or quantity of any such Release, or (ii) Tenant becomes aware of any regulatory actions, inquiries, inspections, investigations, directives, or any cleanup, compliance, enforcement or abatement proceedings (including any threatened or contemplated investigations or proceedings) relating to or potentially affecting the Premises, or (iii) Tenant becomes aware of any claims by any person or entity relating to any Hazardous Materials in, on, under, from, about or in the vicinity of the Premises, whether relating to damage, contribution, cost recovery, compensation, loss or injury. Collectively, the matters set forth in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above are hereinafter referred to as “Hazardous Materials Claims”. Tenant shall promptly forward to Landlord copies of all orders, notices, permits, applications and other communications and reports in connection with any Hazardous Materials Claims. Additionally, Tenant shall promptly advise Landlord in writing of Tenant’s discovery of any occurrence or condition on, in, under or about the Premises that could subject Tenant or Landlord to any liability, or restrictions on ownership, occupancy, transferability or use of the Premises under any “Environmental Laws,” as that term is defined below. Tenant shall not enter into any legal proceeding or other action, settlement, consent decree or other compromise with respect to any Hazardous Materials Claims without first notifying Landlord of Tenant’s intention to do so and affording Landlord the opportunity to join and participate, as a party if Landlord so elects, in such proceedings and in no event shall Tenant enter into any agreements which are binding on Landlord or the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord shall have the right to appear at and participate in, any and all legal or other administrative proceedings concerning any Hazardous Materials Claim. For purposes of this Lease, “Environmental Laws” means all applicable present and future laws, including principles of common law, relating to the protection of human health, safety, wildlife or the environment, including, without limitation, (i) all requirements pertaining to reporting, licensing, permitting, investigation and/or remediation of emissions, discharges, Releases, or threatened Releases of Hazardous Materials, whether solid, liquid, or gaseous in nature, into the air, surface water, groundwater, or land, or relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport, or handling of Hazardous Materials; and (ii) all requirements pertaining to the health and safety of employees or the public. Environmental Laws include, but are not limited to, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980,42 USC § 9601, et seq., the Hazardous Materials Transportation Authorization Act of 1994, 49 USC § 5101, et seq., the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, and Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984, 42 USC § 6901, et seq., the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1977, 33 USC § 1251, et seq., the Clean Air Act of 1966, 42 USC § 7401, et seq., the Toxic Substances Control Act of 1976, 15 USC § 2601, et seq., the Safe Drinking Water Act of 1974, 42 USC §§ 300f through 300j, the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended, 29 USC § 651 et seq., the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, 33 USC § 2701 et seq., the Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-Know Act of 1986, 42 USC § 11001 et seq., the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, 42 USC § 4321 et seq., the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act of 1947, 7 USC § 136 et seq., North Carolina Oil Pollution and Hazardous Substances Control Act, N.C. Gen. Stat. § 143-215.75 et seq., North Carolina Inactive Hazardous Sites Act, N.C. Gen. Stat. § 130A-310, North Carolina Water and Air Resources Act, N.C. Gen. Stat. § 143-211 et seq., 15A N.C. Admin. Code Subchapter 2L, and any other state or local law counterparts, as amended, as such Applicable Laws, are in effect as of the Lease Commencement Date, or thereafter adopted, published, or promulgated.

5.4.1.4 Releases of Hazardous Materials . If any Release of any Hazardous Material in, on, under, from or about the Premises shall occur at any time during the Lease and/or if any other Hazardous Material condition exists at the Premises due to the acts or omissions of Tenant that requires response actions of any kind, in addition to notifying Landlord as specified above, Tenant, at its own sole cost and expense, shall (i) immediately comply with any and all reporting requirements imposed pursuant to any and all Environmental Laws, (ii) provide a written certification to Landlord indicating that Tenant has complied with all applicable reporting requirements, (iii)

 

-16-


take any and all necessary investigation, corrective and remedial action in accordance with any and all applicable Environmental Laws, utilizing an environmental consultant approved by Landlord, all in accordance with the provisions and requirements of this Section 5.4 , including, without limitation, Section 5.4.4 , and (iv) take any such additional investigative, remedial and corrective actions as Landlord shall in its reasonable discretion deem necessary such that the Premises are remediated to a condition allowing unrestricted use of the Premises (i.e. to a level that will allow any future use of the Premises, including residential, without any engineering controls or deed restrictions), all in accordance with the provisions and requirements of this Section 5.4 . Landlord may, as required by any and all Environmental Laws, report the Release of any Hazardous Material to the appropriate governmental authority, identifying Tenant as the responsible party. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord copies of all administrative orders, notices, demands, directives or other communications directed to Tenant from any governmental authority with respect to any Release of Hazardous Materials in, on, under, from, or about the Premises, together with copies of all investigation, assessment, and remediation plans and reports prepared by or on behalf of Tenant in response to any such regulatory order or directive.

5.4.1.5 Indemnification .

5.4.1.5.1 In General . Without limiting in any way Tenant’s obligations under any other provision of this Lease, Tenant shall be solely responsible for and shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold the Landlord Parties harmless from and against any and all claims, judgments, losses, damages, costs, expenses, penalties, enforcement actions, taxes, fines, remedial actions, liabilities (including, without limitation, actual attorneys’ fees, litigation, arbitration and administrative proceeding costs, expert and consultant fees and laboratory costs) including, without limitation, consequential damages and sums paid in settlement of claims, which arise during or after the Lease Term, whether foreseeable or unforeseeable, directly or indirectly arising out of or attributable to the presence, use, generation, manufacture, treatment, handling, refining, production, processing, storage, Release or presence of Hazardous Materials in, on, under or about the Premises by Tenant, except to the extent such liabilities result from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord following the Lease Commencement Date. The foregoing obligations of Tenant shall include, including without limitation: (i) the costs of any required or necessary removal, repair, cleanup or remediation of the Premises, and the preparation and implementation of any closure, removal, remedial or other required plans; (ii) judgments for personal injury or property damages; and (iii) all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith. It is the express intention of the parties to this Lease that Tenant assumes all such liabilities, and holds Landlord harmless from all such liabilities, associated with the environmental condition of the Premises, arising on or after the date Tenant takes possession of the Premises.

5.4.1.5.2 Intentionally omitted .

5.4.1.6 Compliance with Environmental Laws . Without limiting the generality of Tenant’s obligation to comply with applicable laws as otherwise provided in this Lease, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, comply with all Environmental Laws. Tenant shall obtain and maintain any and all necessary permits, licenses, certifications and approvals appropriate or required for the use, handling, storage, and disposal of any Hazardous Materials used, stored, generated, transported, handled, blended, or recycled by Tenant on the Premises. Landlord shall have a continuing right, without obligation, to require Tenant to obtain, and to review and inspect any and all such permits, licenses, certifications and approvals, together with copies of any and all Hazardous Materials management plans and programs, any and all Hazardous Materials risk management and pollution prevention programs, and any and all Hazardous Materials emergency response and employee training programs respecting Tenant’s use of Hazardous Materials. Upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a narrative description explaining the nature and scope of Tenant’s activities involving Hazardous Materials and showing to Landlord’s satisfaction compliance with all Environmental Laws and the terms of this Lease.

5.4.2 Assurance of Performance .

5.4.2.1 Environmental Assessments In General . Landlord may, but shall not be required to, engage from time to time such contractors as Landlord determines to be appropriate to perform “Environmental Assessments,” as that term is defined below, to ensure Tenant’s compliance with the requirements of this Lease with respect to Hazardous Materials. For purposes of this Lease, “ Environmental Assessment ” means an assessment including, without limitation: (i) an environmental site assessment conducted in accordance with the

 

-17-


then-current standards of the American Society for Testing and Materials and meeting the requirements for satisfying the “all appropriate inquiries” requirements; and (ii) sampling and testing of the Premises based upon potential recognized environmental conditions or areas of concern or inquiry identified by the environmental site assessment.

5.4.2.2 Costs of Environmental Assessments . All reasonable costs and actual expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any such Environmental Assessment initially shall be paid by Landlord; provided that if any such Environmental Assessment shows that Tenant has failed to comply with the provisions of this Section 5.4 , then all of the costs and expenses of such Environmental Assessment shall be reimbursed by Tenant as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days after receipt of written demand therefor.

5.4.3 Tenant’s Obligations upon Surrender . At the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall: (i) cause an Environmental Assessment of the Premises to be conducted in accordance with Section 15.3 ; (ii) cause all Hazardous Materials to be removed from the Premises and disposed of in accordance with all Environmental Laws and as necessary to allow the Premises to be used for any purpose; and (iii) cause to be removed all containers installed or used by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents to store any Hazardous Materials on the Premises, and cause to be repaired any damage to the Premises caused by such removal.

5.4.4 Clean-up .

5.4.4.1 Environmental Reports; Clean-Up . If any written report, including any report containing results of any Environmental Assessment (an “ Environmental Report ”) shall indicate (i) the presence of any Hazardous Materials as to which Tenant has a removal or remediation obligation under this Section 5.4 , and (ii) that as a result of same, the investigation, characterization, monitoring, assessment, repair, closure, remediation, removal, or other clean-up (the “ Clean-up ”) of any Hazardous Materials is required, Tenant shall immediately prepare and submit to Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Environmental Report a comprehensive plan, subject to Landlord’s written approval, specifying the actions to be taken by Tenant to perform the Clean-up so that the Premises are restored to the conditions required by this Lease. Upon Landlord’s approval of the Clean-up plan, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, without limitation on any rights and remedies of Landlord under this Lease, immediately implement such plan with a consultant reasonably acceptable to Landlord and proceed to Clean-Up Hazardous Materials in accordance with all applicable laws and as required by such plan and this Lease. If, within thirty (30) days after receiving a copy of such Environmental Report, Tenant fails either (a) to complete such Clean-up, or (b) with respect to any Clean-up that cannot be completed within such thirty-day period, fails to proceed with diligence to prepare the Clean-up plan and complete the Clean-up as promptly as practicable, then Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, and without waiving any other rights under this Lease, to carry out any Clean-up recommended by the Environmental Report or required by any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Premises, and recover all of the costs and expenses thereof from Tenant as Additional Rent, payable within ten (10) days after receipt of written demand therefor.

5.4.4.2 No Rent Abatement . Tenant shall continue to pay all Rent due or accruing under this Lease during any Clean-up, and shall not be entitled to any reduction, offset or deferral of any Base Rent or Additional Rent due or accruing under this Lease during any such Clean-up.

5.4.4.3 Surrender of Premises . Tenant shall complete any Clean-up prior to surrender of the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and shall fully comply with all Environmental Laws and requirements of any governmental authority with respect to such completion, including, without limitation, fully comply with any requirement to file a risk assessment, mitigation plan or other information with any such governmental authority in conjunction with the Clean-up prior to such surrender. Tenant shall obtain and deliver to Landlord a letter or other written determination from the overseeing governmental authority confirming that the Clean-up has been completed in accordance with all requirements of such governmental authority and that no further response action of any kind is required for the unrestricted use of the Premises (“ Closure Letter ”). Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall also be obligated to close all permits obtained in connection with Hazardous Materials in accordance with applicable laws.

5.4.4.4 Failure to Timely Clean-Up . Should any Clean-up for which Tenant is responsible not be completed, or should Tenant not receive the Closure Letter and any governmental approvals

 

-18-


required under Environmental Laws in conjunction with such Clean-up prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and Tenant’s failure to receive the Closure Letter is prohibiting Landlord from leasing the Premises or any part thereof to a third party, or prevents the occupancy or use of the Premises or any part thereof by a third party, then Tenant shall be liable to Landlord as a holdover tenant (as more particularly provided in Article 16 ) until Tenant has fully complied with its obligations under this Section 5.4 .

5.4.5 Confidentiality . Unless compelled to do so by applicable law, Tenant agrees that Tenant shall not disclose, discuss, disseminate or copy any information, data, findings, communications, conclusions and reports regarding the environmental condition of the Premises to any Person (other than Tenant’s consultants, attorneys, property managers and employees that have a need to know such information), including any governmental authority, without the prior written consent of Landlord. In the event Tenant reasonably believes that disclosure is compelled by applicable law, it shall provide Landlord ten (10) days’ advance notice of disclosure of confidential information so that Landlord may attempt to obtain a protective order. Tenant may additionally release such information to bona fide prospective purchasers or lenders, subject to any such parties’ written agreement to be bound by the terms of this Section 5.4 .

5.4.6 Copies of Environmental Reports . Within thirty (30) days of receipt thereof, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a copy of any and all environmental assessments, audits, studies and reports regarding Tenant’s activities with respect to the Premises, or ground water beneath the Land, or the environmental condition or Clean-up thereof. Tenant shall be obligated to provide Landlord with a copy of such materials without regard to whether such materials are generated by Tenant or prepared for Tenant, or how Tenant comes into possession of such materials.

5.4.7 Existing Phase I Report . Landlord shall deliver a copy of its existing Phase I environmental report to Tenant.

5.4.8 Signs, Response Plans, Etc . Tenant shall be responsible for posting on the Premises any signs required under applicable Environmental Laws, which signage shall not be subject to Landlord’s consent. Tenant shall also complete and file any business response plans or inventories required by any applicable laws. Tenant shall concurrently file a copy of any such business response plan or inventory with Landlord.

5.4.9 Survival . Each covenant, agreement, representation, warranty and indemnification made by Tenant set forth in this Section 5.4 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and shall remain effective until all of Tenant’s obligations under this Section 5.4 have been completely performed and satisfied.

 

6. SERVICES AND UTILITIES

6.1 Landlord Provided Services . Landlord shall provide the following services on all days (unless otherwise stated below) during the Lease Term.

6.1.1 Subject to limitations imposed by all governmental rules, regulations and guidelines applicable thereto, Landlord shall provide heating, ventilation (including exhaust) and air conditioning (“ HVAC ”) to the Premises on a 24 hours, 7 days per week basis, pursuant to the terms of Section 4. Landlord shall provide adequate electrical wiring and facilities for connection to Tenant’s lighting fixtures and incidental use equipment. Tenant shall bear the cost of replacement of lamps, starters and ballasts for non-Building standard lighting fixtures within the Premises.

6.1.2 Landlord shall provide city water from the regular Building outlets for drinking, lavatory and toilet purposes in the Building Common Areas.

6.1.3 Landlord shall provide a dumpster and/or trash compactor at the Building for use by Tenant and other tenants for ordinary office waste (and not for Hazardous Materials).

 

-19-


6.2 Tenant Provided Services and Utilities . Except as otherwise expressly set forth in Section 6.1 , above, Tenant will be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for the furnishing of all services and utilities to the Premises, electricity, water, telephone, janitorial and interior Building security services.

6.2.1 Landlord shall not provide janitorial or trash services for the Premises except as expressly provided in Section 6.1.3, above. Tenant shall be solely responsible for performing all janitorial and trash services and other cleaning of the Premises, all in compliance with Applicable Laws. In the event such service is provided by a third party janitorial service, and not by employees of Tenant, such service shall be a janitorial service approved in advance by Landlord, (Landlord shall provide Tenant with a list of approved vendors upon Tenant’s request). The janitorial and cleaning of the Premises shall be adequate to maintain the Premises in a manner consistent with Comparable Buildings.

6.2.2 Subject to Applicable Laws and the other provisions of this Lease (including, without limitation, the Rules and Regulations, and except in the event of an emergency), Tenant shall have access to the Building, the Premises and the common areas of the Building twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, every day of the year.

Tenant shall cooperate fully with Landlord at all times and abide by all regulations and requirements that Landlord may reasonably prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the HVAC, electrical, mechanical and plumbing systems. Provided that Landlord agrees to provide and maintain and keep in continuous service utility connections to the Project, including electricity, water and sewage connections, Landlord shall have no obligation to provide any services or utilities to the Building, including, but not limited to heating, ventilation and air-conditioning, electricity, water, telephone, janitorial and interior Building security services.

6.2.3 Tenant shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, internet service, cable television, other telecommunications and other utilities supplied to the Premises, together with any fees, surcharges and taxes thereon, whether part of Operating Expenses or as provided under this Article 6. Tenant shall pay all costs and expenses for any separately metered utilities provided exclusively to the Premises directly to the applicable service provider. Tenant shall pay all actual out-of-pocket costs and expenses, without mark-up, for utility charges that are based on a check- or sub-metering metering installation based on Landlord’s reading of such meters and directly to Landlord, including without limitation for utility charges for power, gas and water serving the HVAC system of the Building (which are measured by the control management system of the Building based on air volume provided to each tenant space). Additional Rent for such utilities may be reasonably estimated monthly by Landlord, based on actual readings of sub- and “check” meters where applicable, and shall be paid monthly by Tenant within thirty (30) days after being billed with a final accounting based upon actual bills received from the utility providers following the conclusion of each fiscal year of the Building.

6.3 Metering . If there are ever multiple tenants in the Building Landlord may install devices to separately meter any utility use at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (or use other reasonable industry standard methods to reasonably estimate such use). In the event there are multiple tenants and Landlord installs separate meters Tenant shall pay the cost directly to Landlord, within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of an invoice therefor, at the rates charged by the public utility company furnishing the same, including the cost of testing and maintaining of such metering devices. Tenant’s use of electricity and any other utility shall never exceed the capacity of the feeders to the Project or the risers or wiring installation.

6.4 Interruption of Use . Tenant agrees that, to the extent permitted pursuant to Applicable Laws, Landlord shall not be liable for damages, by abatement of Rent or otherwise, for failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any service (including telephone and telecommunication services), or for any diminution in the quality or quantity thereof, when such failure or delay or diminution is occasioned, in whole or in part, by breakage, repairs, replacements, or improvements, by any strike, lockout or other labor trouble, by inability to secure electricity, gas, water, or other fuel at the Building or Project after reasonable effort to do so, by any riot or other dangerous condition, emergency, accident or casualty whatsoever, by act or default of Tenant or other parties, or by any other cause not under Landlord’s reasonable control; and such failures or delays or diminution shall never be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises or relieve Tenant from paying Rent or performing any of its obligations under this Lease. Furthermore, Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances

 

-20-


for a loss of, or injury to, property or for injury to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to a failure to furnish any of the services or utilities as set forth in this Article 6 .

Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, in the event that there shall be an interruption, curtailment or suspension of any service required to be provided by Landlord pursuant to Section 6.1 (and no reasonably equivalent alternative service or supply is provided by Landlord) that shall materially interfere with Tenant’s use and enjoyment of a material portion of the Premises, and Tenant actually ceases to use the affected portion of the Premises (any such event, a “ Service Interruption ”), and if (i) such Service Interruption shall continue for ten (10) consecutive business days following receipt by Landlord of written notice from Tenant describing such Service Interruption (the “ Service Interruption Notice ”), (ii) such Service Interruption shall not have been caused, in whole or in part, by reasons beyond Landlord’s reasonable control or by an act or omission in violation of this Lease by Tenant or by any negligence of Tenant, or Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors or invitees, and (iii) either (A) Landlord does not diligently commence and pursue to completion the remedy of such Service Interruption or (B) Landlord receives proceeds from its rental interruption insurance that covers such Service Interruption (a Service Interruption that satisfies the foregoing conditions being referred to hereinafter as a “ Material Service Interruption ”) then, as liquidated damages and Tenant’s sole remedy at law or equity, Tenant shall be entitled to an equitable abatement of Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses, based on the nature and duration of the Material Service Interruption, the area of the Premises affected, and the then current Rent amounts, for the period that shall begin on the commencement of such Material Service Interruption and that shall end on the day such Material Service Interruption shall cease To the extent a Material Service Interruption is caused by an event covered by Articles 11 or 13 of this Lease, then Tenant’s right to abate rent shall be governed by the terms of such Article 11 or 13, as applicable, and the provisions of this paragraph shall not apply.

 

7. REPAIRS

Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, keep the Premises, including all improvements, fixtures, furnishings, and systems and equipment therein (including, without limitation, plumbing fixtures and equipment such as dishwashers, garbage disposals, and insta-hot dispensers), and the floor or floors of the Building on which the Premises are located, in good order, repair and condition at all times during the Lease Term. In addition, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, but under the supervision and subject to the prior reasonable approval of Landlord, and within any reasonable period of time specified by Landlord, promptly and adequately repair all damage to the Premises and replace or repair all damaged, broken, or worn fixtures and appurtenances, except for damage caused by ordinary wear and tear or beyond the reasonable control of Tenant; provided however, that, at Landlord’s option, or if Tenant fails to make such repairs, Landlord may, but need not, make such repairs and replacements, and Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost thereof, including a percentage of the cost thereof (to be uniformly established for the Building and/or the Project) sufficient to reimburse Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs or expenses arising from Landlord’s involvement with such repairs and replacements forthwith upon being billed for same. Without limitation, Tenant shall be responsible for heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems and utility services serving the Premises (to the extent serving Tenant exclusively), and Tenant shall secure, pay for, and keep in force contracts with appropriate and reputable service companies reasonably approved by Landlord providing for the regular maintenance of such systems. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall be responsible for repairs to the exterior walls, foundation and roof (including roof membrane) of the Building, the structural portions of the floors of the Building, and the base building systems and equipment of the Building and Common Areas (to the extent not serving Tenant exclusively), except to the extent that such repairs are required due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant; provided, however, that if such repairs are due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, Landlord shall nevertheless make such repairs at Tenant’s expense, or, if covered by Landlord’s insurance, Tenant shall only be obligated to pay any deductible in connection therewith. Subject to the terms of Article 27 , below, Landlord may, but shall not be required to, enter the Premises at all reasonable times and upon reasonable prior notice to make such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Project or to any equipment located in the Project as Landlord shall desire or deem necessary or as Landlord may be required to do by governmental or quasi-governmental authority or court order or decree. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts under the circumstances to minimize disruptions to Tenant’s operations while undertaking such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions.

 

-21-


If Landlord fails to commence and diligently pursue any repairs to the Premises required by Landlord under this Lease, after thirty (30) days written notice from Tenant to Landlord of the necessity for same (except in the case of an emergency or in the event the failure to repair has a material impact on the health or safety of Tenant’s employees, in which case as soon as reasonably practical after Landlord receives written notice from Tenant), then Tenant may make the repairs on Landlord’s behalf using Landlord’s designated vendors and upon delivery to Landlord of a paid bill by Tenant for any repairs permitted to be made by it pursuant to this Article, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant for the repair.

 

8. ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

8.1 Landlord’s Consent to Alterations . Tenant may not make any improvements, alterations, additions or changes to the Premises or any mechanical, plumbing or HVAC facilities or systems pertaining to the Premises (collectively, the “ Alterations ”) without first procuring the prior written consent of Landlord to such Alterations, which consent shall be requested by Tenant not less than fifteen (15) business days prior to the commencement thereof, and which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed by Landlord, provided it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any Alteration which adversely affects the structural portions or the systems or equipment of the Building or is visible from the exterior of the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be permitted to make Alterations following ten (10) business days notice to Landlord, but without Landlord’s prior consent, to the extent that such Alterations (i) do not affect the Building systems or equipment, such as electrical, plumbing, capital portions of HVAC, and natural gas, (ii) are not visible from the exterior of the Building, and (iii) cost less than $50,000.00 for a particular job of work. If Tenant notifies Landlord that Tenant needs an expedited response under this Section 8.1 then Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to respond to Tenant as soon as possible under the circumstances and considering the documentation Landlord will need to review.

8.2 Prior to commencing any Alterations affecting air distribution or disbursement from ventilation systems serving Tenant or the Building, including without limitation the installation of Tenant’s exhaust systems, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a third party report from a consultant, and in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, showing that such work will not adversely affect the ventilation systems or air quality of the Building (or of any other tenant in the Building) and shall, upon completion of such work, provide Landlord with a certification reasonably satisfactory to Landlord from such consultant confirming that no such adverse effects have resulted from such work.

8.3 Manner of Construction . Landlord may impose, as a condition of its consent to any and all Alterations or repairs of the Premises or about the Premises, such requirements as Landlord in its reasonable discretion may deem desirable, including, but not limited to, the requirement that Tenant utilize for such purposes only contractors, subcontractors, materials, mechanics and materialmen selected by Tenant and approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), the requirement that upon Landlord’s request at the time Landlord approves said Alterations (subject to the terms of Section 8.5 , below), Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, remove such Alterations upon the expiration or any early termination of the Lease Term. Tenant shall construct such Alterations and perform such repairs in a good and workmanlike manner, in conformance with any and all applicable federal, state, county or municipal laws, rules and regulations and pursuant to a valid building permit, issued by the city in which the Building is located (or other applicable governmental authority). Tenant shall not use (and upon notice from Landlord shall cease using) contractors, services, workmen, labor, materials or equipment that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, would disturb labor harmony with the workforce or trades engaged in performing other work, labor or services in or about the Building or the Common Areas. Upon completion of any Alterations (or repairs), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord final lien waivers from all contractors, subcontractors and materialmen who performed such work. In addition to Tenant’s obligations under Article 9 of this Lease, upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall deliver to the Project construction manager a reproducible copy of the “ as built ” drawings of the Alterations as well as all permits, approvals and other documents issued by any governmental agency in connection with the Alterations.

8.4 Payment for Improvements . If Tenant orders any work directly from Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to four percent (4%) of the cost of such work to compensate Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs and expenses arising from Landlord’s involvement with such work. If Tenant

 

-22-


does not order any work directly from Landlord, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable, actual, out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred in connection with Landlord’s review of such work including a construction management fee in the amount of four percent (4%) of the total costs of such work.

8.5 Construction Insurance . In addition to the requirements of Article 10 of this Lease, in the event that Tenant makes any Alterations, prior to the commencement of such Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence that Tenant carries “ Builder’s All Risk ” insurance (to the extent that the cost of the work shall exceed $100,000.00) in an amount approved by Landlord covering the construction of such Alterations, and such other insurance as Landlord may reasonably require, it being understood and agreed that all of such Alterations shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 10 of this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. In addition, Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors shall be required to carry Commercial General Liability Insurance in an amount approved by Landlord and otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Article 10 of this Lease and such general liability insurance shall name the Landlord Parties as additional insureds. If an Alteration will cost One Hundred Seventy-Five Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($175,000.00) or more to perform then Landlord may, in its discretion, require Tenant to obtain and record a statutory form of lien bond, or obtain performance and payment bonds, or some alternate form of security satisfactory to Landlord in an amount sufficient to ensure the lien-free completion of such Alterations and naming Landlord as a co-obligee, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. In addition, Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors shall be required to carry workers compensation insurance with a waiver of subrogation in favor of Landlord Parties.

 

9. COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

Tenant shall keep the Project and Premises free from any liens or encumbrances arising out of the work performed, materials or services furnished or obligations incurred by or on behalf of Tenant, and shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims, liabilities, judgments or costs (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) arising out of same or in connection therewith. Tenant shall give Landlord notice at least twenty (20) days prior to the commencement of any work, services or obligations related to the Premises giving rise to any such liens or encumbrances (or such additional time as may be necessary under Applicable Laws) to afford Landlord the opportunity of posting and recording appropriate notices of non-responsibility (to the extent applicable pursuant to then Applicable Laws). Tenant shall remove any such lien or encumbrance by statutory lien bond or otherwise within ten (10) business days after notice by Landlord, and if Tenant shall fail to do so, Landlord may pay the amount necessary to remove such lien or encumbrance, without being responsible for investigating the validity thereof.

 

10. INSURANCE

10.1 Indemnification and Waiver . Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons in, upon or about the Premises from any cause whatsoever (including, but not limited to, any personal injuries resulting from a slip and fall in, upon or about the Premises) and agrees that, absent the following parties’ gross negligence or willful misconduct, Landlord, its lenders, partners, subpartners and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors (collectively, “ Landlord Parties ”) shall not be liable for, and are hereby released from any responsibility for, any damage either to person or property or resulting from the loss of use thereof, which damage is sustained by Tenant or by other persons claiming through Tenant. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from any and all loss, cost, damage, injury, expense and liability (including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) during the Lease Term, or any period of Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises prior to the commencement or after the expiration of the Lease Term, incurred in connection with or arising from any cause in, on or about the Premises (including, but not limited to, a slip and fall), any acts, omissions or negligence of Tenant or of any person claiming by, through or under Tenant, or of the contractors, agents, servants, employees, invitees, guests or licensees of Tenant or any such person, in, on or about the Project or Tenant’s breach of the terms of this Lease, either prior to, during, or after the expiration of the Lease Term, provided that the terms of the foregoing indemnity shall not apply to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord. Should Landlord be named as a defendant in any suit brought against Tenant in connection with or arising out of Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, Tenant shall pay to Landlord its reasonable costs and expenses incurred in such suit, including without limitation, its actual professional fees such as reasonable appraisers’, accountants’ and attorneys’ fees. The provisions of this Section 10.1 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability arising in connection with any event occurring prior to such expiration or termination.

 

 

-23-


10.2 Tenant’s Compliance With Landlord’s Property Insurance . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, comply with all insurance company requirements pertaining to the use of the Premises. If Tenant’s conduct or use of the Premises for any purpose other than the Permitted Use causes any increase in the premium for such insurance policies then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any such increase. Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations or requirements of the American Insurance Association (formerly the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and with any similar body.

10.3 Tenant’s Insurance . Tenant shall maintain the following coverages in the following amounts.

10.3.1 Commercial General Liability Insurance on an occurrence form covering the insured against claims of bodily injury, personal injury and property damage (including loss of use thereof) arising out of Tenant’s operations, products/completed operations, and contractual liability including a Broad Form endorsement covering the insuring provisions of this Lease and the performance by Tenant of the indemnity agreements set forth in Section 10.1 of this Lease, and including, solely on a claims-made basis, products and completed operations coverage, for limits of liability of not less than:

 

Bodily Injury and

   $5,000,000 each occurrence

Property Damage Liability

   $5,000,000 annual aggregate

Personal Injury Liability

   $5,000,000 each occurrence
$5,000,000 annual aggregate
0% Insured’s participation

10.3.2 Property Insurance covering (i) all office furniture, business and trade fixtures, office equipment, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions, merchandise and all other items of Tenant’s property on the Premises installed by, for, or at the expense of Tenant, and (ii) any other improvements which exist in the Premises as of the Lease Commencement Date (excluding the Base Building) (the “ New Improvements ”). Such insurance shall be written on an “ all risks ” of physical loss or damage basis, for the full replacement cost value (subject to reasonable deductible amounts) new without deduction for depreciation of the covered items and in amounts that meet any co-insurance clauses of the policies of insurance and shall include coverage for damage or other loss caused by fire or other peril including, but not limited to, vandalism and malicious mischief, theft, water damage of any type, including sprinkler leakage, bursting or stoppage of pipes, and explosion.

10.3.3 Business Income Interruption for six (6) months plus Extra Expense insurance in such amounts as will reimburse Tenant for actual direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to the risks outlined in Section 10.3.2 above.

10.3.4 Worker’s Compensation and Employer’s Liability or other similar insurance pursuant to all applicable state and local statutes and regulations. The policy will include a waiver of subrogation in favor of the Landlord Parties.

10.3.5 Tenant may provide any insurance required hereunder under a blanket or umbrella policy provided the coverage required hereunder is not diminished.

10.4 Form of Policies . The minimum limits of policies of insurance required of Tenant under this Lease shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease. Such insurance shall (i) name Landlord, its subsidiaries and affiliates and any other party the Landlord so specifies, as an additional insured or loss payee, as applicable, including Landlord’s managing agent, if any; (ii) cover the liability assumed by Tenant under this Lease; (iii) be issued by an insurance company having a rating of not less than A: VIII in Best’s Insurance Guide or which is otherwise acceptable to Landlord and licensed to do business in the State of North Carolina; (iv) be primary insurance as to all claims thereunder and provide that any insurance carried by Landlord is excess and is non-contributing with any

 

-24-


insurance required of Tenant; (v) be in form and content reasonably acceptable to Landlord; and (vi) provide that said insurer shall endeavor to provide written notice to Landlord and any mortgagee of Landlord, to the extent such names are furnished to Tenant prior to the cancellation of such policy. Tenant shall deliver said policy or policies or certificates thereof to Landlord on or before the earlier to occur of (A) the Lease Commencement Date, and (B) the date upon which Tenant is first provided access to the Premises, and at least ten (10) days before the expiration dates thereof. In the event Tenant shall fail to procure such insurance, or to deliver such policies or certificate within ten (10) days after written notice from Landlord, Landlord may, at its option, procure such policies for the account of Tenant, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord within five (5) days after delivery to Tenant of bills therefor.

10.5 Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant intend that their respective property loss risks shall be borne by reasonable insurance carriers to the extent above provided, and Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to look solely to, and seek recovery only from, their respective insurance carriers in the event of a property loss to the extent that such coverage is agreed to be provided hereunder. The parties each hereby waive all rights and claims against each other for such losses, and waive all rights of subrogation of their respective insurers, provided such waiver of subrogation shall not affect the right to the insured to recover thereunder. The parties agree that their respective insurance policies are now, or shall specify that the waiver of subrogation shall not affect the right of the insured to recover thereunder.

10.6 Additional Insurance Obligations . Tenant shall carry and maintain during the entire Lease Term, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, increased amounts of insurance to the extent reasonably required by any lender or mortgagee on the Building, provided that in no event shall such increases exceed five percent (5%).

10.7 Landlord Insurance . Landlord shall keep in force during the term of this Lease (i) commercial general liability insurance against any and all claims for bodily injury and property damage occurring in or about the Building or the Common Areas having a combined single limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence and Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) in the aggregate, and (ii) property insurance in such amounts and coverages as Landlord deems appropriate or is otherwise required of Landlord by its lender or applicable law, but in no event less than the lesser of (a) at least eighty percent (80%) percent of the replacement cost of the Building or (b) the maximum insurable value of the Building.

 

11. DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

11.1 Repair of Damage to Premises by Landlord . Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any damage to the Premises resulting from fire or any other casualty. If the Premises or any Common Areas serving or providing access to the Premises shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall promptly and diligently, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, and subject to all other terms of this Article 11 , restore such Common Areas and the Premises to substantially the same condition as existed prior to the casualty, except for modifications required by zoning and building codes and other laws or by the holder of a mortgage on the Building or Project or any other modifications to the Common Areas deemed desirable by Landlord, which are consistent with the character of the Project, provided that access to the or the use of Premises shall not be materially impaired. Upon the occurrence of any damage to the Premises, upon notice (the “ Landlord Repair Notice ”) to Tenant from Landlord, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance required under Section 10.3.2(ii) of this Lease and allocated to Alterations or Tenant Improvements, and Landlord’s obligation to restore any Alterations or Tenant Improvements shall be limited to the extent of such proceeds received by Landlord. To the extent permitted pursuant to Applicable Laws, Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or its visitors, or injury to Tenant’s business resulting in any way from such damage or the repair thereof; provided however, that if such fire or other casualty shall have damaged the Premises or Common Areas necessary to Tenant’s occupancy, and the Premises, or a material portion of the Premises, are not occupied by Tenant as a result thereof, then during the time and to the extent the Premises are unfit for occupancy, the Rent shall be abated in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises which is unfit for occupancy for the purposes permitted under this Lease bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises.

11.2 Landlord’s Option to Repair . Notwithstanding the terms of Section 11.1 of this Lease, Landlord may elect not to rebuild and/or restore the Premises, Building and/or Project, and instead terminate this Lease, by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days after the date of discovery of the damage, such

 

-25-


notice to include a termination date giving Tenant sixty (60) days to vacate the Premises, but Landlord may so elect only if the Building or Project shall be damaged by fire or other casualty or cause, whether or not the Premises are affected, and one or more of the following conditions is present: (i) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, repairs cannot reasonably be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of discovery of the damage (when such repairs are made without the payment of overtime or other premiums); (ii) the holder of any mortgage on the Building or Project or ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project shall require that the insurance proceeds or any portion thereof be used to retire the mortgage debt, or shall terminate the ground lease, as the case may be; (iii) at least Fifty Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($50,000.00) of damage is not fully covered by Landlord’s insurance policies; (iv) the damage occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term; or (v) any owner of any other portion of the Project, other than Landlord, does not intend to repair the damage to such portion of the Project; provided, however, that if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to Landlord’s termination right as provided above, and (a) the repairs cannot, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, be completed within three hundred sixty-five (365) days after being commenced, Tenant may elect, no earlier than sixty (60) days after the date of the damage and not later than ninety (90) days after the date of such damage, to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord effective as of the date specified in the notice, which date shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days after the date such notice is given by Tenant, or (b) the repairs have not been completed within seven hundred thirty (730) days after the date of such damage, Tenant may elect, not later than seven hundred ninety (790) days after the date of such damage, to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord effective as of the date specified in the notice, which date shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days after the date such notice is given by Tenant, provided, however, if Landlord completes the repairs prior to such termination date then Tenant’s notice shall be null and void. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 11.2, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease under this Section 11.2 only if each of the following conditions is satisfied: (a) the damage to the Project by fire or other casualty was not caused by the gross negligence or intentional act of Tenant or its partners or subpartners and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors; and (b) as a result of the damage, Tenant cannot reasonably conduct business from the Premises. In addition, Tenant may terminate this Lease if the damage to the Premises occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term, and, as a result of such damage, Tenant cannot reasonably conduct business from the Premises for a period of thirty (30) days or more.

 

12. NONWAIVER

No provision of this Lease shall be deemed waived by either party hereto unless expressly waived in a writing signed thereby. The waiver by either party hereto of any breach of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained. The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent. No acceptance of a lesser amount than the Rent herein stipulated shall be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to receive the full amount due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or payment or any letter accompanying such check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the full amount due. No receipt of monies by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease shall in any way alter the length of the Lease Term or of Tenant’s right of possession hereunder, or after the giving of any notice shall reinstate, continue or extend the Lease Term or affect any notice given Tenant prior to the receipt of such monies, it being agreed that after the service of notice or the commencement of a suit, or after final judgment for possession of the Premises, Landlord may receive and collect any Rent due, and the payment of said Rent shall not waive or affect said notice, suit or judgment.

 

13. CONDEMNATION

If the whole or any part of the Premises, Building or Project shall be taken by power of eminent domain or condemned by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, or if any adjacent property or street shall be so taken or condemned, or reconfigured or vacated by such authority in such manner as to require the use, reconstruction or remodeling of any part of the Premises, Building or Project, or if Landlord shall grant a deed or other instrument in lieu of such taking by eminent domain or condemnation, and thereafter the Premises, Building or Project are not reasonably suitable for the Permitted Use, Tenant or Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. Tenant shall not because of

 

-26-


such taking assert any claim against Landlord or the authority for any compensation because of such taking and Landlord shall be entitled to the entire award or payment in connection therewith, except that Tenant shall have the right to file any separate claim available to Tenant for any taking of Tenant’s personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant upon expiration of the Lease Term pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and for moving expenses, so long as such claims do not diminish the award available to Landlord, its ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project or its mortgagee, and such claim is payable separately to Tenant. All Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination. If any part of the Premises shall be taken, and this Lease shall not be so terminated, the Rent shall be proportionately abated. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 13 , in the event of a temporary taking of all or any portion of the Premises for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days or less, and provided that such temporary taking does not materially preclude or unreasonably diminish Tenant’s ability to conduct business from the Premises, then this Lease shall not terminate but the Base Rent and the Additional Rent shall be abated for the period of such taking in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises taken bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award made in connection with any such temporary taking, provided, however, that Tenant shall be entitled to a share of the award for any loss of fixtures and improvements and for moving and other reasonable expenses that do not otherwise reduce Landlord’s recovery.

 

14. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

14.1 Transfers . Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, or permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer, this Lease or any interest hereunder, permit any assignment, or other transfer of this Lease or any interest hereunder by operation of law, sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or enter into any license or concession agreements or otherwise permit the occupancy or use of the Premises or any part thereof by any persons other than Tenant and its employees and contractors (all of the foregoing are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as “ Transfers ” and any person to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “ Transferee ”). If Tenant desires Landlord’s consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing, which notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) shall include (i) the proposed effective date of the Transfer, which shall not be less than twenty (20) days nor more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of delivery of the Transfer Notice, (ii) a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the “ Subject Space ”), (iii) all of the terms of the proposed Transfer and the consideration therefor, including calculation of the “ Transfer Premium ”, as that term is defined in Section 14.3 below, in connection with such Transfer, the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and a copy of all existing executed and/or proposed documentation pertaining to the proposed Transfer, and (iv) current financial statements of the proposed Transferee certified by an officer, partner or owner thereof, business credit and personal references and history of the proposed Transferee and any other information reasonably required by Landlord which will enable Landlord to determine the financial responsibility, character, and reputation of the proposed Transferee, nature of such Transferee’s business and proposed use of the Subject Space. Any Transfer made without Landlord’s prior written consent shall, at Landlord’s option, be null, void and of no effect, and shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease. Whether or not Landlord consents to any proposed Transfer, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable review and processing fees, as well as any reasonable professional fees (including, without limitation, attorneys’, accountants’, architects’, engineers’ and consultants’ fees) incurred by Landlord, within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord.

14.2 Landlord’s Consent . Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent to any proposed Transfer of the Subject Space to the Transferee on the terms specified in the Transfer Notice. Without limitation as to other reasonable grounds for withholding consent, the parties hereby agree that it shall be reasonable under this Lease and under any applicable law for Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed Transfer where one or more of the following apply:

14.2.1 The Transferee is of a character or reputation or engaged in a business which is not consistent with the quality of the Building or the Project;

14.2.2 The Transferee is either a governmental agency or instrumentality thereof;

 

-27-


14.2.3 The Transferee is not a party of reasonable financial worth and/or financial stability in light of the responsibilities to be undertaken in connection with the Transfer on the date consent is requested;

14.2.4 The proposed Transfer would cause a violation of another lease for space in the Project, or would give an occupant of the Project a right to cancel its lease; or

14.2.5 Either the proposed Transferee, or any person or entity which directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed Transferee, is negotiating with Landlord or has negotiated with Landlord during the six (6) month period immediately preceding the date Landlord receives the Transfer Notice, to lease space in the Project.

If Landlord consents to any Transfer pursuant to the terms of this Section 14.2 (and does not exercise any recapture rights Landlord may have under Section 14.4 of this Lease), Tenant may within six (6) months after Landlord’s consent, but not later than the expiration of said six-month period, enter into such Transfer of the Premises or portion thereof, upon substantially the same terms and conditions as are set forth in the Transfer Notice furnished by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 14.1 of this Lease, provided that if there are any changes in the terms and conditions from those specified in the Transfer Notice (i) such that Landlord would initially have been entitled to refuse its consent to such Transfer under this Section 14.2 , Tenant shall again submit the Transfer to Landlord for its approval and other action under this Article 14 (including Landlord’s right of recapture, if any, under Section 14.4 of this Lease). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if Tenant or any proposed Transferee claims that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent under Section 14.2 or otherwise has breached or acted unreasonably under this Article 14 , their sole remedies shall be a suit for contract damages (other than damages for injury to, or interference with, Tenant’s business including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring) or declaratory judgment and an injunction for the relief sought, and Tenant hereby waives all other remedies, including, without limitation, any right at law or equity to terminate this Lease, on its own behalf and, to the extent permitted under all applicable laws, on behalf of the proposed Transferee.

14.3 Transfer Premium . If Landlord consents to a Transfer, as a condition thereto which the parties hereby agree is reasonable, Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of any “ Transfer Premium ,” as that term is defined in this Section 14.3 , received by Tenant from such Transferee (other than any Permitted Party). “ Transfer Premium ” shall mean all rent, additional rent or other consideration payable by such Transferee in connection with the Transfer in excess of the Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease during the term of the Transfer on a per rentable square foot basis if less than all of the Premises is transferred, after deducting the reasonable third party expenses incurred by Tenant for (i) any design and construction costs incurred on account of changes, alterations and improvements to the Premises in connection with the Transfer, (ii) any free base rent and tenant improvement allowances reasonably provided to the Transferee in connection with the Transfer (provided that such free rent and tenant improvement allowances shall be deducted only to the extent the same is included in the calculation of total consideration payable by such Transferee), (iii) any brokerage commissions in connection with the Transfer, (iv) legal fees and disbursements reasonably incurred in connection with the Transfer, and (v) any unamortized Excess Costs, as defined in Exhibit D (as determined on a straight line basis over the initial term of this Lease, without interest) paid by Tenant for the Tenant Improvements (collectively, “ Tenant’s Subleasing Costs ”). “ Transfer Premium ” shall also include, but not be limited to, key money, bonus money or other cash consideration paid by Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and any payment in excess of fair market value for services rendered by Tenant to Transferee or for assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment, or furniture transferred by Tenant to Transferee in connection with such Transfer. The determination of the amount of Landlord’s applicable share of the Transfer Premium shall be made on a monthly basis as rent or other consideration is received by Tenant under the Transfer.

14.4 Intentionally Omitted .

14.5 Effect of Transfer . If Landlord consents to a Transfer, (i) the terms and conditions of this Lease shall in no way be deemed to have been waived or modified, (ii) such consent shall not be deemed consent to any further Transfer by either Tenant or a Transferee, (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an original executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (iv) Tenant shall furnish upon Landlord’s request a complete statement, certified by an independent certified public

 

-28-


accountant, or Tenant’s chief financial officer, setting forth in detail the computation of any Transfer Premium Tenant has derived and shall derive from such Transfer, and (v) no Transfer relating to this Lease or agreement entered into with respect thereto, whether with or without Landlord’s consent, shall relieve Tenant or any guarantor of the Lease from any liability under this Lease, including, without limitation, in connection with the Subject Space. Landlord or its authorized representatives shall have the right at all reasonable times to audit the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to any Transfer, and shall have the right to make copies thereof. If the Transfer Premium respecting any Transfer shall be found understated, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after demand, pay the deficiency, and if understated by more than two percent (2%), Tenant shall pay Landlord’s costs of such audit.

14.6 Intentionally Omitted .

14.7 Occurrence of Default . Any Transfer hereunder shall be subordinate and subject to the provisions of this Lease, and if this Lease shall be terminated during the term of any Transfer, Landlord shall have the right to: (i) treat such Transfer as cancelled and repossess the Subject Space by any lawful means, or (ii) require that such Transferee attorn to and recognize Landlord as its landlord under any such Transfer. If Tenant shall be in default under this Lease, Landlord is hereby irrevocably authorized, as Tenant’s agent and attorney-in-fact, to direct any Transferee to make all payments under or in connection with the Transfer directly to Landlord (which Landlord shall apply towards Tenant’s obligations under this Lease) until such default is cured. Such Transferee shall rely on any representation by Landlord that Tenant is in default hereunder, without any need for confirmation thereof by Tenant. Upon any assignment, the assignee shall assume in writing all obligations and covenants of Tenant thereafter to be performed or observed under this Lease. No collection or acceptance of rent by Landlord from any Transferee shall be deemed a waiver of any provision of this Article 14 or the approval of any Transferee or a release of Tenant from any obligation under this Lease, whether theretofore or thereafter accruing. In no event shall Landlord’s enforcement of any provision of this Lease against any Transferee be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to enforce any term of this Lease against Tenant or any other person. If Tenant’s obligations hereunder have been guaranteed, Landlord’s consent to any Transfer shall not be effective unless the guarantor also consents to such Transfer.

14.8 Non-Transfers . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 14 , (i) an assignment or subletting of all or a portion of the Premises to an affiliate of Tenant (an entity which is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with, Tenant), (ii) an assignment of the Premises to an entity which acquires all or substantially all of the assets or interests (partnership, stock or other) of Tenant, (iii) an assignment of the Premises to an entity which is the resulting entity of a merger or consolidation of Tenant, or (iv) a sale of corporate shares of capital stock in Tenant in connection with an initial public offering of Tenant’s stock on a nationally-recognized stock exchange (collectively, a “ Permitted Transferee ”), shall not be deemed a Transfer under this Article 14 , provided that (A) Tenant notifies Landlord of any such assignment or sublease and promptly supplies Landlord with any documents or information requested by Landlord regarding such assignment or sublease or such affiliate, (B) such assignment or sublease is not a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Lease, (C) such Permitted Transferee shall be of a character and reputation consistent with the quality of the Building, and (D) such Permitted Transferee shall have a tangible net worth (not including goodwill as an asset) computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ Net Worth ”) at least equal to the Net Worth of Tenant on the day immediately preceding the effective date of such assignment or sublease. An assignee of Tenant’s entire interest that is also a Permitted Transferee may also be known as a “ Permitted Assignee ”. “ Control ,” as used in this Section 14.8 , shall mean the ownership, directly or indirectly, of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting securities of, or possession of the right to vote, in the ordinary direction of its affairs, of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting interest in, any person or entity. No such permitted assignment or subletting shall serve to release Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease.

 

15. SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

15.1 Surrender of Premises . No act or thing done by Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord during the Lease Term shall be deemed to constitute an acceptance by Landlord of a surrender of the Premises unless such intent is specifically acknowledged in writing by Landlord. The delivery of keys to the Premises to Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord shall not constitute a surrender of the Premises or effect a termination of this Lease, whether or not the keys are thereafter retained by Landlord, and notwithstanding such delivery Tenant shall be entitled to the return of such keys at any reasonable time upon request until this Lease shall have been properly terminated.

 

-29-


The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, whether accepted by Landlord or not, or a mutual termination hereof, shall not work a merger, and at the option of Landlord shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of all subleases or subtenancies affecting the Premises or terminate any or all such sublessees or subtenancies.

15.2 Removal of Tenant Property by Tenant . Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the provisions of this Article 15 , quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good order and condition as when Tenant took possession and as thereafter improved by Landlord and/or Tenant, reasonable wear and tear and repairs which are specifically made the responsibility of Landlord hereunder excepted. Upon such expiration or termination, Tenant shall, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises all debris and rubbish, and such items of furniture, equipment, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions and other articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises, and such similar articles of any other persons claiming under Tenant, as Landlord may, in its sole discretion, require to be removed, and Tenant shall repair at its own expense all damage to the Premises and Building resulting from such removal. In no event shall any Tenant Improvements be deemed to be Tenant’s personal property, it being the intent that Tenant’s personal property includes only those items that are not built into the Premises and that have not been constructed or installed by Landlord pursuant to the Work Letter.

15.3 Environmental Assessment . Prior to the expiration of the Lease (or within thirty (30) days after any earlier termination), Tenant shall clean and otherwise decommission all interior surfaces (including floors, walls, ceilings, and counters), piping, supply lines, waste lines and plumbing in or serving the Premises, and all exhaust or other ductwork in or serving the Premises, in each case that has carried, released or otherwise been exposed to any Hazardous Materials due to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, and shall otherwise clean the Premises so as to permit the Environmental Assessment called for by this Section 15.3 to be issued. Prior to the expiration of this Lease (or within thirty (30) days after any earlier termination), Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall obtain for Landlord a report (an “ Environmental Assessment ”) addressed to Landlord (and, at Tenant’s election, Tenant) by a reputable licensed environmental engineer or industrial hygienist that is designated by Tenant and acceptable to Landlord in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, which report shall be based on the environmental engineer’s inspection of the Premises and shall state, to the Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction, that (a) the Hazardous Materials described in the first sentence of this paragraph, to the extent, if any, existing prior to such decommissioning, have been removed in accordance with Applicable Laws; (b) all Hazardous Materials described in the first sentence of this paragraph, if any, have been removed in accordance with Applicable Laws from the interior surfaces of the Premises (including floors, walls, ceilings, and counters), piping, supply lines, waste lines and plumbing, and all such exhaust or other ductwork in the Premises, may be reused by a subsequent tenant or disposed of in compliance with Applicable Laws without incurring special costs or undertaking special procedures for demolition, disposal, investigation, assessment, cleaning or removal of such Hazardous Materials and without giving notice in connection with such Hazardous Materials; and (c) the Premises may be reoccupied for office, research and development, or laboratory use, demolished or renovated without incurring special costs or undertaking special procedures for disposal, investigation, assessment, cleaning or removal of Hazardous Materials described in the first sentence of this paragraph and without giving notice in connection with Hazardous Materials. Further, for purposes of clauses (b) and (c), “special costs” or “special procedures” shall mean costs or procedures, as the case may be, that would not be incurred but for the nature of the Hazardous Materials as Hazardous Materials instead of non-hazardous materials. The report shall also include reasonable detail concerning the clean-up measures taken, the clean-up locations, the tests run and the analytic results. Tenant shall submit to Landlord the scope of the proposed Environmental Assessment for Landlord’s reasonable review and approval at least 30 days prior to commencing the work described therein or at least 60 days prior to the expiration of the Lease Term, whichever is earlier.

If Tenant fails to perform its obligations under this Section 15.3 without limiting any other right or remedy, Landlord may, on five (5) business days’ prior written notice to Tenant perform such obligations at Tenant’s expense if Tenant has not commenced to do so within said five day period, and Tenant shall within 10 days of written demand reimburse Landlord for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with such work. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 15.2 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. In addition, at Landlord’s election, Landlord may inspect the Premises and/or the Project for Hazardous Materials at Landlord’s cost and expense within sixty (60) days of Tenant’s surrender of the Premises at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Tenant shall pay for all such costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with

 

-30-


such inspection if such inspection reveals that a release or threat of release of Hazardous Materials exists at the Project or Premises as a result of the acts or omission of Tenant, its officers, employees, contractors, and agents (except to the extent resulting from (i) Hazardous Materials existing in the Premises as at the delivery of possession to Tenant (in which event Landlord shall be responsible for any Clean-up, as provided in this Lease), or (ii) the acts or omissions of Landlord or Landlord’s agents, employees or contractors).

 

16. HOLDING OVER

If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Lease Term or earlier termination thereof, with the express or implied consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be from month-to-month only, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term. If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Lease Term of earlier termination thereof, without the express or implied consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be deemed to be a tenancy by sufferance only, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term. In either case, Base Rent shall be payable at a monthly rate equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Lease Term under this Lease. Such month-to-month tenancy or tenancy by sufferance, as the case may be, shall be subject to every other applicable term, covenant and agreement contained herein. Nothing contained in this Article 16 shall be construed as consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant, and Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease. The provisions of this Article 16 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the termination or expiration of this Lease, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss, costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) and liability resulting from such failure, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon such failure to surrender and any lost profits to Landlord resulting therefrom.

 

17. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

Within ten (10) business days following a request in writing by Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate, which, as submitted by Landlord, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit F , attached hereto (or such other form as may be required by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of the Project, or any portion thereof), indicating therein any exceptions thereto that may exist at that time, and shall also contain any other information reasonably requested by Landlord or Landlord’s mortgagee or prospective mortgagee. Any such certificate may be relied upon by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of all or any portion of the Project. Tenant shall execute and deliver whatever other instruments may be reasonably required for such purposes. No more often than once per year and only when Landlord is financing or selling the Building or if Tenant is in default under this lease, at any time during the Lease Term, Landlord may require Tenant to provide Landlord with a current financial statement and financial statements of the two (2) years prior to the current financial statement year. Such statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, if such is the normal practice of Tenant, shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant. Failure of Tenant to execute, acknowledge and deliver such estoppel certificate or other instruments within five (5) business days after a second notice to Tenant regarding same shall constitute an acceptance of the Premises and an acknowledgment by Tenant that statements included in the estoppel certificate are true and correct, without exception.

 

18. SUBORDINATION

This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to all present and future ground or underlying leases of the Building or Project and to the lien of any mortgage, trust deed or other encumbrances now or hereafter in force against the Building or Project or any part thereof, if any, and to all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof, and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security of such mortgages or trust deeds, unless the holders of such mortgages, trust deeds or other encumbrances, or the lessors under such ground lease or underlying leases, require in writing that this Lease be superior thereto. Tenant covenants and agrees in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any such mortgage or deed in lieu thereof (or if any ground lease is terminated), to attorn, without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever, to the lienholder or purchaser or any successors thereto upon any such foreclosure sale or deed in lieu thereof (or to the ground lessor), if so requested to do so by such

 

-31-


purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor, and to recognize such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor as the lessor under this Lease, provided such lienholder or purchaser or ground lessor shall agree to accept this Lease and not disturb Tenant’s occupancy, so long as Tenant timely pays the rent and observes and performs the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be observed and performed by Tenant. Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement(s) in favor of Tenant from any ground lessors, mortgage holders or lien holders of Landlord who come into existence following the date hereof but prior to the expiration of the Lease Term shall be in consideration of, and a condition precedent to, Tenant’s agreement to subordinate this Lease to any such ground lease, mortgage or lien. Landlord’s interest herein may be assigned as security at any time to any lienholder. Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days of request by Landlord, execute such further instruments or assurances as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any such mortgages, trust deeds, ground leases or underlying leases. Tenant waives the provisions of any current or future statute, rule or law which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of the Tenant hereunder in the event of any foreclosure proceeding or sale. Landlord represents to Tenant that, as of the date of this Lease, there are no ground lessors or mortgage holders of Landlord. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to obtain a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement(s) in favor of Tenant from any future ground lessors or mortgage holders of Landlord.

 

19. DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

19.1 Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default of this Lease by Tenant:

19.1.1 Any failure by Tenant to pay any Rent or any other charge required to be paid under this Lease, or any part thereof, when due unless such failure is cured within seven (7) business days after written notice, provided, however in no event shall Landlord be required to give notice of late Rent or other payment more than twice in a calendar year and the third time any payment is late during such calendar year shall constitute an automatic default; or

19.1.2 Except where a specific time period is otherwise set forth for Tenant’s performance in this Lease, in which event the failure to perform by Tenant within such time period shall be a default by Tenant under this Section 19.1.2 , any failure by Tenant to observe or perform any other provision, covenant or condition of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided that if the nature of such default is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within a thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if it diligently commences such cure within such period and thereafter diligently proceeds to rectify and cure such default; or

19.1.3 Abandonment of the Premises by Tenant; or

19.1.4 The failure by Tenant to observe or perform according to the provisions of Articles 5 , 14 , 17 or 18 -of this Lease where such failure continues for more than five (5) business days after written notice from Landlord.

The notice periods provided herein are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice periods provided by law.

19.2 Remedies Upon Default . Upon the occurrence of any event of default by Tenant, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity (all of which remedies shall be distinct, separate and cumulative), the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever, to be exercised in accordance with applicable law.

19.2.1 Landlord may, immediately or at any time thereafter, elect to terminate this Lease by notice of termination, by entry, or by any other means available under law and may recover possession of the Premises as provided herein. Upon termination by notice, by entry, or by any other means available under law, Landlord shall be entitled immediately, in the case of termination by notice or entry, and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of

 

-32-


law to recover possession of the Premises from Tenant and those claiming through or under the Tenant. Such termination of this Lease and repossession of the Premises shall be without prejudice to any remedies which Landlord might otherwise have for arrears of rent or for a prior breach of the provisions of this Lease. Tenant waives any statutory notice to quit and equitable rights in the nature of further cure or redemption, and Tenant agrees that upon Landlord’s termination of this Lease Landlord shall be entitled to re-entry and possession in accordance with the terms hereof. Landlord may, without notice, store Tenant’s personal property (and those of any person claiming under Tenant) at the expense and risk of Tenant. Tenant agrees that a notice by Landlord alleging any default shall, at Landlord’s option (the exercise of such option shall be indicated by the inclusion of the words “notice to quit” in such notice), constitute a statutory notice to quit. If Landlord exercises its option to designate a notice of default hereunder as a statutory notice to quit, any grace periods provided for herein shall run concurrently with any statutory notice periods.

19.2.2 In the case of termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 19.2.1, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all expenses arising out of such termination, including without limitation, all costs incurred in collecting amounts due from Tenant under this Lease (including attorneys’ fees, costs of litigation and the like); all expenses incurred by Landlord in attempting to relet the Premises or parts thereof (including advertisements, brokerage commissions, Tenant’s allowances, costs of preparing space, and the like); and all Landlord’s other reasonable expenditures necessitated by the termination. The reimbursement from Tenant shall be due and payable immediately from time to time upon notice from Landlord that an expense has been incurred, without regard to whether the expense was incurred before or after the termination.

19.2.3 Landlord may elect by written notice to Tenant within one year following such termination to be indemnified for loss of rent by a lump sum payment representing the then present value of the amount of Rent that would have been paid in accordance with this Lease for the remainder of the Lease Term minus the then present value of the aggregate fair market rent and additional charges payable for the Premises for the remainder of the Lease Term (if less than the Rent payable hereunder), estimated as of the date of the termination, and taking into account reasonable projections of vacancy and time required to re-lease the Premises. (For the purposes of calculating the Rent that would have been paid hereunder for the lump sum payment calculation described herein, the last full year’s Additional Rent under Article 4 is to be deemed constant for each year thereafter. The Federal Reserve discount rate (or equivalent) shall be used in calculating present values.) Should the parties be unable to agree on a fair market rent, the matter shall be submitted, upon the demand of either party, to the Charlotte, North Carolina office of the American Arbitration Association, with a request for arbitration in accordance with the rules of the Association by a single arbitrator who shall be an MAI appraiser with at least ten years’ experience as an appraiser of life sciences buildings in the Research Triangle Park and Durham markets. The parties agree that a decision of the arbitrator shall be conclusive and binding upon them. If, at the end of the Lease Term, the rent that Landlord has actually received from the Premises is less than the aggregate fair market rent estimated as aforesaid, Tenant shall thereupon pay Landlord the amount of such difference. If and for so long as Landlord does not make the election provided for in this Section 19.2.3, Tenant shall indemnify Landlord for the loss of Rent by a payment at the end of each month which would have been included in the Lease Term, representing the excess of the Rent that would have been paid in accordance with this Lease (Base Rent together with any Additional Rent that would have been payable under Article 4, to be ascertained monthly) over the rent actually derived from the Premises by Landlord for such month (the amount of rent deemed derived shall be the actual amount less any portion thereof attributable to Landlord’s reletting expenses described in Section 19.2.2 that have not been reimbursed by Tenant thereunder).

19.2.4 Intentionally Omitted.

19.2.5 In lieu of any other damages or indemnity and in lieu of full recovery by Landlord of all sums payable under all the foregoing provisions of this Section 19.2, Landlord may by written notice to Tenant within six (6) months after termination under any of the provisions contained in Section 19.1 and before such full recovery, elect to recover, and Tenant shall thereupon pay, as minimum liquidated damages under this Section 19.2, an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the aggregate of the Base Rent and Additional Rent for the balance of the Lease Term had it not been terminated or (ii) the aggregate thereof for the 12 months ending one year after the termination date, plus in either case (iii) the amount of Base Rent and Additional Rent of any kind accrued and unpaid at the time of termination and minus (iv) the amount of any recovery by Landlord under the foregoing provisions of this Section 19.2 up to the time of payment of such liquidated damages (but reduced by any amounts of reimbursement under Section 19.2.2). Liquidated damages hereunder shall not be in lieu of any claims for reimbursement under Section 19.2.2.

 

-33-


19.2.6 If Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all rent as it becomes due.

19.2.7 Landlord shall at all times have the rights and remedies (which shall be cumulative with each other and cumulative and in addition to those rights and remedies available under Sections 19.2.1 and 19.2.2, above, or any law or other provision of this Lease), without prior demand or notice except as required by applicable law, to seek any declaratory, injunctive or other equitable relief, and specifically enforce this Lease, or restrain or enjoin a violation or breach of any provision hereof. The provisions of this Section 19.2.7 are not dependent upon the occurrence of a default.

19.2.8 Any obligation imposed by law upon Landlord to relet the Premises after any termination of the Lease shall be subject to the reasonable requirements of Landlord to lease to high quality tenants on such terms as Landlord may from time to time deem appropriate and to develop the Building in a harmonious manner with an appropriate mix of uses, tenants, floor areas and terms of tenancies, and the like, and Landlord shall not be obligated to relet the Premises to any party to whom Landlord or its affiliate may desire to lease other available space in the Building.

19.2.9 Nothing herein shall limit or prejudice the right of Landlord to prove and obtain in a proceeding for bankruptcy, insolvency, arrangement or reorganization, by reason of the termination, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by a statute of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceedings in which, the damages are to be proved, whether or not the amount is greater to, equal to, or less than the amount of the loss or damage which Landlord has suffered.

19.3 Subleases of Tenant . Whether or not Landlord elects to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, as set forth in this Article 19 , Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, succeed to Tenant’s interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. In the event of Landlord’s election to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

19.4 Efforts to Relet . No re-entry or repossession, repairs, maintenance, changes, alterations and additions, reletting, appointment of a receiver to protect Landlord’s interests hereunder, or any other action or omission by Landlord shall be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, or to accept a surrender of the Premises, nor shall same operate to release Tenant in whole or in part from any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, unless express written notice of such intention is sent by Landlord to Tenant. Tenant hereby irrevocably waives any right otherwise available under any law to redeem or reinstate this Lease.

19.5 Landlord Default .

19.5.1 General . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall not be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease unless Landlord fails to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after the receipt of notice from Tenant specifying in detail Landlord’s failure to perform; provided, however, if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease if it shall commence such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursue the same to completion. Upon any such default by Landlord under this Lease, Tenant may, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease to the contrary, exercise any of its rights provided at law or in equity.

19.5.2 Intentionally Omitted .

 

-34-


20. COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

Landlord covenants that Tenant, on paying the Rent, charges for services and other payments herein reserved and on keeping, observing and performing all the other terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements herein contained on the part of Tenant to be kept, observed and performed, shall, during the Lease Term, peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises subject to the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements hereof without interference by any persons lawfully claiming by or through Landlord. The foregoing covenant is in lieu of any other covenant express or implied.

 

21. SECURITY DEPOSIT

21.1 Concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord a letter of credit (the “ L/C Security ”) in the amount set forth in Section 9 of the Summary as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease as follows:

(a) Tenant shall provide Landlord, and maintain in full force and effect throughout the Term and until the date that is ninety (90) days after the Lease Expiration Date, a letter of credit substantially in the form of Exhibit I issued by an issuer reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, in the amount set forth in Section 9 of the Summary, with an initial term of at least one year. Landlord may require the L/C Security to be replaced by an L/C Security issued by a different issuer at any time during the Term if Landlord reasonably believes that the issuing bank of the L/C Security is or may soon become insolvent. If Tenant has actual notice, or Landlord notifies Tenant at any time, that any issuer of the L/C Security has become insolvent or placed into FDIC receivership, then Tenant shall promptly deliver to Landlord (without the requirement of further notice from Landlord) substitute L/C Security issued by an issuer reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, and otherwise conforming to the requirements set forth in this Article. As used herein with respect to the issuer of the L/C Security, “insolvent” shall mean the determination of insolvency as made by such issuer’s primary bank regulator (i.e., the state bank supervisor for state chartered banks; the OCC or OTS, respectively, for federally chartered banks or thrifts; or the Federal Reserve for its member banks).

(b) Landlord may draw upon the L/C Security, and hold and apply the proceeds for the payment of any Rent or any other sum in default, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage that Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default, if: (i) a default beyond applicable notice and cure periods exists (or would have existed with the giving of notice and passage of applicable cure periods, but only if transmittal of a default notice is stayed or barred by applicable bankruptcy or other similar law), provided that such draw pursuant to his clause (i) shall be limited to the amount that Landlord reasonably determines is required to cure such default; (ii) as of the date forty-five (45) days before any L/C Security expires Tenant has not delivered to Landlord an amendment or replacement for such L/C Security, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, extending the expiry date to the earlier of (1) ninety (90) days after the then-current Lease Expiration Date or (2) the date one year after the then-current expiry date of the L/C Security; (iii) Tenant fails to pay (when and as Landlord reasonably requires) any bank charges for Landlord’s transfer of the L/C Security; or (iv) the issuer of the L/C Security ceases, or announces that it will cease, to maintain an office in the city where Landlord may present drafts under the L/C Security (and fails to permit drawing upon the L/C Security by overnight courier or facsimile). This Section does not limit any other provisions of this Lease allowing Landlord to draw the L/C Security under specified circumstances. In the event of any such draw upon the L/C Security, Tenant shall within 10 business days thereafter provide Landlord with a replacement letter of credit, or amendment to the existing letter of credit increasing the amount of such letter of credit, in the amount of L/C Security required hereunder, and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Lease. Landlord shall hold the proceeds of any draw not applied as set forth above as a cash Security Deposit as further described below.

(c) If Landlord transfers its interest in the Premises, then Landlord shall transfer the L/C Security to the transferee of its interest and notify Tenant of such transfer, and Tenant shall at Tenant’s expense, within fifteen (15) business days after receiving a request from Landlord, deliver (and, if the issuer requires, Landlord shall consent to) an amendment to the L/C Security naming Landlord’s grantee as substitute beneficiary. If the required Security Deposit changes while L/C Security is in force, then Tenant shall deliver (and, if the issuer requires, Landlord shall consent to) a corresponding amendment to the L/C Security.

 

-35-


(d) If and to the extent Landlord is holding the proceeds of the L/C Security in cash from time to time, such cash shall be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant during the period commencing on the Execution Date and ending upon the expiration or termination of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. If Tenant defaults (beyond applicable notice and cure periods) with respect to any provision of this Lease, including any provision relating to the payment of Rent, then Landlord may (but shall not be required to) use, apply or retain all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent or any other sum in default, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage that Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default as provided in this Lease. The provisions of this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. In the event of bankruptcy or other debtor-creditor proceedings against Tenant, any cash security then being held by Landlord shall be deemed to be applied first to the payment of Rent and other charges due Landlord for all periods prior to the filing of such proceedings. Landlord shall deliver or credit to any purchaser of Landlord’s interest in the Premises the funds then held hereunder by Landlord, and thereupon (and upon confirmation by the transferee of such funds, whether expressly or by written assumption of this Lease, generally) Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability with respect to such funds. This provision shall also apply to any subsequent transfers. If Tenant shall fully and faithfully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, then the cash security, if any, or any balance thereof, shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder) within 90 days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. If and to the extent the security held by Landlord hereunder shall be in cash, Landlord shall hold such cash in an account at a banking organization selected by Landlord; provided , however, that Landlord shall not be required to maintain a separate account for the cash security, but may intermingle it with other funds of Landlord. Landlord shall be entitled to all interest and/or dividends, if any, accruing on such cash security.

(e) Tenant reserves the right to replace the L/C Security with a cash security deposit at any time during the Term, in which event the L/C Security shall promptly be returned to Tenant.

 

22. SUBSTITUTION OF OTHER PREMISES

Intentionally Omitted.

 

23. SIGNS

23.1 Interior Signage . Following the Rent Commencement Date, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a building-standard multi-tenant lobby directory listing and a multi-tenant floor directory listing identifying Tenant. Such signage shall be comparable to that used by Landlord for other similar floors in the Building and shall comply with Landlord’s then-current Building standard signage program.

23.2 Exterior Signage . Subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, in its reasonable discretion, and provided all signs are in keeping with the quality, design and style of the Building and Project, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, may install one sign identifying Tenant at the entry to the Premises, which identification signage shall be consistent with building standard signage as determined by Landlord. All permitted signs shall be maintained by Tenant at its expense in a first-class and safe condition and appearance. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove all of its signs at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises or Project, inside or outside, resulting from the erection, maintenance or removal of any signs. Tenant’s signage must also comply with all Applicable Laws, as defined below.

23.3 Prohibited Signage and Other Items . Any signs, notices, logos, pictures, names or advertisements which are installed and that have not been separately approved by Landlord may be removed without notice by Landlord at the sole expense of Tenant. Tenant may not install any signs on the exterior or roof of the Project or the Common Areas. Any signs, window coverings, or blinds (even if the same are located behind the Landlord-approved window coverings for the Building), or other items visible from the exterior of the Premises or Building, shall be subject to the prior approval of Landlord, in its sole discretion. Tenant shall not place or install any projections, antennae, aerials, or similar devices inside or outside of the Building, without the prior written approval of Landlord, subject to Tenant’s rights pursuant to Section 23.2, above.

 

-36-


24. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

Tenant shall not do anything or suffer anything to be done in or about the Premises or the Project which will in any way conflict with any law, statute, ordinance or other governmental rule, regulation or requirement now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated (collectively, “ Applicable Laws ”). At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall promptly comply with all such Applicable Laws which relate to (i) Tenant’s use of the Premises, (ii) any Alterations or Tenant Improvements, or (iii) the Building, but as to the Building (and as to any improvements to exterior walls, structural floors and the portions of the electrical, heating, ventilation and air conditioning and other systems of the Building that serve other tenants and that are located within the Premises), only to the extent such obligations are triggered by Alterations or Tenant Improvements, or Tenant’s use of the Premises for non-general office and laboratory use. Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, to make all alterations to the Premises as are required to comply with the Applicable Laws to the extent required in this Article 24 . Notwithstanding the foregoing terms of this Article 24 to the contrary, Tenant may defer such compliance with Applicable Laws while Tenant contests, in a court of proper jurisdiction, in good faith, the applicability of such Applicable Laws to the Premises or Tenant’s specific use or occupancy of the Premises; provided, however, Tenant may only defer such compliance if such deferral shall not (a) prohibit Tenant from obtaining or maintaining a certificate of occupancy for the Premises, (b) prohibit Landlord from obtaining or maintaining a certificate of occupancy for the Building or any portion thereof, (c) unreasonably and materially affect the safety of the employees and/or invitees of Landlord or of any tenant in the Building (including Tenant), (d) create a significant health hazard for the employees and/or invitees of Landlord or of any tenant in the Building (including Tenant), (e) otherwise materially and adversely affect Tenant’s use of or access to the Buildings or the Premises, or (f) impose material obligations, liability, fines, or penalties upon Landlord or any other tenant of the Building, or would materially and adversely affect the use of or access to the Building by Landlord or other tenants or invitees of the Building. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any judicial action, regardless of whether Landlord is a party thereto, that Tenant has violated any of said governmental measures, shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant. Landlord shall comply with all Applicable Laws relating to the Base Building, provided that compliance with such Applicable Laws is not the responsibility of Tenant under this Lease, and provided further that Landlord’s failure to comply therewith would prohibit Tenant from obtaining or maintaining a certificate of occupancy for the Premises, or would unreasonably and materially affect the safety of Tenant’s employees or create a significant health hazard for Tenant’s employees, or would otherwise materially and adversely affect Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises. Landlord shall be permitted to include in Operating Expenses any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord under this Article 24 to the extent not prohibited by the terms of Section 4.2.7 above.

 

25. LATE CHARGES

If any installment of Rent or any other sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee within five (5) business days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord that said amount is due, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of the overdue amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not charge Tenant a late charge for the first (1 st ) late payment in any twelve (12) month period (but in no event with respect to any subsequent late payment in any twelve (12) month period) during the Lease Term that Tenant fails to timely pay Rent or another sum due under this Lease, provided that such late payment is made within three (3) days following the expiration of the five (5) business day period set forth in the first sentence of this Article 25 . The late charge shall be deemed Additional Rent and the right to require it shall be in addition to all of Landlord’s other rights and remedies hereunder or at law and shall not be construed as liquidated damages or as limiting Landlord’s remedies in any manner. In addition to the late charge described above, any Rent or other amounts owing hereunder which are not paid when due shall bear interest from the date when due until paid at a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (i) the annual “ Bank Prime Loan ” rate cited in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release Publication G.13(415), published on the first Tuesday of each calendar month (or such other comparable index as Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably agree upon if such rate ceases to be published) plus four (4) percentage points, and (ii) the highest rate permitted by applicable law.

 

-37-


26. LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT

26.1 Landlord’s Cure . All covenants and agreements to be kept or performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any reduction of Rent, except to the extent, if any, otherwise expressly provided herein. If Tenant shall fail to perform any obligation under this Lease, and such failure shall continue in excess of the time allowed under Section 19.1.2 , above, unless a specific time period is otherwise stated in this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make any such payment or perform any such act on Tenant’s part without waiving its rights based upon any default of Tenant and without releasing Tenant from any obligations hereunder.

26.2 Tenant’s Reimbursement . Except as may be specifically provided to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon delivery by Landlord to Tenant of statements therefor: (i) sums equal to expenditures reasonably made and obligations incurred by Landlord in connection with the remedying by Landlord of Tenant’s defaults pursuant to the provisions of Section 26.1 ; (ii) sums equal to all losses, costs, liabilities, damages and expenses referred to in Article 10 of this Lease; and (iii) sums equal to all expenditures made and obligations incurred by Landlord in collecting or attempting to collect the Rent or in enforcing or attempting to enforce any rights of Landlord under this Lease or pursuant to law, including, without limitation, all reasonable legal fees and other amounts so expended. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 26.2 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term.

 

27. ENTRY BY LANDLORD

Landlord reserves the right at all reasonable times and upon not less than one (1) day’s prior notice to Tenant (except in the case of an emergency) to enter the Premises to (i) inspect them; (ii) show the Premises to prospective purchasers, or to current or prospective mortgagees, ground or underlying lessors or insurers or, during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term, to prospective tenants; (iii) post notices of nonresponsibility (to the extent applicable pursuant to then applicable law); or (iv) alter, improve or repair the Premises or the Building, or for structural alterations, repairs or improvements to the Building or the Building’s systems and equipment. Provided that Landlord employs commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with the conduct of Tenant’s business in connection with entries into the Premises, Landlord may make any such entries without the abatement of Rent, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, and shall take such reasonable steps as required to accomplish the stated purposes. In an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to use any means that Landlord may deem proper to open the doors in and to the Premises. Any entry into the Premises by Landlord in the manner hereinbefore described shall not be deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant from any portion of the Premises.

 

28. TENANT PARKING

Tenant shall have the right, without the payment of any parking charge or fee (other than as a reimbursement of operating expenses to the extent allowed pursuant to the terms or Article 4 of this Lease, above), commencing on the Lease Commencement Date, to use the amount of unreserved parking spaces set forth in Section 10 of the Summary, on a monthly basis throughout the Lease Term, which parking spaces shall pertain to the on-site and/or off-site, as the case may be, parking facility (or facilities) which serve the Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be responsible for the full amount of any taxes imposed by any governmental authority in connection with the renting of such parking spaces by Tenant or the use of the parking facility by Tenant. Tenant’s continued right to use the parking spaces is conditioned upon Tenant abiding by all rules and regulations which are prescribed from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the parking facility where the parking spaces are located (including any sticker or other identification system established by Landlord and the prohibition of vehicle repair and maintenance activities in the parking facilities), and shall cooperate in seeing that Tenant’s employees and visitors also comply with such rules and regulations. Tenant’s use of the Project parking facility shall be at Tenant’s sole risk and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever for damage to the vehicles of Tenant, its employees and/or visitors, or for other personal injury or property damage or theft relating to or connected with the parking rights granted herein or any of Tenant’s, its employees’ and/or visitors’ use of the parking facilities.

 

-38-


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Landlord represents that the parking facilities that serve the Project will be in compliance with all municipal codes and regulations following the completion of the Tenant Improvements.

 

29. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

29.1 Terms; Captions . The words “ Landlord ” and “ Tenant ” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular. The necessary grammatical changes required to make the provisions hereof apply either to corporations or partnerships or individuals, men or women, as the case may require, shall in all cases be assumed as though in each case fully expressed. The captions of Articles and Sections are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit, construe, affect or alter the meaning of such Articles and Sections.

29.2 Binding Effect . Subject to all other provisions of this Lease, each of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall extend to and shall, as the case may require, bind or inure to the benefit not only of Landlord and of Tenant, but also of their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors or assigns, provided this clause shall not permit any assignment by Tenant contrary to the provisions of Article 14 of this Lease.

29.3 No Air Rights . No rights to any view or to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person, are granted to Tenant by this Lease. If at any time any windows of the Premises are temporarily darkened or the light or view therefrom is obstructed by reason of any repairs, improvements, maintenance or cleaning in or about the Project, the same shall be without liability to Landlord and without any reduction or diminution of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

29.4 Modification of Lease . Should any current or prospective mortgagee or ground lessor for the Building or Project require a modification of this Lease, which modification will not cause an increased cost or expense to Tenant or in any other way materially and adversely change the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder, then and in such event, Tenant agrees that this Lease may be so modified and agrees to execute whatever documents are reasonably required therefor and to deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) business days following a request therefor. At the request of Landlord or any mortgagee or ground lessor, Tenant agrees to execute a short form of Lease and deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) business days following the request therefor. Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for any reasonable and actual attorney fees associated with the review of any such Modification of the Lease.

29.5 Transfer of Landlord’s Interest . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Project or Building and in this Lease, and Tenant agrees that in the event of any such transfer, and following Landlord’s successor’s written assumption of the obligations of landlord hereunder, Landlord shall automatically be released from all liability under this Lease and Tenant agrees to look solely to such transferee for the performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder after the date of transfer and such transferee shall be deemed to have fully assumed and be liable for all obligations of this Lease to be performed by Landlord, including the return of any Security Deposit, and Tenant shall attorn to such transferee.

29.6 Prohibition Against Recording . In the event this Lease, a copy or any notice or memorandum thereof shall be recorded by Tenant, then such recording shall constitute a default by Tenant under Article 19 hereof entitling Landlord to immediately terminate this Lease. At the request of either Landlord or Tenant, the parties shall execute a document in recordable form containing only such information as is necessary to constitute a Notice of Lease under North Carolina law. All costs of preparation and recording such notice shall be borne by the requesting party. At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall provide Landlord with an executed termination of the Notice of Lease in recordable form, which obligation shall survive such expiration or earlier termination.

29.7 Landlord’s Title . Landlord’s title is and always shall be paramount to the title of Tenant. Nothing herein contained shall empower Tenant to do any act which can, shall or may encumber the title of Landlord.

 

-39-


29.8 Relationship of Parties . Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto or by any third party to create the relationship of principal and agent, partnership, joint venturer or any association between Landlord and Tenant.

29.9 Application of Payments . Landlord shall have the right to apply payments received from Tenant pursuant to this Lease, regardless of Tenant’s designation of such payments, to satisfy any obligations of Tenant hereunder, in such order and amounts as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may elect.

29.10 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor.

29.11 Partial Invalidity . If any term, provision or condition contained in this Lease shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, provision or condition to persons or circumstances other than those with respect to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each and every other term, provision and condition of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible permitted by law.

29.12 No Warranty . In executing and delivering this Lease, Tenant has not relied on any representations, including, but not limited to, any representation as to the amount of any item comprising Additional Rent or the amount of the Additional Rent in the aggregate or that Landlord is furnishing the same services to other tenants, at all, on the same level or on the same basis, or any warranty or any statement of Landlord which is not set forth herein or in one or more of the exhibits attached hereto.

29.13 Landlord Exculpation . The liability of Landlord or the Landlord Parties to Tenant for any default by Landlord under this Lease or arising in connection herewith or with Landlord’s operation, management, leasing, repair, renovation, alteration or any other matter relating to the Project or the Premises shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount which is equal to the interest of Landlord in the Building, including proceeds from any casualty insurance. Neither Landlord, nor any of the Landlord Parties shall have any personal liability therefor, and Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant. The limitations of liability contained in this Section 29.13 shall inure to the benefit of Landlord’s and the Landlord Parties’ present and future partners, beneficiaries, officers, directors, trustees, shareholders, agents and employees, and their respective partners, heirs, successors and assigns. Under no circumstances shall any present or future partner of Landlord (if Landlord is a partnership), or trustee or beneficiary (if Landlord or any partner of Landlord is a trust), have any liability for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, neither Landlord nor the Landlord Parties shall be liable under any circumstances for consequential or indirect damages, including without limitation injury or damage to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including but not limited to, loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, in each case, however occurring.

29.14 Entire Agreement . It is understood and acknowledged that there are no oral agreements between the parties hereto affecting this Lease and this Lease constitutes the parties’ entire agreement with respect to the leasing of the Premises and supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between the parties hereto or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none thereof shall be used to interpret or construe this Lease. None of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease can be modified, deleted or added to except in writing signed by the parties hereto.

29.15 Right to Lease . Landlord reserves the absolute right to effect such other tenancies in the Project as Landlord in the exercise of its sole business judgment shall determine to best promote the interests of the Building or Project. Tenant does not rely on the fact, nor does Landlord represent, that any specific tenant or type or number of tenants shall, during the Lease Term, occupy any space in the Building or Project.

29.16 Force Majeure . Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, acts of war, terrorist acts, governmental action or inaction, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental actions including delays in issuing permits, civil commotions, fire or

 

-40-


other casualty, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform, except with respect to the obligations imposed with regard to Rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease (collectively, a “ Force Majeure ”), notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, shall excuse the performance of such party for a period equal to any such prevention, delay or stoppage and, therefore, if this Lease specifies a time period for performance of an obligation of either party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party’s performance caused by a Force Majeure.

29.17 Waiver of Redemption by Tenant . Tenant hereby waives, for Tenant and for all those claiming under Tenant, any and all rights now or hereafter existing to redeem by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, Tenant’s right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination of this Lease.

29.18 Notices . All notices, demands, statements, designations, approvals or other communications (collectively, “ Notices ”) given or required to be given by either party to the other hereunder or by law shall be in writing, shall be (A) sent by United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested (“ Mail ”), (B) delivered by a nationally recognized overnight courier, or (C) delivered personally. Any Notice shall be sent, transmitted, or delivered, as the case may be, to Tenant at the appropriate address set forth in Section 11 of the Summary, or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate in a Notice to Landlord, or to Landlord at the addresses set forth below, or to such other places as Landlord may from time to time designate in a Notice to Tenant. Any Notice will be deemed given (i) three (3) days after the date it is posted if sent by Mail, (ii) the date the overnight courier delivery is made, or (iii) the date personal delivery is made. As of the date of this Lease, any Notices to Landlord must be sent, transmitted, or delivered, as the case may be, to the following addresses:

Durham Hopson Road, LLC

c/o Longfellow Real Estate Partners

260 Franklin Street, Suite 1520

Boston, MA 02141

Attention: Asset Management

and

K&L Gates LLP

4350 Lassiter at North Hills Avenue, Suite 300

Raleigh, NC 27609

Attention: David E. Wagner, Esq.

29.19 Joint and Several . If there is more than one Tenant, the obligations imposed upon Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several.

29.20 Authority . If Tenant is a corporation, trust or partnership, Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in the State of Delaware and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so. In such event, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after execution of this Lease, deliver to Landlord satisfactory evidence of such authority and, if a corporation, upon demand by Landlord, also deliver to Landlord satisfactory evidence of (i) good standing in Tenant’s state of incorporation and (ii) qualification to do business in the State of North Carolina.

29.21 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event that either Landlord or Tenant should bring suit for the possession of the Premises, for the recovery of any sum due under this Lease, or because of the breach of any provision of this Lease or for any other relief against the other, then all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the prevailing party therein shall be paid by the other party, which obligation on the part of the other party shall be deemed to have accrued on the date of the commencement of such action and shall be enforceable whether or not the action is prosecuted to judgment.

 

-41-


29.22 Governing Law; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY . This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina. Landlord and Tenant waive trial by jury in any action to which they are parties, and further agree that any action arising out of this Lease (except an action for possession by Landlord, which may be brought in whatever manner or place provided by law) shall be brought in the Trial Court, Superior Court Department, in the county where the Premises are located.

29.23 Submission of Lease . Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of, option for or option to lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

29.24 Brokers . Landlord and Tenant hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, excepting only the real estate brokers or agents specified in Section 13 of the Summary (the “ Brokers ”), and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of any dealings with any real estate broker or agent, other than the Brokers, occurring by, through, or under the indemnifying party. The terms of this Section 29.24 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.

29.25 Independent Covenants . This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent and not dependent and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord’s expense or to any setoff of the Rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord.

29.26 Project or Building Name, Address and Signage . Landlord shall have the right at any time to change the name and/or address of the Project or Building and to install, affix and maintain any and all signs on the exterior and on the interior of the Project or Building as Landlord may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, desire. Tenant shall not use the name of the Project or Building or use pictures or illustrations of the Project or Building in advertising or other publicity or for any purpose other than as the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

29.27 Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in counterparts with the same effect as if both parties hereto had executed the same document. Both counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute a single lease.

29.28 Confidentiality . Tenant acknowledges that the content of this Lease and any related documents are confidential information. Tenant shall keep such confidential information strictly confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than Tenant’s financial, legal, and space planning consultants.

29.29 Development of the Project .

29.29.1 Subdivision . Landlord reserves the right to subdivide all or a portion of the buildings and Common Areas. Tenant agrees to execute and deliver, upon demand by Landlord and in the form requested by Landlord, any additional documents needed to conform this Lease to the circumstances resulting from a subdivision and any all maps in connection therewith. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, the separate ownership of any buildings and/or Common Areas by an entity other than Landlord shall not affect the calculation of Direct Expenses or Tenant’s payment of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses.

29.29.2 Construction of Property and Other Improvements . Tenant acknowledges that portions of the Project and/or the Other Improvements may be under construction following Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, and that such construction may result in levels of noise, dust, obstruction of access, etc. which are in excess of that present in a fully constructed project. Tenant hereby waives any and all rent offsets or claims of constructive eviction which may arise in connection with such construction.

 

-42-


29.30 No Violation . Tenant hereby warrants and represents that neither its execution of nor performance under this Lease shall cause Tenant to be in violation of any agreement, instrument, contract, law, rule or regulation by which Tenant is bound, and Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless against any claims, demands, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, arising from Tenant’s breach of this warranty and representation.

29.31 Communications and Computer Lines . Tenant may install, maintain, replace, remove or use any communications or computer wires and cables serving the Premises (collectively, the “ Lines ”), provided that, for any installation costing more than Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00) (i) Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), (ii) use an experienced and qualified contractor approved in writing by Landlord, and (iii) comply with all of the other provisions of Articles 7 and 8 of this Lease. For any work under Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00) Tenant shall provide Landlord advance notice of the work. Tenant shall pay all costs in connection therewith. Landlord reserves the right, upon notice to Tenant prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, to require that Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, remove any Lines located in or serving the Premises prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

29.32 Transportation Management . Tenant shall fully comply with all present or future programs intended to manage parking, transportation or traffic in and around the Project and/or the Building, and in connection therewith, Tenant shall take responsible action for the transportation planning and management of all employees located at the Premises by working directly with Landlord, any governmental transportation management organization or any other transportation-related committees or entities. Such programs may include, without limitation: (i) restrictions on the number of peak-hour vehicle trips generated by Tenant; (ii) increased vehicle occupancy; (iii) implementation of an in-house ridesharing program and an employee transportation coordinator; (iv) working with employees and any Project, Building or area-wide ridesharing program manager; (v) instituting employer-sponsored incentives (financial or in-kind) to encourage employees to rideshare; and (vi) utilizing flexible work shifts for employees.

29.33 Potential Expansion . Landlord acknowledges that in the future Tenant may have a need for additional square footage of space in the Building. If Tenant informs Landlord of a desire to expand the Premises, the parties agree to work together in good faith to determine if such an expansion of the Building and amendment of the Lease is desirable considering economic factors, zoning issues, permitting requirements, lender requirements, and any other reasonable factor either party may consider.

 

-43-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the day and date first above written.

 

LANDLORD :     TENANT :
DURHAM HOPSON ROAD, LLC,     NOVAN, INC.,
a Delaware limited liability company     a Delaware corporation
By:   LOGO     By:   LOGO
 

 

     

 

  Name:  

Jamison N. Peschel

      Name:  

Jeff N. Hunter

  Its:  

Authorized Signatory

      Its:  

Corporate Secretary

By:  

 

    By:  

 

  Name:  

 

      Name:  

 

  Its:  

 

      Its:  

 

 

-44-


EXHIBIT A

INTENTIONALLY DELETED

 

EXHIBIT A

-1-


EXHIBIT B

NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES

 

To:  

 

 
 

 

 
 

 

 
 

 

 

 

  Re: Lease dated             , 20     between                                         , a                                          (“ Landlord ”), and                                         , a                                          (“ Tenant ”) concerning Suite              on floor(s)              of the office building located at [INSERT BUILDING ADDRESS] .

Gentlemen:

In accordance with the Lease (the “ Lease ”), we wish to advise you and/or confirm as follows:

 

  1. The Lease Term shall commence on or has commenced on                      for a term of                      ending on                     .

 

  2. Rent commenced to accrue on                     , in the amount of             .

 

  3. If the Lease Commencement Date is other than the first day of the month, the first billing will contain a pro rata adjustment. Each billing thereafter, with the exception of the final billing, shall be for the full amount of the monthly installment as provided for in the Lease.

 

  4. Your rent checks should be made payable to                      at                     .

 

  5. The exact number of rentable/usable square feet within the Premises is              square feet.

 

  6. Tenant’s Share as adjusted based upon the exact number of usable square feet within the Premises is         %.

 

“Landlord”:  

 

  ,
a  

 

 

 

By:  

 

 
  Its:  

 

 

 

Agreed to and Accepted as
of             , 20    .
“Tenant”:

 

 

a  

 

 

By:  

 

  Its:  

 

 

EXHIBIT B

-1-


EXHIBIT C

PREMISES

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT C

-2-


EXHIBIT D

TENANT WORK LETTER

This Tenant Work Letter sets forth the terms and conditions relating to the construction of the initial tenant improvements in the Premises. This Tenant Work Letter is essentially organized chronologically and addresses the issues of the construction of the Premises, in sequence, as such issues will arise during the actual construction of the Premises. All references in this Tenant Work Letter to Articles or Sections of “this Lease” shall mean the relevant portion of the Lease to which this Tenant Work Letter is attached as Exhibit D and of which this Tenant Work Letter forms a part, and all references in this Tenant Work Letter to Sections of “this Tenant Work Letter” shall mean the relevant portion of this Tenant Work Letter.

 

  1. LANDLORD’S INITIAL CONSTRUCTION IN THE PREMISES

1.1 Landlord Work . There shall be no Landlord work and Landlord shall deliver the Premises in its “as-is, where-is” subject to the provisions below.

 

  2. TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

2.1 Tenant Improvements Allowance . Tenant shall be entitled to a tenant improvement allowance (the “ Tenant Improvements Allowance ”) in the maximum aggregate amount of One Hundred Seven and 00/100 Dollars ($107.00) per rentable square foot of the entire Premises (the “ Tenant Improvements Allowance ”) for the hard costs and soft costs incurred by Landlord or Tenant relating to the initial design and construction of all phases of Tenant’s improvements which are to be permanently affixed to the Premises in accordance with this Work Letter (the “ Tenant Improvements ”), including, without limitation, out-of-pocket professional fees, permitting costs, impact fees, and a 4% project management fee payable to Landlord or its affiliates and permits. The project management fee shall also apply to any costs paid by Tenant in excess of the Tenant Improvements Allowance and to any design costs related to Tenant Improvements even if such design costs arise out of services performed prior to the Effective Date. The Landlord agrees to keep the Tenant advised as to the progress of the work by providing copies of the Contractor’s applications for payment. All Tenant Improvements for which the Tenant Improvements Allowance has been made available shall be deemed Landlord’s property under the terms of the Lease.

2.2 Disbursement of the Tenant Improvements Allowance . Except as otherwise set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, the Tenant Improvements Allowance shall be disbursed by Landlord (each of which disbursements shall be made pursuant to Landlord’s reasonable disbursement process) for costs incurred by Landlord related to the construction of the Tenant Improvements and for the following items and costs (collectively, the “ Tenant Improvements Allowance Items ”): (i) payment of the fees of the “ Architect ” as that term is defined in Section 3.1 of this Tenant Work Letter in connection with the preparation and review of the “ Construction Documents ,” as that term is defined in Section 3.1 of this Tenant Work Letter; (ii) payment of the project management fee described above, (iii) the cost of any changes to the Construction Documents or Tenant Improvements required by all applicable building codes (the “ Code ”) enacted after approval of the Construction Documents, (iv) costs payable to the Contractor and any subcontractors, and (v) other costs incurred in connection with the Tenant Improvements to the extent the same can be paid using the Tenant Improvements Allowance pursuant to the specific provisions of this Tenant Work Letter. Any portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance not utilized in accordance with the Lease and this Work Letter within twelve (12) months after the Rent Commencement Date shall be deemed forfeited by Tenant and retained by Landlord.

 

  3. CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS

3.1 Landlord shall cause Landlord’s representative (J. Randal Long) to retain a MHA Works (the “ Architect ”), and Advanced Process Solutions (the “Consulting Engineers”) as subcontractors to prepare the “Construction Documents,” as that term is defined in this Section 3.1 for the Tenant Improvements, together with the

 

-1-


design/build contractor (TBD) selected by the Tenant and reasonably approved by Landlord. Landlord may cause Landlord’s design/build contractor to retain another Architect or Architects from time to time, provided, however, that any such other Architects shall be subject to Tenant’s reasonable approval. The plans and drawings to be prepared by Architect hereunder shall be known collectively as the “ Construction Documents .” All Construction Documents shall comply with the drawing format and specifications as determined by Landlord, and shall be subject to Landlord’s and Tenant’s approval. Tenant may hire an architectural firm reasonably approved by Landlord to conduct a peer review, and the fees associated with this peer review shall be paid solely by Tenant.

Landlord has no obligation to approve or perform any Tenant Change or any Tenant Improvements not shown on the plans previously approved by Landlord and Tenant or reasonably inferable therefrom if, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, such Tenant Improvements (i) would delay completion of the Tenant Improvements, (ii) intentionally omitted; (iii) would materially increase the cost of performing any other work in the Building, unless in each case Tenant agrees to pay such costs based on Landlord’s Change Estimate Notice (as defined below), (iv) are incompatible with the design, quality, equipment or systems of the Building or otherwise require a change to the existing Building systems or structure, each in a manner that would not otherwise be required in connection with the improvements contemplated by the Fit Plan (as defined below), (v) is not consistent the first class nature of the Building, or (vi) otherwise do not comply with the provisions of the Lease.

3.2 Final Space Plan . Tenant has approved the preliminary space plan prepared by the Architect, on behalf of the Contractor, attached as Attachment 1 hereto (the “ Fit Plan ”). Landlord shall cause the Architect prepare a space plan for Tenant for the Premises which space plan shall be reasonably consistent with the uses and functions of the Fit Plan and shall include a layout and designation of all manufacturing areas, labs, offices, rooms and other partitioning, their intended use, and equipment to be contained therein, and shall deliver the space plan to Landlord and Tenant for their approval. Landlord and Tenant shall review and provide any changes to the space plan within five Business Days of receipt thereof (and if Tenant shall fail to object thereto within such five Business Day period, then such space plan shall be deemed approved by Tenant) and the Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to cause the Architect to prepare and circulate a modified plan within five Business Days of its receipt of any requested changes from Tenant or Landlord. Such process of submittal and response within the time frame specified in the preceding sentence shall continue until each of Landlord and Tenant gives written approval to such space plan. Once Landlord and Tenant approve the final space plan, the space plan shall be considered final (the “ Final Space Plan ”).

3.3 Construction Documents . Landlord shall cause Landlord’s Architect to complete final Construction Documents consistent with the Final Space Plan and shall submit the same to Landlord and Tenant for their approval. Landlord and Tenant shall review and provide any changes to the construction documents within five Business Days of receipt thereof, and the Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to cause the Architect to prepare and circulate modified documents within five Business Days of its receipt of any requested changes from Tenant or Landlord. Such process of submittal and response within the time frame specified in the preceding sentence shall continue until each of Landlord and Tenant gives written approval to such documents, and the Construction Documents shall be considered final once approved by the Landlord and the Tenant. In no event may either Tenant or Landlord require any changes that are inconsistent with the Final Space Plan unless required by Applicable Law. The Construction Documents shall comply with Applicable Laws existing on the date of this Work Letter and which may be enacted prior to Tenant’s approval of completed Construction Documents. Subject to the provisions of Sections 3.1 and 5.4 of this Work Letter, Tenant may, from time to time, by written order to Landlord on a form reasonably specified by Landlord (“ Tenant Change ”), request a change in the Tenant Improvements shown on the Construction Documents, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or conditioned, and shall be granted or denied within five (5) business days after delivery of such Tenant Change to Landlord. The Over-Allowance Amount shall be adjusted for any Tenant Change as further contemplated by Section 5.4, below.

3.4 Permits . The Construction Documents as approved (or deemed approved) pursuant to Section 3.3 shall be the “ Approved Working Drawings ”. Following Tenant’s approval or deemed approval of the Cost Proposal, as described below, Landlord shall promptly thereafter submit or cause to be submitted, the Approved Working Drawings to the appropriate municipal authorities for all applicable building permits necessary to allow “Contractor,” as that term is defined in Section 4.1, below, to commence and fully complete the construction of the applicable Tenant Improvements (the “ Permits ”).

3.5 Time Deadlines . The applicable dates for approval of items, plans and drawings as described in this Section 3, Section 4, below, and in this Tenant Work Letter are set forth and further elaborated upon in Attachment 2 (the “ Time Deadlines ”), attached hereto.

 

-2-


4. CONSTRUCTION OF THE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

4.1 Contractor . A design/build contractor designated by Landlord and approved by Tenant (“Contractor”) shall construct the Tenant Improvements.

4.2 Cost Proposal . After the Approved Working Drawings are approved by Landlord and Tenant, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a cost proposal (or cost proposals) in accordance with the Approved Working Drawings, which cost proposal(s) shall include, as nearly as possible, the cost of all Tenant Improvements Allowance Items to be incurred by Tenant in connection with the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements and shall include a so-called guaranteed maximum price proposal from Landlord’s Contractor (collectively, the “ Cost Proposal ”), which Cost Proposal shall include, among other things, the Contractor’s fee, general conditions, and a reasonable contingency. The Cost Proposal may include early trade release packages for long lead time matters such as mechanical equipment. In connection with the Cost Proposal, Landlord shall cause the Contractor to solicit at least three bids from each subcontractor trade for which the total cost is expected to exceed $10,000. Tenant shall have the right to propose one subcontractor to be included in the bidding for each trade, subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval. Landlord will consult with Tenant prior to approving the subcontractors (including the Architect and Consulting Engineers) to whom it will be bid and Tenant may review bid packages at Tenant’s request. In the case of each bid request, Landlord will accept the lowest responsible bid, unless Landlord and Tenant reasonably determine otherwise. Tenant shall approve and deliver the Cost Proposal to Landlord within five Business Days of the receipt of the same (and if Tenant fails to comment on the Cost Proposal within such five Business Day period then Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the Cost Proposal), provided, however, Tenant shall have the right to request Tenant Changes to the Approved Working Drawings within such five Business Days, following its receipt of the Cost Proposal for the purpose of value engineering (in which event the Landlord will cause its contractor to provide a new Cost Proposal to Landlord and Tenant following its receipt and approval of modified drawing showing such Tenant Change (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed)). Upon Tenant’s approval, or deemed approval, of a Cost Proposal by Landlord, Landlord shall be released by Tenant to cause the Contractor to purchase the items set forth in the Cost Proposal and to commence the construction relating to such items. The date on which Tenant approves or is deemed to approve the Cost Proposal shall be known hereafter as the “ Cost Proposal Delivery Date ”.

4.3 Construction of Tenant Improvements by Contractor .

4.3.1 Over-Allowance Amount . Not later than five (5) business days after the Cost Proposal Delivery Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord cash in an amount (the “ Over-Allowance Amount ”), if any, equal to 100% of the difference between (i) the amount of the Cost Proposal and (ii) the amount of the remaining unutilized Tenant Improvements Allowance. The Over-Allowance Amount shall be disbursed by Landlord prior to the disbursement of any of the Tenant Improvements Allowance, and such disbursement shall be pursuant to the same procedure as the Tenant Improvements Allowance. In the event that, after the applicable Cost Proposal Delivery Date, any revisions, changes, or substitutions shall be made to the Construction Documents or the Tenant Improvements, then, subject to Section 5.4, below, to the extent that the amount of the Cost Proposal plus any additional costs which arise in connection with such revisions, changes or substitutions or any other additional costs exceeds the sum of the Tenant Improvements Allowance and any Over-Allowance Amounts previously funded by Tenant, such excess costs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord immediately upon Landlord’s request as an addition to the Over-Allowance Amount. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, all Tenant Improvements paid for by the Over-Allowance Amount shall be deemed Landlord’s property under the terms of the Lease. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Tenant shall be responsible for all costs associated with the Tenant Improvements to the extent the same exceed the Tenant Improvements Allowance (notwithstanding the content of the Cost Proposal).

4.3.2 Landlord’s Retention of Contractor . Landlord shall independently retain Contractor to construct the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the applicable Approved Working Drawings and the applicable Cost Proposal. The Tenant shall be entitled to review the Landlord’s construction contract with the Contractor upon Tenant’s written request. The Landlord shall manage the Contractor in its performance of the construction work and endeavor to oversee the Contractor’s performance of its work to protect the Tenant from construction defects.

 

-3-


5. COMPLETION OF THE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS;

LEASE COMMENCEMENT DATE

5.1 Substantial Completion . Landlord shall give Tenant at least twenty (20) days prior written notice of the date that Landlord reasonably anticipates that the Landlord Work and Tenant Improvements will be Substantially Complete (as defined below); provided, however, Landlord’s failure to accurately estimate such date shall in no event affect the actual date of Substantial Completion or any other obligations of Landlord or Tenant hereunder. For purposes of this Lease, “ Substantial Completion ” shall occur upon the completion of the last of the following to occur: (i) the completion of construction of the Landlord Work and the Tenant Improvements substantially pursuant to the Approved Working Drawings for such Tenant Improvements (each as reasonably determined by Landlord), with the exception of any punch list items which do not impair Tenant’s ability to occupy the Premises for their contemplated use, (ii) the acquisition of a certificate of occupancy or its legal equivalent allowing occupancy of the Premises (a “ Sign Off ”), (iii) all base building systems are operational and fully-commissioned except to the extent effected by the Tenant Improvements, which commissioning shall be part of the punchlist described below, (iv) delivery of the Premises to Tenant, and (v) delivery of a certificate of substantial completion from the Architect on behalf of the Contractor confirming the matters set forth in the foregoing clause (i). In the event that the Sign Off is not a final certificate of occupancy, Landlord shall diligently prosecute the work necessary to achieve a full certificate of occupancy and use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such full certificate of occupancy as soon as reasonably practicable following Substantial Completion.

5.2 Delay of the Substantial Completion of the Premises . Except as provided in this Section 5.2, the Rent Commencement Date shall occur as set forth in the Lease. Each of the following shall constitute a “ Tenant Delay ” to the extent such matter actually causes a delay in Substantial Completion and cannot reasonably be avoided without additional cost:

5.2.1 Tenant’s failure to comply with the Time Deadlines;

5.2.2 Tenant’s failure to timely approve any matter requiring Tenant’s approval within the time periods set forth herein (which, for avoidance of doubt, shall mean any period longer than five business days or such shorter time period as may be required hereunder) except to the extent that Tenant is deemed to consent to any such request for approval in accordance with the terms of this Work Letter;

5.2.3 A breach by Tenant of the material terms of this Tenant Work Letter or the Lease (provided that Landlord shall provide Tenant prior written notice specifying the nature of the breach and resulting delay under this clause (c));

5.2.4 Any Tenant Change (including value engineering changes described in Section 4.2, above);

5.2.5 Tenant’s insistence on materials, components, finishes or improvements which are not available in a commercially reasonable time given the anticipated date of Substantial Completion, as set forth in the Lease, after having been informed, in writing, by Landlord that such materials, components, finishes or improvements will cause a delay in completion of the Tenant Improvements; or

5.2.6 Any other act or omission of Tenant or anyone acting by, through or under Tenant that causes a delay in construction work or any process described in this Tenant Work Letter (provided that Landlord shall provide Tenant prior written notice specifying the nature of the acts or omissions giving rise to the delay and the resulting delay under this clause (f)); and/or

5.2.7 Any act or omission of Tenant or anyone acting by, through or under Tenant that causes a delay in the issuance of the Sign Off ((provided that Landlord shall provide Tenant prior written notice specifying the acts or omissions giving rise to the delay and the resulting delay under this clause (g)).

 

-4-


Any increased costs of the Tenant Improvements resulting from Tenant Delay shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord immediately upon Landlord’s request as an addition to the Over-Allowance Amount.

Landlord and Tenant have agreed to determine the length of any Tenant Delay as follows:

(i) any delays pursuant to clause “(5.2.1)” and “(5.2.2”) in the definition of Tenant Delay in the definition of Tenant Delay shall be equal to one day for each day that the applicable Tenant Delay continues beyond the applicable time period required under this Lease, and (ii) with respect to any other Tenant Delay, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing (which may be in e-mail format) of the claimed estimated length of such Tenant Delay within 10 business days after its occurrence and Tenant may elect by written notice delivered to the other within 10 business days thereafter to dispute the claimed estimated Delay. Unless such estimate is disputed by written notice delivered within such 10 business day period, the length of such Delay shall be no less the claimed estimated Delay.

5.3 Walk-through and Punchlist . After the Tenant Improvements are Substantially Completed and prior to Tenant’s move-in into the Premises, following two (2) days’ advance written notice from Tenant to Landlord, Landlord shall cause the Contractor to inspect the Premises with a representative of Tenant and complete a punch list of unfinished items of the Tenant Improvements. After Landlord and Tenant have mutually agreed upon the punch list, authorized representatives for Landlord and Tenant shall execute said punch list. The items listed on such punch list shall be completed by the Contractor within thirty (30) days after the approval of such punch list or as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable, provided that in the event a punch list item reasonably requires longer than thirty (30) days to complete, then Landlord shall cause Contractor to commence the completion of such particular item within thirty (30) days and diligently pursue the same to completion. The terms of this Section 5.3 will not affect the occurrence of the Substantial Completion of the Premises or the occurrence of the Rent Commencement Date.

5.4 Tenant Changes . At the request of the Tenant for a Tenant Change, Landlord may approve, such approval to not be unreasonably withheld, any Tenant Change on the condition that Tenant shall pay in full, in advance (or cause to be paid in full from the Tenant Improvements Allowance), any and all additional costs or expenses associated with the approval of said Tenant Change. If Tenant shall request any Tenant Change, Landlord shall provide Tenant in writing (a “ Landlord’s Change Estimate Notice ”) the estimated costs of design and/or construction of the Tenant Improvements or Landlord Work that Landlord determines will be incurred as a consequence of such Tenant Change on an order of magnitude basis and shall provide Tenant with the estimated Tenant Delay, if any, on account of such proposed Tenant Change. Tenant shall, within three Business Days following receipt of Landlord’s Change Estimate Notice, notify Landlord in writing whether it desires to proceed with the applicable Tenant Change or withdraw such Tenant Change. Tenant’s failure to respond in such three Business Day period shall be deemed to be a withdrawal of the applicable Tenant Change. The cost of any Tenant Change shall be determined on a net basis; i.e. taking into account the savings, if any, resulting from such Tenant Change. To the extent that there is no remaining unutilized Tenant Improvements Allowance, the Over-Allowance Amount shall be adjusted for any Tenant Change. If and to the extent that Landlord initiates any change orders in the Tenant Improvements, such change orders shall be at Landlord’s sole cost and expense to the extent that the net cost of such changes exceed the costs that would have been incurred but for such change. Without limiting the generality of any provisions of this Tenant Work Letter, Tenant acknowledges that any extension of time due to a Tenant Change will not cause an extension of any Rent Commencement Date. Landlord shall be authorized to proceed with work described in a Tenant Change upon receipt of Tenant’s notice to proceed following the giving of Landlord’s Change Estimate Notice.

5.5 Delay Not Caused by Parties . Neither the Landlord nor Tenant shall be considered to be in default of the provisions of this Tenant Work Letter for delays in performance due to Force Majeure.

5.6 Warranty . Except for uncompleted items of Tenant Improvements specified in the punchlist described in Section 5.3, above, and for latent defects, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted all elements of Tenant Improvements on the date of Substantial Completion. In the case of a dispute concerning the completion of items of Tenant Improvements specified in the punchlist, such items shall be deemed completed and accepted by Tenant upon the delivery to Tenant of a certificate of the Architect on behalf of the Contractor that such items have been completed unless the certification reasonably is disputed by Tenant by a notice to Landlord given within ten (10) Business Days of Landlord’s delivery of the certification to Tenant. In the case of latent defects in Tenant Improvements appearing after the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall be deemed to have waived any claim for correction or cure thereof

 

-5-


on the date that is 11 months following the date of Substantial Completion of the applicable work if Tenant has not then given notice of such defect to Landlord. For the purposes of this Lease, “latent defects” shall mean defects in the construction of the Tenant Improvements that are not readily observable by visible inspection at the time the punchlist is prepared or cannot be ascertained by reason of seasonality. Landlord shall cause Landlord’s contractor so to remedy, repair or replace any such latent defects identified by Tenant within the foregoing time periods, together with any damage caused to the Tenant Improvements on account of such defects, such action to occur as soon as practicable during normal working hours and so as to avoid any unreasonable interruption of Tenant’s use of the Premises. If timely and adequate notice has been given and if Landlord has other guarantees, contract rights, or other claims against contractors, materialmen, architects, suppliers or manufacturers with respect to the Tenant Improvements or any portion thereof, Landlord shall also exercise commercially reasonable efforts to enforce such guarantees or contract rights for Tenant’s benefit upon its request. The foregoing shall constitute Landlord’s entire obligation with respect to all latent defects in the Tenant Improvements.

5.7 Delivery . Landlord’s failure to Substantially Complete the Tenant Improvements by any particular time, shall not give rise to any liability of Landlord hereunder, shall not constitute Landlord’s default, and shall not affect the validity of this Lease.

6. MISCELLANEOUS

6.1 Tenant’s Entry Into the Premises Prior to Substantial Completion . Provided that Tenant and its agents do not interfere with Contractor’s work in the Building and the Premises, Contractor shall allow Tenant access to the Premises prior to Substantial Completion for the purpose of Tenant installing Tenant’s furniture, fixtures and equipment (including Tenant’s data and telephone equipment) in the Premises. Prior to Tenant’s entry into the Premises as permitted by the terms of this Section 6.1, Tenant shall submit a schedule to Landlord and Contractor, for their approval, which schedule shall detail the timing and purpose of Tenant’s entry. Tenant’s entry pursuant to this Section 6.1 shall be subject to all applicable provisions of the Lease other than the obligation to pay Base Rent and Additional Rent for Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses.

As a condition to Tenant’s entry into the Premises prior to Substantial Completion, Tenant shall comply with and perform, and shall cause its employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors, material suppliers and laborers to comply with and perform, all of Tenant’s insurance and indemnity obligations and other obligations governing the conduct of Tenant at the Property under this Lease.

Any independent contractor of Tenant (or any employee or agent of Tenant) performing any work or inspections in the Premises prior to Substantial Completion shall be subject to all of the terms, conditions and requirements contained in the Lease (including without limitation the provisions of Article 10) and, prior to such entry, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence of the insurance coverages required pursuant to Article 10. Tenant and any Tenant contractor performing any work or inspections in the Premises prior to Substantial Completion shall use reasonable efforts not to interfere in any way with construction of the Tenant Improvements, and shall not damage the common areas or other parts of the Building. Neither Tenant, nor any Tenant contractor performing any work or inspections in the Premises prior to Substantial Completion shall cause any labor disharmony, and Tenant shall be responsible for all costs required to produce labor harmony in connection with an entry under this Section 6.1.

Any requirements of any Tenant contractor performing any work or inspections in the Premises prior to Substantial Completion for services from Landlord or Landlord’s contractor, such as hoisting, electrical or mechanical needs, shall be paid for by Tenant and arranged between such Tenant contractor and Landlord or Landlord’s contractor based on the actual, reasonable cost thereof determined on a time and materials basis. Should the work of any Tenant contractor performing any work or inspections in the Premises prior to Substantial Completion depend on the installed field conditions of any item of Tenant Improvements, such Tenant contractor shall ascertain such field conditions after installation of such item of Tenant Improvements, provided, however, both parties shall cooperate with each other in order to maximize cost and scheduling efficiencies wherever reasonably practicable so long as Landlord is not delayed in the performance of the Tenant Improvements or required to incur any additional expense not borne by Tenant hereunder. Neither Landlord nor Landlord’s contractor shall ever be required or obliged to alter the method, time or manner for performing Tenant Improvements or work elsewhere in the Building, on account of the work of any such

 

-6-


Tenant contractor. Tenant shall cause each Tenant contractor performing work on the Premises prior to Substantial Completion to clean up regularly and remove its debris from the Premises and Building. Any work performed by Tenant pursuant to this Section 6.1 shall be performed in accordance with the applicable provisions of Article 8 of the Lease.

6.2 Tenant’s Representative . Tenant has designated Jeff N. Hunter as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, who, until further notice to Landlord, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Tenant as required in this Tenant Work Letter.

6.3 Landlord’s Representative . Landlord has designated J. Randal Long as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, who, until further notice to Tenant, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Landlord as required in this Tenant Work Letter.

6.4 Time of the Essence in This Tenant Work Letter . Unless otherwise indicated, all references herein to a “number of days” shall mean and refer to calendar days.

6.5 General . This Work Letter shall not be deemed applicable to any additional space added to the Premises at any time or from time to time, whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise, or to any portion of the Premises or any additions to the Premises in the event of a renewal or extension of the original Lease Term, whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise, unless and to the extent expressly provided in the Lease or any amendment or supplement to the Lease that such additional space is to be delivered to Tenant in the same condition the initial Premises is to be delivered.

6.6 Phased Delivery . The parties acknowledge that the Tenant Improvements shall be conducted in Phases. Landlord shall deliver Phase 1 of the Premises upon Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements within Phase 1. Landlord shall deliver Phase 2 of the Premises upon Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements within Phase 2.

6.7 Early Entry . Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to provide Tenant and Tenant’s licensed contractors with access to the Phase 1 prior to the Rent Commencement Date for Phase 1 for among other things, Tenant’s installation of its furniture, fixtures, cabling and equipment within Phase 1, provided (i) Tenant has obtained all insurance required hereunder to be maintained by Tenant, (ii) such early access by Tenant and its contractors does not in any way interfere with Landlord’s completion of the Tenant Improvements, (iii) Tenant’s access to Phase 1 is coordinated in advance with Landlord’s contractor, and (iv) Tenant’s occupancy of Phase 1 prior to the Rent Commencement Date otherwise complies with all other applicable terms and conditions of this Lease.

 

-7-


ATTACHMENT 1

FIT PLAN

 

LOGO

 

-8-


ATTACHMENT 2

THE TIME DEADLINES

[TO BE INSERTED BY LANDLORD]

 

-9-


EXHIBIT E

RULES AND REGULATIONS

Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the following Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance of any of said Rules and Regulations by or otherwise with respect to the acts or omissions of any other tenants or occupants of the Project. In the event of any conflict between the Rules and Regulations and the other provisions of this Lease, the latter shall control.

1. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new or additional locks or bolts on any doors or windows of the Premises without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. If Tenant shall affix additional locks on doors then Tenant shall furnish Landlord with copies of keys or pass cards or similar devices for said locks. Tenant shall bear the cost of any lock changes or repairs required by Tenant. Upon Substantial Completion two initial keys will be furnished by Landlord for the Premises, and any additional keys required by Tenant must be obtained from Landlord at a reasonable cost to be established by Landlord. Upon the termination of this Lease, Tenant shall restore to Landlord all keys of stores, offices, and toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, Tenant and in the event of the loss of keys so furnished, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of replacing same or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Landlord shall deem it necessary to make such changes.

2. All doors opening to public corridors shall be kept closed at all times except for normal ingress and egress to the Premises.

3. Landlord reserves the right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors of the Building during such hours as are customary for comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Building. Tenant, its employees and agents must be sure that the doors to the Building are securely closed and locked when leaving the Premises if it is after the normal hours of business for the Building. Any tenant, its employees, agents or any other persons entering or leaving the Building at any time when it is so locked, or any time when it is considered to be after normal business hours for the Building, may be required to sign the Building register. Access to the Building may be refused unless the person seeking access has proper identification or has a previously arranged pass for access to the Building. Landlord will furnish passes to persons for whom Tenant requests same in writing. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for who Tenant requests passes and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. The Landlord and his agents shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement, or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building or the Project during the continuance thereof by any means it deems appropriate for the safety and protection of life and property.

4. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes and other heavy property brought into the Building and also the times and manner of moving the same in and out of the Building. Safes and other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on supports of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or property in any case. Any damage to any part of the Building, its contents, occupants or visitors by moving or maintaining any such safe or other property shall be the sole responsibility and expense of Tenant.

5. Deleted.

6. The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application at the management office for the Project or at such office location designated by Landlord. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.

7. No sign, advertisement, notice or handbill shall be exhibited, distributed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the exterior of the Premises or the Building without the prior written consent of the Landlord. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, peddle, or canvass any occupant of the Project and shall cooperate with Landlord and its agents of Landlord to prevent same.

 

-1-


8. The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees shall have caused same.

9. Discharge of industrial sewage to the Building plumbing system shall only be permitted if Tenant, at its sole expense, shall have obtained all necessary permits and licenses therefor, including without limitation permits from state and local authorities having jurisdiction thereof.

10. Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises, nor mark, drive nails or screws, or drill into the partitions, woodwork or drywall or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof without Landlord’s prior written consent; provided, however, that Landlord’s prior written consent shall not be required for the hanging of normal and customary office artwork and personal items. Tenant shall not purchase spring water, ice, towel, linen, maintenance or other like services from any person or persons not included on an approved list that Landlord shall provide to Tenant upon request. Landlord reserves the right to have Landlord’s structural engineer review Tenant’s floor loads on the Building at Landlord’s expense, unless such study reveals that Tenant has exceeded the floor loads, in which case Tenant shall pay the cost of such survey.

11. Except for vending machines intended for the sole use of Tenant’s employees and invitees, no vending machine or machines other than fractional horsepower office machines shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the Premises without the written consent of Landlord.

12. Tenant shall not use or keep in or on the Premises, the Building, or the Project any kerosene, gasoline or other inflammable or combustible fluid, chemical, substance or material.

13. Tenant shall not without the prior written consent of Landlord use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.

14. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept, any foul or noxious gas or substance in or on the Premises, or permit or allow the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Project by reason of noise, odors, or vibrations, or interfere with other tenants or those having business therein, whether by the use of any musical instrument, radio, phonograph, or in any other way. Tenant shall not throw anything out of doors, windows or skylights or down passageways.

15. Tenant shall not bring into or keep within the Project, the Building or the Premises any animals, birds, aquariums, or, except in areas designated by Landlord, bicycles or other vehicles.

16. No cooking shall be done or permitted on the Premises, nor shall the Premises be used for the storage of merchandise, for lodging or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) Tenant may maintain a catering kitchen at the Premises, and (b) Underwriters’ laboratory-approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used in the Premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages for employees and visitors, provided that such use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state, county and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations.

17. Tenant shall not occupy or permit any portion of the Premises to be occupied as an office for a messenger-type operation or dispatch office, public stenographer or typist, or for the manufacture or sale of liquor, narcotics, or tobacco in any form, or as a medical office, or as a barber or manicure shop, or as an employment bureau without the express prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall not engage or pay any employees on the Premises except those actually working for such tenant on the Premises nor advertise for laborers giving an address at the Premises.

 

-2-


18. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of these Rules and Regulations.

19. Deleted

20. Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air conditioning and agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord to ensure the most effective operation of the Building’s heating and air conditioning system.

21. Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within the interior of the Premises. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage in the city in which the Building is located without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. All trash, garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only through entry-ways and elevators provided for such purposes at such times as Landlord shall designate.

22. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

23. Any persons employed by Tenant to do janitorial work shall be subject to the reasonable prior written approval of Landlord, and while in the Building and outside of the Premises, shall be subject to and under the control and direction of the Building manager (but not as an agent or servant of such manager or of Landlord), and Tenant shall be responsible for all acts of such persons.

24. No awnings or other projection shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord, and no curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises other than Landlord standard drapes. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in the Premises or spaces along the perimeter of the Building must be fluorescent and/or of a quality, type, design and a warm white bulb color approved in advance in writing by Landlord. Neither the interior nor exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sun screened without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall abide by Landlord’s regulations concerning the opening and closing of window coverings which are attached to the windows in the Premises, if any, which have a view of any interior portion of the Building or Building Common Areas.

25. The sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows, and doors that reflect or admit light and air into the halls, passageways or other public places in the Building shall not be covered or obstructed by Tenant (except with Landlord standard drapes), nor shall any bottles, parcels or other articles be placed on the windowsills.

26. Tenant must comply with requests by the Landlord concerning the informing of their employees of items of importance to the Landlord.

27. No smoking is permitted in the Building or on the Project.

28. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation to provide guard service or other security measures for the benefit of the Premises, the Building or the Project. Tenant hereby assumes all responsibility for the protection of Tenant and its agents, employees, contractors, invitees and guests, and the property thereof, from acts of third parties, including keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed, whether or not Landlord, at its option, elects to provide security protection for the Project or any portion thereof. Tenant further assumes the risk that any safety and security devices, services and programs which Landlord elects, in its sole discretion, to provide may not be effective, or may malfunction or be circumvented by an unauthorized third party, and Tenant shall, in addition to its other insurance obligations under this Lease, obtain its own insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against losses related to such occurrences. Tenant shall cooperate in any reasonable safety or security program developed by Landlord or required by law.

 

-3-


29. All non-standard office equipment of any electrical or mechanical nature shall be placed by Tenant in the Premises in settings approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, to absorb or prevent any vibration, noise and annoyance.

30. Deleted

31. No auction, liquidation, fire sale, going-out-of-business or bankruptcy sale shall be conducted in the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.

32. No tenant shall use or permit the use of any portion of the Premises for living quarters, sleeping apartments or lodging rooms.

Landlord reserves the right at any time to change or rescind any one or more of these Rules and Regulations, or to make such other and further reasonable Rules and Regulations as in Landlord’s judgment may from time to time be necessary for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises, Building, the Common Areas and the Project, and for the preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants therein, provided that no such change shall impose additional obligations on Tenant, and in the event of a conflict between any additional Rules and Regulations and this Lease, the terms of this Lease shall prevail. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules or Regulations against any or all tenants of the Project. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these Rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition of its occupancy of the Premises.

 

-4-


EXHIBIT F

4105 Hopson Road

FORM OF TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

The undersigned as Tenant under that certain Lease (the “ Lease ”) made and entered into as of             , 201   by and between                      as Landlord, and the undersigned as Tenant, for Premises on the                      floor(s) of the office building located at [ INSERT BUILDING ADDRESS ], certifies as follows:

1. Attached hereto as Exhibit F is a true and correct copy of the Lease and all amendments and modifications thereto. The documents contained in Exhibit F represent the entire agreement between the parties as to the Premises.

2. The undersigned currently occupies the Premises described in the Lease, the Lease Term commenced on                     , and the Lease Term expires on                     , and the undersigned has no option to terminate or cancel the Lease or to purchase all or any part of the Premises, the Building and/or the Project.

3. Base Rent became payable on                     .

4. The Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified, supplemented or amended in any way except as provided in Exhibit F .

5. Tenant has not transferred, assigned, or sublet any portion of the Premises nor entered into any license or concession agreements with respect thereto except as follows:

6. Intentionally Omitted.

7. All monthly installments of Base Rent, all Additional Rent and all monthly installments of estimated Additional Rent have been paid when due through                     . The current monthly installment of Base Rent is $        .

8. All conditions of the Lease to be performed by Landlord necessary to the enforceability of the Lease have been satisfied and Landlord is not in default thereunder. In addition, the undersigned has not delivered any notice to Landlord regarding a default by Landlord thereunder. The Lease does not require Landlord to provide any rental concessions or to pay any leasing brokerage commissions.

9. No rental has been paid more than thirty (30) days in advance and no security has been deposited with Landlord except as provided in the Lease.

10. As of the date hereof, there are no existing defenses or offsets, or, to the undersigned’s knowledge, claims or any basis for a claim, that the undersigned has against Landlord.

11. If Tenant is a corporation or partnership, each individual executing this Estoppel Certificate on behalf of Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in North Carolina and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Estoppel Certificate and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so.

12. There are no actions pending against the undersigned under the bankruptcy or similar laws of the United States or any state.

13. To the best of Tenant’s knowledge, Tenant is in full compliance with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting its use of the Premises, including, but not limited to, those laws, ordinances, rules or regulations relating to hazardous or toxic materials. Tenant has never permitted or suffered, nor does Tenant have any knowledge of, the generation, manufacture, treatment, use, storage, disposal or discharge of any hazardous, toxic or dangerous waste, substance or material in, on, under or about the Project or the Premises or any adjacent premises or property in violation of any federal, state or local law, ordinance, rule or regulation.

 

EXHIBIT F

-1-


14. To the undersigned’s knowledge, all tenant improvement work to be performed by Landlord under the Lease has been completed in accordance with the Lease and has been accepted by the undersigned and all reimbursements and allowances due to the undersigned under the Lease in connection with any tenant improvement work have been paid in full. All work (if any) in the common areas required by the Lease to be completed by Landlord has been completed and all parking spaces required by the Lease have been furnished and/or all parking ratios required by the Lease have been met.

The undersigned acknowledges that this Estoppel Certificate may be delivered to Landlord or to a prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser, and acknowledges that said prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser will be relying upon the statements contained herein in making the loan or acquiring the property of which the Premises are a part and that receipt by it of this certificate is a condition of making such loan or acquiring such property.

Executed at                      on the      day of         , 201  .

 

“Tenant”:  

 

  ,
a  

 

 
By:  

 

 
  Its:  

 

 
By:  

 

 
  Its:  

 

 

 

EXHIBIT F

-2-


EXHIBIT G

4105 Hopson Road

ENVIRONMENTAL QUESTIONNAIRE

ENVIRONMENTAL QUESTIONNAIRE

FOR COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES

 

Property Name:  

 

Property Address:  

 

Instructions : The following questionnaire is to be completed by the Lessee representative with knowledge of the planned operations for the specified building/location. Please print clearly and attach additional

sheets as necessary.

 

1.0 PROCESS INFORMATION

Describe planned use, and include brief description of manufacturing processes employed.

 

 

 

 

2.0 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

Are hazardous materials used or stored? If so, continue with the next question. If not, go to Section 3.0.

 

2.1     Are any of the following materials handled on the Property?    Yes   ¨     No   ¨

(A material is handled if it is used, generated, processed, produced, packaged, treated, stored, emitted, discharged, or disposed.) If so, complete this section. If this question is not applicable, skip this section and go on to Section 5.0.

 

¨

 

Explosives

 

¨

 

Fuels

 

¨

 

Oils

 

¨

 

Solvents

 

¨

 

Oxidizers

 

¨

 

Organics/Inorganics

¨

 

Acids

 

¨

 

Bases

 

¨

 

Pesticides

 

¨

 

Gases

 

¨

 

PCBs

 

¨

 

Radioactive Materials

¨

 

Other (please specify)

         

 

2-2.  

If any of the groups of materials checked in Section 2.1, please list the specific material(s), use(s), and quantity of each chemical used or stored on the site in the Table below. If convenient, you may substitute a chemical inventory and list the uses of each of the chemicals in each category separately.

 

Material

 

Physical State (Solid, Liquid, or Gas)

 

Usage

 

Container Size

 

Number of Containers

 

Total Quantity

                     
                     
                     
                     
                     

 

EXHIBIT G

-1-


2-3. Describe the planned storage area location(s) for these materials. Please include site maps and drawings as appropriate.

 

 

 

 

3.0 HAZARDOUS WASTES

 

Are hazardous wastes generated?    Yes   ¨     No   ¨

If yes, continue with the next question. If not, skip this section and go to section 4.0.

 

3.1 Are any of the following wastes generated, handled, or disposed of (where applicable) on the Property?

 

¨    Hazardous wastes    ¨    Industrial Wastewater
¨    Waste oils    ¨    PCBs
¨    Air emissions    ¨    Sludges
¨    Regulated Wastes    ¨    Other (please specify)

 

3-2. List and quantify the materials identified in Question 3-1 of this section.

 

WASTE

GENERATED

  

RCRA listed

Waste?

  

SOURCE

 

APPROXIMATE MONTHLY QUANTITY

  

WASTE

CHARACTERIZATION

  

DISPOSITION

             
             
             
             

 

3-3. Please include name, location, and permit number (e.g. EPA ID No.) for transporter and disposal facility, if applicable). Attach separate pages as necessary.

 

Transporter/Disposal Facility Name

  

Facility Location

  

Transporter (T) or Disposal (D) Facility

  

Permit Number

        
        
        
        

 

3-4.  Are pollution controls or monitoring employed in the process to prevent or minimize the release of wastes into the environment?                                                                                                                                                                 Yes   ¨     No   ¨

 

3-5. If so, please describe.

 

 

 

 

4.0 USTS/ASTS

 

4.1 Are underground storage tanks (USTs), aboveground storage tanks (ASTs), or associated pipelines used for the storage of petroleum products, chemicals, or liquid wastes present on site (lease renewals) or required for planned operations (new tenants)?    Yes            No       

If not, continue with section 5.0. If yes, please describe capacity, contents, age, type of the USTs or ASTs, as well any associated leak detection/spill prevention measures. Please attach additional pages if necessary.

 

EXHIBIT G

-2-


Capacity

  

Contents

  

Year

Installed

  

Type (Steel, Fiberglass, etc)

  

Associated Leak Detection / Spill Prevention Measures*

           
           
           

 

* Note: The following are examples of leak detection / spill prevention measures:

 

 Integrity testing    Inventory reconciliation    Leak detection system
 Overfill spill protection    Secondary containment    Cathodic protection

 

4-2.  

  Please provide copies of written tank integrity test results and/or monitoring documentation, if available.

4-3.  

 

Is the UST/AST registered and permitted with the appropriate regulatory agencies?

 

If so, please attach a copy of the required permits.

   Yes   ¨     No   ¨

4-4.  

  If this Questionnaire is being completed for a lease renewal, and if any of the USTs/ASTs have leaked, please state the substance released, the media(s) impacted (e.g., soil, water, asphalt, etc.), the actions taken, and all remedial responses to the incident.

 

 

 

 

4-5.  

 

If this Questionnaire is being completed for a lease renewal, have USTs/ASTs been removed from the Property?

Yes   ¨     No   ¨

  If yes, please provide any official closure letters or reports and supporting documentation (e.g., analytical test results, remediation report results, etc.).
4-6.  

For Lease renewals, are there any above or below ground pipelines on site used to transfer chemicals or wastes?

Yes   ¨     No   ¨

  For new tenants, are installations of this type required for the planned operations?   
     Yes   ¨     No   ¨

If yes to either question, please describe.

 

 

 

 

5.0 ASBESTOS CONTAINING BUILDING MATERIALS

Please be advised that an asbestos survey may have been performed at the Property. If provided, please review the information that identifies the locations of known asbestos containing material or presumed asbestos containing material. All personnel and appropriate subcontractors should be notified of the presence of these materials, and informed not to disturb these materials. Any activity that involves the disturbance or removal of these materials must be done by an appropriately trained individual/contractor.

 

6.0 REGULATORY

 

6-1.  

Does the operation have or require a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) or equivalent permit?

Yes   ¨     No   ¨

 

If so, please attach a copy of this permit.

  

 

6-2.   Has a Hazardous Materials Business Plan been developed for the site?    Yes   ¨     No   ¨
  If so, please attach a copy.   

 

EXHIBIT G

-3-


CERTIFICATION

I am familiar with the real property described in this questionnaire. By signing below, I represent and warrant that the answers to the above questions are complete and accurate to the best of my knowledge. I also understand that Lessor will rely on the completeness and accuracy of my answers in assessing any environmental liability risks associated with the property.

 

Signature:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 

Telephone:  

 

 

EXHIBIT G

-4-


EXHIBIT H

INTENTIONALLY DELETED

 

EXHIBIT H

-1-


EXHIBIT I

FORM LETTER OF CREDIT

 

EXHIBIT I

-1-


EXHIBIT J

INTENTIONALLY DELETED

 

EXHIBIT J

-1-


EXHIBIT K

INTENTIONALLY DELETED

 

EXHIBIT K

-1-


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ’) is entered into between DURHAM HOPSON ROAD, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlorld ”) , and NOVAN, INC ., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), with reference to the following:

A. L andlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated August 17, 2015 (the “ Lease ”), covering approximately 51,350 rentable square feet (the “ Premises ”) in that certain office building located at 4105 Hopson Road, Durham, North Carolina (the “ Building ”).

B. Landlord and Tenant now desire to further amend the Lease as set forth below. Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Amendment, capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the same meanings as in the Lease.

FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Estoppel Certificates . Article 17 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Within ten (10) business days following a request in writing by Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate, which, as submitted by Landlord, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit F , attached hereto (or such other form as may be required by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of the Project, or any portion thereof), indicating therein any exceptions thereto that may exist at that time, and shall also contain any other information reasonably requested by Landlord or Landlord’s mortgagee or prospective mortgagee. Any such certificate may be relied upon by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of all or any portion of the Project. Tenant shall execute and deliver whatever other instruments may be reasonably required for such purposes. Failure of Tenant to execute, acknowledge and deliver such estoppel certificate or other instruments within five (5) business days after a second notice to Tenant regarding same shall constitute an acceptance of the Premises and an acknowledgment by Tenant that statements included in the estoppel certificate are true and correct, without exception. Additionally, no more often than twice per year, at any time during the Lease Term, Landlord may require Tenant to provide Landlord with a current financial statement and financial statements of the two (2) years prior to the current financial statement year. Such statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, if such is the normal practice of Tenant, shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant, provided, however, Tenant shall not be required to provide financial statements if Tenant is a publicly traded company and makes public filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission at least quarterly which are accessible by Landlord and which contain an accurate statement of Tenant’s financial condition.”

2. Broker . Landlord and Tenant represent and warrant each to the other that they have not dealt with any broker(s) or any other person claiming any entitlement to any commission in connection with this Amendment. Tenant agrees to indemnify and save Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, suits, liabilities, costs, judgments and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, for any leasing commissions or other commissions, fees, charges or

 

Confidential Information   1


reasonable attorneys’ fees, for any leasing commissions or other commissions, fees, charges or payments due, owing, or made to a broker purportedly representing Tenant in connection with this Amendment.

3. Execution of Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each counterpart being executed by less than all of the parties hereto, and shall be equally effective as if a single original had been signed by all parties; but all such counterparts shall be deemed to constitute a single agreement, and this Amendment shall not be or become effective unless and until each of the signatory parties below has signed at least one such counterpart and caused the counterpart so executed to be delivered to both of the other parties.

4. Authority . Each individual signing this Amendment on behalf of any party hereto represents that he or she has full right, power and authority to enter into this Amendment and to bind such party for which he or she purports to sign this Amendment.

5. Binding Agreement . This Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of all parties hereto, and to their respective heirs, executors, administrators, predecessors, successors, assigns, parents and subsidiary corporations, divisions, officers, directors, partners, agents, attorneys, and employees, as applicable.

6. Ratification . Except as expressly or by necessary implication amended or modified hereby, the terms of the Lease are hereby ratified, confirmed and continued in full force and effect.

[ Signatures to follow ]

 

Confidential Information   2


LANDLORD AND TENANT enter into this Amendment as of the Effective Date specified below Landlord’s signature.

 

LANDLORD :     TENANT :

DURHAM HOPSON ROAD, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

   

NOVAN, INC.,

a Delaware coporation

By:  

/s/ Adam B. Sichol

    By:  

/s/ Richard Peterson

 

Name:

 

Adam B. Sichol

     

Name:

  Richard Peterson
 

Its:

 

Authorized Signatory

     

Its:

  Chief Financial Officer

EFFECTIVE DATE: JANUARY 6, 2016

 

Confidential Information   3

Exhibit 10.12

STOCK SALE AND PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Stock Sale and Purchase Agreement (this “Agreement”), is dated as of April 13, 2016, and is by and between Stasko Living Trust (the “Stockholder”), and Novan, Inc., a Delaware corporation with its principal office in Durham, North Carolina (the “Corporation”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Stockholder wishes to sell and the Corporation wishes to purchase certain shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock owned by the Stockholder;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the representations, warranties, and covenants herein contained, the Stockholder and the Corporation hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

PURCHASE AND SALE OF SHARES

1.1 General. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Stockholder shall sell to the Corporation an aggregate of Eleven Thousand Four Hundred (11,400) shares of the Common Stock of the Corporation (the “Shares”), and the Corporation, in reliance upon the representations, warranties and covenants of the Stockholder set forth herein, shall purchase and acquire the Shares from the Stockholder at the purchase price hereinafter provided.

1.2 Purchase Price. The per share purchase price shall be Thirteen and 62/100 Dollars ($13.62) and the aggregate purchase price for the Shares (the “Purchase Price”) shall be One Hundred Fifty-five Thousand Two Hundred Sixty Eight and No/100 Dollars for a total of ($155,268.00). The Purchase Price shall be paid by the Corporation to the Stockholder at the Closing by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated on Exhibit A hereto.

ARTICLE II

THE CLOSING

2.1 Closing. The closing of this transaction (the “Closing”) shall be held at the offices of the Corporation on the date of this Agreement, at such time as the parties shall agree, or at such other place, date and time as may be mutually agreed upon by the Corporation and the Stockholder (the “Closing Date”). The Closing shall be effective upon payment of the Purchase Price as provided in Section 1.2 above.

2.2 Actions by the Stockholder at the Closing. At the Closing, the Stockholder shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Corporation the stock certificate representing 1,000,000 shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock, duly-endorsed or accompanied by stock powers duly-endorsed, and shall take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate to consummate the transactions provided for herein in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.


2.3 Actions by the Corporation at the Closing. At the Closing, the Corporation shall deliver to the Stockholder the Purchase Price in accordance with Section 1.2 above, deliver to the Stockholder a stock certificate representing 988,600 shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock (1,000,000 minus 11,400), and take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate to consummate the transactions provided for herein in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Corporation to enter into this Agreement, the Stockholder represents and warrants to the Corporation as follows:

3.1 Authority. The Stockholder has all requisite right, power, legal capacity and authority to execute and perform its obligations under this Agreement, including without limitation full power and authority to convey all of its right, title and interest in and to the Shares. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Stockholder and is a valid and legally binding obligation of the Stockholder, enforceable against the Stockholder in accordance with its terms. The execution and delivery of, and performance under, this Agreement by the Stockholder will not (i) violate or conflict with the rights of any other person; (ii) result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions, or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any agreement or instrument, or any judgment or order, to which the Stockholder is a party or subject; or (iii) require any authorization or approval of any other person.

3.2 Absence of Liens, etc. The Stockholder is the lawful holder and owner of record, and beneficial owner, of the Shares. The Stockholder has not granted to any person any proxies, powers of attorney, options, or similar rights or powers with respect to the Shares. At the Closing, upon transfer of the Shares to the Corporation, the Shares will be free and clear of all restrictions on transfer, liens, pledges, security interests or encumbrances of every kind and nature. From time to time, at the Corporation’s request, the Stockholder will defend the Corporation’s title to the Shares, and execute and deliver to the Corporation any and all further instruments, documents, and other papers reasonably requested by the Corporation to evidence that title and otherwise give full force and effect to the full intent and purposes of this Agreement.

3.3 Sale Determination. The Stockholder has made its own independent analysis of the value of the Shares and the fairness and adequacy of the Purchase Price, and of any legal and tax considerations that may be relevant to the Stockholder. The Stockholder has sufficient knowledge of and expertise in financial, business, and tax matters, or has had the opportunity to obtain or has obtained its own legal counsel or other advisor as to these matters, so as to be capable of evaluating the advisability of selling the Shares for the Purchase Price. In deciding to sell the Shares for the Purchase Price, the Stockholder has had access to financial and other information regarding the Corporation, and general market information. The Stockholder’s decision to sell the Shares for the Purchase Price has not been based upon any express or implied representations or warranties of the Corporation (and the Corporation has made no representations or warranties), or of any persons acting or purporting to act on behalf of the Corporation, about the Corporation, the value of the Shares, the fairness or adequacy of the Purchase Price, or any legal or tax consequences of selling the Shares for the Purchase Price.

 

2


ARTICLE IV

SURVIVAL OF WARRANTIES; INDEMNIFICATION; RELEASE

4.1 Survival of Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties contained in this Agreement shall survive the Closing Date until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations.

4.2 Indemnification. The Stockholder hereby agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Corporation from and against any and all losses, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses which may be incurred or suffered by the Corporation as a result of any breach by the Stockholder of this Agreement.

4.3 Release. The Stockholder agrees that the Closing shall constitute a full settlement, release and discharge of any and all claims, rights and causes of action that the Stockholder may have against the Corporation relative to the Shares.

ARTICLE V

GENERAL PROVISIONS

5.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflicts of laws principles.

5.2 Multiple Originals etc. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may be executed and delivered by electronic means and such execution of this Agreement shall be deemed an original for all purposes.

5.3 Modifications. This Agreement may only be amended or modified by written instrument signed by all parties hereto.

5.4 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

5.5 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the sale and purchase of the Shares and supersedes and replaces all prior agreements, arrangements, and understandings with respect thereto between them or any of their affiliates or representatives.

[Signatures appear on next page]

 

3


[Signature Page to Stock Sale and Purchase Agreement]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

NOVAN, INC.
By:   /s/ Richard Peterson
Name:   Richard Peterson
Title:  

 

STASKO LIVING TRUST
By:   /s/ Nathan Stasko
Name:   Nathan Stasko
Title:   Trustee

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Novan, Inc. of our report dated March 9, 2016 relating to the financial statements, which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Raleigh, North Carolina

August 24, 2016